}

PROCEEDINGS

OF

The Academy of Natural Sciences

OF

PHILADELPHIA

Volume LXV1II

1916

philadelphia :
The Academy of Natural Sciences

LOGAN SQUARE
1916

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

January 15, 1917.

I hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings for 1916 were
mailed as follows: —

Pages 1-32 March 7, 1916.

33-64 March 15, 1916.

65-84 March 31, 1916.

85-196 May 9, 1916.

197-314 May 23, 1916.

315-378 June 21, 1916.

379-426 August 14, 1916.

427-474 August 30, 1916.

475-538 .' November 21, 1916.

539-602 December 7, 1916.

603-618 January 29, 1917.

EDWARD J. NOLAN,

Recording Secretary.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE:

Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox,

Edward J. Nolan, M.D., Sc.D.
The President, Samuel Gibson Dixon, M.D., LL.D., ex-oficio.

EDITOR: Edward J. Nolan, M.D., Sc.D.

///'/£

< : o N T E N T S.

For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index.

PAGE

Alexander, Charles P. New or little-known crane-flies

from the United States and Canada: Tipulidse, Ptychop-

teridae, Dipt era. Part 3 (Plates XXV-XXXI) 480

Banks, Nathan. Revision of Cayuga Lake spiders (Plates

X, XI) 68

Barringer, Daniel M. A possible partial explanation of the

visibility and brilliancy of comets. With an addendum

by Elihu Thomson. 472

Berry, S. Stillman. Cephalopoda of the Kermadec Islands

(Plates VI, VII, VIII, IX) 45

Cockerell, T. D. A. Some bees from Australia, Tasmania,

and the New Hebrides 360

Colton, Harold, S. On some varieties of Thais lapillus in

the Mount Desert region, a study of individual ecology 440

Crawley, Howard. The sexual evolution of Sarcocystis muris

(Plates I, II, III, IV) 3

The zoological position of Sarcosporidia 379

Dall, William H. A new species of Onchidiopsis from

Bering Sea 370

Daniels, L. E. See Henderson, Junius.

Fowler, Henry W. Cold-blooded vertebrates from Costa

Rica and the Canal Zone 389

Notes on fishes of the orders Haplomi and Mycrocyprini 415

Heath, Harold. The nervous system of Crepidula adunca

and its developments ... 479

Hebard, Morgan. See Rehn, James A. G.

Henderson, Junius, and L. E. Daniels. Hunting Mollusca

in Utah and Idaho (Plates XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII) 315

Jacobs, Merkel H., Ph.D. Temperature and the activities

of animals 85

IV CONTENTS.

PAGE

Pilsbry, Henry A. Notes on the anatomy of Oreohelix,
with a catalogue of the species (Plates XIX, XX, XXI,
XXII) 340

IIkiin. . I ames A. G., and Morgan Hebard. Studies in the
Dermaptera and Orthoptera of the Coastal Plain and
Piedmont Section of the southeastern United Stales
(Plates XII, XIII, XIV) 87

Thomson, Elihu. See Barringer, D. M.

Viereck, Henry L. New species of North American bees of
the genus Andrena from west of the 100th Meridian
contained in the collections of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia 550

Wade, Bruce. New genera and species of Gastropoda from

the Upper Cretaceous (Plates XXIII, XXIV) 455

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

|OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1916.

January 18.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair.

Thirty-six persons present.

The death of Daniel Giraud Elliot, a member, December 22, 1915,
was announced.

The Publication Committee announced the presentation of papers
under the following titles:

"Revision of Cayuga Lake spiders," by Nathan Banks, December
2, 1915.

"Studies in the Dermaptera and Orthoptera of the Coastal Plains
and Piedmont Region of the southeastern United States," by James
A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard, January 17.

"Fossil birds' eggs," by Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, January 18.

Prof. William P. Magie and Daniel Moreau Barringer made
communications on the Meteor Crater of Arizona, illustrated by
lantern slides. (No abstract.)

The following were elected members:
Walter Sonneberg.
William S. Huntington.
Samuel T. Bodine.
David Wilbur Horn, Ph.D.

The following was ordered to be printed:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

THE SEXUAL EVOLUTION OF SARCOCYSTIS MUEIS.
BY HOWARD CRAWLEY.

A number of years ago, at the University of Pennsylvania, an
investigation of the early stages of the evolution of Sarcocystis maris
in the intestinal cells of the mouse was undertaken. This investiga-
tion was interrupted for several years, but was resumed at the
laboratory of the Zoological Division of the Bureau of Animal
Industry, Washington, D. C, and the first definite results obtained
were outlined in a preliminary note published in 1914 (Crawley, 1914).

In this note it was shown that following ingestion of the so-called
spores of this parasite, penetration of the intestinal cells of the mouse
was effected within about two hours. Once within the cells the
spores rapidly underwent profound changes and after the lapse of
about nine hours they had separated into two categories, which were
interpreted to represent males and females. In the case of the
supposed males, development took the form of a loss of most if not
all of the cytoplasm, so that the parasite became reduced to a nucleus .
which, however, was of considerably larger size than that of the
original spore. Later, the chromatin of this nucleus became col-
lected into a number of small rounded masses placed at the periphery.
These masses, at first granular, later became solid and eventually
transformed themselves into elongated, thread-like bodies, which
were interpreted to be microgametes. This evolution was completed
at the end of 18 hours.

Meanwhile others of the original spores went through a wholly
different course of development, which was not at the time considered
in detail. It was evident, however, that these elements retained
their cytoplasm and eventually transformed themselves into oval
cells, with rather dense cytoplasm and a vesicular nucleus containing
a large karyosome. These, which were interpreted to be females,
also reached the end of their development within 18 hours.

Finally, appearances suggesting fertilization were noted.

At the time when this preliminary notice was prepared, my material
for the later stages, from 12 to 18 hours, was abundant and the
conclusions as published were based on the findings in a number of
mice. On the other hand, for the early stages only three mice were

191(5.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3

available, these representing, respectively, the 2 to 2\ hour, the
3 to 3| hour, and the 3 and (5 hour stages, the last being a mouse
given two infecting U'^U between which was an interval of 3 hours,
and killed 3 hours after the second meal. It was therefore con-
sidered desirable to obtain more material for these earlier stage-,
and the results to be set forth herein are based upon the examination
of a number of mice killed at periods of from one hour onward.

Material and Methods.

A list of the mice used, with appropriate explanatory matter, is
placed at the end of the present section. During the entire course
of the studies on sarcosporidiosis, every mouse obtained in whatsoever
manner was given a number. In many cases these were trapped
gray mice, or else white mice which had never been inoculated.
Hence those used for the microscopical study of the evolution of the
parasites in the cells represent but a portion of the entire series.
It has been considered better, howTever, to retain the numbers origin-
ally given, since no confusion can possibly arise from such a procedure.

In the list appended the time in hours elapsing between the infect-
ing meal and the death of the mouse has been placed immediately
after the number of the mouse, since this is the most important
datum. After this the fixing fluid is noted, and finally a statement
with reference to the quantity of infectious material which the
mouse ate is appended. The omission of these data in a number
of cases indicates a failure to keep the record complete.

The list as given includes"38 mice, and the conclusions as set forth
herein are thus based on this number of experimental animals. It
is desired to lay emphasis on this point on account of the possibility
of confusion with other intestinal Protozoa, such as Coccidia.

Erdmann (1914) endeavored to obtain mice in which the possi-
bility of extraneous infection was excluded. The procedure was to
raise mice from birth under as sterile conditions as possible. This,
of course, is the ideal method, but, as Erdmann states, it is tedious
and difficult. The other method is to use a large series of mice,
which will presumably yield results that cannot be questioned.
Thus, if, after feeding, parasites are found in the cells which are
evidently Sarcocystis spores and if, as time passes, these intracellular
elements undergo serial changes it would seem to be hypercritical
to question their identity as stages in the evolution of Sarcocystis
muris. For it would be necessary to assume that each experimental
mouse harbored Coccidia in addition to the Sarcosporidia and that

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

in each and every case the Coccidia happened to be in precisely such
a stage as to resemble the Sarcosporidia. The mathematical proba-
bility of this taking place diminishes with the number of mice used
and when this number is large becomes a vanishing quantity.

Of course, since protozoan infections naturally tend to assume the
epizootic form, if one or two mice from a given cage were found to be
infected with Coccidia, the surmise would be warranted that many
or all of the others were so infected. But in the case of the series
upon which the present studies were based, the mice were obtained
from various sources and from various places and in many cases had
never been in contact. It is therefore believed that the results as
stated are valid, so far as concerns the possibility of confusion with
Coccidia.

The mice selected for inoculation were deprived of food for 24
hours. This served a two-fold purpose. It rendered them more
prone to eat the infectious material when given and it served to free
the intestine of half-digested vegetable food, the presence of which
interferes with sectioning. For the short periods, up to 18 hours
or so, the mice were given a piece of infected muscle of what was
regarded as an appropriate size. This was larger or smaller, according
to the number of cysts it contained; and when these were abundant
the portion given had a weight of the order of one-tenth of a gram.

When the mouse is given its infecting meal, any one of several
things may happen. Some mice positively refuse to touch the
meat, while others merely play with it for a time and then abandon
it. More usually, however, the mous£ feeds, and the customary
method is for it to hold the food in its forepaws and nibble at it
until it is all consumed. This procedure, however, may be inter-
rupted by delays, but if the entire time required to finish the meal
is short in comparison with that to elapse between feeding and
death, the mouse may be used. Finally, in some cases the meal was
bolted in the manner in which a dog feeds.

At the end of the proper period the mouse was chloroformed,
opened, and the alimentary canal removed. In nearly all cases it
was placed in the killing fluid entire, being neither cut into pieces
nor slit open. The intestine of a mouse has such thin walls that the
fluids have no difficulty in penetrating, and this procedure does away
with the rough handling necessary in slitting the intestine. It more-
over retained the intestinal contents, an obvious advantage, and a
comparison with slit intestines showed that the fixation was equally
accurate. The only disadvantage was that at times the penetration-

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5

of the fluids from the muscularis toward the epithelium resulted in
the latter being torn loose from the underlying connective tissue.
At least this phenomenon was not infrequently manifesl and is
presumably to be credited to the direction of entrance of the fluids.

Following fixation, each intestine was cut into piece- of a con-
venient length for embedding in paraffin. In general, the small
intestine was cut into 25 to 30 pieces which were numbered, as a
rule, from the anterior to the posterior end. Thus, int. 1 of a given
mouse indicated the piece immediately following the stomach, the
highest or last number that piece immediately in front of the csecum.
Sometimes, however, this process was reversed, the last piece of the
intestine being designated as int. — 1; the next to the last, int. — 2,
and so on, the negative sign's serving to distinguish such cases from
the more usual procedure. This, as already noted, is applicable to
the small intestine alone, the caecum and large intestine being given
other designations. The procedure as outlined above was not,
however, always followed.

The fixing fluids used were:

1. Hermann's fluid, stronger formula.

2. Zenker's fluid.

3. Picro-acetic acid, made by reducing a saturated aqueous
solution of picric acid to one-half strength with water, and adding
1 per cent, glacial acetic acid.

4. An alcoholic-corrosive-acetic mixture, designated in the text
as A. C. A. The formula for this is as follows:

Saturated aqueous solution of mercuric chloride 50 parts.

Alcohol, 95 percent 50 parts.

Glacial acetic acid '5 parts.

Of these, Hermann's fluid and the picro-acetic mixture, the latter
despite Lee's strictures, gave the most delicate fixation. Zenker's
fluid is not to be recommended, since it leaves the tissues in poor
condition for staining and is at best a mediocre fixative.

The A. C. A. fluid, while scarcely so accurate as Hermann's fluid,
is none the less a very good fixative. It is, moreover, very con-
venient, since the tissues can be passed directly from it into alcohol,
and it leaves the material in excellent condition for staining.

The material was stained both in bulk and on the slide. While
t here is a prejudice against the former method for delicate cytological
work. Delafield's hematoxylin counterstained on the slide with
alcoholic eosin or acid fuchsin dissolved in 95 per cent, alcohol, gives

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

results not far short of the best slide staining. The use of counter-
stains in alcohol is a great time-saving device, since the preparation
has but to be passed from xylol, to absolute alcohol, to 95 per cent,
alcohol, to the stain and back again to be ready for the Canada bal-
sam. Moreover, if acid fuchsin be used, one quick dip in the stain is
sufficient.

For slide staining, iron hsematoxylin, Wright's and Giemsa stains
and thionin were used either with or without counterstains. The
blood stains used alone are unsatisfactory, since only the blue ingre-
dients seem to take hold of the tissues. Wright's stain, counter-
stained with alcoholic eosin, however, gave very good results. The
technique was as follows: The slide holding the sections was first
treated as a blood smear and allowed to lie with the mixture of
stain and water upon it for 10 to 15 minutes. It was then washed
first in water and then in 95 per cent, alcohol until all of the pre-
cipitated stain had dissolved. It was then stained with eosin dis-
solved in absolute alcohol, next passed into clean absolute alcohol,
and finally into xylol. Wright's stain comes out very rapidly in
alcohol, but the whole procedure as above outlined can be completed
in a very short time.

Thionin preparations counterstained in either alcoholic eosin or
acid fuchsin in alcohol were largely used and gave in some respects
the best results. Preparations so stained display beautifully sharp
and clear-cut pictures, and they are very good when it is a question
of bringing out the chemical qualities of different parts of the para-
sites. On the other hand, thionin fails to bring out certain granules
in these Sarcosporidia which are perhaps significant, and slides
stained in thionin are not permanent.

Accordingly, most of the slides were stained with iron hsematoxylin.
With material fixed in Hermann's fluid, a counterstain is not neces-
sary, although it was often used. With the other fixatives a
counterstain was necessary, and acid fuchsin was the one most
generally employed.

The list of mice used follows:

Mouse 77 15 hours.

99 3 and 6 hours.

106 ... 9hours A. C. A Heavymeal.

120 . 10i and 17 hours Heavymeal.

121 10| and 17 hours Heavymeal.

L25 2J hours Hermann's fluid.

128 3f hours Picro-acetic.

132 .... 8J hours Hermann's fluid Heavymeal.

133 9 hours Hermann's fluid Heavy meal.

145 llfhours Hermann's fluid Moderate meal.

I'.UG.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 'i

1 Mi Hi hours Hermann's fluid Moderate meal.

147 'J 1 hours Hermann's fluid Moderate meal.

IIS IShours Hermann's fluid Moderate meal.

! I!) 24 hours Hermann's fluid Moderate meal.

!.">() 24 hours Hermann's fluid Moderate meal.

152 18 hours. Hermann's fluid.

153 24hours Hermann's fluid Heavy meal.

1.">I 24 hours.

175 12'. hours Hermann's flui

17(1 i:».l hours Hermann's fluid.

177 14 -J- hours Hermann's fluid.

178 I."),1, hours Hermann's fluid.

179 16| hours Hermann's fluid/

180 17'. hours Hermann's fluid.

lsi ISA hours Hermann's fluid.

182 IShours Hermann's fluid.

246 1 hour A. C. A Lightmeal.

247 4 hours r..A. C. A Heavy meal.

'_MS 2 hours A. C. A Moderate meal.

•_'|o 3hours A. C. A Moderate meal.

'-'.">(> ."> hours. A. C. A Heavymeal.

•_'.")1 1 * hours A. C. A Very light meal.

252 2\ hours A. C. A Very light meal.

253 6hours A. C. A Heavy meal.

•_'.")7 3 hours Hermann's fluid Moderate meal.

258 4 hours A. C. A Moderate meal.

261. 4 hours Hermann's fluid Heavymeal.

262 5 hours Hermann's fluid Moderate meal.

Prior to taking up the description of the findings in the cells, it is
desirable to call attention to a phenomenon first signalized by Erd-
mann (1910). This is the exfoliation of the intestinal epithelium
which appears to follow ingestion of the spores of Sarcocystis. The
natural inference would be that this was due to the invasion and
subsequent destruction of the cells by the parasites, and such was
my original idea (Crawley, 1913). No doubt a certain amount of
exfoliation is to be accounted for in this way, but other factors are
involved. Thus Erdmann found that the ingestion of an extract of
Sarcocystis cysts, from which the spores themselves had been removed,
was followed by exfoliation, and data that I shall now give show
that the exfoliation takes place before any extensive invasion of the
cells.

The intestines of a series of mice, all of which had been killed
within 6 hours after feeding, were examined and the conditions
presented by the epithelium in various parts of the intestine noted.
The results of this examination are tabulated below. Where no
exfoliation was demonstrable, the condition is indicated by the word
"none." Where, however, it is in evidence it is designated as
•-lie lit," "moderate," or "severe," according to its degree.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Mouse 246, 1-hour Stage.

Int. 1 Exfoliation slight.

3 Exfoliation moderate.

5 Exfoliation none.

7 Exfoliation slight.

9 Exfoliation slight.

11 Exfoliation modern te.

13 Exfoliation severe.

15 Exfoliation severe.

17 Exfoliation slight.

19 Exfoliation none.

21 Exfoliation severe.

23 Exfoliation slight,

25 Exfoliation none.

Mouse 251, 1§-hour Stage.

Int. 1 Exfoliation none.

3 ". Exfoliation none.

7 Exfoliation none.

9 Exfoliation none.

Mouse 248, 2-hour Stage.

Int. 3 Exfoliation slight.

8 Exfoliation none.

9 Exfoliation none.

15 Exfoliation slight,

21 Exfoliation slight,

26 Exfoliation none.

27 Exfoliation none.

28 Exfoliation none.

30 Exfoliation very slight.

32 Exfoliation very slight,

Mouse 249, 3-hour Stage.

Int. 2 Exfoliation moderate.

6 Exfoliation none.

8 Exfoliation none.

10 Exfoliation none.

12 Exfoliation none.

17 Exf oliat ion moderate.

18 Exfoliation slight.

19 Exfoliation slight,

20 Exf oliat ion very slight .

22 Exf oliat ion none.

24 Exfoliation none.

29 Exfoliation slight,

30 Exfoliation none.

31 Exfoliation none.

Mouse 261, 4-hour Stage.

Int. — 1 Exf oliat ion none.

— 3 Exfoliation slight,

— 5 Exfoliation slight.

Mouse 247, 4-hour Stage.

Int. 12 Exfoliation none.

14 Exfoliation none.

19K).| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9

16 Exfoliation slighl .

Is Exfoliation slight.

19.. Exfolial ion slighl .

30 Exfoliation slight.

31 Exfolial ion very slighl .

Mouse 262, 5 to 3-hour Stack.

Int. — 1 Exfoliation none.

— 2 Exfoliation slight.

—3 Exfoliation slight.

—4 Exfoliation severe.

—5 '. Exfolial ion moderate.

—6 Exfoliation mode rate.

Mouse 250, 5-hour Stage.

Int . 21 Exfoliation none.

22 Exfoliation none.

30 Exfoliation moderate.

31 Exfoliation moderate.

32 Exfoliation slight.

33 Exfoliation moderate.

Mouse 253, 6-hour Stage.

Int. 10 Exfoliation slight.

15 Exfoliation slight.

16 Exfoliation none.

19 Exfoliation questionable.

25 Exfoliation slight.

27 Exfoliation none.

28 Exf oliat ion none.

29 Exfoliation none.

As already stated, as a result of the method of fixing the mouse
intestine, the epithelial row was at times torn loose from the sub-
epithelial connective tissue. It thus results that in some cases the
material presented a decidedly battered appearance. While, how-
ever, the epithelial row itself might thus be torn loose and more or
less broken, the individual cells were not thereby injured and their
appearance indicated an accurate fixation.

On the other hand, it was frequently possible to see that the cells
at the tips of the villi were abnormal, this abnormality expressing
itself in a loss of staining capacity on the part of the cytoplasm and
an obvious degeneracy of the nuclei. This degeneracy, at first
affecting only the cells at the tips of the villi, passes into a condition
in which these cells have disappeared, while those lying along the
sides of the villi are affected. This condition, in its turn, passes
into one 'in which the villi are represented merely by stumps of
connective tissue, the epithelium being present only in the regions
between the bases of the villi. Finally a stage is reached in which
the intestine is wholly denuded of epithelium. In the lists given

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the term "slight" defines those conditions in which epithelial degen-
eration is just beginning to be manifest, and "moderate" conditions
where the tips of the villi are seriously affected, and "severe" con-
ditions where the destructive influence has gone further.

The data given in the above lists seem to establish the fact that
exfoliation of the epithelium is correlated with ingestion of the
spores of Sarcosporidia, but they are not consistent amongst them-
selves. Thus, mouse 248, a 2-hour stage, is not so badly affected
as mouse 246, killed only one hour after feeding, whereas mouse 251,
a H-hour stage, shows no exfoliation at all, although in this last case
observations were confined to only a small part of the intestine.

In the cases of Nos. 249 and 261, both 3-hour stages, and No. 247,
4-hour, exfoliation is not extensive, while No. 262, 5- to 3-hour,
shows a considerable amount near the posterior end of the intestine,
as does also No. 250, 5-hour. On the other hand, mouse 253, killed
6 hours after feeding, is but slightly affected. In view of the rather
contradictory nature of the data, it is impossible to attempt any
explanation of the modus operandi of loss of the epithelium.

Erdmann suggested that the destruction of the epithelium was an
adaptation having for its purpose the easier penetration of the
spores into the tissues of the mouse. Presumably this destruction
is correlated with ingestion of the parasites, but if it be of any value
to host or parasite it seems more plausible to regard it as a defensive
move on the part of the former. In their attack upon the mouse
the parasites first invade the epithelial cells and this they do within
the first two or three hours. Obviously, then, the destruction of
this epithelium, either before or after penetration by the parasites
can only work to their disadvantage. Hence, while it is possible
to look upon this exfoliation as an adaptation on the part of the
host, there seems no good reason for so doing. It is a matter of
observation that exfoliation follows the ingestion of sarcosporidian
cysts, but it is also a matter of observation that such ingestion is
practically always followed by infection of the muscles. Hence,
the exfoliation is obviously not protective.

The matter is, however, one of minor importance and the data
are merely given for what they are worth.

Evolution of the Parasites in the Cells. .

The account of the findings in the cells may appropriately be
begun with mouse 246, killed one hour after feeding. As indicated
in the table on p. 8, slides were prepared from the alternate pieces

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1 1

of the intestine from one end to the other. The anterior portions,
Nos. 1 to 11, were wholly negative, there being no spores cither in
the lumen or in the cells. Beginning with int. 13, however, spores

were present in the lumen, and they were seen in the cells in int.
19, 23, and 25. Their absence from int. 21 is to he credited to the
severe exfoliation there present.

From int. 13, where the spores were first seen in the lumen, there
was a rapid increase in their numbers in each successive piece, and
in the lumina of int. 23 and 25 they were present in enormous numbers.
From this it is evident that it requires but one hour for the ingested
spores to reach the extreme posterior end of the small intestine, and
as shown both by this and other mice, apparently the great majority
of them reach this situation very quickly. While they have also
been found in the caecum in very early stages, they evidently do not
pass from the small intestine into the caecum as readily as they
pass along the small intestine itself. This is evidenced by the fact
that in the earlier stages — up to 9 hours or thereabouts — the lasl
two or three centimeters of the small intestine always harbor spores
free in the lumen.

There is thus brought about a state of affairs of some interest
when the earlier stages of the evolution of the parasites is under
consideration. It is evident that the spores pass along the small
intestine very rapidly until the posterior end is reached. The
length of time required for this stream of spores to pass a given point
will obviously vary in the different mice. In those cases where, as
a result of prolonged nibbling, the ingested meat reaches the stomach
thoroughly comminuted, we may presume that its stay in the stomach
is shortened and its movement along the small intestine more rapid.
On the other hand, when the meal is swallowed in large pieces, the
presumption is that it will remain in the stomach until it is softened
and disintegrated, and in consequence its progress along the small
intestine will be delayed. Nevertheless, digestion in mice of purely
animal matter is rapid, and in general at the end of a few hours spores
are scarce in the lumen of the upper and middle portions of the
small intestine. If, as a pure guess, we may assume that the stream
of spores requires one hour to pass a given point, then the spores
within the cells in any particular part of the intestine (except the
posterior end) will all have entered the cells within an hour of one
another. On the other hand, as we have seen, great numbers of the
spores reach the posterior part of the intestine within one hour, and
remain there for several hours, as is shown by finding them in this

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

situation in 9-hour stages. During the whole of this time it cannot
be questioned that individuals are constantly penetrating the cells.

Therefore it seems reasonable to assume that within certain limits,
the intracellular spores in a given section of the upper or middle
parts of the intestine will be in somewhat the same developmental
stage. On the contrary, in the posterior part of the intestine, the
intracellular spores will represent a series in the development, covering
the greater part of the period of time elapsing between feeding and
the death of the mouse. Thus, in a 9-hour mouse, the parasites in
the cells of this extreme posterior part of the intestine might represent
forms which had been in the cells from only a few minutes up to
seven or eight hours, and in Nos. 132 and 133 it was evident that
this was the case.

It further follows that in these posterior portions many more cells
are parasitized than elsewhere, since there is here maintained for
several hours a large supply of extracellular spores.

Returning to the conditions as found in mouse 246, intracellular
spores in small numbers were found in int. 19, 23, and 25. These,
of course, represented the very earliest stages in the development
and in the main were not to be distinguished from those in the
lumen. In some cases, however, development had begun, thus
demonstrating the extreme rapidity with which these parasites go
through with their evolution. The mounted material of this mouse,
however, was prepared with a view of getting a general survey of
the conditions rather than for detailed cytologicaL study. Hence,
no figures of the parasites as found here have been made.

Mouse 251. — Mouse 251 was killed 1| hours after feeding.
According to the observations made at the time of the infecting
teed, it received "a very light meal," but when the stomach and
intestine were prepared for study the findings suggested that whereas
relatively the meal may have been very light, positively such a
definition seemed scarcely appropriate. In the stomach, from
which the epithelium had largely disappeared, there were abundant
cysts of the parasite, many of which were more or less intact and
contained the greater number of the spores. In int. 1, 3, 5, and 7
there were abundant spores in the lumen, and in int. 9 they were
present both in the lumen and in the cells.

Comparing the conditions found here with those in mouse 246,
it is to be noted that in the latter the spores were further back toward
the end of the intestine. In No. 246 the upper portions of the
intestine were free of spores, whereas in 251 these same portions

l'JIO.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

contained them in considerable abundance. These differences are.
as already suggested, probably to be accredited to differences in the
manner in which the two mice led.

Taking up now the evolution of the spores within the intestine of
the mouse, we may advantageously use as a point of departure the
-pore as it occurs free in the lumen, for it is evident that development
lu 'gins here.

Plate I, fig. 2, portrays such a spore and may be taken as the
point of departure, although in all the early stages the spores in the
lumen are identical with many of those in the cells. This particular
case is from mouse 248, a 2-hour stage, but it is valid for any of the
early stages.

The characteristics of this stage are as follows: The contours of
the cell are sharp and clear cut, and there is a distinct bounding line
or periplast. The cytoplasm, while obviously alveolar, is dense and
ordinarily stains well. Granules may or may not be present. The
nucleus, which is conspicuous, is round and gives the appearance as
though in life it were turgid with nuclear sap. There is a distinct
nuclear membrane and a more or less distinct nuclear net is always
present.

With regard to its shape, the spore in the lumen may be a smooth
oval, as, for examples, are the intracellular spores shown in Plate I,
figs. 3 and 4, or it may have the sides more or less bulged out in the
region of the nucleus. This latter phenomenon is due to the increase
in size of the nucleus, a process initiated very shortly after the spore
reaches the alimentary canal of the mouse.

The appearance of the spores in the intestine, whether they be
in the lumen or in the cells, offers a considerable contrast to that of
spores removed from the cysts. . With regard to these latter, a
description is herewith given, although they are familiar objects
in the literature and have been described and figured a number of
times.

Such spores are shown in Plate I, fig. 1. As is here indicated, one
end of the spore is broader, the other end narrower, and the nucleus
lies nearer the narrow end.

The internal structure is obscure. The nucleus is a clear-cut
vesicle, and to all appearances is provided with a definitive mem-
brane. Xo internal structure can be made out, and the staining
reaction is feeble. In Giemsa preparation- it stains a pale reddish
color.

The cytoplasm with Giemsa stains a dense blue. Its structure can

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

scarcely be determined, but it may be inferred that it is alveolar.
It is densest in the immediate vicinity of the nucleus. The broad
end of the spore is frequently much less dense than elsewhere and
at times shows a more or less well defined oval area. This appear-
ance, however, is probably due merely to the fact that here the
cytoplasm has a lower affinity for the stain than elsewhere.

The same phenomenon is shown by the spores of Sarcocystis
leporum (Crawley, 1914). In the case of the rabbit parasite, as I
have endeavored to show, one end of the spore seems to be differen-
tiated into a sort of rostrum, the cytoplasm of which does not stain
as densely as does that of the balance of the spore. We are probably
dealing with the same thing in the case of Sarcocystis muris, but in
this parasite the differentiation of the rostrum is not so sharp. It
may furthermore be suggested that it is this clearer region in the
spore which has given rise to the belief, expressed by some authors,
that the sarcosporidian spore possesses a polar capsule.

Comparing the spores taken directly from a cyst with those in the
intestine, the latter are broader, more oval bodies, and, although
this is not shown by the figures, there has been a loss of the granules
which are such a characteristic feature of the former. The most
noteworthy change, however, concerns the nucleus, which has
become larger, apparently much more turgid, and begins to show a
nuclear net.

It is thus evident that evolution begins as soon as the spore reaches
the intestine of the mouse, and apparently the most important step
is a great increase in activity of the nucleus. This evolution, however,
does not appear to be carried far unless the spore gains a resting place
within a cell of the host.

The cells invaded are the cylinder cells. At least this is so in the
vast majority of cases. Now and then, however, parasites are to be
found in mucous cells, but since the presence of a parasite in a cell
may result in mucoid degeneration, it is difficult to diagnose such
instances. The parasite may have invaded a mucous cell or it may
have caused mucoid degeneration of a cylinder cell. This question,
however, appears to be of no great importance.

It is also well to emphasize the point that the spore is a naked
mass of protoplasm and that the only differentiation displayed by
the cytoplasm is the peripheral condensation into a periplastic layer.
Statements to the effect that the spore opens and releases an amcebula
are wholly without warrant, and polar filaments, either coiled up
within one end of the cell or discharged, do not exist. Claims of

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. L5

this sort, which have appeared in the literature from time to time,
seem to be due to an unfortunate desire to correlate the Sarcospo-
ridia with the Myxosporidia. These two groups may of course be

closely related, bu1 as yet there is no conclusive evidence on hand
to show that they are.

Plate I. figs. 3 and 1 show spores in the cells of int. 9 of mouse 2.51,
a l|-hour stage. It is to be noted that each of these lies in a vacuole.
Probably they have not been in the cells for more than an hour.
In both of them the cytoplasm is dense, compact, and deeply staining.
In both of them, also, the nucleus has enlarged and is separated from
the periplast only by very narrow strips of cytoplasm.

There is, however, a difference in the nature of the net in these
two nuclei. In the case of fig. 3, the meshes in the centre are solidly
filled with chromatin, whereas in that of fig. 4 the chromatin is divided
into separate masses. In all of these early stages the chromatin has
a low affinity for stains, and, following the rule which seems to hold
generally true in Protozoa, takes the acid rather than the basic
-i a ins. On this account it results that these nuclei are rather difficult
microscopical objects, and seen with powers of less than 1,000 diame-
ters, a nucleus like that of fig. 3 looks like a vesicle containing only a
central granule. But with a magnification of 1,500 to 2,000, and an
intense artificial light, the structure as shown in the figure is brought
out. As will be shown later, fig. 3 represents the more primitive
condition, in which the chromatin is concentrated into a single mass,
within which, however, the meshes of the nuclear net can be traced.
In the case of fig. 4, the chromatin occurs in separate masses and the
central meshes of the net are largely clear. Nuclei precisely like
either of these may be seen in spores in the lumen.

Mouse 24S. — Mouse 248 was killed two hours after feeding. Its
intestine was cut into 32 pieces, int. 32 representing the extreme
posterior portion. Observations were made on int. 3, 9, 15, 21, 27,
and 32. In the upper portions there were scattered spores in the
lumen and occasional specimens in the cells, but, following the
general rule, parasitization was not extensive until the more posterior
parts were reached.

Plate I, fig. 5, from int. 27, shows a parasite lying in the usual vacuole
close to the free edge of the epithelium. The cytoplasm is dense,
while the nucleus shows very distinctly a nuclear net supporting
scattered chromatin granules. The nucleus, in this case, lies near
one end of the cell. Fig. 6, from int. 30, also represents what is
clearly a very early stage. The cytoplasm is dense and compact.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the cell contours are sharp and a periplast can be seen. The nucleus,
however, shows merely as a faintly stained vacuole containing some
formed substance, the details of which could not be made out. It
may here be remarked that in most of the cell parasites the nucleus
appears as a vesicle containing a nuclear net, and that in general
this nuclear net is the only part of the nucleus that stains. Hence
the net appears as though projected against a clear background.
On the other hand, it is frequently to be observed in the spores free
in the lumen, and much less frequently in those in the cells, that the
nuclear sap as well as the nuclear net has taken the stain, thus
obscuring the details of the latter. This condition is illustrated by
%. 6.

In the preliminary note it was stated that at least a portion of the
intracellular spores rapidly underwent a change which expressed
itself in a reduction of the cytoplasm and an increase in the size of
the nucleus, the ultimate result of which was the production of a
body which was apparently only the enlarged original nucleus, the
cytoplasm having apparently all disappeared. This, it was stated,
was interpreted to be the male form.

This evolution is illustrated in Plate I, figs. 7 to 11. Fig. 7 shows the
nuclear enlargement with no great amount of cytoplasmic reduction.
The nucleus is large and turgid, it causes the sides of the parasite to
bulge and shows a distinct net. This net consists of a central aggre-
gation from which strands run to the periphery. As already indicated
in the discussion of figs. 3 and 4, whereas the appearance of this
central aggregation differs considerably in the different specimens,
its structure appears to be fundamentally the same throughout. It
seems to lie merely the close-meshed central part of the nuclear net,
with the interspaces sometimes empty and sometimes filled in with
faintly staining chromatin. The latter is the more primitive
condition.

The parasite shown in fig. 7 was from int. 15, or about the middle
of the intestine, and hence is presumably that of a parasite which
has been within the cell for some little time. Except, however, for
the notable enlargement of the nucleus, it has all the characteristics
of a very early stage.

Fig. 8, from int. 30, represents a condition in which there has been
as yet no great amount of nuclear enlargement, but a slight degree of
cytoplasmic degeneration. In fig. 9 there is shown nuclear enlarge-
ment accompanied by a consiclerable degree of cytoplasmic degenera-
tion, as is evidenced by the vacuolization and rough contours of the

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

cell. In fig. 10 the nucleus projects out from the sides of the cell,
while the cytoplasm is reduced and shows uneven contours. In
fig. 11 there is seen both nuclear enlargement and cytoplasmic
reduction.

The initial steps in the evolution of the male element are illustrated
by the figures just described. The details of this evolution vary
greatly, and it is doubtless true that this variation in detail is the
result not only of variations in the actual biological process itself,
but is also dependent on the technique. Thus, in iron hsematoxylin
preparations there are always associated with the nucleus one or more
intensely black granules which are either not visible at all or only
faintly visible in Delaficld or thionin preparations. Furthermore,
in material stained in thionin the cytoplasm is frequently seen to be
separated into two portions, as shown in Plate I, figs. 12, 13, and 14.
Here the cytoplasm is broken up into a number of lumps or streaks
either lying embedded in a faintly staining ground substance (figs. 12
and 14) or apparently lying free in the vacuole which the parasite always
produces in the mouse cell (fig. 13). It is evident that one of these
conditions is readily derivable from the other. Thus, in figs. 12 and

14, the cytoplasm has separated into a chromophil substance lying
within an almost achromatic substance. This latter gradually
di-appears, producing the condition shown in fig. 13.

A high affinity for chromatin stains is characteristic of the by-
products of protoplasm, and is especially well brought out by thionin.
Thus, in material so stained, both degenerate nuclei and mucus are
deeply stained. In the former case we are dealing with a patho-
logical, in the latter with a physiological process, but in both with
protoplasmic by-products. In the case of these Sarcosporidia, the
great increase in the size of the nucleus seems to predicate a supply
of pabulum, and the suggestion is at least permissible that this
pabulum is supplied by the cytoplasm. If this were so, the presump-
tion would be that the densely staining flecks, as noted in figs. 12,
13, and 14, represent the cytoplasmic debris remaining after the
nucleus has robbed the cytoplasm of a part of its substance. It is
of course to be understood that the above is put forth merely as a
possibility, the matter being one scarcely open to a rigid demon-
stration.

Mouse 125. — As noted in the list given on p. 6, this mouse repre-
sents the conditions from 2 to 2| hours after feeding. These are in
all essentials the same as those of mouse 248, as is evidenced by figs.

15, 16, and 17. In the case of fig. 17, Plate II, it is to be noted that

2

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the cytoplasm is greatly reduced in quantity and is vacuolated, while
in all three the nucleus is enlarged and shows the usual nuclear net.

Mouse 249. — This animal was killed three hours after feeding. Its
intestine was cut into 31 pieces numbered from 1 to 31. Observa-
tions were made upon the stomach and upon int. 2, 6, 8, 10, 12, 18,
20, 22, 30, and 31. The stomach and the first five pieces of the
intestine examined were negative. In int. 18 spores were present
in the lumen; in int. 20, 22, 30, and 31 they were found both in the
lumen and in the cells.

It has already been shown (p. 11) that in some of the mice the
spores move along the intestine very rapidly, yet it is always to be
remembered that the failure to find them in a few selected slides is
not proof of their absence from the particular portions of the intestine
from which these slides were made. In this mouse it seems unlikely
that so much of the intestine was actually negative.

It is in mouse 249 that the differentiation into males and females
first begins to be noticeable. In the case of the males, in which the
characteristic changes consist of a great enlargement of the nucleus
and a reduction of the cytoplasm, there is no confusion, since these
changes are conspicuous and readily detected.

Thus, Plate II, figs. 18, 19, and 20 are all obviously males, since they all
show nuclear enlargement and cytoplasmic reduction. A particularly
good earmark of the males is the fact that the nucleus is not sur-
rounded by cytoplasm, the parasites consisting (fig. 18) of an enlarged
nucleus provided with two tongue- or cap-shaped masses of cyto-
plasm. The 'conspicuous black granule, mentioned above as
appearing in iron hematoxylin stains, is to be seen in fig. 20, whereas
fig. 19 shows a stage wherein the cytoplasm is nearly gone and the
nucleus has reached a size equal to that of many of the entire para-
sites.

On the other hand, the differences between the female and the
original spore are by no means so striking. The female is relatively
shorter and broader, while the nucleus is sometimes larger and,
as a rule, shows the chromatin concentrated into a single large
karyosome. There is, however, no loss of cytoplasm. Moreover,
with an exception to be noted below, the female undergoes no such
conspicuous changes in the course of its evolution as does the male.
In consequence, in these early stages it is always difficult and some-
times impossible to say whether a given parasite is a female or merely
one which has been in the cell a short time.

Hence, it is only with much reserve that fig. 21 , Plate II, may be pro-

191G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

nounced that of a female. It possesses, however, the rather densely
staining cytoplasm characteristic for the females and the nucleus is
too small for a male. The deeply staining granules present in iron
hematoxylin material are here in evidence.

Fig. 22 probably also represents a female since it is a smoothly
oval cell with dense cytoplasm, and the nucleus, while large, does
not cause any protrusion of the sides of the cell. The radiate nuclear
structure in this parasite is peculiar for such an early stage, and may
represent a very precocious case of maturation (see p. 30).

Mouse 126. — This mouse was given the flesh of an infected animal
at a stated time and required one-half an hour to complete its meal.
It was killed three hours later and in consequence1 represents the
conditions 3 to 3h hours after inoculation. Figs. 23 and 24, Plate II,
.ii-e from this mouse and show early male stages, as evidenced by the
enlarged nuclei and the scanty quantity of cytoplasm present.

Mouse 261. — Mouse 261 was given a piece of infected muscle at
10 A.M. (Feb. 15, 1915). It began to eat at once and consumed a
considerable quantity of the infected material, but did not then
complete the meal. At 2 P.M. the mouse was chloroformed, the
infected muscle having been eaten in the interim. Hence, it repre-
sents the conditions from 4 hours down to some shorter period. The
only portions of the intestine examined in this case were int. --1 to
int. — 5, or the last five pieces. The intestine of this mouse was slit
open prior to fixation and in consequence the spores in the lumen
were lost.

Since the study here was confined to the last few centimeters of
the intestine, a given intracellular spore might have been in its place
anywhere from a few minutes to three hours or more, and hence it
is impossible to pick out the early female stages with any degree of
certainty. Thus, fig. 25 might be either that of an early female
stage or of a parasite which had been in the cell for only a short time.
It is perhaps the same with fig. 26 which represents a form difficult
to classify satisfactorily. On the other hand, fig. 27 is an evident
early male, and both this and fig. 26 are of interest in showing very
clearly the nuclear structure.

In a few cases, in mouse 261, males were found in which the lo-
ot cytoplasm was complete1.

MouS( '.',7. — This mouse was killed four hours after feeding. It-
intestine was cut into 34 pieces, from int. 1 to 34, and observations
were made on int. 12, 14, 16, 19, 30, and 33.

The differentiation into males and females is here carried ;i little

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

further, although it is still difficult to get forms that can positively
be diagnosed as females.

An evident female, however, is shown in fig. 28, Plate II. This is taken
to be a female on account of its shape, its retention of the cytoplasm,
and the character of its nucleus. This latter element, as is shown
by the figure, is vesicular, with a sharply defined nuclear membrane
and a central mass of chromatin from which strands radiate to the
periphery. Fig. 29 shows another female. This figure is diagram-
matic, but is essentially like fig. 28. Both of these figures were
obtained from int. 14 of the mouse; that is, from the anterior half
of the intestine, and hence the presumption is that both of the
parasites drawn had been in the cells for some considerable time.

Fig. 30, from int. 19, may also be that of a female, although here
the diagnosis is more doubtful, since the form rather suggests a
parasite which has been in the cell for only a short time.

In addition to the females, characteristic early males were seen
in the cells of this mouse.

Mouse 250. — This mouse was killed five hours after feeding. Its
intestine was cut into 34 pieces, numbered from 1 to 34, and observa-
tions were made on int. 21, 22, and 32.

In this mouse it is much easier to distinguish between the males
and females, since the two lines of development have become well
separated. Thus, figs. 31 and 32, Plate II, represent males which have
reached what might be termed the nuclear stage; that is, the stage
in which the cytoplasm has nearly or quite disappeared.

Thus, in fig. 31, the cytoplasm has all disappeared except for a
cap of degenerate-looking material at one end of the nucleus. The
nucleus itself shows the usual net, associated with which are several
black granules. Centrally there is an irregular mass of acidophil
chromatin in which lies a large black granule. This probably
represents the karyosome.

Fig. 32 also represents a male. There is here to be seen a well-
defined net of rather broad strands and a number of black granules.
The meshes of the net are in some places filled with faintly staining
material. A karyosome does not appear to be present, although the
large black granule may perhaps represent it. The crescent of
staining substance at one end of the nucleus may represent the
remnant of the spore cytoplasm, but more probably is a crescent of
host tissue which not infrequently forms at the end of the vacuole
in which the parasite normally lies. Its actual detachment from the
parasite suggests it is the latter, and if this be so the cytoplasm of

191f>.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

the parasite lias wholly disappeared and the vacuole in which the
nucleus lies is the vacuole originally formed by the parasite.

Fig. 33, Plate II. represents a parasite from the same slide and same
section of the intestine as figs. 31 and32. It is clearly a female. The

entire parasite is sharply outlined, and the cytoplasm is dense,
although showing several vacuole-. The nucleus is clear cut and
contains a large, rather faintly staining karyosome, together with
two black granules. * me of these granules lies within the karyosome.
the other appears to be in the space between the karyosome and
membrane, but it is possible that it actually lay upon the membrane
itself. In this particular case, strands connecting the karyosome
with the nuclear membrane could not be detected.

Fig. 34 was also obtained from the same slide as figs. 31, 32, and
33, but not from the same section. The parasite was clearly outlined.
The cytoplasm, while not suggesting degeneration, was not homo-
geneous, but appeared to consist of a matrix in which were a number
of poorly defined denser areas. This is an appearance frequently
to be noted in the early female stages, but it has not been possible
to work out its significance. The nucleus of this parasite was clear
cut and contained a large, faintly staining karyosome. Little
strands radiated from the karyosome, but these could not be traced
to the nuclear membrane. Two black granules were present, one
within or upon the karyosome, the other on the nuclear membrane.

The four parasites here figured and described typify conditions as
found in mouse 250. They appear to furnish satisfactory evidence
that the spores, after their invasion of the cells, separate into two
groups, the later evolution of which indicates that they are to be
regarded as males and females. This evolution, moreover, proceeds
at such a rate that at the end of five hours at least a considerable
number of the parasites can be separated into males and females.
It is also believed that the cases herewith considered are the more
convincing in that they were all taken from exactly the same place
in the intestine. This was the twenty-second piece of an intestine
cut into 34 pieces and therefore only two-thirds the way from the
anterior end. This permits of the presumption that these four
parasites had all entered the cells at somewhat the same time, and
that this was perhaps four hours prior to the death of the mouse.

It is of course to be understood that in the whole intestine up to
6 hours, and in its extreme posterior portions up to 9 hours, the
parasites are in general in all sorts of conditions and that only a
portion are differentiated into males and females. Furthermore,

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

it is to be understood that the figures are, as is usual in such cases,
more or less diagrammatic, since it is impossible to reproduce the
exact appearances as found under the microscope.

Mouse 253. — This mouse was killed 6 hours after feeding and its
intestine cut into 29 pieces, numbered from 1 to 29. Observations
were made on int. 15, 19, 25, 27, and 29.

The conditions here are, of course, very much like those of mouse
250, the cells showing evident males and females along with a number
of others which had not evolved far enough to permit of their being
determined. Characteristic females are shown in figs. 35, 36, and,
Plate III, 37. A male is shown in fig. 38, which was taken from int. 16.
This, while differing somewhat from figs. 31 and 32, is nevertheless
obviously a male, since the cytoplasm has wholly disappeared and
the parasite consists of nothing more than the enlarged nucleus of
the original spore.

Mouse 99. — This mouse was given two infective feeds separated
by an interval of 3 hours and killed 3 hours after the second. It
therefore represents the conditions at both 3 and 6 hours after
inoculation and it is usually possible, in the case of any given parasite,
to say to which of the two inoculations it belongs. Thus, fig. 39 is
obviously that of a male and no doubt belongs to the 6-hour stage.

The Later Stages.

The Male. — The early stages of the evolution of S. muris have,
as far as possible, been traced step by step as they occurred in mice
killed from 1 to 6 hours after inoculation. At the outset the spores
are apparently all alike, although it is possible that the dimorphism
may be in evidence even for the spores in the cysts, as appears to be
the case for the spores of Sarcocystis colli (Fantham, 1913). But
whether this be so or not, by the end of 6 hours at least a considerable
proportion of the parasites present are clearly separated into two
categories.

For the later stages it is more convenient to follow these two lines
of development separately, instead of considering what is found at
the end of increasingly longer periods of time. For after the first
eight or ten hours the time factor ceases to be of value, and both
9- and 18-hour mice, for instance, may show identical stages of
evolution. The development of the male will first be considered.

As we have already seen, in the first few hours the male parasites
lose most if not all of their cytoplasm and become reduced to an
element which is obviously only the enlarged nucleus of the original

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

spore. Eventually the chromatin of'these elements collects into a
number of small aggregates which arrange themselves around the
periphery of the parasite and transform themselves into what are
evidently the microgametes. It may be assumed that the evolution
of the male element, or niicrogametocyte, proceeds in an orderly
manner, and hence it should be possible to obtain an orderly series from
some such stage as that of fig. 31 (Plate II) to that of fig. 75 (Plate V).
It is not, however, possible to give all of the steps of this evolution. The
parasites are themselves small, ranging around 8." in diameter and in
consequence the details of their structure require the highest powers
of the microscope. There is not a great deal of staining material
within them, and the picture is confused by the fact that they lie
embedded within the cells of the mouse in sectioned material. It is
believed that in order to work out this evolution with precision it
would be necessary to develop a technique which would permit of
obtaining the parasites isolated, an end which could be gained either
by cultural methods or by devising some means of getting the para-
sites out of the cells in which they had developed. The few attempts
which have been'made along these lines have as yet not met with any
success. It is therefore to be understood that the details of the
evolution of the niicrogametocyte as here set forth are presented
with some reserve.

Taking up now this development of the male from the stage found
in the 5- and 6-hour mice to that found at the end of 18 hours, the
earlier phases of it are illustrated by figs. 40 to 53 (Plate III). As it
happens, most of these are from mice 106 and 120, both of which
gave especially favorable material. What is seen here, however, is
confirmed by the findings in other mice of the same periods.

Evidently what is found in the 2- to 6-hour mice will represent
conditions earlier than those found in mice killed 9 hours or more
after feeding, and in these former the nuclear net is coarse and has a
low affinity for chromatin stains (see figures of these stages). It is
a matter of common knowledge that the chemical nature of chromatin
varies with the physiological condition of the nucleus and that this is
manifested by a varying staining reaction. Thus, in the so-called
resting nuclei the chromatin has a relatively low percentage of
nucleic acid, and this is indicated by a relatively low affinity for
chromatin stains. On the other hand, as the nucleus prepares to
divide, the percentage of nucleic acid increases, and as this takes
place the chromatin displays a greater and greater affinity for chroma-
tin stains. The percentage of nucleic acid is greatest at the time

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

when the chromatin is divided into chromosomes, and this is also
the time when it stains most intensely.

In the case of Protozoa, the resting, or better the trophic, nucleus
takes the plasma rather than the chromatin stains, a fact which
may be ascribed to an extremely low content in nucleic acid at such
times rather than to a fundamental difference between the chemistry
of protozoan and metazoan nuclei. But when in division, the
protozoan nucleus stains as does that of the Metazoa, and this
same staining reaction is also displayed by certain of the products of
this division, such as microgametes.

It is therefore permissible to suppose that in these early male forms
of Sarcocystis muris, the coarseness of the threads of the nuclear net
is due to the fact that the achromatic filaments are bearing a quantity
of chromatin poor in nucleic acid. Besides being distributed along
the achromatic filaments and upon the inner surface of the nuclear
membrane, the chromatin may also occur in lumps, in masses which
fill up the meshes of the net, and there is apparently normally present
a larger mass or karyosome.

In the course of several hours, however, this type of nucleus trans-
forms itself into a body such as is shown in figs. 66 and 67 (Plate IV) .
This is an oval element containing some achromatic stringy substance
and showing around the periphery a series of granular clusters.
The granules composing these clusters are extremely minute, but
intensely chromophil, staining as do the chromosomes of a dividing
metazoan cell. In spite of their minute size they are readily resolved.

We thus start with a nucleus having a considerable bulk of chro-
matin which has a low affinity for chromatin stains. Morpho-
logically, this chromatin occurs as granules, irregular masses and
bands, borne either by the nuclear net or upon the inner surface of
the nuclear membrane. There is also usually present a central mass
or karyosome. After several hours, however, the chromatin has
diminished in bulk, has an intense affinity for chromatin stains, and
is placed around the periphery in the form of clusters of minute
granules. The conspicuous changes then consist in the taking on
of a high affinity for basic stains, subdivision into minute granules
and migration to the periphery.

The desire is to show the several steps in this transformation.

The earlier conditions are shown by figs. 31, 32, 38, and 39. Figs.
31 and 32 are from mouse 250, a 5-hour stage; fig. 38 from mouse
253 (6 hours), and fig. 39 from mouse 99 and presumably represents
the 6-hour stage. These four figures show very distinctly the

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

variations with regard to what is interpreted to be the karyosome.
In fig. 32 it is either absent or represented by the large black granule.
In fig. 31 the irregular central mass provided with a Mack grannie
presumably represents this element. In fig. 38 it is a large irregular
body, while in fig. 39 it is a large oval deeply staining granule, splil
nearly into two by a cleft. To some extent these differences are
due to the technique employed, but in the main they represent actual
differences in the morphology of the parasite itself.

Passing now to mouse 106, a 9-hour stage which yielded highly fav< >r-
able material, we have figs. 40and41 (Plate III). Fig. 41 is very much
like fig. 39, except for the staining reaction of the karyosome. Fig.
40 bears a general resemblance to figs. 31, 32, and 38. It is therefore
apparent that figs. 40 and 41 represent the earlier of the stages
present in mouse 106 and hence the starting point from which a
number of these have arisen. For the parasites in a 9-hour mouse
may have been in the cells anywhere from a very short time up to
perhaps 8 hours. Hence, in passing from mouse 99, 250, or 253 to
mouse 106, it is not necessary and would, indeed, be a mistake to
assume that we had also passed over 3 or 4 hours of time spent in
development. The period elapsing between the inoculation and
death of the mouse, at least as far as concerns the periods up to 9 or
10 hours, is of value only as a high limit. A parasite of mouse 253
cannot be more than 6 hours old; one of mouse 106 cannot be more
than 9 hours, and this is all that can be stated with absolute cer-
tainty. Nevertheless, the parasites of mouse 106 will in general be
older than those of mouse 253, even though they will in a number of
cases represent the same stages of development. It is therefore
permissible to use parasites such as are shown in figs. 31, 32, 38, and
39, as well as figs. 40 and 41, in tracing the later stages as found in
mouse 106.

It is easy to pick out conditions readily derivable from these.
Thus, fig. 42 (upper cell) is a good deal like fig. 41. Fig. 43 is also
very much like fig. 41, except for the strip of basophil chromatin
which runs across the nucleus. Fig. 44 also displays a general
resemblance to the earlier stages, but has developed a greater quan-
tity of basophil chromatin present in the form of scattered granules.
A similar state of affairs is seen in fig. 45, in which the somewhat
quadrangular mass of acidophil chromatin situated in the centre
may represent the karyosome. In figs. 46 and 47, we have parasites
in which the chromatin is all basophil and occurs in a rather finely
divided state. In the case of the two parasites shown in fig. 42.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

while they are not wholly unlike morphologically, the chromatin of
the one is acidophil, of the other basophil, and the fact that they lie
side by side seems to preclude ascribing this difference to irregular
action of the stain.

It is to be observed that all of the changes noted above point toward
the production of finely divided and highly basophil chromatin.

As pointed out above, in the early stages, a karyosome may or
may not be present. When it is present, its evolution appears to
take place as follows) In figs. 31, 38, 40, 44, and 48 the karyosome
is composed of acidophil chromatin, associated with which are one
or more basophil granules. A karyosome of the type shown in
figs. 40 and 48, consisting of a rounded acidophil mass bearing several
sharply basophil granules, was quite common. In fig. 47 there is a
ring of basophil granules, and figs. 46 and 49 show somewhat similar
phenomena. We seem here to be dealing with the conversion of
the karyosome from an acidophil mass into a group of basophil
granules.

Resuming the account of the evolution of the entire parasite,
fig. 53, from mouse 120, shows two parasites lying side by side.
In the upper one the central body appears to represent the karyosome,
here partly basophil and partly acidophil. In addition to this, the
organism contains some acidophil material of irregular form together
with a number of basophil granules, some of which are placed at the
periphery. The lower parasite shows a central basophil mass and
a number of basophil granules extending out from it. These para-
sites, from int. 8 of mouse 120, should represent later rather than
earlier conditions, and they can be derived from, what is shown in
figs. 45, 47, and 48. The lower of the two, also, is very much like
fig. 49.

It is always to be kept in mind that we are endeavoring to trace
the development of a structure showing a typical nuclear net, and
displaying both acidophil and basophil chromatin throughout its
entire extent to one in which all the chromatin present is intensely
basophil and occurs as clusters of minute granules around the periph-
ery of the parasite. Biological processes never proceed with mathe-
matical precision, and hence we cannot look to find these three
processes taking place side by side. But it is entirely reasonable to
assume that if we compare any two parasites and find one of them
more advanced with reference to one or more of these three con-
ditions that it represents the later stage. Thus the lower parasite
of fig. 42 is older than the upper, and the same thing may be said of

lt> 16.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

fig. 53. Figs. 46, 47. and 49 represent later stages than figs. 40,
44, and 45. On the other hand, in figs. 44 and 48, while the chromatin

is in part in the form of small basophil granules, the balance of it is
acidophil. Hence, it would not be possible to say whether these
represent older or younger stages than the lower parasite of fig. 42
Again, as between figs. 49 and 53, upper parasite, the chromatin, of
the former is all basophil, while that of the latter is showing a greater
disposition to assemble at the periphery. The cases last given
illustrate the irregularity with which the evolution proceeds.

Fig. 54 (Plate IV) is from mouse 120. It shows a parasite with an
irregular central mass from which prolongations run toward the pe-
riphery. The staining reaction is partly basophil and partly acidophil .
The basophil substance is partly in the form of granules and partly
occurs as streaks and bands, but it is not improbable that these
latter are composed of closely compacted granules, as is evidently
the case, for instance, in the large aggregation of fig. 49. The
central mass as shown in fig. 54 could have been derived from a karyo-
some of the type shown in fig. 44. Finally, in addition to the central
mass shown here (fig. 54), there are four more or less well-defined
clusters of chromatin granules, in two of which the granules are very
minute.

The conditions shown in fig. 54 appear to be followed by those
shown in figs.. 55 and 56. In these latter there is a central mass
sending out prolongations toward the periphery, but the chromatin
is more completely basophil and more completely separated into
granules. There is also the same tendency, at least in fig. 55, for
the granules to be disposed in clusters. In these two parasites
(figs. 55 and 56) there is very little achromatic material remaining,
and this is in part only the fragments of the linin network. The
parasite shown in fig. 57 appears also to belong to this stage of the
evolution.

The development is carried further in the organisms shown in
figs. 58 and-59. In these the arrangement of the chromatin granules
into aggregates is more obvious. A comparison of figs. 54 and 55
with fig. 59 suggests that at least in some cases the modus operandi
is for the chromatin to assume the form of a very irregular dendritic
mass which later breaks up into smaller masses. Thus, in fig. 59
six of these small masses have already become individualized, and
one more seems about to become free. In fig. 58, although the
granules are very small, only three such masses have become
independent.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jail.,

The parasites shown in figs. 63 and 64 may belong in the above
cycle. Although the central mass of fig. 64 is larger than that of
fig. 54, its arrangement is not wholly different. Fig. 63, however,
cannot very well be placed.

Figs. 60 and 61, from mouse 179, give slightly later stages than
figs. 58 and 59. At least the central dendritic mass has disappeared
and the chromatin is distributed throughout the entire nucleus,
either in clusters or as separate granules. Furthermore, there is a
marked disposition for the clusters to assume a peripheral position,
especially well marked in fig. 61. The smaller size of the granular
clusters in figs. 60 and 61 than in figs. 58 and 59 suggests that in
these last the clusters are destined to subdivide before reaching a
peripheral position, a suggestion supported by what is seen in figs.
62, 65, 66, and 67.

In figs. 60 and 61 all of the chromatin which could be seen by
raising and lowering the focus was drawn, and hence some of the
chromatin apparently central was actually peripheral. In fig. 62,
only an optical section of the parasite is drawn. Here evolution
has reached the stage where all of the chromatin is in the form of
minute granules assembled in clusters that lie around the periphery.
It is to be noted, however, that they are irregularly placed. The
next stage is shown in fig. 66, where the clusters have come to lie in
regular order around the periphery. Fig. 65 no doubt represents
the same stage, but apparently shows only a part of the organism.
In fig. 67 the clusters, which are the future microgametes or their
nuclei, have begun to solidify. The further steps in this process
are shown in figs. 68, 69, and 70, the last showing that the nuclei
finally become rounded solid balls of highly basophil chromatin.
Fig. 71 shows a condition intermediate between figs. 69 and 70.

Fig. 52 (Plate III) shows a parasite in which the chromatin is present
in the form of solid balls more or less strung together. The form and
solidity of the chromatin masses suggest the later stages such as
are pictured in figs. 70 and 71, whereas their arrangement as well as
the elongated oval form of the parasite recalls earlier conditions.
At times, however, the parasite reaches the end of its development
while still retaining this oval form (fig. 74, Plate V).

The final stages of the evolution of the microgametocyte are
given in figs. 72 to 76 (Plate V). In fig. 72 the solid rounded elements
are seen to be elongating, and this elongation is carried further in the
case of fig. 73. Figs. 74 to 76 portray the microgametes. They always
lie on the periphery, and fig. 76 gives the aspect as viewed in optical

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

section, whereas in the other two figures more than an optical section
is shown. Figs. 75 and 7ti are the more typical; in fig. 71 the para-
site is unusually small for this stage, but is characteristic in showing
very clearly the arrangement of the microgametes around the
periphery.

The fully evolved male element or microgametocyte is a rounded
or oval body, showing a stringy or amorphous residual mass and a
-tries of microgametes disposed around the periphery. These latter
are bodies about 2 to 2.5 microns long, broader at one end than the
other and apparently composed wholly of intensely basophil chro-
matin. This is at least their appearance in sectioned material, it
is not impossible that in life, or in material otherwise prepared,
they may show more than is here evident. Analogy would lead us
to suspect the existence of flagella.

This stage is apparently of short duration. Mouse 152, killed
18 hours after feeding, was heavily parasitized, but the exact stage
shown in fig. 75 was comparatively scarce. This, however, is much
as might be expected. The presumption is that the microgametes
are motile elements, and once they 'are fully ripe they doubtless
quickly abandon the situation in which they evolved, and without
them the residuum would scarcely be recognizable.

In number they varj-, following the counts made, from 13 to 17.
Allowing both for an actual- variation and for the practical difficulties
in making an accurate determination, the supposition is plausible
that the typical number is sixteen. It is a familiar biological
phenomenon that in those cases where the number of elements
ultimately produced is some power of two, we are dealing with the
results of the repeated division of some one original element. In
this case, however, the end appears to lie attained in a less regular
manner.

In the description of the later stages of the e\rolution of the male
element, reference was confined to the conditions as found in mice
106, 120, 152, and 179, respectively, 9, 10| and 17, 18 and 16| hour-.
The first three of these gave particularly favorable material, all of them
being heavily parasitized and none showing much destruction of
the cells. The conditions seen here, however, were duplicated in
other mice. Thus, Nos. 113, 132, and 133, all either Sh- or 9-hour
periods, showed many of the same stages as were seen in mouse 106,
while the later stages in the evolution of the microgametes were seen
in mice 121, 175, 177, 178, 180, and 182, representing periods ranging
from 10| to 18 hours.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

The Female. — It has already been shown that the female, in the
5- and 6-hour mice, is an oval cell with rather compact cytoplasm
and a vesicular nucleus with a large central body, the karyosome.
It is illustrated in figs. 33 to 37. The nuclear structure is com-
paratively simple and is portrayed well enough by the figures. The
nuclear membrane is usually clear cut, and there is always present
a large karyosome which takes the acid rather than the basic stain.
The karyosome frequently has associated with it one or more sharply
basophil granules, and may or may not show strands extending out
toward the nuclear membrane.

It is difficult, however, to show the cytoplasm as it actually occurs,
and in the main this has been done in the figures in a purely conven-
tional maimer. Its fundamental structure appears to be alveolar
with the alveoles quite small and frequently tending to be variable
in size. The picture, however, is greatly confused by the fact that
in general both spongioplasm and hyaloplasm stain with much the
same degree of intensity and both have a rather high affinity for
plasma stains. Figs. 35, 77, 78, and 81 are attempts to show the
conditions as they actually occur. In fig. 35 (Plate II) the alveolar
structure is evident, although somewhat obscured, while it is seen
much more clearly in fig. 81 (Plate V) . Parasites in which the alveolar ,
structure was as obvious as in fig. 81 could be found, but they were
rare. Figs. 34, 77, and 78 show the cytoplasm to consist of an aggrega-
tion of poorly defined rounded bodies lying in a paler matrix. This was
a frequent appearance. The black granules seen in some of the figures
represent the black granules usually to be seen in material stained
with iron hematoxylin. Frequently,' also, the cytoplasm is vacuolated.

The general appearance here described does not undergo any great
change. Thus, figs. 28 (mouse 247) and 79 (mouse 113), respectively
4- and 9-hour stages, are much alike, as are figs. 77 and 78, respect-
ively, from 6- and 9-hour mice.

There is, however, one phenomenon presented which appears to
he of interest. One phase of this is shown in figs. 81 and 82. In
each of these the nucleus presents somewhat the appearance of a
wheel. There is in each case a central acidophil karyosome which
si mis out strands to the periphery. Around the periphery are a
number of basophil granules. This condition was not at all infrequent
and appeared to be especially characteristic of the intermediate
periods of 9 or 10 hours. It was, however, seen in mouse 77, a
15-hour stage. We also have the condition illustrated in fig. 83,
where there is some basophil material outside of the nucleus.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

The appearances suggest maturation, a suggestion which is
strengthened by what is seen in figs. 84 to 87. In these the nucleus
is the typical vesicle with its central karyosome, while the cytoplasm
is more or less liberally provided with sharply staining granules.
It seems permissible to suppose that we are here dealing with later
stages in which the rejected chromatin has passed out into the cyto-
plasm.

Here it is apparently absorbed, since the fully mature macrogamete
shows no indications of it. This phase of the life history of S. muris
is protrayed by figs. 88 to 91, from mice 120, 145, and 152. The
second of these was killed 11 \ hours after inoculation, and hence the
macrogamete may reach the end of its development within this
period of time.

Fertilization.

The earlier stages of the parasite are passed while within a cylinder
cell of the intestinal epithelium in its proper place in the epithelial
row. The parasite, however, has a deleterious influence on the cell
it invades and apparently always destroys it in the end. It would
then necessarily follow that the remnant of the cell, with its con-
tained parasite, would, by pressure, be thrust out of its place in the
epithelial row. In so far as the mechanics of the process are con-
cerned, there does not seem to be any choice as to whether the dead
cell would be pushed out into the lumen or beneath the row into the
subepithelial tissue. It looks as though one contingency would be
as likely to occur as the other.

Nevertheless, as early as 9 hours, but more particularly later, a
considerable number of the parasites are to be found beneath the
epithelium. This is more particularly the case with the macro-
gametes, which is further in accord with the probabilities. For the
macrogametocyte is a rather compact, solid-looking element and
presumably will retain its integrity even though subjected to mechani-
cal stress. On the contrary, the microgametocyte, the bulk of which
is obviously merely decadent residual matter, would presumably
readily yield and break tip if acted upon by pressure.

Here and there in the epithelium a ripe male cell occurs in which
the microgametes appear to be streaming out into the subepithelial
tissue. Conditions such as these may, of course, be interpreted in
two ways: the microgametes may have reached their places
beneath the epithelium either actively or passively. An examination
of fixed material clearly sheds no light on such a question, but anal-

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

favors the view that such a movement is the result of an actual
motility, of the microgametes themselves. It may also be that in
life the macrogametes are amoeboid and gain their subepithelial
situation through their own motility, but here the probabilities are
the other way. Analogy is not in favor of a belief that the macro-
gamete is motile, nor do the macrogametes ever show amoeboid
outlines in the fixed material.

As to the actual situation of the parasites which occur beneath
the epithelium, the fixed material does not give wholly conclusive
evidence. They appear, however, to occur rather between the row
of cells and the stroma than in the stroma itself.

We thus have obvious male elements and obvious female elements
occurring beneath the row of epithelium cells. The production of
male and female cells necessarily involves their union, and the
environment in which they both occur offers no obstacle to such a
procedure. It is evident that the proper demonstration of such a
process should be made upon living material, since, in a situation
such as has been indicated, the identification of a minute fragment
of highly basophil matter as a microgamete is largely a matter of
guess-work. It is easy enough to identify the thread-like bodies
of figs. 75 or 76 as microgametes, since here their relationships with
their surroundings can be established. But it is clear that an isolated
microgamete cannot be identified when it occurs in a region pre-
senting such a confused picture as does the subepithelial tissue of
the mammalian intestine.

Nevertheless, when the macrogametes as they occurred in the
subepithelial tissues of mouse 152 were studied, it was possible to
separate them into two categories. A certain number were as
figs. 88 to 91. Others were as fig. 93. These differ only that in the
latter there was present in the cytoplasm a sharply basophil body.
Also, conditions such as are illustrated in fig. 92 were found, where
two elongated sharply basophil bodies are seen either lying upon or
partly within the cytoplasm of a macrogamete. In consideration
of the fact that it is axiomatic that the development of males and
females involves fertilization, the indirect evidence here offered as
1o the actuality of the process seems satisfactory. Fig. 92 shows
two supposed microgametes associated with the macrogamete, but
it is safe to conclude that only one would have been successful in
effecting union.

The three cells shown in fig. 93 have somewhat irregular outlines,
this being the condition as found. Assuming that this is not an

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

artifact, it indicates that they arc in no sense encysted, but are
rather naked masses of cytoplasm. This irregularity of outline,
however, is not necessarily associated with the supposed fertilization,
since many of the macrogametes which showed the conspicuous
chromatin body had maintained their smooth and regularly curved
contours.

Discussion.

If the evolution of the macro- and microgametocytes of S. muris,
as outlined above, be compared with that of Coccidium schubergi, as
worked out by Schaudinn (1900) it will be seen that there is a very
close resemblance. Thus, in both, the chromatin of the micro-
gametocyte becomes divided into very small particles which collect
in masses at the periphery and there condense to form the micro-
gametes. This mode of division is designated by Minchin (1912)
as chromidial fragmentation, the minute granules themselves being
the familiar chromidia. Similarly, in both the sarcosporidian and
the coccidian, the nucleus of the macrogametocyte discharges chro-
matic granules into the cytoplasm where they are apparently
absorbed.

On the other hand, there are many marked differences. In the
first place, in S. muris the male cell loses most if not all of its cyto-
plasm, the formation of the microgametes taking place in what is
morphologically the nucleus. Hence, there is not only no increase
in size of the parasite after it gains an entrance into a host cell, but
actually a loss of substance. It is somewhat the same with the
female cell which, while it gains in bulk, does so to a rather limited
extent. This is in marked contrast to the phenomena displayed by
Coccidium schubergi, in which the macro- and microgametocytes are
many times bulkier than the -merozoites from which they took origin.

The sarcosporidian runs through its sexual development within
from 9 to 18 hours, while judging from the data given by Schaudinn
(p. 217), the coccidian requires about two days.

The resemblances and differences between these two parasitic
Protozoa are here merely pointed out. The resemblances are
certainly very striking, but it seems premature to assign any signifi-
cance to them. It is conceivable that they indicate a genetic rela-
tionship between the Sarcosporidia and Coccidia, but it is just as
likely that we are dealing with phenomena broader than those
suitable for connecting groups of the value of the Coccidia and
Sarcosporidia. The problem is one that requires more evidence
before any far-reaching conclusions are warranted.
3

3-4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan..

Some of the features presented by the evolution of S. muris,
however, when considered wholly by themselves, are worthy of
attention. One of the most striking of these is the loss of cytoplasm
displayed by the microgametocyte. So far as I am aware, no other
protozoan displays a mode of development at all like this. Yet it
is perhaps not so different from the usual procedure as it may at
first seem. In all cases of the evolution of microgametes in Sporozoa
the cytoplasm is largely or wholly inert. Thus, in the case used for
comparison, that of Coccidium schubergi, the nuclear membrane
dissolves and the chromidia collect in the cytoplasm where they
eventually produce the microgametes. But there is nothing to
show that the cytoplasm takes any active part in this development.
It may function merely as a mechanical support for the micro-
gametes. Furthermore, at the end of development the microgametes
abandon the cytoplasmic mass, which is merely left behind.

This, indeed, is generally true. Throughout the entire group of
the Sporozoa the fully developed microgametocyte consists of a
number of microgametes associated with a residuum that represents
unused cytoplasm. This residuum is always abandoned, and, so
far as it is possible to see, it is always about equal in bulk to that of
the original cytoplasmic mass. It may therefore be suggested that
in the case of *S. muris, the discarding of the cytoplasm merely takes
place before the microgametes are developed instead of afterward.

The next peculiarity is the fact that there is either only a slight
gain of substance, as in the females, or an actual loss, as in the males.
This is probably correlated with the speed with which the develop-
ment is effected. In general, parasitic Protozoa that live in cells
enter these cells as very minute bodies which increase in size for a
longer or shorter period, growing at the expense of the cell, and it is
only after they have reached a certain size that they divide. That
is, the host cells are the dwelling places of these parasites.

But in the case of »S. muris in the intestinal epithelium of the
mouse, the host cell appears to be used merely as a temporary lodging
place. The parasites, although they appear usually to destroy the
cells they invade, do not seem to feed upon them. No sooner do
they come to rest than they proceed forthwith to evolve into the
mature sexual stages, which are produced within 18 hours or less.
It is apparent that the so-called spore possesses enough energy at
the outset to carry on this development, and it seems much more
plausible to look upon the granules which the spores contain as
reserve food than as the so-called sarcocystin.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

My studies do not extend beyond the formation of the zygote.
In mice killed one to two days after feeding, oval cells resembling
the zygotes, hut larger, are quite frequent. These are most abundant
in the villi beneath the epithelial row, but they also occur in the cells
and occasionally free in the lumen. Their ultimate fate has not
been followed, but Erdmann (1914) describes what seems to be
schizogony in the cells and subepithelial tissues of mice killed several
days after feeding, and it is not at all unlikely that the oval bodies
mentioned above are schizonts.

One fact stands out clearly: the banana-shaped body of the Sar-
cosporidia is not a spore1. There was never any reason to suppose
that it was, even though this misleading designation has been used
exclusively in the literature during recent years. Labbe (1899)
designated it as a sporozoite, which, in view of its form, is far more
plausible, and may indeed be a correct designation, so far as it is
allowable to apply terms based on the conditions in the Telosporidia
to stages of Sarcosporidia. For if the oval bodies occurring in one-
and two-day mice give rise to the schizonts described by Erdmann,
and if the products of this schizogony give origin to the familiar
muscle cysts, then apparently the banana-shaped body is in some
respects at least the analogue of the coccidian sporozoite.

As against this interpretation is the fact that in ( Joccidia, where
there is both schizogony and sporogony, the sporonts are derived
from merozoites. This would suggest that the banana-shaped
sarcosporidian element is a merozoite. Obviously, however, the
evidence at hand is not sufficient to warrant a conclusion. Accord-
ingly, it has been considered best to follow recent custom and to
retain the term spore, despite the fact that it is incorrect, for it is
believed that this procedure is less confusing than to adopt a
different designation which future discovery might show to be

equally incorrect.

Summary.

(1) The spores of Sarcocystis muris, ingested by a mouse, may
reach the posterior part of the small intestine within one hour.

(2) Invasion of the epithelium cells of the intestine may also take
place within the same time.

(3) Upon reaching the lumen of the intestine, the spore rapidly
undergoes changes. The nucleus becomes larger and more con-
spicuous, and a distinct nuclear net becomes evident. The granules
characteristic of the spore as it occurs in the cyst either disappear
or become much less evident. Further changes, however, do not
take place unless the spore gains an intracellular situation.

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

(4) The spores are sexually differentiated, but it does not appear
to be possible, at the outset, to distinguish between the males and
females.

(5) Within the mouse cells the changes undergone by the males,
or microgametocytes, begin to be evident at the end of H to 2 hours.

(6) These changes are, first, a further increase in the size of the
nucleus accompanied by a further development of the nuclear net,
and, second, degeneration and ultimate disappearance of the cyto-
plasm. The cell contours become rough and irregular, vacuolization
occurs, the cytoplasm becomes reduced to two masses of debris
lying at the ends of the nucleus. These finally disappear, the entire
process usually being completed at the end of 6 hours. The micro-
gametocyte is thus reduced to its original nucleus, which, however,
is of approximately the same size as the original spore.

(7) Conspicuous internal changes next take place, which modify
both the morphology and chemistry of the parasite. They may be
considered under three headings, but they all take place more or less
simultaneously.

(a) The chromatin appears to suffer a loss in actual bulk, but
alters in staining reaction from acidophil to basophil.

(b) From occurring in large irregular masses or distributed along
the threads of the linin net in strips or bands, the chromatin is
reduced to granules which become progressively smaller and smaller
and at the same time display a greater and greater affinity for chro-
matin stains.

(c) These granules finally assemble in clusters around the periphery
of the organism.

(8) The next step is the solidification of these granular clusters
into rounded, solid balls. These balls next elongate and become
minute, thread-like bodies, which are the microgametes. This stage
may be found in mice killed from 9 to 18 hours after inoculation.
It is very rare in the shorter of these two periods, but has apparently
passed its acme at the end of 18 hours.

(9) The females go through with their development side bjr side
with the males, but there are no such conspicuous changes and the
early female stages are much like the spore which has just entered
the cell.

(10) In the course of a few hours, however, the females can be
picked out, appearing as broadly oval cells, relatively shorter and
broader than the original spores. The cytoplasm is all retained and
assumes a rather dense alveolar texture. The nucleus shows no

L916-] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

evidenl increase in size. The unclear net does not develop as it does
in the male parasite, luii the chromatin concentrates into a single
large karyosome which maintains an acidophil rather than a basophil
staining reaction.

(11) In the 6- to 15-hour periods, phenomena are seen which seem
besl interpreted by regarding them as maturation. Irregular
chromatin granules appear in close association with the nuclear
membrane. Later these granules pass out into the cytoplasm, and
finally disappear.

(12) The mature female, or macrogamete, may be found in mice
killed from 11 to 18 hours after inoculation.

(13) Finally, in the 18-hour stages, macrogametes may be found
which in some cases show minute, thread-like bodies upon their
surfaces, and in others contain within their substances small solid
chromatic bodies, one in each case. These appearances are regarded
as warranting the interpretation that fertilization takes place.

Explanation of Plates I, II, III, IV, V.

The original figures wore made by the author and later copied in ink by Mr.
Haines, artist of the Bureau of Animal Industry. The greater number are
from camera outlines, made on the table with a 2 mm. apoehromatic objective
and Xo. 18 eyepiece. This method yields a magnification of about 3,530 diame-
ters. The remaining drawings are free-hand sketches of approximately the same
enlargement. In reproduction, the drawings have been reduced in the ratio
of 3 to 2, and hence are about 2,350 times larger than the objects themselves.

In order to show the relationships between the parasites and the cells, the
latter have in some cases been drawn in outline. It was not, however, considered
necessary to do this throughout.

Plate I. — Fig. 1. — Camera outline. Giemsa stain. Spores taken directly from
a cyst. The cytoplasm stains a dense blue; the nucleus is a reddish vesicle
with little or no internal structure. The spores are broader at one end
than the other.

Fig. 2. — Camera outline. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 248, 2 hours,
int. 30. Spore free in lumen. Cell outlines clear cut; a periplast present;
cytoplasm shows no signs of degeneracy. The nucleus shows a nuclear
net and is somewhat enlarged, causing the cell edges to bulge.

Fig. 3. — Camera outline. Delafield and acid fuchsin. Mouse 251, 1§ hours,
int. 9. Cytoplasm slightly degenerate, but staining deeply. Nucleus
enlarged, about to cause bulging of the sides of the cell and showing a central
mass joined to the nuclear membrane with strands.

Fig. 4. — Camera outline. Delafield and acid fuchsin. Mouse 251, 1J hours,
int. 9. Cytoplasm dense and staining deeply. Nucleus enlarged, with
the central mass separated into granules.

Fig. 5. — Camera outline. Delafield. Mouse 248, 2 hours, int. 27. Cytoplasm
dense with occasional clear spaces. Nucleus not enlarged. Chromatin in
the form of small granules distributed throughout the net.

Fig. 6. — Camera outline. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 248, 2 hours,
int. 30. Cytoplasm very solid, staining deeply with the thionin and showing
no signs of degeneracy. Nucleus is a vacuole which stains more or less
homogeneously, apparently due to the fact that the nuclear sap has stained
as well as the nuclear net and thus the latter is obscured. This is a frequent
appearance, especially in parasites free in the lumen.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Fig. 7.— Camera outline. Delafield. Mouse 248, 2 hours, int. 15. Typical
early male form. Nucleus greatly enlarged; cytoplasm reduced to two
separate masses, one at each end of the parasite. Nuclear net distinct.

Fig. 8. — Camera outline. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 248, 2 hours,
int. 30. Early male stage. Cytoplasm beginning to show irregular out-
lines and to become vacuolated. Nucleus not greatly enlarged, but otherwise
typical.

Fig. 9. — Camera out line. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 248, 2 hours, int. 30.
Early male stage. Shows very clearly the degeneration of the cytoplasm,
evidenced by the rough outlines and vacuolization. Nucleus enlarged, with
a distinct nuclear net.

Fig. 10.— Camera outline. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 248, 2 hours, int. 30.
Early male stage. Cytoplasm degenerate. Nucleus elongated transversely,
a frequent appearance in the early stages. Nuclear net showing a single
large central mass, in which is a vacuity.

Fig. 11. — Camera outline. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 248, 2 hours,
int. 30. Early stage of male. Cytoplasm reduced in amount and degenerate
in appearance. Nucleus greatly enlarged with a central aggregation differen-
tiated into an acidophil mass beset with basophil granules.

Fig. 12. — Free-hand drawing. Thionin and eosin. Mouse 248, 2 hours, int. 30.
Early male. Shows a method of degeneration of the cytoplasm frequently
observed. The cytoplasm consists of a number of basophil masses lying
in a faintly staining matrix. The nucleus was typical.

Fig. 13. — Free-hand drawing. Thionin and eosin. Mouse 248, 2 hours, int. 30.
Early male stage. Shows mode of degeneration of cytoplasm, which at one
end of the parasite is broken up into a mass of basophil lumps, apparently
lying free in the host tissue. The nucleus was typical.

Fig. 14. — Camera outline. Thionin and eosin. Mouse 248, 2 hours, int. 30.
Early male stage, probably slightly earlier than the form shown in fig. 13.
The cytoplasm has separated into a number of denser masses, taking the
thionin, which lie in an almost achromatic ground substance. The nucleus
is typical.

Fig. 15. — Camera outline. Wright's stain. Mouse 125, 2 to 2§ hours. Early
male stage, showing nuclear enlargement.

Fig. 16. — Camera outline. Wright's stain and eosin. Mouse 125, 2 to 2\ hours.
Early male stage.

Plate II. — Fig. 17. — Camera outline. Wright's stain and eosin. Mouse 125,

2 to 2\ hours. Early male stage. Cytoplasm greatly reduced and degener-
ate. Nucleus much enlarged with a very distinct nuclear net.

Fig. 18. — Camera outline. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 249, 3 hours,
int. 22. Two early males, both lying in the same vacuole. In both the
nuclei are enlarged, and although the cytoplasm is reduced, it still retains
its smooth outlines and is not vacuolated. Nuclei typical.

Fig. 19. — Camera outline. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 249, 3 hours,
int. 22. Male. Cytoplasm reduced to a small cap at either end of the
parasite. Nucleus greatly enlarged and showing the usual structure.

P'ig. 20. — Camera outline. Iron hsematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 249,

3 hours, int. 30. Early male stage. Cytoplasm somewhat reduced in quan-
tity and showing signs of degeneration. Nucleus shows a net of the usual
character and is provided with one large conspicuous granule. This kind
of granule appears to require iron hsematoxylin for its demonstration. The
parasite lies in a partly emptied mucous cell.

Fig. 21. — Camera outline. Iron hsematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 249,
3 hours, int. 30. Possibly an early female stage. Cytoplasm dense;
nucleus clear cut with a central mass and three black granules on periphery.

Fig. 22. — Camera outline. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 249, 3 hours,
int. 22. Probably an early female stage. Cytoplasm sharply delimited
and dense. Nucleus enlarged, but not sufficiently so as to cause bulging of
the cell boundaries. Within the nucleus is a round red body from which
blue rays extend to the nuclear membrane.

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

Fig. 23. — Camera outline. Wright's stain. Mouse L26, 3 to '-<\ hours. Early
male form. The cytoplasm has nearly disappeared. The nucleus is typical.

Fig. 24. — Camera outline. Mouse L26, 3 to 3^ hours. Early male stage.
Cytoplasm greatly reduced. Nucleus very large with a well-developed

nuclear iii -I ,
Fig. 2"). — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin. Mouse 261, I hours/ int. —'■'>.

Early stage of doubtful sex. Cytoplasm sharply delimited and dense.
Nuclear net obscured. A large black granule present.

Fig. 26. Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin . Mouse 2fd , 4 hours, int. —3.
Parasite lies in what seems to be a mucous cell. Cytoplasm dense and
nearly homogeneous. Nucleus clear cut, showing a sharply marked karyo-
some and two conspicuous black granules. This parasite might be either
a male or a female.

Fig. 27. — Camera outline. Thionin. Mouse 261, -4 hours, int. —3. Early male
stage. Consists of an enlarged nucleus surrounded by a narrow strip of
cytoplasm, with a quantity of degenerate material lying on one side. The
parasite is probably cut obliquely. The nuclear net is well developed.

Fig. 28. — Free-hand drawing. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 247, 4 hours,
int. 14. Early female stage. Cell outlines smooth and cytoplasm appar-
ently not degenerate. Nucleus rather small with a clear-cut membrane
and a central karyosome.

Fig. 29. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 247,

4 hours, int. 14. Early female stage. Cell boundaries sharp. The
cytoplasm is neither degenerate nor has it suffered any loss in quantity.
The nucleus does not cause any protrusion of the sides of the cell. A large,
distinct karyosome is present. Figure diagrammatic.

Fig. 30. — Camera outline. Delafield and acid fuchsin. Mouse 247, 4 hours,
int. 19. Form difficult to classify. The cytoplasm shows a distinct external
boundary and, while vacuolated, is apparently not degenerate. Nucleus
is a vesicle with a very large central mass.

Fig. 31. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 250,

5 hours, int. 22. Male. Cytoplasm has disappeared, except for a cres-
centic mass at one end. The nucleus is greatly enlarged and shows a well-
developed net. The net itself is acidophil, the granules associated with it
are basophil.

Fig. 32. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 250,
5 hours, int. 22. Male. Cytoplasm has apparently wholly disappeared.
The nucleus is very large and shows an acidophil net beset with a number
of sharply basophil granules.

Fig. 33. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 250,

5 hours, int. 22. Female. Cytoplasm dense and, while vacuolated, shows
no signs of degeneration. Nucleus a vesicle with a large karyosome and
two intensely black granules. Strands joining the karyosome with the
nuclear membrane could not be made out.

Fig. 34. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 250,
4 hours, int. 22. Female. Cytoplasm shows no signs of degeneracy. It
consists of a lighter ground substance in which are a number of poorly
defined darker bodies. Nucleus a vesicle in which is a large karyosome.
Little strands extend out from the karyosome, but they could not be traced
the whole distance to the nuclear membrane. Two black granules present.

Fig. 35. — Camera outline. Delafield and acid fuchsin. Mouse 253, 6 hours,
int. 19. Female. In this figure an attempt is made to indicate the alveolar
character of the cytoplasm of the females. Nucleus a vesicle containing a
large karyosome.

Fig. 36. — Camera outline. Delafield and acid fuchsin. Mouse 253, 6 hours,
int. 19. Female. Cytoplasm rather dense, but liberally vacuolated.
Nucleus a vesicle with a large karyosome.

Plate III. — Fig. 37. — Camera outline. Delafield and acid fuchsin. Mouse 253,

6 hours, int. 19. The figure shows two females which have invaded the
same cell and developed side by side.

1 See the annotation with regard to mouse 261, on p. 19.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Fig. 38. — Camera outline. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 253, 6 hours,

int. 16. Male. Parasite reduced to its nucleus which shows the nuclear

net and a large central mass of chromatin.
Fig. 39. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 99,

3 and 6 hours. Male. The parasite, reduced to the nucleus, shows a

well-developed nuclear net and a basophil karyosome nearly cut into two

by a cleft,.
Fig. 40. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,

9 hours. Male. Parasite reduced to its nucleus, which shows the typical

net and a large central aggregation in which are five basophil granules.
Fig. 41. — Camera outline. Delafield and eosin. Mouse 106, 9 hours. Typical

male parasite.
Fig. 42. — Camera outline. Delafield and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106, 9 hours.

The figure shows two male parasites lying in adjacent cells of the mouse,

and it is instructive in that a marked contrast in staining reaction is to be

seen, the upper cell being acidophil, the lower basophil.
Fig. 43. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 99,

3 and 6 hours. Male, doubtless belonging to the 6-hour period. The

nuclear net is in the main acidophil, but a portion of it has taken on a sharply

basophil staining reaction.
Fig. 44. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,

9 hours. Male. Shows a typical nuclear net, a large acidophil karyosome

and a number of basophil granules.
Fig. 45. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,

9 hours. Male. The nuclear material is partly acidophil, partly basophil.
Fig. 46.— Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,

9 hours. Male. The chromatin is basophil and finely divided.
Fig. 47. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,

9 hours. Male. The chromatin is basophil, and occurs as minute granules,

except for the cluster of larger granules which is presumably derived from

the karyosome.
Fig. 48. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,

9 hours. Male. The chromatin is partly acidophil, partly basophil.

Fig. 49. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,
9 hours. The chromatin is basophil and in a state of fine subdivision,
except for the central mass which is probably derived from the karyosome.

Fig. 50. — Camera outline. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106, 9 hours.
Male. The parasite shows a delicate net provided here and there with
basophil granules.

Fig. 51. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,
9 hours. Male. The parasite shows a delicate net provided with minute
chromatin granules.

Fig. 52. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 120>
IO5 and 17 hours. Male. The chromatin is extremely basophil and the
bulk of it is concentrated into round balls. It is impossible to say to which
of the two infective feeds this parasite belongs.

Fig. 53. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 120, 10J
and 17 hours. Shows two male parasites lying side by side. Instructive on
account of the marked difference in staining reaction.

Plate IV. — Fig. 54. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin.
Mouse 120, 10§ and 17 hours. Male. The central aggregation consists of
sharply basophil substance between which is acidophil material. In the
former rounded granules can be distinguished. This central mass is throwing
out extensions into the balance of the nucleus where there are aggregates
composed partly of sharply black granules and partly of acidophil material.

Fig. 55. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 120,
IO5 and 17 hours. Male. The chromatin is black in the iron hematoxylin
and occurs as minute granules. The general mass is showing a tendency
both to form small clusters and to assemble upon the periphery.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

Fig. 56.— Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 120,
lo' and 17 liours. Male. The chromatin occur- as small granules which
appear to be migrating toward the periphery.

Fig. .r)7. — Camera outline. Wright's stain. Mouse 146, 111 liours. Male.
There is a large, irregular mass consisting of acidophil material which is
liberally provided with puhctiform basophil granules, ami. in addition, a
number of sharply staining elongated granules. It is difficull to determine

just where in the development of the male parasite a form like this belongs.

Fig. 58. Camera outline. Delafield and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106, 9 hours.

Male. The chromatin is in the form of minute basophil granules. There

is a large irregular mass of these, and three rounded clusters near the

periphery.

Fig. 59. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,
9 hours. Male. The chromatin is aggregated into clusters of 6ne granules,
all of which are sharply basophil. Some of these clusters are wholly independ-
ent of one another; others are still united by strips of acidophil substance.

Fig. til). -Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 179,
16j hours, int. —1. Male. The chromatin occurs as minute basophil granules,
either scattered or aggregated into clusters. A marked tendency toward
the assumption of a peripheral situation is to be noted. The remnant of
the linin network is omitted in the drawing.

Fig. 61. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 179,
lti'. hours, int. —1. The chromatin is in the form of minute basophil granules
which occur in clusters, most of which are peripheral. The remnant of
the linin network is omitted from the drawing.

Fig. 62. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 179,
I65 hours, int. —1. Male. This figure portrays much the same conditions
as are shown in fig. 61, but only an optical section of the parasite is shown.
The granular clusters are thus seen to be exclusively peripheral.

Fig. 63. — Camera outline. Delafield and acid fuchsin. Mouse 120, 10t and

17 hours. Form supposed to be a male.

Fig. 64. — Free-hand sketch. Iron ha'matoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 120,
IO5 and 17 hours. Supposed male.

Fig. 65. — Camera outline. Iron haematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,
9 hours. Male. The chromatin occurs as clusters of minute granules.

Fig. 66. — Camera outline. Wright's stain and eosin. Mouse 152, IS hours.
Male. Optical section. The chromatin is in the form of minute, intensely
basophil granules, aggregated in clusters that are arranged in a regular man-
ner around the periphery.

P'ig. 67. — Camera outline. Wright's stain and eosin. Mouse 152, IS hours,
int. —2. Male. Optical section. The granular clusters, the forerunners of
the microgametes, are seen to be arranged in a regular manner around the
periphery. They are slightly more compact than in fig. 66.

Fig. 68. — Camera outline. Wright's stain and eosin. Mouse 152, IS hours,
int. —2. Optical section. The clusters are becoming more and more solid.

Fig. 69. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,
9 hours. The microgamete nuclei have still further solidified. It is worthy
of note that fig. 69, from a 9-hour mouse, represents later conditions than
fig. 68, an 18-hour stage.

Fig. 70. — Camera outline. Iron haematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,
9 hours. Optical section. The microgamete nuclei have become round
solid balls.

Fig. 71. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 100,
9 hours. Male. Condition intermediate between those shown in figs. 09
and 70.

Plate V. — Fig. 72. — Camera outline. Wright's stain anil eosin. Mouse 152,

18 hours, int. —2. Male. The solid nuclei are elongating to form the micro-
gametes.

Fig. 73. — Camera outline. Wright's stain and eosin. Mouse 152, IS hours,
int. —2. The elongation continues.

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Fig. 74. — Camera outline. Iron hematoxylin and eosin. Mouse 106, 9 hours.

Male. Stage showing microgametes. The parasite is unusually small.

This stage is very rare in periods as short as 9 hours.
Fig. 75. — Camera outline. Wright's stain. Mouse 152, 18 hours. Male.

Stage showing microgametes.
Fig. 76. — Camera outline. Iron hsematoxylin. Mouse 152, 18 hours, int. —1.

Optical section of the same stage of development as shown in fig. 75.
Fig. 77. — Free-hand sketch. Thionin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 247, 4 hours,

int. 14. Female, typical early stage.
Fig. 78. — Camera outline. Iron hsematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,

9 hours. Female. Cytoplasm mottled. Karyosome shows several black

granules. This is possibly a very early stage of maturation.
Fig. 79. — Camera outline. Iron hsematoxylin. Mouse 113, 9 hours. Typical

female.
Fig. 80. — Free-hand sketch. Iron hsematoxylin. Mouse 113, 9 hours. Female.
Fig. 81. — Camera outline. Iron hsematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,

9 hours. Female. Cytoplasm shows the alveolar structure which can

frequently be made out in the females. Nucleus shows a ring of deeply

staining granules lying around the membrane. These are taken to represent

that part of the chromatin which is rejected during maturation.
Pig. 82. — Camera outline. Delafield and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106, 9 hours.

Female, same phase as shown in fig. 83. The granules lying in the mouse

cell are not believed to have anything to do with the parasite.
Fig. 83. — Camera outline. Iron hsematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 106,

9 hours. Female. Later stage of maturation.
Fig. 84. — Camera outline. Iron hsematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 145,

11 j hours, int. — 1. Female. Late stage of maturation.
Fig. 85. — Camera outline. Wright's stain. Mouse 146, 11? hours, int. — 1.

Female. Late stage of maturation.
Fig. 86. — Camera outline. Iron hsematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 120,

10! and 17 hours. Female, late stage of maturation.
Fig. 87. — Camera outline. Wright's stain. Mouse 146, 11! hours, int. — 1.

Female, late stage of maturation.
Fig. 88. — Camera outline. Wright's stain and eosin. Mouse 152, 18 hours,

int. —2. Mature female or macrogamete.
Fig. 89. — Camera outline. Iron hsematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 120,

10| and 17 hours. Macrogamete.
Fig. 90. — Camera outline. Iron hsematoxylin and acid fuchsin. Mouse 145,

Hi hours, int. — 1. Macrogamete.
Fig. 91. — Camera outline. Wright's stain and eosin. Mouse 152, 18 hours,

int. —2. Macrogamete.
Fig. 92. — Camera outline. Wright's stain and eosin. Mouse 152, 18 hours,

int. —2. Two microgametes are seeking to fertilize a macrogamete.
Fig. 93. — Camera outline. Wright's stain and eosin. Mouse 152, 18 hours,

int. —2. Three mae.rogamet.es are shown, in each of which is a conspicuous

chromatic element, taken to be the microgamete.

Bibliography.

Crawley, Howard. 1913. Initial stages of Sarcocystis infection. [Note

presented before Helminthol. Soc. Wash., D. C, Feb. 6.] <Science, N. Y.,

n. s. (952), v. 37, Mar. 28, p. 498.
- 1914. Two new Sarcosporidia. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., v. 66 (1),

Jan.-Mar., pp. 214-218, 1 fig.
— 1914. The evolution of Sarcocystis muris in the intestinal cells of the mouse.

(Preliminary note.) <Proc. Acad. Nat, Sc. Phila., v. 66 (2), Apr.-Aug.,

pp. 432-436, pi. 15, figs. 1-12.
Ekdmann, Hii. H)10. Die Entwicklung der Sarcocystis muris in der Musku-

latur. <Sitzungsb. d. (lesellsch. naturf. Fr. zu Berl. (9), Nov., pp. 377-387,"

figs. A-E, pis. 18-19, figs. 1-14.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910.

PLATE I.

CRAWLEY: SLXUAL INVOLUTION OF SARCOCYSTIS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191H.

PLATE II.

21

o

!

25

20

piuuiiiu

22

jUUiJUMJIlL

y/i

23

24

s

27

28

' ■'/

29

30

31

-y*^

32

33

34

35

/-

36

CRAWLEY: SEXUAL EVOLUTION OF SARCOCYSTIS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191C.

PLATE III.

CRAWLEY: SEXUAL EVOLUTION OF SARCOCYSTIS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE IV.

CRAWLEY: SEXUAL EVOLUTION OF SARCOCYSTIS

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PH1LA. 1916

PLATE V.

78

79

CRAWLEY: SEXUAL EVOLUTION OF SARCOCYSTIS.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

1914. Zu einigen strittigen Punkten der Sarkosporidienforschung.

<Arch. de zool. exper. et gen., Par., v. 53 (9), juin, pp. 579 596, pis, 17 is,

figs. 1-10.
Fantham, 11. B. 1913. Sarcoci/xtis colii, n. sp., a sarcosporidian occurring in

the red-faced African mouse bird, Colius erythromelon. <Proc. Cambridge

[Eng.j Phil. Soc, v. 17 (3), Sept. s, pp. 221-221. pi. 5.
Labbe, Ai.imionsi-:. 1899. Sporozoa. 8°. Berlin. (Das Tierreich, Berl., .">.

Lief., xx + 180 pp., 190 figs.)
MiNCHIN, K. A. 1912. An introduction to the study of the Protozoa, with

special reference to the parasitic forms. xi + 517pp., I94figs. 8°. London.
Schaudinn, Fritz. 1900. Untersuchungen iiber den Generationswechsel bei

Coecidien. <Zool. Jahrb., Jena, Abt. f. Anat., v. 13 (2), 22. Jan., pp.

197-292, pis. 13-16, figs. 1-108.

44 PROCEEDINGS OF^THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

February 15.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair.

Fifty-nine persons present.

The Chair announced the deaths of Joseph R. Rhoads, March 7,
1915, and of Lincoln Godfrey, February 8, 1916, members.

The Publication Committee reported the presentation of papers
under the following titles as contributions to the Proceedings:

"Hunting Mollusca in Utah and Idaho," by Junius Henderson
and L. E. Daniels (January 19).

"Notes on the anatomy of Oreohelix, with a catalogue of species,"
by Henry A. Pilsbry (January 19).

Witmer Stone, Sc.D., made an illustrated communication on
western birds and their haunts, being wayside observations on a
journey across the continent.

The following was ordered to be printed:

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. IT)

cephalopoda of the kermadec islands.

by s. stillman berry.

Introduction.

The Kermadec Islands comprise a small archipelago of volcanic
origin, situated in the South Pacific Ocean northeast of New Zealand,
to which politically they belong. Being off the beaten path of
commerce, they have been rarely visited, and it is only very recently,
through the activity of various antipodean investigators, that we arc
beginning to gain any extended knowledge of their fauna.

So far as cephalopods are concerned, the only species of the fauna
known until the last year or two are the three octopods which the
Challenger dredged from very deep water in the neighborhood in
1874, and which were therefore reported upon by Hoyle in 1885- '86.

In the spring of 1913 the present writer received from Mr. W. R. B.
Oliver, of Auckland, a small, but what proved to be a very well-
worth-while collection of cephalopods taken on Sunday Island, the
most important member of the group, by Mr. Oliver himself, Mr. Tom
Iredale, and Mr. R. S. Bell, in 1908 and 1910. At the request of the
sender this collection was "worked up" and reported upon in the
Transactions of the New Zealand Institute for June, 1914, but owing
to certain exigencies of preparing and publishing the paper, it proved
impossible to provide illustrations adequate to the material described.

Some months later and too late to be reported upon simultaneously
with the earlier specimens, Mr. Oliver forwarded me another small
vial of cephalopods, collected as were some of the most unusual
species in the first lot, by Mr. R. S. Bell, in 1910. Being exceedingly
anxious to secure additional material of the practically unique
Nematolampas regalis and Abraliopsis astrolineata for further investi-
gation, I overhauled the new specimens with eagerness. Though in
this particular my quest was not fulfilled, the disappointment was
more than tempered by finding two species of genera not represented
in the first collection. In fact, the collections supplement one another
in such an interesting way that a report upon the second necessarily
involves a greater or less consideration of the first. The present
paper, therefore, is practically a monograph of the cephalopod fauna

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

of the Kermadec Islands as known to date. I have so indicated in
the title. At the same time the opportunity appears propitious for
publishing a few sketches and other illustrations additional to those
given in my earlier paper, and I trust the delay has not robbed
them of value.

The new material reported comprises thirteen specimens, which I
find to be referable to seven species and the same number of genera
and families, as follows:

1 Argonauta species (young).

2 Polypus species (young).

1 Onychoteuthis banksii (Leach) (young).

1 Lampadioteuthis megaleia new genus and species.

1 Abraliopsis ? (young).

6 Eucleoteuthis species (young).

1 Megalocranchia pardus, new species.

The two species thus added to the previous list appear to be new
to science. One of them is so divergent from anything we know
that it is being made the type of a new genus and family. It
is somewhat surprising to find this form similar in many superficial
peculiarities to the wonderful Nematolampas regalis previously
described from Mr. Oliver's material, and scarcely inferior in interest
to its predecessor, even though the actual relationship of the two
does not appear an especially close one. For further observations
on these species of a somewhat general interest, I would refer the
reader to the concluding remarks offered in connection with the
description of L. 'megaleia.

Altogether the results of the exploration of the Sunday Island
beaches by Messrs. Oliver, Iredale, and Bell have been without
precedent, so far as the littoral capture of cephalopods is concerned,
and inevitably causes one to ponder what ultimate harvest this
wonderful region holds in store for the teuthologist, that a mere
glimpse of wave-bound wrack from a single beach should prove so
astonishing.

A complete list of all the cephalopods thus far known from the
waters of the Kermadec Islands, with the number of specimens
reported on, is given in the following table:

Synopsis of the Cephalopoda of the Kermadec Islands.

Depth in
fathoms.

Hoyle

1885-86.

Iredale
1910.

Berry
1914.

Berrv
1916.

amily Cirroteuthid^e —

Sla urate ut his meangensis

(Hovle) 600

1

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

17

Depth in
fathoms.
Family Amphitretidje —

Hovle
1885-86.

[redale
1910.

Berry

191 i.

Berry
1916.

Am pint n tus pelag i c " 8

Hoyle

520

1

Family Ahi.<>\ utid.e—

.1 rgonauta argo Linne

. 1 rgona uta nodosa Solander

.1 rgonauta (species)

+
+

—

1

Family PoLYPODIRS! —
Polypus oliveri Berry

shore

2

Polypus la r in ii il i it ii sis

Berry

Polypus (young of various

MoschiU s challengeri Berry

630

1

1
3

2

Family Spiiulid.e —

Spir/ilu spirula \ Linne)

+

Family < )xyciioteuthid.e —

On ychoteuth is banksii

(Leach)

6

1

Family I.YcoTKrTHiD.E —
A' i in a I nla m pas regalis
Berry

•

2

Family Lampadiotki-thid.e—

L-iiii pii'lmli uthis miijali in

Berry

1

Family Fxoploteuthid.e —
Aliralia astral i mala Berry..
Abraliopsis (species)

1
1

I?

Family < >mmastrkphid.e —
Stht a at i uthis barlramii

Lesueur)

Euclt nti uthis (species)

3
3

6

Family Craxchiid.e —

Megalocra n chin pari Ins

Berrv

1

Family Xattiud.e —
Nautilus pompilius Linne .
X a a 1 1 1 ii s macromphalus
Sowerby

+
+

Total specimens re-
ported

3

5 +

24

13

Tiie fauna outlined in the table may conveniently be summarized
as follows:

< >< rOPODA

M VOPSIDA

Families.

4

1

CJenera.
5

1
8
1

Spi

ecies.

7
1
8
2

Species with
photogenic
organs.

0
I?

CEgopslda

6

7

Tetrabranchiata

1

0

Total 12

15

18

48 proceedings of the academy of [feb.,

New Terms Proposed.

The following taxonomic terms are used for the first time in the
present paper:

Moschites challengeri, new name (for Eledone verrucosa Hoyle, 1886,

in part, not of Verrill, 1881).
Lampadioteuihidm, new family.
Lampadioteuthis megaleia, new genus and species.
Eucleoteuthis, new genus (for Symplectoteuthis luminosa Sasaki, 1915).
Megalocranchia /tardus, new species.
Verrilliteuthis, new genus (for Desmoteuthis Verrill, December, 1881,

in part, not of Verrill, February, 1881).

Systematic Review of the Species.
Order DIBRANCHIATA.

Suborder OCTOPODA.

Family CIRROTEUTHIDiE.

Genus STAUROTEUTHIS Verrill, 1879.

1. Stauroteuthis meangensis (Hoyle, 1885).

188"). Cirroteuthis meangensis Hovle, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), 15,

].. 234.
188"). Cirroteuthis meangensis Hoyle, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 13, p. 111.
1880. Cirroteuthis meangensis Hoyle, Challenger Rep., p. 63, pi. 9, figs.

12, 13: pi. 11, figs. 1.2; pi. 13, figs. 5, 6.
1904. Stauroteuthis meangensis Hoyle, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 43, p. 5.

One young specimen was taken by the Challenger in 600 fathoms,
north of the Kermadec Islands.

Family AMPHITRETID^E.
Genus AMPHITRETUS Hoyle, 1885.

2. Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle, 1885.

1885. Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), 15, p. 235.

1885. Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle, Narrative Chall. Exp., 1, p. 271, fig. 106.

1885. Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 13, p. 113, fig.

1886. Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle, Challenger Rep., p. 67, pi. 9, figs. 7-9.

The type locality of this species is 29° 55' S. Lat., 178° 14' W.
Long., off the Kermadec Islands. Here one specimen was dredged
by the Challenger in 520 fathoms.

Family ARGONAUTID^].
Genus ARGONAUTA Linne\ 1758.

3. Argonauta argo I.irme. 1758.

1758. Argonauta Argo Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. X, p. 70S.

1010. Argonauta argo lredale, Proc. Malac. Soc, 9, pp. 70, 72.

1915. Argonauta argo Oliver, Trans. N. Z. Inst., 47, p. 560.

lredale and Oliver record a few shells of this species washed up on
the beaches of Sunday Island. Comparison should probably be
made with .1. pacifica Dall and A. grand if ormis Perry.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

4. Argonauta nodosa Solander, 17m;

1.786. Argonauta nodosa Solandcr. Portland Cat., p. 96, No. 2120.
I'.Ui). Argonauta nodosa [redale, Proc. Malac. Soc, 9, pp. 70, 72,
L915. Argonauta nodosa Oliver, Trans. X. Z. Inst., 17, p. 560.

Both [redale and Oliver state that animals and shells of this species
are occasionally washed to land at Sunday Esland.

Argonauta species. PI. VI, fig. I.

L914. Argonauta sp. Berry, Trans. X. Z. Inst, 46, p. 135.

A very small female without a shell fS. S. B. 420] collected by
Bell in 1910 is presumably the same species as the specimens already
reported in the paper cited. A photograph of one of the former
specimens, showing the hectocotylus in situ within the mantle
cavity of the female, is now given as fig. 1 on Plate VI.

Oliver (1915, p. 500) suggests that these specimens are to be
referred to .1. nodosa Solandcr.

Family POLYPODIDiE.
Genus POLYPUS Schneider, 1784.

5. Polypus oliveri Berry, 1914. PI. VI, fig. 2.

1914. Polypus oliveri Berry, Trans. X. Z. Inst.. 40. p. 136.

1915. Polypus oliveri Oliver, Trans. X. Z. Inst., 47, pp. 560, 564.

As this species has not been figured, the matter is remedied by the
photograph reproduced in the accompanying plate.

6. Polypus kermadecensis Berry, 1914.

1914. Polypus kermadecensis Berry, Trans. X'. Z. Inst., 46, p. 138, pis. 7, 8.

Polypus species (Young).

Two very juvenile Polypi in the second collection cannot yet be
determined [S. S. B. 434].

Genus MOSCHITES Schneider, 17s4.

7. Moschites challengeri new name.

1SS6. EUxlone verrucosa Hovle, in part. Challenger "Rep., p. 104 (not of
Yen-ill. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 8, p. 105).

One specimen was dredged off the Kermadecs in 630 fathoms by
the Challenger, and reported by Hoyle as the Atlantic M. verrucosa
(Verrill). I have long felt grave doubt- as to the correctness of
Hoyle's determination. The Kermadec Islands and the eastern
coast of the United States are localities so extremely remote and
isolated from one another, that such an anomalous distribution for
a crawling, bottom-loving species of this sort seems " priori at leasl
doubtful. Fortunately we have Hoyle's express statemenl that the

Challenger specimen "has the extremity of the hectocotylized arm
4

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

formed like that of an Octopus rather than like that of an Eledone,
as shown in Verrill's figure." In the light of our present knowledge
that even relatively slight differences in the structure of the hecto-
cotylus are important in distinguishing species, there is evidently
available here a sufficient diagnostic character to separate the two
forms. A new name therefore seems expedient for the Kermadec
species.

Suborder DECAPODA.
Division MYOPSIDA.
Family SPIRULID^L

Genus SPIRULA Lamarck, 1799.

8. Spirula spirula (Linne, 1-758).

1758. Nautilus spirula Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. X, p. 710.
1910. Spirula spirula Iredale, Proc. Malac. Soc, y, pp. 70, 72.
1915. Spirula spirula Oliver, Trans. N. Z. Inst., 47, .p. 558.

Oliver states that dead shells are abundant on the Sunday Island
beaches, occasionally with portions of the. animal.

Division (EGOPSIDA.

Family ONYCHOTEUTHID^E.

Genus ONYCHOTEUTHIS Lichtenstein, 1818.

9. Onychoteuthis banksii (Leach, 1817).

1817. Loligo Banskii Leach, Zool. Misc., 3, p. 141.

1826. Onychoteuthis Banskii Ferussac, Annates Sci. Nat., (1), 7, p. 151.

1914. Onychoteuthis banksii Berry, Trans. N. Z. Inst., 46, p. 139.

A young specimen of this species is in the present collection
[S. S. B. 422].

Family LYCOTEUTHIDiE.

Genus NEMATOLAMPAS Berry, 1913.

10. Nematolampas regalis Berry, 1913. PI. VII; PI. VIII. fig. 5.

1913. Nematolampas regalis Berry, Biol. Bull., 25, p. 20S, text fig. 1.

1914. Nematolampas regalis Berry, Trans. N. Z. Inst., 46, p. 140, text tie's.
1-4, PL IX.

Sketches are now given of one of the curious hood-shaped suckers
which appear along the distal regions of the arms, and also of a
portion of the gladius (figs. 1-3).

The gladius of this species, as shown by a few fragments extracted
from the poorly preserved paratype (S. S. B. 410), is exceedingly
slender and consists of little but the narrow rhachis. The wings
are narrow and set very obliquely, so that the ventral concavity is
unusually narrow and deep. They finally terminate in a very
small, delicate, spoon-shaped cone, which is supported by a small,

I'.Hii.l

NATURAL S( IKN( KS OF l'HILADKLl'll I A.

.51

solid, distinctly bulbous swelling at the extreme base of the slender
rluichis (figs. 2, 3).

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 1. — Nematolampas regalis, camera sketch of sucker from distal portion of

right third arm [-409], from mount in balsam, X 70.
Fig. 2. — Nematolampas regalis, oblique ventral view of posterior extremity of

gladius [410], camera drawing, X 20.
Fig. 3. — Oblique dorsal view of. same, same scale.

Family LAMPADIOTEUTHID^ new family.

Squids of small size, with terminal, sagittate fins. Arms with
two rows of suckers. Tentacle clubs with four rows of suckers.
No hooks present on either arms or tentacles. Buccal membrane
eight-pointed. Gladius with lateral wings, but no terminal cone.
Luminous organs present in the pallial chamber, on the eyeball,
along the stalk of the tentacles, and at the base of the tentacles.

For the present the characters of the new family must be drawn
from those of the type genus alone, so no doubt important emenda-
tion must later take place.

I would tentatively place the Lampadioteuthidce between the
Lycoteuthidce on the one hand and the Enoploteuthidce on the other.
The group cannot be referred to the Lycoteuthidce on account of the
entirely different construction of the gladii. Some teuthologists
may prefer to place it with the Enoploteuthidce, but it seems to me
that the complete lack of hooks or modified suckers on either tenta-
cles or arms produces an anomaly fatal to this arrangement. Of
course a fuller knowledge of the anatomy of all these forms than is
now possible is as likely as not to bring about an entirely different
classification, but I think the one adopted is for the meanwhile the
most reasonable.

52

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Feb.,

Genus LAMPADIOTEUTHIS new genus.

Body loliginiform. Fins broad, subsagittate, terminal; slightly
surpassing the body posteriorly.

Arms with two rows of minute suckers, but no hooks. Tentacle
clubs not expanded; armed with four rows of smaM suckers.

Buccal membrane eight-pointed, pale in color, but dotted with
numerous dark chromatophores between the trabecular.

Photogenic organs richly developed; their distribution being as
follows: 1. One at the extreme base of each tentacle and four
along the stalk. 2. A longitudinal series of three large organs on
the ventral side of the eyeball (of which the median is notably the

smallest) and a single similar organ on the
eyelid just back of the opening. 3. Five in-
trapallial organs, including 2 anal, 2 branchial
(very large), and 1 abdominal organ. No
luminous organs have been identified any-
where in the outer integument of the arms,
head, or mantle.

Gladius comprising a rapidly tapering rha-
chis, free in front, but with delicate, somewhat
broadly angular wings along its posterior two-
thirds.

Type. — The following species.
11. Lampadioteuthis megaleia new species. PI. VIII, figs. 1-4.
Animal small. Mantle firm, fleshy, cylindro-
conic in outline; in front rather flaring,
thence tapering quickly to a point. Fins
large and fairly thick in proportion to the
small size of the body; slightly more than
half as long as the mantle; each fin about a
fifth longer than wide; strongly united in the
median line posteriorly, where they extend
slightly past the tip of the mantle; triangular,
the posterior margins nearly straight and
converging to a very obtuse point; anterior
margins almost straight on the outward edges,
but somewhat squarely arcuate in front, and
thence descending toward the body so as to
form small lobes.

Head large, almost as wide as the flaring
mantle opening, and wider than the body is

Fig. 4. — Lampadioteu-
this megaleia, semi-
diagrammatic repre-
sentation of cut ire
animal from the ven-
tral aspect, to show
the distribution of
the photocgeni or-
gans, about natural
size.

M»16.]

NATURAL SCIK.WKS OF I'll 1 L ADELPHIA.

53

near the middle; strongly compressed; flattened above, somewhat de-
pressed below between the large, rounded eyes. Funnel broad,
rather flat and short, not extending to the middle of the eyes; valved,
the valve appearing as a very delicate, crescentic, pocket-like mem-
brane on the inner dorsal wall a little way behind the aperture.
Funnel organ not easily made out in the material available, although
the A-shaped median organ of the dorsal wall is evident (fig. 6).

Funnel locking cartilage straight, simple, pointed anteriorly, but
rounded truncate at the other end, and otherwise of nearly even
width; grooves shallow, simple, straight; margins raised and reflexed
(fig. 7). Slender ridges on the mantle correspond as usual.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 6. — Lampadioteuthis megaleia, outline sketch of the funnel region [416],
X 2§; an., anus; phot., anal photophores; v., valve; v.o., median pad
of funnel organ.

Fig. 7 .—Lampadioteuthis megaleia, camera outline of left funnel cartilage [416],
X 8.

Sessile arms little attenuate, the longest over two-thirds as long as
the mantle; unequal; somewhat mutilated in the specimen at hand,
but the formula of relative length apparently 3 = 2, 4, 1; dorsal arms
notably shorter and less robust than the remainder. Outer margin
of ventral and third arms keeled, the second pair more obscurely so,
and the dorsal pair merely angled. On all the arms except the
dorsal pair the keel terminates in a very delicate, transparent carina
of membrane. The third arms in particular bear a strongly trabecu-
late hyaline membrane along their ventral margins, though all the
arms possess well-developed swimming membranes homologous with
these. Sucker-bearing portion of arms compressed; the suckers

54

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Feb.,

in two rows, minute on all the arms, but excessively so on the ventral
pair. On a horny ring from one of the distal suckers of the left
third arm, I count seven teeth along the upper margin, the central
ones especially being long, slender, closely spaced, and rather bluntly
pointed.

Tentacles cylindrical, over twice as long as the arms; robust at
base, thence tapering rapidly to the slender club, which is scarcely
or not at all expanded (PL VIII, fig. 3). Suckers of club in four much
compressed rows; minute; basin-shaped; the horny rings of the
largest armed with 9-13 slender acute teeth along the upper semi-
circumference (figs. 8, 9).

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.

Fig. 8. — Lampadioteuthis megaleia, oral view of a median sucker from the left

tentacle club of the type [416], X 70, camera outline from a mount

in balsam.
Fig. 9. — Lampadioteuthis megaleia, nearly apical view of a similar sucker [4161,

X 70, camera outline from a mount in balsam.
Fig. 10. — Lampadioteuthis megaleia, optical section of second photophore from

base of left tentacle of type [416], camera sketch from mount in

balsam, X 15.

Buccal membrane eight-pointed; the lappets light colored, but
the delicate intervening membranes dotted on the outside with dark,
wine-colored to brownish chromatophores.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 11.

Fig. 5. — Lampadioteuthis megaleia, left eyeball, seen from below in outline,

showing position of photophores, X 1§.
Fig. 11. — Lampadioteuthis megaleia, basal photophore from left tentacle of type

[416], seen in optical section, X 15, camera sketch from mount in balsam ;

chr., chromatophores; phot., photogenic organ; st., stalk of same.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIKNCKS OF I'll 1 1. \ D 1 ;i.l'l 1 1 A ."

.i.i

Subocular photophores large, circular in outline, whitish; four

in number on each eye; three, of which the median is somewhat the
smallest, occupy the usual situs on the ventral periphery; the fourth
is larger than any of these, and situated just within the boundary
of the pupil, at a point almost exactly behind the centre of the lens
(fig.5).

A series of four large ovoid photophores appears embedded in the
stalk of each tentacle below the club, the three proximal ones occupy-
ing the proximal half of the tentacle, the distal one somewhat isolated
from the others and near the club. At the extreme base of the
tentacle borne on a short stalk on its outer side appears a spherical
photophore, which is almost wholly concealed in preserved specimens
by the tentacular sheath. It is distinctly larger than even the most
proximal of the organs just described, and judging from its outward
appearance only I think it will prove to be entirely different in
structure text fig. 11 (PI. VIII, fig. 4).

V

Fig. 12.

Fig. 13.

Fig. 14.

Fig. 12. — Lampadioteuthis megaleia, camera drawing of gladius of type [416],

dorsal aspect, x 3.
Fig. 13. — Lampadioteuthis megaleia, ventral view of posterior extremity of

gladius [416], X 18, camera sketch.
Fig. 14. — Dorsal view of same, same scale.

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

In addition to the above are the following intrapallial luminous
organs: 1. A roundish, swollen, brownish organ on each side of
the cavity, a little behind the anus. 2. A very large, elongate-
pyriform, bright, silvery organ at the base of each gill, near the
middle of the cavity. 3. A bright silvery tubercle, larger than the
anal organs, but very much smaller than the branchial, situated
behind the viscera in the medio-ventral line nearly at the tip of the
body (fig. 4).

Gladius of simple Enoploteuthid structure, the rhachis free in
front and broadest at the apex; thence tapering quite rapidly to a
narrow point; wings thin and delicate, sharply angled in front of
their middle, where each is about three times as wide as is the stem
at the same level; they extend along the posterior two-thirds of the
gladius, terminating around the point of the rhachis to form a slight
posterior concavity, which is hardly spoon shaped, and is certainly
not to be called a cone (figs. 12-14).

Color in alcohol: mantle brownish white, dotted with pale chro-
matophores; head and ventral aspect of the funnel darker, due to
the more numerous dark chromatophores; eyes dark slate color,
the lenses pearly white; arms and tentacles pale like the mantle.

Type. — A rather poorly preserved female (?) [S. S. B. 416]. It
is minus one tentacle, and a little macerated, but is in good enough
condition to be described as above.

Type Locality. — A beach on Sunday Island, where the single
specimen was picked up by Mr. R. S. Bell in 1910.

Measurements.

mm.

Total length 85

Length of mantle, dorsal 30

Tip of body to base of dorsal arms 39

Length of fins, extreme 17

Width of fin 14

Width across fins 30

Anterior width of mantle 15

Width of neck 7

Width across eyes 14

Length of head 10

Length of funnel 9

Length of right dorsal arm 17

Length of left dorsal arm 15 +

Length of right second arm 13 +

Length of left second arm 20 +

Length of right third arm 16 +

Length of left third arm 21 +

Length of right ventral arm 22

Length of left ventral arm 22

Length of right tentacle 24 +

Length of left tentacle 47

Length of club of left tentacle i 7

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57

Remarks. — In spite of its wholly dissimilar gladius, this Little

species reminds one more strongly of the two Lycoteuthid genera,

Lycoteuthis and Nematolampas, than any other group, and this is

probably due to the one fact, more than any other, thai the photo-

genic complexes are so strikingly similar. That of the L. megaleia

is accordingly summed up in the accompanying table, which also

repeats the figures for L. diadema and N. regalis given in my earlier

paper.

L.
Position of Photophores. diadema.

< »m ryes:

Ventral periphery 10

Lateral

( )n arms:

Tips of dorsal arms

Tips of dorso-lateral arms

Ventrolateral arms

( hi tentacles:

At base

Along the stalk i

Within pallia! chamber:

Anal 2

Branchial 2

Abdominal1 4

Posterior extremity of body

A.
regalis.

L.
megaU ia.

10

6
2

2
2

62+

4

2

8

2
2
4
2

2
2

1

Total 22 90+ 23

Although in each of the three species subocular, tentacular, and
intrapallial organs are well developed, the table helps to emphasize
differences which may be more important than the similarities.
Then again, although I have not yet had opportunity to work out
the histology of any of these structures in Lampadioteuthis, the
external appearance of its tentacular photophores is not at all like
the deep-seated organs of the Lycoteuthids, while the curious organs
protruding from the base of the tentacles fail to resemble anything
known to me. The single pair of enormous silvery photophores at
the base of the gills is also distinctive as contrasted with the belt of
five smaller organs possessed by the Lycoteuthid genera.

The occasion is very tempting to add a little generalizing on the
possible significance of such striking differences in the luminous
pattern of cephalopods, especially since the constituent organs are
so evidently polyphyletic in origin, but this had best be reserved
for some future opportunity.

1 I have followed prevailing usage in classifying the series of three organs
situated between the branchial pair in Lycoteuthis and Nematolampas as abdomi-
nal, though it seems to me more rational to consider them in relation with the
branchial organs than with the isolated posterior organ.

58

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Feb.,

At any rate it is remarkable that the Sunday Island beaches
should yield so extensive a series of bizarre types, and that with

the exception of an ommastre-
phid every squid collected
there is the possessor of sys-
tems of dermal organs which
we must assume are photo-
genic.

%>

Fig. 16. — Abralia
astrolineata, lat-
eral view of third
hook from base of
right t e n t a c 1 e
club [408], X 30,
camera drawing
from mount in
balsam.

Fig. 15. — Abralia
astrolineata, inner
face of right ten-
tacle club of tvpe
[408], X 8, mainly
a camera draw-
ing.

Family ENOPLOTEUTHIDiE.

Genus ABRALIA Gray, 1849.
12. Abralia astrolineata Berry, 1914.

1914. Abralia astrolineata
Berry, Trans. N. Z. Inst., 46,
p. 145, pi. 10.

An illustration of the ten-
tacle club of this species is
supplied in fig. 15, and of a hook therefrom in fig.
16.

The statement on p. 145 of the original de-
scription regarding the discrepancy in the num-
ber of hooks on the two tentacle clubs of the
type specimen is just reversed; the right club
shows a fifth hook, the left, only the four large
ones.

Genus ABRALIOPSIS Joubin, 1896.

13. I Abraliopsis hoylei (Pfeffer, 1884). Pi. IX, fig. l.

?1884. EnophtevMs Hoylei Pfeffer, Ceph. Hamburg Mus., p. 17, fig. 22-22b.
?1896. Abraliopsis Hoylei Joubin, Bull. Soc. Sci. Ouest, 5, p. 33, etc.
1914. 1 Abraliopsis hoylei Berry, Trans. N. Z. Inst,, 46, p. 148.

The specimen previously recorded [S. S. B. 400] is now figured
on PI. IX, fig. 1.

Abraliopsis C?) species. PI. IX, fig. 3.

A small abralioid in the second collection offers some interesting
peculiarities [S. S. B. 419], and I am not certain that it represents
the same species as the preceding, though this will quite likely prove
to be the case in the end.

The only doubtful character is that each arm of the ventral pair
appears to terminate in a slender filament instead of the usual
beaded photophores, but these filaments are quite badly damaged
in the specimen so that their exact nature is difficult to make out.
The two rows of hooks on the ventral arms persist even onto the

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

59

4

Fig. IS. Muni ii, p-

sis (?), late r a I
V i e w of 1 a r g e

hook from left
tent a c 1 e club
[419], X 30, cam-
era drawing from
mount in balsam.

base of the filaments. Otherwise the specimen is a fairly typical
Abraliopsis.

The tentacle club much resembles that of the preceding, as de-
scribed in my former paper.
There are four large slender
hooks in the ventral row, ami
three (or four?) small ones in
the dorsal row, the latter being
succeeded proximally by two
minute1 suckers. The distal
portion of the club is occupied
by the usual four rows of small
suckers. I can make out only
two suckers in the fixing ap-
paratus (figs. 17, 18).

The photogenic organs of the mantle are dis-
tributed longitudinally in bands and lines. There
is a conspicuous, clearly defined space free of
photophores along the medio-ventral line. Bound-
ing this on either side is a roughly triserial,
band-like aggregation of photogenic organs, the
central members of which tend to be larger
than the lateral ones. This band is succeeded
laterally by a single series of large and small
photophores, more or less in alternation. A
weak series of small organs is then followed by
a very distinct single line of photophores, beyond
which the organs are scattering and less regular.
There are eight rows on the ventral aspect of
the head, and the rudiments of perhaps as many
on the funnel. Each central arm bears two rows.
The two terminal photophores of the subocular group are con-
spicuously larger than the three median ones, and of the latter the
central organ is in its turn a little the largest.

Fig. 17. — Abraliop-
sis (?), inner face
of righl tentacle
club of young
specimen [-419],
X 15, free-hand
sketch from
mount in balsam.
The arrangement
and number of
the distal suckers
is only approxi-
mated.

Family OMMASTREPHID^E.
Genus STHENOTEUTHIS Verrill, 1880.
14. Sthenoteuthis bartramii (Lesueur, 1821).

1X21. Loligo bartramii Lesueur, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2, p. 90, pi. 7
lssii. Sthenoteuthis Bartramii Verriil, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci.j •">, p. 223.
1914. Sthenoteuthis bartramii Berry, Trans. X. Z. Inst.. 46, p. 148.

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Genus SYMPLECTOTEUTHIS Pfeffer, 1900.
[Symplectoteuthis oualaniensis (Lesson, 1830).]
1830. Loligo oualaniensis Lesson, Zool. Voy. Coquille, p. 240, pi. 1, fig. 2.
1900. Symplectoteuthis oualaniensis Pfeffer, Synops. (Egops. Ceph., p. 180.

It now appears that my reference of certain of the Kermadec
squids to this species was premature (see further note below), despite
the fact that the islands lie well within its probable range.

Genus EUCLEOTEUTHIS new genus.2
15. Eucleoteuthis species (young ?).

1914. Symplectoteuthis oualaniensis Berry, Trans. N. Z. Inst., 46, p. 148
(not Loligo oualaniensis Lesson, 1830).

With the exception of the smallest, which may prove to be a
genuine Symplectoteuthis, six quite small and rather poorly preserved
Ommastrephids in the second collection sent me [S. S. B. 421] are
apparently referable here. A reexamination of the similar specimens
previously reported as S. oualaniensis, in the light of Sasaki's recent
work (see appended footnote), shows that these likewise should be
included in the newer genus. On all, with the single exception noted,
the supposed photogenic tissue is evident as a pair of narrow whitish
bands running along the ventral aspect of the body, much as in
E. luminosa, though apparently not interrupted as in that species.
In some of the specimens a pale oval macula may be made out near
the mantle margin and just outside the line of the bands, but in no
case have the maculae at the base of the ventral arms been identified.
Numerous other differences in the outline of the photogenic organs,
their distribution, the shape of the fins and body, and the proportions

2 In a recent paper ("On three interesting new cegopsids from the Bay of
Sagami, " Jour. Coll. Agric, Tohoku Imper. Univ., Sapporo, v. 6, pp. 131-150,
pi. 4), Madoka Sasaki describes and beautifully illustrates a very remarkable
luminous squid from 700 fathoms, off Misaki, Japan, to which he attaches the
name Symplectoteuthis luminosa. The creature is absolutely unique among
described cephalopods in the fact that the principal photogenic organs, instead
of being small spherical or ovoid cysts as in most cegopsids, take the form of a
pair of narrow, zone-like bands, extending with but two interruptions along the
ventral aspect, of the mantle for nearly its entire length. A pair of smaller
maculse of similar character lie outside the terminal segments of the bands near
the anterior margin, and a larger, ovoid, transverse organ appears at the base
of each ventral arm. While the photogenic property of these curious structures
does not appear to have been observed in the living animal, Sasaki infers such a
function from their histology. It seems to me that these characters, coupled
with several minor features, among which may be noted the unidentate horny
rings of the larger tentacular suckers, are sufficient to quite preclude the proper
reference of this species to Symplectoteuthis, a genus not known to possess any
luminous properties, and in which the larger tentacular rings are multidentate.
Having conveyed these opinions to Prof. Sasaki and ascertained that he has no
present intention of altering his original disposition of the species, I now propose,
with his courteous permission, the new genus Eucleoteuthis, with S. luminosa,
Sasaki as type.

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. til

of the arms arc evident, so thai il seems possible thai an undescribed
species of the genus is before us. The largest of the specimens,
however, has a mantle length of only 41 mm., and since we know
nothing of the younger stages of E. liuninosa, while the condition of
our own material leaves much to be desired, a more detailed con-
sideration of the speciology will best be deferred for the present.

Family CftANCHIID^E.
Genus MEGALOCRANCHIA Pfeffer, 1884.
16. Megalocranchia pardus new species. PI IX, fig. 2.

Small: elongate cask-shaped. Mantle thin, smooth, saccular,
membranous, much inflated; its greatest circumference near the
middle, thence tapering slightly anteriorly and more so behind,
where it comes to an acute point between the fins; maximum width
of mantle distinctly less thai! half the length. Fins small, about
three-tenths as long as the body; thin; semicircular; barely con-
tinuous around the point of the mantle, which they exceed for about
a third of their length ; posterior cleft deep and very narrow. Anterior
margin of the mantle trilobate, being conspicuously indented (almost
cleft) in the dorso-median line, as well as to a less degree at either
side of the funnel, the clefts marking the three points where the
mantle is firmly attached to the head and funnel.

Head very short and broad, the length contained in the width
(measured to include the eyes) nearly four times; width of head
between the eyes less than the depth of the eyeball. Eyes very
large and protruding; elevated on short, massive, slightly movable
stalks; eyeball ovate in outline, projecting obliquely downward;
lid opening of fair size, not puckered. The ventral surface of the
eyeball is occupied by a large, semicircular, photogenic organ, which
forms a bluntly conical projection toward one side; another smaller
organ of crescentic outline lies within the concavity of the latter

(fig. 19).

Funnel large, thin-walled; broad at base, extending well past the
base of the ventral arms, and entirely covering the ventral surface
of the head between the eyes; aperture ample. Funnel organ well
developed; the large hepatiform medio-dorsal organ bears on each
lobe a finger-like papilla, which bends inward at the base so that it
lies ahno-T transversely; the two -mailer lateral organs are roughly
circular, and each has a slight indentation on the front inner margin
(fig. 20 j.

Arm- short, robust, the longest but little more than a quarter as

62

PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Feb.,

long as the mantle; unequal, the order of length distinctly 3, 4, 2, 1.
Umbrella wanting. Ventral arms with a frill-like keel on the outer
angle; keel of third arms confined to distal portion, and obscure or

o

Fig. 19.

Fig. 20.

Fig. 19. — Megalocranchia pardus, part camera outline of right eye of type [415],

ventral aspect, X 5J; phot.1, phot.2, photogenic organs.
Fig.. 20. — Megalocranchia pardus, outline of funnel organ [415], much enlarged.

wanting on the two dorsal pairs. All the arms have a delicate
trabeculate swimming membrane on either margin of the sucker-
bearing area, but this attains much its best development on the
third pair. Suckers biserial, closely placed in each row, but the
series slightly separated from one another on all but the ventral
arms, where they are relatively close together; number of suckers
varying from 14 pairs on one of the dorsal arms to 16| pairs on the
ventral arms. Sucker apertures wide, the horny rings weakly den-
tate on the upper semicircumference and with only rudiments of
teeth below; even at their best, the denticles appear rather as
strong crenulations than teeth; about 18 were counted on a ring
from one of the larger suckers of the right third arm (fig. 21).

Tentacles short, stout, the longer about a third again as long as
the longest arms, or about two-fifths the length of the mantle;
larger and thicker than any of the arms. Clubs slightly expanded;
armed with four crowded rows of suckers, largest near the middle,
but diminishing in size both distally and proximally, where they
continue down the stalk a little more than half way to the base.
A horny ring from one of the largest suckers on the club shows about
26 conical, round-pointed, sometimes curved teeth, which are smallest
on the inferior margin (fig. 22).

Color of preserved specimen brownish cream; chromatophores
brown; eyes bluish black; subocular photophores bronze, sur-
rounded by a bluish ring. Chromatophores large, scattered, elongate

1916.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

63

oval in outline, conspicuously spotting the entire mantle, though
somewhat paler ventrally than dorsally; an underlying bilateral
arrangement is evident, particularly in the case of the larger chro-

Fig. 21.

Fig. 22.

Fig. 21. — Megalocranchia pardus, sucker from right third arm of type [41")],

X 28, camera outline from mount in balsam.
Fig. 22. — Megalocranchia pardus, one of the larger suckers from the right tentacle

club of the type [415], X 60, camera drawing from a mount in balsam.

matophores ; there also seems to be a certain tendency to an arrange-
ment in zigzag lines in a transverse direction, most apparent on the
ventral aspect. There is a single series of chromatophores along
the medio-dorsal line, exactly overlying the gladius, which appears as
a translucent line beneath; 21 of the organs can be counted to the
point where the translucent area expands.

Type. — The unique type [S. S. B. 415] is in an excellent state of
preservation.

Type Locality. — A beach on Sunday Island, Kermadec Group
(R. S. Bell, 1910).

Measurements.

nun.

Total length 75

Length of mantle, dorsal 50

Extreme length of fins 14

Maximum width of mantle 22

Width across fins 13

Width across eyes 15

Length of head 4

Length of funnel '. 13

Length of right dorsal arm 7

Length of left dorsal arm 7.5

Length of right second arm 9

Length of left second arm 9

Length of right third arm 13

Length of left third arm 13

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

mm.

Length of right ventral arm 10

Length of left ventral arm 10

Length of right tentacle 21

Length of right tentacle club 5

Length of left tentacle 16

Length of left tentacle club 5

Remarks. — The elucidation of the compact little group of squids,
of Avhich M. pardus is a typical example, has been for me one of the
most difficult taxonomic problems encountered in the study of the
cephalopoda. All the species are represented in collections by such
scanty material, are so similar to one another, and the characters
which separate them appear of such a trivial nature, that the de-
scribed forms are in sore need of careful checking up by someone
having access to the type specimens of the older species. At the
same time, the species are quite well set apart from other Cran-
chiids, so that a synopsis of the genus would include only the
following :3

1. Megalocranchia maxima Pfeffer 1884.

2. Taonius abyssicola Goodrich 1896.

3. Helicocranchia fisheri Berry 1909.

4. Desmoteuthis pelludda Chun 1910.

5. Megalocranchia pardus Berry 1915.

The second of these is little known, is unique in several respects,
and may eventually prove to belong elsewhere. On the other hand,
the first, third, and fourth are apparently not strongly differentiated,
and it is with these that the present species requires special com-
parison to justify its separate recognition. The specimen most
certainly represents a species different from M. fisheri, the only
other Megalocranchia with which I have had opportunity for com-
paring it, but to Chun's pelludda it seems exceedingly close. The
description and figures of the latter are not now available to me,
but from my notes made therefrom a few years ago, I feel that the
differences, though so slight, are nevertheless too great for uniting
the species. In reaching this conclusion I place reliance upon the
almost stalked eyes of M. pardus, the immense development of the
funnel, and the denticulation of the horny rings.

3 The species described as Desmoteuthis tenera Verrill {Trans. Conn. Acad. Sri.,
5, p. 412) now seems to me to be improperly grouped with the cask-shaped,
round-finned forms cited above. As I have shown in a former paper (Science,
X. S., 36, pp. 643-646), the genus Desmoteuthis falls into the absolute synonymy
of Taonius, so can no longer be used here. I would therefore propose for the
reception of D. tenera the new genus Verrilliteuthis. To name the group for
the master of American teuthologists requires no excuse save posibly an
apology for the resulting barbarism.

1910. J \ \TIRAL SClKNt KS OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

Order TETRABRANCHIATA.
Suborder NAUTILOIDEA.

Family NAUTILID^.

Genus NAUTILUS I.inne, 1758.

IT. Nautilus pompilius Linn6, L758.

L758. Nautilus Pompilius Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. X, No. 283, p. 709.
1910. \autilux pompilius [redale, Proc. Malac. Soc, (.t, p. 72.
1915. Nautilus pompilius Oliver, Trans. N. Z. Inst., 17, p. 558.

Oliver reports a broken shell washed up on the beach at Sunday

Island.

18. Nautilus macromphalus Sowerby, 1848.

is is. Nautilus macromphalus Sowerby, Thes. Conch., p. 164, pi. 98, figs. 4, 5.
1910. Nautilus macromphalus [redale, Proc. Malac. Soc., 9, p. 72.
1915. Nautilus macromphalus Oliver, Trans. N. Z. Inst., 47, p. 558.

Oliver reports a broken shell washed up on the beach at Sunday
Island.

Bibliography of Kermadec Island Cephalopods.

Berry, S. Stillman. 1913. Nematolampas, a remarkable new cephalopod
from the South Pacific. Biological Bulletin, Vol. 25, pp. 208-212, 1 text
fig., August, 1913. (Nematolampas regalis, new genus and species.)

1914. Notes on a collection of cephalopods from the Kermadec Islands.

Transactions New Zealand Institute, Vol. 46, pp. 134-149, text figs. 1-4,
pis. 7-10. June, 1914. (Gives notes on 9 species, including Polypus oliveri,
P. kermadecensis, and Abralia astrolineata, new species.)

Hoyle, William E. 1885. Diagnoses of new species of Cephalopoda collected
during the cruise of H. M. S. "Challenger."— Part I. The Octopoda.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History (5), Vol. 15, pp. 222-236, March,
1885. (Antphitn his pelagicus, new genus and species.)

1885a. Brief notice of the •'Challenger" Cephalopoda. Narrative
Challenger Expedition, Vol. 1, pp. 269-274, [1-7], figs. 106-109, 1885. (Figure
of A mphitrelus p< lagicus. )

1885b. Preliminary report on the Cephalopoda collected by H. M. S.
"Challenger." Part' I. The Octopoda. Proceedings Royal Society of
Edinburgh, Vol. 13, pp. 94-114, cuts, August, 1885.

1886. Report on the Cephalopoda collected by H. M. S. "Challenger"
during the years 1873-1876. Voyage of the Challenger, Vol. 16, pp. i-vi,
1-246, 9 figs, in text, pis. 1-33, 1886. (Three species, Cirroteuthis mt angt nsis,
Amphitretus pelagicus, and Eledone verrucosa, reported from near the
Kermadecs.)

[redale, Tom. 1910. On marine Mollusca from the Kermadec Islands and
on the Sinusigera apex. Proceedings Malacological Society, London.
Vol. 9, pp. 68-79, March 1910. (List reprinted in Proc. N. Z. [nst., 1910,
p. 57, f«l< Oliver: five species of shell-bearing cephalopods listed..

Oliver, W. R. B. 1911. Notes on reptiles and mammals in the Kermadec
[slands. Transactions New Zealand Institute, Vol. 43, 1910. pp. 535-539,
July, 1911. (Mentions a fragment of an undetermined giant squid c
up on the beach, p. 536.

1915. The Mollusca of the Kermadec Islands. Transactions New
Zealand Institute, Vol. 47, pp. 509-568, pis. 9-12, July, 1915. Gives a
re'sume' of previous records, the cephalopods on pp. .V>s-560.)

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Explanation of Plates VI, VII, VIII, IX.

Plate VI. — Fig. 1. — Argonauta species, female. Mantle laid open to show the
male hectocotylus in situ within the cavity [S. S. B. 403] (X 1\).
Fig. 2. — Polypus oliveri Berry, female. Dorsal aspect of type [S. S. B. 405],
about natural size.

Plate VII. — Fig. 1. — Nematolampas regalis Berry. Distal portion of right

third arm of type [S. S. B. 409], photographed by reflected light from a

mount in balsam (X 2).
Fig. 2. — Nematolampas regalis. Proximal portion of same preparation

(X 8J).
Fig. 3. — Nematolampas regalis. Median portion of the terminal filament

of the right third arm (X 8|), photographed from the same preparation.

Plate VIII. — Fig. 1. — Lampadioteuthis megaleia Berry. Dorsal aspect of type

[S. S.B. 416] (X U).
Fig. 2. — Ventral aspect of same, same scale.
Fig. 3. — Lampadioteuthis megaleia. Tentacle club of type, from mount in

balsam (X 7).
Fig. 4. — Lampadioteuthis megaleia. Base of tentacle from same preparation

(X 7), showing the two basal photophores.
Fig. 5. — Nematolampas regalis Berry. Subocular photophores from right

eye of paratype [S. S. B. 410] (X 7); photograph of inner surface from

mount in balsam.

Plate IX. — Fig. l.—Abraliopsis hoylei Pfeffer ?. Ventral aspect of immature
female [S. S. B. 400] (X 2).

Fig. 2. — Megalocranchia pardus Berry. Ventral aspect of type [S. S. B. 415]
(X2).

Fig. 3. — Abraliopsis (?), species. Ventral integument of very young speci-
men [S. S. B. 419], showing the distribution of the photogenic organs;
photographed by reflected light from a mount in balsam, stained with
Delafield's hematoxylin (X 6).

Note. — I am indebted to my friends, Edward A. Cornwall and Leroy Childs,
for most of the photographs used in the accompanying plates. Thanks are like-
wise due to both Messrs. Iredale and Oliver for many incidental favors.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1910.

PLATE VI.

.

BERRY: CEPHALOPODA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHlLA. 19i<3.

PLATE Vlt.

e

"i

v

s

.

1

BERRY: CEPHALOPODA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS

PPOC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHlLA. 19 Ki.

PLATE VIII.

1

r

g^

BERRY: CEPHALOPODA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE IX.

• • • ,

............

. . . ? • • ki **•• v •

• • * * •. • '\ • *

, , ••• .•*•.-.• .

# • • ; • • . * •

'v. .> . •

BERRY: CEPHALOPODA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

March 21.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the chair.

Seventy-eight persons present.

The death of John Thomson, A.M., a member, February 23, 1916,
was announced.

The Publication Committee reported the reception of papers under
the following titles as contributions to the Proceedings:

" The Germ Layers of Bdellodrilus," by George W. Tannreuther

(February 23).

'Some Bees from Australia, Tasmania, and the New Hebrides,"
by T. D. A. Cockerell (March 6).

"A New Species of Onchidiopsis from Bering Sea," by William
H. Dall (March 16).

" Evidence of a Saturation Point in Evolution," by Walter Sonne-
berg (March 20)

Dr. Edwin G. Conklin made an illustrated communication on
his impressions and experiences during a trip to New Zealand and
Australia.

The following was ordered to be printed:

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

revision of cayuga lake spiders,
by nathan banks.

In The Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia for 1892, pp. 11-81, 1 gave a list of spiders collected
in the vicinity of Ithaca, N. Y. It was the first important local
list published in this country. Twenty-five years have passed since
its preparation, and twenty-five years in any department of natural
history produces many changes. A number of the new species
have proved to be synonyms, a number have been redescribed by
others since, and many species have had either their generic or
specific name, or even both, changed since then.

It is the purpose of this paper to briefly review these changes and
to give a few notes and figures of such forms as seem to have escaped
collection in recent years.

The arrangement is the same as in the original work. Species not
mentioned are unchanged.

DRASSID^E.
Micaria formicoides.

This is a dark specimen of M. longipes, with the femora darker
than usual.

Prosthesima rufula.

Goes in Zelotes.

Prosthesima frigida.

Goes in genus Zelotes.

Prosthesima immaculata = Zelotes rufula Bks.
Prosthesima blanda.

Belongs to genus Zelotes.
Prosthesima atra.

Belongs in Zelotes.
Prosthesima depressa.

Belongs in Zelotes.
Prosthesima ecclesiastica.

Belongs in Herpyllus.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ' 69

Prosthesima minima = Zelotes blanda Bks.
An immature specimen.

Poecilochroa bilineata.

Belongs iii Cesonia.

Gnaphosa brumahs.

This is immature and evidently G. conspersa Thor.

Gnaphosa humilis = Gnaphosa brumalis Thor.

No1 quite mature.

Drassus saccatus.

Now known as D. neglectus Keys.

Drassus humilis = D. neglectus Keys.

CLUBIONID^E.

Thargalia agilis = Castianeira cingulata Koch.
Thargalia perplexa = Castianeira longipalpis Htz.
Thargalia fallax = Castianeira descripta Htz.
Thargalia bivittata.

Is known as Castianeira cingulata Koch.

Thargalia crocata.

Is Castianeira descripta; the true T. crocata is a southern form.

Clubiona obesa.

This is C. crassipalpis Keys., but I believe also Hentz's species.

Clubiona crassipalpis.

The female whose vulva is figured is C. canadensis Emer.

Clubiona canadensis.

These are young of C. obesa Htz.

Clubiona pygmaea.

Appears to be the female of C. minuta Emer., this name, however,
is preoccupied by Xicolet for a Chilian species.

Clubiona rubra = C abbottii.
Clubiona lenta.

Related to C. pygmaza, but I think distinct, the head and mandibles
are not as dark as in that species; the eye region is broad as in

C. latifrons Emer. I have seen another specimen from Washington,

D. C, but do not yet know the male.

Clubiona americana = C. riparia Koch.

C. americana given to replace the preoccupied C. ornata Emer.

Clubiona excepta = C. pallens Htz.

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March ,

Anyphsena incerta.

Now known as Gayenna celer Hte.
Anyphsena saltabunda.

Belongs to Gayenna.

Phrurolithus palustris = P. alarius Hentz (non Emer.).
Phrurolithus alarius (Bks. det.) = P. borealis Emer.
Agrceca ornata.

A. repens Emer. is a synonym.

AGALENID^E.
Coelotes medioinalis.

Now placed in genus Coras.
Coelotes fidelis.

This is related to C. urbanus Keys., but in male palpi the patella
is not so prolonged at tip, and with two (instead of one) teeth; a
figure is given (PI. X, fig. 8).

Coelotes longitarsus.

Is now called C. calcaratus Keys.

Coelotes altilis.

These large females may be the females of C. hybridus Emer.,
otherwise they are new; a new figure of the epigynum is given (PI.
XI, fig. 24).

Coelotes lineatus.

Based on an immature male, and doubtless belongs to one of the
other forms, quite probably C. calcaratus Keys.

Coelotes gnavus.

This may be the same as the female C. longitarsus Emer., but his
male is another form (C. calcaratus); it, however, is much larger than
Cicurinia arcuata, more heavily marked, more geniculate mandibles;
the epigynum is figured (PI. XI, fig. 22).

Cicurina complicata.

Is C. arcuata Keys., a large female.

Cicurina creber = C. brevis Emer.

The latter was described as a Tegenaria.

Cicurina placida.

Related to C. brevis, but a size larger; the posterior middle portion
of the vulva is more narrow than in C. brevis; a figure is given (PL
XI, fig. 26).

Hahnia bimaoulata = H. agilis Keys.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

DICTYNID^J.
Dictyna frondea.

An immature female, probably of D. foliaced.

Diotyna oruciata?

One female, does not now show any differences in markings from
D. foliacca, but the vulvar openings are very much farther apart.

Diotyna minuta.

Two males, scarcely two millimeters long, belong here.
Dictyna foxii.

Belongs in genus Prodalia.

Dictyna volupis = D. foliacea Hentz.
Dictyna maxima.

Based on one female, whose large size and dorsal markings do not
fit any other described form. Later I took males that appear to
belong here; they are three millimeters long, and the tibia of palpus
is long, curved, and with a very short projection at base as in figure
(PLX, fig. 15).

Dictyna decorata.

Only females, which, although more strongly marked than usual,
are probably D. foliacea (D. volupis); at least I have seen no males
that might indicate another species.

Dictyna dubia = D. frondea Emer.
Amaurobius silvestris.

I consider it is A. bennetti Blk.

THERIDIIDJE.

Mimetus epeiroides = M. interfector Htz.

Steatoda marmorata.
Belongs in Enoplognatha.

Steatoda guttata.

Belongs in Crustulina.

Steatoda triangulosa.

Belongs in Teutana.

Pholcomma hirsuta.

Belongs to Ancylorrhanis.

Ceratinella similis = C. emertoni Cb.
Ceratinella atriceps.

The only specimen I now have is the Exechophysis plumalis Crosby.

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Ceratinella moesta.

This belongs to the restricted genus Lophocarenum.

Ceratinella placida.

This is related to C. emertoni, but I believe distinct, the tibial
process is much more slender, the style longer. I give figures of
other views of the palpus (PI. X, figs. 6, 11).
Ceratinella formosa.

This is peculiar in the position of the shield, and for it I later
made the genus Idionella; it belongs to the true Theridiidae.

Ceratinella annulipes.

I made a new genus, Cerati?iops, for this, it belongs to the true
Theridiidae. I have seen it also from Poughkeepsie, N. Y.

Ceratinopsis interpres.

Now placed in a separate genus, Notionella.
Ceratinopsis nigriceps.

Not nigriceps, but the species Emerton later described as C.
auriculatus.

Ceratinopsis frontatus.

Belongs to the genus Maso, and a description and figures are
given by Emerton under name of Caseola herbicola.

Grammonota ornata.

Probably correct, but the abdomen is shrunken now, and does
not show the markings.
Grammonota venusta.

Probably the female of Tmeticus tridentatus, but the epigynum
(PI. XI, fig. 18) shows the ridges more divaricate than usual; possibly
the female of some allied species.
Spiropalpus spiralis.

Now considered to belong to genus Cornicularia.

Cornicularia communis.

Probably correct, but the epigynum does not project quite as
far as in other specimens.

Cornicularia pallida.

An immature female, which agrees in markings and structure
with adults from other localities.

Cornicularia formosa = Gonatium rubena Blk.
Cornicularia placida.

A female Cornicularia, and probably the female of some described
species; the figure I gave of the epigynum is not broad enough,

19K).J NATURAL SCIEN< ES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

I give a new one (PI. XI, fig. 19). The posterior median eyes are
scarcely their diameter apart, and as close to the plainly larger
posterior side eye-.

Lophomma cristata.

A female, may belong to this species or to a Lophocarenum; the
vulva (PI. XI, fig. 29) is a broad opening, some distance in front of
the rima. Sternum triangular, the hind coxse separated by less than
their diameter; tarsi 1 a little shorter than metatarsi; P. M. E. scarcely
diameter apart, much further from the subequal P. S. E.
Lophocarenum castaneum.

Is a Diplocephalus, I think; the head shows no trace of elevation
in these females ; the sternum is broad, and the hind coxae separated
by more than width, tarsi I much shorter than metatarsi I; eyes of
posterior row subequal, and less than diameter apart (PL XI, fig. 28).
Lophocarenum tristis.

Female of some species probably known in male, and may be
L. castaneum: the eyes of posterior row are subequal, the P. M. E.
about diameter apart, and a little further from the S. E.; sternum
as broad as long, hind coxae separated by less than their diameter.
Lophocarenum florens.

Belongs to Hypselistes.

Lophocarenum unimaculatum.

Evidently related to L. florens, which is now placed in Hypselistes;
I have seen no further specimens, but the peculiar marking will
distinguish it.
Lophocarenum miniatum.

This is a Cornicularia and apparently a dark female of < '. di recta Cb.
(PI. XI, fig. 23).

Lophocarenum venustum = Gonalium rubens Blk.
Lophocarenum montiferum.

Determination correct; it now goes in Diplocephalus.

Lophocarenum parvum.

Is L. erigonoides Emer. ; as in L. formosum the tibial process has a
deep incision near base not shown in Emerton's figures; it is also
probably Erigom percisa Keys; it belongs to genus Diplocephalus.

Lophocarenum exiguum.

Is a Diplocephalus, and Emerton has given a description and
figures in 1911 from a New England specimen.

Lophocarenum spiniferum.

Determination correct, but now placed in Diplocephalus.

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Lophocarenum crenatum.

Determination correct, it now goes in Diplocephalus.

Lophocarenum crenatoideum.

Is Diplocephalus crenatum, a d" not fully colored, and apparently
longer cephalothorax.
Lophocarenum erigonoides.

Is a Diplocephalus; the male is an immature specimen, and the
female is also probably not mature or else belongs to a different
species.

Lophocarenum formosum.

This is L. erigonoides, I believe, although the palpal organ does
not fit Emerton's figure in some parts. I think it is also the Erigone
percisa of Keyserling, his figure of palpus is not quite right, but the
epigynum is the same as I have figured for formosum (PI. X, fig. 4).

Lophocarenum arvensis = Comicularia communis Emer.
Lophocarenum longior.

This is apparently a female Comicularia and probably of C. directa;
at least I find no differences.

Tmeticus unicorn.

This will go in the genus Delorrhipis, but is very different from
D. monoceros. A new description is given by Crosby.

Tmeticus trilobatus.

Goes in Gonglydiuni.
Tmeticus obscurus.

The tarsi of palpi gone, but from the tibiae it is quite probably
T. phlmosus, which has since been taken near Ithaca.

Tmeticus flaveolus.

Unchanged; a description, with figures, is given by Emerton in
1909 from New England material.

Tmeticus luxuosus.

This belongs to Ceratinopsis and is the species described by Emer-
ton in 1909 as C. alternatus.
Tmeticus rusticus.

I cannot identify with any described form ; I figure the long slender
hook (PL X, fig. 10).

Tmeticus pallidus.

Unchanged, but goes in Gonglylidium.
Tmeticus humilis = T. plumosus Emer.

Now in the genus Gonglyidium.

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

TmeticuS moestUS = Gonglydium trilobatus Enicr.
Tmeticus debilis.

Unchanged; a description, with figures, is given by Emerton in

1909 from New England specimens.

Tmeticus palustris = Gongylidium trilobatus Em.
Tmeticus distinctus.

I give a new figure of the epigynum (PI. XI, fig. 27); this shows a
great resemblance to that of T. bidentatum Emer. which Emerton
figures in 1909, and probably it is that species. Crosby gives some
notes under the genus Tapinocyba.

Tmeticus maculatus.

Crosby has given some notes on it; probably the female of T.
probatus; Emerton in 1909 gave a new figure of the epigynum which
shows two lobes as in my figure.

Tmeticus minutus.

Crosby has given notes under the genus Gongylidiellum, a new
figure of palpus is here given (PI. X, fig. 5).

Tmeticus gnavus.

Xew figures are given of the palpus (PI. X, figs. 3, 7); it is in the
trilobatus group.

Erigone longipalpis.

More properly placed under E. persimilis Cb.
Linyphia communis.

I place this in Frontinella Cambr.

Linyphia clathrata.

This belongs to Neriene.

Linyphia phrygiana var. annulipes.

This variation in color is hardly worthy of a name.

Linyphia variabilis.

Belongs to Neriene.

Linyphia conferta.

Belongs to Neriene, Emerton considers the true conferta to be a
southern form, and has described this as Linyphia maculata.
Stemonyphantes bucculentus.

Is the type of the genus Bolyphantes.
Diplostyla pallida.

This is a very pale specimen of nigrina.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Diplostyla alboventris.

Unchanged; I figure the hook (PI. XI, fig. 21).

Helophora insignis.

Is considered to be a true Linyphia.

Bathyphantes minuta.

Belongs to Lepthyphantes.

Bathyphantes nebulosa.

Belongs to Lepthyphantes.
Bathyphantes alpina.

These are B. zebra, not so strongly colored as normal.
Bathyphantes subalpina.

Determination correct.

Bathyphantes decorata.

Very similar to B. zebra, but smaller, paler, and few if any silvery
spots on the basal part of the dorsum of abdomen; the male palpus
differs a little in the hook and in shape of the outer process which
is long and pointed, and with a comb of long hairs above; a new
figure is given (PL X, fig. 13).

Bathyphantes argenteomaculata.

These are B. zebra, not quite mature.
Bathyphantes pallida.

I cannot place these females; the prominent epigynum is even
more protuberant than figured, possibly near to Tmeticus brunneus,
but more than one-half smaller.
Bathyphantes sabulosa.

These are B. zebra.
Bathyphantes umbratilis.

Not quite mature female, possibly of Microneta olivacea since the
palpi are enlarged.

Bathyphantes complicata.

Not this species, but from the male palpus I cannot place it with
any described form, though it may be near Microneta longitubus.

Bathyphantes unimaculata.

Related to B. complicata; the palpus has a broad band obliquely
across as in that species, but the tube is slender and sharp.

Bathyphantes inornata.

The palpus figured is B. angulata, but others in lot are B. uni-
maculata.

19K1.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

Bathyphantes tristis.

The median rounded part of the epigynum shows two cavities on
the posterior edge. Probably the female of some described Micro-
neta or Bathyphantes (PI. XI, fig. 17).

Microneta latens = !/• quinquedentata Emer.
Microneta palustris.

This is a Pedanostethus; I give a figure of the other side of palpus
(PI. XI. fig. 16) ; this docs not seem to agree with any described species;
the epigynum of the females (PL XI, fig. '25) (collected after descrip-
tion was made) agrees very well with one of Emerton's figures of
riparius.

Microneta luteola.

I give a figure of other side of palpus (PI. X, fig. 2), it were prob-
ably better in Bathyphantes, and related to B.calcaratus Emer.; there
are, however, no marks on the basal part of the abdomen, but several
taint, whitish, transverse spots toward tip.

Microneta flaveola.

This is probably only a form of Bathyphantes angulata; the hook,
however, is not as heavy as in that species, and there are several
structures not shown on Emerton's figure. In the original figure
a part of the median bilobed process was mistaken for a continuation
of the upper limb of the hook (PL X, fig. 9).

Microneta complicata.

A figure is given of the back of the palpus (PL X, fig. 14); it is
related probably to Bathyphantes intricata Emer., but distinct.

Microneta minutissima.

The size given was a little too small; it is about 1.1 mm. long (PL
X, fig. 12).

Microneta frontata.

This is a Pedanostethus, and it agrees well in size, color, and epigy-
num with what Emerton figures as his female P. pumilus, and I
believe it is the same.

Microneta gigantea.

This appears to be Tmeticus brunneus Emer., the female of which
was figured in 1909. The low, broad head and small A. M. E. would
seem to indicate a special genu-.

Microneta distincta.

Perhaps better placed in Tmeticus. I give new figures (PL X,

fig. 1) of the palpus; apparently not otherwise known.

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

EPEIRIDiE.

Epeira cinerea = E. cavatica Keys.
Epeira sclopetaria.

Is same as E. sericata CI. which has page precedence.

Epeira patagiata.

Is same as E. ocellata CI. which has page precedence.

Epeira strix.

Has older name in E. foliata Koch.

Epeira marmorea.

Is the same as E. gigas Leach.

Epeira insularis = E. gigas Leach.
Epeira labyrinthea.

Is considered to form a separate genus, Metepeira.

Epeira placida.

Belongs to genus Mangora.

Epeira gibberosa.

Belongs to genus Mangora.
Epeira parvula = E. prompta Htz.
Epeira stellata.

Belongs in genus Plectana.

Epeira ithaca.

Is young of E. gigas Leach.

Singa maculata.

Name preoccupied, changed to S. truncata.

Acrosoma rugosa = A. gracilis Walck.
Argiope riparia = A. aurantia Lucas.
Argiope transversa = A. trifasciata.
Argyroepeira hortorum.

Goes in genus Leucauge.

TBTRAGNATHID^E.
Tetragnatha vermiformis.

In genus Eugnatha.

Tetragnatha straminea.

In genus Eugnatha.

Tetragnatha caudata.

Belongs in genus Eucta.
Tetragnatha pallida.

The specific name was preoccupied and changed by F. 0. P.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

Cambridge to pallescens. McCook has published a description;
it goes in genus Eugnatha.

Pachygnatha brevis.

This is the real P. xanthostoma of Koch.

Pachygnatha xanthostoma.

This is the P. xanthostoma of McCook, but not of Koch; I propose
to call it P. mccooki n.n.

THOMISID^J.
Xysticus stomachosus.

Probably is X. ferox Htz.

Xysticus feroculus = X. trigultatus Keys.
Xysticus distinctus.

This is apparently a specimen of X. stomachosus, recently trans-
formed, in which the parts of the vulva show more distinctly than
usual.
Xysticus brunneus.

This is the female of the true X. limbatus Keys.

Xysticus crudelis = X. brunneus Bks.
Xysticus transversus = X. stomachosus Keys.
Xysticus lentus.

This is the male of gulosus, previously not described.

Xysticus nervosus.

Unchanged; Emerton has given additional description and figures.

Xysticus formosus-

Unchanged, Emerton has given additional description and figures.

Xysticus limbatus.

Unchanged; it is a male of the true limbatus of Keyserling; not
the limbatus of Emerton.
Xysticus quadrilineatus = X. luctans Koch.
Xysticus maculatus.

Immature specimens, probably of X. stomachosus.

Oxyptila georgiana = O. americana Bks.
Oxyptila conspurcata.

Unchanged; the 0. georgiana Keys, is the same species.

Misumena rosea = Misumessus asperatus Htz.
Misumena georgiana.

I consider this to be the M. celer of Hentz.

Misumena foliata = Misumessus asperatus Htz.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Misumena placida = Misumessus asperatus Htz.
Philodromus vulgaris = P. pernix Blk.
Philodromus prselustris

Immature specimens of P. pernix Blk.

Philodromus signifer.

This, I believe, is the same as Ph. expositus of Keyserling (Ph.
maculatus Blk.).
Philodromus gracilis = Ph. pernix Blk.
Philodromus unicolor = P. infuscatus Keys.
Philodromus ornatus.

Unchanged, Emerton has given a description and figures.

Philodromus placidus.

Unchanged; related to Ph. ornatus.

Philodromus minutus.

In well-marked specimens the legs are lined behind with black,
the hind pair on front edge; I think that Ph. brevis Emer. is the male
of this species; I have taken P. brevis at Ithaca.

Philodromus minusculus.

This closely resembles Ph. ornatus and it is probably that species;
but its very much smaller size induced me to describe it; I have
no other specimens as small.
Philodromus exilis.

This differs from the other small species of the genus in elongate
abdomen; I believe the Ph. bidentatus Emer. is the male of this
species.

Philodromus rufus.

Unchanged; Emerton gives figures and description under name
of P. pictus.

Philodromus laticeps.

This immature male is Ph. pernix Blk.
Philodromus aureolus.

These are young specimens; in appearance they agree with Ph.
lineatus. Emer., but one cannot be sure without adults.

LYCOSID./E
Lycosa nidicola = L. helluo Walck.
Lycosa communis = L. avida Walck.
Lycosa nigroventris.

This is the male of L. frondicola.

Lycosa similis = L. pratensis Emer.

L916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

Lycosa rufiventris = /-. avara Kej -
Lycosa humilis Schvsogyna gracilis Bks.
Lycosa polita = Trochosa rubicunda Keys.
Lycosa scutulata = L. rabida Walck.
Lycosa vulpina = L. aspersa Htz.
Lycosa crudelis = L. hdluo Walck.
Lycosa immaculata = L. aspersa Htz.
Lycosa exitiosa = L. aspersa Htz. cf-
Lycosa oblonga = L aspersa Htz.
Pardosa pallida.

Name preoccupied and changed by Chamberlin to P. emertoni,
bu1 I think it is P. distincta Blackw.

Pardosa annulata.

Is the female of P. minima Keys.

Pardosa venusta = P. lapidicina Emw.

Pardosa brunnea.

Is P. glacialis Thor., and I think is P. modica Blackw.

Pardosa gracilis.

This is a Schizogyna, Lycosa relucens of Montgomery is the same
form.

Pardosa albopatella.

Now known as P. minima Keys.

Pardosa nigropalpis.

Is P. flavipes Keys., and I think also P. canadensis Blackw.

Pardosa montana = P. xerampelina Keys.
Pardosa moesta.

Chamberlin has given a new description and figure in his Revision
of the Lycosidae. P. diffusa Em. is apparently the male of this
species.

Pardosa obsoleta = P- lapidicina Enier.
Pirata montana.

These females are not montana, but agree with aspirans Chamber.

Pirata montanoides.

Female runs out to P. aspirans, and probably is that species, but
the figure of the vulva of that species shows the tip flattened out
instead of bent down as normally the case, so it appears different.
P. humicoliis is also close, the darker colors are of no specific value.
at least not in allied P. minuta (PI. XI, fig. 20).

Pirata agilis = montana Emer.
6

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Pirata exigua = P- minuta Emcr.

A very dark female, with black-banded legs and dark sternum;
the vulva seems to be the same as in the pale form.

Pirata minuta.

A pale female with wholly pale, unbanded legs, and pale sternum.

Aulonia aurantia.

This is an immature Pardosa.

Ocyale undata.

Goes in the genus Pisaurina.

Dolomedes sexpunctatus.

Young specimens of D. tenebrosus.

Dolomedes scriptus.

Young specimens of D. tenebrosus.

ATTIDiE.
Phidippus mystaceus = P. electus Koch, not Hcntz's myslaceus.
Phidippus albomaculatus = P- electus Koch.
Phidippus rauterbergi = P. audax Htz.
Phidippus mccooki = P. castrensis Koch.
Phidippus tripunctatus = P. audax Htz.
Phileeus princeps = Phidippus pvinami Peck.
Philaeus militaris.

Belongs to genus Dendryphantes.

Dendryphantes capitatus = D. ocfavus Htz.
Dendryphantes elegans.

Belongs to genus Tutelina.

Dendryphantes flavus.

Specimens immature, but agree in markings with adults.
Dendryphantes insignis = D. octavus Htz.
Dendryphantes ornatus = D. octavus Htz.
Dendryphantes exiguus = D. flavipedes Peck.

Specimens lack the dark mark on femora, normally present; the
female had not been described.
Icius formosus.

Belongs to Marpissa, and is possibly the unknown male of M. binus.

Icius albovittatus = Dendryphantes militaris.
Icius palmarum.

Is now in the genus Wala.

Icius mitratus.

»

Also belongs to Wala.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

Icius harti.

Is /. fuliginous Blackw.

Icius moestUS ^ l)i nilii/iihunles mililari. Htz.

Icius elegans.

A young specimen, probably of Wala.

Eris octavus = Dendryphantes octants Htz.
Eris nervosus.

Belongs in the genus Zygoballus.

Hasarius hoyi = Pellenes falcata Clerck.
Habrocestum latens = Pellenes falcata CI.
Habrocestum coecatum = Pellenes boreal is Bks.
Habrocestum peregrinum.

(iocs in the genus Pellenes.

Habrocestum splendens = Pellenes decorus Blackw.
Saitis pulex.

Is kept now in Habrocestum.

Astia vittata.

Now known as Mcevia niger.

Epiblemum scenicum.

Belongs in genus Salticus.

Admestina wheeleri.

I have elsewhere1 shown this to be tibialis of Koch.

Marptusa familiaris.

I have elsewhere1 shown this to be Marpissa undata De (leer.

Marptusa rupicola.

I believe it distinct from familiaris (undata); it also occurs at
Great Falls, Va., under pieces of rocks.

Synageles picata.

Is now placed in genus Peckhamia.

Explanation of Plates X and XL

Plate X. — Fig. 1. — Micronela diMncta, palpus.
Fig. 2. — Mi* rum la luteola, palpus.
Fig. 3. — Tmeticus gnavus, palpus.
Fig. 1. Lophocarenum formosum, palpus.
Fig. 5. -Tmeticus mi mil us, palpus.
Fig. <). — Ceratinella placida, top of palpus.
Fig. 7. — Tmeticus gnavus, palpus.
Fig. 8. Coelotes fidelis, tibia and patella.
Fig. '.'. Microneta flaveola, palpus.

Ent. News, IX, 1 12, 1898.

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Fig. 10. — Tmeticus rusticus, hook.
Fig. 11. — Ceratinella placida, palpus.
Fig. 12. — Microneta minutissima, palpus.
Fig. 13. — Bathyphantes decora, palpus.
Fig. 14. — Microneta complicate,, palpus.
Fig. 15. — Dictyna maxima, palpus.

Plate XI. — Fig. 16. — Microneta palustris, palpus.
Fig. 17. — Bathyphantes tristis, head.
Fig. 18. — Grammonota venusta, vulva.
Fig. 19. — Cornicularia placida, vulva.
Fig. 20. — Pirata montanoides, two vulvae.
Fig. 21. — Diplostyla alboventris, hook.
Fig. 22. — Ccelotc* gnavus', vulva.
Fig. 23. — Lophocarenum miniatum, vulva.
Fig. 24. — Coelotes altilis, vulva.
Fig. 25. — Microneta palustris, vulva.
Fig. 26. — Cicurina placida, vulva.
Fig. 27. — Tmeticus distinctus, vulva.
Fig. 28. — Lophocarenum castaneum, vulva.
Fig. 29. — Lophomma cristata, vulva.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHI LA. 1916.

PLATE X.

BANKS: CAYUGA LAKE SPIDERS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XI.

BANKS: CAYUGA LAKE SPIDERS.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

April 18.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair.

Thirty-five persons present.

The deaths of the following members were announced:

Emlen Physick, March 21, 1916.
Charles Chauncey, April 3, 1916.
Norton Downs, April 15, 1916.

The Publication Committee announced the presentation of a
paper entitled ' ' Contributions to the Anatomy of Python reticulatus
(Schneider)," by Joseph C. Thompson (April 8, 1916).

Temperature and the Activities of Animals. — Merkel H. Jacobs,
Ph.D., remarked that the continued existence of living organisms
is possible within a range of temperature of the order of magnitude
of possibly one one-thousandth of that encountered in the universe.
The majority of the activities of organisms occur within the region
from slightly below 0° C. to about 45° C. For individual species the
range is usually less — sometimes as little as 15° or even 6° C. A
certain number of forms can exist for a short time in a more or less
inactive condition through a range of 350° C. or more.

Even within the natural range for a species the effects of different
temperatures is very striking. A rise of 40° C. may cause at least
a 16-fold increase in the rate of most of the chemical reactions under-
lying the various manifestations of life. Since different processes
are accelerated unequally by such a rise and since the point of equi-
librium in reversible reactions is changed, the effect on the organism
a- a whole may be qualitative as well as quantitative. The use of
high temperatures has been a favorable means of securing striking-
modifications of existing forms of life. A possible case of a heritable
variation produced in this way is the three-vacuoled race of Parame-
cium which appeared sixteen months ago in the Zoological Laboratory
of the University of Pennsylvania and which has remained constant
ever since.

Different organisms are differently situated with respect to the
daily and yearly changes of temperature they are called upon to
meet. Many marine forms are subject to an average change of less
than 1° C. a day and 2° or 3° a year. On the other hand, terrestrial
forms and those living in small bodies of fresh water frequently
endure a daily range of 30° C. or more. The rotifer Philodina roseola
is subjected to especially severe conditions. Living in small pools
7

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

whose temperature in the springtime may drop almost to the freezing
point at night and rise in the sunlight 10° C. above the air tempera-
ture, it frequently passes in the space of two or three hours from an
arctic to a tropical environment and vice versa. In general, the
forms that in their natural environment have to meet sudden tem-
perature changes show greater powers of acclimatization than those
living under more constant external conditions. A comparison of
the powers of rapid acclimatization to high temperature of
Paramecium or the tadpole which lives in fresh water pools, with
starfish larvae which live in the ocean, shows striking differences in
this respect.

Many of the terrestrial animals have developed the power of main-
taining a constant body temperature under widely varying external
conditions. This power, however, is insufficient in most cases to
make possible a strictly world-wide distribution. Man is able to
supplement natural with artificial means of temperature control.
Even he, however, is considerably affected by external temperatures,
especially high ones. One factor in producing this result appears
to be the effect of such temperatures on the circulation. The prac-
tical result of a more complete control of temperature by man would
be the opening up of the enormously fertile tropical regions of the
earth.

The following were ordered to be printed :

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

STUDIES IN THE DERMAPTERA AND ORTHOPTERA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
AND PIEDMONT REGION OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD.

In the summers of 1911 and 1913, the present authors made
extensive collections of, and field studies in, the Dermaptera and
Orthoptera found in the southeastern States. About the time we
were able to begin laboratory work on the first season's collecting,
other series from the same general region were placed in our hands,
since which time an increasing amount of data has become available
bearing on the same subject. We feel the most advisable method
of making available to workers the really great amount of distribu-
tional, synonymic and variational information now in hand, to be
the publication of this single large paper. The authors' time has
been given more or less regularly for a period of two years to the
preparation of this paper and others made necessary by collections
referred to herein. It should be borne in mind that the present paper
is not a final one, but instead a contribution based on available
material, although nearly all of the species known from the regions
studied are treated.

In general, the geographic area covered by the collections here
studied is, the Coastal Plain and Piedmont regions from the Potomac
River south to north-central (non-peninsular) Florida, west to the
western boundary of Georgia. In addition a fair amount of material
from the higher elevations in Georgia, from certain localities in
central Florida and also from Maryland and other more northern
States has been included. Aside from the Georgia mountain region
records, which are geographically very important, those from outside
the main area covered by the paper have been included to place
on record the extreme geographic limits of certain species, or to cite
material used in the detailed discussion on the species.

In the study of certain genera here treated we have found it not
only desirable, but necessary, to revise completely those groups as
found within North America, in the course of which work practically
all the available collections bearing on the subjects have been
examined. These revisions consumed much time and involved some
travel. The collections of the United States National Museum, the
Museum of Comparative Zoology and the Georgia State Collection

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

and the private series of Mr. W. T. Davis and Prof. A. P. Morse
have furnished a great amount of important data, although the
greater portion of our information has been derived from our own
collections. The genera which have required comprehensive revis-
ionary study are Cariblatta, Scudderia, Amblycorypha, Neocono-
cephalus, Orchelimum, Conocephalus, Atlanticus, Cycloptilum, Cryp-
toptilum, Gryllus and Miogryllus.

Many data have been accumulated in the course of the studies
here presented, which show the necessity of revisionary work in a
number of other genera, but, unfortunately, either material or time
is lacking at present to consider properly or thoroughly these groups ;
we have, however, given summaries of such general conclusions as
we have reached in these cases, the contributions being presented as
abstracts of detailed studies we have in preparation or contempla-
tion, or as accumulations of important general conclusions for the
use of other workers. Such contributions will be found under
Nomotettix,Neotettix, Tettigidea, Pardalophora, Hippiscus, Schistocerca,
Melanoplus, and the Group Anaxiphites with particular reference to
Anaxipha.

The total number of specimens from the area under consideration
examined in the preparation of this paper is 14,402, representing
251 species and geographic races, belonging to 100 genera. Of these
species nine are here described as new, but a number of other new
forms in the recently studied genera were based on material compris-
ing portions of the series here recorded. In the text of this paper
forty specific names and that of one genus have been placed in the
synonymy, the completeness of the present material, with the conse-
quent clearer appreciation of specific variation and character con-
stancy, making the sinking of these names necessary. No synonymy
has been established without several careful checkings of the evidence.
Of the specimens examined, 7,294, or about one-half, were collected
by the authors, chiefly in July, August and September, 1911 and
1913. The other principal sources of material, with the number of
specimens examined from each, are as follows:

Collection of W. T. Davis 1,071

Georgia State Collection 877.

Collection of A. P. Morse 784

United States National Museum Collection 703

Cornell University Collection 636

Hebard Collection (other than Rehn and Hebard collecting) 611

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia Collection

(other than Rehn and Hebard collecting) 211

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89

Smaller series have also been examined belonging to the North
Carolina Department of Agriculture, the Museum of the Brooklyn
Institute of Arts and Sciences, the Pennsylvania State Department
of Zoology and the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The neces-
sity of seeing the historic Scudder Collection in the latter institution,
to which three visits were made while preparing the present paper,
is always very pressing in work on the North American species of the
Orthoptera.

In order to reduce the length of our entries and yet give complete
data, we have used in the present paper, as in a number of previous
ones, standard abbreviations for the sources of the material, or, in
the case of the larger series which can be located by the collector's
name we have considered the latter sufficient to place the specimens.

No location is given for material collected by Rehn and Hebard,
jointly or individually, as it is understood it is in the Philadelphia
collections, either the Academy of Natural Sciences or the Hebard
Collection. Material in the collection of Mr. W. T. Davis, of New
Brighton, New York, collected by himself, and that of Dr. A. P. Morse,
of Wellesley, Massachusetts, collected by the same individual, has
no location given for it, as it is understood such material is in their
respective collections unless otherwise specified. Material collected
by other individuals in the Davis and Morse- Collections, has the
location indicated by the abbreviations given below. No location
is given for material credited as collected by Dr. J. Chester Bradley,
it being understood that is in the Georgia State Collection at Atlanta
unless from localities in the Okeefenokee Swamp, in which case it is
in the collection of Cornell University. From each of these col-
lections a representation has been retained in the Philadelphia
collections in return for the work of identification.

The abbreviations for the source of material used through the
present paper are as follows:

A. N. S. P., for the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

B. I., for the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences.
Cornell Univ., for the collection of Cornell University.

Davis Cln., for the collection of Mr. W. T. Davis, of New Brighton,

St aten Island, New York.
Ga. St. Cln., for the Georgia State Collection, located at Atlanta.
Hebard Cln., for the Hebard Collection, in Philadelphia.
M. C. Z., for the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Cambridge,

Massachusetts.
Morse Cln., for the collection of Prof. A. P. Morse, of Wellesley,

Massachusetts.

90

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

N. C. St. Dept. Agr., for the collection of the North Carolina State

Department of Agriculture at Raleigh.
Pa. St. Dept. Zool. Cm., for the collection of the Pennsylvania State

Department of Zoology at Harrisburg.
U. S. N. M., for the United States National Museum at Washington.

In the references to the authors as collectors they are indicated
by the initials R. and H.

Localities.

To facilitate the placing of localities given in the body of the paper
we have tabulated alphabetically under States the localities repre-
sented by fair series. The elevations given have been taken from
Government topographical charts, official lists of elevations or our
own aneroid determinations. In a few cases we have been unable
to secure information on the elevation, in which case the fact is so
stated. In addition, localities at or very near the sea-level have no
elevation given. The dates given are those for the specimens
examined and the location is that of the ownership of the same.

Virginia. '

Arlington, Alexandria County, eleva-
tion about 200 feet, VII, 9, 1914.
(H.)

Falls Church, Fairfax County, eleva-
tion 364 feet. V, 25, 1913. (A. N.
Caudell.) [U. S. N. M.]

Fredericksburg, Spotsylvania and
Stafford Counties, elevation about
10 to 250 feet. VII, 20, 1913.
(R. & H.)

Lynchburg, Campbell County, eleva-
tion about 700 feet, VII, 22, 1913.
(R. & H.j

Glencarlvn, Alexandria County, eleva-
tion 1S3 feet, IV, 27, 1913. (A. N.
Caudell.) [U. S. N. M.]

Orange, Orange County, elevation 500
to 800 feet. VII, 21, 1913.
(R. &H.)

Petersburg, Dinwiddie County, eleva-
tion about 100 feet, VII, 23, 1913.
(R. & H.)

North Carolina.

Charlotte, Mecklenburg County, eleva-
tion 670 to 750 feet, VII, 27, 1913.
(R. & H.)

Fayetteville, Cumberland Countv,
elevation 100 to 150 feet, IX, 9,
1911. (R. & H.)

Goldsboro, Wayne County, elevation
110 feet. VII, 25, 1913. (R. & H.)

Greensboro, Guitford County, eleva-
tion 900 feet, VII, 26, 1913.
(R. & H.)

Lake Waccamaw, Columbus Countv,
elevation 60 feet, IX, 8, 1911.
(R. & H.)

Murphy, Cherokee County, elevation
1,540 feet. VII, 25, 1903. (Morse.)
[Morse Cln.]

Raleigh, Wake County, elevation 350
feet, Various dates, collectors and
collections.

Southern Pines, Moore County, eleva-
tion 519 feet, XI, 1908 and 1905.
(A. H. Manee.) [N. C. Dept. Agr.l

Trvon, Polk County, elevation 1,090
feet, (W. F. Fiske.) [U. S. N. M.]

Weldon, Halifax County, elevation 70
feet. VII, 24, 1913. (R. & H.)

Wilmington, New Hanover County.
IX, 8, 1911. (R. & H.)

Winter Park, New Hanover Countv.
IX, 7, 1911. (R. & H.)

Wrightsville, New Hanover County.
IX, 7, 1911. (R. & H.)

South Carolina.

Ashlev Junction, Charleston Countv.

VIII, 15, 1913. (R.)
Columbia, Richland County, elevation

300 feet, VII, 28, 1913. (R. & H.)
Denmark, Bamberg Countv, elevation

257 feet. VIII, 15, 1903. (Morse.)

[Morse Cln.]

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

91

/

KL

,— '

.•

vv

<

*— -«r^ t

A

\

»-+

■^

1

\

\ +

*

+ X,

•

\

\

A

\

1

V

\

\ +

'^»t

V

+

\

i

i

+

*t

#

«

i

+

\

t
\

[

: + *\ \

^

•♦r^-^ I

\

++

+ + *\~i

Fig. 1. — Outline map of the southeastern United States, showing the positions
of the principal localities, represented by series, in the collections studied
in connection with this paper.

92

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Florence, Florence County, elevation

138 feet, IX, 6, 1911. (R. & H.)
Isle of Palms, Charleston County.

VIII, 15, 1913. (R.)

Magnolia, Charleston County. IX, 5,
1911. (R. & H.)

Manning, Clarendon County, eleva-
tion 91 feet V, 1914. (Witmer

^ Stone.) [A. N. S. P.]

Spartanburg, Spartanburg County,
elevation 875 feet. VIII, 6, 1913.

Sullivan Island, Charleston County.

IX, 5, 1911. (R. & H.j
Yemassee, Hampton and Beaufort

Counties, elevation 18 to 40 feet.
IX, 4, 1911. (R. & H.)

Georgia.

Albany, Dougherty County, elevation
184 feet. VIII, 1, 1913. (R. & H.)

Atlanta, Fulton County, elevation
900 to 1,050 feet. Numerous dates
and collectors. [Ga. St. Cln.]

Augusta, Richmond County, elevation
140 to 200 feet. VII, 29, 1913.
(R. & H.)

Austell, Cobb County, elevation 900 to
1,000 feet. VIII, 6, 1910. [Ga.
St. Cln.]

Bainbridge, Decatur County, eleva-
tion 110 feet. Numerous dates.
(J. Chester Bradley.) [Ga. St. Cln.]

Billy's Island, Okeefenokee Swamp,
Charlton County. V and VI, 1912,
IX and XII, 1913. (J. Chester
Bradley.) [Cornell University.]

Black Rock Mountain, Rabun County,
elevation 2,000 to 3,500 feet. V, 20
to 25, 1911. [Ga. St. Cln.]

Brunswick, Glynn County. II, 12,
1911. [Ga. St. Cln.] VII, 30, 1911.
(R. & H.)

Buckhead, Fulton County, elevation
1,000 feet. IV, 16, 1911. [Ga. St.
Cln.] VIII, 2, 1913. (R. & H.)

Burton, Rabun County, elevation
1,800 feet. V, 21, 1911. (J. Chester
Bradley.) [Ga. St. Cln.]

Chase Prairie, Okeefenokee Swamp,
Charlton County. IX, 5, 1913.
(J. Chester Bradley.) [Cornell Univ.]

Clayton, Rabun County, elevation
2,000 to 3,700 feet. VI. (Davis.)
[Davis Cln.]

Columbus, Muscogee County, eleva-
tion 200 to 350 feet. VII, 16, 1913.
(J. Chester Bradley.) [Ga. St. Cln.]

Cornelia, Habersham Countv, eleva-
tion 1,500 feet. V, 28, 1906. [Ga.
St. Cln.] VII, 1910. (Davis.)
.[Davis Cln.]

Cumberland Island, Camden County.

^ VIII, 31, 1911. (R. & H.)

Currahee Mountain, Stephens County,
elevation 1,700 feet. VIII, 5, 1913.
(H.)

Dalton, Whitfield Count}', elevation
1,000 to 1,200 feet. VIII, 7, 1913.

(R.).
De Witt, Mitchell County, elevation

cannot be ascertained. VIII, 19,
^ 1912. [Ga. St. Cln.]
Fargo, Clinch County, elevation 116

feet. VIII, 31, 1913. (J. Chester

Bradley.) [Cornell Univ.]
Groveland, Bryan County, elevation

cannot be ascertained. VII, 28,

1913. (J. Chester Bradley.) [Ga.

St. Cln.]
Hebardville, Ware Countv, elevation

'about 150 feet. V, 15, 1915. (H.)
Homerville, Clinch County, elevation

176 feet, VIII, 27, 1911. (R. & H.)
Honev Island, Okeefenokee Swamp,

Charlton County. VI, 1912. (J.

Chester Bradley.) [Cornell Univ.]
Isle of Hope, Chatham County. IX,

3,1911. (R. & H.)
Jesup, Wayne County, elevation 100

to 125 feet. IX, 1, 1911. (R. & H.)
Jasper, Pickens Countv, elevation

1,200 to 1,500 feet. VIII, 5, 1913.

(R.)

Macon, Bibb County, elevation 350
feet. VII, 30 to 31, 1913. (R. &H.)

Mixon's Hammock, Okeefenokee
Swamp, Charlton Countv. V, 16,
1915. (H.)

Okeefenokee Swamp (general label),
Ware, Charlton and Clinch Counties:
V, 1911. (J. Chester Bradley.)
[Cornell Univ.]

Pinnacle Peak, Rabun County, eleva-
tion 4,100 feet. VIII, 20. 1913.
(J. Chester Bradley.) [Ga. St. Cln.]

Rabun Bald, Rabun Countv, elevation
4,000 to 4,800 feet, VIII, 21, 1913.
(J. Chester Bradley.) [Ga. St. Cln.]

Sandfly, Chatham Countv. IX, 3,
1911. (R. & H.)

Savannah, Chatham County. Various
dates, collectors and collections.

Sharp Mountain, Pickens County,
elevation 1,800 to 2,000 feet (baro-
metric).1 VIII, 6, 1913. (R.)

1 This peak is about nine miles to the westward of Jasper and should not be
confused with Sharp-top Mountain near the same place. The latter peak is
higher than Sharp Mountain and is to the eastward of Jasper. Sharp-top
Mountain was visited by Morse in 1903.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

93

Spring Creek, Decatur County, eleva-
tion about 110 feet. Numerous
dates. (J. Chester Bradlev.) [Ga.
St. Cln.]

Stone Mountain, De Kalb County,
elevation 1,050 to 1,686 feet. Vicin-
itv of same, elevation 950 to 1,050
feet. VIII, 3, 1913. (R. A: H.)

St. Simon's Island, Glvnn Count v, IV
to Y, 1011 and L912. (J. Chester
Bradlev.) [( la. St. Cln.] VIII, 30,
1911. (R. &H.)

Suwanee Creek, Lot 328, 12th Dis-
trict, Okeefenokee Swamp, Charlton
County. VIII, 28, 1911. (R. &H.)

Tallulah Falls, Rabun County, eleva-
tion 1,630 feet, VIII, 1887. [U. S.
N. M. and Bebard Cln.] VII, 1910.
(Davis.) [Davis Cln.]

Thomasville, Thomas County, eleva-
tion 250 feet. Various dates. (H.
and R. & H.)

Thompson's Mills, Jackson County,
elevation cannot be ascertained.
Various dates. (H. A. Allard.)
[U. S. N. M.]

Tifton, Tift County, elevation 370
feet. IX, S, 1910." [Ga. St. Cln. J

Toccoa, Stephens Coilntv, elevation
1,094 feet. VIII, 4, 191.3. (H.)

Tuekoluge Creek, Rabun Count v,
elevation 1,600 to 2,600 feet. VII,
1910. (Davis.) [Davis Chi.]

Tvbee Island, Chatham County. IX,
2,1911. (R. &H.)

Warm Springs, Meriwether County,
elevation 850 to 1,200 feet. VIII,
9 to 10, 1913. (R.)

VYavcross. Ware Countv, elevation bis
feet. VIII, 11, 1903. (Morse
[Morse Cln.]

Wilson Gap, Mountain City, Rabun
County, elevation cannot be ascer-
tained! VI 11, 22, 1913. (J. Chestei
Bradley.) [Ga. St. Cln.]

Florida.

VIII.

Atlantic Beach, Duval County.

24 to 25, 1911. (R. & H.)
Fernandina, Nassau County. (W. H.

Finn.) [U. S. X. M.]
Hastings, St. John Countv. Various

dates. (A.J.Brown.) [Morse Cln.]
Indian River, Volusia and Brevard

Counties. 1896. (T. J. Priddey.)

[Hebard Cln.]
Jacksonville, Duval County. Various

dates, collectors and collections.

Examined by authors, VIII, 25, 191 1 .
Live Oak, Suwanee Countv, elevation

100 to 120 feet. VIII, 26, 1911.

(R. &H.)
Ortega, Duval County. IX, 6, 1913.

(Davis.) [Davis Cln. 1
Pablo Beach, Duval Countv. IX, 5,

1913. (Davis.) [Davis Cln.]
South Jacksonville, Duval County.

IX, 7, 1913. (Davis.) [Davis Cln.]
St. Augustine, St. John County. XI,

8, 1911. (G. P. Englehardt.) [B. I.]

Distributional Summary.
Two important influences or sets of factors quite evidently control
the distribution of the Dermaptera and Orthoptera in the area
studied, these influences being the same which largely control the
character of the biota of any region. The two are: physiography
and immediate environment; temperature and climatic regions or
life-zones. The two influences share equally in controlling the
distribution of certain species, but in numerous cases one and not the
other is the governing factor. It seems best, therefore, to summarize
our distributional generalizations separately under each of the
main divisions. We must always bear in mind that a fauna is not
a fixture, but a complex constantly changing and modifying, either
through the evolution of its own living components or the modifica-
tion of its own limitations by readjustment of its physical or climatic
barriers. Of the first grouping the effect of immediate environment
is best studied in a relatively circumscribed area and, other things
being equal, the occurrence of the environment is controlled by the

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

more broadly influencing factor of the physiography of the land.
The physiographic divisions we here use are those which are cor-
related with the distribution of groups of species of the orders studied.

Physiographic Regions.
The physiographic regions we find correlated with the distribution
of the species found in Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina,
Georgia and northern Florida are:

a. High Appalachian summits.

b. Lower summits of the Appalachian uplift and higher valleys of

the same area.

c. Piedmont.

d. Coastal Plain. This is divisible into two sections which we have

for convenience called the Upper Coastal and the Lower
Coastal.

e. Maritime and estuarine region.

These regions may be roughly delimited as follows:

High Appalachian Summits. — Only the highest peaks of the North
Carolina and Virginia mountains are embraced in this term. Very
few Orthoptera have been taken in this region.

Lower Summits and Valleys of the Appalachian Uplift. — Comprising
the greater (remaining) portion of the Southern Appalachian system
to its disappearance in Alabama, and the typical mountain valleys,
as opposed to the broad intrusive Piedmont valleys, are grouped
under this heading. The Georgia mountains, having in general a
lower elevation than the major portion of the North Carolina moun-
tain area, lack a number of the species found in the latter region,
and also on their lower portions shelter species more typical of the
Piedmont. Other species, which also occur in the Georgia mountains,
penetrate the valleys of the North Carolina mountains, but do not
frequent the main ridges in the latter State.

Piedmont. — This division includes the area of the Piedmont pene-
plain, or the region from the base of the Appalachians down to the
fall-line, also embracing some of the larger and broader valleys
which penetrate into the mountainous region proper. The fall-line
extends in a curve from the vicinity of Washington, District of
Columbia, to Columbus, Georgia.

Coastal Plain. — All the area situated below (i.e., coast ward of)
the fall-line is embraced in this grouping. It is, from the Orthopteran
evidence, distinctly divisible into two portions which may for con-
venience be called the Upper and Lower Coastal Plain regions.
The Upper region covers all the territory of the Coastal Plain situated

1916.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

95

to the nortli and inland of a line drawn from the vicinity of Newbern,
North Carolina, to the vicinity of Albany, Georgia, passing a short
distance inland of Wilmington, North Carolina, Charleston, South
Carolina, and Savannah, Georgia. The territory on the coastal side
of this line, except the very limited section included in the next

Fig. 2. — Outline map of the southeastern United States, showing the more
extensive physiographic regions here discussed. The limited areas treated
under "High Mountain Summits" and the very narrow "Sea-coast and
Estuarine" region are not indicated.

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

area, we would consider the Lower Coastal Plain, which condition
passes southward into peninsular Florida. The western boundary of
the Lower Coastal Plain influence is not fixed as yet.

Maritime and Estuarine Region. — We include under this, barrier
beach and coastal sand dunes, salt marshes and the extensive fresh
marshes of the larger estuaries. The region is limited to a distance
of a few miles from the coast-line, except in the case of the estuaries.

The following tabulations of species have .been made on the basis
of their distribution in relation to the physiographic features of the
region studied.

I. General.

Labia minor (Probably introduced.) Blatta orientalis (Introduced.)

Blattella germanica (Introduced.) Nemobius carolinus carolinus

II. Appalachians (except high summits) to coast.

Neotettix femoratus (Up to 5,500 feet Scudderia furcata furcata (Up to 3,S00

elevation in North Carolina.) feet in North Carolina.)

Paratettix cucullatus Conocephalus fasciatus

Orphulella pelidna (Up to 5,000 feet in Conocephalus brevipennis

North Carolina.) Ellipes minuta

Arphia xanthoptera Myrmecophila pergandei

Arphia sulphurea (Up to 5,700 feet in Gryllus assimilis (Up to 4,500 feet in

North Carolina.) North Carolina.)

Dissosteira Carolina (Up to 4,500 feet CEcanthus angustipennis (Up to 4,000

in North Carolina.) feet in North Carolina.)

Schistocerca serialis (Up to 5,700 feet (Ecardhus quadripunctatus (Up to 4,000

in North Carolina.) feet in North Carolina.)

III. Appalachian valleys and lower mountains in Georgia to coast.

Oligonyx scudderi Trimerotropis citrina

Tettigidea armata CEcanthus latipennis

Truxalis brevicornis Neoxabea bipunctata

Amblytropidia occidenlalis Phylloscyrtus pulcheUus
Pardalophora phatiicoptera

IV. High Appalachian summits only.

Nomotettix cristatus cristatus Melanoplus diver gens

P.odisma glacialis variegata

V. Mountains only (summits and adjacent valley localities) in

southeastern States.

Cryplocercus punctulatus Melanoplus sylvestris

Diapheromera Carolina Melanoplus walshii

Acrydium hancocki N eoconoce phalus ensiger (Northward

Chorthippus curtipennis (Northward occurring Piedmont and Coastal.)

occurring Piedmont and Coastal.) Conocephalus allardi

Pardalophora apiculata Atlanticus monticola

Paratylolropidia beutenmuelleri Ceuthophilus lapidicola

Melanoplus similis CEcanthus nigricornis
Melanoplus deceptus

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

97

VI. Mountains and Piedmont.

Am somorpha ferruginea

Acrydium arenosum angustum (North-
ward occurring Coastal.)

Acrydium ornatum

Neotettix proavus

Eritettix simplex (Northward occurring
Coastal.)

Orphuhlla spedosa (Northward occur-
ring Coastal.)

Chlaaltis conspersa (Northward occur-
ring Coastal.)

Encoptolophus sordidus (Northward
occurring Coastal.)

Hesperotettix brevipennis (Northward
occurring Coastal.)

Trimerotropis saxatilis

Mclanoplus tribidus (Northward occur-
ring Coastal.)

Melanoplus devius

Melanoplus decoratus

Melanoplus luridus luridus (North-
ward occurring Coastal.)

Melanoplus punctulatus punctulatus
(Northward occurring Coastal.)

Amblycorypha rolundifolia rotundi-
folia (Northward occurring Coastal,
passing at lower elevations in South-
eastern States toward A. r. parvi-
pennis.)

PterophyUa camellifolia camellifolia
(Northward occurring Coastal.)

Conocephalus nemoralis

Atlanticus davisi

Ceuthophilus uhleri (Northward occur-
ring Coastal.)

Ceuthophilus gracilipes

Nemobius fasciatus fasciatus (Occur-
ring Coastal northward.)

Nemobius maculatus

(Ecanthus niveus (Northward occurring
Coastal.)

VII. Lower Mountains, Piedmont and Upper Coastal Plain.

Nomotettix cristatus compressus
Chortophaga viridifasciata (To Sullivan

Island, South Carolina.)
Melanoplus carnegiei (To Yemassee,

South Carolina.)

Melanoplus femur-rubrum femur-

rubrum
Melanoplus fernoratus
Orchelimum vulgar e
Hapithus agitator agitator

VIII. Lower Mountains and Piedmont Region south to southwestern

Georgia and adjacent northern Florida, absent from all or

most of Carolinian and low Georgian Coastal.

Diapheromera femorata (To Monti-
cello, Florida.)

Spharagemon bolli (To Tallahassee,
Florida.)

Melanoplus scudderi scudderi (To Mon-
tieello, Florida.)

Melanoplus atlanis (To Marianna,
Florida.)

Melanoplus impudicus (To Spring

Creek, Georgia.)
Conocephalus saltans (To Thomasville

and Spring Creek, Georgia.)
Atlanticus americanus (To Tallahassee

and River Junction, Florida.)

IX. Piedmont Region.

Doru aculeatum

Ischnoptera pensylvanica pensylvanica
(Occurring Coastal northward.)

Ischnoptera uhleriana uhleriana (Oc-
curring Coastal northward.)

Ischnoptera insolita

Schistocerca damnified damnifica (Oc-
curring Coastal northward.)

Campylacantha olivacea (Macon, Geor-
gia, only.

Melanoplus impiger (Augusta, Georgia,
only.) <

Atlanticus testaceus (Occurring Coastal
northward.)

Ceuthophilus latens

Ceuthophilus spinosus (Occurring Coas-
tal northward.)

Ceuthophilus negleclus (Occurring Coas-
tal northward.)

Nemobius griseus funeralis (Macon,
Georgia, only.)

Nemobius bruneri

Nemobius confusus

(Ecanthus exclamationis (Raleigh, North
Carolina, only.)

(Ecanthus pini (Raleigh. North Caro-
lina, only.)

98

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

X. Piedmont and Coastal Plain only to extreme northern Florida.

Acrydium arenosum arenosum
Melanoplus strumosus (To De Funiak
Springs, Florida.)

Hadenoecus puteanus
Anaxipha exigua
Cyrtoxipha Columbiana

XL Piedmont and Coastal Plain to peninsular Florida.

Vostox brunneipennis

Ischnoptera deropeltiformis

Ischnoptera johnsoni

Ischnoptera couloniana

Ischnoptera borealis

Ischnoptera bolliana (Northward only

to Raleigh, North Carolina.)
Periplaneta americana
Chorisoneura texensis (Northward only

to Tryon, North Carolina.)
Stagmoma ntis Carolina
Tettigidea lateralis lateralis (At higher

elevations and northward in Coastal

Plain passing into T. I. parvipennis.)
Mermiria alacris (Northward only to

Newbern, North Carolina.)
Syrbula admirabilis
Dichromor pha viridis
Ronialea microplera (Northward only

to central North Carolina.)
Leptysma marginicollis (Northward

only to vicinity of Washington,

District of Columbia.)
Melanoplus luridus keeleri (At higher

elevations and northward passing

into M. I. luridus.)
Paroxya clavuligera (Local in Pied-
mont.)

(Coastal alone

crepitans
and pass-

Scudderia texensis

Amblycorypha uhleri
northward.)

Microcentrum rhombifolium

Neoconocephalus robustus
(Northward Coastal only
ing into N. r. robustus.)

Neoconocephalus triops

Orchelimum agile

Orchelimum minor (Northward Coastal
only.)

Odontoxiphidium apterum (Extending
as high as Sand Mountain and Blue
Ridge, Georgia, but only north to
Fayetteville, North Carolina.)

Camptonotus carolinensis

Gryllotalpa hexadactyla

Tridactylus apicalis (Data poor.)

Cycloptilum squamosum (North Caro-
lina northward Coastal only.)

Nemobius ambitiosus (North only to
Florence, South Carolina.)

Anurogryllus muticus (Northward
Coastal only.)

Gryllus domesticus

Miogryllus verticalis

Orocharis saltator (Northward Coastal
only.)

XII. Piedmont and Coastal Plain in northern area of Southeastern

States only.

Melanoplus confusus (South to Have-
lock, North Carolina.)

Amblycorypha oblongifolia (South to
Weldon, North Carolina, and Chat-
tanooga, Tennessee.)

Amblycorypha floridana carinata (South
of fall line in South Carolina and
Georgia passing into A. f. floridana;
northward Coastal only.)

Conocephalus strict us (South to Raleigh
and Newbern, North Carolina.)

Atlanticus pachymerus (South to Have-
lock, North Carolina, and "South
Carolina.")

Nemobius palustris (Only Coastal in
region, south to Wilmington, North
Carolina; Piedmont northward.)

XIII. Coastal Plain to peninsular Florida.

Anisolabis annulipes
Labidura bidens
Prolabia unidentata
Ischnoptera divisa

Ischnoptera uhleriana fulvescens (North
only to southeastern Virginia.)

Cariblatta lutea lutea (North only to

northern North Carolina.)
Manomera tenuescens (North only to

northern North Carolina.)
Neotettix bolteri

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

99

Paxilla olusa (North only to eastern
North Carolina. I

Tettigidea prorsa (To northern Florida. )

Radinotatum brevipenne brevipenne
(North only to Yemassee, South
Carolina; straggler into Piedmont in
Georgia.)

Clinocephalus elegans (Maritime only
northward.)

Spharagi man coUare wyomingianum

Scirtetica marmorata picta (In northern
North Carolina passing into S. m.
marmorata.)

Psinidia f i m stralis

Schistocerca obscura (North to Mary-
land; straggler in Piedmont.)

Schistocerca nlutacca (In Tennessee
drainage in western North Caro-
lina.)

Schistocerca damnifica calidior (Passing
at fall line and north of North Caro-
lina into S. d. damnified.)

Eotettix pusillus (North only to North
Carolina: straggler into Piedmont
in Georgia.)

Hesperotettix floridensis (North only
to Augusta, Georgia; straggler in
Piedmont in Georgia.)

Melanoplus decorus (Limited distribu-
tion in North Carolina.)

Melanoplus australis (Limited distri-
bution in South Carolina and
Georgia.)

Melanoplus attenuatus (Limited distri-
bution, Georgia to North Carolina.)

Melanoplus hebardi (Limited distribu-
tion in Georgia.)

Melanoplus nubilus (Limited distribu-
tion in North Carolina.)

Melanoplus mirus (Limited distribu-
tion in North Carolina.)

Melanoplus stegocercus (Limited dis-
tribution in Georgia.)

Melanoplus scapularis (Limited distri-
bution in Georgia.)

Melanoplus nigrescens (Limited distri-
bution in North Carolina and
Georgia.)

Mi lanoplu.s (pit rut us ( Limited distribu-
tion in Georgia.)

Melanoplus clypeatus (Limited distri-
bution in Georgia.

Melanoplus punctulatus arbort us (Pass-
ing in Georgia Piedmont and north-
ward in Coastal Plain into M. p.
punctulatus.)

Paroxya atlantica atlantica

Anthaca phalaugium (North only to
Augusta, Georgia.)

Scudderia cuneata (North only to
Raleigh, North Carolina.)

Symmetropleura modesta (North only
to Raleigh, North Carolina.)

Pterophylla camellifolia intermedia
(Passing in Georgia Piedmont and
northward in Coastal Plain into
P. c. camellifolia.)

Pyrgocorypha uncinata (North only to
Raleigh, North Carolina.)

Neoconocephalus exiliscanorus (Strag-
gler in Georgia Piedmont from L~pper
Coastal Plain.)

Neoconocephalus caudellianus

Neoco n ocepha I us pa I uslris

Orchelimum glaberrimum

Orchelimum laticanda (Straggler in
Georgia Piedmont.)

Orchelimum militare

Orchelimum superbum (Virginia and
New Jersey only.)

Conocephalus stictomerus (South only
to Raleigh, North Carolina.)

Cryptoptilum antillarum (North only to
Alamance County, North Carolina.)

Cryptoptilum trigonipalpum (North
onjy to Petersburg, Virginia; strag-
gler in Georgia Piedmont.)

Nemobius fasciatus socius (North only
to Raleigh, North Carolina, north-
ward and in southern Piedmont
passing into .V. /. fasciatus.)

Nemobius cubensis cubensis

Anaxipha pulicaria (North only to
Raleigh, North Carolina.)

Falcicula hebardi (Straggler in North
Carolina Piedmont.)

XIV. Lower Coastal Plain in the Carolinas, Georgia and extreme

northern Florida.

Xamotettix cristalus arcuatus (Passing
northward and higher into N. c.
compressus and southward into .V. c.
f'nridanus.)

Melanoplus furcatus (Georgia and
Florida only. I

Scudderia curvicauda laticauda (Grad-
ually intergrading northward and
higher into aS'. c. curvicauda.)

Orchelimum bradleyi (North to Wil-
mington, North Carolina.)
Atlanticus dorsalis (North to "South

Carolina.")
Atlanticus calcaratus (Georgia and

Florida only.)
Scapteriscus vicinus (Georgia only.)
Snipteriscus acletus (Georgia only.)
Xi mobius palustris aurantius (Georgia
only.)

100

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

XV. Lower Coastal Plain into peninsular Florida.

Ischnoptera nigricollis (Not north of

Georgia.)
Ceratinoptera diaphana (Not north of

Georgia.)
Eurycotis floridana (Not north of

Georgia.)
Periplaneta australasiae (Not north of

Florida.)
Periplaneta brunnea (Not north of

Georgia.)
Pycnoscelus surinamensis (Not north

of Florida.)
Gonatista grisea (North to South Caro-
lina.)
Thesprotia graminis (Not north of

Georgia.)
Anisomorpha baprestoides (North to

South Carolina.)
Paratettix rugosus (Not north of

Georgia.)
Tettigidea spicata (Not north of

Georgia.)
Mermiria bivitlata
Arphia gramdata
Chortophaga australior (North to

Savannah, Georgia.)
Spharagemon crepitans (Not north of

Georgia.)
Stenacris vitreipennis
Gymnoscirtetes pusillus (Not north of

Georgia.)

Melanoplus rotundipennis (Not north
of Georgia.)

Melanoplus femur-rubrum propinquus
(Passing at the Georgia and South
Carolina fall line into M. f. femur-
rubrum; not typical north of Wil-
mington, North Carolina.)

Aptenopedes sphenarioides sphenarioides
(Not north of Georgia.)

Aptenopedes aptera (Not north
Georgia.)

Belocephalus subapterus (North
South Carolina.)

Belocephalus davisi (Not north
Georgia.)

Neoconocephalus velox (Not north
Georgia.)

Atlanticus gibbosus (Straggler into
Georgia Piedmont.)

Ceuthophilus latibuli (Not north
Georgia.)

Scapteriscus abbreviatus (Not north
Georgia.)

Anaxipha vittata (Not north
Georgia.)

Hapithus agitator quadratus (Inland
and northward passing into H. a.
agitator.)

Hapithus brevipennis (Not north of
Georgia.)

of

to
of

of

of
of

of

XVI. Maritime and Estuarine Element.

Anisolabis maritima
Mermiria intertexta
Orphulella olivacea

Orphulella halophila (Southern Flor-
ida.)
Trimerotropis maritima

Orchelimum concinnum
Orchelimum fidicinium
Conocephalus aigialus
Conocephalus nigropleuroides
Conocephalus spartince

In table II, we have given as a matter of information the elevation
of the upper limit of distribution, where this is exactly known.
Table III covers forms occurring in the larger Appalachian valleys,
as far north as North Carolina or the lower mountains in Georgia,
or both, to the coast, exclusive of the Maritime and Estuarine
Region. In table V appear species which considerably modify their
physiographic distribution elsewhere in the eastern United States,
and this fact is there, and in subsequent tables, indicated in paren-
theses. In table VIII, we have endeavored to express a peculiar
type of distribution : one covering the lower mountains and Piedmont
and, although absent from most or all of the Coastal Plain, extend-
ing south into southwestern Georgia or even into the adjacent
portion of northern Florida.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

The more interesting generalizations drawn from the physiographic
summaries are the following. Northward numerous species, charac-
teristic of the Piedmont in the area here treated, pass to the Coastal
Plain of that region, frequently, or rather generally, leaving the
Piedmont. The explanation of this is apparently temperature
control and the distribution is typical of the Upper Austral life-zone.
Toward the southern end of the Piedmont region numerous forms,
characteristic of this section in the Carolinas, enter the lower moun-
tains, doubtless as valley intrusions; this also can be explained by
temperature control and is zonal in character. Along the coastal
side of the Piedmont in Georgia, a number of Coastal Plain species
penetrate the Piedmont for considerable distances to points such
a- Warm Springs, vicinity of Stone Mountain, Thompson's Mills,
Toccoa and even to suitable situations on the slopes of Currahee
Mountain, an outlying knob near Toccoa. This is quite marked
in the case of Warm Springs, which has seven species of this category
occurring there.2 The extending influence of the larger river valleys,
such as the Savannah, Oconee, Ocmulgee, Flint and Chattahoochee,
is doubtless responsible for these intrusions, for such they are is
evidenced by the known distribution of the species elsewhere and the
generic habitat. The division of the Coastal Plain into two areas
has abundant evidence in its favor in the Orthoptera, as the tabula-
tions show. It is significant also that quite a few of the forms
do not reach into peninsular Florida. Further studies on the dis-
tribution of central Florida forms of the orders will doubtless throw
much additional light on the fixity of these limitations. It is possible
that a lack of material may be partly responsible for the apparent
restriction of these ranges. In the case of the divisions of the Coastal
Plain, our material is sufficiently full to show the correlations very
clearly.

Life Zones.

The life zones represented in the area studied are the following:

a. Boreal or Canadian.

b. Transition or Alleghanian.

€. Upper Austral or Carolinian.

d. Lower Austral or Austroriparian.

e. Basic Austral or Sabalian.3

2 These are: Cariblatta luleahdea (also Thompson's Mills), Radinotatum brevi-
penne brevipenne, Scirtetica marmorata picta, Eotettix pusillus, Hesperotettix
floridensis, Atlanticus gibbosus (also on Currahee Mountain) and Cryptoptilum
trigonipalpum (also vicinity of Stone Mountain).

3 For remarks on this zone see p. 104.

8

102

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

♦♦"MM* v+>

Fig. 3. — Outline map of the southeastern United States, showing the extent of
the principal life zones. The circumscribed Boreal areas on the mountains
of North Carolina and Virginia have not been indicated. For comments
upon and definition of the Sabalian zone see the zonal distributional informa-
tion in the introductory portion of this paper. The extent of the Sabalian,
as well as the other zones to the west of the Georgia-Alabama line and the
Chattahoochee River, has not been determined by us.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

The zones may be briefly outlined as follows:4

Boreal or Canadian Zone. — This zone occupies the summits of the
higher mountains in North Carolina and Virginia, suck as the Black
Mountains, Koan Mountain, Grandfather Mountain, Mt. Pisgah,
Balsam Mountains, etc. This is the area of balsam forests within
the territory studied. We do not feel that the zone has been suf-
ficiently studied to consider the total number of species reported
from it as a fair index of the Orthoptera therein.

Transition or Alleghanian Zone. — This zone comprises all the truly
mountainous country below the Boreal summits; in Georgia, how-
ever, being largely restricted to the elevations greater than 1,500
feet. Slope exposure is largely responsible for the presence or
absence of this element near its upper and lower margins. In North
Carolina, large valleys of tributary streams of the Tennessee carry
tongues of the Upper Austral for considerable distances into the
otherwise solidly Transition country. The same appears to be true
to a lesser degree in the Transition area of Georgia, which is in large
part much tinctured with Upper Austral elements.

Upper Austral or Carolinian. — The area comprised in this zone
extends from the lower border of the Transition zoneTdown to a line
roughly drawn from a short distance up stream of the mouth of the
Potomac River, to Weldon, North Carolina, to Raleigh and Char-
lotte, North Carolina, traversing transversely the area between
Spartanburg and Columbia, South Carolina, and crossing the State
of Georgia- in a southwesterly direction to the vicinity of Warm
Springs, Georgia, then curving northwest into Alabama. As stated
above, pronounced valley intrusions of this fauna enter western
North Carolina from the Tennessee Valley, while in Georgia it
apparently pushes its way well into and even up the lower slopes
of the mountains, apparently in sharp competition with the
Transitions forms occurring in the same region. The two elements
will be governed in their distribution, at one of their points
of contact, by slope exposure; at another, by the normal cover or
by the burning-over of the land. As we have discussed above
under Physiography, a number of distinctly Lower Austral forms
occur within normally Upper Austral areas, at localities such as
Currahee Mountain, Toccoa, vicinity of Stone Mountain and Thomp-
son's Mills, and these extensions probably are, as suggested there,
due to the extending influence of large river valleys, which provide

4 For a careful presentation of the life zones of North Carolina, see Brimley,
Journ. Elisha Mitchell Scient. Soc, XXIX, pp. 19 to 27, (1913).

104 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

avenues of entrance to suitable environments in a region in general
characterized by a different fauna. The fact that these extensions
occur only, as far as known, at a few localities gives support to this
explanation.

Lower Austral or Austroriparian. — This zone covers the area
situated below (i.e., in elevation) the Upper Austral, down to a line
extending from the southern portion of Pamlico Sound, North
Carolina, to Lake Waccamaw, North Carolina, to Yemassee, South
Carolina, then swinging in a curve to Albany, Georgia, and the
Chattahoochee River west of the last-mentioned locality. A few
forms, which we would consider more representative of the Upper
Austral zone, occur as stragglers within this area at localities such
as Goldsboro and Fayetteville, North Carolina, Sumter and Flor-
ence, South Carolina, Augusta and Macon, Georgia. It is possible
that future work may show these forms to be equally characteristic
of the Lower Austral; a very questionable possibility to our minds.
In these cases, the interdigitation which we have mentioned as
occurring at the upper limit of the Lower Austral is probably repeated
in the reverse direction, but physiographic control features are
probably responsible for these intrusions.

Basic Austral or Sabalian.— -The present zone, which is co-extensive
with the physiographic area called Lower Coastal by us, we find is
so decidedly characterized by a considerable number of species,
which extend southward to southern or at least to central or north-
central Florida, that we have been compelled to give it a name.
We have found no term in the literature which we could use, so we
here propose the name Sabalian. The name has been derived from
the technical name of the cabbage palmetto (Sabal palmetto),
which is probably the most striking tree of the region named, and
whose distribution is co-extensive with that area.

The Sabalian zone is characterized by at least six species, outside
of those occurring only in central and southern Florida, which are
also West Indian in distribution or extremely close to West Indian
species.

The zone extends from the coast-line inland to the lower boundary
of the Lower Austral, given above in defining that region, north to
the region of Pamlico Sound and south into Florida. It is narrow
in the Carolinas, but becomes broad in Georgia and its exact extent
to the westward remains to be worked out. The exact line where
this same influence gives way to the Tropical in southern Florida
has not been critically mapped, owing to the need of more information

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

from the central and south-central portions of the peninsula. The
information from the Tropical area of southern Florida is relatively
full.

The zonal distribution of the species treated in the present paper
is tabulated below. In some cases it is known that the species, in
certain regions of North America, occur in zones other than those
here checked, but, unless this has a distinct bearing on the possible
occurrence of the species in the same zone in the region here studied,
we have not indicated its presence other than as found in the south-
eastern States. In a few cases where species will in all probability
be found in a certain zone in the southeastern States, judging by
the analogy of other regions, or where the form is found in two
zones, but by defect of the record is not known from one situated
between these two, we have inserted a check for that life zone with
a brief qualification.

Transi- Upper Lower

DERMAPTERA. Boreal. tion. Austral. Austral. Sabalian.

LABIDURIDJE.

Anisolabis annulipes 1 (part) 1

Anisolabis maritima 1 1

Labidura bidens 1 1

LABIID^J.

Voslox brunneipennis Ill

Labia minor Introduced-range nearly general.

Prolabia unidentata 1 1

FORFIOULID^.

Doru aculeatum 1

ORTHOPTERA.

BLATTID^.

Ischnoptera deropeltiformis 111

1 schnoptera nigricollis 1

Ischnoptera johnsoni Ill

I schnoptera p. pensylvanica 1 1

Ischnoptera divisa 1 (part) 1

I schnoptera couloniana Ill

Ischnoptera u. uhleriana 1

Ischnoptera u. fulvescens 1

I schnoptera borealis 1 1

I schnoptera bolliana Ill

Ischnoptera insolita 1

Blattella germanica Introduced-range general.

( 'tratinoptera diaphana

Cariblatta I. lutea 1

Eurycotis floridana 1

Blatta orientalis Introduced-range general.

Periplaneta americana 1 1

Periplaneta australasiae... 1

106

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Boreal.

Periplaneta brunnea

Transi-
tion.

1

Upper
Austral.

1

1 (strag-
gler)

Lower
Austral.

1

Sabalian.
1

Pycnoscelus surinamensis..

Chorisoneura texensis

Cryptocercus punctulatus ....

MANTID^.

1
1

Stagmomantis Carolina

Gonatista grisea

Oligonyx scudderi

Thesprotia graminis

1
1

1

1
1

1
1
1
1

PHASMID^J.

Diapheromera femorata

Manomera tenuescens

Anisomorpha buprestoides..
Anisomorpha ferruginea

1

1
1

1 (part)

1

1

1 (part)

1

1

ACRIDID^3.

Nomotettix c. cristatus 1

Nomotettix c. compressus....

Nomotettix c. arcuatus

Acrydium a. arenosum

Acrydium a. angustum

Acrydium ornatum

Neotettix proavus

1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1
1

1
1

1
1

1

1

1
1

1

1

1 (part)

1

1

1 (part)

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1 (part)

1

1

1

1
1
1
1

Neotettix femoratus

Neotettix bolteri

Paratettix rugosus

Paratetlix cucullatus

Paxilla obesa

Tettigidea prorsa

Tettigidea spicata

1 (part)

Tettigidea I. lateralis

Tettigidea armata

Radinotatum b. brevipenne..
Truxalis brevicornis

Mermiria alacris

Mermiria intertexta

Mermiria bivittata

Syrbula admirabilis

Amblytropidia occidentalis.

OrphuleUa pelidna

OrphuleUa olivacea

OrphuleUa speciosa

Dichromorpha viridis

Clinocephalus elegans

Chloealtis conspersa 1

Chorthippus curtipennis 1

A rphia xa nthoptera

Arphia granulata

Arphia sulphur ea

Chortophaga viridifasciata..

Chortophaga australior

Encoptolophus sordidus
Pardalophora phoenicoptera

Hippiscus rugosus

Dissosteira Carolina

1 (part)

191(5.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

107

Boreal.

Spharagcmon crepitans

Spharagernon bolli

Spharagernon collare unjo-

mingianum

Scirtetica marmorata picta..

Psinidia .'< m stralis

Trimerotropis maritima

Trimerotropis citrina

Trimerotropis saxatilis

Romalea micro ptera

Stenacris vitrei pen nis

Leptysma marginicollis

Schistocerca obscura

Schistocerca alutacea

Schistocerca serialis

Schistocerca d. damnified....

Schistocerca d. calidior

Gym noscirtetes pusillus

Campylacantha olivacea

Eotettix pusillus

Eotettix signatus

Hesperotettix floridensis

Hesperotettix b. brevipennis
Hesperotettix b. pratensis...
Paratylotropidia beuten-

muelleri

Melanoplus similis

Melanoplus deceptus

Melanoplus decorus

Melanoplus australis

Melanoplus attenuatus

Mela no pi u s hebardi

Melanoplus nubilus

Melanoplus tribulus

Melanoplus devius

Melanolpus decoratus

Melanoplus rotundipennis..

Melanoplus stegocercus

Melanoplus minis

Melanoplus scapularis

Melanoplus strumosus

Melanoplus sylvestris

Mela noplus carnegiei

Melanoplus s. scudderi

Mela noplus walshii

Melanoplus nigrescens

Melanoplus querneus

Melanoplus atlanis 1

Melanoplus f. fernur-ru-
brum 1

Melanoplus f. propinquus..

Melanoplus impudicus

Mela noplus impiger

Melanoplus confusus

Melanoplus I. luridus

Melanoplus I. keeleri

Melanoplus femoratus

Melanoplus furcatus

Melanoplus clypeatus

Transi-

U

pper

Lower

tion.

Austral.

Austral. Sabalian.

1

1

1

1
1
1

1 (part)

1 (part)

1
1

(part)

1

1

(part) 1 (part)

1

1

1
1

1

1
1

1

(part)

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1
1

1

(part) 1
(part) 1

1 (location provisional)
1

1

1
I

1
1

1
1

1
1

1 (part)

1

1

1 (part)

1 (part)
1 (part)
1 (part)

1

1

1 (part)
1

1 (part)
1 (part)
1

1
1

1 (part)

1 (part)

1
1

1
1

1 (part)

1
1
1 (part)

1 (part)
1

1

1

108

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Transi-

Upper

Lower

Boreal.

tion.

Austral.

Austral.

Sabalian.

Melanoplus p. punctulatus

1

1

1 (part)

Paroxyaa. atlantica

1 (part)

1

1

Paroxya clavuligera

1

1

1

Aptenopedes s. sphenari-

oides

t

1

Aptenopedes aptera

1

TETTIGONIID^J.

Arethaea phalangium

1

(part)

1

Stilpnochlora margin ella

1

Scudderia c. curvicauda-c.

laticauda

1

Scudderia c. laticauda

1

1

Scudderia texensis

1

1

Scudderia f. furcata

1

1

1

Scudderia cuneata

1
1

1

Symmettopleura modesta.. . .

1

Amblycorypha oblongifolia.

Amblycorypha f.floridana..

1

Amblycorypha f. carinata...

1

Amblycorypha uhleri

1

1

Amblycorypha r. rotundi-

folia.,

1

1 (part)

Amblycorypha r. r.-r. par-

vipennis

1 (part)

—

1 (part)

Microcentrum rhombifo-

lium

1

1

Microcentrum retinerve

1

1

Pterophylla c. camellifolia..

1

Pterophylla c. intermedia....

1

?

Belocephalus S2ibapterus

i

Belocephalus davisi

l

Pyrgocorypha uncinata

1

l

Neoconocephalus exilis-

canorus

1

Neoconocephalus robustus

crepitans

1

1

l

Neoconocephalus caudell-

ianus

l

Neoconocephalus velox

i

Neoconocephalus retusus . .

1

1

l

Neoconocephalus triops.

1

1

l

Homorocoryphus malivo-

lans

1

(part)

l

Orchelimum agile

1

1

l

Orchelimum glaberrimum...

1

l

Orchelimum vidgare

1

1

1

(part)

Orchelimum laticauda

1

1

l

Orchelimum minor

1

1

l

Orchelimum concinnum

1 (part)

1

(part)

1 (part)

Orchelimum fidicinium

1

(part)

1 (part)

Orchelimtim militare

1

1

Orchelimum bradleyi

1

Orchelimum superbum

1

(part)

Conocephal us allardi

1

Conocephalusf.fasciatus... 1

1

1

1

1

Conocephalus brevipennis...

1

1

1

1

Conocephalus nemoralis

1

1916.]

NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

109

Transi-

1 pper

Lower

Boreal.

tion .

Austral.

Austral.

Sabalian.

Conocephalus si rid us

1 (part)

1 (part)

( 'onod phalus stictomerus....

1 (part)

1 (part)

( 'onucc phalus aigialus

1 (part)

1 (part)

Conocephalus u igropleu-

1 (part)

1 (part.

( 'onocephalus spartinae

1 (part)

1 (parti

( 'onocephalus sultans

1

1

1 (part)

Odontoxiphidium a pier urn..

1 (part)

1

1

\llanticus testaceus

1 (not

n regioi

0 1 (part)

Atlanticus pachymerus

1 (part)

1

Atlanticus davisi

1

(part)

1 (part)

Atlanticus monticola 1

1

Atlanticus americanus

1

1

1 (part)

Atlanticus gibbosus

1 (part)

1

A tla uticus dorsalis

.4 tlanlicus calcarat us

Camptonotus carolinensis...

1

1

Hadenoecus puteanus m

1

1

1

< '< uthophilus uhleri

1

1

Ceuthophilus latibuli

1

( '( uthophilus gracilipes

1

1

Ceuthophilus lapidicola

1

1

1

1

( '( uthophilus spinosus

1

Ceuthophilus neglect us

1

G-RYLLIDiE.

Gryllotalpa hexadactyla

1

(?)

1

1

Scapteriscus vicinus

Sea pteriscus aclet us

Scapteriscus abbrevial us

Tridactylus apicalis

1 (elsewhere) 1 (elsewhere)

1

1

Myrmecophila pergandei.. . .

1

1

Cryptoptilum antillarum...

Cryptoptilum trigonipal-

Cycloptilum squamosum

1

Nemobius f. fascial us

1

1

Nemobius f. socius

1

1

Nernobius griseus funeralis

Nemobius ambitiosus

1 (part)

1

Nemobius c. cubensis

1

Nt mobius p. palustris

1 (part)

1 (part)

1 (part)

Nemobius p. aurantius

Ne mobi us c. carolinus 1

1

1

Nemobius confusus

1

Anurogrullus muticus

1

1

1

1

Miogryttus verticalis

1

1

1

Oecanthus exclamationis ...

1

Oecanthus angustipennis

1

1

Oecanthus quadripunctatus.

1

1

Oecanthus nigricornis

1

1 (elsewhere)

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Transi- Upper Lower

Boreal. tion. Austral. Austral. Sabalian.

Oecanthus pini 1

Oecanthus latipennis 1 1

Neoxabea bipundata 1 1

Anaxipha exigua 1 1

Anaxipha pulicaria 1

Anaxipha vittata

Falcicula hebardi 1 1

Cyrtoxipha columbiana 1 1

Phylloscyrtus pulchellus 1 1

Hapithus a. agitator 1 (part) 1 (part)

Hapithus a. quadratus 1 (part)

Hapithus brevipennis

Orocharis saltator 1 1

(part)

Physiographic and Zonal Factors Compared.

When the physiographic and zonal correlations are contrasted,
we find that in Virginia the two factors are largely governed by the
same boundaries, the Lower Austral alone not extending up the
valley of the Potomac as far as the fall-line, which is the Piedmont-
Upper Coastal Plain line. In North Carolina, the increased tem-
perature effect of lower latitudes is evident, as the upper line of the
Lower Austral, after following the fall-line, crosses it and ascends
to higher country, this tendency increasing in Georgia, where the
upper boundary of the same zone is in places as high as a thousand
feet above sea level. Conversely, this crossing of the physiographic
boundaries by zonal boundaries is found to the northward of the
area here treated, where the entire Coastal Plain section of New
Jersey and all or at least the greater portion of the Coastal Plain
eastern peninsula of Virginia, Maryland and Delaware, is Upper
Austral. It has been found in the Middle Atlantic States that many
Upper Austral species are limited to southern New Jersey, not
occurring above the fall-line. This restriction is probably due to
the fact that the southern portion of New Jersey has a more equable
winter climate (and consequently a higher sum total annual tem-
perature) than the Piedmont of Pennsylvania, an Upper Austral
region. There is also in southern New Jersey an extension of certain
elsewhere Lower Austral species, although in the great majority of
the forms the region is clearly Carolinian. The control governing
the distribution of these species is probably environment, as the
sands and gravels of southern New Jersey are in general similar to
those of the Coastal Plain to the south.

Origin of the Orthopterous Fauna of the Southeastern States.
We have made some tabulations bearing on the probable origin

1916.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill

of the Orthopterous fauna of the region studied. It is essential,
however, for a proper understanding of the subject, to have similar
data on the fauna of the Gulf Coast and Texas, in order to make
definite or conclusive generalizations. The material from which
such data can be obtained is now available, but it will be some years
before our studies will permit us to make the desired tabulations.
In consequence any expressions on the question of origin would be
premature and certainly require amplification, if not revision,
within a relatively short time, as the Gulf Coast can be expected to
supply much of the really vital information on origin and dispersal.
We propose, therefore, to discuss at a later date, as a whole, the
information on this subject for the Southern States.

Systematic Treatment of Species.

DERMAPTERA.

LABIDURID^].

Anisolabis annulipes (Lucas).

North Carolina. Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

19 4 juv 9
Raleigh XI. 25 1904, (C. Pinkus), Alban'y> yill, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 9 .

w • tl [ i, ty 7 iai ! m i*n^ Bainbridge, (J. C. Bradley), 1 juv. 9 .
\\ nghtsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), BiUy>s Island; yi, 12, 1912, (J. C.

1 cf, 1 9. Bradley), 19.

Camden, II, 15 to 25, 1 cf, [M. C. Z.].

Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.), Florida.

1 9 ; VIII, 16, 1903, (A. P. Morse), Atiantic Beach, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. &

1 9. H.), 1 9.

Charleston, 19, [M. C. Z.]. Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 1 d\

Georaia 19' tHebard Cln-1; m- 1900» 1 <?>

ljeor9ia- [U. S. N. M.].

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.), Indian River, 1896, (T. J. Priddev),

1 juv. 9 . 19, [Hebard Cln.].

AVe have before us a male specimen taken by the senior author
at Philadelphia, on August 9, 1902, in the back yard of the Academy;
there is also a female from Washington, District of Columbia, in the
National Museum without further data. The species is doubtless
widely distributed by commerce; it has in recent years been found
to have an extensive distribution throughout the Lower Austral and
Subtropical Zones of the southeastern United States.

At two localities the species was found under signs, on oak
(Albany) and sweet gum (Augusta). The majority of the above
series was found under debris on the ground.

112

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Anisolabis maritima (G6n6).

Virginia.

Fortress Monroe, 2 juv. 9 , [U. S. N.
M.].

North Carolina.

Newbern, (A. S. Bickmore), 1 d\
(M. C. Z.].

South Carolina.
Charleston, 1 9, [M. C. Z.].

Georgia.
St. Simon's Island, IV-V, 1911-12,
(J. C. Bradley), 3 9, 1 juv. 9;
VIII, 30, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 juv. 9.

Florida.

Fernandina, (W. H. Finn), 1 juv. 9,

[U. S. N. M.].
Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddev), 1 juv. 9,

[Hebard Cm.].
St. Augustine, (C. W. Johnson), 1 9 ,

1 juv. c\ [Morse Cln.].
Crescent City, 1 juv. 9 , [U. S. N. M.].
Cedar Keys, 1 juv. 9 , [U. S. N. M.].
Indian River, 1896, (T. J. Priddev),

1 9 , [Hebard Cln.].

Labidura bidens (Olivier).

South Carolina.

No further data, (A. Agassiz), 1 d\
[M. C. Z.].

Georgia.

Brunswick, V. 2, 1911, (J. C. Bradley),
1 cf, 19.

Bainbridge, IX-X, 1910, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 1 d\ 6 9, 3 juv. 9.

Spring Creek, VI, 7-22, 1911, (J. C.
Bradley), 1 juv. 9 ; VIII, 26-28,
1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 d1, 2 9.

Florida.

St. Augustine, (C. W. Johnson), 1 juv.
9, [Morse Cln.].

LABIID^B.

Vostox brunneipennis (Serville).

Maryland.
Baltimore, 1 9, [M. C. Z.].

North Carolina.

Tryon, (W. F. Fiske), 1 o\ [U. S.

N. M.].

Georgia.

Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.

Davis), 1 cf .
Cave Spring, 1 juv. 9 , [Ga. State Cln.].

Atlanta, VIII, 28, IX, 5, 1910, 2 d\

1 9 , [Ga. State Cln.].
Okeefenokee Swamp, V, 9, 1911,

(J. C. Bradley), 1 9 .

Florida.

St. Augustine, (C. W. Johnson), 2 9 ,

[Morse Cln.].
Palatka, II, 1868, 1 d\ 1 juv. 9, [M.

C Z 1
Ormond, 19,1 juv. 9 , ]M. C. Z.].

Savannah, (W. F. Fiske), 1 d\ [U. S. Enterprise, V, 17, 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.j.

N. M.].

The normal type in males of this species is one which has a single
inner tooth situated at the end of the proximal third of the forceps;
one of the males from Atlanta has the inner enlargement of the
forceps continued to a point a little distad of the middle, terminating
there in a double tooth. At Tryon and Savannah the species was
found on oak.

Labia minor (Linn»us).

Atlanta, Georgia, XI, 5, 1910, 2 d", [Ga.
State Cln.l.

Unadilla, Ga., VI, 25, 1910, (J. C.
Bradley), 1 9 .

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

113

Prolabia unidentata (Beauvois).

North Carol in a.

Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.),

1
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & II.),

5 ',29.
Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. &

H.), 5 cf, 19, 1 juv. 9.

Georgia.
Vienna, VI, 30, 19,1 juv. 9, [Ga.

State Cln.].

Spring Creek, VI, 1911, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 1 9 : VIII, 26-28, 1913, (J. C.
Bradley), 3 cf .

Billy's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 1 <f, 5 9, 2 juv. 9; IX, 1-5,
1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 cf , 4 9,
1 juv. cf ■

Brunswick, II, 12, 1911, 1 cf, 4 9
1 juv. 9, [Ga. State Cln.]; VIII.
30, 1911, (H.), 1 <f, 2 9.

Florida.

Jacksonville, XI, 3, 1911, (W. '1'.

Davis), 19.
Appalachicola, (Thaxter), 1 cf , [M.

C. Z.].
Volusia County, II, 10, 1869, (J, A.

Allen), 4 cf, 2 9, [Scudder Cln.].
Indian River, 1896, (T. J. Priddey),

1 cf, 3 9, [Hebard Cln.].
Silver Springs, (G. P. Englehardt),

1 cf , [B. I.].

In the series of males recorded above, we find nine having the
forceps with inner teeth both proximad and distad, three having
but one arm furnished with a proximal and no distal teeth, two
having both arms furnished with proximal but with no distal teeth
and one having no teeth whatever, the forceps of this latter specimen,
which is from Wilmington, being much like those of the female in
contour and curvature but much more slender.

The previous North Carolina records for the species are Raleigh
and Boardman, these being the most northern localities at which
it has been found. Though usually found under the bark of pine
logs, the series from Lake Waccamaw was found under the bark of a
prostrate, decajung sweet gum trunk.

FORFICULID^l.

Doru aculeatum (Scudder). s

North Carolina.

Morganton, VII, 20, 1903, (A. P.

.Morse), 19,3 juv. 9.

Georgia.

Austell, VIII, 6, 1910, 1 9 , [Ga. State

Cln.].
Silver Lake, VIII, 10, 1913, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 9 .
Atlanta, VII, 1 9 , [Ga. State Cln.].
Clayton, VI, 1909, (W. T. Davis), Buckhead, IV, 16, 1911, 1 cf , 2 9

1 cf,79.

Burton, V, 21, 1911, 1,800 feet, (J. C.
Bradley), 1 cf, 2 9. '

and 2 other adults, (damaged), [Ga.
State Cln.]; VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),
19,1 juv. 9 .

The only specimens we have taken (Buckhead) were beaten from
a heavy growth of high weeds growing along a wet depression.

- e Rehn and Hebard, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XXII, pp. 93 to 95, figs. 5 and 7,
(1914).

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

ORTHOPTERA.

BLATTID^J.

Ischnoptera deropeltiformis (Brunner).

South Carolina. Macon* VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 9.
Spartanburg, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.), Warm Springs, 850-1,200 ft., VIII,

3 Juv- „ . 9-10, 1913, (R.), 1 9 .

Georgia. gt. Simon's Island, VI, 8, 1911, 1 d",
Clayton, 2,000 ft., V, 18-26, 1911, (J. C. [Ga. State Cm.]; IV, 22-V, 12, 1911,

Bradley), 2d1; VI, 1909, (W. T. (J- C. Bradley), 1 cf.

Davis), 1 d", 1 9 • Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 1 9 .
Cornelia, V, 28, 1906, 1 d\ [Ga.

State Cln.].

The males of this species show considerable variation in size,
certain individuals examined since the previous minimum measure-
ments were given by us6 being considerably smaller than those
cited. The two smallest males seen measure as follows:

Length Length Greatest Length Greatest

of of width of of width of

body, pronotum. pronotum. tegmen. tegmen.

Key West, Fla 12.2 mm. 3.2 mm. 4.0 mm. 12.6 mm. 3.7 mm.

St. Simon's Island, Ga 11.8 " 3.2 " 4.1 " 13.2 " 4.0 "

From an examination of fifty specimens of the species, the speci-
mens of minimum size appear to be found only in Florida and the
coastal region of Georgia, the individuals from higher elevations being
uniformly larger. Specimens of similar size to those found in the
more elevated regions of Georgia, Virginia and the Carolinas occur,
however, in the area where the minimum individuals are found.
All of the present adult individuals have pale femora.

The above specimens taken by us were found under dead oak
leaves (Macon), running on the ground in pine and oak woods (Warm
Springs) and under debris in garden (Hebardville).

Ischnoptera nigricollis Walker.

Georgia. Florida.

Spring Creek, VI, 7-23, 1911, (J. C. Sanford, (S. B. Fraser), 2 d\ [Hebard
Bradley), 19. Cln.].

The exact relationship of this form to /. deropeltiformis is still
somewhat problematical. It seems possible that it may be a "salta-
tion" from the deropeltiformis stock, developing in Florida and
southern Georgia, but apparently nowhere else. Whatever the origin
of nigricollis may be, its distinctive coloration almost always permits
its ready recognition.

6 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 415, (1910).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

t

The Spring Creek record is the first exact one for the species from
Georgia.

Ischnoptera johnsoni Rehn.

Virginia. Georgia.

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & Rabun Count v, VII, 1910, (W. T.
H.), 1 <?, 3 9. Davis), 2 9.

Atlanta, VI, 23, 1910, 1 d\ [Ga.
Alabama. State On.].

Pvriton, Clay County, (H. G. Hub- St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911,
'bard), 1 o\ [U. S. N. M.]. (R. & H.), 1 9 .

The remarks previously made by us7 on the apparent decrease
in size southward in specimens of this species are not substantiated
by the more extensive series now available, the lack of sufficient
material in 1910, there suggested as a possibility, accounting for our
change of view.

The species was taken from under damp dead leaves on the edge
of forest (Fredericksburg) and among dry leaves under live oaks
(St. Simon's Island).

Ischnoptera pensylvanica pensylvanica (De Geer).

Fredericksburg, Virginia, VII, 20, 1913, Clayton, Georgia, 2,000 ft,, V, 18-26,
(R. & H.), 1 9 . 1911, (J. C. Bradley), 2 o* ; VI, 1909,

Pennington Gap, Va., 19, [M- C. Z.]. (W. T. Davis), 2 9 .

Spartanburg, South Carolina, VIII, 6,
1913, (R. &H.),19,o juv.

The evidence of the present collections strengthens our previously
formed conclusion regarding the distribution of this species and of
I. divisa. Apparently the areas occupied by the two are quite
distinct, only localities along the line of impingement being repre-
sented by both forms. The two Clayton males and one female
from the same locality are very deeply colored, but do not appre-
ciably approach /. pensylvanica incequalis.

The above-listed material taken by us was found under signs on
trees (white oaks at Fredericksburg).

Ischnoptera divisa Saussure and Zehntner.

Virginia. Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.), l Juv'

20 9, 11 juv., 4 oothecae. Georgia.

North Carolina. ^I'j™' ^ m3' ^ & H°'

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.), Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 9 .
2 juv.

The present form is clearly a derivative of the I. pensylvanica
stock, representing an adaptation of that type in the lower country

7Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 419, (1910).

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

of the southeastern States as I. pensylvanica incequalis is in the
central States. The difference is, however, that positive inter-
gradation is known to exist between pensylvanica and p. incequalis,
while divisa and pensylvanica do not intergrade as far as known,
both occurring in typical condition at localities where the ranges
meet. The northern and western limit of the known range of divisa
in the southeastern States can be represented by a line extending from
Anglesea, Cape May County, New Jersey, to Plummer's Island, Mary-
land, thence to Augusta and Albany, Georgia, and finally to Rives in
northwestern Tennessee. West of the Mississippi we know nothing
of the species beyond the North Mexico record of Saussure and
Zehntner. Apparently this form trespasses but little into the Pied-
mont region of the southeastern States and is a distinctly coastal type.

The tegminal characters of the female of this species, previously
described by us, are typically represented in all the adult material,
although a few specimens have the tegminal apices more rounded
than in others. In all, however, the general form of the tegmina is
sublanceolate, and the three to five distal segments of the abdomen
are always exposed. The pronotal disk varies considerably in depth
of coloration in the Petersburg series, being hardly at all infuscate
in some specimens and again as solidly so as in pensylvanica in
others. The division of the disk color is more clearly marked in
some of the young than in the adults, and is obsolete in a large
proportion of the specimens. All of the adult specimens are within
the measurement extremes previously given by us.8

All of the above series were taken from under signs, on long-leaf
pine (Albany), short-leaf pine and sweet gum (Augusta) and red
oak and short-leaf pine (Petersburg) . At the latter locality immature
individuals were about as plentiful as adults; only one adult was
found on pine, the species, at that place at least, preferring the
red oak.

Ischnoptera couloniana Saussure.

North Carolina. South Carolina.

Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.), Spartanburg, VIII, 6. 1913, (H.), 2 9 .

19. Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 9 .

19,ljuv. Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.),

Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 juv.

1 juv.
Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. &

H.), 9 juv.

8Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 432, (1910).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

Georgia. Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

^ State OnT SPrins Creek' VI1' 1G~29' 1912>

StSe MountS'viII, 16, 1913, (J. C. <J- C" Bradle^ * *> 2 » ■

Bradlev), 19. ™ .,

Egypt, (W. H. Finn), 19, [U. S. tlorida.

X. M.]. Ortega, IX, 6, 1913, (W. T. Davis),

o

29.

The Spring Creek male has the disk of the pronotum decidedly
rufescent mesad and moderately infuscate laterad, well contrasted
with the clear ochraceous lateral sections of the pronotum. The
range of the species is now known to extend northward as far as
Anglesea, New Jersey (1 c? ; Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Cln.), its limits in
that direction being much the same as those of /. divisa, but in the
southeastern States it apparently ranges higher, crossing the Pied-
mont region and entering the mountainous section (Clayton, Georgia,
Sulphur Springs and Tryon, North Carolina).

The specimens listed above secured by the authors were taken
from under the bark of dead short-leaf pine (Goldsboro and Florence)
and sweet gum logs and stumps (Lake Waccamaw) and from under
signs on red oak (Charlotte).

Ischnoptera uhleriana uhleriana Saussure.

Arlington, Virginia, VII, 9, 1914, (H.), Clayton, Georgia, 2,000-3,700 feet, VI,
2 cf, 2 9 . 1909, (W. T. Davis), 2 d>.

The Clayton specimens are typical uhleriana and the locality is
the most southern from which true uhleriana is known. This is also
the first record of typical uhleriana from Georgia. The Arlington
individuals were taken at night on road and resting on woods foliage.

Ischnoptera uhleriana fulvescens Saussure and Zehntner.

South Carolina. Honey Island, June 1, 1912, (J. C.

Cotobia, VII, 28, 1918. (E. 4 H.), B5g;^K &,ey), 1 9

-I- ¥ . o : r* l. itt t oo ■xttt ic on

Georgia.

Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),
2 9,1 juv.

Spring Creek, VI, 7-23, VII, 16-29,
1912, (J. C. Bradley), 1 d\ 1 9 .

Florida.

Vienna, VI, 5 1910 1 d \ [Ga St .Cln ]. 0rtega, IX, 6, 1913, (W. T. Davis),
Brunswick, \ III, 30, 1911, (R. & H.), i o

c, l &• , t i ,-ttt oo ,«,, Atlantic Beach, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. &

St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911, H) x ^ 59

R-!?.,AtWvtvtt 1010 ,t r Pablo' Beach, IX, 5, 1913, (W. T.
Billys Island, M-\ II, 1912, (J. C. Davis) 2 9 2 juv.

Bradley), 1 cf, 2 juv.

The personally collected material listed above was secured from
under bark of a pine log (Brunswick), among dead leaves under
9

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

live oaks (St. Simon's Island), under same on edge of oak and short
leaf -pine woods (Macon) and from under refuse (Atlantic Beach).

Ischnoptera borealis Brunner.

Goldsboro, North Carolina. VII, 25, Rabun County, VII, 1910. (W. T.

1913 (R & H ) 2 9 JDavis), 3 9 .

' { j' V- Atlanta, VII, 31, 1910, 1 d\ [Ga. St.

Georgia. Cln.].

Clayton, 2,000-3,700 feet, VI, 1909,
(W. T. Davis), 1 9 .

These records are the first for the species from Georgia. At
Goldsboro it was found under debris in dead short-leaf pine needles.

Ischnoptera bolliana Saussure and Zehntner.

Clayton, Georgia, 2,000-3,700 feet, VI, Rabun County, Ga., VII, 1910, (W. T.
1909, (W. T. Davis), 1 o\ Davis), 1 9 .

Ischnoptera insolita Rehn and Hebard.

Spartanburg, South Carolina, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.), 1 9 .

This specimen is perfectly typical of this very rare and little-known
species. The tegmina surpass the apex of the abdomen by nearly
the pronotal length. Tryon, North Carolina and Spartanburg are
the only localities east of the Appalachians at which the species
has been taken. The present specimen was secured from under a
sign on a tree.

Blattella germanica (Linnaeus).

Atlanta, Georgia, IX, 5, 1910, I'd1, Waycross, Georgia, IX, 10, 1910, 19,
[Ga. St. Cln.]. " [Ga. St. Cln.].

Ceratinoptera diaphana (Fabricius).

Billy's Island, Georgia, VII, 1912, Newberry, Florida, XI, 19, 1911, (W. T.

(J. C. Bradlev), 1 juv. 9 . Davis), 1 juv.d% 1 juv. 9 .

Flovd's Island, *Ga., XII, 27-30, 1913,

(J. C. Bradley), 19.

The immature specimens are easily determinable, as the distinctive
color pattern of the young of this species makes recognition certain.
The Billy's Island individual is much more immature than the others,
being but little more than half their size.

These records are the most northern ones for this beautiful type,
which was previously known from within the United States only
from Gainesville, Key West and Long Key, Florida.

Cariblatta lutea lutea (Saussure and Zehntner).

North Carolina. Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911. (R. & H.)r

1 juv.
Roanoke Island, VII, 25, (G. P. Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),
Englehardt), 1 9, [B. I.]. 1 juv.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

Georgia. St. Simon's Island, IV, 22-V, 12, 1911,

(J. C. Bradley), 2 9 .

\\ arm Springs, \ III, 9-10, 1913, (R.), Billy's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad-

1 9 , 1 juv. iey) 2 9 .

Thompson's Mills, (H. A. Allard), Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911,

1 <?, ljuv. 9,[U. S. X. M.]. (R.&H.), 19.

Macon, VII, 31, 1913, (R. & H.), 19. * ,

Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & II.), 1 9 . Florida.

Spring Creek, VI, 7-23, 1911, (J. C. Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 1 c?,3 9r

Bradley), 3 <?, 5 9 . [Hebard Cln.].

Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. &■ H.), Atlantic Beach, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. &

19. H.), 1 juv. d\

The adults in this series exhibit considerable variation in the
length of the tegmina. Warm Springs is the highest elevation at
which this species has been taken.

The insect was found hiding under dead oak leaves (Fayetteville
and Macon), under dead needles in long-leaf pine woods (Albany),
in wire grass (Suwannee Creek), under refuse (Atlantic Beach) and
was beaten from undergrowth in pine and oak woods (Warm Springs) .

Eurycotis floridana (Walker).

Georgia. Florida.

St. Simon's Island, IX-X, 1910, Fernandina, (W. H. Finn), 19,

[Ga. St. Cln.]; VIII, 30, 1911, (R. & [U. S. X. M.].

H.), 1 cf, 3 9, 1 juv. Jacksonville, XI, 3, 1911, (W. T.

Billy's Island, IX, 1-5, 1913, (J. C. Davis), 1 tf\ 1 juv.

Bradley), 19. Ortega, IX, 6, 1913, (W. T. Davis),

St. Marys, III, 6 to IV, 18, 1896, 1 d\ 1 9, 5 juv.

(O. Bangs), 2 d\ [M. C. Z.]. Inverness, Citrus County, 1892, (C. M.

Weed), 1 juv., [Hebard Cln.].

The three Georgia records are the first from that State for the species,
these also constituting the most northern points from which the
species is known. In some of the young the pale lateral margins
of the pronotum and mesonotum are decided, but in all of the adults
these areas are of the general color.

The present authors found the species under the dead bark of a
live oak tree on St. Simon's Island, while the Jacksonville specimens
are labelled "in log."

Blatta orientalis Linnaeus.

Washington, District of Columbia, Atlanta, Georgia, VII, 7, 1910, VIII,
(Caudell; Pratt), 1 <?, 19, [U. S. 30, 1913, 2 <?, 19, [Ga. St. Cln.].

X. M.].

Periplaneta americana (Linnaeus).

Atlanta, Georgia, XI, 6, 1909, 1 d% [Ga. St. Cln.].

Periplaneta australasiae (Fabricius).

Fernandina, Florida, (W. H. Finn), 1 Enterprise, Fla., V, 16, 1 juv., [U. S.
juv., [U. S. X. M.]. X. M.].

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister.

Georgia. Florida.

Brunswick, VIII, 31, 1911, (R. & H.), Fernandina, (W. H. Finn), 1 d1,

2 9. [U. S. N. M.].

Billv's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad- Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 2 9 ,

lev), 1 9 . [Hebard Cln.]; IX, 28, 1913, (W. T.

Thomasville, I, 3, 1908, (H.), 3d1, Davis), 1 9 .

2 9,3 juv.

•

All of these specimens belong to " var. a. " of Saussure and Zehntner,
except the Billy's Island female, which approaches "var. c. " There
is, however, some variation in the depth of the castaneous general
coloring in several of the Thomasville specimens, this also being
present in series from other localities in the collections at hand, and
is not due to geographic or sexual difference.

The northern limit of distribution of the present species as now
known is marked by Bainbridge, Thomasville, Billy's Island and
Brunswick, Georgia, but doubtless it is being constantly extended
northward by coastwise shipping.

At Brunswick we found this form running on the hotel veranda
and at Thomasville it was taken from under signs on oaks.

Pycnoscelus surinamensis (Linnaeus).

Jacksonville, Florida, (T. J. Priddey), New Smyrna, Fla., Ill, 1905, (A. N.

1 9 , [Hebard Cln.]. Caudell; bred, adult XI, 1905), 1 9 ,

Cedar Keys, Fla., (E. Palmer), 1 juv. [U. S. N. M.].

[M. C. Z.].

Chorisoneura texensis Saussure and Zehntner.

1904. Chorisoneura plocea Rehn, Ent. News, XV, p. 164. [Coast of South
Carolina.]

North Carolina. Florida.

Tryon, VI, 19, 2 d\ [U. S. N. M.]. Atlantic Beach, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. &

o • H.), 1 cf, 19.

„ „. , , L,e°r9m- tt Orlando, VI, 7, 1907, 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.].
St. Simon's Island, IV, 22-V, 12, 1911,
(J. C.Bradley), 3 d\ 2 9 .

Texan series compared with sixteen specimens now before us from
the southeastern United States show plocea to be a synonym
of texensis. Rehn, in the absence of Texan material, was led, by
ambiguity in the description of texensis and confusion hi the names
of the tegminal veins, to suppose the specimen before him to be
different.

The above specimens were taken at light (Tryon), in nests of
webworm (Orlando) and beaten from bushes of bayberry, Myrica
cerifera, growing in and along the edge of pine woods (Atlantic
Beach).

1910.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

121

The Tryon record is the most northern as well as the most elevated
for the species.

Cryptocercus punctulatus Scudder.

Maryland.

Meadow Mountain, Garrett County,
VIII, 1911, (W. Stone), 3 adults,
2 juv., [A. N. S. P.].

Virginia.

Hint on, (W. P. Hay), 1 adult, [U. S.

X. M.].
Stone Mountain, (Pollock), 1 adult,

[U. S. N. M.|.
Cumberland Mountains, Lee County,

VIII, 1879, (H. G. Hubbard),

1 adult, [M. C. Z.].

Georgia.

Black Rock Mountain, 3,000 feet, V,
20-25, 1911, 1 juv., [Ga. St. Cln.].

Wilson Gap, Mountain City, VIII, 22,
1913, (J. C. Bradley), 6 aduli

Clayton, 2,000-3,700 feet, VI. 1909,
(W. T. Davis), 4 adults, 2 juv.

North Carolina.

Pisgah Forest, VIII, 12, 1908,2 adults,

1 juv., [U. S. N. M].
Blowing Rock, VII, 19, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 5 adults, 1 juv.: VIII, 13,

(G. P. Englehardt), 6 adults, [B. I.].
Linville, VII, 18, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

1 adult, 10 juv.
Balsam, VII, 23, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

1 adult.

The present records aid very materially in mapping the areal and
vertical distribution of this very interesting and peculiar genus and
species. The known data from the southeastern States show that it
descends as low as from 700 to 1,500 feet (vicinity of Rome, Georgia),
while it has been taken as high as 5,500 feet (Old Baldy Mountain,
North Carolina).

MANTIDJE.

Stagmomantis Carolina (Johansson}.

1896. Bactromantis virga Scudder, Can. Ent., XXVIII, p. 213. [San-
ford, Florida.]

Virginia.
Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H.), 2 juv. cf.
Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. 9 •
Newport News, IX, 16, 1907, (B.

Long), 19, [A. N. S. P.].

North Carolina.

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. cT.
Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. d\
Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. 9.
Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

69.
Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 juv. 9 .
Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

2o,,19,l juv. 9.

Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 cf .
Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. A:

H.), 1 juv. 9.

South Carolina.
Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 d\

19,1 juv. d", 2 juv. 9.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, {R. & H.),

1 juv. o\ 2 juv. 9.
Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

5 juv. d\ 3 juv. 9 .
Yemassee, IX, -4, 1911, (R. & H.), 4 c?

29.

Georgia.

Cornelia, VII, 1910, (W. T. Davis),

1 juv. o71 •

Stone Mountain vie., VIII. 3, 1913,

(R. A: H.), 1 juv. d>.
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. <fe H.),

2 juv. d".

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Warm Springs, VIII, 9-10, 1913, (R.), Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 juv. 9 . 1 juv. 9 .

Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.), Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 3

3 juv. 9- juv. cf, 2 juv. 9.

Savannah, (A. Oemler),l 9, [U.S.N.M.]. _, .,

Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), Florida.

1 juv. 9. Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 1 cf,

Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 19, [Hebard Cln.]; VIII, 25, 1911,

juv. 9 . (R- & H.), 1 juv. 9 ; IX, 5-27, 1913,

Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (H.), 1 cf . (W. T. Davis), 3 9,2 juv. 9 .

St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911, Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

(R. & H.), 19,1 juv. C?. H.), 2 juv. cf , 1 juv. 9 .

Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 1 cf . Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911, 1 juv. c?.

(R. &H.), 1 cf, 1 9. Sanford, (S. B. Frazer), 1 juv. cf,

Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, type of Bactromantis virga Scudder,

• (R. & H.), 1 juv. 9 . [Scudder Cln.].

It is surprising to find the unique type of Scudder's Bactromantis
virga merely a large immature individual of the present species and
of the usual type of coloration for its sex. There is no question
but that the specimen is Scudder's type, for it bears his label and
agrees perfectly with his description in size and coloration. The
glaring misstatement in the original description, "apterous female."
can only be attributed to carelessness involving the consequent
erection of another synonym. The specimen is indeed "apterous,"
but the wing pads may be seen readily with the naked eye and the
most casual examination of the apex of the abdomen shows that it
is not a female. As virga is the type by monotypy of the genus
Bactromantis, that genus falls in the synonymy under Stagmomantis.

In the above series we find the majority of immature males dark
in general coloration, but having the median and caudal limbs green,
only two immature examples of this sex are wholly green or greenish.
All of the immature females are of this latter phase of coloration.

Gonatista grisea (Fabricius).

Morris Island, Charleston Harbor, Fort George, Florida, (R. S. Turner),

South Carolina, 1 cf , [Scudder Cln.]. 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.].

Savannah, Georgia, (A. Oemler), 19, McDonald, Fla., IX, 6, 1905, (C. H.

[U. S. N. M.]. Baker), 1 juv. 9, [U. S. N. M.].

The specimen from McDonald was taken on a long-leaf pine.
The present species is found in moderate numbers throughout the
subtropical region of southern Florida and to a much less degree in
the Sabalian or Basic Austral zone of the southeastern United States;
records to the north of the limits of this zone are surely those of indi-
viduals accidentally introduced.

Oligonyx scudderi Saussure.

1877. Oligonyx uhleri Stal, Bih. till K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., IV, No.
10, p. 66. [Louisiana.]

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

South Carolina. Warm Springs, 900 feet, VIII, 10, 1913,

Yemaasee, IX, 4, 1911, (H.), 1 juv. <f . X& Vffi f/ 1913, (R. <k H.), 1 9 .

Gfo^". Waveross, VIII, 11, 1903, (A. P.

Dalton, 1,200 feet, VIII, 7, 1913, (R.), Morse), 1 juv. 9 .

1, lost. „. .,

Sharp Mountain, 1,900 feet, VIII, 6, tlonda.

1913, (R.)> 1 juv. d\ Crescent City, 1 d\ [U. S. N. M.].

Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.), Punta Gorda, XI, 14, 1911, 1 cf,

I juv. 9. [Davis CIn.].

A study of the literature on the genus Oligonyx has brought to
light several interesting features. In 1870, Saussure briefly de-
scribed Oligonyx scudderi,9 giving North America as the locality;
this is explained by his remark the following year10 under this species:
"Habite. Probablement l'Amerique meridionale (Etiquetee de
Georgie, sans doute par erreur)." Later knowledge of the species'
distribution shows conclusively that Saussure's type was very prob-
ably correctly labelled. In 1877, Stal recorded as this species speci-
mens from Texas, which belong to the western type discussed below,
and described Oligonyx uhleri from Louisiana as new, stating that
this species is "extremely near scudderi, something larger, tegmina
and wings more obscure, distinctly infuscated, limbs longer." None
of these characters are of sufficient importance in this insect to be con-
sidered of specific value, for the size and limb length are shown to be
variable in the series of 43 adult males before us, and the individuals
from the dryer western localities differ only from eastern examples
in having the tegmina and wings less darkened and in a few other
minor respects. Stal named the more eastern representative, and
hence his name falls as an absolute synonym of O. scudderi. Saussure
and Zehntner have described representatives from Dallas, Texas,
and Northern Mexico as Oligonyx bollianus,11 hence the western
type, if sufficiently distinct to warrant racial separation, would be
called O. scudderi bollianus S. and Z.

The species was found running on bare ground (Dalton, Sharp
Mountain), on ground in pine and oak woods (Warm Springs),
in oak woods (Buckhead), in swampy spot in short-leaf pine woods
(Yemassee) and was beaten from wire grass and undergrowth of
long-leaf pine woods (Albany).

9 Mitt. Sclav. Eni. Gesellsch., Ill, p. 239, (1870).
"Mem. VHist. Nat. Mex., Mant. Amer., p. 121, (1871).

II Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 173, (1894).

124

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Thesprotia graminis (Scudder).
Georgia.

Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

19.
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 9 .
St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911,

(R. &H.),2 9, 1 juv. 9.
Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

(R. &H.), 1 cf, 3 9.
Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

19.
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 9 .

Florida.

Jacksonville, IX, 28, 1913, XI, 3, 1911,

(W. T. Davis), 3 juv. cf ; VIII, 25,

1911, (R. & H.), 1 9.
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

H.), 1 cf, 4 9.
Live Oak, VIII, 10, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 1 cf , 3 juv.; VIII, 26, 1911,

(R. &H.), 1 cf, 19.
Crescent City, 1 cf, 1 9, [U. S. N. M.].
Newberry, XI, 18, 1911, (\Y. T. Davis),

19.

The largest female before us, 52.4 mm. in length, is from Atlantic
Beach. This species is found generally distributed, but never in
numbers, in the undergrowth of the pine forests of Georgia and
Florida in decided Sabalian (see preface) surroundings. Isle of Hope
is the most northern locality recorded for the species, but it will
doubtless be found in southern South Carolina and as far northwest-
ward in Georgia as the limit of the Sabalian element. The male
from Live Oak was taken when flying through the pine woods, its
feeble fluttering flight resembling that of a myrmelion. At Atlantic
Beach several specimens were found in a tangle of raspberry vines and
other plants, under cabbage palmettoes in the "hammock."

PHASMID^]
Diapheromera femorata (Say).

Virginia.
Great Falls, IX, 28, 1913, (C. T

Greene), 2 cf, 1 9, [Hebard Cln.].
Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.),
1 cf, 2 juv. 9.

North Carolina.

Topton, VIII, 21, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

1 cf.

South Carolina.

Greenville, 1887, 1 9 , [A. N. S. P..].
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. cf .

Georgia.

Clayton, VI, 1909, (W. T. Davis),

2 juv. cf .

Toccoa, VIII, 4, 1913, (H.), 1 juv. 9 .

Dalton, VIII, 7, 1913, (R.), 2 juv. 9 .
Sharp Mountain, VIII, 6, 1913, (R.),

1 juv.
Jasper, VIII, 5, 1913, (R.), 4 juv. cf ,

3 juv. 9 .
Sand Mountain, VIII, 26, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 1 cf , 1 juv. 9.
Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. cf , 3 juv. 9 .

Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913, (R. & H.), 3 juv. cf , 1 juv. 9 .

Warm Springs, VIII, 9, 1913, (R.),

2 juv. 9.

Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

3 juv. cf, 2 juv. 9.

Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 2 cf ,

2 juv. cf , 3 juv. 9.
Lakeland, Decatur County, 1 cf , [Ga.

St. Cln.].

Specimens from southern Georgia are very large, the largest male
(Albany) is 84.5 mm. in length; however, no racial characters exist.
The species has not been taken south of the fall line in the south-
eastern United States until extreme western Georgia and north-

1916.] NATURAL .SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

western Florida is reached. The material recorded by us from the
above localities was all taken in the undergrowth of pine and oak
woods.

Manomera tenuescens (Scudder).

1913. Manomera orthostylus Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLIV, p. 612,
fig. 27. [Orlando, Florida.]

North Carolina. Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & II

^'i'juv^1' ?' 1903' (A' P' MOTSe)' Cumberland Island. VIII, 31, 1911,
Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), (B" & H-)' 10 ^ ' 5 9- -

3 9. Florida.

S""lh ' '"r"h""- Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.),

Denmark, VIII, 15, 1903, (A. P. 19.

Morse), 19. Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

Georgia.
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R.), 1 9 .

Series before us of adults and immature examples of both this
species and M. brachypyga,12 prove that M. orthostylus of Caudell,
the unique type of which is before us, is an absolute synonym of the
present insect, based on a male in the instar preceding maturity.
The relative proportions of the distal abdominal segments in both
sexes, which readily separate adults of tenuescens and brachypyga,
as readily separate immature individuals of the two species. Until
the adult condition is reached, the male cerci of both species are
straight, pilose and delicate in structure; those of tenuescens being
decidedly shorter than the disto-dorsal abdominal segment and
those of brachypyga slightly longer than that segment.

In the clog fennel, Eupatorium compositifolium Walt., at" Cumber-
land Island, a climbing vine, Bradburya virginiana (L.) Kuntze, was
frequently encountered; the elongate green pods of this vine, resting
in the dog fennel, bore a remarkable resemblance to the bodies of
the female walking-sticks there found.

The species is decidedly a Lower Austral and Sabalian type,
previously known only from Florida. The material before us was
found about a sink hole surrounded by a few gum trees in low weeds
and plants and scant grasses (Winter Park), in bunch grass in a sandy
scrub-oak area just above the fall line (Augusta), on dark wet ground
covered with low swamp plants (Homerville), in dog fennel in long-
leaf pine woods (Cumberland Island, Jacksonville) and in the low
undergrowth of the long-leaf pine woods (Live Oak).

12 Proc. Acad.'Xat. Sci. Piiila., 1914, p. 384, figs. 1 to 4, (1914).

126

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April.

Anisomorpha buprestoides (Stoll).
South Carolina.

Yernassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),
1 o\ 1 9, 2 juv. 9.

Georgia.

Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 cf ,

19.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 1

juv. 9 .
Billy's Island, V, 1912, (J. C. Bradley),

19; VI, 1912, (J. C. Bradley),

1 juv. d\ 2 juv. 9 ; IX, 1-5, 1913.

(J. C. Bradley), 3 <f, 4 9 ; XII, 20,

1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 juv. cf .
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 2 cf ,

3 juv. cf, 13 juv. 9.

Florida.

Jacksonville, IX, 7, XI, 3, 1913,

(W. T. Davis), 5^,8 9.
Ortega, IX, 6, 1913, (W. T. Davis),

1 cf,19.
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

H.), 80 cf, 62 9, 15 juv. 9 .
St. Augustine, (C. W. Johnson), 1 cf ,

[A. N. S. P.].
Eustis, III, 1892, (H. J. Webber),

1 cf, 19, [Hebard Cln.].
Volusia County, 1 cf, 19, [A. N.

S. P.].
Warrington, VIII, 4, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 2 cf, 1 9, 1 juv. 9.

Alabama.

Mobile, (Dr. Corson, Dr. Jackson),

1 cf, 2 9, [A. N.S. P.].

The present species is peculiar to the Sabalian and Tropical Zones
of the southeastern United States where it is found, at times in
large numbers, in the forest undergrowth. The large series from
Atlantic Beach was taken in such surroundings on the edge of a
swamp; the entire series was found collected in two clusters in tall
weeds, the majority of the specimens in coitu; we have a pair from
this series still connected, of which the female is in the instar preceding
maturity. Immature individuals were found locally numerous in
tall weeds in the long-leaf pine woods along the river at Albany.

The most northern, as well as the most western, definite records
for the species are given above.

Anisomorpha ferruginea (Beauvois).

South Carolina.
Aiken, 1 cf , [M. C. ZJ.

Georgia.

Wilson Gap, Mountain City, VIII,
22, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 12 cf , 1 9 ,
9 juv. 9.

Tallulah, VIII, 1887, 2 cf, 1 9, [U. S.
N. M. and Hebard Cln.l.

Toccoa, VIII, 5, 1913, (H.), 1 juv. <f .

Jasper, VII, 25, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

1 cf .
Stone Mountain, VII, 28, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 1 juv. cf .
Warm Springs, 850-1,200 feet, VIII,

9-10, 1913, (R.), 2 cf , 2 juv. cf , 2

juv. 9 .

Louisiana.

Arcadia, Bienville Parish, X, 15, 1885,
(L. Johnson), 1 9, [U. S. N. M.].

The much smaller size, different facies, different and less striking
coloration and somewhat more slender and straighter limbs readily
separate adults of this species from adults of A. buprestoides; the
young of that species are, however, frequently obscurely colored
and often in these stages closely resemble the present insect. The
difficulty in ascertaining whether a specimen is adult increases the

1916. 1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

perplexities of the student, and the records of ferruginea from Florida
are either due to a misconception of the present species or are
referable to the young of A. buprestoides.

Caudell, in his paper on the Walkingsticks of the United States,13
has given, among other State records, Florida and Pennsylvania for
the present insect. The first of these records applies to A. bupres-
toides, while the second is due to a mistake caused by a "Tallulah,
Ga.," label appearing to be "Tallulah, Pa."

The present authors in an earlier study of A. buprestoides,1* con-
fused nearly mature and differently colored specimens of that species
with the present insect; at that time A. ferruginea was not repre-
sented in their collections, its definite distribution was quite unknown
and the early descriptions of the two species were and are by no
means convincing.

The distribution of A. ferruginea apparently extends from just
north of the Ohio River south over the Mississippi Valley to the
Gulf States, west to extreme southeastern Nebraska and eastward
through the Appalachians in Virginia and in the high portions of
the Carolinas and Georgia.

The series taken at Wilson Gap was found under the bark of a
single log.

AORIDID^].

On the Races of Xomotettix cristatus (Scudder).

A ^tudy of the series of over four hundred and fifty-eight specimens
of the present species before us from the eastern United States and
Canada offers convincing proof that but one known species of
Nomotettix exists in this portion of North America. This species is
divided into five geographic races which are typical over certain
areas, but which intergrade so gradually that series of specimens from
numerous localities between those where the typical forms are found
show intermediates of every degree. The following key gives char-
acters which are by no means decided ; it attempts to define racial
characters as found in typical series.

A. — Vertex moderately projecting in front of eyes, angular excava-
tion beneath it moderately deep in lateral aspect.
(Vertex in lateral aspect blunt and very broadly
rotundato-acute-angulate, dorsal surface of head weakly

13 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, p. 882, (1903).
14Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 284, (1907).

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

fossulate on either side of median carina of vertex which
is weakly elevated; eyes prominent; margins of median
femora very weakly sinuate; pronotum rugoso-scabrous,
cephalic margin of dorsum weakly produced over head,
median carina with height above humeral angles much
as in N. c. floridanus; antennae shorter than in the other

races.) Nomotettix cristatus borealis E. M. Walker.

A A. — Vertex strongly projecting in front of eyes, angular excavation
beneath it very deep in lateral aspect.
B.- — Vertex in lateral aspect broadly rotundato-acute-angulate,
dorsal surface of head moderately fossulate on either
side of median carina of vertex which is strongly
elevated; eyes moderately prominent; margins of
median femora with scarcely any sinuation; prono-
tum minutely scabrous.
C. — Pronotum with median carina less compressed,
moderately arcuate with that portion between
the humeral angles often distinctly flattened,
height above humeral angles 1.2 to 1.7 mm.,15
cephalic margin of dorsum moderately produced
over head with sides straight or weakly concave.
Nomotettix cristatus cristatus (Scudder).
CC— Pronotum with median carina strongly compressed,
strongly and usually evenly arcuate, height
above humeral angles 1.6 to 2 mm., cephalic
margin of dorsum more strongly produced over
head with sides more or less strongly concave.
Nomotettix cristatus compressus Morse.
BB. — Vertex in lateral aspect more sharply rotundato-acute-
angulate, dorsal surface of head more strongly
fossulate on either side of median carina of vertex
which is but moderately elevated; eyes very promi-
nent; margins of median femora weakly sinuate;
pronotum rugoso-scabrous.
C. — Other pronotal characters (see C and CC under B)
nearly intermediate between those of Ar. c. crista-
tus and N. c. compressus, height of median carina

above humeral angles 1.3 to 1.8 mm

Nomotettix cristatus arcuatus Hancock.

CC. — Other pronotal characters (see parentheses under A)

of the V. c. borealis type, height of median carina

above humeral angles 1. to 1.4 mm.16 (The

rugoso-scabrous condition of the pronotum more

16 The males of the present species are usually somewhat smaller than the
females and, as would be expected, the majority of the sex measure nearer the
minimum of the dimension here given than do the females.

16 The types of this race, from Port Orange and Enterprise, Florida, do not repre-
sent the extreme development and show decided tendencies toward A", c. arcuatus
Hancock.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

decided than in N. c. arcuatus, much as in N. c.

borealis.)

Nomotettix cristatus fioridanus Hancock.

The race of the Middle States, N. c. compressus, shows the greatest
development of the vertex and its median carina, the median carina
of the pronotum, and the production of the cephalic margin of the
pronotum. The two races in distribution furthest removed from this
insect, .V. c. borealis in the north and N. c. floridanus in the south,
show the greatest divergence from this type, which divergence has
taken place along parallel lines in a number of characters (pronotal and
femoral) but in others separates these two races most widely of all.

Nomotettix cristatus borealis E. M. Walker.

Through Dr. Walker's great kindness, we have before us the type
(his figured 9 , here selected) and paratype ( 9 ) of this insect, the
only specimens known, which were taken at Diamond Lake, Tema-
gami District, Ontario, September 7, 1903, by Dr. Walker and were
described most satisfactorily by him.17

The difference given in the pronotal arcuation when compared
with -V. c. cristatus is of no value as a character, that insect exhibiting
frequently such irregularity as described. The present race, however,
is the most strongly denned and, as Dr. Walker suggests, the northern-
most of the races of the present species.

Nomotettix cristatus cristatus (Scudder).

1862. Batrachidea carinata Scudder, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 479.
[Massachusetts.]

Ontario. Blue Hill, Suffolk Countv, (P. W.

Go Home Bay, VI, 1908, (E. M. Whiting), 6 d\ 5 9 , [A. X. S. P. and

Walker), 2 9, [Univ. Toronto Cln.]. , Hebard Clns.].

Mt. Holyoke, VI, 24, 1898, (F. Knab),

New Hampshire. 1 cf, [U.S. X. M.].

Warren, (P. \V. Whiting), 4 d% 35 9, 1 Marion, VIII, 30, 1905, (H.), 19, 1

juv. 9, [A. X.S. P. and Hebard Clns.]. J»v. o".

Connecticut.
Massachusetts.

HeLd Ch^.]9' [A" N' ^ R and ^w Haven, VI, 1, 1910, (H.), 1 *.

North Saugus, VI, 16, 1906, (E. A. N y ,

Back), 2^19,[U. S. X. M.]. New *ork-

Wellesley, (P. W. Whiting), 7 d\ 3 9, Forrest Park, L. I., VI, 15, 1902, 1 d\

[A. N. S. P. and Hebard Clns.]. [Hebard Cln.].

Forest Hills, V, 10 and 11, 1912 and Mosholu, VI, 22, 1902, 1 <f , [Hebard

1913, (P. W. Whiting), Id", 19, Cln.].

[A. N. S. P. and Hebard Clns.].

17 Can. Ent., XLI, p. 173, pi. 7, figs. 1 and la, (1909).

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

New Jersey. . Laanna, Pike County, VIII, 31, 1906,

lakehurst V 9fi ions 1 iuv <? (B. Long), 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.]. (Long

ihk J'ri l ' pronotum.)

WhSgs IXI;-128, 1906, (B. Long), TfH^a™a' 2'000 feet> IX' l~3> 1903>
Pemberlon NV S2P1913, (H. B. Scam- *%™£%> J\f 1907' (B' L°^>

StaSrk2 F'olge SVniM-2]6-31, 1907, T^f'S ? ' * ** * ? ' ^ ^ ^

(R.), 19,1 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9 ; IX, 16, ' ,J'

1905 (EL), 5^,49; IX, 31, 1908, Maryland.

(R.), 1 & , 1 juv. 9. tf

Parkdale, VII, 30, 1911, (R. & H.), Jennings, 2,000 feet, middle of VIII,

1 cf. 1911, (W. Stone), 1 juv. 9, [A. N.

Da Costa, V, 17, 1903, (E. Daecke,) S. P.].

1 cf, [Hebard Cln.]. NoHh CaroUna_

Pennsylvania. Mount Pisgah, 4,500 feet, X, 1, 1904,

South Sterling, IX, 17, 1906, (B. (H.), 1 juv. 9.

Long), 1 <?, [A. N. S. P.].

Scudder's name carinata is based upon the form of the present
insect having a long pronotum.

This insect, the genotype of Nomotettix, is typical in Massachu-
setts;18 south of that State individuals show a tendency toward
N. c. compressus, which in the series recorded above is strongest in
the specimens from New Jersey.19 The specimens from Go Home
Bay, Ontario, are very similar to those from Lyme, Connecticut,
neither of which series is perfectly typical.

We have found the species in the undergrowth of the pine barrens
of New Jersey, but have never taken it in numbers, possibly because
no examinations of this region have been made in June, during
which month N. c. compressus reaches its greatest abundance on
the barren serpentine outcrops near Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Nomotettix cristatus compressus,Morse.

1903. Nomotettix . cristatus atavus Blatchley, Orth. of Indiana, p. 219.
[No locality given.]

New Jersey. Pennsylvania.

Clementon, V, 6, 1905, 19, [A. N. Dauphin, VII, 4, Id1, 29, (Pa. St.

S. P.]. Dept, Zool. Cln.].

North Woodbury, IX, 18, 1905, Rockville, (Fort Hunter P. O.), X,

(H. L. Viereck), 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.]. 16, 19, [Pa. St. Dept. Zool. Cln.].

18 We have a typical series of this insect from numerous Massachusetts localities
(see above); other previously recorded material before us from New Haven,
Connecticut, and Atsion, New Jersey, shows tendencies toward N. e. compressus
Morse.

19 In fact, although the series recorded above from Stafford's Forge, New Jersey,
certainly belongs here, as the majority of the specimens show much the closer
affinity to the present insect, there are two females in the series which are inter-
mediates individually closer to N. c. compressus Morse.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

Enola, V, 5, 1 juv. c1, [Pa. St. Dept. District of Columbia.

Zool. C3n.].

Brandsville, VII, 14, 1910, (H. B. Washington, IX, 1883, 19, [Hebard

Kirk), 1 <j\ [Pa. St. Dept, Zool. Cln.].

Cln.]. Virginia.
Carlisle Junction, IV, 27, 1910, (W. R.

Walton), 1 9, [Pa. St. Dept. Zool. Rosslyn, X, 22, 1900, (R.), 19.

Cln.]. Falls Church, V, 25, 1913, (A. N.

Pequea, VI, 9, 1 9 , [Pa. St. Dept, Zool. Caudell), 1 o", [U. S. N. M.].

Cln.].

Valley Forge, VI, 27, 1908, (H.), 1 9. North Carolina.

Pink Hill, Newtown Square, VI-VII, _7 .. ..TT TT

15, 1908-11, (R. & H), 31 cf, 26 9 , Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.),

4 juv 9 1 -,uv- ? •

Fern Hill, Chester County, IX, 19, Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

1908 (R & H ) 1 o* 1 9 1 o\ 2 9, 1 juv. d\-3 juv. 9 .

Germantown, V, 5,31, 1912-13, (E. R. Fayettevffle, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

Casey), 3 o", 2 9 , [Casey Cln.]. 2 ? •

Mount, Airy, IX, 15, 1903, (H.), 1 9 . Georgia.

Collegeville, VIII, 28, 1913, (E. R. „. . „ . ,- . „ „nn ,

Casey), 1 juv. <?, [Casev Cln:]. B^k0?°,Cn, ,Mo?nAain)' '3Y?0(\ feet' V'

Penn Station, (Brugger), 1 <?, [A. N. 20~25' ^l}'^/ C- Bradley), 19.

g P ] Clayton, 2,000 feet, V, 18-26, 1911,

Beatty,'v, 3, 1905, (Brugger), 19, _ {J' C\BI^yl'liu * ioiq m,
[A. N. S. P.]. Jasper, 1,550 feet, Mil, 5, 1913, (R,),

2 juv. 9 .
Ohio. Toccoa, 1,094 feet, VIII, 5, 1913,

Cleveland, VII, 3, 1910, (H.), 1 o*. (H.), 1 juv. o".

In the material before us, the series from eastern Pennsylvania
to Virginia shows the extreme, and what may be considered typical,
development of this race. It may be noted that this race is found
along the Delaware in New Jersey, while N. c. cristatus, though not
typical, is distributed over the northern portion of the State and
the pine barrens. But two specimens having the extremely long
pronotum are before us; both are females, one from Beatty, Penn-
sylvania, the other from Virginia; this form of the present race has
been named atavus by Blatchley.

About Philadelphia this form is very occasional excepting upon
the barren serpentine outcrops, where in June adults may be found
in numbers. In July and September it was found very scarce in
the forest undergrowth of eastern North Carolina; at which former
time half of the specimens were in^the immature condition.

Nomotettix cristatus arcuatus Hancock.

1906. Nomotettix cristatus denticulatus Morse, Psyche, XIII, p. 119.
[Caddo, Haileyville, South McAlester, Indian Territory; Denison, Texas.]

North Carolina. South Carolina.

Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.), Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. c\: H.), 8

1 juv. d\ 2 juv. 9. juv. 9.

Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

2 o",l 9. 1 o", 1 juv. o",2 juv. 9.

Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.).
H.), 3 juv. 9. 9 a", 8 9, 5 juv. 9 .

132

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),
25 d\ 17 9, 3 juv. 9.

Florida.

Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 19,

[Hebard Cln.].
Baldwin, III, 7, 1879, (E. A. Schwarz),

19, [U. S. N. M.]. .
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

H.), 2 o*, 2 9.
Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

19.

Mississippi.

Biloxi, IV, 23, (F. M. Jones), 19,
[A. N. S. P.].

Georgia.

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 9 juv.
Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 3 d\
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 9 ,

2 juv. 9.
St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911,

(R. &H.), 19.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 21 tf,

13 9 , 7 juv. 9 .
Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 4 d\

3 9,2 juv. 9 .
Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, (R. &

H.), 3 tf", 19, 2 juv. 9.
Billy's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 2 juv. <?, 1 juv. 9; VII, 1912,
(J. C. Bradley), 16 cT, 19 9,2 juv.
9 ; IX, 1-5, 1913, (J. C. Bradley),
1 cf, 1 juv. 9.

A gradual diminution of the pronotal crest is noticeable in the
distribution from north to south of the present race, the other charac-
ters which distinguish this race becoming in like manner more
pronounced. The material from southern Georgia may be con-
sidered typical. The series of twenty-three specimens from San
Pablo, Pablo Beach and Gainesville, Florida, which we have recorded
as N. cristatus,-0 belong to the present race.

This race is peculiar to the Sabalian and a portion of the Lower
Austral zones of the southeastern United States. It is widely
distributed and sometimes abundant in the undergrowth of the
long-leaf pine woods, particularly where the ground is low, sandy
and water-soaked (Yemassee, Homerville, Hebardville). It has
also been found abundant in low spots covered with short green
grasses in the midst of saw-palmetto flats (Brunswick). Our material
indicates that this race appears adult in the largest numbers later
in the season than do the more northern races of the species.

We find Morse's N. cristatus denticulatus,21 to be merely the western
development of the present race showing a decided tendency toward
N. c. compressus. The insects, however, though not typical, are
decidedly nearer the present race and we have consequently placed
Morse's name in the synonymy here.

Nomotettix cristatus floridanus Hancock.

Twelve specimens at hand, recorded by the authors22 from Lake-
land, Fort Myers and La Belle, Florida, show the extreme develop-

20Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 284, (1907).

21 Morse questions the racial validity of this phase in his original description.

22 Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XXII, p. 102, (1914).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

merit of the present type, which race is founded merely on an inten-
sification of the characters which constitute the race N. c. arcuatus.

This geographic race is known only from central and southern
Florida, in the northern portion of its range gradually intergrading
with -V. c. arcuatus.

Acrydium arenosum arenosum (Burmeister).

North Carolina. Waycross, V, 8, 1911, 19, [Ga. St.

Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.), Billy's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad-

:; ', 2 9, 1 juv. <?, 1 juv. 9. ley), 1 d".

Wnghtsville, IX. 7, 1911, (R. & H.), Mixon's Hammock, Okeefenokee

1 1 d\ 19,3 juv. Swamp, V, 16, 1915, (H.), 10 o" , 6 9 .

Lak. \\ a.vamaw, IX, S, 1911, (R. & Spring Creek, VI, 7-23, 1911; VII,

H.), 10 cf, 9 9, 4 juv. 16-29, 1912, (J. C. Bradley), 2 <f,

4- 0
Georgia.

Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913, (R. & H.), 1 <?. Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddev), 1 cf,

Vienna, VI, 5, 1910, 2 o\ 2 9, [Ga. [Hebard Cln.].

St. Cln.].'

Of this series but three of the adults are of the strongly abbreviate
pronotum phase, namely, a male from Lake Waccamaw, one from
Mixon's Hammock and the single Jacksonville specimen. All of the
other individuals have a more or less distinctly caudate pronotum.
In coloration we have five principal unit types of pattern, all varying
individually in tone and also in degree of combination. A large per-
centage of the specimens are of a uniform coloration of variable tone
without markings.

From a study of the available material of this species group, it is
evident that A. arenosum, angustum and blatchleyi are merely geo-
graphic races, limited to definite areas and probably grading into
one another in equally definite areas. We have not evidence enough
to demonstrate this in regard to blatchleyi, but that it is merely an
exaggeration of the arenosum type is evident from an examination
of a female from Deep Lake, Florida, clearly referable to blatchleyi.
The intergradation of arenosum and angustum, however, is well estab-
lished by our material, specimens from Raleigh, North Carolina, pre-
viously referred by us to obscurum ( = angustum),23 being intermediate
in character. The principal differences between the two forms have
already been set forth by Hancock, the more rugose and striate char-
acter of the dorsum of the pronotum of a. arenosum, however, being
more evident than any of the other differential features.

From the evidence in hand we find that A . arenosum arenosum does

mProc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 022, (1911).
10

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

not exhibit the fluctuations in pronotal structure that A. arenosum
angustum does, there being no exact parallel to the type occurring
in the latter race to which Hancock gave the name gibbosus. There
is no valid reason for recognizing the latter condition by name,
unless one is naming what are at most but formative saltations.

As a considerable portion of the references given for this form are
based wholly or in part on individuals of A. arenosum angustum, it is
at present quite difficult to mark off definitely from the literature
the areas occupied by the two forms, but from the material in hand
we can say that at least as far northward as Charlotte, Wrightsville
and Lake Waccamaw, North Carolina, the specimens are arenosum
arenosum, the Raleigh individuals being intermediate, as is the case
with a female from Cedar Bluffs, Nebraska, while the Stone Moun-
tain representative shows a tendency toward A. a. angustum, although
nearer the southern form.

The material collected by us was taken on sandy shores (Lake
Waccamaw), on a sandy spot at the edge of a bog (vicinity of Stone
Mountain), on wet clay along a "branch" in pine woods (Charlotte)
or on dry, sandy soil in open forest of short-leaf pine (Wrightsville).

Acrydium arenosum angustum (Hancock).

Maryland. North Carolina.

Laurel, V, 6, 1911, (E. B. Marshall), Tryon, V, 18, (W. F. Fisher), 19,

1 d\ [U. S. N. M.]. [U. S. N. M.].

Plummer's Island, IX, 29, 1912, (H. L. Tennessee.

Viereck), X, 13, 1912, (J. D. Hood), rjhrksvillp TTT 31 1909 IV 0 «,nd 17

1 <? , 1 9, [U. S. N. M. . S Voii'/c p n' u '

Washington D C ( \ N C udell) a 19H> (°. F. Crumb; on

i^i m a m tu i ' ' a tobacco seed bed and hibernating

Ltf, IU.B. IN. M.J. [HI) 19] in leaves)> 2 ^ g 9j

Virginia. [U. S. N. M.].

Glencarlyn, IV, 27, 1913, (A. N. Georgia.

Caudell), lcf, [U. S. N. M.]. Clayton, 2,000 feet, V, 18-26, 1911,

Washington, VI, 5, 1909, (A. K. (J. C. Bradlev), 2 <?.

Fisher), 1 a\ [U. S. N. M.]. Black Rock Mountain, 2,000-3,500

Luray, IX, 2. 1906, (F. Knab), 1 9, feet, V, 20-25, 1911, (J. C. Bradley),

[U. S. N. M.]. lcf.

For comments on this form see above under Acrydium a. arenosum.
We are using the name angustum in place of the synonymic but gen-
erally used obscurum, as angustum has page priority. The above
north Georgia localities are the most southern from which we have
examined the race. In general character the Clayton and Black
Rock Mountain specimens are similar to Asheville individuals and
all have the pronotum caudate. The Tryon specimen is equally
typical of this race, but the Clarksville, Tennessee, individuals show
some little tendency toward arenosum arenosum.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

Acrydium ornatum (Say).

Chevy Chase Lake, Maryland, IV, 7. 18, 1914, (A. N. Caudell), 1 d\ 1 9 ,

1904, (F. D. Conden), 19, [U. S. [U. S. N. M.].

X. M.]. Cranberry, North Corolina, X, 1, 1907,

Washington, District of Columbia, IV, (F. Sherman), 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.].

The Cranberry ♦specimen has the pronotum and wings of medium
length, i.e., but little exceeding the apices of the caudal femora.

On the Southeastern Species of Neotettix.

For the past four years the problems presented by the genus
Neotettix have been seriously considered by us, but previous to this
writing we never felt sufficiently well equipped with material to
make any final statements regarding the relationship of the "species"
which have been described under this genus. Before us at this
writing we have considerably over six hundred specimens from the
eastern States, or more properly from the region east of the Alle-
ghanies from New Jersey and Pennsylvania to Georgia and peninsular
Florida. The following "species" from the eastern United States
have been referred to or described in this genus:

Tettix femoratus Scudder, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc, II, p. 306,

(1869). [Maryland.]
Neotettix bolivari Hancock, Entom. News, IX, p. 139, pi. VII, figs.

2-2d, (1898). [Opelousas, Louisiana; Tifton, Georgia.]
Neotettix bolivari longipennis Hancock, Tettig. N. Amer., p. 165,

(1902). [Columbus, Texas.]
Neotettix rotundifrons Hancock, Entom. News, IX, p. 139, pi. VIII,

figs. 3, da-d, (1902). [Jacksonville, Florida.]
Neotettix variabilis Hancock, Tettig. N. Amer., p. 165, (1902).

[Cocoanut Grove, Florida.]
Neotettix bolteri Hancock, Entom. News, IX, p. 139, pi. VIII, figs.

1, la e, (1898). [Jacksonville, Florida.]
Neotettix coarctatus Hancock, Tettig. N. Amer., p. 165, (1902). [New

Mexico (error for Dade County, Florida24); Cocoanut Grove,

Florida.]
Neotettix hancocki Blatchley, Orth. of Ind., p. 226, (1902). [Knox

County, Indiana.]
Apotettix minutus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,

1905, p. 34, pi. I, figs. 3 and 4, (1905). [Miami, Florida.]

Morse25 first synonymized rotundifrons under bolivari and suggested
the probability of the latter being synonymous with femoratus. The
present authors described minutus in 1905, basing it on the then

24 Vide Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, p. 245, foot-
note, (1912).

25 Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. No. 18, p. 25, (1904).

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

unknown male of one of the forms of the present genus, but later,26
after more study of the genus Apotettix, they placed minutus- in the
synonymy under coardatus, considering it to be the caudate type of
the male. In 1911, the present authors expressed their belief that
Morse was correct in his disposition of rotundifrons and also endorsed
the probability of bolivari and femoratus being the same,27 the type
of the latter, which was unknown to Hancock, being before them.
In 1912, Relm and Hebard,28 after examining the types of coardatus
and variabilis in the United States National Museum, stated that
coardatus was "very close to N. bolteri Hancock, being probably a
southern geographic race of the same," while of variabilis they
remarked that it is "very close to N. femoratus (Sc.)," and that
"more material may show this to be a geographic race of
N. femoratus."

A very careful analysis has been made of the descriptions of the
"species" listed above and the following comments are also based
on exhaustive examinations of the large series before us, which,
representing as it does fifty-five localities, we feel is sufficient for
conclusive deductions. The possession of the type of femoratus (a
female from Maryland) enables us to speak with positiveness regard-
ing that species, which is the crux of the whole question, as Hancock,
who is chiefly responsible for the specific names listed above, was
entirely unacquainted with its identity. The synonymy of bolivari
and rotundifrons can be clearly demonstrated by the examination
of almost any extensive series from a single locality, the supposedly
differential characters being purely individual. A comparison of
Georgia and north Florida material, which is topotypic and in
character perfectly typical of "bolivari" and "rotundifrons," with
the type of femoratus shows they are certainly inseparable specifically
or even varietally, while the desirability or even advisability of
naming the long pronotum form of "bolivari" (b. longipennis
Hancock) is not at all evident to us, unless we intend in similar
fashion to multiply names by describing all of the color phases of
polychromatic species.

Hancock's bolteri we find is a distinct species, typically very
different from femoratus, but peculiarly losing some of its definition
in central and southern Florida, individuals from which region are
often hard to separate from femoratus. Numerous comparisons have

26Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, p. 244, (1912).

27 Ibid., 1910, p. 622, (1911).

28 Ibid., 1912, p. 244, (1912)".

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

shown us that coarctatus is merely this southern bolteri somewhat
modified from the typical more northern material, but so slightly
that there now appears no valid reason for retaining the name, even
in a racial sense. Curiously enough, however, it is in south and
central Florida only that long-pronotum individuals of the bolteri
type have been taken. Hancock's variabilis we find is merely a very
faintly emphasized type of femoratus, certainly too poorly defined
to be entitled to a name. In the femoratus type in south and central
Florida we find the nearest approach seen in that species to the
bolteri series, the two lines seeming to vary toward one another in
'that area in a fashion not found in our series from northern Florida
northward. This fluctuation apparently expresses a certain amount
of instability of the forms in that region, a probable breaking up
along other lines being under way, but .as far as taxonomy is con-
cerned it is undesirable, and in fact impossible, to attempt to express
or define the minute shades of difference seen, although they can be
appreciated in certain specimens. From the sum total of specimens
examined it is evident that some few specimens of " coarctatus" and
u variabilis" stand out from bolteri and femoratus, respectively, with
some degree of distinction, but the vast majority, into which the
distinctive specimens blend, cannot be separated unless one sorts
by localities. In consequence of the fluctuations of these Florida
specimens, the construction of a key separating femoratus and bolteri
has not been easy. A character which we suggested as diagnostic
in 1912,29 i.e., subscutellate or regularly diverging frontal forks, we
now find to be unstable in both forms, although diagnostic in the
greater proportion of the specimens. In consequence the present
key for separating femoratus and bolteri is almost entirely comparative,
but we feel it will serve the purpose of separating two species which
over by far the greater portion of their ranges are clearly defined.

Of Blatchley's hancocki we now have, through the kindness of the
author, a topotype (9 ; Knox County, Indiana, VII, 1, 1913, W. S.
Blatchley) before us. This specimen shows that the species is
inseparable from A7, bolteri, the individual in hand being indistin-
guishable from east coast material, of which, it will be seen, we
have a sufficient quantity to realize the extent of intra-specific
variation.

Quite apart from the relationship of the previously known forms
of this genus from the southeastern States, we find in the present
series five specimens referable to this genus which are quite note-

29Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 244, (1912).

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

worthy in a number of ways. The first is, that, although the
median carina of the pronotum is as highly cristate as in the average
of the genus Nomotettix, they lack the characters of the fastigium
and of the frontal costa found in that genus. The second is, that
the frontal costa is more widely scutellate between the antennal
bases than in the other forms of Neotettix, the width of the same
being about one-half that of the very broad fastigium. The third and
most striking is, that while the specimens in general size and character
of integument are fully adult, they lack the usual bisinuate form
of the caudal margin of the lateral lobes of the pronotum of the
adult. That the material is adult is proven, however, by the presence *
of distinctly developed tegmina and wings in the female sex and wings
only in the male sex, entirely or partially hidden under the pronotum.
This very remarkable condition, i.e., the retention of an immature
pronotal type into the adult condition, has, however, been found to
exist in species of the genus Acrydium, for a discussion of which see
the comments of the senior author on the African A. dasynotum and
virunganum.50 A similar condition in Acrydium kraussi, from
Sweden, has recently been described by Haij as variety paradoxa.
That this condition is deep seated in the subfamily is quite apparent,
and it is equally evident that it is characteristic of certain species
and again occurs as a variant in species normally of the usual type.

Key to the Southeastern Species of Neotettix.

A. — Lateral lobes of the pronotum with caudal margin unisinuate.
Tegmina absent (d71) or present but almost entirely
hidden under the pronotum ( 9 ) . Pronotal median
carina strongly arcuate and sublamellate (much as in

Nomotettix) proavus n. sp.

A A. — Lateral lobes of the pronotum with usual bisinuate caudal
margin. Tegmina always present and entirely exposed.
Pronotal median carina not strongly arcuate or sublamel-
late.
B. — Form more slender. Dorsum of pronotum thickly and
finely granuloso-tuberculate and (occasionally) weakly
rugose, without distinct strumose rugae. Median
carina of pronotum fine, more distinct from the
dorsal surface of the pronotum. Caudal femora
with ridges of dorso-lateral face and external pagina

less strumose femoratus (Scudder) .

BB. — Form more robust. Dorsum of pronotum with elevato-
strumose ridges and "bosses," particularly between

30 Wissensch. Ergeb. Deutsch. Zent.-Afr.-Exp., 1907-1908, V, p. 66, (1914).

1916.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

the humeral angles, more pronounced in the female,
the protuberances usually paired and regular, but
occasionally varying in intensity. Median carina
of pronotum coarser, less distinct from the dorsal
surface of the pronotum. Caudal femora with ridges
of dorso-lateral face and external pagina more
strumose bolteri Hancock.

Neotettix proavus new species. PI. XII, figs. 1, 2.

The differential characters of this very striking species have been
summarized under the generic discussion and in the key for the
species.

Type:9; Macon, Bibb County, Georgia. July 30-31, 1913.
(Rehn and Hebard.) [Hebard Collection, Type No. 11.]

Description of Type. — Size rather large (for the genus); form
compressed; surface ruguloso-tuberculate. Head with the greatest
transverse width through the cheeks; median carina of the occiput
and fastigium distinct but not high, regularly arcuate into the line
of the face when seen from the side, transverse carinae of the fastigium
moderately arcuate, the fastigium about twice as wide as one of the
eyes, moderately produced cephalad of the same, surface of the
fastigium distinctly fossulate on each side near the eye; outline of
the face when seen from the side regularly arcuate into the fastigial
outline dorsad, very faintly and broadly arcuate between the paired
and median ocelli; frontal costa with the forks strongly diverging
ventrad to the antennal bases, thence subparallel to the median
ocellus, the interspace very broad, nearly one-half that of the fas-
tigium, scutellate, sulcate, very strongly so dorsad (fig. 2); eyes
moderately prominent, very faintly flattened; antennae short, not
equal to the depth of the head, twelve jointed. Pronotum strongly
compressed, in section acute tectate with a sublamellate crest, in
profile the crest is well arcuate to the humeral region, thence mod-
erately and regularly subarcuate declivent to the caudal extremity
of the pronotum, height of crest above humeral angle very slightly
greater than the depth from that point to the ventral angle of the
lateral lobes; cephalic margin of the pronotal disk obtuse-angulate
with the arms of the angle concave, this angle reaching cephalad over
the head only to the middle of the eyes ; cephalic carinae very slightly
converging cephalad, humeral angles very obtuse, dorso-lateral carinae
distinct, arcuate dorsad, regularly converging to the blunt, weakly
emarginate caudal apex of the pronotum; surface of the dorsum of the
pronotum with indications of longitudinal elevated ridges between the
shoulders; lateral lobes of the pronotum having only the ventral sinus

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

indicated on the caudal margin, the tegminal sinus represented by only
a faint notch (fig. 1) . Tegmina reduced in size, vestigial, about as long
as the eye, normally hidden under the pronotum. Wings abbreviate,
reaching only to the caudal third of the pronotum. Ovipositor jaws
strongly compressed, decidedly dentate. Cephalic femora with the
dorsal margin entire, ventral margin weakly undulate. Median
femora with dorsal margin very faintly, and ventral margin weakly,
undulate. Caudal femora moderately robust, in length very slightly
more than two-thirds that of the pronotum, greatest width of the
femora contained slightly more than twice in the length, no distinct
genicular tooth indicated on dorsal margin, pattern of the pagina
of the dorso-lateral face well defined and moderately elevated;
caudal metatarsi distinctly exceeding the remaining tarsal joints
in length, distal metatarsal pul villus equal to the two proximal ones
in length.

Allotype: cf ; Same data as type. [Hebard Collection.]
Description of Allotype. — Differing from the type in the following
features. Size somewhat less than in the female sex; form similar;
surface identical in character. Head with the fastigium very faintly
narrower than in the female, but otherwise similar. Pronotum as
in the female. Tegmina absent. Wings proportionately less
developed than in the female. Limbs as in the female.

The coloration varies from a type of uniform fuscous black with
weakly indicated velvety black posthumeral triangles on the dorsal
surface of the pronotum (allotype), to an opposite extreme with
verona brown on the caudal half of the pronotum, greater portion
of lateral lobes of the pronotum and greater portion of dorsal and
lateral faces of the caudal femora, with a heavy saddle of fuscous
black covering the remainder of the pronotum, abdomen, limbs,
ventral surface and head (type). The Jasper male is similar to the
allotype but more fuscous and with the black triangles very faint,
while the Buckhead female approaches bone brown with distinct
triangles and a generally more mottled coloration. The sixth speci-
men examined, mentioned more fully below, is almost uniform natal
brown. The limbs are more or less variegated in the contrastingly
colored specimens, the caudal femora particularly so, the ventral
face of the latter, however, more solidly blackish than any other
aspect of the limbs. The antennal joints are narrowly annulate
with verona brown on fuscous black, the distal extremity largely
of the former color. The eyes vary from cameo brown to vandyke
brown, mottled.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

Measurements (in millimeters).

Depth of

Length Length pronotal Length of

of of crest to caudal

body. pronotum. humeral femur.

angle.

9 Macon, Georgia. Type 10.4 *..l 1.8 6.

9 Buckhead, Georgia 9.9 8.6 1.9 6.

Macon, Georgia. Allotype.. 8.1 7.3 1.5 5.

c? Jasper, Georgia 8.2 7.5 1.6 5.

c? Murphy, North Carolina.... 8.5 7.8 2. 5.3

o* Unknown locality S.2 7.4 1.4 5.3

In addition to the type and allotype we have before us the speci-
mens measured above. The data for the Buckhead specimen is
August 2, 1913, (H.); for the Jasper individual, elevation 1,550 feet,
August 5, 1913, (R.); for the Murphy specimen, July 25, 1903,
(A. P. Morse). These three specimens can be considered paratypes.
The specimen without locality belongs to the Hebard Collection
ex Bruner and bears a label "Schaum's Collection."

The males show no trace of tegmina, but the wings are developed
in all, though varying somewhat in length. In the two females,
however, the tegmina are evident, although mere pads.

The specimens taken by us were all on the ground in woodland,
composed of short-leaf pine (Macon), mixed pine and oak (Jasper)
or oak alone (Buckhead). At Macon the species occurred among
pine needles and at Buckhead it was on quite sandy soil.

Neotettix femoratus (Scudder).

Neotettix bolivari Hancock.
Neotettix bolivari longipennis Hancock.
Neotettix rotundifrons Hancock.
Neotettix variabilis Hancock.

Pennsylvania. River View, VI, 29, 1898, (F. C. Pratt .

Willow Grove, Montgomery County, 1 ?> tu- s- N- M-l-

V. 18, 1912, (E. R. Casey), 1 juv. 9 .

[Casey Cln.] Virginia.

Pink Hill, Delaware County, VI, 19, n„„„„„ VTT 01 ,m., /T> s u -.

1908, (R. &H.), 19. Orange^^II, 21, 1913, (R. & H.),

New Jersey. ' Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

Atsion, X, S, 1903, (H.), 1 juv. 9 . H')' 5 cf' 4 9 '

Delaware. North Carolina.

Millsboro, (B. Long), 1 o". [A. X. Hendersonville, VI, 1907, (F. Sher-
S. P.]. man), 19, [U. S. N. M.].

Maryland. °72?u% V*' 26o 1913' (R" & H°'

J 9 c?, 14 9, 1 juv. 9.

No further data. 19, type, [A. X. Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.i.

S. P.]. 1 cf,19.

Plummer's Island, VI, 20, 1909, (W. L. Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

McAtee), 1 9 , [U. S. X. M.]. 9 <?, 3 9 .

142

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),
4 d1, 19.

Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

19.

South Carolina.

Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

19.
Manning, V, 23, 1914, (Witmer Stone),

1 <?, [A. N. S. P.].
Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

19.
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

8 d, 8 9.

Georgia.
Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W- T.

Davis), 10 cf, 10 9.
Rabun Bald, 4,000-4,800 feet, VIII,

21, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 9 .
Black Rock Mountain, 3,500 feet, V,

20-25, 1911, (J. C. Bradley), 1

juv. 9 .
Pinnacle Peak, VIII, 20, 1913, (J. C.

Bradlev), 1 d".
Toccoa, VIII, 4-5, 1913, (H.), 1 9 .
Thompson's Mills, X, 1909, (H. A.

Allard), 2 <?, [U. S. N. M.].
Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

5_cf, 49.
Vicinitv of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913', (R. & H.), 2 <?.

Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

.9 d% 19.
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

6 d, 3 9, 1 juv. d\ 2 juv. 9.
Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

19.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (R. & H.),

14 cf, 7 9.
Honey Island, VI, 1, 1912, (J. C.

Bradley), 2 9 .
Billy's Island, VI-VII, 1912, (J. C.

Bradley), 11 d", 49.
Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911,

(R. & H.), 1 cf .
Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 17 d,

4 9,2 juv. 9 .
Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

6 d\ 119.
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 <?,

4 9,1 juv. cf.
Spring Creek, VI, 7-23, 1911, VII,

16-29, 1912, VIII, 26-28, 1913,

(J. C. Bradley), 5 <?, 8 9 , 1 juv. 9 .

Florida.

Jacksonville, IV, 1885, (Ashmead);

VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.), 3(^,39.
St. Augustine, XI, 8, 1911, (G. P.

Engelhardt), 1 <? ■
Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

6 <?, 3 9, 3 juv. 9.

The comments made in the prefatory remarks on this genus
explain the synonymy given above. An analysis of the present
material for the ratio of individuals with abbreviate and those with
caudate pronota shows the larger series, as a rule, contain a greater
percentage of the caudate type and that geographically the difference
has no significance. Morse31 has noted that in a series of one hundred
and fifty-two specimens from Waycross, Georgia, the two phases were
present in "equal numbers; but the usual proportion of long-winged
examples is much lower, ranging from 5 to 20 per cent." The
largest series examined by us from the region under consideration
show the following: Sulphur Springs, N. C, 27 specimens, 7 caudate;
Thomasville, Ga., 24 specimens, 6 caudate; Hebardville, Ga., 21
specimens, 2 caudate; Brunswick, Ga., 21 specimens, 2 caudate;
Rabun County, Ga., 20 specimens, 2 caudate; Greensboro, N. C,
19 specimens, 1 caudate; Homerville, Ga., 17 specimens, 2 caudate;
Yemassee, S. C., 16 specimens, 1 caudate; Billy's Island, Ga., 15
specimens, 2 caudate. From these series it will be seen that Morse's
general figures hold true. Rather curiously, the nine specimens

Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. No. 18, p. 25, (1904).

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1 4v}

from Live Oak, Florida, have six of their number with the pronotum
caudate. It is quite probable that immediate environment is the
governing factor in the production of the two types, and we have
here an interesting Held for experimental work.

In size such variation as is found is, apparently, in the main
individual or environmental, while the rugosity of the dorsum of the
pronotum is another variable feature in all probability dependent
on environment. The fluctuations in the latter respect are con-
siderable, but in no case are they sufficient to cause confusion with
.V. bolti

The variation in the form of the frontal costa is quite appreciable,
and of one hundred and ninety-six specimens examined for this
character, one hundred and fifty-six have the interantennal section
scutcllate or ''flask-shaped," nine show a slightly different type,
t \\ enty-three are more strongly divergent and three have the lateral
margin< of the costa regularly divergent ventrad as in the majority
of .V. bolteri. These three aberrant individuals are from widely
separated localities — Fredericksburg, Virginia; Homerville, Georgia,
and Live Oak, Florida — and in no other respect do they approach
bolteri.

In coloration we find this species to be more uniform than most
of our common nearctic grouse-locusts, by far the greater portion
of the material being brownish, with or without triangular blackish
posthumeral areas. The variation consists of a more or less complete
"pepper and salt" effect, rarely a pale "saddle," a pale outline of
the median carina of the pronotum and very infrequently paired pale
areas on the dorsal surface of the caudal femora. In addition to
these rather infrequent differences, numerous specimens are strongly
infuscate, occasionally almost black, while quite rarely they are
almost uniform cinereous. The general tone is undoubtedly a
response to the environment, those from sandy or clayey soils, as at
Homerville, Live Oak, Greensboro and Fredericksburg, showing
the paler shades, but this is not absolute, as individuals from Jackson-
ville taken on bare white sandy soil are very dark. Apparently the
degree of moisture in the soil produces no response in color, as the
material from Augusta, which was taken in open, moderately dry
pine woods, averages darker than that from Homerville which was
taken on damp sandy ground.

From the mapped distribution of this species it will be seen that
the northern boundary of its range is in the Upper Austral zone,
probably being the upper boundary of that area, southward the

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

form extending over the Lower Austral, Sabalian and Subtropical
zones and in the southern Alleghanies working up into the Transition,
where it occurs as high as 5,500 feet on Roan Mountain, North
Carolina, and 4,000-4,800 feet on Rabun Bald, Rabun County,
Georgia. In detail its known distribution extends from Staten
Island, New York, Jamesburg, New Jersey, and Willow Grove and
Pink Hill, Pennsylvania, south to southern Florida (Miami and Co-
coanut Grove), west to central Iowa (Ames), east-central Oklahoma
(South McAlester) and east-central Texas (Columbus). Ames, Iowa,
and Bloomington, Indiana, are the most northern known localities in
the Mississippi Valley region.

The species is generally distributed in a variety of environments,
these varying from distinctly saturated soil to sandy loams and bare
white sand areas, from bare humus and sand to areas of short green
grasses, dry wire grass to low bushes and foot-high grasses. It also
occurs in open meadowy areas, palmetto flats and again under
long-leaf and short-leaf pines and gums.

Neotettix bolteri Hancock.

Neotettix hancocki Blatchley.
Neotettix coarctatus Hancock.
Apotettix minutus Rehn & Hebard. '

Virginia. Georgia.

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.), Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (R. & H.),
12 c?, 9 9. 19.

North Carolina. St. Simon's Island, IV, 22-V, 12, 1911,

Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.), (J- c- Bradley), 1 juv. 9 .

6 cf , 4 9 . Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 1 J>.

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.), Spring Creek, VII, 16-29, 1912, (J. C.

1 9. Bradley), 1 9 .
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), Florida.

2 *' South Carolina. Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.),

Manning, V 23 1914, (Witmer Stone), Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

1 c?, 1.9, [A. N. S. P.]. H) 39

Sullivan Island, IX, 5, 1911, (R. & H.), Fort Reea\ IV, 20, 1876,32 1 9 , [Hebard

10 cf, 10 9, 1 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9. Clnl

Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 d\

The remarks made under the generic treatment will explain the
above synonymy. We find that none of the specimens of the species
taken from northern Florida northward are of the form with the
caudate pronotum, but that the series from south and central Florida
(Hancock's coarctatus) show about 20 per cent, of the caudate type.

32 This specimen is labelled "Batrach. cristata Harris" on one of Scudder's
labels in his handwriting. Probably all of the material reported by Scudder
from that locality under that name {Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XIX, p. 90, (1877).)
should be referred to bolteri.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

In the latter lot the proportionate difference in this respect between
the sexes is slight. Here, as in femoratus, it is possible that immediate
environment is the responsible factor for the development of the
caudate type or the alternative abbreviate one.

In south and central Florida this species varies away from the
more northern type in the slightly more compressed form, the break-
ing up of the usually linear, strumose pronotal ridges into less elongate
scabrosities, while in the abbreviate individuals the caudal process
of the pronotum is more acute. The importance, even relatively,
of these differences is discounted when we examine the entire series
before us and find that specimens from Sullivan Island, South Carolina,
and Wrightsville, North Carolina, are as compressed as the south
Florida individuals, while representatives from other Carolina localities
are no more strongly strumose, and just as angulate caudad on the
pronotum, as in the south and central Florida material. The width
of the fastigium and the tegminal length and width vary so individu-
ally in a series from any locality, that no diagnostic weight can be placed
upon any of these features. In the strongly accentuated condition this
species occurs in northern Florida and southern Georgia, north and
south of which a certain portion of the material is less strikingly
marked, although a large part or the larger part is decidedly typical
of the species, but in all of the specimens examined the recognition
of the material is not difficult, except in the case of south and central
Florida individuals. With these, however, we feel that the characters
given in the key will enable the student to separate bolteri from
femoratus. Doubtless environment is responsible for most of the
differences mentioned above, as it probably is to a degree for size
difference, but in this there is much of an individual character, as
material from the same environment at the same locality shows.

The variation in the form of the frontal costa found in femoratus
is parallelled in the present species, the regularly diverging type being
the normal form, the scutellate type the exception. The coloration
varies as in femoratus, but as a rule to a lesser degree.

The range of this species in the southeastern States is now known
to extend from Petersburg, Virginia, south to Key West, Florida, west
to Pensacola Bay (Warrington and Fort Barrancas), Florida, and in-
land as far as Spring Creek, Georgia, and Fayetteville, North Carolina.
It is thus seen to be limited to the Lower Austral, Sabalian and Sub-
tropical zones, probably ranging to eastern Texas and certainly up
the Mississippi Valley as far as southwestern Indiana. Previous to
this writing bolteri was only known from Florida.

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

This species occurs in as great a variety of habitats as femoratus,
having been taken in marshy sink holes, among grasses in marshy
spots near streams and lakes (Petersburg and Fayetteville), in wet
weedy spots and among low undergrowth in short-leaf pine woods
(Goldsboro and Yemassee), in heavy palmetto and live-oak jungle
(Atlantic Beach), among undergrowth on dunes and in bare spots
on barrier beaches (Tybee and Sullivan Islands and Wrightsville).

Paratettix rugosus (Scudder).

St. Simon's Island, Georgia, IV, 22-V, Jacksonville, Florida, (T. J. Priddey),
12, 1911, (J. C. Bradley), 19. 3cf,49, [Hebard Cln.].

We have also examined a pair from Fort Reed, Florida, deter-
mined as this species by Scudder. All of the specimens of the
present series have the pronotum caudate.

Tybee Island and St. Simon's Island are the most northern points
in the eastern States from which the species is known.

Paratettix CUCUllatUS (Burmeister).

Virginia. Tallulah Falls, VII, 1910, (W. T.
Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.), 2 cf . Davis), 19.

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & Toccoa, VIII, 22, 1909, 1 cf, [Ga.
H.), 8cf, 9 9,8juv. State CM.].

\ icinity of btone Mountain, \ 111, 6,
North Carolina. 1913" (R. & H.), 1 9 .

Tryon, V, 21 to 31, (W. F. Fiske), Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 cf, 2 9, [U. S. N. M.]. 4d\-.3 9.

Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & Spring Creek, VI, 7-23. 1911; VII,
H) \ <? 19 16-29, 1912; VIII, 26-28, 1913,

(J. C. Bradley), 22 cf , 22 9 , 1 juv.

Georgia. Bainbridge, IX, 3-7, 1910: IX, 17-X,
Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T. 19, 1910, (J. C. Bradley), 2 cf, 5 9 ,

Davis), 2 cf, 3 9. 1 juv.

From this material it is evident that cucullatus varies individually
quite a little in general size in both sexes, and also to an appreciable
degree in the rugosity of the dorsum of the pronotum. The general
color varies considerably in tone, through brownish blacks and
browns to dull ochre shades, with mottled individuals rather infre-
quent and " collared" specimens quite rare. The post humeral
paired triangular velvety black areas are not strongly indicated in
the greater proportion of the specimens and absent in a considerable
number.

The Thomasville specimens previously recorded by us as texanus33
we find on re-examination and comparison to be cucullatus.

At Fredericksburg the species was found to be rather scarce along
the sandy edge of a stream near the Rappahannock River. At

33Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 782, (1905).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

Lake Waccamaw it occurred on the sandy shore of the lake and at
Albany on eroded limestones and sand bars along the Flint River,
at the former locality associated with Acrydium a. arenosum.

Paxilla obesa (Scudder).

North Carolina. Fargo, VIII, 31, 1913, 1 juv. 9, [Ga.

Wilmington. IX, S, 1911, (R. & H.), „St- ^J* TTTTT

1 jllv- 9 ' ' Hornerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

South ( 'arolina. 6 o", 10 9 , 6 juv. cf , 13 juv. 9 .

Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.), Florida.

20 cf, 17 9, 4 juv. cf, 8 juv. 9 . Jacksonville, IV, 1885, (W. H. Ash-
Georgia, mead), 2 9, (T. J. Priddey), 2 cf,

H nil V'sC'l.n % Toh {fL2f'' Bm^UL J^rown), 33 *, 38 9

Bradley), 1 juv. 9 .

It is interesting to note that at the two localities where large series
of the present insect were found by us, the only two large series of
Tettigidea prorsa were taken. The present species appears to be entirely
confined in distribution to the Sabalian and Tropical zones where it
is further restricted to low, blackish, water-soaked ground covered
with low bog plants (sun-dews, pitcher plants, etc.), in pine
woods (long-leaf pine at all of the localities except Yemassee, where
the forest was composed of the short-leaf species which is sometimes
found in this region near swamps), so that even in its limited range
its distribution is markedly discontinuous. This species has been
recorded northward as far as New Berne, North Carolina, and south-
ward to Detroit, Florida, while De Funiak Springs, Florida, is the
most westerly published record.

All but two of the series taken at Hornerville were captured in
an area a few yards in diameter, where the peculiar vegetation
described above flourished, wide search through the swampy under-
growth of the pine woods elsewhere revealed only two young.

Tettigidea prorsa Scudder.

1895. Tettigidea prorsa elongata Morse, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 16.
[Georgia.]

North Carolina. Georgia.

Favetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.), Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 9 .

19. Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 1 cf.

Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.), Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, (R. &
2 juv. cf. H.), 1 cf.

South Carolina. ^f ™*> 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

v ,y , ion ,r> x n ^ 6 o", / 9, 3 juv. 9.

\emassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

27 cf, 9 9, 23 juv. 9.

This aberrant species appears to be a primitive form, as immature

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

examples of T. lateralis showing a somewhat closer structural simi-
larity to this species than do adults of that insect. Morse's name
elongata was proposed for the individuals of this species having a
caudate pronotum; three males and one female from Yemassee,
South Carolina, are of this phase.

The majority of the adults have the dorsal surface of the pronotum
somewhat lighter brown in coloration than the lateral lobes of the
same, only seven individuals are unicolorous and darker, while but
one female (Homerville) has the dorsal surface of the pronotum
unusually pale and tawny-olive in tone.

The present insect has been found from Beach Haven, New Jersey,
to extreme southern Georgia. Its distribution is discontinuous,
though not to the degree of that of Paxilla obesa, for while it has
been found to prefer areas in the pine woods of low, blackish, water-
soaked ground covered with low bog plants (Wilmington, Yemas-
see, Homerville), it has also been taken in various low grasses near
" hammock" land (Augusta, Hebardville, Suwannee Creek, Homer-
ville) and in swamp grasses along a wooded stream (Fayetteville) .
The specimen from Augusta was taken just below the fall line among
long-leaf pines.

Tettigidea spicata Morse.

Florida. Alabama.

Florida, (Morrison), 6 9, type, para- Alabama, (Morrison), 2 c? , 4 9,

type and series taken with these, [Hebard Cln.].

[Hebard Cln.]. T ■ •

Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 2 9, „ _. ^omstana ^

[Hebard Cln.]. ^*ew Orleans, (Coleman), 2 9 , [Hebard

Pablo Beach, IV, 8, (P. Laurent), 1 9 , Cln-1-

[Hebard Cln.].

Morse in his original description gives "intermediate in structure
of vertex between apiculata and armata, but. more nearly allied to
the latter." This is true in respect to the vertex, but in the total
of characters the relationship to apiculata is much more decided,
the present insect being apparently a less strongly developed form
of a common stock. The more arcuate character of the dorsum of
the pronotum in transverse section between the humeral angles is
one of the most apparent characters to distinguish this species from
T. armata, from which insect it further differs in the characters
given by Morse.34

Specimens referred to this species by the authors from the vicinity

3iJour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 108, (1895).

1916.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

149

of Thomasville, Georgia, are in the present paper correctly placed
under T. armata.

A peculiar color type, in which the pronotum has a pale medio-
longitudinal marking which is narrowest between the shoulders,
l- found in the Pablo Beach specimen. This type of coloration is
not found in the races of T. lateralis.

In the Sabalian zone the present insect is one of the scarcer species.
For the southeastern United States, "Georgia" was the most western
locality hitherto known.

Tettigidea lateralis lateralis (Say).

1838. T[etrix] polymorpha Burmeister, Handb. Entom., II, Abth. 2, Pt. 1,

pp. 659-800. [South Carolina.]
1902. Tettigidea medialis Hancock, Tettig. X. Amer., p. 152. [Southern

Illinois; Missouri; Tennessee; Louisiana.]

New Jersey.35
Ortley, IV, 10, 1903, (H. L. Viereck),

1 d\ [A. N. S. P.].

Stafford's Forge, IX, 10, 1905, (H.),

2 J, 49.

Atsion, X. S, 1903, (H.j. 2 9.

Ocean City, IV, 19, 1903, (H. L.

Viereck), 3 9, [A. X. S. P.].
Cape May, VII, 4, 1908, (H. L.

Viereck), 1 cf, [A. X. S. P.].

Delaware.
Rehoboth, VI, 8, 1908, (B. Long),
1 cf , [A. X. S. P.].

Maryland.
Chestertown, VIII, 18, 24, 27, 1899,

(E. G. Vanatta), lo",29,l juv. 9 ,

[A. N. S. P.].
Hyattsville, VIII, 14, (A. X. Caudell),

1 juv. 9, [U. S. X. M.].
Washington, D. C, IV, IX, 1883-84,

13 cf, 14 9, [Hebard Cln.].

Virginia.
Franklin City, VI, 24, 1907, (B. Long),

5 cf , [A. X. S. P.].
Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H.), 5 cf, 4 9, 2 juv. cf, 3 juv. 9.
Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 d\

2 9,3 juv. 9 .

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),

6 cf, 6 9, 1 juv. 9.

Lvnchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. 9 .

Xorth Carolina.
Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf, 19.

Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

7 cf, 3 9, 4 juv. 9.
Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),

3^,29.
Favetteville, X, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 cf, 19, 3 juv. 9.
Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

39.
Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 <?, 19.

Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 cf.

Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

3 <?.

Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. &
H.), 34 cf , 20 9 , 8 juv. cf , 8 juv. 9 .

South Carolina.

Spartanburg, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.), 1 cf .
Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 9 .
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 <?.

Manning, V, 23, 1914, (W. Stone),

1 9 , [A. X. S. P.].
Sullivan Island, IX, 5, 1911, (R. & H.),

29.
Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R. &

H.), 1 cf, 19.
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

10 cf, 6 9, 2 juv. 9.

Georgia.

Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.

Davis), 3 cf , 6 9 , 4 juv. <? , 5 juv. 9 .
Clavton, V, 18, 26, 1911, 2,000 feet,

(J. C. Bradley), 1 cf, 19.
Atlanta, V, 15, 1911, (J. C. Bradley .

1 cf .

35 The series of intermediates from Ortley, Atsion and Ocean City have been
recorded as T. parvipennis by Rehn, Ent. News, XV, p. 326, (1904).

11

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF . [April,

Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.), Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 cf, 19. 7 d\ 8 9, 5 juv. 9.

Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3, Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 2 d\

1913, (R. &H.),7 cf, 7 9, 1 juv. <?. 4 9.

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.), De Witt, VIII, 19, 1912, 19, [Ga.

1 juv. cf . State Cln.].

Summerville, 1 9 , [Ga. State Cln.]. Bainbridge, VII, 15, 1912, (J. C.

Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.), Bradley), 1 9.

2 tf1, 1 9 . Spring Creek, VI, 7-23, VII, 16-29,
Columbus, VII, 16, 1913, (J. C. Brad- 1911-12, (J. C. Bradley), 5 d\ 5 9,

ley), 1 juv. cf. 1 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9.

Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 6 d\ „ .,

3 9,1 juv. 9 . Florida.
Bruns'wick, VIII, 30, 1911, (R. & H.), Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 5 tf,

2 d\ 4 9, 3 juv. 9. 10 9, [Hebard Cln.]; IX, 7, 1913,

Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 2 rf1 , (W. T. Davis), 1 d\

19. Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, H.), 8 d\ 2 9 , 2 juv. 9 .

(R. & H.), 2^,29. Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

Mixon's Hammock, Okeefenokee 1 juv. 9 .

Swamp, V, 16, 1915, (H.), 4 cf, 3 9, St. Augustine, XI, 8, 1911, (G. P.

1 juv. cf. Englehardt), 19, [B. I.].

Burmeister's name polymorpha has long been known to be a
synonym of Say's lateralis, but since he described two forms, the
caudate and abbreviate phases of the present insect, efforts have
been made to retain this name for one of these. The uselessness
of employing names for such phases has already been commented
upon in the present paper.

Examination of extensive northern series of the present insect
convinces us that they belong to a valid geographic race, Tettigidea
lateralis parvipennis (Harris),36 which is exceedingly close to the
southern insect, but typical material from northern New England37
may be separated from typical material of T. lateralis lateralis,
described from Georgia and East Florida, by the following characters:
form more robust; antennae heavier, joints not more than twice
as long as broad; frontal costa heavier; outline of dorsum of prono-
tum more decidedly broken cephalad of humeral angles, these angles
more pronounced. Under this geographic race falls the name given
for its caudate phase T[ettigidea] parvipennis pennata Morse.38

The large series before us show conclusively that, as the races
approach one another in distribution, their differential characters
become less and less appreciable; the material before us from the
pine barrens and adjacent coastal strip of New Jersey, from Delaware,
Maryland and northern Virginia, the series which we have recorded

36 Morse discusses this question in Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 109, (1895).

37 Material from numerous localities in Pennsylvania and from the Delaware
River strip of New Jersey, now before us, is practically typical of the northern race.

™Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 109, (1895).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

previously from Sulphur Springs (2,000 feet) and Mount Pisgah
(4,500 feet), North Carolina, and the high country of northern
Georgia, is all intermediate in character. Hancock has based his
"variety" Tettigidea medialis on such material from southern Illinois,
Missouri, Tennessee and Louisiana. We strongly question the
Louisiana material being intermediate, for the material before us
from that State is typical of T. lateralis lateralis. The uselessness
of a name for intermediates between weakly defined geographic
races does not require comment.

Material taken in heavy forest near streams or in swampy places
shows a strong predominance of the abbreviate phase (Weldon and
Lake Waccamaw, North Carolina; Thomasville, Georgia39). A female
before us from Charlotte, North Carolina, has the wings abnormally
produced, reaching 3.8 mm. beyond the caudate pronotum and 14 mm.
in total length. The present insect is distributed everywhere through
grasses and herbage of meadow, forest, swamp and marsh, usually
found most numerous in and about damp situations. Of typical series
before us 90.6% is caudate, this percentage excluding the three series
discussed at the beginning of the paragraph. Besides the 367
individuals of the present species recorded above, we have before
us 223 other specimens previously recorded from the southeastern
United States and from as far west as Louisiana.

The largest series of intermediates before us (Washington, District
of Columbia; Asheville, North Carolina) include a majority of speci-
mens having the dorsal surface of the pronotum paler in coloration
than the lateral lobes, ranging in different specimens from snuff brown
and russet through clay color to cream color. Three of these speci-
mens have the caudal femora broadly banded, four have a large spot
in a similar position, while a number have the entire caudal femora
of the same shade of the dorsum of the pronotum. Nearly half of
the remaining large series of the present insect are unicolorous black-
ish brown, while almost all of the other specimens have the dorsum
of the pronotum only slightly paler, usually unicolorous but occasion-
ally somewhat mottled, and the caudal femora wholly uniform or
inconspicuously marked. All of the males have the face and ventral
portion of the lateral lobes of the pronotum nearly or quite clear white.

Tettigidea armata Mors?. PL XII. fi?3. 3, 4, 5.

1895. Tettigidea armata deprcssa Morse, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, III, p. 107.
[Vigo County, Indiana; Jacksonville, St. John's River and Ft. Reed,
Florida; New Orleans, Louisiana].

39 Recorded in part by Hebard as Tettigidea lateralis form polymorpha. Ent.
News, XX, p. 115, (1909).

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

1908. Tettigidea davisi Morse, Psyche, XV, p. 25. [Perth Amboy and
Jamesburg, New Jersey; Staten Island, New York.]

New York. Clayton, 2,000 feet, V, 18-26, 1911,

Staten Island, IV, 4, VI, 5, IX, 1897- (J- °- Bradley) 1 d

1900, (W. T. Davis), 2d, 2 9, Groveland, VII, 28, 1913, (J. C. Brad-

paratypes of T. davisi Morse. nr-^ , TT i ™ <■ i

va, a, jy Mixon's Hammock, Okeefenokee

New Jersey. Swamp, V, 16, 1915, (H.), 3 d, 6 9 .

2 d, [A. N. S. P.]. Waycross, V, 8, 1911, (J. C. Bradley),

Perth Amboy, V, 31, (W. T. Davis), i ^.

Id, 19, paratypes of T. davisi Thomasville, II, 29, III, 29, IV, 1, 9,

Morse. XII, 14, 1903-04, (H.), 6 d, 8 9 .

North Carolina. Spring Creek, VI, 7-23, 1911, (J. C.

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.), Bradley), 1 9 .

I juv. 9 . Florida
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), Jacksonville) ^ ^ (w< H Agh_

Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & mead), Id, paratype of T armata

H.) 14 d 13 9 ., 2 juv. d, 4 juv. 9 . depressa Morse, [Hebard <^m.J.

South Carolina. Louisiana.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), New Orleans, (Coleman), 4 9 , 1 para-

II d, 9 9, 6 juv. d, 10 juv. 9 . type of T. armata depressa Morse ;

Georgia. (Saltan), 2 d, 2 9 , [all Hebard Cln.].

Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.

Davis), 1 d.

As Tettigidea armata depressa is based solely on the abbreviate
form of armata, the name is placed in the synonymy here.

Morse's Tettigidea davisi, referred to in his original description as
"an undescribed form or species of this genus, related to armata
Morse," was separated by "the customary lack of a cuspidate point
on the front margin of the pronotum .... occasionally showing
variations toward a cuspidate condition" and also slightly different
tegmina, in other respects being typical of armata.

The series before us shows that the cuspidate condition of the
cephalic margin of the dorsum of the pronotum is variable in the
present insect; the following table of percentages gives the degree
in the larger series we have examined.

Strongly Moderately Weakly Angulate,
cuspidate cuspidate cuspidate. no cusp
(fig. 5). (fig. 4). (fig. 3).

New Jersey 6 0 0 94

North Carolina 84 10 4 2

South Carolina 76 18 2 4

Georgia 70 28 2 0

Louisiana 100 0 0 0

The above figures show that, although there are indications of an
incipient division in the present species, no valid geographic race
yet exists. The table does not mean that four types of this species
occur, for every shade of intergradation exists and the four columns

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

are solely for the convenience of the student; thus in the Xew
Jersey scries noticeable variation toward a weakly cuspidate condition
is discernible, while in the material from Louisiana, though all are
of the strongly cuspidate condition, the degree differs individually.
Were it not for the fact that large series taken in restricted localities
show in several instances forms typical of both armata and davisi,
we would be led to consider the latter a valid geographic race.
The only other characters given for davisi, tegminal abbreviation
and size of the tegminal spot, are even more variable in the present
species than the character discussed above, and we are consequently
obliged to place davisi in the synonymy under the present species.

The abbreviate condition in the present species is more common
than the caudate phase; this is constant throughout the insect's
distribution and is very probably clue to immediate environment.
The degree of cuspidation of the cephalic margin of the pronotum
is found to vary least in caudate individuals, none of these lacking
the usual cuspidation.

The species has been found in scant swamp-grasses along "branch"
(Fayetteville), common on bare, black swamp soil (Lake Waccamaw),
occasional on grassy edges of swamp (Lake Waccamaw), in low, wet,
sandy spots along streams (Florence, Wrightsville, Thomasville)
and occasional on sandy soil covered with scant grasses and dead
oak leaves (Mixon's Hammock). This insect prefers much more
swampy situations than does T. lateralis, and the larger series here
recorded were only secured by long and careful search in favorable
and always much restricted areas. At Florence the following field
note was made: "The Tettigidese would often jump into the water
and drift down with the current, quite motionless until they would
strike a twig or root to which they would cling. Their appearance
was exactly like a bit of twig or bark floating down stream. " The
species has been recorded from Staten Island, New York, south to ex-
treme southern Florida and westward as far as Riverside, Illinois;
Howe, Oklahoma, and Dallas, Texas.

Radinotatum brevipenne brevipenne (Thomas).

South Carolina. Macon, V, 1 d\ 1'9, [U. 8. N. M.];

Yemassee IX 4 1911 (R & H ) V1I> 30' 1913' (R" & H)' 1 <?>

" iuv % 4 iuv 9 2 jUV- <*•' 2 Juv- 9 •

- JUV- <?, * Juv. 9. Igle of Hope; IX 3j 1911> (R & H);

r, 4 juv. d\

heorSia- Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 2

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.), juv. d".

5 juv. d\ 3 juv. 9 . Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.i, 2 juv. d\

Warm Springs, 850-1,200 feet, VIII, 1 juv. 9 ; XII, 1908, (H.), 1 juv. J1,

9-10, 1913, (R.), 5 juv. d% 9 juv. 9 . 1 juv. 9 .

154

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.),

1 juv. 9 .

Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.)

2 juv. d\ 5 juv. 9.
Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 6 <? ,

79.
Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, (R. &

H.), 2 juv. tf, 2 juv. 9
Billy's Island, VI, VII, 1912, 2 <?;

IX, 1-5, 1913, 1 juv. d1 , (all J. C.

Bradley).
Honey Island, VI, 1, 1912, (J. C.

Bradley), 2 9.
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. c\ 4 juv. 9 .
Spring Creek, VI, 7-23, 1911, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 9 .

Florida.

Jacksonville, V, 1885, (W. H. Ash-
mead), 19, [Hebard Cln.]; VIII,
25, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 juv. d\ 1
juv. 9; XI, 3, 5, 1913, (W. T.
Davis), 19,1 juv. d", 1 juv. 9 .

Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &
H.), 2 juv. <?.

Pablo Beach, XI, 4, 1911, (W. T.
Davis), 1 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9.

Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),
few very small juv. seen.

Cedar Keys, VI, 1 d\ [U. S. N. M.].

The immature examples before us taken in August and September
are almost all in the instar in which females are 17-18 mm. in length,
excepting those from Augusta, Warm Springs, Macon and Albany,
Georgia, in which series females average 13 mm. and five from Au-
gusta and Albany average 8 mm. The majority of young from Georgia
and northern Florida taken in November and December show little
increase in size over those taken in August, females measuring
20-21 mm. in length, though the following instars are also represented
by females measuring 26 and 32 mm., respectively. It is in these
later stages of development that the insects remain, and are active
except on the coldest days, throughout the winter in southern Georgia
and northern Florida, adults beginning to appear toward the middle
of April. The presence in the series of an adult female taken in
November shows that occasional mature individuals continue even
into the early winter, but evidence shown by past and present study
gives convincing proof that the species appears adult over the greater
part of its range in late April and mature individuals have become
scarce as early as August. In central Florida, however, the species
passes the winter in the adult condition.

An interesting feature in the development of the male subgenital
plate is demonstrated by the present series. Immature males,
until they have reached a length of 12.5 mm., have this plate very
short, not projecting beyond the apex of the abdomen, with caudal
margin acute-angulate emarginate; in the following instar (length
18 mm.) the attenuate and greatly produced subgenital plate of the
type of the adult insect appears.

In the large series of immature examples before us, those of the
brown color phase are somewhat more numerous than those marked
with green.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

155

The species within its range is widely distributed throughout the
undergrowth of the long-leaf pine forests and has sometimes been
observed to frequent somewhat damp situations. It has also been
found in short grass of waste land (below fall line, Augusta), in
sandy tract of scrub oaks (just above fall line, Augusta), in mixed
oak and pine woods suggesting New Jersey pine barrens (Warm
Springs) and in sandy field of short grass (Atlantic Beach). In
central Florida the species intergrades with its geographic race
R. brevipenne peninsulare; north of that State the previous known
records for the species were Savannah, Waycross and Thomasville,
Georgia, and Greenville, Alabama.

Tryxalis brevicornis (Linnaeus).

Maryland.
Chestertown, VIII, 16-27, 1899-1902,
(E. G. Vanatta), 4 cf , 9 9, [A. N.
S. P.].
Queen Anne County, VIII, 7, 1902,
i:. G. Vanatta). 1 cf, [A. N. S. P.].
Washington, D. C, IX, 1883, 2 cf ,
[Hebard Cln.].

Virginia.
Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H.), 2 cf, 2 juv. cf.
Natural Bridge, IX, 12-13, 1907,

(B. Long), 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.].
Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & EL),

1 juv. 9 .

North Carolina.
Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),
1 cf, 29.

Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),
1 juv. 9 .

South Carolina.
Spartanburg, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.),

1 juv, cf .
Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 4 cf .

Georgia.

Rabun County, VII, 1910, (\V. T.

Davis), 1 cf , 1 juv. cf .
Thompson's Mills, X, 1908-09, (H. A.

Allard), 2 cf, 2 9, [U. S.N. M.].
Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913, (R. & H.), 1 cf, 29.
Atlanta, VII, 29, 1910, 1 cf , [Ga.

State Cln.].
Silver Lake, VIII, 10, 1913, 1 juv. 9 ,

[Ga. State Cln.].
Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf.
Savannah, VIII, 7, 1878, (Grote),

1 cf , [U. S. N. M.].
Columbus, VII, 16, 1913, (J. C. Brad-
ley), lc?:.
Chase Prairie, Okeefenokee Swamp,

IX, 5, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 cf •

Alabama.
Decatur, (Shimek), 1 9 , [Hebard Cln.].

Florida.
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

H.), 4cf.

Material from the Atlantic coast shows a slight increase in size
southward, the more robust individuals from southern Georgia and
from Florida have somewhat larger eyes and a broader vertex.
Males measure in length as follows: Anglesea, New Jersey, 19-22
mm.; Asheville, North Carolina (2,000 feet), 19.7-22.8; near Atlanta,
Georgia (1,000 feet), 19.2-21.6; Florence, South Carolina, 21.7-23;
Atlantic Beach, Florida, 24.3-25.3 mm.

Five specimens are in the brown phase, two males and two young
from Fredericksburg and one female from Fayetteville; all of the
other specimens are of the more usual coloration.

156

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

The present insect is very locally distributed in marshland. At
Fredericksburg it was found in high wet grasses in an upland depres-
sion. The species has been recorded from Long Island, New York,
and Point Pelee, Ontario, south to the Argentine Republic.

Mermiria alacris Scudder.

North Carolina.

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.;

scarce in gallberry and wire-grass

under scattered short-leaf pines),

5cT.
Southern Pines, early XI, 1908, (A. H.

Manee), 1 d\ 19; 1905, 2 d\ 19,

[all N. C. Dept. Agr.].
Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.;

in long-leaf pine woods), 1<?.
Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.;

common in pine woods), 11 d\ 12 9 .
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.;

in grasses in short-leaf pine woods),

1 d\ 19.

Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. &
H.; in short-leaf pine woods under-
growth), 1 cf.

South Carolina.

Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.;
in grass bunches on bare area),

2 juv. 9 .

Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.;
in tall brush in long-leaf pine woods),

1<F.

Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.; in
undergrowth in short-leaf pine
woods), Id1.

Georgia.
Toccoa, VIII, 4-5, 1913, (H.; in

grass, vines and oak sprouts in

clearing), 1 juv. 9 .
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.; in

grasses in sandy scrub-oak area and

in short grasses in old overgrown

fields), 1 d\ 8 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9 .
Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

4 juv. d\ 4 juv. 9.
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.; in pine

woods undergrowth), 4 d1-
Billy's Island, VI and VII, 1912, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 d\ 5 juv. d% 3 juv. 9 .
Albany, IX, 1910, 1 9 , [Ga. State

Cln.]; VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.; in

undergrowth of pine woods), 2 <j\
Bainbridge, (J. C. Bradley), 1 d", [Ga.

State Cln.].
Spring Creek, VII, 16-29, 1912, (J. C.

Bradley), 2 d\ 3 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9 ,

[Ga. State Cln.].

Florida .

Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.;
in undergrowth of pine and among
scrub oak on very sandy soil), 20 d71,
7 9; (T. J. Priddey), 1 d\ [Hebard
Cln.]; VIII, 1885 and 1886, (W. H.
Ashmead), 1 d\ 2 9 , [Hebard Cln.];
IX, 28, 1913, (W. T. Davis), Id*
and 1 9 in coitu, [Davis Cln.].

Titusville, XI, 8, 1911, (W. T. Davis),
1 9 , [Davis Cln.].

We have examined, in the Scudder Collection, two males and three
females of the original series of two males and four females on which
Scudder founded his Mermiria vigilans. In consequence we can
fully endorse Morse's synonymy of vigilans under the present species.40
At a later date we will speak in more detail of the variability of this
interesting dry-land form.

The known distribution of alacris in the eastern States extends
from east-central and central (Salisbury, on the basis of immature
individuals not seen by us) North Carolina and northern Georgia
(Toccoa), south to central Florida (Cedar Keys, Sanford and Titus-
ville).

"Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. 68, p. 27, (1907).

1916.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

L57

Mermiria intertexta Scudder.

Virginia.
Ocean View, VIII. 9, (A. X. Caudell),

4 d\ 19, [U. S. X. M.].

JVoWA Carolina.
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (K. cV- H.;

in salt marsh vegetation), 1 cf .
Smith Island, X, 1906, (F. Sherman),

2 9, [N. C. Dept. Agr.].

Smith < 'arolina.

Coast of South Carolina, 1 cf. [Hebard

Cln.].
Isle of Palms VIII, 15, 1913, (R.; in

shin oak, bayberrv, palmetto and

briar thickets anions dunes), 1 cf,

19.

Georgia.

Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (R. & H.;
fairly plentiful in high grasses

growing in water on edge of sail
marsh i. 27 o\ 12 9; VII, 26, 1913,
1 juv. 9, [Ga. State CL

Florida.
Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 2

[Hebard Cln.].
South Jacksonville, IX, 7, 1913,

(W. T. Davis), 5 cf, 2 9, [Davis

Cln.].
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

H.; fairly common in high saw grass

and reeds in marsh), 11 cf , 8 9 .
Pablo Beach, IX, 3-17, 1913, (W. T.

Davis), 7 cf, 5 9, [Davis Cln.].
Long Boat, Sarasota Key, 1 cf, [Ga.

State Cln.].
Useppa Island, Charlotte Harbor, V,

17-19, 1915, (H), 1 juv. c% [Hebard

Cln.l.

This is the species recorded by us from Pablo Beach and Cedar
Keys, Florida, as vigilans.41 It is distinctly a hygrophilous species,
found in both fresh and salt marsh situations, but occasionally stray-
ing into adjacent dune vegetation.

Mermiria bivittata Serville.

Billy's Island, Georgia, VII, 1912, (J. C. Bradley), 19, [A. X. S. P.].

In addition to this specimen, we have before us six males and two
females labelled, "Georgia. H. K. Morrison," from the Scudder
Collection and that of the United States National Museum, those
from the former having been correctly determined as this species by
Scudder. The male from Fort Barrancas, Florida, correctly recorded
by Morse.42 is also before us. The single male specimen from Pablo
Beach, Florida, recorded by the present authors as i?itertexla,i3 belongs
to this species, the exact relationship of which has never been clearly
determined. In the near future we intend to critically study this
genus in its entirety.

The present species is only known in the southeastern States,
i.e., east of Alabama, from the localities mentioned above and from
Havelock, North Carolina (Sherman and Brimley).

Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler).

Virginia.
Arlington, VII, 9, 1914, (H), 1 juv. cf .
Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H), 1 cf, 1 juv. cf, 4 juv. 9.

( )range. VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H), 1 cf ,

19, 2 juv. cf.
Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 cf , 1 juv. cf , 2 juv. 9 .

41 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 286, (1907).

42 Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. 18, p. 29, (1904).

43 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1907 p. 286, (1907).

158

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. <?.
ViBginia Beach, IX, 15, 1907, (B.

Long), 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.].

North Carolina.

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.), 5 d\

19,1 juv. d\
Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. d\ 3 juv. 9.
Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 d" , 1 juv. <?, 2 juv. 9.
Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 d% 2 juv. 9.
Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 d\ 39.
Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

29.
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 cf.

South Carolina.
Spartanburg, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.), 1 d\

1 juv. d".
Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 8 d\

29.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf , 1 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9.
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 d\ 29.

Georgia .

Dalton, VIII, 7, 1913, (R.), 2 juv. 9 .
Toccoa, VIII, 4-5, 1913, (H.), 3 d\

19.
Currahee Mountain, VIII, 5, 1913,

(H.), 1 d\ 2 9.
Thompson's Mills, X, 1909, (H. A.

Allard),2 d\ [U.S. N. M.].
Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 d\ 19, 1 juv. 9.

A decided increase in size is found in the southward distribution
of the present species. A female from North Woodbury, New Jersey,
is exceptionally large for material from that State. Length of females :
West Creek, New Jersey, 32.7-33.4; North Woodbury, N. J., 40.4;
Asheville, N. C. (2,000 feet), 32.5-35; Fayetteville, N. C, 37.5-39;
Jacksonville, Fla., 38.5-40; Miami, Fla., 45.2 mm.

In the entire series of this species nearly all the adult males are
in the brown phase, very few showing any trace of green or
greenish coloration. In these few specimens this color is obscure
and confined to the head and lateral lobes of the pronotum. Of
the adult females before us, eleven are of the brown phase, the paler
tegminal markings alone suffused with greenish in several of these,
ten are intermediate between the brown and green phases, while
sixty-eight are of the green phase. It is interesting to note that in

Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,
1913, (Bradlev, R. & H.), 4 d% 1 9 .

Stone Mountain, VIII, 3, 1913, (R. &
H.), 1 d\ 19.

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.>,
2 d\ 5 juv. cf.

Warm Springs, VIII, 9-10, 1913, (R.),

1 <?.

Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

8 d\ 3 9, 2 juv. 9.
Columbus, VII 16, 1913, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 1 <?.
Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

19.
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 d\

29.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 1 &.
Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

(R. & H.), 49.
Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

8 <?.
Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, (R. &

H.), 1 d\
Billy's Island, IX, 1-5, 1913, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 d\
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

6 cf, 19,2 juv. 9.
Bainbridge, IX, 17-X, 19, 1910,

(J. C. Bradley), 1 cT.
Spring Creek, VI, VII, VIII, 1911-13,

(J. C. Bradley), 10 . d", 6 9 , 1 juv. 9 .

Florida.

Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.),
10 d\ 89; IX, 7, 1913, (W. T.
Davis), 2 d".

Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &
H.), 4 d1, 19.

Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 d\

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

the present series of young, twenty-five are of the green phase and
fourteen are of the brown, irrespective of sex.

The species was found most abundant on sandy soil overgrown
with wire-grass and other low plants in areas of scrub oak and pine
(Jacksonville), but was also found widely distributed through the
undergrowth of pine and mixed forests and in fields and weedy
areas, particularly in somewhat damp situations. The insect is known
on the Atlantic coast from Medford, New Jersey, south to Miami,
Florida, and is found in the Appalachian valleys as high as 2,000 feet;
north of Maryland the species is decidedly scarce, and it is known
from southern Florida from but a single specimen.

Eritettix simplex (Scudder).

Maryland. North Carolina.

Laurel, V, 14, VI, 4, 1911, (Marshall), Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),

21 o\ 9 9 , [U. S. N. M.]. 3 juv. d\ 2 juv. 9 .

Glen Echo, VII, 10, 1914, (H.), 19. Black Mountain, VI, 1912, (W. Beu-

Pineypoint, VI, 17, (Pergande), 19, tenmiiller), 19, [Davis Cln.].

[U. S. X. M.l.

South Carolina.

Virginia. Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & 1 Juv- <?.

H.), 3 juv. <?, 1 juv. 9. Georgia.

Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.), Clayton, VI, 1909, (W. T. Davis),

3 juv. cf. 1 cT.

Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.), Thompson's Mills, IV, 1910, (H. A.

'2 juv. o\ 1 juv. 9 • Allard), 2 d\ 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.].

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.), Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),
2 juv. cT. 2 juv. o\ 2 juv. 9 .

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),
1 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9 .

The series of young from Fredericksburg, Orange and Petersburg
average about 0.5 mm. in length, those from Lynchburg and Greens-
boro 7.2, wrhile the remainder average about 8.4 mm. In such very
early stages wre find supplementary carinse weakly indicated on the
pronotum in five of the seventeen smallest specimens, and somewhat
more strongly but to varying degrees in five of the seven larger young,
while one of the latter has these carinse very weakly continued on the
head. All of these immature examples are of the more normal color
forms, excepting one male from Atlanta which has the dorsal surface of
head and pronotum uniformly black. These young individuals
have the median pronotal stripe present in the specimens which
have indications of supplementary carina?; examination of the series of
one hundred and fifty-nine adults of the present species in the col-
lections before us shows that the individuals having a strongly
defined median stripe have strongly defined supplementary carinse,
while those having the dorsum of the pronotum unicolorous wholly
lack supplementary carinse.

160

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

The present series of very small young all have short, flattened
antennae with apices weakly clavate.

The southeastern limits of the known distribution of the species
are defined by some of the records given above.

The present material was taken in campestral surroundings; in
short grasses, usually on uplands, but on the flat country just below
the fall line at Augusta. The young were abundant at Greensboro,
elsewhere they were occasional or very scarce.

Macneillia obscura Scudder.

Live Oak, Florida, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 9,2 juv. tf.
Gotha, Fla., 1 <? , [U. S. N. M.].

Both of the above females are Vandyke brown in general coloration,
one has the dorsal median section of the pronotum between the
supplementary carina? (which in this specimen are distinct) and the
corresponding portion of the head clay color; the other specimen
is unicolorous, the lateral carina? alone outlined in clay color, and
has no indication whatever of supplementary carina?.44 Study of
the series of forty-five adults and young of this rare species in the col-
lections before us, shows that the supplementary carina?, when present,
become more decided as a median stripe becomes more prominent.
Specimens having a wholly unicolorous dorsum of the pronotum
entirely lack supplementary carina?; we find this to be likewise true
in the species of the genus Eritettix.

The specimens from Live Oak, the most northern locality at which
this insect has been found, were taken on the side of a depression
near a sink hole, where the deforested ground was covered with wire-
grass and clumps of a dwarf oak growing knee-high.

Amblytropidia occidentalis (Saussure).

North Carolina.

Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R, & H.),

1 juv. 9 .

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 juv. a", 3 juv. 9 .

Lake Ellis, V, 14, 1906, 1 d", [U. S.

N. M.].
Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 juv. cf.
Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

3 juv. 9 .

Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. &
H.), 1 juv. 9.

South Carolina.
Spartanburg, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.),

1 juv. 9 .

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 o\ 2 juv. <?, 7 juv. 9.
Columbia, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. 9 •
Manning, V, 28, 1914, (W. Stone),

3 <?, 19, [A. N. S. P.].

Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

9 juv. 9 .
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

4 juv. o% 1 juv. 9 .

44 Unfortunately the authors in speaking of such unicolorous specimens used
"lateral carina}" where "supplementary carinse" was meant. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912. p. 251, (1912). "

11)10.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

161

Hebardville, V. 15, L915, (H.), 1 <?.
Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911,

(R. & II.), 2 juv.9.
Mixon's Hammock, Okeefenokee

Swamp, V, It), 1915, (H.), 1 9.

Billy's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 4 cf, 2 9.

Honey Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 3 o", 3 9.

Finn, I, i.

Jacksonville, VIII, 1885, (W. H. Ash-
mead), 3 juv. o", 2 juv.9, [Hebard
Cln.].

Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &
H.), 1 juv. cf.

Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),
1 juv. 9.

Daytona, XI, 11, 1911, (G. P. Engle-
hardt), 2 9 , [B. I.].

Georgia.

Toccoa, 1,094 feet, VIII, 4-5, 1913,

II.). 2 juv.9.
Vicinity of Stone Mountain, 1,000 feet,

VIII, 3, 1913, (K. & 11.), 1 juv.
\ 1 juv. 9.
Macon, VII. 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 juv. 9.
Warm Springs, 850-1,200 feet, VII, 9-

10, 1913, (R.), 1 juv. cT, 1 juv. 9.
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

4 juv. 9 .
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 juv. 9 .
[sle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 juv. _■", 2 juv. 9.
Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 juv. o", 2 juv. 9 •
Jesup, IX, 1,1911, (R. &H.), 1 juv.o";

XII, 1908, (H.), 1 d\ 29.
Honierville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 juv. <?.

There is little individual and almost no geographic variation in
size in the adults of the above series, the specimens from Billy's and
Honey Islands being of similar dimensions to individuals from
Raleigh, North Carolina.

The usual polychromatism is noticed in the adults. The
smaller young show both green and brown phases, the presence of
the former phase, which is never found in the adult condition, appar-
ently pointing to the greater primitiveness of this type of coloration.
In the earlier stages immature examples show a decided multilineate
coloration accompanied by an infuscation of the face, which is quite
distinctive, little suggestive, however, of the coloration of the adult.
As growth progresses the browns become more evident, and in the
third instar preceding maturity the greens have largely disappeared.
In the second instar preceding maturity such peculiarities as the
black edgings of the median carina of the pronotum, occasionally
found in adults, become evident.

While generally taken in grass and brush in pine or pine and oak
woods, the young of this species are occasionally found in oak groves.

Orphulella pelidna (Burmeister).

Maryland.
Glen Echo, VII, 10, 1914, (H.), 1 o*.

Virginia.

Arlington, VII, 9, 1914, (H.), 1 juv. 9 .
Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H.), 14 cf, 16 9.
Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.),

5 d\ 39.

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),
5 cf, 5 9.

North Carolina.
VVeldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 <?, 49.

Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),

5 o",3 9.
Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

3 (7,29.

162

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H).,

2 d\ 49.

Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

10 cf, 10 9.
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

29.
Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. &

H.), 1 d\ 4 9.

South Carolina.

Spartanburg, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.), 19.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf, 3 9.
Florence, IX, 6, 1913, (R. & H.),

3 d", 7 9.

Sumter, V, 30, 1914, (W. Stone),

19, [A. N. S. P.].
Manning, V, 23 to 30, 1914, (W.

Stone), 1 J, 19,4 juv. 9 , [A. N.

5 P 1

Isle' of Palms, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

3^,39.
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

12 c?, 12 9.

Georgia.

Clayton, 2,000-3,700 feet, VII, 1910,

(W. T. Davis), 1 9 .
Toccoa, VIII, 4-5, 1913, (H.), 3 d\

29.
Currahee Mountain, 1,700 feet, VIII, 5,

1913, (H.), 1 d\ 19.
Dalton, VIII, 7, 1913, (R.), 1 d\

1 juv. 9 •
Jasper, VIII, 5, 1913, (R.), 2 d\ 2 9 .
Austell, VIII, 6, 1910, 1 tf1, [Ga.

State Cln.].
Atlanta, VI, 26, 1913, 1 d\ 1 9, [Ga.

State Cln.].
Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 c?,19.
Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913, (R. & H.), 4 d% 5 9.
Thompson's Mills, X, 1909, (H. A.

Allard), 2 d\ 8 9, [U. S. N. M.].
Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

6 d\ 7 9.

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

4 d\ 119.

Monticello, VIII, 2, 1905, (Titus),

1 d\ [U. S. N. M.].

Warm Springs, VIII, 9-10, 1913, (R.),

2 d\ 7 9.

Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

5 <?, 89.

Tifton, IX, 8, 1910, 1 9 , [Ga. State

Cln.].
Bainbridge, VII, 15, 1912; IX, 3-7,

IX, 17-X, 19, 1910, (J. C. Bradley),

6 d\ 79.

Spring Creek, VI, 7-23, 1911, VII,

16-29, 1912, VIII, 26-28, 1913,

(J. C. Bradley), 18 d\ 20 9 .
Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

13 d1, 6 9.
Waycross, V, 11, 1910, 1 d*, [Ga.

State Cln.].
Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 1 d\

19.
Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911,

(R. & H.), 5 d\ 4 9.
Billy's Island, V, 28-VII, 1912, IX,

1-5, 1913, (J. C. Bradlev), 56 d\

37 9, 2 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9.
Jordans, Billy's Island, VIII, 31, 1913,

(J. C. Bradley), 2 d\ 1 9 , 1 juv. 9 .
Honey Island, VI, 1, 1912, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 d\ 1 9, 1 juv. 9 .
Mixon's Hammock, VI, 16, 1912,

(J. C. Bradley), 1 c?.
Fargo, VIII, 31, 1913, (J. C. Bradley),

1 juv. 9 .
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 3 d\

79.
Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (R. & H.),

4 d% 29.
Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

3 d\ 39.
Sandfly, IX, 2, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 d\

29.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.),

1 d\ 19.
St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911,

(R. & H), 7^,89.
Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

(R. & H.), 7 d\ 3 9.

Florida.

Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911," (R. &

H.), 6 d\ 49; XI, 3 and 5, 1911,

(W. T. Davis), 2^,49.
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24-25, 1911,

(R. &H.), 6 d", 19 9.
Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

3 d1, 69.
Lakeland, V, 4, 1912, XI, 8, 1911,

(W. T. Davis), 5 d\ 5 9.
Punta Gorda, XI, 11-16, 1911, (W. T.

Davis), 3 d\ 5 9.
Fort Myers, III, 30 and IV, 24, 1912,

(W. T. Davis), 1 d\ 19.
La Belle, IV, 27, 1912, (W. T. Davis),

19.
South Bay, Lake Okeechobee, V, 1

and 2, 1912, (W. T. Davis), 1 d\

1 9.
Everglade, IV, 5, 1912, (W. T. Davis),

19.
Deep Lake, IV, 13, 1912, (W. T.

Davis), 1 d\

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

The present series of five hundred and thirty-five specimens
exhibits the almost endless variation in size, the numerous structural
and proportional modifications and all the pure and compound color
phases found in this extremely plastic species. In the matter of
wing length we find both one of the most abbreviate females and
the most macropterous one of the same sex in the Lynchburg series.
The macropterous one of these measures 22.5 mm. in length of body
and 21.5 mm. in length of tegmen, while the abbreviate one has the
same proportions, 21.5 and 17.4, respectively. The only noteworthy
color modification is seen in the Isle of Palms series, which, taken
among the dunes of a barrier beach, is prevailingly grayish, two
of the females having almost no distinct markings, in this respect
much resembling 0. olivacea, with which this species was there
associated.

Certain specimens from Punta Gorda, Florida, particularly one
female, show a tendency toward the new 0. halophila occurring in
the same general region, but this is purely one of general resemblance
and not of close affinity. This apparent divergence from the basic
type is not true of all the individuals from that locality, as others
are perfectly typical of pelidna.

As to the synonymy of Orphulella pratorum Scudder with the
present species, it seems only necessary to say that the more material
seen by us the more certain are we of the correctness of the association.
This specie's was found over the whole region treated in the present
paper, frequenting the greatest variety of habitats, from salt marsh
grass (in company with olivacea at Tybee Island and Wrightsville) ,
to barren hillsides (Fredericksburg) and mountain slopes under
timber in a luxuriant undergrowth of grasses, vines and oak sprouts
(Currahee Mountain). The undergrowth in pine woods, i.e., gall-
berry, bunch and wire-grass, seems to be more preferred than cam-
pestrian situations. At Isle of Palms this species and olivacea were
found in the dry hollows of dunes among vegetation composed of
bayberry, Myrica cerifera, scrubby oak, briars and cabbage palmetto,
Sabal palmetto.

Orphulella olivacea (Morse).

Virginia. South Carolina.

Franklin, Accomac County, IX, 22, Isle of Palms, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),
1907, (B. Long), 1 9 , [A. X. 8. P.]. 1 <?.

Georgia.

North Carolina. Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (R. & H.),
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), 14 cf, 18 9.

2 9 . Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 <?.

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Florida.** Texas.

Pablo Beach, VIII, 12, 1905, (R. &H.), Galveston, VII, 19-21, 1912, (H.),

I cf. 11 <?, 59.

Cedar Keys, VIII, 15, 1905, (R. & H.), Virginia Point, VII, 21, 1912, (H.),

II cf, 12 9. 8 c?, 12 9, 1 juv. 9.

Corpus Christi, VII, 29, 1912, (H.),
29.

The study of the present series of this and the following species,
as well as material of olivacea from New England and New Jersey-
brings out three points of interest. First, that olivacea increases
in size southward, the Tybee Island and Cedar Keys specimens being
appreciably larger than New England and New Jersey individuals.
Second, the range of this species covers the coastal marshes and
portions of the beaches from southern New England (Norwich, Con-
necticut) south to north Florida (Pablo 'Beach), also along the Gulf
coast from Cedar Keys, Florida, to Texas, as far south as Corpus
Christi, the two portions of the range being completely separated.
Third, that in similar environment in south-central and southern
Florida and southern Texas, north to Corpus Christi, olivacea is
replaced by an allied species, which does not intergrade with the more
northern form and is found associated with it at Corpus Christi.

A critical examination of all of our material from fifteen localities

extending from Connecticut to Texas shows a regular size increase

in both sexes as one proceeds -southward to northern Florida, the

size increase being accompanied by a broadening and blunting of the

fastigium, specimens from Greenwich, Connecticut, and Cedar Keys,

Florida, being quite different in the latter feature. Considering the

Texan material, it is seen that the beach specimens (Galveston and

Corpus Christi) are somewhat smaller than individuals taken in

the salt marsh of the bays (Virginia Point), the series from the

latter place averaging as large as the Cedar Keys specimens taken

in the same environment. Measurements (in millimeters) of

average individuals and pairs from a number of localities are as

follows:

Greenwich, Conn. Atlantic City, Franklin City,
(Paratypes). N. J. Va.

cf 9 c? 9 9

Lengthofbody 17. 21.5 17.8 24.3 26 5

Length of pronotum 3.2 3.9 3.7 4.3 5.

Length of tegmen 14.6 16.8 15. 19.8 21.4

45 These specimens have been recorded by the authors (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1907, p. 287, (1907)) as O. pelidna? These individuals are extremely
large olivacea, differing also, as here shown, from northern specimens of the
species in having the fastigium somewhat aberrant.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

\Y rights ville, Esle of Palms, Tybcc Island,

N.C. S. C. Ga.

9 <? o* 9

Length of body 27.8 17.4 19.3 26.2

Length of pronotum I '.» 3.4 4. ">.

Length of tegmen..' 21.9 15.7 It). 7 21.5

Pablo Beach, Cedar Keys, Galveston,

Fla. Fla. ' Tex.

c? o". 9 o" 9

Length of body 20.3 20. 27. 18.5 23.7

Length of pronotum 4.1 4.1 5. 3.8 4.5

Length of tegmen 18.1 16.9 22.8 . 16.3 18.6

Virginia Point, Corpus Christi,
Tex. Tex.

<7 9 9

Length of body 21.1 27.5 26.8

Length of pronotum 5.2 5.3 5.

Length of tegmen '. 17.5 23.4 20.8

The Isle of Palms male was taken among the dunes of a barrier
beach, entirely away from the true salt-marsh habitat, which may
account for the small size of the specimen. The specimens from the
vicinity of salt pans with Salicomia and similar vegetation, a type of
situation where the species occurred at Galveston and Corpus Christi,
exhibit, as the measurements above show, a somewhat depauperate
form when compared with specimens from the salt marsh, which is
the typical habitat of the species. Apparently the action of environ-
ment is seen in these beach specimens in the reduction of wing length
and to a certain degree in the coloration, both of which are similar
to the condition found in the allied 0. halophila, which as far as
known invariably frequents the vicinity of salt pans. Tegminal
length as a general thing is a somewhat variable factor in 0. olivacea,
the Tybee series showing one female with a body length of 33.3 mm.
and a tegminal length of 25, while in this respect almost as much
variation either way from the measured specimen is found in the
same sex in the Virginia Point series. The general bulk and pronotal
length, however, follow the rule laid down above, the influence of a
somewhat changed environment on the beaches and flats resulting
there in a general size reduction, accompanied by a tegminal abbre-
viation much as in 0. halophila which frequents the same habitat.

The range of this species, so far as known, does not extend south

of Cedar Keys, Florida, and Corpus Christi, Texas, at the latter locality

the species occurring with 0. halophila (see below), which replaces

it southward. Texan olivacea are inseparable from eastern coast

specimens, and similarly south Florida and south Texas halophila

are inseparable.
12

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

At Wrightsville, Tybee Island, Sandfly and Virginia Point, this
species was found in salt marsh, associated with 0. pelidna at the
first two localities, while at Galveston and Corpus Christi it fre-
quented the flats and pans with Salicornia and similar vegetation.

Orphulella halophila new species. PL XII, figs. 6, 7, 8.

1912. Orphulella pelidna Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1912, p. 253. (In part.) [Records from Key West, Boot Key and Key
Vaca refer in part to halophila.]

Allied to 0. olivacea (Morse), but differing in the more robust
form, the never strongly elongate tegmina, the shorter pronotum,
the more arcuate lateral carina of the pronotum and more inflated
caudal femora.

Type: 9 ; Key West, Monroe County, Florida. July 3-7, 1912.
(Rehn and Hebard.) [Hebard Collection, Type No. 31.]

Description of Type. — Size medium; form moderately robust,
subcompressed. Head with occiput and interocular region regularly
arcuate when seen from the side, width of the interocular space
hardly narrower than the greatest fastigial width; fastigium much
broader than long (from cephalic margin of eyes), rectangulate in
outline, moderately impressed in a rather narrow subarcuate area
but little removed from the margin (fig. 7) ; when seen from the side
the fastigio-facial angle is moderately rounded, lateral foveolse very
elongate trigonal, well impressed; facial outline regularly though
but moderately oblique; frontal costa narrow at juncture with
fastigium, regularly widening ventrad, weakly sulcate dorsad of the
median ocellus; eyes one and one-half times as deep as the infra-
ocular sulcus is long, subovoid in shape, but moderately prominent
when seen from the dorsum; antennae slightly depressed proximad,
faintly tapering distad, considerably shorter than the head and
pronotum together. Pronotum with the greatest width across
ventral portion of the lateral lobes subequal to the greatest dorsal
length of the disk; lateral carinae moderately converging caiidad to
the second transverse sulcus, thence diverging caudad, both sections
slightly arcuate (fig. 7) ; cephalic margin of disk subtruncate, caudal
margin of disk obtusely arcuate; median carina of pronotum well
and evenly elevated, severed by the principal transverse sulcus
slightly caudad of the middle. Tegmina just reaching the tips of
the caudal femora, apex broadly rounded, when seen from the
lateral aspect and in repose the costal margin and the dorsal line of
the tegmen subparallel except for the slight proximal lobe; ulnar area
completely divided in two by a longitudinal spurious vein and in

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. L67

consequence with a double scries of cells; discoidal area faintly
narrowing distad, with irregularly arranged small cells and showing
but faint indications of an intercalary vein. Interspace between
the mesosternal lobes quadrate, slightly longitudinal; interspace
between the metasternal lobes smalj, narrowed caudad, subcuneate.
Caudal femora moderately robust, the greatest depth contained
four times in the length; caudal tibiae with eleven spines on the
external margin.

Allotype: d" ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.]
Description of Allotype. — Differing from the description of the type
in the following particulars, aside from the usual sexual differences.
Size small. Head with impressed area of the fastigium more extensive
caudad; fastigio-facial angle more obtuse-angulate, facial outline
when seen from lateral aspect slightly more oblique; frontal costa
nearly subequal in width between the antennal bases and the median
ocellus, sulcate throughout, but more distinctly so dorsad; eyes
nearly twice as deep as the infra-ocular sulcus is long, while prominent,
still slightly compressed when seen from the dorsum; antennae in
length very faintly exceeding that of the head and pronotum together.
Pronotum very slightly narrower; lateral carinae subobliterated
between the first and second transverse sulci. Tegmina slightly
surpassing the tips of the caudal femora; ulnar area with large but
irregular cells, without a distinct spurious vein; discoidal area as
in female. Interspace between mesosternal lobes distinctly longitu-
dinal; metasternal lobes attingent caudad. Caudal femora with
the greatest depth contained three and one-half times in the length;
caudal tibiae with eleven spines on the external margin.

The coloration of this species runs through the whole gamut of
units or phases found in certain other members of the genus, as
0. pelidna, showing much greater diversity than in the more closely
allied 0. olivacea. It seems unnecessary to more than summarize
the more striking of these units, between all of which there seem to
be regular intermediates. The males are much more uniform in
their coloration than is the case in the female sex. The green extreme
unit has the base color clear dull green-yellow (Ridgway) to chal-
cedony yellow, running to apple green and even rejane green, the
discoidal area of the tegmina with quadrate maculations of fuscous,
a distinct postocular suffusion present on head, dorsal portion of
lateral lobes and caudo-lateral portions of pronotal disk, the ventral
portions of the lateral lobes with or without fuscous linings and
hoary tints, the accessory lines on the occiput and femoral bars also

168

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

variable in presence or absence and solidarity. The brown extreme
is heavily mottled and suffused fuscous on a tawny-olive ground,
the dark markings around the lateral carinae of the pronotum strik-
ingly velvety black, the markings of the lateral lobes, tegmina and
femora not pronounced. Between these two extremes runs a series
of about five phases, each sufficiently distinct to the eye to be readily
recognizable. In one the color is uniform honey-yellow with almost
no markings, another is similar with the dark markings around the
lateral carinae velvety black and a narrow postocular bar fuscous,
with faint indications of tegminal maculations and a faint greenish
wash on the dorsum of the pronotum. Another has the whole pat-
tern, i.e., femoral markings, linings on lobes and pleura, dark areas
about carinae and very weak occipital lines and tegminal maculations,
indicated, but also entirely washed with ochraceous-salmon.
Another phase, apparently unusual, as it is seen only in males from
Point Isabel and a female from Boot Key, has the markings similar,
but is unsuffused and the base color is quite pale, in fact light buff.
The last of these phases is near the brown extreme, but it has the
tegminal markings decided and the base color somewhat paler.
In addition there crops out in three of the phases that peculiar wash-
ing of all or parts of the tegmina, and occasionally part or all of the
pronotum, with rich purple seen in a number of the species of this
very variable group. The type belongs to the green extreme and
the allotype is of a brownish phase which predominates in the' male
sex.

Correlating the material by locality for possible color relation to
environment is productive of little positive data, as the more extreme
color phases are usually from localities represented by uniques or
very small series, while the extensive Key West series (thirty-four
specimens) shows very great diversity in itself. The pale markings
on the lateral carinae of the pronotum, frequently broken mesad, are
the most striking constant color feature of the species.

Measurements {in millimeters).

Length of Length of Length of

cf body. pronotum. tegmen.

Key West, Fla., Allotype 17.5 3.5 13.4

Key West, Fla., Paratype 18.7 3.7 15.

Key West, Fla., Paratype 19. 3.5 14.2

Key West, Fla. , Paratype 18. 3.5 14.4

Corpus Christi, Tex 18.8 3.8 15.5

Corpus Christi, Tex 17.5 3.5 15.

Corpus Christi, Tex 18.2 3.5 14.3

Length of
caudal
femur.

9

10.
10.
10.
11.
11.

11.5

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1G9

Length of
Length of Length of Length of caudal

9 body. pronotum. tegmen. femur.

Key WVm, Fla., Type 24.5 4.7 18. 13.9

Key West, Fla., Paratype 24.3 4.5 16.9 12.9

Key West, Fla., Paratype 21.5 4.5 17. 13.

K«v West, Fla., Paratvpe 25.6 4.8 20. L4.2

Corpus Christi, Tex 23.3 4.3 19.2 14.1

Corpus Christi, Tex 26.3 5.1 20.7 15.5

Corpus Christi, Tex 26. 4.8 20. 15.2

It will be seen from the above measurements that the Texan
material has slightly longer femora in both sexes, but the difference
is extremely slight. The fastigium varies considerably in the degree
of angulation, particularly in the male sex, occasionally being dis-
tinctly acute-angulate in that sex, while in the female it sometimes
is faintly obtuse-angulate. The lateral carinse of the pronotum vary
much as they do in 0. olivacea, being more inbowed in some specimens
than in others, in fact almost subparallel cephalad in occasional
individuals, while very frequently in the males and less frequently
in the females they are distinctly subobsolete between the first and
second transverse sulcus. The individual variation in tegminal
length is less than usual in the present genus.

We have before us a series of seventy-one specimens of this inter-
esting species. The localities represented and data on the material
are as follows :

Punta Gorda, Florida, XI, 16, 1911, Key West, Fla., I, 20, 1904, (H.);

(W. T. Davis), 1 9 . Ill, 15-16, 1910, (H.); VII, 3-7,

Marco, Fla., IV, 17 and 20, 1912, 1912, (R. & H.), 12 c?\ 22 9, type,

(W. T. Davis), 1 cf, 3 9 . allotype and paratvpes.

Key Vaca, Fla., Ill, 14, 1910, (H.), Corpus Christi, Texas, VII, 29, 1912,

1 o". (H.), 9 <?, 12 9, 1 juv. 9.

Boot Key, Fla., Ill, 14, 1910, (H.), Point Isabel, Tex., VIII, 2, 1912,

1 d\ 19. (H.), 3 o".

Big Pine Key, Fla., VII, 6, 1912, Tampico, Tamaulipas, Mexico, XII,

(R. & H.), 1 o". 1906, 1 o", 2 9, [Hebard Cln.].

The above localities show that the range of this species is dis-
continuous, the two regions in which it occurs being separated by an
area, i.e., the greater portion of the Gulf coast of the United States,
where O. olivacea replaces it in the same environment. We can
only speculate as to the centre in which the species originated, but
in view of the accumulating evidence bearing on the Mexican origin
of certain south Florida Orthoptera it is not at all impossible that
this species in the past reached the eastern portion of its present
distribution from Mexico, and possibly by way of Yucatan.

It is evident from the data in hand that the species occurs through-
out the entire year, material being before us taken every month in
the year except February, May, June, September and October.

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

It seems probable to us that the present species is the one referred
to as 0. zapoteca (Saussure) by Scudder,46 his specimens having been
from Corpus Christi Bay, Texas; Mexico; Venis Mecas, Mexico;
San Mateo del Mar, Tehuantepec, Mexico; Guatemala, and Realejo,
Nicaragua. Our material runs to this species in his key and the
three exact localities given by him with which we are familiar, or
can locate, are in the maritime region frequented by this species.
The use of Saussure's name, however, does not appear warranted, as,
while the description is brief, it appears to apply more satisfactorily
to one of the peculiarly Mexican forms of the genus.

The habitats frequented by the species were all quite similar; at
Key West individuals being common in Salicornia and other halo-
phytes growing on almost bare coral rock in the mangrove region
at the east end of the island, on Big Pine Key the species was taken
among mangroves, while on Key Vaca and Boot Key it occurred
under much the same conditions as at Key West. At Corpus
Christi and Point Isabel the species frequented saline adobe flats
with low halophytic vegetation.

Orphulella speciosa (Scudder).

Glen Echo, Maryland, VII, 10, 1914, (H.), 2 d\ 2 9 .
District of Columbia, VIII, 11, 1883, 1 <?, [Hebard Cln.].
Fredericksburg, Virginia., VII, 20, 1913, (R. & H.), IS &, 31 9.

At Fredericksburg this northern type was fairly abundant and
widely distributed, especially in short grasses on the uplands bor-
dering the valley of the Rappahannock. These are portions of the
rounded escarpment of the Piedmont region, and it seems probable
that in Virginia this species does not occur on the coastal plain. The
present form is more distinctly a species of short-grass areas than
0. pelidna.

Dichromorpha viridis (Scudder).

Virginia. Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

Arlington, VII, 9, 1914, (H.), 2 juv. cf . „ 2 <f » 19' U^V^oi juv;w9 ' . „ *

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

H.), 9 J 89. 4o% 39.

Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.), 2 d% LaTke Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. &

3 9,1 juv. 9. H-)> 3 cf, 3 9.

Petersburg, VII, 23 1913, (R. & H.), ^ Car(Mna

Cf' ' JU Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 cf.

North Carolina. Manning, V, 23 and 30, 1914, (W.

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.), Stone), 1 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9 , [A. N.

2 d\ 19. S. P.].

46 Can. Ent., XXXI, p. 180, (1899).

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

171

Yemassee, IX. 1, 1911, (R. & H.),
2 cf, 3 9.

Georgia.

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 d\ 19, 1 juv. 9.
Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & B.),

l
Columbus, VII, 16, 1913, 1 d\ [Ga.

State Cln.].
Oglethorpe, Macon County, VII, 1

and 31, 1910, (J. C. Bradley), 1 d\

19.
Albanv, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 5 9,

1 juv. 9.
'niton. IX, S, 1910, (J. C. Bradley),

1 o".

Spring Creek. VIII, 26-28, 1913,

(J. C. Bradley), 19.
Bainbridge, V, 31-VI, 1, 1911; VII,

15, 1912; IX. 17-X, 19, 1910, (J. C.

Bradley), 3 o", 69.
Hoinerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 d1, 49.

Billy's [sland, VI-VII, 1912; IX, 1-5,
XII, 20, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 8 d\
10 9 , 1 juv. 9 .

.Ionian's, Billy's [sland, VIII, 31, 1913,

(J. C. Bradley), 1 d".
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 4 d\

59; XII, (II.), 1 9.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, ill.), 19.
St. Simon's Island. VIII. 30, L911,

(R. & II.), 19; IX-X, 1910, 1 d\

1 9, IGa. State Cln.].
Cumberland Island. VIII, 31, 1911,

(R. & H), 4 d", 2 9.

Florida.

Jacksonville, VIII, 25. 1911, (R. & EL),
19; VIII, 1885, (W. H. Ashmead),
10 d\ 89, [Hebard Cln.]; XI, 5,

1911, (W. T. Davis i, Id1, 29.
South Jacksonville, IX, 7, 1913,

(W. T. Davis), 1 d1, 2 9.
Ortega, Duval County, IX, 6, 1913,

(W. T. Davis), 1 d1.
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24-25, 1911,

(R. &H.), 8 d1, 12 9.
Pablo Beach, IX, 5 and 27, 1913,

(W. T. Davis), 5 d\ 79.
Live Oak, VII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

3 o*.

An examination of the above series and material from the north-
eastern States shows that as a rule the fastigium is blunter in the
more southern specimens, particularly in the female sex. Occasional
individuals from Georgia localities have the angle of this same region
similar to that found in Pennsylvania and New Jersey specimens,
but by far the majority show a distinct broadening of the fastigium.
The size varies individually in any considerable series and there
appears to be no geographic tendency in this feature.

There is a slight preponderance of the green phase, while the
brown individuals show a maculate, a simply punctulate and a
plain form. The green phase males show a decided amount of
variation in the infuscation of the lateral aspect, this being almost
blackish in certain specimens (Oglethorpe, Billy's Island, Pablo
Beach and Atlantic Beach), paling until, in two Lake Waccamaw
males, there is no infuscation except the carinal lines and their
tegminal continuations.

In the present series no specimens are macropterous, the tegmina
falling short of the apex of the abdomen in all.

The species is a lover of weedy spots, grassy fields and damp
overgrown depressions, occurring frequently in abundance. It is
occasionally found in grasses in pine woods (Weldon, Goldsboro
and Jacksonville).

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Clinocephalus elegans Morse.

1905. Clinocephalus pulcher Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1905, p. 36. [Miami, Florida.]

Maryland. Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 1 d\

Piney Point, VIII, 12, 1880, 19, „ 1 9 •

[Hebard Cln 1 Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

v 'J r ,. (R.&H.),1 juv.9.

North Carolina. JesuP) IX, l, 1911, (R. & H.), 21 <?,

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.), 9 9.

lie?, 3 9. Billy's Island, VII, 1912; IX, 1-5,

Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 2 9,2 juv. 9 .

H.), 11 c?, 7 9 , 1 juv. 9 . Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, (R. &

Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.), H.), 2 <?, 2 9.

11 c?, 5 9 . Hebardville, VIII, 28, 1911, (H.), 1 9 .

Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

27 c?, 30 9. 22 c?, 7 9, 1 juv.9.

Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), FlorUa

South Carolina.

Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 c?, 29,

Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.), South Jacksonville, IX, 7, 1913, (W. T.

3 cf, 2 juv. 9. Davis), 3 d\ 1 9.

Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.), Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24-25, 1911,

23 c?, 35 9 . (R. & H.), 12 c?, 12 9 , 1 juv. 9 .

Georgia. Texas.

Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (R. & H.), Webster, Harris County, VII, 19, 1912,

9 c?, 99. (H.), 2 c?.

Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 11 c?, Dickinson, Galveston Countv, VII,

59. 20, 1912, (H.), 3 c?.

A critical examination of this material shows that in the southern
part of its range the species varies away from the more northern
type, much as do Orphulella olivacea and Chortophaga viridifasciata,
the general size, as a rule, increasing southward and the fastigium
there becoming appreciably broader and blunter. Material from
Miami, Florida, has been separated from true elegans by the authors,
who first considered it to represent a full species, Clinocephalus
pulcher, and later regarded it as a geographic race of elegans. 47
Specimens from as far north as St. Simon's Island, Georgia, were con-
sidered representative of pulcher, the characters of which were also
analyzed on the basis of Florida material.48 In the light of the
additional collections now available, it seems best to place this
name unreservedly in synonymy. The characters are not decided
or constant enough in our opinion to justify the retention of the
name, the recognition of a geographic race requiring, it appears
to us, more uniformity in, and more significance to, its differential
characters over at least the greater portion of its range. The gradual
increase in size and the broadening and bluntening of the fastigium

47 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 588, (1911).

48 Ibid., 1907, p. 287, (1907).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

southward are features shared by a number of species, which differ-
ences, uncorrected with other characters, we do not feel are suf-
ficiently clear cut to constitute racial criteria, the two extremes in
this case grading gradually into one another instead of showing
uniformity over definite areas and intergradation over relatively
smaller ones.

The previous analysis of the characters of pulcher covered the
supposedly diagnostic features, i.e., size, tegminal length, fastigial
form, frontal costa and color. A re-examination of these features
shows that the general size as a rule follows the usual increase in
size southward, but that in the series from Lake Waccamaw, Winter
Park, Yemassee, Jesup, Tybee Island and Sandfly we find individ-
uals of both sexes which are similar in this respect to New Jersey,
and others to southern Florida, specimens. Regarding the relative
length of the tegmina, we find no specimens in the present material
with tegmina as long as south Florida representatives, but each
series shows a considerable degree of individual variation in this
respect in both sexes. The four females from Jacksonville all
have the tegmina very short, not surpassing the middle of the third
abdominal segment, lanceolate and acute. The form of the fastigium
shows a general uniform broadening southward, but, like the length
measurement, occasional individuals of both sexes have it as narrow
and as much angulate as in New Jersey specimens. The sulcation
of the frontal costa varies greatly in degree, to a certain extent
geographically, but to a greater one individually.

As we have said before, the more southern specimens exhibit color
patterns not observed in more northern individuals. This statement
holds true in the light of the present material, the extreme trilineate
form being suggested in but a few individuals, these from southern
Georgia, although blackish or largely blackish specimens are present
in the Wilmington, Lake Waccamaw, Yemassee, Sandfly, Homer-
ville, Jacksonville and Atlantic Beach series. These blackish speci-
mens are females and without exception they were taken on wet
black ground in swampy situations.

The Texas specimens are inseparable from Georgia individuals
and the range of the species is considerably extended by these
records. In the southern States the species is found at greater
distances from the coast line than is the case to the northward, but
nowhere has the species been found above the fall line; Fayetteville,
North Carolina, being the farthest inland locality from which it is
known. The range extends from western Long Island, New York

174

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

(Ravenswood), south to Key West, Florida, west to eastern Texas
(Webster and Dickinson), extending inland as far as Fayetteville,
North Carolina, Homerville, Georgia, and Flomaton, Alabama.

The species always occurs in moist areas, and in the region here
treated often in woodland, generally among bracken, reeds or grasses,
but occasionally on black water-soaked ground covered with low
swamp plants. The vicinity of a wet depression or the tangled border
of a swampy tract of pine or cypress is particularly frequented.

Chloealtis conspersa Harris.

Glen Echo, Maryland, VII, 10, 1914, Arlington, Virginia, VII, 9, 1914, (H.;

(H.; luxuriant grasses and other veg- area of Andropogon and other

etation on hill slopes covered with low grasses), 1 d, 19.
scattered pines), 6 d, 6 9.

The present records extend considerably the known range of this
northern species southward near the Atlantic Coast; in the Appalach-
ians it is found at high elevations as far south as North Carolina.
The series here considered is composed of large individuals and the
females are all of the normal condition with greatly reduced tegmina
and wings.

Arphia xanthoptera (Burmeister).

District of Columbia.
Washington, IX, 23, 1883, 1 9 , [Hebard

Cln._

Virginia.

Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.)

2 juv. d.

Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.)

1 juv. 9 .

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.)

3 juv. 9 .

North Carolina.
Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.)

2 juv. cf, 19.

Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.)

1 juv. cf.
Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.)

1 d, 1 juv. d, 1 juv. 9.
Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.)

1 juv. d .
Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R.&H.), 2 d
Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.)

1 cf, 29.

Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.)

5(^,39.
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.)

2 d.

South Carolina.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.)

5 d, 29.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.)

3 d, 1 juv. 9.

Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

1 d.
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

4 d, 5 9.

Georgia.

Jasper, 1,550 feet, VIII, 5, 1913, (R.),

2 juv. d-

Toccoa, VIII, 4-5, 1913, (H.), 2

juv. d, 1 juv. 9.
Currahee Mountain, VIII, 5, 1913,

(H.), 2 juv. 9.
Thompson's Mills, X, 1909, (H. A.

Allard), 2 d, [U. S. N. M.].
Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. 9 •

Stone Mountain, VIII, 3, 1913, (R. &

H.), Id; IX, 12, 1913, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 9.
Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913, (R. &H.), 1 juv. d, 1 juv. 9.
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

4o,,4 juv. d, 3 juv. 9.
Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 d, 1 juv. d, 2 juv. 9.

Warm Springs, VIII, 9-10, 1913, (R.),

1 a", 19, 1 juv. 9.
Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

4 d.
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 d,

39; XII, 1908, (H.), 19, 1 juv d.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 3 d.

1910.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

L75

Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

K. & II.), 1 9.
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (K. & H.),

1 d\ 19.
Bainbridge, IX. 3-7, 1910, (J. C,

Bradley), 1 <?.
Spring Creek, VI. VII, 1911-12,

(.1. ('. Bradley), loM?.

Florida.

Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. &

H.), 4 d\ 59.
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24-25, 1911,

(R. &H.), 2 d\
Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

19.

Scarcely any size variation is apparent over the distribution of
the present species. Males in the series before us range in length
from 21.5 to 27 mm., females from 31.5 to 40 mm. Several specimen-
from southern Georgia show a considerable reduction in the pronotal
crest, which might, confuse them with A. granulata, were other
differential characters, which separate these two distinct species, not
carefully observed. The height of this crest, measured vertically
from the dorso-caudal angle of the pronotum, is variable in all of
the series now under consideration, extremes measuring as follows:
males, 2 to 2.7 mm., females, 2.3 to 3.4 mm. The great majority of
specimens approach more closely the maximum in this measurement .

The specimens of palest coloration have the ventral surface of the
body very dark, which portion of the body is almost black in the
normal type of this insect; in A. granulata, this surface is normally
very pale, only occasionally weakly suffused with brown.

The present species was found in dry situations, particularly in
more open woodlands (long-leaf and short-leaf pine, pine and oak or
only deciduous trees), in fields along the edge of forests and occa-
sionally in grassy fields; on Stone Mountain, Georgia, a single speci-
men was found on the bare granite rock surface at the summit.

South of northern Florida, the species is known from but one
record, Orange City Junction, Florida.

Arphia granulata Saussure.

South Carol i na.

Sumter, V, 30, 11)14, (W. Stone), 2 <?,

[A. N. S. P.].
Manning, V, 28, 1914, (\V. Stone), 1 d\

[A. N. S. P.].

Georgia.

St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911,

(R. <v H.), 6 cf, 5 9.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 2 cf ,

39.
Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

(R. & H.), 2 cT, 2 9.
Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 5 <?,

39; VIII, 28, 1911, (H.), 2 9.

Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.)

1 d% 19.
Mixon's Hammock, Okeefenokee

Swamp, V, 16, 1915, (H.), 1 cf •
Billy's Island, VI, IX, 1-5, 1912-13.

(J. C. Bradley), 7 d\ 5 9 , 1 juv. 9 .

Florida.

Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 cf; (T. J. Priddev), So1, 2 9,

[Hebard Cln.].
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. &

H.), 3 9.
Ortega, IX, 6, 1913, (W. T. Davis), 1 d".
Indian River, (T. J. Priddev), 1 o\

[Hebard Cln.].

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

In the present species the height of the pronotal crest, measured
vertically from the dorso-caudal angle of the pronotum, is moderately
variable in all of the material in our collections, the extremes measur-
ing as follows; males 1.4-2 mm., females 1.5-2 mm. The minimum
of this measurement is approached by the majority of specimens.

The present species is widely distributed through the pine woods
of Florida and extreme southern Georgia and is an inhabitant of low,
flat country. On Mixon's Hammock a specimen was taken on the
edge of an oak grove. The insect is known from localities extending
from Wilmington, North Carolina, and Waynesville, Georgia, west-
ward as far as Thomasville, Georgia, and south to Key West, Florida.

Arphia sulphurea (Fabrieius).

Maryland. Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

Chesapeake Beach, 1 cf, [Davis CIn.]. -* 9 • _. ... ' _, _.

Glen Echo, VII, 10, 1914, (H.),ld%l 9. Lake Toxaway, V, (Mrs. A. T. blos-

Washington, D. C, VIII, 1883, 2 tf, son)> 1 9> tDavls Cln-1-

[Hebard Cln.]. South Carolina.

Virginia. Spartanburg, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.),

GrDavisMS9 YI' 26' 1914' (W' T' 1JUV'9' Geor°ia-

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & Clayton, 2,000 feet, V, 18-26, 1911,

H.), 19,l]uv. c?. . (J- C- Bradley), 2^; VI, VII,

Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.), 19, 1909-10, (W. T. Davis), 3 <?, 5 9 .

! juV' 9. Pinnacle Peak, VII, 21, 1910, (W. T.

Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.), ^Davis), la*. .

I o Black Rock Mountain, 3,500 feet, V,

North Carolina 20_25' 1911' (J- C- Bradle>')> 1 <?■

North Carolina. Tuckoluge Creek, Rabun County, VII,

Manteo, V and VI, 1903, 1 tf, 19, 1910, (W. T. Davis), 1 cf.

[Davis Cln.]. Jasper, 1,550 feet, VIII, 5, 1913, (R.),

Weldon, IV, 20, 1908, (B. Long), 1 tf, 1 tf.

[A. N. S. P.]; VII, 24, 1913, (R. & Currahee Mountain, 1,700 feet, VIII,

H.), 19. 5, 1913 (H.), 19.

Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.), Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 juv. 9. 2 d\

Mature individuals of the present insect appear in the early spring,
while the above records show that desultory adults are still present
as late as early August.

The most southern definite record for the species is Leon County,
Florida, near the Georgia State line.

Chortophaga viridifasciata (De Geer).

Maryland. Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.),

Glen Echo, VII, 10, 1914, (H.), 1 d\ * <?» 1 Juv- £> l Juv\9- rrr .

Montgomery Count v, 4 9 , [Hebard
Virginia. Cln.].

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),

H.), 2 d% 2 9 , 2 juv. d\ 2 juv. 9 . 2^, 19.

Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 &.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177

North Carolina. Tuckoluge ('reck, Rabun County, VII,

Weldon, VII, 24, 15)13, (R. & H.), T 1910> W- T. Dayis), 3 9 .

1 ', 19, ] juv. d". Jasper, 1,550 feet, Mil, 5, 1913, (R.),

Greensboro, VII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.), „, 1 <?• , TrTTT

19,1 juv. oV 1 juv. 9 . Toceoa, 1,094 feet, VIII, 4, 1913, (H.),

Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.), 19-

1 juv 9 ■ ( urranee Mountain, v III, 5, 1913,

Fayettevffl'e, IX. 9, 1911, (R. & H.), (H-)> 1 <f- „.„ . _ ft ,,,

Ij 19 1 hoinpson s Mills, spring 1909, (Al-

Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), lard)> I <?> * 9- lr- S- N- M-l-

1 - Rome, VIII, 21, 1910, 1 cf, 19,

South Carolina. [Ga. State Cln.].

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), Bx\ck[1Q%dX VK'vV913, (R" & H'}'
j-ijo i a , - v , - juv. ci •

Sullivan Island, IX, 5, 1911, (R. & H.), ^iS^^^)^ feet' VU1' 3'

r Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

, 9 :r 1913, (R. & H.), 1 cT, 1 9 .

Clayton 2,000 feet, V, 18-26, 1911, Gainesville, IV, 12, 1911, (J. C. Brad-

(J. C. Bradley), 2 <?; VI, 1909, jey) 19

(W. T. Davis), ,5 cf, 49. Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

Pinnacle Peak. VIII, 20, 1913, (J. C. 3*^ 79 2 juv c?.

Bradley), 2 d>. Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

Black Rock Mountain, 3,000 and 3,500 q j eg 1 hiv Q

feet, V, 20-25, 1911, (J. C. Bradley), ° ° - ° ¥ > J

I oM9.

In the series before us a perceptible increase in robustness is found
southward in the distribution at low elevations of the present species ;
this is accompanied by an appreciable reduction in the pronotal
crest and a moderate broadening of the vertex. Material from
altitudes of 3,000 feet or over in the mountains of North Carolina
and Georgia is quite similar to material from Massachusetts, but
the pair before us from elevations of 3,000 and 3,500 feet on Black
Rock Mountain, Georgia, are very large, more attenuate, with higher
crest and more compressed vertex, the dorsal surface of which is
excavate.

Although material of the present species from the country adjacent
to that in which C. australior is found shows certain characters more
like those found in that species, no intergradation whatever exists,
and C. australior shows definitely a more recent common ancestry
with C. cubensis, as has already been observed. The southeastern
limits of the present insect's distribution define sharply the north-
western limits of the range of C. australior, which throughout its
range appears to wholly supplant C. viridifasciata.

Male immature examples in the earliest instars have the subgenital
plate scoop-shaped, in the larger young this plate is much as in the
adult condition. In the above series there are very small young
from Lynchburg, Virginia; Greensboro and Charlotte, North Carolina,
and Augusta, Georgia, which afford decided evidence that the insect

178

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

is particularly a spring species over the entire portion of its range
treated in the present paper, as adults are usually found to be scarce
as early as the middle of July. At about this time the young were
found quite numerous in Virginia and North Carolina.

We have never seen specimens of the present insect showing any
indication of a reddish suffusion, which is so striking in occasional
specimens, particularly those in the green phase, of C. australior.
In the present series eighteen males and nine females are of the brown
phase, seven males and twenty-two females are of the green phase,
while one female is brown suffused with green.

This species prefers upland surroundings where it thrives in the
open in areas of short grasses; it is also found along the borders of
woodlands (Weldon and Greensboro, North Carolina; Jasper, Georgia)
and was found scarce in bunch-grass growing on granite slopes (Stone
Mountain, Georgia).

On the Atlantic coast the insect is known as far south as Sullivan
Island, South Carolina, inland the most southern records are Florence,
South Carolina; Augusta, Marshallville and West Point, Georgia, and
Flomaton, Alabama.49 The species is found far south of this latitude
in Texas, and we have specimens before us from as far east on the
Gulf coast as Biloxi, Mississippi.

Chortophaga australior Rehn and Hebard.

Georgia.
Savannah, (A. Oemler), 1 d% [U. S.

N. M.].
Tybee Island, VII, 26, 1913, (J. C.

Bradlev), 1 o\ 19; IX, 2, 1911,

(H.), l"cf.
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 9 .
St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911,

(R. &H.), 3 cf, 9 9, 1 juv. &.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 1 cf ,

19.
Cumberland Island, IV, 29, 19,

[Ga. State Cm.]; VIII, 31, 1911,

(R. &H.), la1,!?.
Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 1 cf .
Billy's Island, VI, VII, IX, 1912-13,

(J. C. Bradley), 8^,6?.
Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

19.
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 tf,

19,1 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9.
Tifton, IX, 8, 1910, (J. C. Bradley),

1 <?, 19.
Bainbridge, IX, 3-X, 19, 1910, (J. C.

Bradlev), 3 tf, 6 9.

Spring Creek, VI, 7-VIII, 28, 1911, 13,
(J. C. Bradley), 8 d\ 6 9 .

Florida.

Fernandina, (Fenn), 1 &, [U. S. N. M.J.
Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. &

H.), 19,1 juv. cf ; IX, 7, 1913,

(W. T. Davis), 1 <?) XI, 5, 1911,

(W. T. Davis), 2^,59.
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24-25, 1911,

(R. & H.), 5 cf, 12 9, 1 juv. 9.
Pablo Beach, IX, 5, 27, 1913, (W. T.

Davis), 3 cf, 4 9.
Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

39.
St. Vincent Island, XI, 1, 1910,

(W. L. McAtee), 2 <?, 19, [U. S.

N. M.].
St. Augustine, XI, 8, 1911, (G. P.

Englehardt), 19, [B. I.].
Cedar Keys, VI, 9, 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.].
Sanford, III, (A. N. Caudell), 1 9 , [U. S.

N. M.J.
Indian River, 1896, (T. J. Priddey),

1 d\ 19, [Hebard Cln.].

49 See under C. australior, Morse's records of this insect which apply properly
to that species.

191(3.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

Scarcely any geographic variation is found in the present species,
individuals from southern Florida are, however, as a rule slightly
more robust than those from Georgia.

In the above series two males and eight females have a more or
less decided reddish suffusion on the dorsal surface of head, pronotum
and caudal femora. The series contains twenty-three males and
eleven females in the brown phase, and six males and twenty-eight
females in the green phase. As is true in C. viridifasciata, the
majority of males are of the former color phase, while the majority
of females are of the latter, a very much greater diversity in tone
and intensity of shade and marking is, however, found in the present
insect.

The species is found abundant in colonies in very short grass of
fields, along roads and in uncultivated spots in and about towns.
When one specimen is flushed often a dozen or twenty will fly up,
then frequently others will not be seen for many yards. The flight
of this species is swift and is accompanied by quite a loud buzzing
sound. In sandy fields overgrown with short grasses on St. Simon's
Island, Georgia, and at Atlantic Beach, Florida., the insects were
present in great numbers. The species is known to be present in the
adult condition throughout the year over its entire range.

The distribution of the present insect ranges from the Dry Tor-
tugas, Florida, northward to Savannah, Georgia, the most north-
western localities at which it has been found being Tifton, Albany
and Spring Creek, Georgia, and Ft. Barrancas, Florida.50

Encoptolophus sordidus (Burmeister).

District of Columbia. Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.),

Washington, IX, 1883, 1 <?, [Hebard 1 Juv- <?t l Juv- ? •

Cln-]- North Carolina.

Virginia. Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.)r

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & colony of very small voung found.

H.), 1 juv. 9. Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. 9.

A very few immature examples are all the specimens of the present
species which were found by the authors in the southern Piedmont
region in late July; Morse secured but few examples of this insect
when working in this region in late August and early September.
Charlotte, North Carolina, is the most southern record for the present
insect, which is very scarce over all but the most northern portion of

50 Morse's records of C. viridifasciata from Savannah, Tybee Island and Way-,
cros>. Georgia, and Carrabelle, Warrington and Fort Barrancas, Florida, are
properly referable to the present species.

180

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

the territory at present under consideration. The distribution of the
present species is known to extend westward to the Great Plains
.in the latitude of Nebraska; south of this the most western records
are eastern Kentucky and Roan Mountain Station, Tennessee. Scud-
der's Florida record is based upon a misidentification of C. australior.
Saussure's records for Georgia and Florida likewise cannot be credited
to this species, while Coquillett's Californian record applies to a
western species.

Pardalophora51 phoenicoptera (Burmeister).

1892. Hippiscus (H[ippiscus]) texanus Scudder, Psyche, VI, pp .267, 286.
[Dallas and San Antonio, Texas.]

Maryland.

Queen Anne County, VIII, 15, 1902,
(E. G. Vanatta), 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.].

Virginia.
Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H.), 6^,29.
Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 tf1.
Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 &.

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 <?.

Suffolk, (C. W. Johnson), 19, [A. N.
S. P.].

North Carolina.
Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H).,

3 cT, 39.

Hertford County, VI, 9, 1895, Id"

[A. N. S. P.].
Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 <?.
Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 & .

South Carolina.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 tf1.

Manning, V, 30, 1914, (W. Stone),
6 d\ [A. N. S. P.].

Georgia.
Clayton, VI, 1909, (W. T. Davis),

4 cf, 29.

Black Rock Mountain, V, 20-25, 1911,
(J. C. Bradley), 1 juv. 9 .

Toccoa, VIII, 4-5, 1913, (H.), 2 cf .
Currahee Mountain, VIII, 5, 1913,

(H.),19.
Sharp Mountain, VIII, 6, 1913, (R.),

19.
Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

19.
Stone Mountain, VIII, 3, 1913, (R. &

H.), 19.
Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913', (R. & H.), 2 9 .
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 d\ 19.

Warm Springs, VII, 18, 1913, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 9 ; VIII, 9-10, 1913,

(R.), 1 cf.
Groveland, VII, 28, 1913, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 9.
Cumberland Island, IV, 29, 1911, 1 <?,

[Ga. State On.].
Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 3 <?,

3 9,1 juv. 9 .

Billy's Island, IV, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 1 d% 1 9 .

Bainbridge, V, 30-VI, 1, 1911, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 9 .

Spring Creek, VI, 7-VII, 29, 1911.
(J. C. Bradley), 5^,29.

Florida.

Jacksonville, V, 1885, (W. H. Ash-
mead), 2 9; (T. J. Priddey), 4 <?,

4 9, [all Hebard On.].
Enterprise, IV, 24, 1903, 1 juv. 9 ,

[U. S. N. M.].

An examination* of the material upon which Scudder based his
H. texanus shows that name to be an absolute synonym of the present
species. In Scudder's key that portion which separates these two

81 In the resurrection of this name we follow Kirby, Synon. Catal. Orth., Ill,
p. 206, (1910). This genus offers more important characters to separate it from
true Hippiscus than is the case with numerous other recognized (Edipodine
genera.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

(e1 and e2) is diagnostically worthless; such variation as is noted in
tegminal markings is found everywhere in the eastern series before us
which belong unquestionably to the same species; it is impossible to
separate Scudder's series of texanus from the present insect by means
of tegminal contour, while the "sharp" and "not very sharp" lateral
carinse of the pronotum are intangible. The g2 portion of the key
serves fully as well to separate phoenicopterus from haldemanii.

Scarcely any geographic variation in size is found in the present
species over that portion of its range here considered; however,
material from the low-land portions of Georgia, from Florida and
Texas, shows a somewhat greater robustness of the caudal femora
accompanied by an appreciable increase in the lamellation of the
ventral margins of the same. The tegminal length in the present
series is variable irrespective of geographic distribution, extremes
of the present series measure as follows; males 27.5-32 mm., females
33-43 mm. The specimens from Texas are as large as the largest
specimens here recorded and have tegmina which, in the majority
of such specimens before us, very slightly exceed in length the maxi-
mum in the present series.

In the present series are five males and two females with head,
pronotum and caudal femora greenish. Specimens from the low-
land of Georgia and from Florida are somewhat more brilliantly
colored and show a greater diversity of coloration than do those
which compose the remainder of the series; among these are several
females and one male with head, pronotum and caudal femora paler
than usual and almost immaculate, while the tegminal markings are
considerably reduced in number. A female from Augusta, Georgia,
is nearly immaculate, but darker in coloration than these specimens.

The present insect appears adult in the early spring, and by the
first of August few survivors remain. South of the northern portion
of Florida the species is known from but four specimens, two males
captured at Lakeland, a female from Cleveland and an immature
female from Southside, Miami.52

Hippiscus rugosus (Scudder)

1892. Hippiscus [H[ippiscus]) com pact us Scudder, Psyche, VI, pp. 268, 288.

[Carolina; south shore of north Potomac, Maryland.]
1892. Hippiscus (H[ippiscus]) variegatus Scudder, Psyche, VI, pp. 268, 301.

[Pennsylvania; Maryland; Washington, D. C; Georgia; Indiana; southern

Illinois; Topeka, Kansas.]

52 These specimens show a maximum development of the robustness of the
caudal femora and the increase in the lamellation of the ventral margins of the
same.

13

182 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

1892. Hippiscus (H[ippiscus\) suturalis Scudder, Psyche, VI, pp. 268, 301.

[Moline, Illinois.]
1901. Hippiscus citrinus Scudder, Can. Ent., XXXIII, p. 88. [Alabama.]
1906. Hippiscus immaculatus Morse, Psyche, XIII, p. 119. [Clarendon,

Texas.]

Maryland. Georgia.

Marshall Hall, VIII, 9, 1883, 1 9 , Thompson's Mills, X, 1909, (H. A.

[Hebard Cln.]. Allard), 3 a\ 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.].

Washington, D. C, VIII, 1883, 1 9 , Toccoa, VIII, 4-5, 1913, (H.), 2 juv. 9 .

[Hebard Cln.]. Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

tt. • ■ juv. numerous.

TTTT yiramm- Stone Mountain, VIII, 3, 1913, (R. &

Arlington, VII, 9, 1914, (H.), 1 juv. d1. g>)> i juv ^

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,
H.), 12 d\ 4 juv. tf>, 3 juv. 9 . 1913, (R. & h.), 1 tf>.

Orange, VII 21 1914 ,(R .. &H.), 1 cf. Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.), 19,1 juv 9 .

1 o*, 1 juv. 9. Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 d*, 19, 3 juv. tf.
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

North Carolina.

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.), l"^"'l 9 "

vr^'4,9' tv a ion m 1 t^ Bainbridge,' VII, 15-27, 1909, (J. C.
Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. <k H.), Bradley) 4 9

m1f'l9i tv 7 ion m i tt. Spring Creek, VII, 16-29, 1912, (J. C.
Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), Bradley), 5^,19,1 juv. cf .

6 d\ 109. • ' .'

t loriaa.
South Carolina. Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.),

Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.), 8 <?, 5 9.

6 tf. Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 <?, 19.

Three of the species described by Scudder in 1892, H. compactus,
variegatusb3 and suturalis, are inseparable from H. rugosus; though
particularly based upon color pattern, not even sufficient color
differences exist to enable one to choose various color forms such as
are to be found in numerous other species of Orthoptera, where, how-
ever, names for these cannot be used owing to their multiplicity, inter-
gradations and lack of specific importance. Other characters given
to separate these "species" by Scudder are without exception worth-
less, this is due to their variability or to the fact that they are based
upon differences which are so slight as to be unappreciable.

The specimen described, in 1901, by the same author as H. citrinus,
is merely a very dark specimen of the present species, no other
characters are given nor do any exist to further distinguish the
specimen.

Morse has described a single male from Clarendon, Texas, as H.
immaculatus. This insect is but a very pale individual of the present
species. The normal tegminal marking of H. rugosus is absent, the

53 This name has already been correctly svnonymized by Blatchley, Orth. of
Indiana, p. 270, (1903).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

only remaining maculations suggesting those of Pardalophora apiculata
(H. tuberculatus of authors), but much less distinct. This specimen,
which shows the greatest amount of recession in color pattern of any
individual of the present species we have seen, has in consequence,
as is often true in such cases, a decidedly different facies, since the
normal tegminal markings are all but obliterated.

In the present species minor differences exist in every large series
in robustness, rugosity of the pronotum and angulation of the caudal
margin of the same, length of tegmina, number and size of tegminal
maculations and wing length. None of these differences are, however,
of any geographic importance. The extremes in tegminal length
of the material at present under consideration are as follows : males,
23.2 to 28 mm., females 28.8 to 35 mm. A number of th*e specimens
before us of the present species from Nebraska exceed the maximum
of these measurements, as is also true of western specimens of Par-
dalophora phoeni copter a.

The specimens before us exhibit much variation in the number and
situation of the tegminal maculations, varying from a type in which
the tegmina are covered with small and more or less disconnected
maculations, to one in which these markings are much fused, forming
five or six broad irregular transverse bands.

All of the adult specimens from above the fall line and north of
Winter Park, North Carolina, have the disk of the wings primrose
yellow, varying much less frequently to wax yellow. Southward
nearly one-half the specimens from localities below the fall line have
this portion of the wings peach red to orange pink,54 while the re-
mainder vary from light orange yellow to citron yellow. As in the
last species treated, the width of the wing band varies considerably.

This species begins to appear adult about the middle of July, and
by late August and early September is found mature in the largest
numbers over that portion of its range treated in the present paper.
The species is widely distributed and common through upland
fields (Virginia localities), in fields near woods and through the under-
growth, particularly of pine woods (other records), while at Stone
Mountain, Georgia, it was found in bunch-grass growing on other-
wise bare granite slopes. In southern Georgia and northern Florida
it is usually rather uncommon, only seldom being found abundant
locally (Spring Creek, Georgia; Jacksonville, Florida). The records
given above are the most southern for the species in Florida.

M These specimens are distributed through the present series as follows: Winter
Park, 4 cf , 5 9; Columbia, 1 <?; Bainbridge, 2 9; Spring Creek, 2 d"; Jackson-
ville, 5 <?, 1 9; Live Oak, 1 cT.

184

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Dissosteira Carolina (Linnaeus).

Maryland.
Glen Echo, VII, 10, 1914, (H.), 1 9 .

Virginia.
Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H.), 2 d\ 19, 1 juv. 9.
Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.), 2 <?.
Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.),

I'd1.
Montgomery County, (E. A. Smyth

Jr.), 1 d\ [Hebard Cln.].
Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 d\

North Carolina.

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.),

"common as usual in dusty places."
Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),

1^,19.
Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 d\
Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

19.

South Carolina.
Spartanburg, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.), 1 <?.

No geographic variation appears to exist in the present series of
this very widely distributed and ubiquitous species. Extremes in
tegminal length are as follows: males, 29.3 to 33 mm., females,
32.5 to 40 mm. The species is everywhere to be found along dusty
roads and on more or less bare spots in waste land. It is not nearly
as abundant below the fall line south of central North Carolina,
however, as in the Piedmont region, and has not been taken anywhere
south of Enterprise, Florida. Sufficient work has been done in southern
Florida to warrant the statement that the species is not to be found
in that region.

Spharagemon crepitans (Sauasure). PL XII, figs. 9, 10.

Georgia.
St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.),

1 cf, 39.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.),

3 d\39.
Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

(R. &H.), 5 d\ 3 9.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.),

fairly common.
Magnolia, IX, 5, 1911, (R. & H.),

occasional.

Georgia.

Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.

Davis), 1 d1, 2 9.
Dalton, VIII, 7, 1911, (R.), 1 <?.
Thompson's Mills, (H. A. Allard), 1 d\

ITT Q T\T TV T 1

Silver' Lake, VIII, 10, 1913, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 d*.
Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913, (R. &H.), 19.
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 9 .
Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

19.
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. 9 .
Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

Billv's Island, XI, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 2 d% 5 9.
Bainbridge, IX, 3-7, 1910, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 d", 2 9.

Florida.
Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 2 9,

[Hebard Cln.
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (H.),

4 cf .
Pablo Beach, VIII, 11, 12, 1905,

(R. &H.), 2 cf, 49.
Cedar Keys, VIII, 15, 1905, (R. & H.),

1 d\ 19.

The present insect may be separated from its nearest ally, S. bolli,
by the following characters: form more attenuate; cephalic margin
of pronotum more produced mesad and with margin of crest of pro-
zona usually straight and horizontal throughout; tegmina with
proximal lobe of costal margin more pronounced; wings with disk

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

185

usually a more obscure shade of yellow and with distal section more
generally, but nowhere as strongly, suffused; caudal tibiae with proxi-
mal whitish portion suffused with brown, adjacent black band not
as sharply defined, remaining distal portion uniform, but in different
specimens varying from cinnamon-buff to vinaceous-ruf ous ; general
coloration much more uniform (figs. 9 and 10). The present series
shows clearly that the caudal tibiae are never as highly colored as in
S. bolli, and are in the majority of specimens cinnamon-buff.

The authors unfortunately once confused the species with S. bolli,
the last two records given above having been referred to that species.55

This beautiful insect was found abundant at Cumberland Island,
Georgia, on the sandy soil of a live oak "hammock" near the shore,
but a .thunder storm and limited time preventing the capture of a
large series; it was found very scarce in a similar environment at St.
Simon's Island and occasional at Brunswick, Georgia, and Atlantic
Beach, Florida. The specimens taken at Pablo Beach and Cedar
Keys, Florida, were found in open palmetto scrub and in palmetto
scrub in pine woods, respectively.

The species has never been found far inland from the ocean (Davis
has recorded a specimen from Gainesville, Florida, in the Agricultural
Experiment Station Collection; in this case we feel sure that an
error has been made in labelling) ; it was described originally from
Georgia, and the only definite locality other than those given above at
which the species has been taken is Key West, Florida, though ex-
amination of the specimen, recorded as S. bolli from Carrabelle,
Florida, by Morse, shows it to be this species.

Spharagemon bolli (Scudder).
Virginia.

Arlington, VII, 9, 1914, (H.), 1 juv. 9 .
Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H.), 3cf,59.
Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.),

5 tf, 2 9.
Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.),

one colony.
Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),

3 cf, 19.

North Carolina.
Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.),

3 d\ 59.
Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 c?,29.
Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 cf, 39.

Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 <?.
Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 <?, 29.
Black Mountain, VII and VIII. 1912.

(\Y. Beutenrnuller), 3 d", 6 9 , [Davis

Cln.].

South Carolina.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 d1.
Spartanburg, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.),

7 d\ 1 9, 1 juv. 9.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 a*.
Manning, V, 28, 1914, (W. Stone),

3 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9.

Georgia.
Dalton, VIII, 7, 1913, (R.), occasional.

55Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phtla., 1907, p. 290, (1907).

186 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Jasper, VIII, 5, 1913, (R.), 2 d", 2 9. Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

Sharp Mountain, VIII, 6, 1913, (R.), 1913, (R. & H.), 1 <?.

1 oV2 9. Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.,

Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T. Bradley), 8 cf, 5 9 .

Davis), 2 cf, 2 9. Warm Springs, VIII, 9-10, 1913,

Toccoa, VIII, 4-5, 1913, (H.), 2 cf. (R.), 4 tf, 7 9.

Currahee Mountain, VIII, 5, 1913, Maeon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

(H.), ld>, 19. 3 9.
Thompson's Mills, X, 1909, (H. A.

Allard), 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.].

No geographic variation is shown in the present material, but
individuals of many series vary greatly in size, tegminal length,
general coloration and intensity and recession of color pattern. The
extremes of tegminal length are as follows: males 22.6 to 28 mm.,
females, 27.8 to 33 mm.

The majority of specimens are of different shades of brown, mod-
erately maculate and with caudal femora weakly thrice banded with
a darker shade. A very few females are considerably paler, nearly
immaculate, with the bands on the caudal femora greatly obscured,
while a number of the males and two females are nearly black in
general dark coloration, but have the color pattern nearly always
decidedly intensified. None of these variations indicate any geo-
graphic significance, as all of the larger series include specimens of
the palest as well as darkest coloration.

The present insect is widely distributed and abundant in upland
situations, particularly in and about oak or mixed oak and pine
woods of the Piedmont region. In the lower country it is found
common in pine and oak woods as far south as Weldon, North
Carolina; south of this in the lower country it is rarely met with
and always in very few numbers (Golclsboro and Fayetteville, N. C,
Florence, S. C, Thomasville, Ga.). The species has not been found
southeast of Florence and Denmark, South Carolina; Macon and
Thomasville, Georgia, and Tallahassee, Florida.

Spharagemon collare wyomingianum (Thomas).

Virginia. Bainbridge, IX, 3-7, 1910, (J. C.

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.), Bradley), 19.

1 <? 1 9 Spring Creek, VI-VII, 1911-12, (J. C.

Georgia. Bradley), 1 cf, 1 9 .

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 <?. Florida.

Billy's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad- Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (H.), 1 <?,
ley), '3 tf1. 19.

Previously recorded specimens from Thomasville, Georgia, and Fer-
nandina and Gainesville, Florida, are inseparable from the present
series; this is also true of one male recorded by the authors as S.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

187

cristatum56 from Albany, Georgia. The latter specimen is, however,
somewhat larger, with longer tegmina and greater pronotal dimen-
sions than any other specimen in the present series.

All of the material here studied belongs to one and the same
geographic race of S. collare, but agrees perfectly with none of the
known races as Morse has defined them. Taking Morse's differential
characters57 the series falls under S. c. wyomingianum in having a
head which in facial aspect is nearly subequal in width, with more
prominent eyes and in the proximal fuscous bands on the inside of the
caudal femora being but faintly or not at all connected; in respect to
size, however, the series agrees with the larger S. c. scudderi; the pro-
notal crest is very high, suggesting a very strong tendency toward S.
crista turn. The increase in size of this series over New England
individuals of *S. c. wyomingianum, with accentuation of pronotal
cristation, may be due to geographic variation, but the specimens
before us from Virginia show no such variation, agreeing with
material from Florida. Study of the genus, with large series from
all portions of its distribution, can alone determine the validity and
distributional extent of the races of the present species.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Height Length

Length Length of Length of

c* of of pronotal of caudal

body. pronotum. crest. tegmen. femur.

Petersburg, Va 23.3* 6.9 2.4 26. 14.7

Augusta, Ga 23.9 6.2 2.2 25.1 14.4

Billy's Island, Ga 22.5-23.9 6.-6.2 2.1-2.3 24.-25.3 13.4-14.

Albany, Ga 26.2 7.1 2.5 28. 14.7

Thomasville, Ga 21.-23. 6.1-6.5 2.-2.2 21.2-25.4 11.6-14.

Live Oak, Fla 23.2 6.6 2.1 24.7 14.

9

Petersburg, Va 30.5 7.3 2.5 28.8 16.3

Thomasville, Ga 24.8-28.3 6.9-7.9 2.2-2.4 25.5-27. 15.-15.7

Bainbridge, Ga.58 28.2-29.9 7.4-8.3 2.5-2.9 27.8-29.3 15.3-16.

Gainesville, Fla 26. 7.1 2.4 25.4 15.8

The present ammophilous species was found very scarce in a sandy
field overgrown with scattered low weeds (Petersburg), only one
specimen was found in a sandy scrub oak area (Augusta), while a
pair were discovered in a sandy cotton field (Live Oak).

56 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 593, (1911).
67 Psyche, VII, p. 295, (1895).

58 As Spring Creek is but a few miles from Bainbridge, we have here included
the measurements of the female from that locality.

188

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Seirtetica marmorata picta (Scudder).
North Carolina.

Southern Pines, 1906, 19, [U. S.

N. M.].
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 J.
Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

5 <?, 19.

South Carolina.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 <?.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),
1 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9 .

Georgia.
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 <?, 2 juv. cf.
Warm Springs, VIII, 9-10, 1913, (R.),

1 juv. 9 .
Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 <?, 19.
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 <?,

19.

St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911,

(R. &H.), 2 cf, 69.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 6 <?.
Cumberland Island, IV, 29, 1911,

(J. C. Bradley), 1 <?; VIII, 31, 1911,

(R. &H.), 19.
Spring Creek, VI-VIII, 1911-13, (J. C.

Bradley), 6 <?, 19.

Florida.

Jacksonville, V, 1885, (W. H. Ash-
mead), 1 <?, [Hebard Cln.]; VIII,
25, 1911, (R. & H.), 4 d% 39;
IX, 5, 1911, (W. T. Davis), 2 cf.

Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

H.), 19.
Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

5 a* 2 9.
Enterprise, V, 11, 1 d\ [U. S. N. M.].
Gotha, 1 &, [U. S. N. M.].

The intergradation between this geographic race and S. m. marmorata,
shown by the material recorded above from southern North Carolina,
has recently been fully treated by the present authors.59

The general coloration in the present series ranges from clove
brown to ferruginous, often more or less strongly washed with gray.

The present insect is also ammophilous and is found usually in
small colonies scattered through the woods in the more sandy situa-
tions. It was found above the fall line, but near its very edge at
Columbia, "on sand among black jack oaks," and at Augusta,
"in sandy tract covered with scrub oaks," at which localities long
search revealed but five specimens, of which four were immature.
These localities indicate the extreme northwestern distribution of the
insect, which is found in the largest numbers in the low country
through the more sandy portions of the pine forests, in which situa-
tions frequent scrub oaks are usually to be found as well. On the
Gulf of Mexico the insect has been taken as far west as Gulfport,
Mississippi.

Psinidia fenestralis (Serville).

Virginia.
Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),
2 d\ 19, 1 juv. 9.

North Carolina.

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 <?.
Beaufort, end of VII, 1909, (F. Sher-
man Jr.), 1 c? , [N. C. Dept. Agr.].

Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 cf, 3 9.
Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

3 cf, 39.
Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. &

H.),l cf, 19.

69Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, p. 254, (1912). See also Morse, Car-
negie Inst. Wash., Publ. No. 18, p. 37, (1904).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

South Carolina. St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911,

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 5 *, Cumberland Island! V, ->. 1911,

Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.), g^Sf^gf 24^;Vm' 81' 19U'

Su^, V%0 1914, (W. Stone), 1 tf, ^ J^ ^ 1912' <J" C" Br;"'-

IsleV Palms,' VIII, 15, 1913, (R.), °ele|hW,'viI, 1, 1910, (J. C. Brad-

< m ' T~\ i t^~ - iftii /T> i -a \ I'nadilla, I \ |( la. State Cln. ].

Sulhvan Island, IX, 5, 1911, (R. & H.), A]1)am. vm ^ 1913> (R & ^ j 9
\~hley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.), Bsf^Tif*> IX' 1910' (J" Q Bradley)>

YemasIee'lX 4 1911 (R &H) Spring Creek, VI-VIII, 1911-13, (J. C.
lemassee^ 1A, 4, 1JII, (K. & a..), Bradley), 28 o", 31 9, 1 juv. 9.

. . Florida.

'" "rgia- Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.)„

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.), 2 c?, 69; XI, 5, 1911, (W. T.

1 <?, 19. Davis), 2 c?, 1 9 .

Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), Ortega, IX, 6, 1913, (W. T. Davis),

1 d\ 2 9. 2 cT, 19.

Jesup, IX, 1, 1911. (R. & H.), 19; Pablo Beach, VI, 25, 1912, (J. C.

XII, 1908, (H.), 1 d*. Bradley), 1 d\ 1 9 ; IX, 5, 1911,

Offerman, IV, 22, 1911, 19, [Ga. XI, 4, 1913, (W. T. Davis), 1 cf ,

State Cln.]. 2 9 .

Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 1 a*, Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

19. H.), 10 d% 7 9.

Much variability in size and wing length is shown by the above
material, but this has apparently no geographic significance. The
specimens from the Isle of Palms are as a whole large and show the
greatest variation of any series in tegminal length, the extremes in
that dimension measuring as follows: males, 19.5 to 23.6 mm.;
females, 22.4 to 26.8 mm.

The species shows three pronounced types of alar disk coloration;
yellow, orange and pink. In the series of specimens from localities
south to New Jersey such coloration is found to be baryta yellow
(yellow value), light jasper red (pink value) and occasionally bitter-
sweet pink or pale yellow orange, showing that in this region the
yellow and pink color forms exist, while occasional specimens of
the two types are found with an orange tinge. The more southern
series above listed shows no specimens in which this coloration is
yellow, as in this series it is found to be light jasper red (pink value),
flame scarlet (orange value) and frequently bittersweet pink or
bittersweet orange, showing that in the southeastern United States
the pink and orange color forms with intergradients exist. We
have the pink type from as far south as the Isle of Palms, South
Carolina; all of the Georgia and Florida material belongs either to the
orange type or to that type with a slight pinkish suffusion.

In the present series a great number of specimens have the distal

190

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

portion of the wing beyond the wing-band heavily suffused, leaving
only a nearly circular hyaline spot; this varies to individuals which
have this portion of the wing wholly hyaline. In the paler series
the majority of specimens show this latter condition, but great
variation everywhere exists.

In coloration the present material shows all phases of intensifica-
tion and recession of color pattern, tegmina ranging from those which
are nearly immaculate to a much mottled and speckled type, and
individuals which are in general coloration very pale to others which
are very dark. In the present species the color pattern is most
pronounced in dark individuals and is often almost obsolete in very
pale specimens.

This ammophilous species is found everywhere in sandy situations
over the coastal plain of the southeastern United States ; it was taken
at the fall line (Petersburg, Weldon, Columbia, Augusta), but has not
been definitely recorded from the Piedmont plateau. The range
of the species extends far northward, and, south of the fall line, far
westward of the region treated in the present paper.

Trimerotropis maritima (Harris).

Plumpoint, Maryland, VIII, 10, 1913,

(W. T. McAfee), 2 c?, 1 9 , 1 juv. 9 ;

VII, 7, 1912, X, 18, 1912, 1 c?, 69,
[all U. S. N. M.].

Piney Point, Md., VII, 4, 1879, 1 9 ;

VIII, 12, 1878, 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.].
Cedar Island, Virginia, VII, 13, 1914,

(H. G. Dyar), 2 <?, [U. S. N. M.].
Fortress Monroe, Va., VI, 8, 1884,

1 c?, [Hebard Cln.].
Oceanview, Va., VIII, 9 and 10, 1904,

(A. N. Caudell), 6 c?, 19, [U. S.

N. M.l.

Beaufort, North Carolina, end of VII,
1909, (F. Sherman Jr.), 2 c?, 19,
[N. C. Dept, Agr.j.

Wilmington, N. C, VII, 1906, (R. S.
Wolgum), 4 c?, 19, [N. C. Dept.
Agr.].

Smith Island, N. C, X, 1906, (F. Sher-
man Jr.), 5 c?, 19, [N. C. Dept.
Agr.].

Atlantic Beach, Florida, VIII, 25, 1911,
(R. & H.; on strand), 1 c?, 1 9.

As previously stated by the authors, two of the six females recorded
from Cape Henry, Virginia, have the caudal tibiae showing a pinkish
suffusion. No intergradation whatever with T. citrina is to be found,
the hypothesis that hybridization with that species occurred,60 being
due to the fact that it was not recognized that both red and yellow
tibiae are found in maritima. It is true that over the greater portion
of the range of the present insect, individuals of the species have yel-
low tibiae, but from Cape May, New Jersey, southward, specimens are
sometimes met with having reddish tibiae. Of the series here recorded
one male (Oceanview) and one female (Plumpoint) have the caudal

60 Morse, Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. No. 18, p. 38, (1904). See also Rehn
and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 631, (1911).

nut.. I

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

P.) I

tibiae suffused with reddish. Numerous specimens from south of
Virginia have the wing-hand unusually broad and solid for the
speeies. reaching a maximum width on the radiate field of G mm. in
some males and 7 mm. in some females.

This speeies is a native of the sand dunes and sandy strand of the
Atlantic coast ; it has, however, been found some distance inland in
areas of loose sand. It has been previously correctly recorded from
as far south as the coast of North Carolina.

Trimerotropis citrina Seudder.

Pennsylvania.

Philadelphia Neck, VII, 29, (H. \Y.

Wenzel), 1 9, [A. N. S. P.].

Maryland.

Chesapeake Beach, IX, 17, 1914,
A. X. Caudell), 2 cf, 19, [U. S.

\ M.|.

Virginia.

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),
5 cf, 39.

North Carolina.

Weldon, VII, 24. 1913, (R. & H.), 19.
Favetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 cf.
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

19.
Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. &

H.), 4 cf, 2 9.

South Carolina.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 9.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 d\ 29.
Sullivan Island, IX, 5, 1911, (R. &

H.), 1 cf, 19.
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

3 cf, 19.

Georgia .

Clayton, 2,000 feet, VI, 1909, (W. T.
Davis), 1 9.

Tallulah Falls, VII, 1910, (W. T.
Davis), 1 cT.

Thompson's Mills, (H. A. Allard), 2 9 ,
[U. S. X. M.].

Atlanta. VIII, 30, 1913, (J. C. Brad-
ley). 19.

Silver Lake. VIII, 10, 1913, (J. C.
Bradley), 1 cf •

Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

l.cf.
Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913, (J. C. Bradlev, R. & H.),

3 cf, 19.

Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),
29.

Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (H.), 1 cf .

Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 cf .

St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911,
(R. &H.), l(f,29.

Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 3 9 .

Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,
(R. &H.), 4 cf, 119-

Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 1 juv. 9 .

Billv's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 19.

Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

4 c? .

Thomasville, XII, 1908, (H.), 1 J*.

Unadilla, VI, 25, 1910, (J. C. Bradley),
2 cf, 29.

Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 cf ,
19,1 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9; IX, 1, 1910,
(J. C. Bradley), 19.

Bainbridge, IX-X, 1910, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 4 cf , 5 9 .

Spring Creek, VIII, 26-28, 1913, (J. C.
Bradley), 1 cf .

Florida.

Jacksonville, IX, 7, 1913, (W. T.

Davis), 19; XI, 5, 1911, (W. T.

Davis), 1 cf.
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. &

H.), 4 cf, 19.
Pablo Beach, IX, 27, 1913, (W. T.

Davis), 1 cf.
Davtona, XI, 11, 1911, (G. P. Engle-

hardt), 1 cf , [B. I.].
St. Vincent Island, XI, 1, 1910, (W. L.

McAtee), 2 9, [U. S. X. M.J.

Little variation of any kind is shown by the great majority
of specimens in the present series. Morse's supposition that

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

this insect hybridizes with T. maritima is explained under that
species.61

Although the present species is essentially a midsummer insect,
material from southern Georgia shows that adults are not scarce
in that region as late as October, and that battered individuals are
found there, though rarely, as late as December. This ammophilous
insect is found in sandy situations over its range, from the ocean
beaches (where, however, it is rarely found and in few numbers) to
the waste land and river borders of the southern mountain valleys
and Piedmont region and far west of the area treated in the present
paper. It is most abundant, however, in the low country south of
North Carolina, and is everywhere to be found in the sandy regions
of southern Georgia and northern Florida. In extreme southern
Florida the species is decidedly scarce, a few specimens having been
recorded only from Key West. The most northeastern localities
at which the species has been found are Philadelphia Neck, Penn-
sylvania, and Maryland, though the occurrence of the species north
of southern Virginia is very exceptional.62

Trimerotropis saxatilis McNeill.

Highlands, North Carolina, IX, 1906, 1 a", 1 9 .

2 d\ 2 9, [U. S. N. M.]. Stone Mountain, Georgia, 1,000-1,686

Rabun Bald, Georgia, 4,000-4,800 feet, feet, VIII, 3, 1913, (Bradlev, R. & H.),

VIII, 21, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 83 cf, 70 9 .

The following notes were taken from observations made on Stone
Mountain, Georgia, a granitic knob rising abruptly 686 feet above the
surrounding Piedmont peneplain, which in this vicinity has a mean
elevation of 1,000 feet. UT. saxatilis found on bare granite slopes
where areas of lichens were the only vegetation to be found. The
northern face of the mountain is precipitous. The species was
plentiful about the gently rising slopes at the south base of the moun-
tain where the bare rock surfaces were first encountered, particularly
so in areas of rock fragments near the adjacent bunch grass vegeta-
tion. On ascending further the species was found less numerous,
becoming quite infrequent upon the bare rock areas on the slopes
clothed with open pine woods, but at the summit, where large bare rock
areas occupy the greater portion of the surface, the insect was again

61 See Hebard, Ent. News, XXVI, p. 403, (1915). The south Florida species,
Trimerotropis acta, is there described and compared with maritima and citrina.
The misidentifications of that species, as maritima by Caudell, from Palm Beach,
and as citrina by Davis, in part, from Ocean Beach near Miami, are there cor-
rected.

62 The record of this species from Lehigh Gap, Pennsylvania, applies to Sphar-
agemon saxatile planum Morse. See Rehn, Ent. News, XIII, p. 311, (1902).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193

found in considerable numbers. The flight of the specie- is dis-
tinctive; taking wing with great rapidity, individuals Hy very low
for a short distance, but evince great wariness and often have to be
approached a number of times before it is possible to come within
striking distance. Only infrequently was the flight accompanied
by a sound, this being a faint clicking whirr like that occa-
sionally produced by individuals of the western T. cya7ieipennis.
The granite surfaces were for the greater part stained to a blackish
hue and the majority of specimens were exactly of this coloration,
a few were paler, matching similar areas of rock surface, while occa-
sional specimens were mottled with greenish and these exactly
blended with the lichenose areas of rock."

The disk of the wings varies in the present species from light dull
green-yellow to the palest green-yellow.

Except for the color variation mentioned above, little variation is
to be found in the present series. Extremes of tegminal length
measure as follows: males 18.6 to 21.4 mm., females 22.8 to 27.2 mm.

In Georgia the species is known only from White Oak Gap and
Flat Rock on Sand Mountain, outside of the localities given above.
The distribution of this species is highly discontinuous, as it is con-
fined to bare rock surfaces; it has not been taken in the Appalachians
north of Highlands, North Carolina.

Romalea microptera (Beauvoia).

1S39. Romalea marci Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 623. [Near South
Carolina.]

South Carolina. Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.),

Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 <? . IV.

South Jacksonville, IX, 28, 1913,
Georgia. (W< T Davis); 1 ^_

Social Circle, X, 18, 1907, (J. F. Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

Lewis), 1 <?, [U. S. N. M.]. H.), 2 <? . ■

Bainbndge, VI, 2, 1911, (J. C. Brad- St. Petersburg, IV, 10, 1908, 1 juv. <?,

ley), ljuv. 9. [A. N. S. P.].

Waycross, V, 8, 1911, 1 juv. cf, 1 Rockledge, 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.].

juv. 9, [Ga. State Chi.]. Melbourne, (A. C. Sirdefield), 19,

Hebardville, late V, 1915, (Wm, [tj. g. n. M.j.

Walker), 1 juv. cT, 2 juv. 9 , [Hebard Capron,63 1 juv. 9 , [Hebard Cln.].

CSIn.]. Cocoanut Grove, VIII, 19, 1911,

Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), (j. w. Harshberger), 19, [A. X.

2 c?, 29. S.P.j.

Florida. Turners, (G. W. Morrill), 1 <?, [U. S.

Warrington, (A. H. Gale), 3 juv. 9 , N. M.].

[Hebard Cln.].

There can be no question but that Romalea marci of Serville is

"This locality is the abandoned Fort Capron, situated near the present town
of Viking.

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

based on the melanistic color phase of this species. The name
should be synonymized, once and for all, under microptera.

These specimens exhibit the usual amount of individual variation
in size. The Columbia and Social Circle males are typical of the
melanistic phase, while all of the Isle of Hope specimens and that
from South Jacksonville have decided tendencies in the same direc-
tion, the dorsum of the head, pronotum and abdomen, as well as the
tegmina and limbs, showing much more blackish than usual in the
yellow phase.

The range of this species is now known to extend north in the
South Atlantic States as far as Cabarrus County, North Carolina
(Sherman and Brimley).

The species was taken in pine woods undergrowth (Jacksonville
and Isle of Hope), in palmetto "hammock" (Atlantic Beach) and
in grass in waste field (Columbia).

Having personally quite carefully examined the more austral
portions of both Carolinas, as well as the greater portion of the State
of Georgia, it seems very certain to us that the locality given by
Serville in his original description of Acridium coloratum6i (Chrom-
acris colorata of present-day nomenclature) is erroneous. His remarks
are "Donne par M. Marc du Havre, qui l'a regu d'une partie de
l'Amerique, voisine de la Caroline du Sud." We are convinced
that the specimen he had did not come from the eastern United
States, but probably was of Mexican origin, as the species is so
striking, and so universally secured by collectors who encounter it,
that it must make itself quite in evidence in its native habitat.

Stenacris vitreipennis (Marschall).

North Carolina. Billy's Island, VII, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
Lake Ellis, V, 14, 1906, ltf, 19, r,^'],9:. TY , , 1K 1Q1Q
[U. S. N. M.]. Chase Prairie, IX, o and 15, 191.3.
Wilmington, VIII, 1, 1909, 2 <?, 2 9 , (J- C- Bradley), 3 d\ 5 9 , 1 juv. tf1.
[R T 1

Georgia. . Florida.

Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 <?.' Jacksonville, V and VIII, 1S85, (W. H.

Blackshear, V, 10, 1911, 19, [Ga. Ashmead), 1 d\ 1 juv. d"; (T. J.

State Cln.]. Priddey), 1 d\ [all Hebard Cln.].

Thalman, IV, 28, 1911, 19, [Ga. South Jacksonville, IX, 3, 1913,

State Cln.]. (W. T. Davis), 1 d>.

Mixon's Hammock, V, 16, 1915, (H.), Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

1 cf. H.), ld,,19,l juv. 9.

64 Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 675, (1839).

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

195

Daytona, XI. 11, 1911, 1 o1, 19,

[U. S. X. M.].
Silver Spring, XI. 25, 1911, 1 <?,

[V. 8. X. M.].

Enterprise, V, 13 and 15, 1 d\ 19,

[U.S. X. M.].
Kockledge, II, 5, 1880, 1 d% [U. S.

X. M.j.
Melbourne, III, 1 d\ [A. X. S. P.].

Six specimens, the Jesup male, two males from Chase Prairie, a
Jacksonville male and the Atlantic Beach pair, have the pale lateral
line on the head, ventral margin of the lateral lobes and pleura
distinctly indicated, faint and incomplete traces of it existing in
several other specimens. The Jesup male is the only one having the
dorsal surface of the head, proriotum and tegmina faintly brownish,
the others, unless by evident discoloration, having this area at least
in part green. The three young all show a narrow dark medio-
longitudinal line on the head, pronotum and attingent edges of the
undeveloped tegmina and wings. The antennae in these are similar
in form to those of the adults.

The range of this species is much more restricted than is the case
with the frequently associated Leptysma marginicollis. The most
northern record known is from Lake Ellis, North Carolina (Sherman
and Brimley), while southward it is unknown from any localities
more elevated than Waycross and Thomasville, Georgia. The species
is thus seen to extend over but a portion of the coastal plain and
southward it has been taken as far as Miami, Florida, the most
western known point of its occurrence being Appalachicola.

All of the material taken by us was secured in high grasses or
rushes in or around swamp or marsh land, except in the Okeefenokee
Swamp where the species was everywhere to be found in the dense
green undergrowth of small saplings growing out of water in the
almost impenetrable swamp forest.

Leptysma marginicollis (Serville).

Maryland.

Pinev Point, VIII, 9, 1913, (W. L.

McAtee), 1 juv. d\ [U. S. X. M.].
Washington, D. C, 1 juv. 9 , Hebard

Cln.].

Virginia.

Alexandria, V, 27, (G. S. Miller), 1 o",

2 9, [U. 8. X. M.].
Dismal Swamp, VII, 22, (G. P. Engle-

hardt), 1 a\ [B. I.].

Xort/i Carolina.

Roanoke Island, VII, 25, (G. P.

Englehardt), 19, [B. I.].
Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. d\ 7 juv. 9 .

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 cf .
Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 cf.
Lake Ellis, V, 16, 1906, 19, [U. S.
X. MJ.

South Carolina.

Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

6 juv. d71, 7 juv. 9 .
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9 .

Georgia.

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. 9 .
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 d\

19,1 juv. d\

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Billy's Island, V, 16, 1915, (H.), 1 9 ; South Jacksonville, IX, 7, 1913, (W. T.

VI-VII, 1912, (J. C. Bradley), 1 d\ Davis), 1 9 .

1 9 . Ortega, Duval County, IX, 6, 1913.

Honey Island, VI, 1, 1912, (J. C. (W. T. Davis), 1 9 , 1 juv. 9 .

Bradley), 1 9. Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

Chase Prairie, IX, 5, 1913, (J. C. H.), 6 <?, 3 9, 1 juv. d\ 4 juv. 9 .

Bradley), 1 juv. 9 . Pablo Beach, IX, 5, 1913, (W. T.

Davis), 1 tf.

Florida. Baldwin, III, 7, 1879, (E. A. Schwarz),

Jacksonville, VIII, 1885, (W. H. Ash- 1 <?, [U. S. N. M.].

mead), 1 d\ (T. J. Priddey), 1 9, Enterprise, V, 24 and 25, 2 <?, [U. S.

[all Hebard Cln.]. N. M.j.

The usual increase in size southward is less marked in this species
than is generally the case, and then only in the female sex. In both
sexes any geographic size tendencies are discounted by the very
great individual size variation, the extreme males of the Atlantic
Beach series, for instance, measuring as follows:

Length of
body.

Length of
pronotum.

Length of
tegmen.

Length of
caudal femur.

28.7 mm.
31.

4.6 mm.
5.2 "

23.6 mm.

28. "

12.5 mm.

14.6 "

The angle of the fastigium, while individually variable, is as a
rule more acute in the more southern specimens than in the others,
say from Raleigh, North Carolina. The young from Ashley Junction
represent the four instars preceding maturity, while those from
Greensboro lack the last two stages. From the evidence in hand it
seems that, over at least a considerable portion of its range, this
species occurs in an adult condition throughout the year.

The greenish color phase is more in evidence in the young than in
adults, but the Honey Island females are quite greenish, the Billy's
Island females similar, but to lesser degree. A medio-longitudinal
line of purplish or pinkish is indicated more or less distinctly in the
greater portion of the young.

This marsh and swamp-loving species generally frequents tall
grasses and reeds in the situations preferred by it, but occasionally
has been taken (Wilmington) in high bushes on the edge of a gum
swamp.* The wet spots in pine woods are much frequented by it.

Individual Variability and Dimorphism in Schistocerca alutacea and

obscura.

The authors have in their hands a series of over five hundred
specimens belonging to these two species as understood by them.
The form for which Scudder used the name obscura65 is well separated

65 Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., XXXV, p. 465, (1899).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

from alutacea, except in the case of brown-phase females, regarding
which see below under obsciwa. The other species has been the
cause of considerable difference of opinion, two names, alutacea
Harris and rubiginosa Scudder, the first based on striped individuals,
the other one on brown or reddish brown unstriped specimens, being
involved. The present authors have individually and collectively
expressed their opinions regarding the specific identity of these
forms,66 and in the light of the present material we see no necessity
for changing, or in any way modifying, our former conclusions.

In both species we find developed two color phases : one olivaceous
or deep wine color, having a medio-longitudinal yellow stripe on the
head, pronotum and anal area of the tegmina, the other being of a
more or less uniform brown or red brown color without any distinct
medio-longitudinal line. Correlated with these color differences
we usually find readily perceived structural differences in both
obscura and alutacea, the striped phase typically having the pronotum
more tectate, more compressed and appreciably narrowing cephalad,
and the head narrower with the fastigium more produced. The
brownish phase typically has the pronotum less tectate, more robust
and less narrowing cephalad, while the head is broader with the
fastigium blunted, broader and more declivent. The first of these
forms in alutacea is alutacea s.s., the second is rubiginosa, regarding
the distinctness of which Morse says,67 "typically these two species
differ in color, structure and haunts." Later the same author
modifies his first statement, restricting it to New England material68
as follows: "It is very probable that some so-called species are but
forms of one which varies greatly in color and structure. In New
England the two forms known as alutacea and rubiginosa seem to
be constantly different structurally, though rubiginosa has a color-
variety resembling alutacea. Southward and westward the structural
gap between the two seems to be bridged, and both vary much in
size, color, form, and proportions of parts." If we were called upon
to deal only with typical material, it would be an extremely simple
matter to consider the two phases as species, but unfortunately a
very considerable portion of our series is not typical, but apparently,
and when carefully studied actually, intermediate not only in color
but so, more rarely, however, in structure and proportions. The

66 Ent. News, XIII, p. 89, (1902); Ibid., p. 312, (1902); Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1907, pp. 292, 293, (1907).

"Carnegie Inst, Wash., Publ. 18, p. 39, (1904).

68 Carnegie Inst, Wash., Publ. 68, pp. 43-44, (1907).

14

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

yellow line narrows and finally dies out, the fastigium broadens out
and the pronotum and head become more robust toward the "rubi-
ginosa" type in the intermediates in certain extensive series. We
have such series of alutacea from a number of localities in New
Jersey, South Carolina and Georgia. The proportionate depth of
the caudal femora in general is greater in the rubiginosa type, but
this is by no means an absolute rule, as some series of that phase
show all sorts of variation in this respect. The "alutacea" phase,
however, is more uniform in having the femora more slender. The
number of scutes in the paginal pattern on the caudal femora also
varies greatly and without phase correlation.

We have examined a number of New England specimens of
"alutacea" and " rubiginosa " determined by Morse, and the remarks
he has made about their differences hold true, but when material
from New Jersey southward is considered the inter-relation of the
two forms becomes so complicated that they cannot be separated
when large series are considered.

Taking up the question from the standpoint of habitat, it is true
that as a rule the striped types prefer moist areas with bracken, etc.,
while the brown forms are more at home in dry woods and brush,
old fields and among dune thickets, although numerous specimens
of each phase have been taken in the habitat preferred by the other.
It is highly probable that the near future will show similar environ-
mental preferences by other forms of this genus now considered of
specific rank, but doubtless of no more standing relatively than the
phases of obscura and alutacea. Sufficient field observations have
been made, outside of those in the eastern United States, to convince
us that in the genus Schistocerca color per se is, as a rule, a poor
specific criterion, while sufficient laboratory experience has been
had to convince us equally well that, in this genus, certain structural
features are quite plastic, and in consequence to be used with caution
and discrimination in diagnostic work.

The principle of dimorphism, which plays such an important part
in the Orthoptera, satisfactorily explains to us the problem here
considered. In the present cases the color differences are quite
decided, with a fair number of non-typical specimens nearer one
type than the other and a relatively smaller number really interme-
diate. The structural differences, generally correlated with the
color differences, are typically quite appreciable, but their constancy
fluctuates in different localities. Color dimorphism is known to
exist in certain genera not distantly related to Schistocerca and

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

structural dimorphism, aside from the subject of macropterism and
brachypterism, is found in certain Dermaptera and in the Orthoptera
in certain groups of Phasmidse, very frequently in the Acrydiinae,

in certain Truxalina1 (Eritettix, Macncillia, etc.) and in species of
Gryllus.

The final word on this very perplexing question can be said only
alter careful breeding experiments have been made. As far as
examination of dry material and field observations are concerned,
we feel that little additional information, except purely statistical
data, can be secured. We have had this problem in mind for over
ten years and have utilized every opportunity to secure data bearing
upon it, with the results here summarized.

Schistocerca obscura (Fabricius).

Delaware. Ortega, Duval County, IX, 6, 1913,

Dover, (Macomber), 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.]. (w- T- Davis), 19/

North Carolina. Georgia.

Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), Thompson's Mills, X, 1909, (H. A.

5c^,59. Allard), 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.].

8»dh Carolina. JSt^l} f NS^/t^V^

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 *, **%$?' ^ *' 1913' ^ & H°' * *'

v I,9- t *■ vttt is ioiq ,T^^ Savannah, VIII, 7, 1878, (Grote), 1 9 ;
Ashley Junction, Mil, 15, 1913, (R.), yni| 22, 1881, (Howard), 19,

1 cf. [bothU. S. N. M.].

Florida. Tybee island, IX, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

Atlantic Beach, Mil, 24, 1911, (R. & 2 d\ 4 9.

H.), 1 9 . Sandfly; IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 9 .

South Jacksonville, IX, 7 and 28, 1913, Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

(W. T. Davis), 1 tf, 19. (R. & H.), 5 <?, 119.

The different form of the subgenital plate of the male is a constant
and readily perceived diagnostic character for this species when
compared with alutacea, to which it is closely related. The presence
of dark bars on the dorsal surface of the caudal femora, and the
general dark purplish or blackish color of the caudal tibiae, we find
to be variable, the former, however, being generally distinctly
indicated in striped specimens of both sexes of this species and
frequently absent or very faint in brownish individuals. In conse-
quence brown females, having the femora without dark bars on the
dorsal surface, are with difficulty separated from similarly colored
females of alutacea, the greater size of obscura being the best means
of discrimination in such cases, as no constant differential structural
features exist, as far as we can determine. We have before us one
striped male from Wrightsville, North Carolina, which has the usual
femoral bars practically absent, while of the "rubiginosa" type we have

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

four females of which but two have distinct indications of these bars,

which are entirely absent in one (Tybee Island). The color of the

caudal tibiae varies in the extent to which olivaceous green replaces

part of the blackish purple, in the "rubiginosa" specimens warm

browns replacing the olivaceous green. All of the Wrightsville

series is striped, as is the case with the material from Florence,

Ashley Junction, Augusta, Albany, Sandfly, Atlantic Beach, South

Jacksonville and Ortega; the series from Tybee Island includes one

brownish female and that from Cumberland three brown females.

The latter all have the tegmina more or less distinctly multi-maculate

with fuscous, while the similar phase female from Tybee Island is

almost entirely plain.

The structural differences between the color phases follow the

lines discussed in the preceding summary, while the extremes in

size in the two sexes measure as follows:

Length of
Length of Length of Length of caudal

body. pronotum. tegmen. femur.

cf Detroit, Fla 33.4 mm. 7.5 mm. 30.5 mm. 20.4 mm.

c? Key Largo, Fla 42. " 8.8 " 37.5 " 22.1 "

9 Tybee Island, Ga 49.5 " 10.2 " 44. " 27.8 "

9 Tybee Island, Ga 61.3 " 12.9 " 49.3 " 32.

It will be seen from this that such size variation as is found can
be considered purely individual and not geographic. All of the
measured specimens are in the extreme striped condition, except
the maximum male, which has the stripe stopping at the caudal
margin of the pronotum and the general color quite brownish.

The range of this striking species in the southeastern States is
chiefly confined to the country below the fall line, i.e., the sands and
gravels of the coastal plain and peninsular Florida, as it is apparently
rare and local in the Piedmont region (Thompson's Mills, Georgia,
and Druid Hill Park, Baltimore, Maryland).

On Tybee and Cumberland Islands and at Wrightsville the species
was found among strand bushes and the low oaks, palmettoes, etc.,
there growing; at Florence, Augusta and Albany it frequented high
weeds in or near fields, generally of cotton, and at Ashley Junction
it occurred in long-leaf pine woods. It was common only occa-
sionally, being generally but few in number and very frequently
associated with alutacea.

8chistocerca alutaoea (Harris).

North Carolina. Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 <?. 10 d\ 8 9 .

Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.),

8 d\ 19.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

South Carolina. Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.), eJl£'2^

1 ".

Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (H. & II.), 8 d\
1 9,

Isle of Palms, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.), gt sim(m,s lsl;ui(, vm 3()) vm

i ii ' t *■ vttt i- inn ro\ (R. & H.), I juv. <?.

Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.), Brunswick) VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 8 cf ,

10 O, 1" V , 1 JUV. Cr • in

Yemassee IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.), j,,SUI), .X, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 5 cf , 6 9 .

14 tf ' ' v- Groveland, Cannoche River, VII, 28,

Florida. 1..U3, (J. C. Bradley), 1 cf •

Jacksonville, (Priddey; Ashmead), 2 Billy's Island VI-VII, 1912, IX. 1-5,

cf, 3 9, [Hebard Chi.]; XI, 5, 1911, 1913» (J- C- Bradley), 10 cf, 69,

W. T. Davis). 1 r; VIII, 25, 1911, 2 ray. c?, 2 juv. 9 .

(R ^ H) 5 cf1 4 9 Jordan s, Billys Island, \ 111, dl,

Atlantic Beach, 'vni, 24-25, 1911, c 19!3, (J- C. Bradley), 3 c? , 2 9 .

(R it H ) °8 cf 97 9 Suwannee Creek, v III, 28, 1911,

Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.), (R- & H.) 17 c?1, 2 9

1 ^ Homervdle, Mil, 2i, 1911, (R. <k H.),

(?eor^a- Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 3 cf ,

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.), 19. 29.

Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (R. & H.), Spring Creek, VII, 16-29, 1912, (J. C.

2 o\ Bradley), 8 cf , 7 9 , 1 juv. 9 .

Regarding this species, it seems most desirable to give under
localities a summary of the color conditions, as well as the principal
uncorrelated variational features, found in the adults of this extensive
series. We have restricted ourselves to those features which bear
upon the supposed distinctness of alutacea and rubiginosa.

Weldon. One, rubiginosa phase.

Wilmington. Seven, alutacea phase. Two, rubiginosa phase.
Males. Considerable variation in head width in six alutacea phase,
this feature not typical in most, one specimen has head as wide as
similarly sized or even larger rubiginosa phase males. Frontal
costa width not typical in all striped specimens.

Winter Park. Eighteen, all rubiginosa phase. Frontal costa and
head width very variable, as much as the extremes of the two phases.
One female has head and pronotum width typical of alutacea phase,
but frontal costa and caudal femora typical of rubiginosa phase.

Columbia. One, rubiginosa phase.

Isle of Palms. Two, rubiginosa phase, but with head and pronotum
decidedly (c?) or weakly (9) striped.

Ashley Junction. Twenty-three, alutacea phase. Three, showing
rubiginosa tendencies. Two, rubiginosa phase.

Yemassee. Eleven, alutacea phase. Two, practically intermediate
in color. Eight, rubiginosa phase; the males (six) show considerable
variation in head width, fastigium and frontal costa width and
depth of caudal femora.

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Augusta. One, intermediate in color and structure.

Tybee Island. Two, rubiginosa phase.

Isle of Hope. One, alutacea phase. Three, intermediate in color.
Four, rubiginosa phase. The males (six) show no other structural
intermediates, but specimens intermediate in color have deep femora.

Sandfly. Five, alutacea phase. Four, rubiginosa phase.

Brunswick. Eleven, rubiginosa phase. One, alutacea phase.

Jesup. Seven, rubiginosa phase. Four, alutacea phase. Males
show little, and then connected, difference in fastigial width; costal
width variation very considerable, but connected.

Groveland. One, rubiginosa phase.

Billy's Island. Fourteen, rubiginosa phase. One, intermediate.
One, alutacea type.

Jordan's. Four, rubiginosa phase. One, alutacea phase.

Suwannee Creek. Eighteen, rubiginosa phase. One, alutacea
phase. The latter (cf ) has the frontal costa no narrower than in
numerous decided rubiginosa phase individuals.

Homerville. Five, rubiginosa phase. One, alutacea phase. Struc-
tural differences in fastigium in these but little and connected, ex-
tremes decided, as in the case of femoral depth.

Albany. Four, alutacea phase. One, rubiginosa phase. Males
(three) all alutacea, one has frontal costa typical, others have this
very much broader.

Spring Creek. Fifteen, rubiginosa phase.

Jacksonville. Eleven, rubiginosa phase. Four, alutacea phase.
Those collected by ourselves (seven rubiginosa, two alutacea) show no
marked structural differences in fastigium in striped and unicolorous
individuals. Head width little variable and apparently with extremes
connected. Femoral depth difference appreciable.

Atlantic Beach. Thirty-two, rubiginosa phase. Two, inter-
mediate (maculate tegmina type). Twenty-one, alutacea phase.
Specimens of alutacea phase have the frontal costa of usual rubiginosa
width.

Live Oak. One, alutacea phase.

We also have before us from New Jersey alone, one hundred and
twenty-eight specimens collected in southern New Jersey by Dr.
Henry Fox,69 a series of twenty-two from Stafford's Forge with exact
habitat data, another of twelve from Taunton and a considerable

69 Recorded by that author as "S. alutacea (Typical race); S. rubiginosa
(= rubiginosa phase of alutacea), and S. sp. cf. obscura (= unicolorous phase of
obscura)." Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1914, pp. 507-509, (1914).

19 10.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

number from the State secured by various collectors at numerous
localities. These all bear out our above-expressed general conclu-
sions. The Taunton series form a particularly interesting illustra-
tion of intergradation, which is also marked in the other lots where
the series are of sufficient size. The only exception to the latter
statement seems to be that the alutacea phase is very rare on the
barrier beach coastal dunes, as we have seen but one individual ( 9 )
of that phase which was taken in a strand habitat (Seaside Park,
New Jersey). The Isle of Palms individuals also show a tendency
toward alutacea in the indication of an incomplete stripe.

We have examined a series of Key West, Florida, individuals of
both sexes, all being rubiginosa phase, and these show great variation
in the width of the head.

The generally greater size of the individuals from the barrier
beaches of New Jersey and longer tegmina of the same, when com-
pared with material from the interior pine-land of the State, a point
to which we have already called attention,70 loses some of its
apparent significance when the large series from that State now
available are considered. The tegminal length is now known to be
individually variable in both the pine-land and beach specimens.
Southward the difference between the strand and more interior
material is less pronounced than in New Jersey, although the largest
individuals from a general region are, as a rule, from the beaches.
This is not invariable, as Winter Park, North Carolina; Yemassee,
South Carolina; Isle of Hope and Brunswick, Georgia, and Jackson-
ville, Florida, all localities removed from the strand proper, are
represented by very large individuals. The Isle of Palms specimens,
which are from typical strand situations, are of but average size.

Measurements (in millimeters) of extremes of the series here

examined are as follows :

Length of
Length of Length of Length of caudal

body. pronotum. tegmen. femur.

cf Ashley Junction, S. C.

{alutacea) 28.2 6.1 24.3 17.

cf Brunswick, Ga.

(rubiginosa) 28.3 6.7 25.5 16.1

cf Albany, Ga.

(alutacea) 27.5 6. 25.5 16.5

cf Tybee Island, Ga.

(rubiginosa) 36.2 8.4 32. 19.4

cf Billy's Island, Ga.

(rubiginosa) 36. 7.9 32.5 19.8

70Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 293, (1907).

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April

Length of
Length of Length of Length of caudal

body. pronotum. tegmen. femur.

cf Atlantic Beach, Fla.

(rubiginosa) 39.3 8.5 32.8 20.5

9 Winter Park, N. C.

(rubiginosa) 46.5 10. 35. 22.3

9 Sandfly, Ga.

(alutacea) 47.2 9.2 35.6 23.

9 Live Oak, Fla.

(alutacea) 45. 8.3 34.5 21.9

9 Yemassee, S. C.

(rubiginosa) 50.6 11.2 40.3 25.9

9 Atlantic Beach, Fla.

(rubiginosa) 60.8(abdomen 11.3 41.8 26.8

9 Atlantic Beach, Fla. distended)

(rubiginosa) 56. 11.1 43.8 25.8

The Atlantic Beach and Jacksonville series average large, the
Ashley Junction series shows widely different extremes in size, but
the average is medium, while the Yemassee, Winter Park, Wilming-
ton and Brunswick representations are very variable individually
in this respect. The Billy's Island specimens average large but
vary greatly, particularly in the male sex. The Albany specimen
is average, while the two Tybee individuals (cf) are very large.

In the southeastern States the range of this species does not extend
above the fall line except where the insect has penetrated a short
distance up a broad river valley or, in the western part of the States,
has pushed in from the Mississippi valley drainage by way of the
Tennessee valley.

The species was taken in a variety of habitats : in hammock and in
marsh about edge of same (Atlantic Beach), also in pine woods at-
the same locality; in pine woods, both long- and short-leaf, (Jackson-
ville, Sandfly, Isle of Hope, Yemassee, Winter Park, Weldon, Ashley
Junction and Albany); along the edge of short-leaf pine woods
(Columbia) ; in marshy land on the edge of hammock (Homerville) ;
in high bushes and "bracken" along edge of swamp (Suwannee
Creek); in tidal marsh (Tybee Island); in high bushes on edge of
swampy depression filled with gums (Wilmington); in high bushes
along drain near pine woods (Augusta) and from dune vegetation, i.e.,
bayberry, oak, briars and palmetto (Isle of Palms). By comparison
of these data with the information given above on the phases in each
series, evidence concerning the habitat association of the color forms
can be obtained.

Schistooerca serialis (Thunberg).'i

Schistocerca americana of authors.

71 This name has already been discussed by Hebard, Ent. News, XXVI, p. 406.
(1915).

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

205

Virginia.
Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf.

Petersburg, VII, 23, 15)13, (R. & H.),

2 d\

North Carolina.
Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 9.
Winter Park, IX. 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 d*.
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 cf.

South Carolina.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 cf.

Manning, V, 27 and 30, 1914, (W.

Stone), 2d1, 19, [A. N. S. P.].
Isle of Palms, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

1 juv. 9 .
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.), 4 J> .

Georgia.

Clayton, 2.000-3,700 feet, VI,
(W. T. Davis), 1 9 .

1909,

Thompson's Mills, spring, (H. A.

Allard), 1 9, [U. S. X. M.J.
Buckhead,VIII,2, 1913, (R.A II.), Id".
Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 d\ 3 juv. 9. •
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & II.;, 1 ?.
Billy's Island, V, 16, 1915, (H.), 1 tf1 ;

VI. 12, 1912, (J. C. Bradley), 3 <?.
Jesup, IX. 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 9.
Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 d\
Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 d\ 29.
Savannah, VIII, 7, 1878, (Grote),

1 9, [U. S. N. M.].

Florida.

Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 2 d\

2 9, [Hebard Cln.]; IX, 3, 1911,
(W. T. Davis), 19.

South Jacksonville, IX, 7, 1913, (W. T.

Davis), 1 d\ 1 9.
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

H.), 19.

Drury, in 1775, described and figured this species as Libell[ula\
americanus; III. Nat. Hist., I, p. 128, PI. XLIX, fig. 2, name in index.
This is preoccupied by Libellula americana of Linnaeus; Syst. Nat., ed.
X, p. 545, (1758) . The next name to apply to Drury's L. americanus is
Gryllus serialis of Thunberg; Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg,
V, p. 241, (1815); described from St. Bartholomew, British West
Indies, which name consequently must be used for this species.

The present series shows considerable variation in size and some
in color, but both features are individual in this material. The
three immature females from Macon are in different instars, the
most developed having just started the ecdysis passing into the
imagal condition. The species was also seen but not taken at
Orange, Virginia, July 21, 1913.

This ubiquitous species occurred in a variety of habitats, more
generally, however, in pine woods. At no point visited by us was
it present in sufficient numbers to be an economic menace.

Schistocerca damnifica damnifica (Saussure).

North Carolina.

Maryland.

Great Falls, II, 26, 1905, (H. Barber),

1 d\ [U. S. X. M.].
Washington, D. C., IX, 1883, 1 d\

[Hebard Cln.].

Virginia.
Glencarlvn, V, 6, 1903, (A. N. Caudell),

1 d\ [U. S. X. M.].
Virginia Beach, XI, 1907, (Hopkins),

19, [U. S. X. M.].

Trvon, IV, 29, (Fiske), 1 9. [U. S.
N.M.].

Georgia .

Clavton 2,000 feet, V, 18-26, 1911,

(J. C. Bradley), 1 <? .
( iainesville, IV, 2, 1911, (J. C. Bradley),

1 o".

206

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

The Clayton male is similar to the Gainesville and Atlanta speci-
mens already commented upon by us.72

Schistoceroa damnifica oalidior Rehn and Hebard.

North Carolina.
Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 d», 19.

Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 cf .
Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

3 <f .

South Carolina.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 cf .
Manning, V, 23, 1914, (W. Stone),

1 d\ [A. N. S. P.].
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.), 7 cf ,

49.

Florida.

Jacksonville, IV and VIII, 1885,
(W. H. Ashmead), 2 9, [Hebard
Cln.]; VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 cf ; XI, 3, 1911, (W. T. Davis),

2 cf, 19.

South Jacksonville, IX, 7 and 28, 1913,

(W. T. Davis), 2 cf, 19.
Fort George, Duval Countv, 1 cf ,

[U. S. N. M.].
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

H.), 19.
Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 cf .
Newberry, XI, 19, 1911, (W. T. Davis),

1 cf.
Archer, III, 1882, 1 cf, 19. [Hebard

Cln.l.

Daytona, XI, 11, 1911, Id1, 19,

[U. S. N. M.].
Rockledge, II, 5, 1880, 19, [U. S.

N. M.].

Georgia.

Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 <f .
Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

4 cf .
Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 cf .
St. Catharine's Island, XI, 1878,

(Grote), 1 cf, 19, [U. S. N. M.].
St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911,

(R. & H.), 3 cf ; IV, 22-V, 12, 1911,

(J. C. Bradley), 1 9 .
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.),

1 juv. cf.
Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

(R. &H.), 1 cf.
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 cf ,

29; XII, 1906, (H.), 2 cf, 19.
Mixon's Hammock, Okeefenokee

Swamp, V, 16, 1915, (H.), 1 9 .
Billy's Island, V, 28-VI, 2, VII, 1912,

(J. C. Bradley), 2 9 .
Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911,

(R. & H.), 1 cf .
De Witt, IV, 23, 1912, 1 9 , [Ga.

State Cln.].
Bainbridge, IX, 17-X, 19, 1910,

(J. C. Bradley), 1 cf .

The majority of the above records have been quoted as bare
localities under the description of the race.73

As previously stated, material from Raleigh, North Carolina, and
Atlanta, Georgia, is true damnifica with a tendency toward d. calidior,
while individuals from the region about Wilmington and Fayetteville,
North Carolina, and Florence, South Carolina, while representing d.
calidior, show decided tendencies toward the northern form. Speci-
mens from Chester and Albany, Georgia, are not fully typical of
calidior, although decidedly nearer it than d. damnifica.

From the evidence in hand, this species, both typical and the race
calidior, occurs two-brooded throughout the greater portion of its
range, as material before us from New Jersey localities extends
in dates from April to mid-November, while we have it taken every
month in the year in southern Georgia. The material from Fayette-

72Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, pp. 261,262, (1912).
73Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, pp. 261,262, (1912).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

ville, North Carolina, taken September 9, was recorded in our field
notes as recently moulted, while the single specimen taken at Bruns-
wick, Georgia, on August 30, is not quite mature.

The species occurred in pine woods among the wire-grass and
other dry carpeting vegetation (Jacksonville and Live Oak), in
mixed oak and pine woods (Winter Park), on sandy knolls and
slopes with scattered pines and low oaks (Yemassee), in brushy
clearings (Suwannee Creek) and in palmetto flats (Brunswick).

Gymnoscirtetes pusillus Scudder.

Georgia. Chase Prairie, Okeefenokee Swamp,

Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 6 d\ IX> 5> 1913> (J- C- Bradley), 19.

8 9,2 juv. d", 3 juv. 9 Billy's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 6 d\ ley)> 1 <?> l 9-
ii '! , -,i ,- Florida.

^^ iuv.'9 ' 1915' 1 JUV" Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.),

Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, , ,}'' :• ' k5 9 V. Vnr oi ion <t> x

(R. & H.), 20 >, 18 9, 2 juv. d\ Ai^f% 5?ach, VIH' 24' 1911' (R" &

Honiervme, VIII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.), Li™ 6ak' VlII>" 26> 1911> <R" & H)'

23 cT, 28 9, 2 juv. cf, 3 juv. 9. 6 &'

The female specimens from Atlantic Beach are exceptionally
large, the series from that locality measures in length as follows:
males, 14. to 14.8 mm., females, 20.2 to 22.6 mm. The rest of the
very large series here recorded shows no unusual variation in size
or other characters. In length the males measure from 12.5 to 16.
mm., females from 17.3 to 19.4 mm.

The larger series listed above wrere captured by beating, and with
little difficulty, as in southeastern Georgia and northeastern Florida
the species is frequently exceedingly plentiful, locally in the heavier
undergrowth of the long-leaf pine forests (Jesup, Hebardville,
Jacksonville), in like surroundings everywhere where the ground is
very low (Suwannee Creek, Homerville). It was also found fairly
abundant in wire-grass and other low plants on palmetto flats (Bruns-
wick).

The known northern boundaries of the present species are con-
siderably extended by the above records; in Florida it is known
from as far south as Lakeland and as far west as De Funiak Springs.

Campylacantha olivacea Scudder.

Macon, Georgia, VII, 31, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 <?, 14 juv. d1, 11 juv. 9.

The previous most eastern records for this species are Fayetteville
and Van Buren, in northwestern Arkansas. The intrusion of this
essentially Sonoran genus as far east as central Georgia is of peculiar
interest. The present species will probably be found at numerous

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

localities between those given above, when the intervening territory
is carefully investigated.

This insect was found occasional everywhere in the thick grasses
and weeds along the edge of the woods at the Idle Hour Club, a few
miles outside of Macon. Vigorous and long-continued search for
adults resulted in the taking of a single mature male, still soft from
its last* moult, and a considerable series of immature examples.
These latter could be readily distinguished from other Locustid
young by their striking whitish antennae annulate with dark brown;
these colors have greatly faded in the dried specimens.

Eotettix signatus Scudder.

Jacksonville, Florida, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 <?.
Atlantic Beach, Fla., VIII, 24, 1911, (R. & H.), 12 d\ 10 9 .
Pablo Beach, Fla., IX, 5, 1913, (W. T. Davis), 1 d\

The specimens recorded above from Atlantic Beach are very large,
their length measuring as follows: males, 18.8 to 21.4 mm.; females,
27. to 30.6 mm. Specimens of this species from southern Florida
show that an extreme reduction in size southward is to be found in
this insect.74

The species was found at Atlantic Beach to be moderately numerous
in marshy land on the edge of a "hammock," where high saw-grass
and reeds mingled with much low green marsh vegetation and occa-
sional cypress shoots. It is known from the above localities south-
ward to Lakeland and Homestead, Florida.

Eotettix pusillus Morse.

North Carolina. Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 <?.

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (H.), 2 *. ^ 1 gj£ ^^ m^

South Carolina. (J- c- Bradley), 2 tf", 1 9 , 1 juv. 9 .

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (H.), 1 9 . ^t^ J' o\l% 1915' (H'}' 2 *'

Yemassee IX, 4, 1911, (H.), 1 . *■ , 1 9 , HomerviUe,' M, 27, 1911, (H.),

£ JUV. V • j -,

Georgia. Florida

WtmVS?Rnf \ lS°Q ^ VHI' 9~10' L^e Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

iyio, \ix.), i a. 1 o1 1 9

The present singularly striking insect is distinguished by its
compact and abbreviate form, with short pronotum, the dorsum of
which is distinctly convex in longitudinal aspect, and by its dis-
tinctive coloration; this latter is due to a peculiar metallic sheen
which suffuses the entire insect and is particularly striking in life.

All of the immature specimens before us have the median carina

7< See Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1914, p. 396, (1914)'.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

of the dorsum of the pronotum more strongly raised and arcuate
than in the adults.

The immature examples before us range in size from a very early
stage of development to the instar preceding maturity. These
specimens are very singularly colored, being blackish overlaid with
mars orange, the latter color forming a pale stripe on the post-ocular
portion of the head and strongly indicated over the face and the
constricted distal portion of the caudal femora. One of these
specimens, which has apparently best retained its coloration, has
the face nopal red. In life these specimens have a striking metallic,
velvety lustre, which in the dried examples is still weakly indicated.

A very slight increase in size southward in individuals of the
species is shown by the present series. Females from Fayetteville
are among the smallest before us (length 15.5 to 16. mm.), while the
specimen of that sex from Live Oak is the largest (length 20. mm.).
In the series from Spring Creek the female is rather large, but the
males are as small as any in the present series (length 10. to 11. mm.).
The majority of specimens of this species have the abdomen decidedly
upcurved, which makes the measurement for the insects shorter
than would otherwise be the case.

We have noticed that this species is rather sluggish in its actions
and was found to cling tenaciously to the stems of wire-grass, for
which plant it showed a decided preference. The species was found
in this wire-grass in short-leaf pine and oak woods (Fayetteville,
Florence, Yemassee, Warm Springs), and in the same plant in moist
but not swampy places in long-leaf pine woods (Albany, Hebardville,
Homerville, Live' Oak), at the latter locality being found also in
wire-grass and oak sprouts on the sides of a sink which apparently had
been recently deforested. The six specimens taken at Fayetteville,
after long and diligent search in a restricted area', constitute the
only series from a single localrty we have yet been able to secure
of this rare insect, which was previously known only from Denmark,
South Carolina, and Waycross and Thomasville, Georgia. It is in-
teresting to note that its range is not confined to the coastal plain
and that it has not been found within the range of E. signatus.

Hesperotettix floridensis .Morse.

Georgia. Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911,

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.), „ (R- &£■),; 4cf ,- fj? ■ m

Id1, 19, 1 juv.9. Homerville, Mil, 27. 1911, (R.), 1 d\

Warm Springs, VIII, 9, 1913, (R.), 1 9 .

The present insect is much more nearly related to H. speciosus

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

than to any other species of the genus, the most striking difference
in this insect being the abbreviate, rotundate tegmina.

Little variation is shown by the above series of this very rare
insect. In coloration the adults from Augusta and Warm Springs
differ from the others in having the median carina of the pronotum
outlined in pompeian red.

This species acts in an unusual manner when pursued, hiding on
the underside of the leaves of small plants, with only feet, antennae
and eyes showing from above. It was taken among low plants,
huckleberry, strawberry and many other varieties, in a sandy scrub-
oak area just above the fall line (Augusta), in heavy tangled under-
growth of pine and oak woods (Warm Springs), on low open land
covered with wire-grass and many low bushes and saw palmettoes
on the edge of high bushes and bracken along the border of the
Okeefenokee Swamp (Suwannee Creek) and in a very similar situa-
tion to the last, where, however, a heather-like plant, Kalmia hirsuta,
was predominant (Homer ville). The discovery of this insect just
above the fall line at Augusta and on the Piedmont plateau at Warm
Springs was rather surprising, as it was hitherto known only from
Waycross, Georgia, and Pablo Beach, San Pablo and Hastings, Florida.

Hesperotettix brevipennis brevipennis (Thomas).

Arlington, Virginia, VII, 9, 1914, (H.; asleep at night in Andropogon sp.), 1 9.
Currahee Mountain, Georgia, 1,200 to 1,700 feet, VIII, 5, 1913, (H.), 5 d\ 4 9 .

Occasional specimens of this species were found from the edge
of the pine woods on the upper portion of the lower gradual slopes
of Currahee Mountain, to its summit. The specimens were taken
in bunch-grass, Cyperus sp., particularly where this was plentiful on
open slopes, and in the luxuriant mountain undergrowth of grasses,
vines and oak sprouts, under a low forest, predominant in black-jack
oak.

In the southeastern United States this species was previously known
only from Sand Mountain, Georgia, and Lookout and Chehawhaw
Mountain and its vicinity in Alabama.

Hesperotettix brevipennis pratensis (Scudder).

Live Oak, Florida, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 d", 3 9..

It seems impossible to consider this insect other than a western
geographic race of H. brevipennis. Material from the type locality.
Dallas, Texas, shows hardly any structural differences outside of wing-
length, and the present series is nearly intermediate between such
specimens and typical brevipennis. Such intermediates were found and

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

so recorded by Morse from Magazine Mountain, Arkansas.75 The
tegminal length of the present scries of intermediates is as follows:
male, 12.; females, 12.5 to 12.7 mm. For the series of H. brevipennis
s.s. from Currahee Mountain, (leorgia, the tegminal length is: males,
8.4 to 9.8; females, 10 to 11.3 mm.

The present insect is known to be distributed eastward along the
Gulf Coast as far as Live Oak, Florida, though from the country inter-
vening between coast and mountains in Georgia and Alabama the
species has not been recorded, while in the southern mountains
typical H. brevipennis is found to intergrade with the present race
far to the westward of this longitude. The very local nature of its
distribution, and the scarcity of the species in the east, creates
considerable difficulty when efforts to define its exact range are
made. One of the specimens recorded above was taken on sandy
soil among wire-grass and other low plants, the three others were
found in a somewhat similar environment, but in small clumps of
oaks about two feet in height on the border of a sink.

Paratylotropidia beutenmuelleri Morse.

We have before us two topotypic females of this remarkable insect,
taken by W. Beutenmliller near Black Mountain, North Carolina,
July, 1912. These specimens are in the Davis Collection and that of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

The Gracilis Group of the Genus Melanoplus.

We find that M. gracilis, sylvaticus, similis, viridipes and deceptus
form a group in the present genus which may be termed the Gracilis
Group, the species in relationship following the order given above,
of which gracilis is more widely separated from the others than they
are from each other.

Scudder's placing of gracilis in his Plebejus Series and viridipes in
his Inornatus Series is wholly illogical.

Melanoplus similis Morse.

Bluemont, Virginia, VII, 1, 1914, (J. D. Rabun Bald, Rabun County, Ga., VII,

^Hood), 1 9, [Hebard Cln.]. 1910, (W. T. Davis), 1 &.

Clayton, Rabun County, Georgia, VI, Tuckoluge Creek, Rabun County, Ga.,

1909, (W. T. Davis), 1^,19. VI, 1909, (W. T. Davis), 2 9.

The present specimens agree very well with Morse's description,
the cerci are slightly more slender than in the drawing given by that
author.76 One of the females taken on Tuckoluge Creek was found
in a bush.

75 Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. No. 68, p, 45, (1907).

76 Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. No. 18, p. 46, fig. 6, (1904).

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Melanoplus viridipes Scudder.

1897. Melanoplus juvencus Scudder, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XXXVI,
p. 14. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, pp. 1.29, 266, PI. XVIII, fig. 1.
[No locality for described type.77]

The above synonymy is due to a most unusual confusion of material.
Scudder, apparently by accident, placed a specimen of M. viridipes
without data in his series of M. puer. Later, finding it to be different
from that species, he had the specimen figured and described it as
M. juvencus. This specimen is now in the Scudder collection, marked •
Scudder's type M. juvencus and "drawn"; it has been selected as
the single type, for it is the specimen which furnished the original
description and figure of juvencus. It was necessary to select a
single type, for although, with the description Scudder figured and
described but one specimen, he derived the data given there, "Fort
Reed, Orange County, Florida, April 8; Comstock, " from another
male specimen of the type series of M . puer, which specimen he also
marked Scudder's type M. juvencus. His work was apparently
done carelessly and at different times, other explanation for such an
occurrence being incomprehensible.

Melanoplus deceptus Morse.

Black Mountain, North Carolina, VI, Clavton, Rabun Countv, Georgia, VI,
1912, (W. Beutenmiiller), 2 cf, 3 9, 1909, (W. T. Davis)," 1 d\

[Davis Cln.].

The Decorus Group of the Genus Melanoplus.

Five-species of this group are found in the Sabalian or Basic Austral
zone of the southeastern United States, which are all closely related
and are among the more formative elements of the plastic genus
Melanoplus. No intergradation between the forms is shown by the
material before us, but in every large series a certain slight amount
of variation often gives evidence of the derivation of the members
of the group. It is our opinion that five valid species exist in the
known material of the group and that no geographic races are
represented.

Of these five species Scudder placed decorus in his Inornatus
Series, and attenuatus in his Fasciatus Series, both of which series
are anomalous aggregations of widely separated forms. The
senior author in describing hebardi placed it in the genus Eotettix,
since Scudder chiefly separated that genus from Melanoplus by the
male subgenital plate having a distinct subapical tubercle and the
pronotum having the median carina well developed and percurrent.

77 This specimen has been fixed as single type by the present authors, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, p. 84, (1912).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

These characters apply as well to the species of the Decorus Group
as they do to the semis Eotettix, which genus is, however, valid, as
it possesses other excellent characters. Morse correctly placed
auslralis beside attcnuatus, and the fifth species was hitherto unde-
scribed. Morse states that M. decoratus is closely related to M.
decorus and compares the two species in his original description; in
reality the two species belong to very distinct groups.

The following analysis gives the important characters, found
principally in the male genitalia, of the present group.

Important Color Characters. — The post-ocular fuscous stripe is
usually strongly, sometimes weakly continued, but always present
on the metazona in decorus, in the other species this stripe stops
abruptly at the principal sulcus. In the male sex of australis it is
very infrequently interrupted on the prozona by narrow oblique
faseise of the general color of the insect,78 this species is the only one
of the group which has the sides of the abdomen wholly immaculate.
In nubilus the males have the dark markings on the sides of the
abdomen very large and the dorsum of the abdomen very dark.

Furcula. — (Figured for all the species.) In decorus normally
widely divergent, slender, evenly tapering, acuminate and slightly
over one-third as long as supra-anal plate; in australis broad at base,
tapering to slender digitate tips which are due chiefly to an abrupt
mesal shoulder on the inner margins, one-third as long as supra-anal
plate and weakly divergent; in attenuatus weakly divergent, slender,
evenly tapering, acuminate and scarcely one-fourth as long as
supra-anal plate; in hebardi small knob-like plates with divergent
angulate apices, scarcely one-fifth as long as supra-anal plate; in
nubilus usually subparallel, scarcely tapering but very slender
fingers, less than one-third as long as the short supra-anal plate.

Supra-anal Plate. — (Figured for all the species.) In decorus and
australis elongate, shield-shaped with sides meso-distad evenly
convex, the narrow percurrent median sulcus lying between sharp
but not high walls in the proximal portion of the plate, beyond
which are a pair of more distant, short, blunt ridges, which are evenly
convergent and almost join near the apex in decorus and at the apex
of the plate in australis, near the base of the plate on each margin
are very weak indications of a marginal plication. This plate is of
similar general structure in the other species, but shows the following

78 Females of australis have this interruption almost always present, in sonic
specimen? it is very pronounced, leaving only traces of a fuscous band: such an
interruption is also found in this sex of .1/. nubilus.

15

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

striking differences: in attenuates not as long, with sides in more than

of the plate are how eve i ^ the late

eha"s as given for the first two species of the group smnlar, but

££> ventrtd, reaching a nt«e -^J^^fflS
S£ J"Jt^'S^VSS witn ape. very slightly

r;rr^nC" entra. ,0, than J-^"" —

cercus shows this latter condition and ^ the apex is we

• x, i -c i ;« hehnrdi the emargmation of the aistai niaigm

aP«T^ta/ Plata -In all of the species small, greatly tapering so

apically, this tuberculation somewhat more deciaea
in <mv other of the latter species.

We have not discussed the tegmina, for m every large senes of

1916.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

these species they are found to vary in size, width, separation and
truncation, though always having their apices rounded.

Melanoplus decorus Scudder. PI. XIII, figs. 1, 2.

Wilmington, North Carolina, IX, S, 101 1, I R. & H.), 4S d\ 17 9 . .
Winter Park, X. (/.. IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), 20 d", 12 9 .
Lake Waccamaw, N. C, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.), 26 cf, 89.

The large scries before us shows no striking size or structural
variation, adhering closely to the characters given in the above
analysis. The four males previously recorded by the authors from
Newbern, North Carolina, have the furcula somewiiat broader in
varying degrees, and in two specimens considerably less divergent
than in the types or in the present series; they are otherwise
perfectly typical.

In coloration individuals range from empire yellow through all
shades of that color to medal bronze, the females showing more
variation than the males which are usually more brightly colored.
A very few melanistic females are before us, in which specimens the
general coloration is bone brown much suffused with black. In all
of the specimens the post-ocular fuscous stripe is present on the
metazona, it is very pronounced in nearly all of the males, but in
some specimens of this sex and in numerous females it is much
weaker than on the prozona. The blackish coloration of the tubercle
of the subgenital plate of the male is confined to its dorsal surface.
In life the species is very brilliantly and strikingly colored, but, as
in the other species of this delicately colored group, the dried speci-
mens have the yellow tones much faded and discolored in the majority
of specimens. A great similarity to the brilliantly colored indi-
viduals of Paroxya atlantica from this region wTas noted.

No great size variation is found in the material before us, the
extremes in length being as follows: males 17. to 20., females 20.5 to
25.3 mm.

The species was found very locally distributed in low plants and
scant grasses about a swampy depression in pine woods in which w-ere
a few black gum trees (Winter Park), in heavy undergrowth of almost
swampy pine woods (Lake Waccamaw) and common in the wet mucky
border of a swampy tract which was covered thickly with grasses, bog
plants, such as pitcher-plants and venus' fly-traps, and dotted with
low bushes (Wilmington).

Outside the above localities the species is known only from Pungo
Bluff and Newbern, North Carolina.

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Melanoplus australis Morse. PI. XIII, figs. 3, 4.

Yemassee, South Carolina, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.), 54 d% 6 9 .
Sandfly, Georgia, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 65 cf, 43 9.
Isle of Hope, Ga., IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 41 cf, 4 juv. 9 .

The large series of the present species shows no striking structural
variation. The insect is larger and more attenuate than M. decorus
and probably very similar to M. attenuatus in this respect. The
extremes in length in the present series are as follows: males 16.4 to
22., females 23. to 27. mm. The males average in length about 19. mm.

In coloration individuals range from lemon chrome, frequently
suffused with greenish or orange, to army brown, usually showing
traces of a yellowish suffusion. The species is the most brilliantly
colored of the group, individuals in life being very striking. The
distinctive differences in color pattern are discussed in the analysis
of the group.

It was noted at Sandfly that the very brightly colored, yellow or
greenish yellow, individuals were taken on green plants, while the
dull yellow or brownish specimens were found among the yellowing
and brown fronds of the bracken. The males were active, but not
alert and were easy to capture ; the females were much less active and
were usually met with in the heavier undergrowth where much
greater concealment was afforded. Females from Isle of Hope are
represented by four immature individuals only, indicating that
adults of the species had been present but a very short time.

The species was found not unusual through the low bushes, grasses
and low swamp-loving plants on low wet ground through the short-
leaf pine woods (Yemassee), very common in tall, rank, succulent
undergrowth in somewhat swampy gray-bark pine woods (Sandfly,
Isle of Hope) ; at the latter locality it was particularly numerous in
patches of yellow and brown bracken.

The species was previously known from the single type specimen,
a male from Savannah, Georgia.

Melanoplus attenuatus Scudder. PI. XIII, figs. 5, 6.

Sullivan Island, South Carolina, IX, 5, Ashley Junction, S. C, VIII, 15, 1913,

1911, (R. & H.), 1 tf\ (R.), 3 juv. o\ 3 juv. 9 .

Magnolia, Charleston County, S. C, Augusta, Georgia, VII, 29, 1913, (R. &

IX, 5, 1911, (H.), 9 <?. H.), 3 juv. tf, 1 juv. 9 .

The striking dentate plications on each side of the supra-anal
plate near its base, are more pronounced in the specimen from Sullivan
Island than in those from Magnolia. The extremes in length in the
adult males before us are 18.5 and 20.6 mm.

In general coloration the insects are empire yellow much suffused

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

with brown. The post-ocular fuscous stripe is as heavy on the
prozona as in the most decidedly marked males of the series of
M. australis before us.

A single specimen was found on the somewhat marshy, sandy
ground covered with low vegetation (Sullivan Island), but the species
was found fairly numerous in moist places in the pine woods in the
low heavy undergrowth of plants and scrub oaks less than a foot
in height (Magnolia). A thunder storm prevented the accumulation
of a large series at the latter locality. In mid-August the young
alone were to be found in a depression overgrown with tall grasses
in long-leaf pine woods (Ashley Junction), and in late July a few
small young were found in short grasses in a somewhat swampy
spot in similar woods of the flat country just below the fall line
(Augusta).

The species was previously known from the three male type speci-
mens from Smithville, at the mouth of the Cape Fear River, in
extreme southeastern North Carolina, and from one male and three
young from Denmark, South Carolina.

Melanoplus hebardi (Rehn). PI. XIII, figs. 7, 8.

1906. Eotettix hebardi, Ent. News, XVII, p. 234. [Tyty Plantation, Thomas
County, Georgia.]

Albany, Georgia, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 2 juv. d1, 2 juv. 9 .

The most important characters which separate this species from
the others of the present group are given in the preceding analysis.
The figures of the genitalia, which accompany the original description,
are faulty and misleading. The type, which is 22 mm. in length,
is as large as the largest male of M. australis, which species averages
considerably less than this measurement. The type of the present
species remains the unique adult.

The above series of about half-grown young was taken in the
heavy undergrowth of the long-leaf pine forest along the Flint River.

Melanoplus nubilus new species. PI. XII, fig. 11; pi. XIII, figs. 9, 10.

More closely related to M. australis, attenuatus and hebardi than
to M. decorus, differing decidedly in the characters given in the
analysis on pages 212 to 215. Females are scarcely separable from
dark females of M . decorus, though the males show wide differences
in the two species.

Type: d"; Fayetteville, Cumberland County, North Carolina. Sep-
tember 9, 1911. (Rehn and Hebard.) [Hebard Collection, Type
No. 107.]

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Description of Type. — Size smaller than in M. attenuatus; form
slightly more attenuate, with pronotum less ample and head slightly
more prominent. Tegmina abbreviate, rotundate.79 The important
genital characters, of which the form of the supra-anal plate (fig. 9)
and cercus (fig. 10) are the most decided, are given in the preceding
analysis, while the abdominal coloration, also given there, is dis-
tinctive in this sex.

Allotype: 9 . Same data as the type. [Hebard Collection.]

Description of Allotype. — The vertex is found to be less depressed
mesad and the facial costa still more weakly sulcate than in females
of M . decorus, while the dorsum of the pronotum narrows even less
than in that species and has, in consequence, the cephalic and caudal
width nearly subequal.

The usual variation found in the two species, however, makes it
often impossible to separate females by the above characters, and we
are obliged to admit that we are unable to find definite differential
characters for females of the two species.

Measurements (in millimeters).

cT & 9 9

type. Paratypes. Allotype. Paratypes.

Length of body 16 15.8-16.8 24.7 21.2-25*

Length of pronotum 3.8 3.7-4.1 4.9 4.9-5.3

Length of tegmen 2.9 2.6-3.8 4.4 3.8-4.5

Greatest width of same 2 1.8-2.4 2.8 2.6-3

Length of caudal femur 9.9 9.3-10.1 13 12.4-13.1

Greatest width of same 2.2 2.2- 2.4 2.8 2.7- 3

The furcula of the present insect vary somewhat from the normal
regular and parallel form to one in which the sides are less regular
and the fingers divergent, the cerci also show some individual varia-
tion, two of the males have the ventral expansion of the tip of the
cercus decidedly produced and sharply acute-angulate.

In coloration the series of specimens before us is quite uniform,
much resembling dark individuals of M. decorus, except that the post-
ocular fuscous stripe is abruptly terminated on the lateral lobes of
the pronotum at the principal sulcus and the males have the dark
markings on the sMes of the abdomen much more pronounced with
the dorsum of the same very dark. Half of the females have the
post-ocular fuscous stripe on the prozona interrupted by narrow
oblique pale fasciae as in M. australis. The dark males have a

9 The tegmina show almost as much individual variation in this species as in
the others of this group.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

lacquered appearance in which a brownish and greenish suffusion
is apparent, the females range in general coloration from pecan
brown to warm sepia with markings of a darker shade.

All of the material before us was taken in short-leaf pine woods
around a mill pond at Fayetteville, North Carolina. The males were
occasional in gall-berry and other bushes and were found usually two
or three feet from the ground, "sitting up warily or jumping away,"
while the females were decidedly less abundant and less active and
by hiding sometimes eluded pursuit.

Specimens Examined. — 20; 13 males, 6 females and 1 immature
female.

Fayetteville, Cumberland County, North Carolina, IX, 9, 1911,
(R. & H.), 13 o", 6 9, 1 juv. 9 , type, allotype and paratypes.

The Tribulus Group of the Genus Melanoplus.

The present group contains M. obovatipennis, morsei, tepidus,
tribulus, tribidoides, devius and decoratus; the species in relationship
following the order given above, of which the first three species are
very closely related, the next three likewise, while the last species
is the most aberrant of the group. Scudder placed obovatipennis
in his anomalous Fasciatus Series, the relationships of the other
species, which are all more recent in description, have been correctly
though indefinitely given with the descriptions of the same, except-
ing M. decoratus, which species Morse considered more nearly related
to M. decorus.

Melanoplus tribulus Morse.

Pennsylvania. Georgia.

Pink Hill, Newtown Square, VI, 19, Clayton, VI, 1909, (W. T. Davis), 1 <?.

1908, (R.), 1 cf; VII, 15, 1911, Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.

(H.), 19. Davis), 1$.

Maryland. Toccoa, VIII, 4-5, 1913, (H.), 1

Bf fpS-W2' (J- °- H°0d)' DJtafvm, 7, 1913, (R.), 1 juv. cA

"SKl'l ft f'^'uT' (A- K- Jasp^VIII, 5, 1913, (R.), 1 juv. *.
tisner), 19, LU. b. iV M.J. gharp Mountaill) VIII, 6, 1913, (R.),

Virginia. 3 cf, 1 juv. 9 .

Green Dell Farm near Pohick, VIII, Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

25, 1912, (A. N. Caudell), 1 <?, 2mv cf, 1 juv.9.

fU S N M 1 * lcinitv ot ©tone Mountain, \ 111, 3,

' ',, _ ,. 1913, (H.), 1 juv. 9.

horth Carolina. i>()St Mountain, Cobb County, VII,

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (H.), 1 tf. 13, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 19.

Males of this insect are almost inseparable from males of M . devius,
for the characters which Morse gives in his original descriptions do
not hold. Females of the present species, however, differ greatly

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

from females of devius in being less robust, with narrower vertex
of the fastigium and narrower ovipositor jaws, and in having the
lateral lobes of the pronotum less deep and the post-ocular fuscous
stripe there pronounced, narrow and sharply defined from the pale
ventral portion of the lateral lobes.

The males and young recorded above from Georgia could not be
assigned to this species were it not quite certain that M. devius is
found in Georgia only at the highest elevations in the Appalachians.

Specimens before us from New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania
are rather small and the males have the subgenital plate and preceding-
ventral abdominal segments wholly immaculate; this coloration is
found in but a single southern male which is from Clayton, Georgia.

The northernmost specimens here recorded were taken along the
edge of a deciduous forest adjacent to a barren serpentine outcrop
(Pink Hill) and among low bushes on sandy soil (Beltsville). In
Georgia the species was found very locally in the undergrowth of
forests composed chiefly of deciduous trees, particularly on hillsides.

The species was previously known from Staten Island, New York,
Stafford's Forge, New Jersey, and Sharptop Mountain, Georgia.

Melanoplus devius Morse.

Jefferson, North Carolina, VIII, 1907, Spartanburg, South Carolina, VIII, 6,

(F. Sherman), 1 <?, [U. S. N. M.]. 1913, (H.), 1 9 , 12 juv. &, 11 juv. 9 .

Charlotte, N. C, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & Wilson's Gap, Mountain City, Georgia,

H.), 3 <?, 13 juv. cf, 13 juv. 9 . VIII, 22, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 9 .

The difficulty of separating males of this species from those of
M . tribulus is remarkable, considering that the females of the two
are very different, in devius being more robust, with broader fastigium
of the vertex and broader ovipositor jaws, with lateral lobes of the
pronotum deeper and the post-ocular fuscous stripe not sharply
outlined there, the lateral lobes being wholly infuscated with the
dorsal portion broadly darkened.

The series from Charlotte and Spartanburg were found by careful
search in local areas of the rather scant undergrowth of the heavy
deciduous forest. The species was previously known from Wythe-
ville, Virginia, and Topton, Asheville and Mount Pisgah, North
Carolina.

Melanoplus decoratus Morse.

Orange, Virginia, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & Clayton, Georgia, VI, 1909, (W. T.
H.), 1 cf, 5 9 , 1 juv. d*. Davis), 1 d1.

Macon, Ga., VII, 31, 1913, (H.), 1 9 .

The present insect may be readily separated from its allies by the
very peculiar subgenital plate of the male, which has a greatly devel-

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

oped apical tubercle, and by the very strongly protuberant vertex
in both sexes.

Adults of the insect were found scarce in the undergrowth of a
heavy chesnut forest on Southwest Mountain (a hill near Orange),
and among oak sprouts in a tangle of other plants and vines in pine
woods (Macon). The above records extend the known range of the
species both northward and southward.

The Puer Group of the Genus Melanoplus.

The following species belong to the present group, M. puer, rotundi-
pennis, stegocercus, mirus, scapularis and strumosus. In all of these
species both sexes have the prosternal spine prominent and very
broad, flattened cylindric with apex transversely excised, the sides
rounded; the caudal tibiae are glaucous, often more or less flavescent
at base and tip, with spines black or black-tipped. The species
are property associated as listed above, no one of them shows very
close affinity to any of the others, however, as each has one or several
decided and unusual characters peculiar to itself.

Scudder's association of the then known species, puer and rotundi-
pennis, is of no value, the situation in regard to the latter is discussed
below. Morse, at the time he described strumosus, did not discuss
its relationship.

Melanoplus rotundipennis Scudder.

1897. Melanoplus inops Scudder, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XXXVI, p. 16;
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, pp. 130, 329. [Florida.]

Georgia. Thomasville, XI, 30, XII, 1, 1903,

Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 2 9 . (H.), 29.

Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911, Metcalfe, IX, 17, 1903, (for Hebard).

(R. &H.), 9 c?, 7 9, 1 juv.9. !?• _. . .

Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, (R.), Florida.

1 <?. Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. &

Billy's Island, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 1 d\ H.), 11 d", 6 9 ; IX, 7, 1913, XI, 5,

3 juv. d\ 2 juv.9; VI, VII, IX, 1911, (W. T. Davis), 4 &.

1912-13, (J. C. Bradley), 7^,89, Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

1 juv.9. H.), 2 c?, 2 9.

Boney Island, VI, 1, 1912, (J. C. Brad- Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.)

ley), 4 C?, 4 9 . 9 d\ 9 9 .

Examination of the types of M. rotundipennis and M . inops shows
that the two are absolutely synonymous. The figures of the type
of inops in Scudder's Revision are very poor, the furcula indeed
being wholly overlooked; the figure of rotundipennis is, however,
quite satisfactory, though the base of the cercus in lateral aspect is
drawn much too wide.

Females of this species constitute the basis for Scudder's record

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

of M. puer from Jacksonville, Florida, in his Revision.80 A series of
sixty-nine specimens from northern Florida have been referred by
the present authors to the synonymous inops, while the three females
mentioned above from Thomasville and Metcalfe, Georgia, were unfor-
tunately recorded by us as M. sylvestris,81 females of which species
may at once be roughly separated by their red caudal tibia?.

Scudder's placing of the present species is most unsatisfactory,
as it is a development of the M. puer type; his opinion that the
synonymous inops belonged to a widely different group demonstrates
amply his own uncertainty in the matter.

A certain amount of size variation is appreciable, the series from
the Okeefenokee Swamp and Jacksonville averaging larger than the
others.

Measurements (in millimeters) of extremes.

Least width between
Length of body. tegmina.

&& 9 9 cTcf 9 9

Cumberland Island, Ga... 13.6-16.7 17.8-20.5 .6-1 1.4-1.9

Jacksonville, Fla 17-17.9 20.4-23.3 .8-1.1 1.1-1.7

LiveOak, Fla 14-16.1 18-20.3 .9-1 1.3-1.7

The greatest tegminal separation is shown in a Thomasville
female, where the least intervening width is 2.4 mm.

The general coloration of the species varies from fuscous to orange
cinnamon. All of the males have the dorsal portion of the lateral
lobes of the pronotum shining black, but more than half of the
females have this marking abruptly discontinued at the metazona.
The caudal femora range from an immaculate type of coloration to
one in which they are heavily twice banded with fuscous, the immacu-
late type being found more often in the males.

The species was found, usually locally distributed, in the under-
growth of the long-leaf pine woods, but was also sometimes met
with in the undergrowth of mixed pine and oak woods (Live Oak),
and on palmetto flats (Brunswick). As Morse has noted, the differ-
ences in general coloration of specimens were found to correspond
with the color of the surrounding soil or dead leaves in which indi-
viduals were taken.

The present species has a very limited distribution, northward being
known from Brunswick west to Thomasville in Georgia, and south-
ward as far as Lakeland in central Florida, in which latitude it appears

80 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, p. 253, (1898).

81 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 791, (1905).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

to be very scarce. From the latter region, southward on the main-
land of peninsular Florida. M. puer replaces the present insect.

Melanoplus stegocercus82 new species. PI. XII, fig. 12; pi. XIII, figs. 11, 12, 13.

Related to M. rotundipennis, but differing very greatly in the male
genitalia. The female sex is unknown.

Type : cf ; Cannoche River at Groveland, Bryan County, Georgia.
July 28, 1913. (J. C. Bradley.) [Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., Type
No. 5273.]

Description of Type, — Size and form similar to M . scapularis, but
somewhat heavier; cephalic and median femora somewhat swollen
as in M. rotundipennis, and with dorsum of pronotum having the
lateral carinse weakly and regularly diverging caudad as in that
species. Tegmina similar to those of scapularis, but not attingent
(least width between same 1 mm.). Extremity of abdomen broadly
and decidedly produced, tumid, but not at all upcurved; supra-anal
plate much as in scapularis, but with angles of lateral margins less
distal, furcula likewise absent (fig. 11); cerci broad at base, thence
expanding evenly to the truncate distal margin, dorsal margin weakly
arcuate to the scarcely evident disto-dorsal angle, ventral margin
straight to the sharply rounded subrectangulate disto-ventral angle,
the cereal shafts regularly flexed so that the disto-dorsal portion of
the cerci is horizontal (though its surface is swollen and uneven),
and the margins of the same when in normal position overlap in this
plane dorsad of the distal portion of the supra-anal plate (pi. XIII, fig.
12) ; disto-ventral abdominal segment with caudal margin very weakly
produced mesad, subgenital plate roundly and rather broadly pro-
duced (length 2 mm.), with proximal lateral portions of plate and
adjacent portion of preceding segment subcompressed, extending
beyond the apex of the supra-anal plate one-half the length of the
same (fig. 13). The soft integument between the supra-anal and
subgenital plates is almost wholly covered by the distal portions of
the cerci and does not rise above the dorsal margin of the subgenital

plate.

Measurements {in millimeters) of type.

Length of body 17.5 Greatest width of tegmen 2.4

Length of pronotum 3.9 Length of caudal femur 11.1

Length of tegmen 3.1 Greatest width of caudal femur .. 3.1

The specimen is larger than the type of scapularis, but not as much
so as the bod}' length would lead one to believe, the uncurved

52 From ariyu, to cover closely, and Kep/coc; cercus. In allusion to the remark-
able cerci, which cover closely the caudal portion of the supra-anal plate.

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

abdominal extremity adding to the length measurement of the present
insect.

In coloration the specimen closely resembles the more brilliantly
colored males of rotundipennis and has the caudal femora heavily
twice banded with fuscous. The general coloration is orange cinna-
mon with dorsal surfaces of head and pronotum walnut brown.
The sides of the abdomen are marked with fuscous as in the males
of all the species of the present group.

The type is unique.

Melanoplus mirus83 new species. PI. XII, fig. 13; pi. XIII, figs. 14, 15, 16.

The present insect is a development of the M. puer type, showing a
very striking specialization of the male subgenital plate, which is
even more produced and compressed than in M. strumosus. Males
of the present species have, however, a very simple supra-anal plate,
much as in M . puer, while the pronotum, noticeably broader caudad
than cephalad, shows further affinity to that species and also to
M. rotundipennis. The entire absence of furcula is, however, found
elsewhere in the group only in M . stegocercus and M . scapidaris.

Type: d71; Weldon, Halifax County, North Carolina. July 24,
1913. (Hebard.) [Hebard Collection, Type No. 110.]

Description of Type. — Size and form similar to moderately large
south Florida males of M . puer. Limbs, absence of furcula and
character of supra-anal plate all agreeing with M. scapidaris. Teg-
mina much as in M . rotundipennis. ,84 Extremity of abdomen tumid,
greatly produced and upcurved; supra-anal plate simple as in
scapularis, but with lateral margins very weakly convex and con-
verging evenly caudad (fig. 14), furcula absent; cerci moderately
broad at base, narrowing sharply to half this width mesad, thence
after a sharp inward flexion of the shaft expanding distad to a width
as great as the base, from which point narrowing, again with an even
curvature, to the sharp disto-ventral apex, all of the narrowing and
widening is due to the curvature of the dorsal margin, the ventral
margin is almost straight,85 the apices of the two cerci are attingent
just beyond the distal extremity of the supra-anal plate (fig. 15);
disto-ventral abdominal segment produced mesad in a very small
sharp point, subgenital plate greatly produced, compressed, stela-

83 In allusion to the remarkable genitalia of the male sex.

84 The size, shape and degree of separation of the tegmina vary considerably
in the present series.

85 In consequence the outline of the distal enlargement of the cerci bears a
close resemblance to the outline of a duck's head.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

form conical, with apex sharply rounded (length 2.6 mm.) (fig. 16).
Allotype: 9; Same data as the type. [Hebard Collection.]
Description of Allotype.- — Closely resembling in size and form
moderately large south Florida females of M. puer, but with principal
sulcus somewhat more decided on dorsum of pronotum; color
pattern and tegmina (though extremely variable) much as in M.
rotundipennis. When compared with this latter species the insect
is found to be smaller and much more compact with shorter and
more robust limbs.

Measurements (in millimeters).

cfcf 9 9

Type. Paratypes. Allotype. Paratopes.

Length of body 16.2 15.5 15.8 18.8 20 19.5

Length of pronotum 3.6 3.7 3.8 4.2 4.1 4.7

Length of tegmen 3.7 3 3.4 4.3 3.7 3.9

Greatest width of same 2.3 2.2 2.4 2.9 2.8 2.9

Length of caudal femur 9.7 9.4 9.8 10.8 10.6 11.2

Greatest width of same 2.7 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.8 2.7

The specimens have the caudal margin of the dorsum of the
pronotum extremely weakly emarginate mesad, so weak indeed as
to be scarcely appreciable to the naked eye except in one female.
This character is often found in species of the present group, but
nowhere as decided as in M. puer.

A more or less noticeable truncation of the tegminal apex is present
in all of the material before us, with the exception of a single paratypic
male.

In coloration the species generally resembles M. rotundipennis,
except that the males differ decidedly in having the ventral margins
of the caudal femora sharply pale and quite striking, this marking
broader proximad. The females are similarly marked, but to a much
less and usually inconspicuous degree.

The species was found very scarce in scattered woods of low pines
and oaks, with a typical ammophytic undergrowth of huckleberry
and other low bushes and plants. The species was recognized as new
and several hours were spent in minute search before the six examples
were taken, all of these being found in an area not one hundred feet in
diameter. The insects were wary, but were found to hide constantly,
so that by careful approach and guarding with the net the majority
were picked up with ease. The species does not jump vigorously.

Specimens Examined. — 6; 3 males and 3 females.

Weldon, North Carolina, VII, 24, 1913, (H.), 3 c? , 3 9 , type, allotype
and paratypes.

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Melanoplus scapularis86 new species. PI. XII, fig. 14; pi. XIII, figs. 17, 18.

Closely related to M. rotundipennis, but differing very greatly in
the male genitalia. Females of the two species are very similar, but
those of the present insect are separable by the more nearly attingent
tegmina, which are also more ample and more nearly rotundate.

Type: c? ; Jesup, Wayne County, Georgia. September 1, 1911.
(Rehn & Hebard.) [Hebard Collection, Type No. 111.]

Description of Type. — Size and form similar to M . rotundipennis,
but somewhat more compact; cephalic and median femora less
swollen, the caudal femora slightly shorter and a little deeper in
proportion to their length. Tegmina abbreviate, rotundate, but
very little longer than broad, attingent. The tegminal length much
more nearly approximates the breadth of the same than in rotundi-
pennis. Extremity of abdomen tumid, strongly upcurved; supra-
anal plate decidedly longer than in rotundipennis, but otherwise
similar (fig. 17), furcula absent; cerci broad at base, distal portion
broadly expanding into a lamellate plate resembling a scapula,
greatest width at distal extremity hardly greater than length of
cercus, dorso-distal angle rotundato-rectangulate, disto-ventral angle
acute angulate, distal margin obtusely emarginate (fig. 18). The soft
integument between the supra-anal and subgenital plates does not
rise above the dorsal margin of the latter plate in the present insect.87

Allotype: 9 ; Same data as the type. [Hebard Collection.]

Description of Allotype. — Very similar to females of M. rotundipen-
nis, but may be separated by the tegminal characters given above.
(All of the females before us have the tegmina either attingent or
separated by the scantiest interspace, the extreme separation being-
shown by a female from Isle of Hope in which the least width
between the tegmina is .3 mm.) In structure scapularis is a little
more compact with shorter and heavier caudal femora.

Measurements (in millimeters) .

■ ? 9 9

Type. Paratypes. Allotype. Paratypes.

Length of body 15 16-16.7 22.2 19.7-21

Length of pronotum 3.9 3.8-3.9 5.1 4.8-4.9

Length of tegmen 3 3-3.2 4.2 3.8-3.9

Greatest width of same 2.4 2.2-2.6 3.1 2.9-3.1

Length of caudal femur 10 9.7-10.2 12.5 11.6-11.9

Greatest width of same 2.9 2.7-2.9 3.7 3-3.2

86 In allusion to the scapuliform cerci.

87 In M. rotundipennis this integument is produced upward in an acute pro-
tuberance, which rises conspicuously above the distal margin of the subgenital
plate.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

The other specimens of the species before us agree fully with the
above measurements.

In coloration the present species closely resembles rotundipennis,
but the series before us is all rather dark and, in all but two females
from Isle of Hope, the dorsal portion of the lateral lobes of the prono-
tum including the metazona is blackish.

The present species was found in a restricted area of a sandy tract
covered with various low bushy plants, such as Myrica pumila,Quercus
minima, gall-berry bushes and saw palmettoes (Jesup), and in scant
undergrowth of the slightly more elevated portions of the flat almost
swampy gray-bark pine woods (Sandfly, Isle of Hope). The species
was very scarce, long-continued and thorough search being made for
it at each locality where it was found.

Specimens Examined. — 15; 5 males, 8 females and 2 immature
specimens.

Sandfly, Chatham County, Georgia, IX, 3, 1911, (H.), 1 &, 1 9 ,
(in coitu.)

Isle of Hope, Chatham County, Ga., IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 49 ,
1 juv. cf.

Jesup, Wayne County, Ga., IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 4 d\ 39,
1 juv. 9 , type, allotype and paratypes.

Melanoplus strumosus Morse. PL XIII, figs. 19, 20, 21.

North Carolina. Georgia.

Favetteville, IX, 6, 1911, (H.), 1$. Tallulah Falls, VIII, 5, 1909, (J. C.

Ivanhoe, VII, 1907, (L. M. Smith), Bradley), 19.

19, [U. S. N. M.l. Currahee Mountain, VIII, 5, 1913,

South Carolina. 0 ■ ''' r, ', T"rr - .w in,, \-tt

_ TT Spring Creek, VI, *-23, 1911, ^ II,

Florence, IX, b, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 9 . 26-28, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 2 9 .

Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (H.), 1 a\ 1 9 . y

This insect, which may be said to be the most aberrant of the Puer
Group, differs from all other species in this group in the shape of the
male supra-anal plate and furcula, which have been well figured and
described by Morse.88

A certain similarity to M. stegocercus in the form of the male sub-
genital plate is apparent, but in the present insect this plate distad
narrows considerably more and is also deflected dorsad, which gives
the apex of the abdomen a very different appearance (fig. 21). The
cerci suggest in contour those of M. minis, but are decidedly smaller,
less flexed and more simple in outline (fig. 20). It is interesting to
note that while stegocercus, minis and strumosus show a common an-

88 Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. No. 18, pp. 51-53, figs. 12, 13, (1904).

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

cestry, and all have a peculiar and very decided development of the
subgenital plate, stegocercus is particularly remarkable in cereal char-
acters, mirus in the greatest specialization of the subgenital plate
combined with very peculiar cerci, while strumosus has quite similar
cerci to mirus, though these are much smaller, but is very different
from all other members of the present group in the characters of the
supra-anal plate and furcula (fig. 19).

The females of the present species would be almost indistinguishable
from females of M . rotundipennis, were it not for the fact that in the
latter species the cephalic width of the dorsum of the pronotum is less
than the caudal width of the same to a degree not found in the
present insect.

The variation in size of the present species does not appear to be
geographically correlated in any way. The five Currahee Mountain
males range in length from 16 to 17 mm., while the largest females
are from Tallulah Falls and Spring Creek, 23.5 and 26.2 mm., respect-
ively. The smallest female before us is also from Spring Creek, in
length 20.1 mm. Though usually wide, the interspace between
the tegmina is decidedly variable in the present species.

In coloration the majority of the series before us have the caudal
femora showing scarcely any traces of fuscous bars, one female from
Florence, however, has these bars weakly indicated, while the
Yemassee female and the two Spring Creek individuals of the same
sex have these bars heavy and very pronounced.

The species was found very scarce on the ground among oak
sprouts (Fayetteville, Florence), in underbrush on higher ground,
just above where the short-leaf pines disappeared, and in oak sprouts
in long-leaf pine woods (Yemassee), while on Currahee Mountain
it was found very local on the mountain summit in the luxuriant
mountain undergrowth of grasses, vines and oak sprouts (particularly
about the latter), in a forest predominantly black-jack oak.

The Mancus Group of the Genus Melanoplus.

Of the five species originally included in his "Mancus Series" by
Scudder, one only properly belongs to it, this being mancus. Scudderi
belongs to a group of which it is the best known representative, while
the other three species should be distributed over three other groups
which show natural relationships. With mancus, however, should be
associated M. islandicus Blatchley and celatus, sylvestris and divergens
Morse, the proper sequence apparently being divergens, mancus,
islandicus, celatus and sylvestris.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

229

Melanoplus sylvestris Morse.

North < '(irol i mi.

Black Mountain, VII, 1912, (\V.
Beutenmuller), 2 9 , [Davis Cln.].

Georgia.
Clayton, 2, 000-3,700 feet, VI, 1909,

(W. T. Davis), 1 cf.
Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.

Davis), 1 9.

Tuckoluge Creek, Rabun County, VII,

1910, (W. T. Davis), 19.
Pinnacle Peak, Rabun County, VIII,

20, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 2 9 .
Rabun Paid, Rabun County, 4,000-

4,800 feet, VIII, 21, 1913, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 juv. 9 .

This form is clearly an offshoot of M. islandicus as stated by Morse,
probably being but a geographic race. The male here listed shows
an even greater elongation of the cercus than seen in the figure given
by Morse, but this is not surprising, the types being from central
western North Carolina. The Georgia material from a more extreme
geographic point could be expected to show a greater development
of the features which differentiate the form.

The species is only known from the localities given above, and
Blowing Rock, Linville, Lovering's and Pineola, North Carolina
(Morse).89

The Scudderi Group of the Genus Melanoplus.

We have placed M. carnegiei and scudderi in a group which is easily
distinguished from the "Mancus Series" in which scudderi was
previously placed.

Melanoplus carnegiei Morse.

South Carolina.

Spartanburg, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.), 1 cf ,

5 juv. cf , 10 juv. 9 .
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

IS d\ 14 9, 2 juv. 9.

Georgia.
Pinnacle Peak, Rabun Countv, VIII,

20, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 4 cf.
Toccoa, VIII, 4-5, 1913, (H.), 25 cf,

3 juv. cA 10 juv. 9.

Currahee Mountain, VIII, 5, 1913,

(H.), 22 <?, 12 9 , 5 juv. cf , 2 juv. 9 .

Jasper, VIII, 5, 1913, (R.), 2 cf ,

4 juv. cf , 3 juv. 9 .

Sharp Mountain, VIII, 6, 1913, (R.),

8 cf, 6 9, 3 juv. 9.
Silver Lake, Fulton County, VIII, 10,

1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 <j\
Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 c?, 5 juv. cf , 5 juv. 9 .
Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913, (R. & H.), 5 juv. cf , 4 juv. 9 .
Warm Springs, 850-1,200 feet, VIII,

9-10, 1913, (R.), 7 cf , 19, 2 juv.

cf, 5 juv. 9 •
Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf , 11 juv. cf , 15 juv. 9 •
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf, 5 juv. cf , 5 juv. 9 •

Available data show that carnegiei has a fairly extended range
through diverse conditions in the southeastern States, this extending
from Sulphur Springs, North Carolina, Pinnacle Peak and Blue Ridge,

83 The record of this species from Thomasville and Metcalfe, Georgia, made'
by the authors (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 791, (1905)), is erroneous,
that reference instead relating to M. rotundipennis, a species then unknown
to them.

16

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Georgia, south and east as far as Warm Springs and Macon, Georgia,
and Yemassee, South Carolina. The material shows a great amount
of individual variation in size, both sexes exhibiting this in material
from the same locality, collected in the same environment. Certain
individuals, particularly of the female sex, show a general lightening
of the entire coloration, while very rarely (one adult and certain
nymphs) the pronotum is washed with pinkish. The adult male
from Augusta is very pale and quite ochraceous, with the dorsal
femoral markings very decided, solid and regular. These markings
vary appreciably in individuals of relatively the same color depth.
There is some variation in both sexes in the form of the tegmina, the
distal section being more rounded and less subangulate in certain
specimens than in others.

From the available evidence we find that the species occurs adult
as early as July 25 (Blue Ridge, Georgia; Morse) and as late as
October 7 (Sulphur Springs, North Carolina; Rehn & Hebard), few
adults having appeared as late as August 4 (Toccoa).

This form is always sylvan in habitat, occurring on the ground
under oaks and in mixed oak and pine woods. On one occasion it was
found about low scrub oak scattered over a sandy area (Augusta).

Melanoplus scudderi scudderi (Uhler).

Virginia. Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. A

Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.), H.), 1 cf , 1 9 , 1 juv. 9 .

1 juv. cf. South Carolina.
Lynchburg, VII, 22 1913, (R. & H.), Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 juv. cf, 2 juv. 9. o : \ q :'„ 'Q

Natural Bridge IX, 12 and 13, 1907, p^nle, IX, 6 1911,(R. & H.), 8 cf ,

(a. Long), IV. ^ o fi ;,iv Q

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.). 6 v ' D JUV- v '

2 juv. cf . Georgia.

Thompson's Mills, X, 1910, (H. A.

North Carolina. Allard), [U. S. N. M.].

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.), Austell, VIII, 27, 1911, 2 cf , [Ga.

2 juv. cf , 3 juv. 9 . State Cln.].

Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.), Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. cf. 6 juv. cf, 5 juv. 9.

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.), Bainbridge, IX, 7-X, 19, 1910, (J. C.

17 cf , 4 9 , 1 juv. cf , 5 juv. 9 . Bradley), 1 9 .

From a study of the material before us from the eastern and
southeastern States, it is evident that southwards both sexes show a
gradual broadening of the tegmina and rounding of the distal margin
of the same. This feature is similar to that found in the Texan
form, scudderi texensis Hart, of which we have typical material, but
that race also has the general form more compressed in both sexes,
the furcula longer, the subgenital plate less produced and some feat-
ures of the coloration different. The relationship of the material

1«>16.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

seen from all of Georgia (Austell south to Thomasville) and from
the Carolinas is clearly with Middle States and New England s.
scudderi, although showing a parallelism to one of the feature's of
s. texensis, but representative of the typical form in all the other
characters.

Individual size variation in this species is considerable, but there
is also an average southward increase in the general bulk.

The earliest date we are acquainted with on which adults have
been taken in the southeastern States is August 24 (Chattanooga,
Tenn.; Morse), while we have secured material as late as December
14 (Thomasville, Ga.; Hebard).

The species was taken in sylvan surroundings, the undergrowth of
pine and oak woods being its favorite situation.

The Fasciatus Group of the Genus Melanoplus.

A tentative study of the species which have been referred to this
division shows that a recasting of the whole aggregation is necessary,
but our collated information is not sufficiently extensive to say more
than that fasciatus, querneus, franciscanus, nigrescens and walshii
are certainly, and inconspicuus probably, members of this assemblage.
We can state definitely that attenuatus, borealis, cockerelli, obovati-
pennis, rotundipennis, morsei and tepidus are not to be included in
the same category. Of these attenuatus is a member of the Decorus
Group, obovatipennis, morsei and tepidus are members of the Tribulus
Group and rotundipennis belongs to the Puer Group, while amplectens
is a synonym of ivalshii and juvencus equals viridipes, a member of
the Gracilis Group. Scudder's saltator belongs to another category,
including ascensus and other species.

The species of this group apparently form a transition to the
constantly long-winged forms of the genus, the relationship being
chiefly, however, with the short-winged forms. The sequence of
species known to belong to this division appears' to us to be as given
above.

Melanoplus querneus new species. PI. XIV, figs. 1, 2, 3.

1905. Melanoplus nigrescens Rehn and Hebard (not of Scudder), Proc.
Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 791. [Thomasville,' Georgia.]

A member of the fasciatus group and more nearly related to .1/.
walshii and nigrescens than to any of the other members of the genus.
In general structure and coloration the new species is practically
identical with the two older forms, but it differs from both in the
slightly longer tegmina in both sexes, the broader sublamellate male

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

cerci, which are subconstricted mesad, and in the rounded and
hardly produced apical margin of the subgenital plate of the same
sex. The females of the three species are very similar, but the
constantly longer tegmina and slightly less bicolored character of
the same in querneus enable one to distinguish it.

Type: cf ; Thomasville, Thomas County, Georgia. November 30,
1903. (Morgan Hebard.) [Hebard Collection, Type No. 116.]

Description of Type. — Size large; form moderately robust. Head
as in nigrescens except for the frontal costa failing to reach the
clypeal suture ; antennae very long, slightly longer than the pronotum
and tegmina together. Pronotum as in nigrescens. Tegmina almost
or quite reaching the region of the furcula when the abdomen is in
the usual somewhat recurved position, appreciably longer than in
nigrescens, considerably exceeding the combined length of the head
and pronotum, subacuminate, the apices narrowly rounded; sutural
margins moderately arcuate. Prosternal spine similar to that of
nigrescens; interspace between the mesosternal lobes slightly broader
and less decidedly longitudinal than in nigrescens; interspace between
the metasternal lobes subattingent, but not contiguous as in nigres-
cens. Abdomen subcompressed proximad, with a fairly distinct and
moderately elevated medio-longitudinal carina; furcula merely
the briefest of points projecting from the disto-dorsal abdominal
segment, poorly indicated on the surface of the segment as broad,
rounded areas, between which the segment is emarginate ; supra-anal
plate as in nigrescens, but the proximal medio-longitudinal sulcus
and its marginal carinas are more decided and the median transverse
carina is more strongly indicated (fig. 3); cerci broad, sublamellate,
the greatest distal width hardly more than half the length, broad
at base, somewhat narrowing to the middle, the whole dorsal margin
arcuato-emarginate, the disto-dorsal angle rotundato-rectangulate,
distal margin arcuato-truncate and gently rounding into an obliquely
truncate disto-ventral section, which latter passes by a very slight
angle into the ventral margin, distal section with surface faintly
tumid and separated from distal margin by an arcuate impression
(fig. 1); subgenital plate distinctly broader than long, the apical
margin semi-elliptical in shape when seen from the dorsum, when
seen from the side moderately emarginate with a faintly produced
extremity (fig. 2) . Cephalic and median limbs slightly more elongate
than in nigrescens. Caudal femora similar to those of nigrescens,
but dorsal outline more concave distad; caudal tibiae with external
spines ten to eleven in number.

191(i.l NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

Allotype: 9 ; Same data as type but taken December 3, 1903.
[Hebard Collection.]

Description of Allotype. — Differing only from the same sex of
nigrescens in the average larger size, actually as well as proportion-
ately, longer antennae, longer tegmina and more robust and less
attenuate ventral valves of the ovipositor. The tegmina are dis-
tinctly longer than the head and pronotum together. The ventral
jaws of the ovipositor are well decurved at the apex and have the
proximal tooth strongly indicated, these being more slender, straighter
and with a weaker tooth in nigrescens, while in walshii the valves,
though nearly as straight as in nigrescens, are heavier and nearer in
form to those of querneus.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Thomasville, Ga. Length of

Length Length of Length of caudal

of body. pronotum. tegmen. femur.

■ XI, 30, 1903. Type 22.5 6.2 10 15.8

<? XI, 12, 1902. Paratvpe 27.1 6.5 11.7 • 16.7

9X11,3,1903. Allotype 32.2 6.7 11.6 17.3

9 XII, 10, 1903. Paratype....32.8 7.9 12.5 18.3

In size there is some little variation, particularly in the male sex,
the type and allotype being about the minimum for each sex, the
maximums being measured above. The males show practically no
individual variation at all in the form of the appendages, there being
but a scarcely perceptible amount in the relative depth of the cercus,
while the females show no noteworthy structural variation.

Color Xotes. — Detailed color descriptions made from life have
already been published for this species (see above). In consequence
we will only comment on the differences noted from those descrip-
tions. The general coloration is diluted or brightened in certain
individuals, the pale tones becoming cinnamon buff on the dorsum
of the head, pronotum, anal field of tegmina, pleural streak and
caudal femora, while rarely the deepening of the coloration has
resulted in a general benzo brown to fuscous tone, with the dark
markings fuscous black to shining black. The caudal tibiae occa-
sionally show no trace of maroon or poppy red, but are largely dull
honey yellow with the usual proximal suffusion. The less bicolored
condition of the tegmina in this species, when compared with walshii
and nigrescens, is due to the more pronounced breaking up into small
maculations of the blackish fuscous of the discoidal and marginal
fields, while in nigrescens and walshii these areas are more uniformly

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

colored and consequently more contrasted with the almost invariably
paler anal area. We have but one specimen of querneus, a male,
which shows little or no contrast between the two sections of the
tegmina, this being the very dark individual mentioned above.

In addition to the type and allotype, we have before us a series of
ten males and thirteen females, taken at Thomasville on dates
extending from November 30 to December 13, 1902-1903, all of
which may be considered paratypic.

Before we were able to examine specimens of undoubted nigrescens
we referred to this species by that name, but now with Scudder's
species in hand it is quite evident that the two are distinct.

This species was found frequenting the vicinity of scrub oaks in
the pine and oak woods. Extensive notes on the habits of the
species have been previously published {vide supra).

Melanoplus nigrescens (Seudder).

Lake Waccamaw, North Carolina, IX, St. Simon's Island, Georgia, VIII, 30.
8, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 cf. 1911, (R. & H.), 4 & , 11 9 .

The above records, with those of Seudder from " Georgia ' ' and Smith-
yille. North Carolina, form all the information we have on the range of
this species, as the record of nigrescens from Thomasville, Georgia, made
by the authors90 we now find to have been based on the allied but
distinct new species, M. querneus, which is described above. We
find on comparison that nigrescens is closely related to walshii,
differing chiefly in details of the dorsum of the pronotum, in the
peculiar offset or twist of the distal section of the male cercus and
in the more pronounced apex of the subgenital plate of the same
sex. The females are almost indistinguishable, the more delicate
median carina of the pronotum, the straighter ovipositor jaws
(particularly ventral) and the more subequal and less distinctly
tapering prosternal spine being about all the really tangible characters
in nigrescens to separate that sex from walshii. In coloration the two
species are almost identical, each varying to about the same degree
individually, although on the whole nigrescens has the dorsal aspect
generally paler. There can be no question but that both species are
members of the same species group.

The size shows but little variation in the series and this is slightly
more pronounced in the female than in the male sex.

From the records the species seems to be restricted to the lower
portion of the Coastal Plain within theSabalian or Basic Austral Zone.

90

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 791, (1905).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235

The Lake Waccamaw .specimen was taken in heavy undergrowth
of bushes in short-leaf pine woods, while on St. Simon's Island the
species occurred in very few numbers among dead leaves under
live oaks. In the latter situations there was practically no ground
vegetation owing to the constant shade of the oak groves. A par-
ticular search was made for the species elsewhere as well as on St.
Simon's Island and all seen were secured. The date for the Smith-
ville record given by Scudder is November 22, so the species is seen
to be present, where found, from late August to the latter part of
November.

Melanoplus walihii Scudder.

1897. Melanoplus walshii Scudder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, p. 235,
pi. XV. fig. 10.

1897. Melanoplus amplectens Scudder, ibid., p. 260, pi. XVII, fig. 7.
1897. Melanoplus blatchleyi Scudder, ibid., p. 322, pi. XXI, fig. 10.

North Carolina. Currahee Mountain, 1,700 feet, VIII,

Black Mountain, VII and VIII, 1912, 5, 1913, (H.), 9 cf , 4 9 .

(\Y.Beutenmuller),4cf\ 11 9, [Davis Sharp Mountain, 1,800-2,000 feet,

Cln] VIII. 6, 1913, (R.), 3 rf", 3 9.

Georgia. Dalton, 850-1,200 feet, VIII, 7, 1913,

Rabun Bald, Rabun County. ' VII, (R-), 1 9 .

1910, (W. T. Davis), 1 cf, 19.

The above synonymy is evident after examining all the typical
material involved,91 the individual and to an extent geographic varia-
tion found in the species probably being responsible for Scudder's
confusion. The general size, form of the cerci, furcula, supra-anal
and subgenital plates, caudal femora and tegmina, as well as certain
features of the coloration, are found to be variable in the series of
eighty-one specimens from seventeen localities before us. The
largest specimens are from the Missouri valley region, but the
variation in this respect at any locality represented by a series is
seen to be very considerable. It is quite possible that the acquisition
of more material from the Mississippi and Missouri valleys will
show the desirability of recognizing two races of this species, one a
western one to which the name blatchleyi (proposed to replace Bruner's
preoccupied Pezotettix occidentalis, described from Omaha, Nebraska)
should be limited, and the other to which typical walshii, with
amplectens as a synonym, would be applied. There can be no
question but that these forms, if recognizable, are but races of one
species, for which the name walshii must be used. At present we

91 Morse has already placed blatchleyi in the svnonvmv under amplectens.
Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. Xo. 18, p. 50, (1904).

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

lack sufficient material to enable us to test out satisfactorily the
geographic value of characters suggested by our series.

We have before us the typical material on which Bruner's occi-
dentalis, the basis of blatchleyi, was founded and have examined all
the types of both walshii and amplectens, hence the above synonymy
has been established by reference to the basic material.

That Scudder was in great difficulty with this variable species is
evidenced by his treatment of the synonymic names. The first ,
walshii, he placed in his rusticus series, the second, amplectens, in
his fasciatus series and the third, blatchleyi, in his texanus series.
In our opinion the species clearly belongs to the Fasciatus Group;
that is, it should be placed in the general vicinity of fasciatus, for
while the genitalia are different in some respects, a number of other
features are very similar.

The extremes in size in the present series are as follows:

Length of
Length of Length of Length of caudal

body. pronotum. tegmen. femur.

cf Rabun Bald, Ga 19.1mm. 5 mm. 6.2 mm. 11.5 mm.

c? Currahee Mtn., Ga 25.2 " 5.7 *" 7.2 " 14.2 "

9 Rabun Bald, Ga 25.2 " 5.7 " 8 " 13.9 "

9 Currahee Mtn., Ga 29.8 " 6.5 " 8.2 " 15.9 "

The Currahee Mountain and Sharp Mountain series show con-
siderable individual variation in size, the minimum of the female
sex from Currahee Mountain being hardly larger than the minimum
measured above, while the Sharp Mountain lot shows even greater
variation in the male than is found in the same sex in the Currahee
Mountain representation. There is very little variation in color,
the most apparent being the degree of infuscation of the anal area of
the tegmina, the presence or absence of the pale spot proximo-dorsad
on the external pagina of the caudal femora and the absence or
presence, depth and extent of a dark pregenicular annulus on the
caudal tibiae.

All of the specimens taken by us were secured in the normal
sylvan habitat of the species; on Currahee Mountain on the
upper slopes of the mountain, among the heavy undergrowth of
vines, oak sprouts and grasses in a forest composed chiefly of black-
jack oak, being only occasional on the slopes and fairly abundant
on the summit; on Sharp Mountain under similar conditions in
a forest of coniferous and deciduous trees and all seen were taken,
while at Dalton one was secured on a steep slope under deciduous
trees.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

237

Long-winged Species of the genus Melanoplus

Melanoplus atlanis (Riley).
Maryland.

Glen Echo, VII, 10, 1914, (H.), 1 d\

Virginia.

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H.), 1 cA 4 9.
Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 <?,

49.
Natural Bridge, IX, 12-13, 1907,

(B. Long), 1 \ [A. X.S. P.].
Lvnchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.),

29.
Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),

29.

North Carolina.

Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 <?.
WVldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf , 1 9 .
Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf .

Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (It. &
H.),29.

South Carolina.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf.
Sumter, V, 30, 191 1, (\V. Stone), 1 v,

[A. N. S. P.].
Maiming, V, 23 to 30, 1914, (W. Stone),

5 d", 49, 1 juv. 9, [A. N. S. P.].

Georgia.
Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.

Davis), 2 d\ 5 9.
Clayton, 2,000-3,700 feet, VI, 1909,

(W. T. Davis), 3 tf1.
Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf .
Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 cf .

The present species is relatively infrequent in the Coastal Plain
south of North Carolina and the lower Gulf drainage of southern
Georgia, in addition having never been definitely recorded from
peninsular Florida. That from Thomasville (Rehn & Hebard) is
the only known south Georgia record and Marianna (Morse) is the
only definite Florida locality.

The present representation shows considerable individual variation
in general size and in tegminal length, while the coloration shows
the usual variability of this plastic species. One of the Rabun
County males has the caudal tibiae pale glaucous clouded with
brownish proximad and distad.

The above specimens secured by us were all taken in cultivated or
waste fields, being common nowhere except at Orange and Petersburg,
while generally very scarce.

Melanoplus impudious Scudder.
South Carolina.

Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),
19.

Georgia.

Currahee Mountain, VIII, 5, 1913,
(H.), 2 <?, 6 9 .

Dalton, VIII, 7, 1913, (R.), 19.
Lost Mountain, Cobb County, VII,

13, 1913, 1 d\ [Ga. State Cln.].
Warm Springs, VIII, 9-10, 1913, (R.),

29.
Spring Creek, VII, 16-29, 1912, (J. C.

Bradley), 19.

The present material, when compared with a New Jersey series
before us, is found to have the tegmina and wings somewhat longer,
these slightly surpassing the tips of the caudal femora in the majority

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

of southern specimens, while the coloration is more uniform and
much as in the least maculate of the New Jersey specimens. The
few specimens before us from Indiana agree perfectly with New
Jersey material, but are all of the less maculate type of coloration.

Occasional small, dark and exceptionally compact females of
M . luridus, having abbreviate tegmina, might easily be confused with
examples of the same sex of the present species. Examination,
however, reveals the fact that the ovipositor jaws in that species are
longer, with their narrowed distal portions much longer and less
curved. Further examination shows that such examples of M.
luridus have larger, more protuberant and darker eyes, a less
trim pronotum, heavier limbs and other characters by which they
can be distinguished. Typical females of M. luridus are very
different, even in superficial appearance, from typical females of the
present species.

The series here recorded was taken in a pine forest on a hillside
(Columbia), in a heavy tangle of pine and oak woods undergrowth
(Dalton, Warm Springs) and on Currahee Mountain very few were
found at the summit (1,700 feet) in the heavy mountain undergrowth
of a low forest predominantly black-jack oaks, while in the under-
growth of the pine woods at the upper limit of the gradual slopes
(1,300 feet) other specimens were taken.

This insect is known to be an Austral species of localized dis-
tribution. It has been recorded from Jamesburg, southward at other
localities in the pine barrens of New Jersey; Murphy, North Caro-
lina; Denmark and Spartanburg, South Carolina; Blue Ridge,
Chickamauga and Sand Mountain, Georgia, and Monticello, Missis-
sippi. Further west it is known from numerous counties in north-
western Arkansas, and in the upper Mississippi valley region from
Gibson County, Indiana, and Havana and Ozark Ridge, Illinois.

Melanoplus femur-rubrum femur-rubrum (De Geer).

Virginia. Georgia.

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.

H.), 1 tf. Davis), 1 <?.

Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.), Clayton, VII, 1910, (W. T. Davis), 1 9 .

young. Stone Mountain, VIII, 3, 1913, (R. &

Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.), H.), 3^,29,4 juv. a*.

1 cf. Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913, (R. & H.), 1 juv. d", 3 juv. 9.

Immature specimens of the species were found in great numbers
at all of the localities in Virginia listed above. The insect is very .
abundant everywhere in the upland grass-lands of Virginia, but south
of this region it is much less numerous and less generally distributed.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

At Stone Mountain, Georgia, adults were occasional and the young
fairly abundant in the frequent areas of bunch-grass on the mountain.

Specimens from high elevations in Georgia are typical of the
species. Those from Stone Mountain and its vicinity show a slight
approach toward the southeastern race.

The present form is found southward on the Atlantic coast as
far as southern Virginia, south of this its southeastern distribution
does not extend down from the Appalachians as far as the fall line.
Its range probably extends eastward along the Gulf Coast from
Texas as far as Alabama, for in that State, Morse secured intermediates
between it and the southeastern race at Flomaton. Material
previously recorded by us from Newbern, North Carolina,92 is really
intermediate and shows a closer affinity to the southeastern race.

Melanoplus femur-rubrum propinquus Scudder.

North Carolina. Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

Wrightsvflle, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), (R- & H.)f 4 <?, 1 9 .

2 tf Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 1 cf.

Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R, & H.), Billy's Island, VI, VII, 1912, (J. C.

2 ?, 30. Bradley), 7 cf, 18 9.

Lske Waccamaw, IX. 8, 1911, (R. & Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),

II ) 1 cf 5 cf, 4 9.

Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 cf .
South Carolina. Bainbridge, IX-X, 1910, (J. C. Brad-
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.), ley), 1 9 .

2 cf, 4 9. Spring Creek, VII, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
Isle of Palms, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.), ley), 1 9 .

3 c?;i9. Florida.

Sullivan Island, IX, 5, 1911, (R. &H.), Jacksonville, V, VIII, 1885, (W. H.

1 cf . Ashmead), 3 cf , 2 9 , [Hebard Cm.];

Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. cfc H.), LX, XI, 1911-13, (W. T. Davis),

■* ^1 3$- 12 cf, 17 9.

Georgia. Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24-25, 1911.

Augusta, VII, 29. 1913, (R. & H.), (R. & H.), 2 cf, 1 9.

2cf,2 9. St. Augustine, XI, 8, 1911, (G. P.

Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (R. & H.), Englehardt), 1 9 , [B. I.].

~2 cf, 2 9. Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H).

Jesup. IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 cf , 1 cf, 19.

19; XII, 1908, (H.). 19. Xewberrv, XI, 19, 1911, (W. T. Davis),

Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 1 cf. 3 cf .

St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911, Tampa, I, 17, 1904, (H.), 1 9 .

(R. & H.),3 cf.

We find the specimens from Wright sville and Winter Park to be
intermediate between the present geographic race and M. femur-
rubrum. We have typical examples of the present insect from as
far north as Lake Waccamaw. Scudder includes specimens from
Pungo Bluff, North Carolina, in his typical material of the present
insect, but these specimens are intermediates. Differences in the male

92Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 635, (1911).

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

genitalia, somewhat analogous to those found in A pteno pedes s. sphen-
arioides and A. s. clara, alone separate the present races.

The coloration of the caudal tibiae of the present race normally
varies from carrot red to flesh color, three specimens in the series
before us have the reddish hue nearly obsolete (maize yellow, very
faintly suffused with pink dorsad), while a single unusually pale
specimen, taken in a weedy field near the strand on Cumberland
Island, has the caudal femora pale glaucous (light turtle green),
shading to pale chalcedony yellow on the proximal and distal por-
tions of the ventral surface.

The insect has very similar habits to typical jemur-rubrum, being
found particularly in grassy and weedy spots in the open. This
geographic race is distributed over the southern coastal plain from
extreme southern North Carolina, through South Carolina and
Georgia, as far west as Flomaton, Alabama, and over entire peninsular
Florida, though scarce south of the central portion.

Melanoplus impiger Scudder.

Augusta, Georgia, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.), 10 tf , 7 9 , 1 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9 .

This is the first record of the species from east of Texas. The

specimens here listed have been compared with the type and cotypes

in the Hebard Collection ex Bruner and found to be identical. In

size there is considerable individual variation, particularly in the male.

the extremes from Augusta measuring (in millimeters) as follows:

Length of
Length of Length of Length of caudal

body. pronotum. tegmen. femur.

c? 21.5 5.1 20.2 13.6

'd> 28.3 6.2 22.2 15.8

9 24.2 5.3 20.8 14.5

9 26.8 6.1 22.7 16.5

In coloration the Georgia individuals are less contrastingly colored
than Texan specimens, the pale colors being duller ochraceous and
the tegmina more fuscous, while the external paginse of the caudal
femora generally have the usual bars more or less fused into a blackish
fuscous area covering the dorsal section of the pagina. The color of
the caudal tibise ranges as dark as dark orient blue in the glaucous
condition and as decidedly red as nopal red in the other type.

The species was found in moderate numbers in a sandy area
scatteringly covered with scrub oak.

Melanoplus oonfusus Scudder.

Melanoplus minor of authors.

Fredericksburg, Virginia, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & H.), 5 a\ 2 9 .
Havelock, Craven Countv, North Carolina, late V, 1907, and VI, 19-24, 1905.
(F. Sherman), 4 d\ 2 9 , [N. C. State Dept. Agr.].

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

We find that Caloptenus minor of Scudder93 {Melanoplus minor of
authors) is preoccupied by Caloptenus minor of Walker.94 Seudder's
Melanoplus confusus,95 described from Munson's Hill and New-port,
Kentucky, is, however, the same as his minor and the name1 must be
used for the present species. Caudell, finding that Scudder's name
minor was preoccupied, but misquoting the original generic position
as Pezotettix, has recently proposed the name Melanoplus mutatus96
for the present species; this name naturally falls in the synonymy
under Melanoplus confusus.

The specimens from the latter locality listed above were kindly
loaned to us by Mr. Sherman, in response to our request to see
some of the material on which the record of this species from eastern
North Carolina was based.97 These individuals are perfectly typical
of confusus, and Havelock is the most southern locality in the east
from which the species has been reported.

At Fredericksburg the species was found in short grass on rather
barren hillsides bordering the valley of the Rappahannock on the south.

Melanoplus luridus luridus (Dodge).

Black Mountain, North Carolina, VIII, 7, 1912. (W. Beutenmuller), 1 <?,

[Davis CSn.].
Pinnacle Peak, Rabun County, Georgia, VIII, 20, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 d\

3 9", 1 juv. a", 1 iuv. 9.
Tuckoluge Creek, Rabun County, Ga., VII, 1910, (W. T. Davis), 1 juv. 9 .

The present insect is widely distributed over the northern United
States, extending in southward distribution along the Atlantic
coast at least as far as southern New Jersey. In the Appalachians,
however, the distribution of the insect is carried southward at con-
siderable altitudes to the most southern portion of these mountains,
as the material recorded above demonstrates. In size and robustness
the present individuals are much as in the average of material before
us from Connecticut. The junior author's record of M. deletor from
that State98 applies wholly to the present insect, as do the senior
author's records of M. keeleri from New Jersey.99 Both of these

93 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 478, (1875).
™Cat. Dermapt. Saltat. Br. Mas., IV, p. 699, (1870).

nProc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, p. 339, pi. XXII, fig. 10, (1898). We have
examined the male lectotype of confusus from Munson's Hill, Kentucky, and
find no valid character to separate it from minor of Scudder. The lectotype
and other material has shrivelled from immersion in alcohol and as a result, we
have differences in the form of the cerei due solely to distortion.

96 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLIX, p. 30, (1915).

97 Sherman and Brimlev. Ent. News, XXII, p. 389, (1911).
™En(. News, XXI, p. 184, (1910).

J' Rehn in Smith. Ins. of New Jersey, p. 1S4, (1910).

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

errors were due to the fact that in these portions of the range
of typical luridus, frequent females are met with which are larger
and decidedly heavier than specimens of the same sex from further
north. This must be attributed to variation in I. luridus, for the
southern race differs in all important respects from such material
quite as decidedly as it does from typical luridus.

The great amount of variation in the present species is partially
shown by the following table of measurements of the extremes of
various series before us.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Caudal Length of

Length width of Length of caudal

cfcfi of body. pronotum. tegmen. femur.

Aweme, Manitoba (2)10°1S-19. 1 2.5-2.8 16-16.4 10.8-11.1

Pequaming, Michigan (1) 17 2.4 13.7 10

Cape Cod, Massachusetts^) 17.4-18.3 2.5-2.6 12.4-13.1 10.2-10.5

New Haven, Connecticut(S) 18.5-19.5 2.8-3.1 12.7-15.4 11.7-12

Stafford's Forge, N. J (11)17-20 2.7-3 12.9-15 10.5-12

Mount Pisgah, N. C (8) 18.5-18.8 2.7-2.8 13.8-14.6 10.7-11.6

Pinnacle Peak, Ga (1) 19.2 3 14.9 12.3

9 9

Aweme, Manitoba (2) 20.2-21.7 3.2 16-16.3 11-11.7

Pequaming, Mich (8) 19.6-20.3 3.1-3.4 15.9-17.8 10.8-11.6

Cape Cod, Mass (2) 23.5-25 3.5-3.7 15.7-15.8 12.9-13.3

New Haven, Conn (7) 23.7-27.4 3.5-4 15.2-17 13.2-15.3

Stafford's Forge, N.J (8) 22.5-25.2 3.4-4 11-16 11.8-14

Mount Pisgah, N. C (7) 22.4-24 3.4-4 13.4-16.9 12.5-13.2

Pinnacle Peak, Ga (3) 24.8-25 3.4-3.8 16.7-18 14.3-15.3

It would be difficult to imagine individuals, without even racial
significance, differing more greatly in general appearance than do
the long-winged slender examples from the northwestern portion of
this insect's range, from the heavy shorter-winged type which is often
found in Connecticut and New Jersey southward through the
Appalachians. This is particularly true of the female sex; north-
western material bearing a strong superficial resemblance to M.
atlanis, while the southeastern material is vastly heavier with a very
different general appearance. Intergradation between these types
is, however, almost everywhere to be found and no valid reason
exists for separating eastern and western material as geographic
races.

Melanoplus luridus keeleri (Thomas).

Virginia. North Carolina.

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.), Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 d\ 1 juv. cf . 2 juv. <?, 3 juv. 9 .

ioo The figures in parentheses indicate the number of specimens measured
from each locality.

1916.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

243

Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. '. 1 juv. 9.
FayettevUle, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

19.
Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.),

19.
Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

7 cf, 10 9, 1 juv. cf.
Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),

3 d\

Smith ( 'a nil i no.

Florence, IX, ti, 1911, (R. & H.), 3 cf.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. cf , 3 juv. 9 .
Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

2 cf, 1 9, 1 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9.
Yrmassee, IX, 4. 1911, (R. & H.),

12 d\ 9 9.

Georgia.

Toccoa, VIII, 4, 1913, (H.), 3 juv. d\

2 juv. 9.
Currahee .Mountain, VIII, 5, 1913,

(H.), 8 cf , 3 9 , 2 juv. cf , 1 juv. 9 .
Sharp Mountain, VIII, 6, 1913, (R.),

1 juv. cf , 1 juv. 9 .
Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 juv. cf.
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 juv. o\ 5 juv. 9 .
Macon, VII, 30-31. 1913, (R. & H.),

3 cf , 4 juv. o"\ 4 juv. 9 .
Warm Springs, VIII, 9-10, 1913, (R ),

3 cf , 3 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9.

The present geographic race is the southern development of
M. luridus, and is found along the Atlantic coast as far north as
Petersburg, Virginia. In the extreme southern Appalachians it is met
with up to an elevation of about 2,000 feet, above which typical
luridus is found.

This southern race is distinguished from luridus s.s. by its greater
size, more attenuate form and smoother structure, by the subgenital
plate of the male being longer in proportion to its width and by the
ventral valves of the ovipositor of the female having the distal
portions much longer and less curved, in fact nearly straight.
Scudder gave the character of the subgenital plate in his description
of keeleri, but wrongly contradicted himself in his key.

A much greater amount of genital variation, particularly in the
shape of the cerci, is found in the present species than is usual in the
genus Melanoplus. There is also much variation in size and colora-
tion. The conclusion that the species increased regularly in size in
southward distribution101 must be somewhat modified, for although

Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (H.), 3 cf ,

29.
Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

14 cf, 3 9, 1 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9-
Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 cf ,

39.
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 4 cf ,

49.
Waynesville, (J. C. Bradley), 1 9.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 6 cf .

29.
St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911.

(R. & H.), 5 cf, 3 9, 1 juv. 9.
Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

(R. & H.), 4 cf, 19.
Billy's Island, IX, XII, 23, 1911,

(J. C. Bradley), 2 cf .
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. cf.
Spring Creek, VII, VIII, 1912-13,

(J. C. Bradley), 1 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9.

Florida.

Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. &

H.), 5 cf, 49; XI, 5, 1911, (W. T.

Davis), 2 cf, 1 9.
Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

H.), 10 cf, 8 9.
Daytona, XI, 11, 1911, (G. P. Engle-

hardt), 2 9, [B. I.].
Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H),

2 cf, 19.

101Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 297, (1907).

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

this is true to a moderate degree, the large amount of material now
at hand shows that environmental differences have a more decided
effect. The table of measurements gives the normal dimensions
of material from different portions of the range of this race; certain
series before us are decidedly smaller than is usual, this differentia-
tion being apparently due to environmental conditions, this size reduc-
tion is shown by material from Macon, St. Simon's and Cumberland
Islands, Georgia, and to a less extent in the series from Tybee
Island, Georgia. In these series males average about 22 mm. and
females about 26 mm. in length.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Caudal Length of

Length width of Length of caudal

'<? cf of body. pronotum. tegmen. femur.

Winter Park, N. C (6)10223.5-25.7 2.9-3 18-19.4 12.8-14.8

Currahee Mountain, Ga. (8) 20.1-23.8 3-3.3 18-19.2 13.6-14

Jesup, Ga (4) 22.3-23 2.8-3 18.2-19.9 13.7-14.3

Atlantic Beach, Fla (10)19.4-27.2 2.8-3.4 18-21.4 13-15.1

Miami, Fla (13)23-24.9 3.1-3.3 21.2-22.8 15-15.3

Dallas, Texas (1) 25 3.3 20 15.2

Houston, Tex (1) 25.6 3.3 19 14.8

9 9

Winter Park, N. C (11)28.2-32.5 3.8-4.1 20-22.3 15-17.7

Currahee Mountain, Ga ..(3) 25.8-28.7 4-4.2 19.4-21.7 15.8-16.8

Jesup, Ga (4) 26.3-30.3 3.8-4.6 20.4-24 15.4-17.4

Atlantic Beach, Fla (8) 29-29.9 4-4.5 21.7-23 17.5-18.2

Miami, Fla (13)29.6-35.5 4.1-4.4 23.5-26 17.3-18.8

Houston, Tex (1) 30.7 4.3 21.4 16.9

The synonymy of Scudder's M. deletor with the present insect has
been discussed and established by the authors.103

Many of the specimens here recorded are very dark in general
coloration, with the lighter areas of the caudal femora cinnamon color
and very striking; the series from Winter Park, North Carolina,
composed wholly of such specimens, is particularly brilliantly marked.
A few pale brown specimens have the markings of the caudal femora
subobsolete and suggest in appearance large and very heavy specimens
of M. femur-rubrum.

Melanoplus furcatus Scudder.

Billy's Island, Georgia, VI-VII, 1912; Jordan's, Billy's Island, Ga., VIII, 31,
IX, 1-5, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 cf, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 juv. 9 .

4 9, 2 juv. <?. Honey Island, Ga., VI, 1912, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 juv. d".

102 The figures in parentheses indicate the number of specimens measured
from each locality.

103Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 296, (1907).

L916-] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

In addition to the above specimens we have before us the pre-
viously unique male and female, from Jacksonville, Florida, on which
the species was based. The Okeefenokee females are of similar
size to the Jacksonville one, but the single Billy's Island male is
somewhat smaller than the type, its measurements being: length
of body, 30 mm.; length of pronotum, 7.3; length of tegmen, 19.2;
length of caudal femur, 17.8. In coloration there is considerable
individual variation in the pale areas, one female having these more
ochraceous than the others, while one of the same sex has the same
areas appreciably rufous brown. The male and one of the females
from Billy's Island were1 taken in coitu. The single immature
example from Billy's Island taken in June, and that from Honey Island
taken the same month, are in the same instar, while those from Billy's
Island taken in July and Jordan's, August 31, are in a more advanced
stage. The forking of the male cerci is indicated in all of the young,
although the difference between the two stages is in this respect
very appreciable. The July immature specimen is quite generally
blackish, but the June and August ones are oT a strongly contrasted
pattern with the pale areas on the dorsum of the head and pronotum
quite rufescent.

Melanoplus clypeatus Scudder.

Sandfly, Georgia, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 2cf,29.

This rare species was found in the heaviest undergrowth in gray-
bark pine woods, in more or less swampy situations. Specimens
were very scarce, even when thorough search was made for them.
The males, when disturbed, jumped or flew several feet, but the
females were more sluggish.

In size the series before us, three males and five females, shows
little individual variation, while in color we find one condition much
paler and more ochraceous than another. This pale condition is
represented by one of the original "Georgia" males, now in the
Hebard Collection ex Bruner, a female from Thomasville, Georgia,
and one of the same sex from Sandfly. The degree of paleness of the
anal area of the tegmina is about equal in this species and furcatus,
varying somewhat in each. The females of these two species are
rather difficult to distinguish, but the more robust and less elongate
caudal femora of clypeatus will serve to separate the two.

Sandfly and Thomasville, Georgia, are the only exact localities from
which the species is known, it originally having been described from
Georgia without more exact information.
17

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Melaiioplus femoratus (Burmeister).

Maryland. Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.),

Glen Echo, VII, 10, 1914, (H.), 1 <f . „ 2 9 -,

Washington, D. C, VIII, 6, 1 cf, Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),

[Hebard Cln.]. 2 tf1, 2 9 .

Virginia. North Carolina.

Arlington, VII, 9, 1914, (H.), 6 d". Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & 2 9.

H.), 2^,39. Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

19.

The range of this species is now known to extend eastward to the
coast in Virginia (Virginia Beach), but in North Carolina it has not
been taken lower than Raleigh, while in Georgia it is only known
from elevated localities in the northern part of the State (Sand
Mountain and Blue Ridge).

The species was scarce everywhere and was found in the moist
situations usually frequented, while at Fredericksburg it was also
encountered on rather barren hillsides.

Melanoplus punctulatus punotulatus (Scudder).

Maryland . Virginia .

Cabin John Run, VIII, 1907, (W. Pal- Falls Church, X, 13, 1 a1, 1 9, [U. S.

mer), 1 juv. <?, [U. S. N. M.]. N. M.].

Near Plummer's Island, X, 31, 1915, Georgia

(W. Stone; in oak woods, few pines), Thompson>s MiIls> X) 1909) (H. A. All-

w ?■' \ ' rv + ■ f (h i k- ty ard), 1 <?, [U. S. N. M.].

Washington, District of Columbia, IX,

23, 1908, (A. N. Caudell), 1 <?,

[U. S. N. M.].

Through the kindness of Mr. Franklin Sherman Jr., we have
been able to examine previously recorded material of this form from
Blantyre (IX, 1906; R. Woglum, 1 &) and Raleigh (X, 1907-XI, 1908;
F. Sherman Jr., 1 ci", 1 9 ), North Carolina. The Blantyre specimen
is perfectly typical punctulatus, while the Raleigh material shows a
faint approach toward punctulatus arbor eus in the slightly greater
thickening of the tubercle of the male subgenital plate. The Raleigh
specimens are, however, clearly true punctulatus. We have made a
careful study of all the available material of punctulatus and arbo-
reus, some thirty-five specimens in all, and are convinced that
Scudder's suggestion that arboreus might be only a geographic race
of punctulatus is correct. Aside from the larger size of the southern
specimens, the only constant, easily appreciated character which
we can find to separate the two forms is, that in p. punctulatus the
tubercle of the male subgenital plate is smaller, less produced and
thinner, while in p. arboreus the same structure is larger, more distinctly
produced and thicker and more inflated. The metazona of the pro-

L916-] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

notuni. particularly in the male sex, is apparently more transverse
and less distinctly longitudinal in p. arboreus than in p. punctulatus, and
the caudal margin of the same area is more broadly obtuse-angulate.
The exact form of the male cerci shows so much variation in the
available males of punctulatus punctulatus, that we do not feel justified
in attempting to give the differences in this structure between the
series of the typical form and the very few male individuals of p.
arboreus. The form of the subgenital plate, however, is quite con-
stant as far as the material before us goes.

The following measurements (in millimeters) show the regular
increase in size southward in typical punctulatus and the race arboreus:

Length of

Length of Length of Length of caudal

.1/. p. punctulatus. body. pronotuni. tegmen. femur.
o*

De Grassi Point, Ontario 18.5 4.6 16.4 11.3

Bellasylva, Pennsylvania ... 21.5 5 18 12

Blantyre, N. C ' 24.6 5.3 22 13.3

Raleigh, N. C 24 5.5 17 13

9

De Grassi Point, Ont 29. 51M 5.6 18.8 11.9

Bellasylva, Pa 27.6 5.5 19.3 12.8

Stafford's Forge, New Jersey 29 6 20 14.4

Virginia 6.3 21.3 14.8

Raleigh, X. C 35.3 6.1 21.9 14.9

M. p. arbon us.
o*

Lake Drummond, Va 29.4 6.3 26.2 15.6

Dallas, Texas 27.2 6.2 22.3 15

9

Lake Drummond, Va 27. 4105 6.9 19.5 15.3

Like Drummond. Va 36 8.9 30 19.3

Southern Pines, N. C 38.7 8.5 26.6 18.5

Walton County, Florida 35.5 8.2 26 18.4

The distribution of typical punctulatus, in the east at least, seems
to be restricted to the Boreal, Transition and Upper Austral zones,
intergrading with p. arboreus, which is an Austroriparian form.
The Blantyre and Raleigh records are the most austral known to us
from the eastern State-.

Melanoplus punctulatus arboreus Scudder.

Virginia. 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 juv. 9 , [Heb-

Lake Drummond, Dismal Swamp, X. ^d Cln.].

29, 1906, _4L S. Barber), 1 tf, 2 9, Florida.

' . Walton County (taken from stomach

(reorgia. of turkev killed in pine forest), 1 9,

Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3, [U. S. X. MJ.

104 Abdomen greatly extended in this specimen.

105 Abdomen greatly shrunken in this specimen.

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

These records and that from Southern Pines, North Carolina,
given by Sherman and Brimley,106 of which the material is now
before us, are the only ones known for the race from east of the
Mississippi. The Lake Drummond male is perfectly typical of the
form, one of the females is very small, in addition with its abdomen
greatly contracted, but we should consider it referable to p. arboreus,
while the other female is extremely large, in fact on the whole the
largest specimen from the east we have seen. It is possible that
difference of environment is responsible for the variation in these
two females, or the occasional instability of a form near the margin
of its range. The Dismal Swamp locality being so peculiar in itself,
representing nearly the extreme Austroriparian district in the east, as
well as a strongly marked accentuation of the same type of environ-
ment, we may find an explanation of this variation in the supposition
that the smaller individual would represent the normal-sized insect
for the geographic position of the locality, considering the regular
increase in size southward of the species, while the larger ones would
represent a decided response to the abnormally pronounced ten-
dencies of the region.

The Stone Mountain individual is quite suffused with rufescent,
which strongly colors the pale areas. It was taken in a dusty road
bordered on each side by heavy pine woods.

Paroxya atlantica atlantica Scudder.

1898. Paroxya scudderi Blatchley, Can. Ent., XXX, p. 59. [Millers, Lake
County and Tolleston, Indiana.]

North Carolina. Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.), 10 d\ S 9 .

1 juv. 9 . . Georgia.

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H. , "

1 9 Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (H.), 4 d",

Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 9. _

1 9 Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 o\

Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 ? • tt

8 ^ 59 Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 10 d\

Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & „ 2 ? I XII 1908, (H.), 1 tf.

H ) 1 cf. Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 2 d%

2 9.

South Carolina. Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), (R. & H.), 2 tf, 1 9 .

13 <?, 6 9 • Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, (R. &

Sumter, V, 30, 1914, (W. Stone), 3 d\ H.), 1 juv. 9 .

19,1 juv. d\ [A. N. S. P.]. Mixon's Hammock, Okeefenokee

Manning, V, 23 and 28, 1914, (W. Swamp, V, 16, 1915, (H.), 1 tf, 1 9.

Stone), 2 cf , 4 juv. <?, [A. N. S. P.]. Billy's Island, VI, VII, 1912, (J. C.

Sullivan Island, IX, 5, 1911, (R. & Bradley), 5 c?, 4 9, 3 juv. j,

H.), 1 d\ 19. 1 juv. 9.

"*Ent. News, XXII, p. 389, (1911).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.)f Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, L911, (II. &

4d\39. H.), 9cf, 29.

Albany, VIII, 1. L913, (R. & II.), 1 d\ Pablo Beach, IX, 5, 27, L913, (W. T.

1 9," 1 juv. d". Davis), 3 d\ 3 9.

In. linn River, (T. J. Priddey), 1 9,

Florida. [Hebard Cln.].
Jacksonville, VIII. 25, 1911, (R. & H.),
I ';1X,7, 1913, XI, 5, 1911, (W. T.
Davis), 1 cf, 2 9.

In conjunction with the above material, we have carefully studied
the very large series of the species already recorded and in our col-
lections, representing localities from Indiana and New Jersey to
extreme southern Florida.

Examination of paratypes of P. scudderi and study of Blatchley's
original description of that insect show that the most important
characters given by Blatchley to separate scudderi from atlantica
are size, antenna! and cereal length and shape of the furcula. The
first three of these characters are shown by the appended table of
measurements to be decidedly variable in the species, and too unstable
to be considered of even racial significance, while the shape of the
furcula is shown by the material before us to afford no recognizable
differences.

Blatchley's species consequently falls, for although the present
insect shows that other geographic races are probably in the process
of formation, none of these, excepting P. a. paroxyoides, has as jret
reached a sufficient differential development to be conscientiously
recognized. An effort to describe the more pronounced of these
formative races would only create unnecessary confusion. Many
other species, among which are Clinocephalus elegans, Chortophaga
viridifasciata and PardalopJiora phmnicoptera, demonstrate incipient
racial development which has not as yet reached a stage where such
can be properly recognized and geographic races described.

Measurements {in mi Hi meters) of extremes.

Length Length of Length of Length of

c? of body. antenna. pronotum. tegmen.

Lake County, Indiana 17-17.4 8.5-8.8 4.2-4.6 11-12.2

Stafford's Forge, New Jersey. 18. 8-19. 6 9.5-10 4.5-4.6 11-11.2

Winter Park, N. C .... 20. 4-21. 7 10-13.2 4.7-5.1 13.2-14.7

Jesup,Ga 21.8-24 10.7-11.5 4.9-5.6 14.5-17 1

Atlantic Beach, Fla 21.2-25 11-12.8 5-5.8 15.3-18.3

Miami, Fla 15.7-19 S.4-10 3.6-4.4 13-15.9

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Length of Width of
Width of caudal caudal Length of

<? tegmen. femur. femur. cercus.

Lake County, Indiana 2.2-2.3 10.8-11 2.4-2.5 1.6-1.8

Stafford's Forge, New Jersey. 2. 2-2. 4 10.2-10.6 2.5-2.6 1.5-1.8

Winter Park, N. C 2.7-3 11.7-14.7 2.9-3.3 1.7-1.8

Jesup, Ga 3-3.2 12.5-14.2 3-3.4 1.9-2

Atlantic Beach, Fla 2.S-3.5 12.9-14 3.3-3.4 1.8-2

Miami, Fla 2.1-2.4 10.6-11.5 2.6-3 1.5-1.7

The females show a similar variability, which demonstrates that
examples from the most northern localities in the distribution of the
insect are smaller, with shorter tegmina and wings, the increase in
size in the southward distribution reaching its maximum in southern
Georgia and northern Florida. Southward in Florida a considerable
decrease in size, accompanied by a general attenuation of form, is
found, specimens from the mainland of extreme southern Florida
being the smallest and most attenuate of any before us, with pro-
portionately the longest tegmina and wings. A well-defined geo-
graphic race, P. a. paroxyoides, occupies the Florida Keys.

Although dark individuals are present in all of the series before us,
we find the material from the coast of the Carolinas and Georgia
to be more yellow in general coloration than is usual in specimens
from other portions of the range of the species. Such specimens
were noticed to be particularly brilliant in life, and showed a very
close parallelism in color and markings to Melanoplus australis, with
which insect the present species was often found. In life Melanoplus
australis is one of the most brilliantly colored species of that very
large genus.

This insect prefers moist spots, usually in forest undergrowth
or on the margins of swamps and marshes. It was found common
in an open glade covered with grasses over a foot in height (Florence),
particularly in the drier portions of the salt-marsh margin (Tybee
Island), about the edges of a wet depression in pine woods (Winter
Park, Jesup), at the first of these localities associated with Melanoplus
decorus, and in a heavy tangle of vegetation in a cabbage palmetto
"hammock" (Atlantic Beach). The species was occasional in swamp
grasses along a heavily wooded "branch" (Fayetteville) and scarce
in strand plants (Cumberland Island), in low bog vegetation through
the long-leaf pine woods (Homerville), in low vegetation and
grasses near swamp (Mixon's Hammock) and in a cypress swamp
(Jacksonville).

The present species is known on the Atlantic coast from Jamesburg
and Lakehurst, New Jersey, southward to the extreme southern por-

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

tion of the mainland of Florida. Its westward distribution does not
extend as far inland as the fall line, hut south of this harrier in ( reorgia
and the Gulf States and along the Gulf coast it is found west of the
area treated in the present paper and has been taken in the Mississippi
valley region within half a mile of the shores of Lake Michigan.
Paroxya clavuliger (Serville).

Paroxya florididna of Thomas ami authors.

Washington, I). ('., XI II, 1883, 2 <?, Warm Springs, VII, 18, 1913, (J. C.
1 9, [Hebard Cln.]. Bradley), I tf.

Virginia. T-v,'*;<' Island> IX> 2> 1911> (H->> 5 <?»

Petersburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.), Jesup- IX x 1911 (R. & H) l &

1 juv cf, 1 juv. 9. g |UV-9.

Newport News IX 16, 1907, (B. Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 1 small
1-""- • 19,[A.N.S.P.]. juv. cfj 2 small juv. 9.

North Carolina. Mixon's Hammock, V, 16, 1915, (H.),

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.), u-l small juv. £.

30i 29 Billy's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad-

Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), ley)- 19> „, .,

._> r ;} q Florida.

Georgia_ Jacksonville, IX, 1913, (W. T. Davis),

Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. <fc H.), Atlantic" Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

2 c?, 2 juv. 9. H.), 2 c?, 89.

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R, & H.), Pablo Beach, IX, 27, 1913, (W. T.
1 juv. 9. Davis), 1 9.

It is much to be regretted that Serville's description and figures
of Acridium claniliger107 have so long been overlooked. There is
not the least doubt that the present insect is the species which he
described, and Thomas' Caloptenus floridianus, described in 1874, 108
has consequently been placed in the synonymy here.

Blatchley did not compare his P. hoosieri with the present species,
to which it is very closely related. P. clavuliger differs in having the
furcula less heavy and usually more widely separated, and the sub-
genital plate with the lateral portions of the caudal margin decidedly
less elevated; still other differential characters appear to exist.

The material here recorded fully bears out the authors' previous
assertion that the present species shows a marked increase in size
southward in its distribution.109 The distribution of the species is,
to a certain degree, discontinuous, as it is scarcely ever met with
except in boggy, swampy or marshy surroundings; it is particularly
partial to such locations when situated in the open or along the
borders of woods.

Hist. Nat. Ins., ( >rth., p. 676, pi. XIV, figs, lla-b, (1839). [North America.]
108 Bull. (J. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., I. p. (is, (1874). [Florida.]
10jPkoc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Piiji.a., 1907, p. 298, (1907).

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

The insect is found everywhere in favorable situations on those
portions of the coastal plain treated in the present paper. It is
uncommon on the Piedmont plateau and in that region has been
found only at Appomattox, Virginia, and at Buckhead, Stone
Mountain and Warm Springs, Georgia.

Aptenopedes sphenarioides sphenarioides Scudder.

1877. Aptenopedes rufovittata Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XIX,
p. 85. (In part.) [Fort Reed, Florida.]

Georgia. Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 cf, R? juv 9 . tv v loin n r n A

19,1 juv. 9 ; XII, 1906, (H.), 3 tf, Bainbndge, IX-X, 1910, (J. C. Brad-

2 9,ljuv. tf. ley), 19.

Brunswick, VII, 30, 1911, (H.),6c?,3 9 . Florida.

St. Simon's Island, VII, 30, 1911, Jacksonville, VIII, 25, 1911, (R. &

(R. & H.), 1 juv. 9. H.), 4 c?, 19; VIII, 1885, (W. H.

Cumberland Island, VII, 31, 1911, Ashmead), 3 o\ 2 9, 1 juv. 9,

(R. & H.), 5 <?, 1 juv. &. ' [Hebard Cln.]; XI, 3, 1911, (W. T.

Suwannee Creek, VII, 28, 1911, (R. & Davis), 7 <?, 6 9 .

H.), 2 juv. 9 ■ Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

Billy's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad- H.), 32 d\ 89, 1 juv. <?, 3 juv. 9 .

lev), 3 d% 1 juv. 9 ; XI, 5. 1913, Pablo Beach, IX, 5, 1913, (W. T.

(J. C. Bradley), 2 9, 1 juv. <?, Davis), 2 <?, 2 9 , 1 juv d\ 1 juv. 9 .

2 juv. 9. Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

Jordan's, Okeefenokee Swamp, VIII, 19,1 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9 •

31, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 19. Daytona, XI, 11, 1911, (G. P. Engle-

Homerville, VII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.), hardt), 1 d% 1 9, [B. I.].

1 d', 19, 1 juv. tf1, 1 juv. 9-

Disassociation of the sexes caused Scudder to describe three,
instead of two, species at the time he erected the present genus.
After describing sphenarioides, he described rufovittata, and then
aptera from a single female. The second species is a combination
of four adult males of aptera and three immature females of sphena-
rioides. We here select as single type of A. rufovittata, the only
immature female of the type series of that species in the Scudder
Collection (the others, from the Cornell University, having also been
seen by us) , and in consequence we place rufovittata in the synonymy
under sphenarioides.

The specimens from Pablo Beach are the largest we have seen of
the present form, being in length as follows: males 17-21.8, females
24.5-28 mm. This size is greatly exceeded in the southern race,
A. s. clara. The smallest individuals before us are from Brunswick
(male 15.4, female 20 mm.), the specimens from Jesup taken in
December are also unusually small.

In the latitude of southern Georgia the species appears adult in
the largest numbers not earlier than late August, and is found numer-
ous in both adult and immature condition throughout the winter.

L916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

It is our opinion that although the majority of adults appear in the

late fall, there arc young reaching maturity in every month of the year.

The distribution of the present insect is known to extend from

Savannah, Georgia, westward to Bainbridge, Georgia and De Funiak

Springs, Florida, and southward to central Florida, where the southern
race, A. s. clara, takes its place.

Aptenopedes aptera Scudder.

Georgia. Florida.

Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 5 d\ Jacksonville, VIII, 25, mil, (R. & II. .

6 9, 2 juv. 9. :: d\ 3 9, 4 juv. 9 ; VIII, 1885,

Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 4 <?, (W. II. Ashmead), 1 cf,2 9, [Hebard

2 9. Cln.]; XI, 5, 1911, (W. T. Davis),

Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911, 19.

(R. & H.), 1 juv. 9 . Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 25, 1911,

Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, (R. & (R. & H.), 3 d1, 7 juv. 9 .

H.), 2 o", 1 9, 1 juv. o", 4 juv. 9. Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

Bomerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & 1 <?.

H.), 4 cf, 7 juv. c?, 7 juv. 9 . Newberry, IX, 18, 1911, (W. T. Davis),

St. Marys, III to IV, 1896, (O. Bancs), 1 9.

1 9, [M. C. Z.|. Archer, 1882, 19, [Hebard Cln.].

This insect appears earlier in the year than does A. sphenarioides,
though in different years its appearance seems to vary, as in mid-
August of 1905 adults were found numerous in northern Florida,
while in late August of 1911 adults were few but young numerous
in the same region.

This species, like A. sphenarioides, is found widely distributed
throughout the pine woods over its entire range; in Georgia and
northern Florida these pines being usually of the long-leaf species,
while in southern Florida they are the antillean pine, Pinus caribcea.
At Brunswick it was found occasional in the adult condition on
palmetto flats, while at Homerville immature individuals were very
common but adults rare in a low area in the pine woods overgrown
with a low heather-like plant, Kalinin hirsuta.

The present insect is known from Jesup to Homerville, Georgia,
southward over peninsular Florida and on the keys at Big Pine Key.

TETTIGONIID^J.
Arethaea phalangium Scudder.
Hebardville, ' teorgia, V, 15, 1915, (H.; undergrowth in pine woods), 1 juv. 9 .

This very scarce species is further represented in the series now
under consideration by a single male from Augusta, Georgia, which
specimen has recently been studied in a revisionary paper on the

present genus.110

110 See Rehn and Hebard. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XL, pp. 146, 1 17, 148, (191 1 .

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Stilpnochlora marginella (Serville).

Sanford, Florida, XI, 28, 1911, (G. P. Englehardt), 19, [B. I.].

Fort Myers and Lake Worth, Florida, are the most northern local-
ities previously recorded for this species.

SCUDDEEIA Stal.

We have recently fully treated the material of this genus in the
present collections.111 The localities for the collections here being
studied are as follows:

Scudderia curvicauda laticauda Brunner.

Typical material. Wilmington and Winter Park, North Carolina;
Yemassee, South Carolina; Mixon's Hammock, Billy's Island, Albany
and Spring Creek, Georgia, and Jacksonville and Atlantic Beach,
Florida.

Material approaching S. curvicauda s.s. Petersburg and Orange,
Virginia; Weldon, Charlotte and Fayetteville, North Carolina; Spar-
tanburg and Columbia, South Carolina, and Jasper, Currahee Moun-
tain, vicinity of Stone Mountain, Warm Springs and Macon, Georgia.

Scudderia texensis Saussure and Pictet.

Wrightsville and Winter Park, North Carolina; Yemassee, South
Carolina; Tybee Island, Jesup, Billy's Island, Honey Island, Tifton,
Albany and Bainbridge, Georgia, and Jacksonville, Atlantic Beach
and Live Oak, Florida.

In addition we now have 1 juv. cf , Manning, South Carolina, V,
28, 1914, (W. Stone), [A. N. S. P.].

Scudderia furcata furcata Brunner.

Washington, District of Columbia; Fayetteville, Wrightsville and
Lake Waccamaw, North Carolina; Yemassee, South Carolina; Rome,
Stone Mountain, Isle of Hope, Albany and Spring Creek, Georgia,
and Jacksonville, Florida.

A female of this species from Highlands, North Carolina, is now
before us, which specimen has been incorrectly recorded as S. cuneata
by Sherman and Brimley.

Scudderia cuneata Morse.

Fayetteville, Lake Waccamaw and Wrightsville, North Carolina;
Florence, South Carolina; Sandfly, Brunswick and Billy's Island,
Georgia, and Jacksonville, Florida.

111 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XL, pp. 271-314, (1914).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255

Symmetropleura modesta Brunner.

North Carolina. Florida.

State record, 1 \ [Hebard Cln.]. Fernandina, (W. H. Finn), 1 d",

Raleigh, VIII, 8, 1905, 19, [U. S. [U. S. N. M.].

X. M.J. Atlantic Beach, VIII, 25, 1911,

G( orgia. 2 9 •

Billy's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad- Crescent City, VI, I ■■?, jr. S. X M

ley), 1 d"- ' Enterprise, \ , 25, 1 cf, [U- -s- N. M.J.

Spring Creek, VI, 7-23, 1911, (J. C.

Bradley), 2 <?.

Quite decided size variation is shown by the material of this very
scarce species now before us. The specimens from southeastern
Georgia and northwestern Florida are exceptionally large, a condition
which has been noted in material of numerous other species from that
region.

The species was found in reeds in a marshy spot and was beaten
from bayberry bushes, Myrica cerifera, at Atlantic Beach, while the
specimen from Crescent City was found on orange trees.

The known distribution of the species is considerably extended
by the above records.

AMBLYCORYPHA St&l.

The material of this genus found in the present collections has
recently been fully studied by the authors.112 The localities for the
present collections are as follows:

Amblycorypha oblongifolia (De Geer).

Weldon, North Carolina.

Amblycorypha floridana floridana Rehn and Hebard.

Typical material. Jacksonville and Atlantic Beach, Florida.

Material intermediate between floridana s.s. and floridana carinata.
Jacksonville, Florida; Billy's Island, Honey Island, Spring Creek and
Isle of Hope, Georgia, and Yemassee and Ashley Junction, South
Carolina.

The following specimens now before us probably represent the
immature condition of such intermediates between the races of the
present species:

Eebardville, Georgia, V, 15, 1915, (H.; undergrowth in pine woods),
1 juv. cf.

Mixon's Hammock, Ga., V, 16, 1915, (H.; hammock undergrowth),
1 juv. 9 .

Amblycorypha floridana carinata Rehn and Hebard.

Petersburg, Virginia, and Silver bake, Georgia.
™ Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XL. pp. 315-340, (1914).

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Amblycorypha uhleri Stal.

Fredericksburg, Virginia; Weldon, Goldsboro and Lake Waccamaw,
North Carolina; Columbia and Yemassee, 'South Carolina; Currahee
Mountain, Toccoa, Jasper, Buckhead, Stone Mountain, Augusta, Isle
of Hope, Sandfly, Brunswick, Macon, Albany and Spring Creek>
Georgia, and Jacksonville, Florida.

Amblycorypha rotundifolia rotundifolia (Scudder).

Typical material. Spartanburg, South Carolina, and Tuckoluge
Creek in Rabun County, Toccoa and Currahee Mountain, Georgia.

In addition we now have 1 d" , Black Mountain, North Carolina,
VII, 1912, (W. Beutenmuller), [Davis Cm.].

Intermediates between rotundifolia s.s. and rotundifolia parvipennis.
Winter Park, North Carolina, and Macon and Warm Springs, Georgia.

Microcentrum rhombifolium (Saussure).

Delaware. Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

Delaware, 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.]. 1 &•

Georgia .

Austell, VIII, 27, 1910, 1 d\ [Ga.
Chestertown, VIII, 2-23, 1899-1909, gtate Cln ]

(KG. Vanatta), 6 c?, 5 9, [A. N. Isie of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R.'& H.),

Maryland.
own,
. Vai
S. P.].

1 o\ 19.
Virginia. Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

Near Washington, D. C., IX, 2-X, 1, (R. & H.), 1 d".

1883, 1 d\ 19, [Hebard Cln.]. Spring Creek, (J. C. Bradley), 19,

South Carolina. [Ga" State Cln']-

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 9 .

At Florence this insect was taken in an open area covered with
grasses, while at Ashley Junction and Isle of Hope it was beaten
from heavy undergrowth in pine woods, and secured in the same
fashion from bayberry, Myrica cerifera, on Cumberland Island.

Microcentrum retinerve (Burmeister).

Maryland. Virginia.

Plummer's Island, VIII, 28 to X, Near Washington, DC X, 13, 1883,
13, 1904 to 1906, (Caudell; McAtee; 1 <?> 1 ? » [Hebard Cln.].

Fisher), 19 tf, [U. S. N. M.]. Q ■

Washington, District of Columbia, IX, , , y'

24 to XI, 3, 1906 and 1907, (A. N. Thompson s Mills, X, 1910, (H. A.
Caudell), 3 cf , [U. S. N. M.]. Allard), 1 <?, [US. N. M.]

Bainbridge, (J. C. Bradley), 1 9 ,
[Ga. State Cln.].

Pterophylla camellifolia camellifolia (Fabricius).

( 'yrtophyllus perspicillatus of authors.

1906. CyrtophyllMS elongatus Caudell, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XIV, figs.
37, 40. [Crawford and Fountain Counties, Indiana.]

1916.]

XATIKAL SCIKN'CKS Ol I'll 1 1. \ DKI.I'1 1 1 A.

257

Maryland.
Chestertown, VIII, 24, (E. G. Van-

atta), 1 9, [A. X. S. P.].
Plummer's [sland, VII, 16 to X, 1,

1005 to 1015, (Barber; Schwarz;

demons; Fisher; McAtee), 0 &,

09, [U. S. X. M.|.

District of Columbia.
Washington, IX, 15, 1009, (H. E.

Ausherman), 1 <?, [V. S. X. M.|.
Piney Branch, VIII, 15, 1005, (D. II.

demons), 1 c\ [U. S. N. M.].

North Carolina.113
Blowing Hock, 1002, (J. Willar), 19,

[A. X. S. P.]; VIII, 1007, (F. Sher-
man, Jr.), 19, [N. C. State Dept.

\ur.].
Winston, \ III. 1000, (H. S. Wolgum),

1 9, [X. C. State Dept.. Agr.J.
Alamance County, VII, 1005, (F.

Sherman), 19, [X. C. State Dept.

Agr.].

Georgia.

Mountain City, VIII, 10, 1013, (J. C.

Bradley), 2 <?.
Thompson's Mills, (II. A. Allard), 1 <?,

[U.S. X. M.].

The name Pterophylla has been revived by AV. F. Kirby,114 and an
examination of the original place of publication of the name115 shows
that it was proposed by AV. Kirby for five species, one of which was
Locusta camellifolia. of Fabricius.116 AV. F. Kirby has selected this
species as the type of the genus.

The names camellifolia and perspicillata, one based on the female
sex and the other on the male sex, were proposed by Fabricius on the
same page, the former having line priority. In consequence it is
necessary to use the name standing first.

Pterophylla camellifolia intermedia (Caudell).
Cyrtophyllus intermedins of Caudell.

Examination of the types and a single male before us from South
Carolina leads us to believe that Caudell's intermedins is the southern
race of camellifolia. The specimen from South Carolina is nearly
intermediate in character between the two conditions, the ventral
fork of the cercus not being as short, and the mesal production not as
decided, as in the types of this race. In this specimen the tegmina
are long and the enlargement of the distal portion of the subgenital
plate is greater than in camellifolia s.s. (greatest width 2.6 mm.).

In the heavily forested areas bordering the rivers of the southeastern
United States we have at night often heard a species of the present
genus. The song was much quicker and sharper than that of the

113 Although all of the specimens from this State here recorded are females,
we have before us previously recorded males from Raleigh, which show the
material from this region, at least from above the fall line, to be typical camelli-
folia.

"*Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 343, (1006).

115 Kirby and Spence, Introd. Ent., II, p. 218, (1828).

"• Syst. Ent., p. 283, (1775).

258

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

northern insect, and these individuals probably belonged to the
present form.117

Belocephalus subapterus Scudder.

South Carolina. Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 cf , 1 Juv- 9 ■

2 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9 . Thomasville, XII, 18, 1908, (H.), 2 <?.

Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.), Florida.

Vemaiee,"lX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.), Jacksonville VIII, 25 1911, (R & H ),

4 ji o uv rf 7 iuv 9 l JUV- 9 ; XI' b- 1911' Gl P- En"!''-

*<?,* juv. cf, i juv. v . hardt), 1 9 , [B. I.].

Georgia. Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

Savannah, VIII, 14, 1903, (A. P- H.), 2 cf, 2 9, 2 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9 .

Morse), 1 juv. cf. Hastings, (A. J. Brown), 3 cf, 3 9,

Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9.

2 cf 39 1 juv 9 Williston, I, 9, 1S93, (M. H. Barton),

Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 cf , 1 <?> [U. S. N. M.].

1 9 2 juv 9 Sanford, X, 24, 1889, (W. A. Gould),

Jesup,' IX, 1, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 juv. <?. 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.].

Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), Orlando, (A. Haden), 19, [Hebard

1 juv. cf • Cln-1-

Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911, Fort Drum, 1 9 , [Hebard Cln.].

(R. & H.), 1 juv. cf . Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (H.), 1 9 .

Billy's Island, IX, 1-5, 1913, (J. C. Tallahassee, VIII, 8, 1903, (A. P.

Bradley), 1 juv. cf ; XII, 23, 1913, Morse), 1 juv. cf.

(J. C. Bradley), 8 cf .

Measurements (in millimeters) of extremes.

Produc- Ventral

tion of length of

vertex fastigium Length of

Length of beyond of Length of caudal

body. eye. vertex, pronotum. femur.

Florence, S. C 25.3 2.9 1.9 6.9 14.7

Yemassee, S. C 24.6-26.3 2.7-2.8 1.7-2 6.5-6.9 13.3-14.3

Sandfly, Ga 27.4-29.7 3 -3.2 2.4-2.2 7-7.2 15-15.1

Billy's Island, Ga 23.8-27.3 2.5-3 1.7-2.1 6.2-7.7 13.1-15.8

Thomasville, Ga 24.5-24.7 2.4-2.6 1.6 6.3-7.3 13.5-15.1

Atlantic Beach, Fla. 32.3-36.1 3.3-4 2.3-3.2 7.8-8.3 16.1-18.8

9

Live Oak, Fla 37.3 4 3.1 8.7 18.8

These measurements show that scarcely any size variation may
be correlated with the northern and southern distribution of this
insect. Material from the region about Jacksonville (including
Atlantic Beach and Pablo Beach) is the largest we have ever seen;
this has been found to be true in the case of a number of other species
and is apparently due to environmental conditions. The series
from the not distant Billy's Island in the Okeefenokee Swamp

117 Caudell records a specimen of what he considered elongatus, which we find
to be a synonym of camellifolia, as taken when stridulating "a higher quicker
note." The unquestionable status and full distribution of intermedia will only
be known when much larger collections of these insects have been made.

1916.] NATURAL S( IKXCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

averages the smallest of any before us, the average being nearer
the minimum measurements given above.

The material before us shows the vertex to be variable in the
presenl insect, both in degree of production and shape. The vertex
ranges from a produced form in which the apical spine is long and
nearly straight, to one in which the vertex is decidedly less produced
with the apical spine short and strongly uncinate. The former type
is most decided in material before us from Live Oak and the region
about Jacksonville, while the specimens from Thomasville represent
the most decided development of the latter type.

The majority of specimens before us are, apparently irrespective
of sex, of the green color phase. In the brown color phase the
latero-dorsal lines of the pronotum are more pronounced.

The present species is one of the latest to appear; in southern
Georgia adults are present in the greatest numbers probably early in
December, at which time the first killing frosts usually occur. Davis
has found the closely related B. rehni apparently hibernating in
winter in northeastern peninsular Florida.

The above records considerably extend the known range of the
species both norttrward and southward. The material before us was
taken in an open spot in the pine woods covered writh high grass
(Florence), in wet spot in pine woods (Ashley Junction), in gray-bark
pine woods in heavy undergrowth of green plants and vines (Isle of
Hope and Sandfly), on a young cabbage palmetto (Thomasville),
in a palmetto "hammock," in a tangle of raspberry and grape vines
and other plants (Atlantic Beach), in a small clump of ground oak
on the side of a sink hole (Live Oak) and on pineapple (Orlando).

Belocephalus davisi new species.

The present species, which we take pleasure in naming after the
devoted student of this genus, Mr. William T. Davis, is related more
closely to B. sabalis and B. sleighti than to the other species of the
g< mis. It is a large insect, nearly as robust as the two species men-
tioned above, but agrees with the otherwise very different B. sub-
apU rus in having similar black markings on head, antennae and
pronotum.

Nearest affinity to sabalis and sleighti is shown by the supra-
anal plate, which in these species only is very deeply emarginate
mesad. This deep emargination is usually constant in form and
distinctive in these species; in sabalis it has the sides straight with
angle acute, the lateral productions formed by this emargination
have evenly converging sides with acute apex situated mesad;

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

in sleighti this emargination is extremely deep and has the sides
concave with angle not acute, but rather narrowly rounded, the
lateral productions thus formed have sharply acute apices, which,
however, are situated on their outer margins, due to the convexity of
their inner margins; in davisi the emargination is not quite as deep
as in sleighti, with the sides convex and angle very broadly rounded,
the lateral productions formed by this emargination have evenly
converging sides with blunt and sharply rounded apex situated mesad.
The supra-anal plate in the other species of the genus, with distal
margin very broadly and shallowly concave, is very distinct.

Type: cf ; Billy's Island, Okeefenokee Swamp, Georgia. September
1-5, 1913. (J. C. Bradley.) [Hebard Collection, Type No. 156.]

Description of Type. — -Size large for the genus, form robust, but
not as decidedly robust as in sabalis and sleighti. Head in form
much as in those species, but with ventral portion not as broad; not
immaculate as in those species, but agreeing with the other species
of the genus in having the ventral margin of the face above the
clypeus broadly banded with black, and with the base of the antennae
margined ventrad, and the dorsal surface of the fastigium of the
vertex lined laterad, with the same color. Antennae with proximal
joints marked with black, these markings becoming fainter distad
and disappearing at the end of the proximal third. Pronotum with
dorsum more constricted than in sabalis and sleighti and striped
latero-dorsad with black. Tegmina as in those species. Supra-anal
plate deeply emarginate mesad with sides convex and angle broadly
rounded, the lateral productions formed by this emargination having
evenly converging sides, but with apex blunt and sharply rounded.
Cerci and subgenital plate as in sabalis and sleighti, limbs and arma-
ment of the same similar, but decidedly less robust; unlike in those
species the limbs are marked with fine black punctae on the more
exposed surfaces.

Allotype: 9 ; Same data as the type, but taken on December 28,
1913. [Hebard Collection.]

Description of Allotype. — Size somewhat larger than type, form
similar. Head broader, more inflated than in females of subapterus:
antennae similar. Pronotum more inflated than in type, but, as in
the other species of the genus, the latero -dorsal stripes are in this
sex no further separated caudad than cephalad. Tegmina very
small and pad-like and wings not visible, as in females of the other
species of the genus. Supra-anal plate triangularly produced with
sides concave and apex acute. Ovipositor slightly shorter than

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

caudal femur, heavy proximad and tapering gently, and with a very
weak dorsad curvature, to the sharp, unarmed apex. Subgenital
plate large, lateral margins produced in long, slender spines which
are subparallel and lie along the shaft of the ovipositor. General

color brown with black markings as in the type.

Ten parat ypic males bearing the same data as the type are before us.

Measurements {in millimeters).

type. Paratypic Allotype.

d1 o" o* 9

Length of body 34.3 32.9-40.3 36

Length of vertex 3.8 3.7-4.5 4.1

Vertex from tooth to apex 2.6 2.6-3.6 3.4

Length of pronotum 8.3 7.9-8.9 8.1

Length of tegmen 6 5.6-7.1 2.3

Length of caudal femur 16.4 16.7-18.8 Is I

Length of ovipositor 19.2

As in the other species of the genus of which we have a number
of specimens, a considerable amount of size variation is present in
this insect. There is also a decided amount of variation in the shape
of the supra-anal plate in the above examples, though material of
sit ighti and sabalis is constant in this respect, and, although in none
of the paratypes is the median emargination as deep as in sleiejhti,
the form. of this emargination, and of the lateral productions thus
formed, is in one of the paratypes similar to the type found in that
species, and in several others is intermediate in character.

Four male paratypes and the female allotype are of the brown color
phase, the other six specimens, male type and paratypes, are green.

The males were taken at night by Dr. Bradley, when they
were found in numbers stridulating in the undergrowth of the pine
woods.

Iii addition to this material we have before us a dried alcoholic
pair taken by R. A. Mills at Chuluota, Florida, and now in the United
States National Museum.

Pyrgocorypha uncinata (Harris).

Arkansas. Georgia.

Bol Springs, IV, 1906, (C. S. Hebard), Thompson's Mills, IX, 1909, (H. A
1 <?, [Hebard Cln.]. Allan! >, 1 9 , [U. S. X. M.].

Bainbridge, (J. C. Bradley), 19.

The specimen from Hot Springs was taken in a hotel where it had
been attracted by the lights at night, with it several examples of
\ i oconocephalus triops (mexicanas of most authors) were taken.
18

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

NEOCONOCEPHALUS Karny.

The authors have recently studied the species of this genus found
in North America north of the Mexican boundary.118 The material
from the region at present under consideration is there treated in
full. We give below the localities for this material.

Neoconocephalus exiliscanorus (Davis).

Washington, District of Columbia, and Rosslyn and Clarendon,
Virginia.

The species has also been recorded in the region under consideration
from Raleigh, North Carolina, and Thompsons Mills, Georgia.

Neoconocephalus melanorhinus (Rehn and Hebard).

Ocean City, Maryland.

Neoconocephalus robustus crepitans (Scudder).

Chesapeake Beach, Somerset Heights, Plummer's Island, Maryland;
Washington, District of Columbia; Herndon, Clarendon, Oceanview
and Virginia Beach, Virginia; Tarboro, Raleigh, Salisbury, Southern
Pines and Wrightsville, North Carolina; Columbia and Denmark,
South Carolina; Atlanta, Augusta, Tybee Island and Albany, Georgia,
and Atlantic Beach and Hastings, Florida.
Neoconocephalus caudellianus (Davis).

Yemassee, South Carolina, and Billy's Island, Georgia.

Neoconocephalus velox Rehn and Hebard.

Billy's Island, Georgia.
Neoconocephalus retusus (Scudder).

Laurel and Plummer's Island, Maryland ; Washington and Anolostan
Island, District of Columbia; Rosslyn, Falls Church and Roanoke,
Virginia; Fayetteville, Wrightsville and Winter Park, North Caro-
lina; Florence, South Carolina; Atlanta, Albany, Bainbridge and
Fargo, Georgia, and South Jacksonville and Daytona, Florida.

Neoconocephalus triops (Linnaeus).

Conocephalus mexicanus and fusco-striatus of recent authors.

Washington, District of Columbia; Hampton and Virginia Beach,
Virginia; Fayetteville, North Carolina; Florence and Yemassee,
South Carolina; Atlanta, Jesup, St. Simon's Island, Cumberland
Island, Billy's Island, Thomasville and Bainbridge, Georgia, and
Jacksonville, Hastings and Daytona, Florida.

118 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XL, pp. 365-413, (1915).

■»

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

Homorocoryphus malivolans (Scudder).

Tappahannock, Virginia, VII, 13 to Wilmington, North Carolina, VIII, 1,
VIII, 18, 1915, (II. Fox), 29c?, (G. P. Englehardt), 19,UD [U.S.

12 9, [Fox Cln.]. N. M.].

From the area covered by the present paper, the species has
previously been recorded only from the single specimen from Wil-
mington, North Carolina. It, however, probably occurs in the tidal
marshes of the Atlantic coast, from southern Florida northward as
far as the Virginia locality given above.

This interesting species was found by Dr. Fox quite frequent in
the dense growth of tall reeds, Spartina cynosuroides, in a tidal marsh.

ORCHELIMUM Serville.

The material of this genus in the collections before us has recently
been fully treated by the present authors.120 The localities from the
collections here being studied are as follows:

Orchelimum agile (DeGeer).

Chestertown, Cedar Point and Hyattsville, Maryland; Washington,
D. C; Rosslyn, Addison, Appomattox and Virginia Beach, Virginia;
Hamlet, Wilmington, Winter Park, Wrightsville and Lake Wacca-
maw, North Carolina; Yemassee, South Carolina; Thompson's Mills,
Stone Mountain, Savannah, Jesup, Tybee Island, Cumberland Island,
Hebardville and Albany, Georgia, and Jacksonville, South Jackson-
ville, Ortega, Atlantic Beach, Pablo Beach, Live Oak, Carrabelle,
Marianna, Quincy, Hastings and Sanford, Florida.

Orchelimum glaberrimum (Burmeister).

Virginia Beach and Cape Henry, Virginia; Raleigh, Goldsboro, Fay-
etteville, Smithville, Wilmington, Wrightsville and Lake Waccamaw,
North Carolina; Florence, Ashley Junction and Yemassee, South
Carolina; Macon, Savannah, Tybee Island, Groveland, Jesup, Billy's
Island, Homerville and Albany, Georgia, and South Jacksonville,
Atlantic Beach, Pablo Beach, Hastings and La Grange, Florida.

Orchelimum vulgare Harris.

Chestertown, Maryland; Washington, D.C.; Falls Church, Dryden,
Norfolk and Wytheville, Virginia; Edenton, Raleigh, Blowing Rock,
Blantyre and Linville, North Carolina, and Thompson's Mills, Georgia.

119 This specimen has been previously recorded, as the synonymous hoplomachus
Rehn and Hebard, bv Sherman and Brimley.

120 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XLI, pp. 11-83, (1915).

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Orchelimum laticauda Redtenbacher.

Tolchester, Hyattsville, Plummer's Island and Montgomery County,
Maryland; Washington and Anolostan Island, D. C; Rosslyn and
Fredericksburg, Virginia; Weldon, Newbern and Lake Waccamaw,
North Carolina; Florence, South Carolina; Thompson's Mills, Jesup
and Billy's Island, Georgia, and Jacksonville, South Jacksonville,
Ortega, Atlantic Beach and Sanford, Florida.

Orchelimum minor Brunei-.

Maryland opposite Plummer's Island; District of Columbia;
Raleigh and Sulphur Springs, North Carolina, and Thompson's Mills,
Hoschton and Thomasville, Georgia.
Orchelimum concinnum Seudder.

Chestertown, Maryland; Oceanview and Virginia Beach, Virginia;
Wrightsville and Smith Island, North Carolina; Tybee Island,
Georgia, and Warrington and Fort Barrancas, Florida.

Orchelimum fidicinium Rehn and Hebard.

Oceanview, Virginia; Wrightsville, North Carolina; coast of South
Carolina; Savannah, Tybee Island and Cumberland Island, Georgia.

Orchelimum militare Rehn and Hebard.

Winter Park and Lake Waccamaw, North Carolina; Florence,
South Carolina; Jesup, Waycross, Jordan's on Billy's Island, Homer-
ville, Tifton and Bainbridge, Georgia, and Jacksonville, Atlantic
Beach and Hastings, Florida.

Orchelimum bradleyi Rehn and Hebard.

Wilmington, North Carolina; Chase Prairie in Okeefenokee Swamp,
Georgia, and Jacksonville and Tallahassee, Florida.

Orchelimum superbum Rehn and Hebard.

Tappahannock, Essex County, Virginia, VII, 27 to 28, 1915, (H. Fox, in tidal
marsh on Scirpus americanus), 4 <?, [U. S. N. M.; A. N. S. P. and Fox Cln.].

Dr. Fox has kindly permitted us to include this record in the
present paper. The species was previously known only from south-
ern New Jersey. Two of the specimens have the outer genicular
lobe of the caudal femora bispinose.

CONOCEPHALUS Thunberg.

The American material of this genus in the collections before us
has also recently been fully treated by the present authors.121 The

121 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XLI, pp. 155-224, (1915); ibid., pp. 225-290.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

localities represented in the collections here being considered, are
as follows:

Conocephalus allardi (Caudell).

Wytheville, Virginia, and Rabun County, Georgia.

Conocephalus fasciatus fasoiatus (De Geer).

Chestertown and Island Creek, Maryland; Washington, D. C;
Fredericksburg, Norfolk, Virginia Beach, Hickory, Appomattox and
Wytheville, Virginia; Eure, Selma, Winter Park, Lake Waccamaw,
Greensboro, Salisbury, Roan Mountain, Linville, Morganton,
Balsam, Governors Island and Topton, North Carolina; Denmark
and Yemassee, South Carolina; Trenton, Marietta, Atlanta, Augusta,
Savannah, Tybee Island, Isle of Hope, Jesup, St. Simon's Island,
Brunswick, Cumberland Island, Waycross, Billy's Island, Macon,
Wot point, Columbus, Albany and Bainbridge, Georgia, and Jack-
sonville, South Jacksonville, Atlantic Beach, Pablo Beach, Live Oak,
Tallahassee, Marianna and Cedar Keys, Florida.

In addition we have before us 1 9 , Daytona, Fla. XI, 11, 1911,
(G. P. Englehardt), [Bklyn. Inst, A. & S.].

Conocephalus brevipennis (Scudder).

Plummer's Island, Cabin John and Marshall Hall, Maryland ; Wash-
ington and Anolostan Island, D. C; Rosslyn, Falls Church, Appo-
mattox, Wytheville, Cape Henry, Norfolk and Virginia Beach, Vir-
ginia; Fayetteville, Roan Mountain, Linville, Saluda, Governors
Island, Wilmington and Lake Waccamaw, North Carolina; Spartan-
burg, Florence and Yemassee, South Carolina; Atlanta, Savannah,
Sandfly, Billy's Island and Homerville, Georgia, and South Jack-
sonville and Atlantic Beach, Florida.

Conocephalus nemoralis (Scudder). 122

Sharpsburg and Plummer's Island, Maryland; Washington, D. C,
and Luray, Virginia.

Conooephalus strictus (Scudder).

Washington, D. C; Arlington, Falls Church, Norfolk, Virginia
Beach and Appomattox, Virginia, and Newbern, North Carolina,

Conocephalus stictomerus Hehn and Hebard.

Chestertown, Maryland; Churchland, Virginia, and Raleigh, North
Carolina.

12- A specimen from Bogota, Colombia, recently recorded as this species by
Bruner (Ann. Carneg. Mus., IX, p. 375, (1915)) is certainly not this form or is
erroneously labelled.

266

IEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Conocephalus aigialus Rehn and Hebard.

Cape Henry and Oceanview, Virginia; Wrightsville, North Caro-
lina; Tybee Island, Georgia, and Jacksonville, South Jacksonville
and Pablo Beach, Florida.

Conocephalus nigropleuroides (Fox).

Oceanview, Virginia; Wrightsville, North Carolina; Cumberland
Island, Georgia, and Cedar Keys, Florida.

Conocephalus spartinse (Fox).

Oceanview and Virginia Beach, Virginia; Wrightsville, North
Carolina, and Tybee Island, Georgia.

Conocephalus saltans (Scudder).

Somerset Heights and Cabin John Run, Maryland; Washington,
D. C; Fayetteville, Wilmington, Winter Park, Wrightsville and Lake
Waccamaw, North Carolina; Florence and Yemassee, South Caro-
lina; Atlanta, Stone Mountain and Spring Creek in Decatur County,
Georgia.

Odontoxiphidium apterum (Morse).

North Carolina.
Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (H.), 1 d1.
Winter Park, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.),
6 cf .

South Carolina.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (H.), 2 tf .
Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

8o,,4$,2 juv. 9.
Denmark, VIII, 15, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

6 c\89.
Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

13 tf", 6 9, 1 juv. 9.

Georgia.

Blue Ridge, VII, 25, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

1 juv. 9.
Dalton, VIII, 7, 1913, (R.), 19.
Sand Mountain, VIII, 25, 1903,

(A. P. Morse), 3 d" , 1 juv. 9 .
Toccoa, VIII, 5, 1913, (H.), 19.
Currahee Mountain, VIII, 5, 1913,

(H.),7 c\ 19, 3 juv. 9.
Stone Mountain, VIII, 3, 1913, (H.),

1 cf .
Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1913, (H.), 19.
Warm Springs, VIII, 9-10, 1913, (R.),

5 9,1 juv. d\ 2 juv. 9.

Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),
9 <?, 4 9, 1 juv. d\ 3 juv. 9.

Tifton, IX, 8, 1910, (J. C. Bradley),
4 d".

Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 10 <?,

6 9, 6 juv. 9.

Bainbridge, IX, 3-7, 1910, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 cf .
Spring Creek, VII-VIII, 1912-13,

(J. C. Bradley), 3 d\ 1 juv. 9 .
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.),

2 d\ 19,4 juv. 9.
Savannah,VIII, 14, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

5 d\
Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 10 d\

59.
Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

21 cf, 16 9.
Groveland, VII, 28, 1913, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 1 cf.
Jesup, IX, 1, 1911*, (R. & H.), 7 d\

29.
Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, (H.), 10 d\

49.
St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911.

(R. &H.), 1 9.
Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911.

(R. &H.), 3 d\ 3 9.
Waycross, VIII, 11, 1903, (A.P.Morse),

2^,2 juv. 9.
Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 1 juv d*.
Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, (R. &

H.), 3^,49.
Billy's Island, V, 16, 1915, (H.),

1 juv. 9 ; VI, VII, IX, 1912, (J. C.

Bradley), 15 d\ 3 9.
Honey Island, VI, 1, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 1 adult.
Homerville, VIII, 27, 1911, (R. & H.),

4 d\69, 2 juv.9.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

Florida. Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24-25, 1911,

. . n viit •,- ion ,p tw^ <R. & H.), lOtf, 9 9.

.Jacksonville. Mil, 2.), 1011, ( R. & H.), Pal)i0 Bl>a(.h LX f, K)13, (W T

11 -. 20 9, 5 9 n.; XI, 3, 1911, Davis)) , ^ 19.

U.I. Davis), 2 o\ 19. LiveO:ik,VlII,10, 1903, (A.P.Morse),

South Jacksonville, IX, 7, 28, 1911, 5 d\ 6 9 ; VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

(W. '!'. Davis), 5 d", 4 9. 12 o", 7 9, 1 juv. 9.

The material from the region about Jacksonville averages the
largest of any recorded above; there appears, however, to be little
size variation correlated with northern and southern distribution
in the present large series, and the specimens taken at Jacksonville
in November are as small as any examples we have seen. These
latter specimens, when compared with the largest from that locality,
give the following extremes of measurement: length of body, c?
9.9-14.3,9 12-16.3; length of ovipositor, 11.2-15.4 mm.

The stridulation of this curious species is a very faint and inter-
mittent zip-zip-zee-zee-zee zip-zee-zee, etc. The males when stridu-
lating often climb high up in the undergrowth; we have frequently
found them three or four feet from the ground.

Throughout the low country of the Carolinas, Georgia and Florida,
this is one of the most ubiquitous species in the undergrowth of the
pine woods and also on palmetto flats. At a number of localities the
insects were found particularly numerous about oak shoots in such
situations. In the high country of Georgia the species was found
scarce in level woods (Dalton), everywhere abundant in luxuriant
mountain vegetation of grasses, vines and oak sprouts under a forest
predominantly black-jack oak (Currahee Mountain), in a patch of
mint in a bunch-grass area under pines (on Stone Mountain) and
among oak shoots in undergrowth of mixed forest (Toccoa, vicinity
of Stone Mountain. Warm Springs).

ATLANTIC-ITS Scudder.

The species of this genus have recently been studied by the
authors.123 A full treatment of the material from the region under
consideration is there presented. We here give the localities of the
material before us belonging to the eight species found in the area
at present treated.

Atlanticus testaceus (Scudder).

A. pachymerus of most authors.

Plummer's Island, Cabin John Run and Glen Echo, Maryland;
Washington, D. C; Arlington, Virginia.

123 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XLII, pp. 33-100, (1916).

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Atlanticus pachymerus (Burmeister).

Greensboro, Raleigh, Goldsboro, Lake Ellis (Havelock) and
Southern Pines, North Carolina.

Atlanticus davisi Rehn and Hebard.

Meadow Mountain at 3,000 feet elevation, Conowingo, Laurel,
Beltsville and Glendale, Maryland; Rock Creek, D. C; Arlington,
Fairfax County, Great Falls, Falls Church, Green Dell Farm two miles
west of Pohick in Fairfax County, Orkney Springs, Stony Man
Mountain, Orange, Hot Springs and Addison, Virginia.

Atlanticus monticola Davis.

Washington County, Virginia; Linville, Black Mountains, Valley of
Black Mountains, Jones' Knob, Balsam Mountains and Lake Toxa-
way, North Carolina; Pinnacle Peak and Clayton, Georgia.

Atlanticus americanus (Saussure).
A. dorsalis of most authors.

Cabin John Run and Plummer's Island, Maryland; Washington,
D. C; Arlington, Clarendon, Falls Church, Seven Mile Ford, Orange
and Roanoke, Virginia; Greensboro, Sulphur Springs, Waynesville,
Lake Toxaway, Topton, Andrews and Murphy, North Carolina;
Clayton, Tuckoluge Creek, Rabun Bald, top of Pinnacle Peak, Tal-
lulah Falls, Sand Mountain, Jasper and Lost Mountain, Georgia.

Atlanticus gibbosus Scudder.

Florence and Magnolia, South Carolina; Currahee Mountain, Warm
Springs, Sandfly, Billy's Island and Spring Creek, Georgia; Crestview,
Lake City, Jacksonville, Atlantic Beach, Pablo Beach and Hastings,
Florida.

Atlanticus dorsalis (Burmeister).

Billy's Island and Thomasville, Georgia; Jacksonville, Florida.

Atlanticus calcaratus Rehn and Hebard.

Billy's Island, Georgia, and Hastings, Florida.

Camptonotus carolinensis (Gerstaecker).

Delaware beaten from wild grape vines on

Dover, (Miss Lillian Hall), 19, f°und in short-leaf pine woods),

[A. N. S. P.]. l JUV- ^ • n

Georgia.

Virginia. Thompson's Mills, X, 1909, (H. A.

Near Washington, D. C, X, 13, 18S3, Allard), 1 a\ [Hebard Cln.].

19, [Hebard Cln.]. Spring Creek, VI. 7-23, 1911, (J. C.

Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.; Bradley), 1 juv. 9 .

beaten from low herbage), 4 juv.c? . Florida.

North Carolina, gt. Augustine, (C. W. Johnson), 1 d\

Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.; [A. N. S. P.].

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

Two consecutive instars arc represented in the four immature males
from Orange, both earlier than that exemplified by the Charlotte
specimen, which is in the instar preceding maturity. The records
from Sprint;' Creek and St. Augustine are the most southern known
for the species in the Atlantic coast States.

Hadenoecus puteanus Scudder.

'North Carolina. Thompson's Mills, X, 1909, (II. A.

Sunburst, laic May, 1912, (C. S. Allard), 2 cf, 69, 3 juv., [U. 9.

Brimley), 2 iuv. 9, [Brimlev Cln.|. N. M. and Hebard Cln.].

Billy's Island, IX, 1-5, 1913, (J.

Georgia. C. Bradley), 2 o", [Cornell Univ.].
Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.
Davis), 2 juv. cf, 2 juv. 9.

The immature females show that the dentations of the internal
valves of the ovipositor are not appreciably indicated until the adult
condition is reached. We have had before us for comparison a cotype
from North Carolina, received from Scudder by Bruner, in whose
series it was.

The above Georgia localities in a measure connect up the two
previously known records of the species from the southern States,
i.e., North Carolina and Monticello, Mississippi.

Ceuthophilus uhleri Scudder.

Maryland.

Cabin John Run, IX, 1911, (W. T. Clayton, VIII, IS, 1 juv. 9 , [Ga.

Davis; trapped in molasses jar), State Cln.].

14 o" , 34 9 . Pinnacle Peak, VIII, 20, 1913, (J. C.

Georgia. Bradley), 1 juv. <?.

Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.
Davis), 3 o71, 3 9 .

We have examined authentic material of this species and of C.
blatchleyi Scudder and, apparently, the supposed differential features
are too variable for reliance. However, we do not care to synonymize
the latter name, as our material is not sufficiently conclusive to war-
rant such action at this time.

This species varies greatly in size in both sexes, the extremes
(in millimeters) of undoubtedly adult material of both sexes from

Cabin John Run being:

^^99

Length of pronotum i 8 6 5 5 .3

Length of cephalic femur 6.5 8 6.5 7

Length of caudal femur 14.3 18 14 14.5

Length of caudal tibia 15.3 19.9 15.6 16.2

Length of ovipositor 8.9 9.9

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

The surface of the body is never polished in the male, always
being dull and at times almost velvety in appearance. In the
female sex this condition is present, but not as a rule, the majority
of the individuals of that sex having the surface weakly polished.
The males show a very appreciable amount of individual variation
in the lamellate development of the ventro-external margin of the
caudal femora, as well as in the number, disposition and size of the
spines on the same margin.

The species is known to range from the vicinity of the city of
New York to northeastern Georgia; in addition to these given above,
the only definite record of its occurrence in the southeastern States
is that from Raleigh, North Carolina (Brimley).

Ceuthophilus latibuli Scudder.

1905. Ceuthophilus virgatipes Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1904, p. 798. [Thomasville, Georgia.]

Bainbridge, Georgia, VII, 15-27, 1909, (J. C. Bradley), 1 tf.

Clearwater, Florida, VI, 27, 1 iuv. 9 , [Cornell Univ.].

Jupiter, Fla., V, 2, 1903, (D. M. Castle), 1 cf , 10 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9 , [A. N. S. P.].

The species virgatipes, when described, was compared with secretus
and varicator, with which it has, however, no relationship. This
erroneous comparison was due to Scudder's key, which ran adults
to the vicinity of the above-mentioned species, while latibuli was
placed by him in another section, in which authentic material
examined by him at that time, and now before us, would not fall.
The type (male) of virgatipes is in the instar preceding maturity,
but the allotype (female) is fully adult. It is evident that the full
development of the caudal spurs and calcaria is not acquired until the
adult condition is reached, these being relatively shorter in the
nearly adult specimens than in the mature individuals. There is
also some individual variation in the length and development of the
spurs and in the length of the different calcaria. The more subdued
general coloration of the virgatipes material is in part due to dis-
coloration. The color pattern is seen to vary greatly in intensity
and consequently in the relative extent of the pale and dark areas.

The species has been reported from "gopher" holes at Crescent
City and Enterprise, Florida, and from "Georgia, " in addition to the
localities mentioned above.

Ceuthophilus gracilipes (Haldeman).

1894. Ceuthophilus grandis Scudder, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci.,

XXX, pp. 24, 38. [Chattanooga, Tennessee.]
1894. Ceuthophilus heros Scudder, ibid., pp. 26, 54. [North Carolina.]

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

Maryland. Davis; trapped in molasses jar),

Garretl County, last week of July, H juv. 0*, 6 juv. 9.

(W. Stone). 2 9, [A. N. S. P.]. North Carolina.

Cabin John Run, IX, 1911, <VY. T. Black Mountain, IX, 6, 1 j\ [B. I.].
Davis; trapped in molasses jar),

7 o", 9 9, 3 juv. d*. Georgia.

District of Columbia, VI, 1910,. (W. T. Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.

Davis; trapped in molasses jar), Davis), 2 o\ 4 juv. 9.

1 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9 • Wilson (Jap, Rabun County, VIII,

... . . 22, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 3^,79.

1 vrginm. Clayton, 2,000-3,000 feet, VI, 1909,

Alexandria County, VI, 1910, (W. T. (W. T. Davis), 1 juv. 9 .

We have carefully studied the original descriptions of the two
species here synonymized, and we are unable to separate them from
typical gracilipes by the presence of any invariable character or
characters. We have also had before us a paratype of hews, labelled
as such in Scudder's handwriting.

The species gracilipes is a very variable one in certain features,
i.e., size, relative elongation and depth of the caudal femora and
spination of the same, character of the caudal tibiae and coloration.
The size variation, as seems to be the rule in the genus, is very con-
siderable, the extremes (in millimeters) of adults of both sexes from
Cabin John Run being:

^^99

Length of pronotum 5.1 6.7 6.2 7.2

Length of cephalic femur 8.6 11.9 10 11.1

Length of caudal femur 17.9 24.2 19.8 22.8

Greatest depth of caudal femur 4.4 6.4 5 5.6

Length of caudal tibia 20.6 26.4 22.2 25.2

Length of ovipositor 10.2 14.2

The caudal femora .seem to show some geographic correlation in
the variation of comparative depth to length, specimens from northern
Georgia showing the greatest relative depth, while more northern
individuals generally have the caudal femora distinctly more slender,
but this is by no means a rule, as northern specimens frequently have
as robust femora as more southern material. The male paratype of
heros from North Carolina has the caudal femora relatively quite
slender. The spination of the ventro-external margin of the caudal
femora of the male is extremely variable in character, ranging from
the relatively heavier, basally tumid, spines of typical grandis to the
weak and relative short type found in the paratype of heros. Between
those extremes we find all intermediates in the strength of the spines,
while the number of the same varies from as few as eight to as many
as sixteen. •

The caudal tibia? are generally somewhat valgate proximad, but

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

are frequently straight. The exact thickness (i.e., section) of the
tibia varies somewhat, in one male from Blocton, Alabama (reported
by Scudder and determined by him as gracilipes, the locality,
however, being erroneously given as "Blocton, Florida"), being
greater than in any other individual seen. The depth of the general
body coloration varies appreciably, but there is generally an approxi-
mate uniformity in material from the same locality. As a rule,
northern adult material shows a more transverse disposition of the
color pattern and southern material a more longitudinal one. The
two tendencies are to be seen in many forms of this genus, sometimes
both the longitudinal and transverse being developed in the same
individual, in others one at the expense of the other and again a
general suffusion tones all to a deeper uniformity. The scalariform
pattern of the caudal femora is weaker in northern than in southern
specimens, as is also generally the case with the infuscation of the
distal femoral portions and the presence of the pale pregenicular
annulus on the caudal femora. These two latter features are rarely
indicated in northern adults, but distinct in all the southern specimens.
Immature specimens from all localities, however, have a decidedly
contrasted color pattern, made up of longitudinal and transverse
elements, much as in the southern States adults, with darkened
femoral apices and distinct pale pregenicular annuli on the caudal
femora.

Ceuthophilus lapidicola (Burmeister).

North Carolina. Sunburst, Haywood County, late May,
Grandfather Mountain, above 4,000 1912» (C- S- Brimley), 1 juv. tf,

feet, VII, 21, 1904, (G. M. Bentley), 1 Juv- ? - [Brimley Cln.].

1 juv. d\ [N. C. State. Dept. Agr.]. Andrews, VIII, 19, 1904, (F. Sherman
Black Mountain, 19, [B. I.]. J1'-), 1 9 , [N. C. State Dept, Agr.].

We have also a pair of specimens labelled "North Carolina,
(Morrison)," determined and recorded as this species by Scudder.
At the present time it is not possible to determine the correctness
of Scudder's assignment of Burmeister's name to this species, the
description of which is quite inadequate to place positively the
name, but it seems quite probable that his action was correct. In
addition to this North Carolina material, we have before us quite a
few specimens from the northeastern States. Through the kindness
of Dr. E. M. Walker, we have been able to examine four male and
three female paratypes of that author's C. pallidipes, described from
five localities in Ontario.124 This is the northern extreme of the

124 Can. Ent., XXXVII, p. 115, pi. IV, figs. 2-2c, (1905).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

species for which we use the name lapidicola; the specimens
are much reduced in size, but inseparable from individuals from more
southern localities. The description of pallidipes, in its analysis of
the differential characters, is a decided aid to an understanding of
the species.

The specimens recorded by Sherman and Brimley,125 from Andrews
and Grandfather Mountain, North Carolina, as C. tenebrarum, belong
to this species, as an examination of the material shows. From
Andrews there is a small adult female, from Grandfather Mountain a
nearly adult quite small male minus the caudal limbs. The Southern
Pines record was based on a minute immature specimen which we
would not care to determine. At this writing we cannot make any
statement on the status of Scudder's tenebrarum. The Sunburst
pair recorded above is not quite mature, but clearly represents the
present species.

The species was described from Virginia and South Carolina, but
previously we have had no exact record from the southeastern States.

Ceuthophilus latens Scudder.

Alexandria County, Virginia, VI, 1910 and 1914, (\Y. T. Davis; trapped in
molasses jar), 36 d\ 24 9 , 2 juv. 9 , [Davis Cln.].

We are using for comparison certain specimens from Ithaca, New
York, in the collection of Cornell University, and a female from Vigo
( lounty, Indiana, in the Hebard Collection, which were determined as
this species by Scudder. The series here recorded is of considerable
interest, as it shows to what extent individual variation is present
in this striking and beautiful species.

In size the usual amount of variation is present, the extremes

(in millimeters) being:

c? <? 9 9

Length of pronotum 4.8 5.5 5 5.9

Length of cephalic femur 5.8 6.8 5.4 6

Length of caudal femur 12.9 14.7 12.1 14.9

Length of caudal tibia 13.4 15.9 12.9 15.3

Length of ovipositor 8.1 9.2

The color pattern of this species is probably more uniformly
constant than in any other species of the genus of which we have
seen a considerable series. The broad pale dorsal line and the
broad bordering dark lines are always indicated on the thoracic
segments and their variation in width is relatively small, while the
abdominal markings and the clouding of the caudal femora are
characteristic of this species and lapidicola, and vary only in depth.

125 E?it. News, XXII, p. 311, (1911).

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

The pale base color is more orange-ochraceous in some individuals
than in others, the extremes being pale clay color and burnt sienna.

This species and lapidicola are very closely related, the females
particularly being extremely hard to separate. Of the few differ-
ences shared by both sexes may be mentioned the narrower medio-
longitudinal pale bar in lapidicola, which also has a greater irregularity
of its margins, and a frequent breaking up of the dark lateral bars.
The males of the two species can, in addition, be separated by the
more robust caudal femora in the present species and the form of the
supra-anal plate, which has the distal margin submembranous in
latens and chitinous in lapidicola, the plate also more elevated disto-
dorsad in lapidicola than in latens.

The immature specimens of latens listed above have the thoracic
pattern essentially as in the adults.

Ceuthophilus sallei Scudder.

De Funiak Springs,126 Florida, 1 d\ 1 9, 1 juv. 9, [Cornell Univ.].

We have compared these specimens with a paratype from New
Orleans and find no important or constant differences. The color
pattern is seen to vary in intensity to such a degree that occasionally
(in the adult female) the thoracic pattern is obsolete, although the
abdominal section is weakly indicated and the femoral pattern
typical, but not very decided.

The authors' C. peninsularis,127 from southern Florida, is a close
relative of this species, but just how close cannot be determined
until the female sex of the more recent form is known.

The distribution of the species is here extended somewhat to the
eastward of the type and only previously known locality — New Orleans.

Ceuthophilus spinosus Scudder.

Cabin John Run, Maryland, IX, 1911, Arlington, Virginia, VII, 9, 1914, (H.;

(W. T. Davis; trapped in molasses taken at night with light), 1 9 .

jar), 19, [Davis Cln.]. Raleigh, North Carolina, II, 9, 1904,

Washington, D. C, IV, 20, 19, (Brimley; under log in pine woods),

[Hebard Cln. ex Bruner.].128 1 9 , [Hebard Cln.].
District of Columbia, VI, 1910, (W. T. . Atlanta, Georgia, VIII, IS, 1912, 3 9 ,

Davis; trapped in molasses jar), [Ga. State Cln.].

3 d\ 2 9, [Davis Cln.].

120 These specimens are merely labelled "Funiak, Fla. " but as there seems
to be no locality of that name, we feel little doubt of their reference to the well-
knOwn locality given above.

127 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1914, p. 408, (1914).

128 In Scudder's original series of C. neglectus, a specimen from Washington,
D. C, in the Bruner Collection, is listed. This record refers to the above speci-
men, which can be separated from the other paratypic females of neglectus from
the Bruner Collection, by the more slender caudal femora and the fewer (four
instead of five) teeth on the internal valves of the ovipositor.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

We have no authentic material of this striking species and our

determination rests on the agreement of our very extensive series
with the original description. We have, in addition to the specimens
here listed, larger series from the northeastern States, which We
will treat in detail at a later date.

This species appears to be typical of a distinctive group of the
genus, characterized in-the male sex by the broad linguiform produced
supra-anal plate. The form of the subgenital plate, which bears a
cordiform callose pattern, is quite peculiar, while the general type
of the caudal femora is different from that of any species of the
genus found in the eastern States with which we are acquainted.
There is a slight development of the fastigial ridge, less decided,
however, than in the uhleri group. The internal valves of the
ovipositor bear but four teeth, which are strongly developed, instead
of the more usual five or six teeth. The distal extremity of the
external ovipositor valves is obliquely truncate, with the spiniform
dorso-distal point very well developed and directed at an angle of
about fifty degrees to the longitudinal axis of the ovipositor.

There is a great amount of individual variation in size and robust-
ness of the whole body, and in the male this variational feature of
the caudal femora is very pronounced, and rather disproportionately
so. The number of teeth on the ventro-external margin of the
caudal femora and the character of the same are quite variable in the
male sex.. At a later date we intend to give additional information
on these points from the other material we now have.

In the southern States the species appears to be one of the Piedmont
region, the lowest elevation from which we have definite records
being Raleigh and Southern Pines (Sherman and Brimley), North
Carolina, and Atlanta, Georgia.

Ceuthophilus neglectus Scudder.

Cabin John Run, Maryland, IX, 1911, Alexandria County, Virginia, VI, 1910,

(\V. T. Davis; trapped in molasses (W. T. Davis; trapped in molasses

jar), 34 <?, 38 9, [Davis Cln.]. jar), 51 d>, 73 9, 9 juv. ef , [Davis

District of Columbia, VI, 1910, (W. T. Cln.].

Davis; trapped in molasses jar), Orange, Ya., VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.),

22 & , 33 9, [Davis Cln.]. 3 juv. <?.

We have before us three male and three female paratypes of
neglectus, one of the females of which, as we have already shown,
belongs to spinosus. We have also male and female paratypes of
terrestris, these being the pair recorded by Scudder from Chateaugay
Lake, Adirondack Mountains, New York. As stated by Walker,129

™Can. Ent., XXXVII, p. 118, (1905).

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

certain of the specimens considered to be terrestris by Scudder, in his
description of the latter, are really neglectus. This is true of the two
specimens from Chateaugay Lake, which, while quite small, are dis-
tinctly neglectus. Just how much of the original series of terrestris
belongs to neglectus we cannot say at the present writing, but, as
Walker has shown, the few adult males in the Scudder Collection
represent the latter species.

As Walker has said in explanation of his figure of the subgenital
plate of the male of this species, 13u the type there shown is that of the
immature male. This portion of the adult male is different, having
no distal projections and with the free margin arcuato-truncate or
weakly emarginate, the plate entire or undivided, a median fold or
sulcus frequently present distad, but this is not a true division of
the plate. The supra-anal plate of the adult is elongate, trigonal-
linguiform, taken with the shape of the adjacent dorsal abdominal
segments and the subgenital plate being characteristic of the species.

The ovipositor of the female bears five, or more rarely six, teeth on
the internal valves.131 The individual size variation in adults of the
species is very great, so much so that the extremes might not be
recognized as the same species, as the larger specimens, by their
bulkiness, have a different general appearance. In the Alexandria
County series the extremes in size (in millimeters) are as follows :

c? d* 9 9

Length of pronotum 4.8 6 4.9 6

Length of cephalic femur 5.6 6.9 5 5.6

Length of caudal femur 12.5 16 10.4 13.6

Length of caudal tibia 12.8 15.5 10.8 13.4

Length of ovipositor 5.9 7.4

The coloration is quite variable in the depth of the pattern, which
in the paler specimens has a decided medio-longitudinal pale line
on the thoracic segments, and a closely tessellate abdomen,
which in the darker individuals has the median line subobsolete
and the tessellations reduced in number, although but little in inten-
sity. The caudal femoral scalariform pattern, which is generally
moderately indicated, frequently strongly marked, is relatively poor
in contrast in the darker individuals.

™Can. Ent.', XXXVII, p. 117, pi. V, figs. 3&-3c, (1905).

131 In very rare instances, only two females from Alexandria County, Virginia,
out of one hundred and seventy-five examined for this character, we find but
four teeth present on these valves, but in these individuals the usual two distal
teeth are fused and the form of the caudal femora and margins of the same
correctly associate the specimens.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

The species appears to be one of the more abundant, if not the
most abundant, of the genus found in the eastern United States.
In the southeastern States it has, as far as known, a very limited
distribution, not having been taken south of Orange, Virginia.

GRYLLIDiE.

Gryllotalpa hexadactyla Perty.

1838. Gr[yUotalpa] borealis Burmeister, Handb. Entom., II, Abth. II, pt. 1,
p. 740. [North America.]

Maryland. Marietta, VII, 27, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

Bohemia Bridge, Cecil County, V, 30, }9- ,„ ,.Iir rtft ,„„

L914, (II. W . Fowler), 3 9, [A. X. Atlanta, \ I, 26 to VIII, 28, 190«.) to

S. P.], brachypterous. 1912> 3 9,1 juv., [Ga. State Cln.],

2 brachypterous.

District oj Columbia. Billy's Island, Okeefenokee Swamp,

Washington, IV, 20, 19, [Hebard VI, 1912, (J. C. Bradley), 19,

Cln.], brachypterous. brachypterous.

Georgia. Florida.

Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T. Enterprise, IV, 17, (P. Laurent), 1 d\

Davis), 3 juv.132 [Hebard Cln.], brachypterous.

Lavender, 1 cr, [Ga. State Cln.], Lake City, 1 9, [Hebard Cln.], bra-

brachypterous. chypterous.

After careful examination of material from many localities in
America, extending from the United States southward to the southern
borders of tropical South America, we find that there is no valid
ground for separating Burmeister's borealis from hexadactyla of
Perty, described in 1832 from Almas Geraes, Brazil.133 Few compari-
sons are to be found between these supposedly distinct forms, Saus-
sure and Scudder giving as differences the somewhat smaller size of
hexadactyla and the more rounded projection at the base of the second
lateral dactyl of the cephalic tibise. The series before us show that
the insect attains its greatest size development in the United States,
but that little constancy exists is also demonstrated, as specimens
from the same locality in several cases show almost the maximum
difference in size found in the entire series before us, which numbers
considerably over one hundred specimens. The rounded chitinous
projection at the base of the second lateral dactyl of the cephalic
tibise is normally rounded, but is often worn down to a more or less
angulate condition and is naturally valueless as a character in this
respect. No other differences exist between North and South
American examples, and borealis as a result falls into the above

132 Two of these individuals are in the very early stages and the smallest of
these has three, instead of four, tibial dactyls. In three other specimens in the
same instar before us, this remarkable feature is also found.

133 Delect. Ann,,. Art. Brasil., p. 119, pi. 23, fig. 9, (1830-34).

19

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

synonymy. Previously the following names have been found to
be synonyms of borealis: americana Harris, 1835; brevipennis Ser-
ville, 1839; longipennis Scudder, 1862, and Columbia Scudder, 1869.

In the present species some variation is shown in the shape of the
ocelli and in the tegminal venation.

Material from Florida and southern Georgia averages somewhat
smaller than material from more northern points; the smallest adult
specimen of the species we have ever seen is that from Billy's Island,
Georgia, the measurements of which are : length of body 20.4, of pro-
notum 7.2, of tegmen 6.4, of caudal femur 6, and greatest width of
pronotum 5.7 mm.

Females of the species have been taken much more frequently
than males and the brachypterous condition is more frequently
found in both sexes in the region at present under consideration.

Scapteriscus vicinus Scudder. PI. XIV, figs. 4, 5, 0, 7.

1869. Scapteriscus agassizii Scudder, Mem. Peabody Acad. Sci., I, p. 13.
[Switzerland (introduced from Central America?).]

Georgia. Brunswick, II, 5, 1903, (S. W. Good-

Waycross, X, 20, 1914, (W. Tatum, year), 3 cf, 1 9,1 juv [IT. S. N. M.

Jr.), 1 juv., [U. S. N. M.l. and Hebard Cln ]; IV 18 1912,

Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.; in sandy [W. V. Reed), 1 <?, 4 9, [U. S.

soil in garden, associated with f- M.J; XI, 1907, 1 d\ [Ga. State

S. acletus, but very scarce), 2 c?, 2 9. ^*'-, , T1 a vttt qi 1ftn

St. Simon's Island, IV, 22 to IX, 8, Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

1909 to 1911, (J. C. Bradley), 3 tf, (H.; under log on strand) 1 juv

4 9,4 juv.; (W. V. Reed), 9^,39, ^hlt* °,ak> *&>a1?£*i& S" Barn"

1 juv., [Hebard Cln.]. well)> 1 <?> 1U- &- N- M-l
St. Simon's, St. Simon's Island, III, 18,
1912, (W. V. Reed), 6 9 , [U.S. N. M.J.

After careful consideration of very large series, representing every
species of the present genus, we are satisfied that the species found
abundantly in the southeastern United States, the West Indies
and portions of South America, and which has beeli frequently
recorded as S. didactylus, represents instead vicinus of Scudder. This
species is very closely related to didactylus of Latreille (described
from Surinam and found elsewhere in South America and northward
to Costa Rica), but is somewhat heavier, with the width of the
pronotum distinctly greater in proportion to its length and with
the basal width between the tibial dactyls averaging somewhat less.
The species is, however, not nearly as distinct as Scudder believed,
for the characters of the but little dissimilar ocelli, slightly different
terminal tarsal joints of the caudal tibiae and other differences which
he gives in the original description are practically valueless.

The species, agassizii, described by that author on the following

1!»16.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

page of the same work, is a synonym of vicinus, based on minor
differences in these characters, which in each of the many series
before us show some such slight differentiation.

This species is a serious pest in portions of the State of Georgia;
at Darien, in 1906, the insects destroyed a great portion of the grass
on the golf course.134

Scapteriscus acletus135 new species. PI. XIV, figs. 8, 9, 10, 11.

Closely related to S. mexicanus,136 differing137 in the shorter dactyls
and spines of the limbs, normally fewer spines of the dorso-internal
margins of the caudal tibiae,138 shorter limbs and much less com-
pressed terminal tarsal joints of the caudal tibiae (in this species no
wider than the caudal metatarsus, in mexicanus distinctly wider with
dorsal portion decidedly compressed). The present species and
mexicanus agree, however, in the wide separation of the tibial dactyls,
the elongate pronotum and decidedly elongate lateral ocelli, which
characters readily distinguish them from S. vicinus, from which
species the present insect also differs greatly in color pattern of the
pronotum, general coloration in life and narrower terminal tarsal
joint of caudal tibiae.

Considering S. abbreviatus, the remaining species of the genus
found within the boundaries of the United States, we find it to be
readily distinguishable from vicinus, acletus and mexicanus by the
distinctive coloration (which gives the insect a strongly mottled
appearance), small round lateral ocelli arid extremely reduced teg-
mina and wings. The elongate and widely separated tibial dactyls,
and spatula with distal portion of ventral margin briefly chitinous
and with disto-ventral angle nearly rectangulate and sharply rounded
in abbreviatus, serve further to indicate that in linear arrangement
vicinus comes first, followed by didactylus, acletus, mexicanus and
abbreviatus.

134 Noted by Hebard, Ent. News, XX, p. 179, (1909).

us prom a = not, and Kfa/rbc = welcome; in allusion to the destructive habits
of this insect.

136 Described by Burmeister, Handb. Entom., II, Abth. II, pt. 1, p. 740, (1838).
[Alvafado, Mexico.]

137 These comparisons are made with an apparently typical female of mexicanus
(pi. XIV, figs. 12, 13, 14 and 15) from Durango, Mexico, in the Hebard Collection,
(lie measurements (in millimeters) of which are: length of body, 36, of pronotum

11.4, of tegmen 19.2, of wing 26.6, of longest tibial dactyl 5.1, of Caudal femur

12.5, of terminal tarsal joint of caudal tibia 3.4; width of pronotum 8.3, of
terminal tarsal joint of caudal tibia 1.6. Two other similar females are before
us bearing only the data "Mexico."

133 In mexicanus these spines are described as 5-5 in number, and this is true
for the specimens of that species before us.

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Type: c? ; Hebardville, Ware County, Georgia. May 15, 1915.
(M. Hebarcl; in garden.) [Hebard Collection, Type No. 406.]

Description of Type. — Size medium, form rather slender. Head
with lateral ocelli over twice as long as broad, in direction convergent
meso-distad, separated at nearest point by a space twice the length
of one ocellus. Eyes somewhat more elongate than in vicinus.
Tegmina similar to vicinus, but with veins not as heavy and cross-
veinlets fewer. Wings reaching slightly beyond apex of abdomen.
Limb proportions much as in vicinus. Dactyls of cephalic tibiae
separated by a space equal to basal width of one of these dactyls.
Spatula with distal half of ventral margin chitinous, straight, the
disto-ventral angle nearly rectangulate and sharply rounded.
Median tibiae armed interno-distad with four heavy spurs. Caudal
tibiae with ventro-internal margins each bearing four long spines,
the last situated very slightly proximad of the three long distal
spurs, disto-external margin armed with three short spurs, the dorsal
widely separated from the other two. Distal joint of caudal tarsus
slender, no wider than metatarsus, with dorsal margin not noticeably
compressed. Coloration distinctive.

Allotype: 9 ; Same data as type. [Hebard Collection.]

Description of Allotype. — Similar to type in characters common to
both sexes. Tegmina similar to vicinus, but, as in male, with veins
not as heavy and cross-veinlets fewer. Wings reaching slightly
beyond apex of abdomen.

In addition to the type and allotype, we have before us a series
bearing the same data and material taken at the same locality from
May 15 to 31, 1915, by William Walker; these specimens, 26 c? ,
25 9 , may be considered paratypes.

This paratypic series shows that the species exhibits considerable
size variation, the average of the majority of specimens, however,
approximates the types in this respect. Both intensive and recessive
color patterns are developed, and the tegminal veins and veinlets
are sometimes heavier than in the typical condition. Decided
uniformity is found in the shape of the lateral ocelli, length and
separation of the tibial dactyls and form of distal joint of caudal
tarsus. In eighty uninjured specimens the number of spines of the
dorso-internal margins of the caudal tibiae are as follows:

Number of spines 3-4 4-4 4-5 5-5

Number of specimens 1 66 8 5

In one specimen having 5-5 spines, one of these spines is bifurcate.

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

Slight differences in ocellar form, occasional appearance of an
accessory spine on one or both of the dorso-internal margins of the
caudal tibia? and slight differences in the separation of the tibial
dactyls and in the width of the distal joint of the caudal tarsus,
cannot be used as features to separate species of this genus, as dis-
cussed above in the treatment of vicinus.

Measurements (in millimeters).

c£_ 9_

type. Paratypes. Allotype. Paratypes.

Length of body 28.7 26.4-34.4 29.7 26.5-35.5

Length of pronotum 9.3 8.8-11.3 9.3 8.5-10.3

Width of pronotum189 7.3 6.4-8.9 7.1 6.6-8.3

Length of tegmen 14.7 14. 6-17. 8 15.2 15-19.2

Length of win- 19.6 19.6-24.3 21.7 20.5-26.1

Longest tibial dactyl 3.6 3.3-4 3.1140 3.1-4.1

Length of caudal femur . 10.3 10-11.7 10.6 10.2-12
Length of terminal tarsal joint of

caudal tibia 2.6 2.3-2.7 2.7 2.6-2.8

Width of same 8 .7-1 .8 .8-. 9

Coloration. — Normal condition (type, allotype). General colora-
tion pinkish buff. Head with occiput including raised portion of
inter-ocular space blackish brown, a brief space of the same color
back of the eyes, but separated from them by a narrow interval of the
pale general coloration. Pronotum with dorsum marked with an
oval of blackish brown, this interrupted cephalad and mesad by
rounded incursions from each side of the general pinkish buff colora-
tion, these cephalic indentations weakly connected, the margins of the
dark area concave in their caudal fifth. Tegmina and wings buffy
with veins darker. Caudal femora of general coloration, but with
all except the proximal fourth of dorso-external portion suffused with
a darker shade. Abdomen dark above, pale below (in life shining
grayish below, contrasting strongly with vicinus, which in life has this
portion of the body shining cinnamon buff).

An intensive coloration is found in numerous specimens in which
the darker markings are all deeper and more extensive, the whole
dorsal surface of the pronotum being blackish brown, with the
exception of four small pale spots in apposition to the rounded
incursions of paler coloration as found in the normal condition.

139 Owing to the impossibility of determining the lateral margins of the dorsum
of the pronotum in the present genus, this measurement indicates the absolute
width of the pronotum.

140 The minimum measurements for these dactyls represent specimens in
which these claws are worn down and blunted by much use. This is true of the
present specimen.

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

All gradations are found, however, to a recessive condition in which
the dark markings are much reduced, the incursions of pale coloration
being considerable, leaving only narrow projections of the dark
color laterad between them.

The large series of immature examples taken with the typical
series are, with few exceptions, in the instars immediately preceding
maturity. In these the coloration averages slightly more recessive
than in the adults.

Biological Notes. — At the type locality the species was found in
great numbers in sandy soil. Tunnels recently made were everywhere
apparent. Digging into these and the flooding of such areas revealed
few examples, but a row of lettuce in a dying condition was inves-
tigated, and beneath the wilted leaves, resting on the ground at the
base of these plants, many specimens were found. The roots of the
lettuce and other garden plants, such as tomatoes and beets, were
found to have been extensively damaged by the present insect, in
many cases all but the main tap root having been completely
devoured.

When disturbed individuals always sought, if possible, to escape
under the ground, disappearing in the sandy soil with astonishing
rapidity; on the surface they could run very nimbly, occasionally
giving a short hop, but not attempting to fly. There is no doubt,
however, that both this species and vicinus can fly vigorously, and
during migrations, which undoubtedly occur, probably resort almost
wholly to this method of locomotion.

At night the rich gutteral "grrrrr" of the insect could be heard on
all sides, but no individuals were found on the exposed surface of
the ground.

Specimens Examined: 83; 28 males, 30 females and 25 immature
individuals.

Jesup, Georgia, V, 15, 1915, (H.; in burrow under board in grassy
field), 19; X, 1, 1910, 1 9 , [Ga. State Cln.j.

Hebardville, Ga., V, 15, 1915, (H.; in sandy soil of garden), 19 cf ,
18 9, type, allotype, paratypes, 13 juv.; V, 15 to 31, 1915, (Wm.
Walker), 7 & , 99, paratypes, 12 juv., [all Hebard Cln.].

White Oak, Ga., Ill, 23 and IV, 1904, (A. S. Barnwell), 2^,19,
[U. S. N. M. and Hebard Cln.].

Scapteriscus abbreviates Scudder. PI. XIV, figs. 16, 17, 18, 19.

White Oak, Georgia, IV, 1904, (A. S. Lemon City, Florida, (E. J. Brown),
Barnwell), 1 tf, 1 9, [U. S. N. M. 2 juv., [U. S. N. M.].

and Hebard Cln.].

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

The specimens from Georgia, in addition to three from the same
locality previously recorded by us,141 constitute the only record of
this species from the United States outside of extreme southern
Florida.

Tridactylus apicalis Say.

1862. T[ridactylus] terminally Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 425.
[Cambridge, Massachusetts; Maryland; southern Illinois.]

District of Columbia. Georgia.

Washington. IX. 1NN3, 1 o\ [Hebard Bainbridgc, IX, 17 to X, 19, 1910,

Cln.l. (J. C. Bradley), 1 cr.

Rock Creek, 1 9, [U. S. N. M.]. Spring Creek, Decatur County, V. 7

T/. . ■ to 23, 1911, 19,3 juv.; VII, 16 to

ygima. 29, 1912, 74 <?, 319, 5 juv.; VIII,

Stafford ( ounty opposite Fredericks- 26 to 28, 1913, Id", 19, (all J. C.

burg, \ II, 20, 1913, (R. & H. ; wetsand Bradley).
near Rappahannock River), 3 juv.

We are convinced, after study of the literature and all of the
material in our collections, that tertninalis of Scudder is an absolute
synonym of the present species, based solely upon large specimens
of pale coloration. We are also satisfied that Scudder has correctly
synonymized under these two names the following: tibialis Guerin,
1844; Xya mixta Haldemann, 1853; iUinoiensis Thomas, 1863;
fissipes Saussure, 1874, and incertus Saussure, 1896. The great
variation in the form of the cephalic limbs in the males of the species
discussed by Morse has in part caused this multiplicity of synonyms.

The large series of males before us from Spring Creek, Georgia,
shows the same variability of the cephalic tibiae which Morse has re-
marked, and we find every gradation between the extremes; roughly
grouped, sixteen have the tibiae of the normal ( 9 ) form, eight have
them very slightly cleft; sixteen have them decidedly and thirty-five
very strongly bifurcate. A further interesting feature is apparent in
this series, for with scarcely an exception the specimens having these
tibiae least specialized are the smallest (averaging in length 7 mm.),
and throughout the series a distinct size increase accompanies the
greater specialization of the tibiae to its maximum development
(these specimens averaging in length 9 mm.).

When compared with the males, the females of this series are found
to average noticeably paler in general coloration.

The material before us shows that the wings normally reach a
little beyond the apex of the abdomen; occasional series have the
wings falling slightly short of this point.

"JProc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1912, p. 272, (1912).

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Ellipes minuta (Scudder).

District of Columbia. South Carolina.

Washington, (Aldrich), 3 9, [Hebard -Spartanburg , VIII, 10, 1903, (A. P.
Cin l Morse), 1 adult, 2 juv.

Manning, V, 30, 1914, (W. Stone),
Virginia. 1^,19, [A. N. S. P.].

Stafford County opposite Fredericks- Georgia

burg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & H.; wet Burt 18QQ f y 21 ml (J c

sand near Rappahannock River), Bradley) 19

1 d\ 2 9,ljuv. Rabun County,' VII, 1910, (W. T.

North Carolina. JaSer?VII,925, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

Weldon; VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.; on 1 adult.

ground in heavy forest near stream), Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,

1 9 . 1913, (H.; few on damp sand at edge
Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.; of bog at base of cliff), 1 juv.

damp ground in short-leaf pine Waycross, VIII, 11, 1903, (A. P.

woods), 1 c?. . Morse), 1 adult.

Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.; Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.;

on wet and almost bare clayey swampy spot on edge of Flint River),

ground), 2 d\ 5 9 , 4 juv. 1 9 .

Balsam, VII, 23, 1903, (A. P. Morse), Spring Creek, Decatur County, VII,

2 adults. 16 to 29, 1912, (J. C. Bradley), 2 d*.

We are certain that Scudder has correctly synonymized Tridactylus
histrionicus and T. histrio of Saussure, 1896, under the present species.
All of the large series before us show the presence or absence of minute
subapical natatory lamellae on the dorsal margins of the caudal
tibiae to be due to individual variation. The maximum number of
these in the present species is two on the external and one on the
internal margin, a feature noted by Saussure in his description of
histrio, while his histrionicus represents material lacking these
rather rudimentary appendages ; minuta was at that time overlooked
by Saussure.

But one specimen in the series here recorded, from Spring Creek,
Georgia, is macropterous; the larger series before us show occasional
specimens in this condition, some which are semi-macropterous,
while many, as in the present series, have the wings wholly concealed
by the tegmina.

This insect is found on wet sand near water, often in great numbers,
over the entire territory at present under consideration.

Myrmecophila pergandei Bruner.

Retreat, North Carolina, VIII, 6, (H. 1 d\ 1 9 .

G. Hubbard), 1 d% [C. B. N. M.]. Clayton, Georgia, VI, 1909, (W. T.

Balsam, N. C, VII, 23, 1903, (A. P. Davis), 1 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9 .

Morse), Id",! juv. 9 ; 4,500 to 5,700 Crescent City, Florida, 1 juv d\ [He-
feet, VII, 24, 1903, (A. P. Morse), bard Cln.].

This species was described from the "Atlantic States, from Mary-
land southward," it has since been recorded from Washington,
District of Columbia, and Georgia, over the area here considered.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES- OF PHILADELPHIA.

285

The study of the present genus by Schimmer142 is by far the most
complete work on the subject to be found in the literature.

Paratypes from Washington were taken with Cremastogaster litieo-
lata Say and Formica pallidefulva Latreille. The specimens from
Balsam were with Camponotus herculeanus Linnaeus subspecies pennsyl-
vanicus De Geer, and those from Clayton with Cremastogaster lineolata
Say variety near pilosa Pergande.143

Cryptoptilum antillarum (Redtenbacher).

Smith Carolina.
Isle of Palms, VIII, 15, 1913, (It.;
beaten from bayberrv, Myrica cerif-
era), Id1, 19,2 juv. 9.

Georgia.

.Montgomery, VII, 27, 1913, (J. C.
Bradley), 1 d\

Tybee Island, VII, 26, 1913, (J. C.

Bradley), 11 d\ 19, 1 juv. cf,

1 juv. 9 .
St. Simon's Island, VIII, 5, 1912,

(J. C. Bradley), 1 tf.
Billy's Island, V, 28 to VII, 2, 1912.

(J. C. Bradley), 1 <?.

This species has been fully treated by the present authors;144 in
that paper the records from Miami (under bark of fallen trees) and
Lake Worth (on sand), Florida,145 were overlooked.

Cryptoptilum trigonipalpum Rohn and Hebard.

Virginia.

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.;
undergrowth in heavy oak woods),
1 juv. cf.

North Carolina.

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.),
1 juv. 9 .

South Carolina.

Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (H.; beaten
from heavy green undergrowth in
short-leaf pine forest on hillside),
1 juv. 9 .

Georgia.

Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,
1913, (R. & H.; beaten from tangled
undergrowth of short-leaf pine
forest), 2 juv. 9 .

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.;
beaten from undergrowth near
stream in flat short-leaf pine woods),

3 juv. 9 .
Savannah, VIII, 14, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 1 d\ 39.
Warm Springs, 850 to 1,200 feet, VII.
9 and 10, 1913, (R.), 2 juv. <?,

4 juv. 9 .

Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.;
rather common in tangles of small
bushes and vines in open forest
along banks of Flint River),
4 juv. d\ 6 juv. 9 .

Spring Creek, VIII, 26 to 28, 1913,
(J. C. Bradlev), 3 cf, 19.

Billy's Island, IX, 1 to 5, 1913, (J. C.
Bradley), 2 9 .

The known distribution of the present species is carried con-
siderably inland, westward and northward, by the above records.

u"-ZeiUchr. Wiwnzch. Zool., XCIII, pp. 409-534, (1909).

143 The identifications of the ant hosts given here have been most kindly fur-
nished by Professor Wm. M. Wheeler. Bruner. with the original description of
the present species, gives the ant hosts as Camponotus pennsylwnicus, Formica
rufa and Cremasbmjaster lineolata. His Formica rufa determination is based on
the specimens correctly recorded above as Formica pallidefulva.

'"Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phii.a., 1912, pp. 190-201, figs. 5-8, (1912).

Mrs. A. T. Slosson, as MogosopUstus slossoni. Ent. News, XII, p. 11.
1901).

286

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

The insect reaches maturity about the middle of August over a large
portion of its range.

Cycloptilum squamosum Scudder.

North Carolina.
Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),
1 juv. 9 •

South Carolina.

Spartanburg, VIII, 6, 1913, (H.;
undergrowth of mixed deciduous and
pine forest), 2 juv. 9 ■

Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.;
immature individuals very abundant
among pine needles in long-leaf
pine woods), 1 jiiv. d", 2 juv. 9 .

Georgia.

Toccoa, 1,094 feet, VIII, 4-5, 1913,
(H.), 2 juv. 9 .

Jasper, 1,550 feet, VIII, 5, 1913, (R.;
undergrowth of pine woods), 1
juv. 9.

Vicinity of Stone Mountain, VIII, 3,
1913, (R. & H.; beaten from tangled
undergrowth of pine forest), 1
juv. cf.

Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.;
few immature individuals in oak
leaves on edge of oak and short -leaf
pine woods), 2 juv. d", 1 juv. 9 .

Warm Springs, 850 to 1,200 feet, VIII,
9-10, 1913, (R.; beaten in pine and
oak woods), 1 d" , 3 9 , 2 juv. 9 .

Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),
1 juv. dV

This species has been fully treated by the present authors,146,
it is now known to range northward to East Marion, Long Island,.
New York.147

NEMOBIUS Serville.

The species of the present genus found in North America north
of the Isthmus of Panama have been fully treated by the present
junior author.148 In that paper nearly all of the material in the
collections now before us, taken previous to 1913, was recorded.
The localities for these series are first given below, then the subse-
quent records are given in full with whatever comments appear of
interest.

Nemobius fasciatus fasciatus (De Geer).

Chestertown, Beltsville, Montgomery County, Plummer's Island
and Hyattsville, Maryland; Washington, District of Columbia;
Fairfax County, Falls Church, Rosslyn and Bayville, Virginia;
Jefferson, Cranberry, Grandfather Mountain, Blowing Rock, Black
Mountain, Asheville, Mount Pisgah, Balsam and Waynesville, North
Carolina, and Atlanta and Thompson's Mills, Georgia.
Virginia.

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H.), 5 d\ 7 9, 2 juv. d\
Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. d".

Lynchburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. d1.
Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. 9 .

146 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, pp. 209-214, figs. 17-19, (1912).

147 Davis, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XXII, p. 171, (1914).

148 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, pp. 394-492, (1913).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2S ,

North Carolina. Georgia.

Greensboro,- VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.), Rabun County, VII, L910, (W. T.

2 juv. cf. Davis), 1 juv. 9 .

Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.), Toccoa, VIII, 4 -:.. L913, (H.), 1 juv. 9 .

1 cT, 19. Jasper, VIII, 5, 1913, (R.), 19,

Sol,lh Carolina. J^ (m ._, ;ui(, 6j 1913j (Bi.;((1](.v

Spartanburg, Mil, G, 1913, (H.), andR.&H.), 3d". lo* macropterous.

1 juv. 9 .

In late July, 1913, immature individuals of the species were found
everywhere very numerous in fields in the Piedmont region of Virginia
and North Carolina.

Immature individuals of the races of this species are easily separable
from those of other southeastern species of the genus, as they alone
have a medio-longitudinal dorsal dark stripe on the abdomen, down
the centre of which an often well-defined very narrow pale line is
usually found. In addition, the lateral lobes of the pronotum are
usually heavily marked with a broad dark band, which is often
continued on the sides of the abdomen.
Nemobius fasciatus socius Scudder.

Raleigh, Newbern, Fayetteville, Hamlet, Lake Waccamaw,
"Wilmington, Winter Park, Southport and Smith Island, North Caro-
lina; north end of Sullivan Island and Yemassee, South Carolina;
Tybee Island, Brunswick, Cumberland Island, Billy's Island, Homer-
ville, Thomasville and Bainbridge, Georgia, and Atlantic Beach,
Pablo Beach and Jacksonville, Florida.

■»

Goldsboro, North Carolina, VII, 25, Macon, Ga., VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. &

1913, (R. & H.), 1 d\ 19. H.), 1 o", 49.

Augusta, Georgia, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & Albany, Ga., VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

H.; common, unfilled field among 5 o", 2 9, 1 juv. o". Id1 maerop-

grasses), 3 9 . terous.

Nemobius maculatus Blatchley.

Cabin John Run and Plummer's Island, Maryland; Washington,
District of Columbia; Fairfax County, Alexandria County, Cherry-
dale and Dead Run, Virginia, and Raleigh, North Carolina.

Cabin John Run, Maryland, IX, 1911, Weldon, North Carolina, VII, 24, 1913,

(W. T. Davis), 1 9 , [Hebard Cln.]. (R. & H.), 1 juv. <?.

Fredericksburg, Virginia, MI, 20, 1913, Pinnacle Peak, Rabun County, Georgia.

(R. & H.), 1 juv. o", 2 juv. 9 . VIII, 20, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 9 .

Petersburg, Va., VII, 23, 1913, (R. & Vicinity of Stone Mountain, Ga.,

H.), 4 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9 . VIII, 3, 1913, (H.), 1 juv. 9 .

Immature individuals of this species are readily separable from those
of other forms found in this territory. They are brownish, somewhat
mottled with a paler color, and have the lateral lobes of the pronotum
occasionally darkened. Confusion with material of the early instars

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

of N. carolinus would alone be possible, and the unequal dorsal pair
of distal spurs of the caudal tibiae readily separates them from these.

The series recorded above was found scarce on banks of stream in
woods (Fredericksburg), not scarce in boggy spot of grasses in woods
(Petersburg), along stream in heavy forest (Weldon) and in bog at
foot of precipice (vicinity of Stone Mountain).

The species was not previously correctly recorded149 from the
southeastern United States south of the vicinity of Washington,
except from Raleigh, North Carolina.

Nemobius griseus funeralis Hart.

Macon, Georgia, VII, 30, 31, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 9 .

It is with great satisfaction that we find a specimen of this dis-
tinctive insect, known previously from the unique female type taken
at College Station, Texas, in the material from Georgia before us.
We find, moreover, a male, taken at Winslow, Arkansas, September
3, 1905, by Morse, in the Morse Collection.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Winslow, Macon,

Ark. Ga.

Length of body 8.9 9.2

Length of pronotum 2 1.9

Caudal width of pronotum 2.6 2.4

Length of tegmen 5.8 3.8

Length of caudal femur 6.6 6

Greatest width of caudal femur 2.3 2

Length of ovipositor 4.4

Nemobius ambitiosus Scudder.

Florence, South Carolina; Thompson's Mills, Jesup, Spring Creek,
Thomasville, Homerville, Suwannee Creek, Billy's ' Island, Honey
Island, St. Simon's Island and Cumberland Island, Georgia, and
Jacksonville, Atlantic Beach, Pablo Beach, San Pablo, Live Oak
and Georgia State Line of Leon County, Florida.

Georaia BihVs Island, IX, 1-5, 1913, (J. C.

" Bradley),2 9.

Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T. Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), 5 d\

Davis), Id". 6 9

Toccoa, VIII, 4-5, 1913, (H.), 2 Spring Creek, VIIJ, 26-28, 1913, (J. C.

.iuv- cf . Bridlev) 2 r? 1 9

Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 1 tf, -^clley], . cf, l V .

1 9, 1 juv. cf. Florida.

Mixon's Hammock, V, 16, 1915, (H.), Ortega, IX, 6, 1913, (W. T. Davis),

19. 19.

149 Specimens of N. fasdatus from Jefferson, North Carolina, now before us,
were incorrectly recorded by Sherman and Brimley as N. maculatus (Ent. News,
XXII, p. 391, (1911)).

191(3.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

A female from Billy's Island and one from Albany are black in
general coloration. Immature individuals arc brown in general
coloration, often tinged with reddish and flecked with darker brown;
the distinctive cephalic markings are as well defined as in the adult
condition.

The series recorded above was found in the undergrowth of the
long-leaf pine woods (Hebardville, Albany), in dry leaves under live
oak (Mixon's Hammock) and immature individuals were found
occasional in oak leaves (Toccoa).

Tin1 records given above include the northernmost localities known
for the species.

Nemobius bruneri Hebard.

Cabin John Run and Plummer's Island, Maryland; Washington,
District of Columbia, and Glencarlyn, Virginia.

Virginia. Orange, VII, 2Q, 1913, (R. & H.),

Rosslyn, X, 14, (A. X. Caudell), 3 tf1, 2 Juv- <?■

[U. S. N. M.]. North Carolina.

Arlington, \ II, 9, 1914, (H.), 1 juv. tf, Greenflboro> VIIj 26> 1913> (R. & H)>

FrHfffuT*& 2^ 1913' (R' & ChJtottef VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.»,

Immature individuals of this species are very striking, being pale
reddish brown in general coloration speckled with much darker
brown, by which dark color the lateral lobes of the pronotum and
first and fifth abdominal segments are heavily suffused. These
latter markings give a distinctive barred appearance in very young-
individuals, which becomes less strongly defined in successive instars
to those preceding maturity, in which these markings are not strongly
indicated.

The species was found abundant in damp leaves in and along the
border of a deciduous woodland on high ground near a stream
(Fredericksburg) and scarce in leaves on edge of a deciduous forest
(Orange).

No other records, other than those given above, have been pub-
lished for the species in the territory at present under consideration.

Nemobius cubensis cubensis Sauasure.

Montgomery County, Maryland; Washington, District of Colum-
bia; Raleigh, North Carolina; Florence, South Carolina; Jesup,
Georgia, and Jacksonville, Florida.

Albany, Georgia, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & Bainbridge, Ga., VII, 15-27, 1909,
H.J, 2 a\ 2 9 • All brachypterous. (J. C. Bradley), 1 c? . Macropterous.

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

The species was found occasional in swampy spots (Albany).

The above records include all the localities known for the species
over the territory at present considered. The species has been found
as far north as Staten Island, New York, and southward appears to
reach its greatest abundance in the United States in peninsular Florida.

Nemobius palustris palustris Blatchley.

Washington, District of Columbia, and Fayetteville, Lake Wacca-
maw and Wilmington, North Carolina.

These, the southernmost-known records for this insect, include
all the localities known for it over the area now being studied.

Nemobius carolinus carolinus Scudder.

Cabin John Run and Plummer's Island, Maryland; Washington,
District of Columbia; Alexandria County, Dead Run, Rosslyn,
Fairfax County and Falls Church, Virginia; Raleigh, Blowing Rock,
Newton, Black Mountain, Balsam, Highlands, Fayetteville and Lake
Waccamaw, North Carolina; Florence, Swansea and north end of
Sullivan Island, South Carolina; Thompson's Mills, Brunswick,
Thomasville and Bainbridge, Georgia, and Daytona, Florida.

Virginia. Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.),

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & n \j UJ- ^\jUUo"K9 -iniQ ,„ , „,
H , .> • _ % Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

n.;,-]uv. a. 2 d% 3 9.

»t is, 7- Georgia.

North Carolina. -p.. i r> i wttt ,m .m, /T n

Pinnacle Peak, VIII, 20, 1913, (J. C.

Jefferson, IX, 1912, (F. Sherman), Bradley), 2 9.

1 d\ [N. C. State Dept. Agr. Cln.]. Jasper, VIII, 5, 1913, (R.), 1 juv. <?.

Grandfather Mountain, 4,000-5,000 Billy's Island, IX, 1-5, 1913, (J. C.

feet, IX, 1915, 1 <?, [Hebard Cln.]. Bradley), 1 c? •

Blowing Rock, IX, 1915, (F. Sherman), Spring Creek, VII, 16 to VIII, 26, 1912

1 d\ [N. C. State Dept. Agr. Cln.]. and 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 <?, 3 9 .

Immature individuals of this species and of N. confusus are more
glabrous in general appearance than any others found in the area
here considered. The general color is dark brown, the four rows of
large pale spots on the dorsal abdominal segments first appearing
in the instars immediately preceding maturity.

The present common insect is found everywhere over the region
now being studied.

Nemobius confusus Blatchley.

Cabin John Run and Plummer's Island, Maryland; Dead Run-,
Falls Church and Alexandria County, Virginia, and Raleigh, North
Carolina.

Rabun County, Georgia, VII, 1910, Buckhead, Ga., VIII, 2, 1913, (H.;
(W. T. Davis), 2 juv. <f, 1 juv. 9 . undergrowth in mixed oak and pine

forest), 1 juv. 9 .

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

The very dark general coloration of immature examples of this
species and the hone white maxillary palpi, make them readily
separable from those of any other species found in the regions here
treated.

In the southeastern United States the species was not previously
known except from Raleigh, North Carolina.

A single immature specimen was found in woods of oak and pine
(Buckhead).

Anurogryllus muticus (DeGeer).iso

X, w J i rsey. Florida.

Ocean View, VI, 11 and 17, 1911 and Jacksonville, IV, 1885, (W. H \>h-

1912, (H. Fox), 2 <?, [A. N. S. P.]. mead), 1 ? , [Hebard Cln.]; winter of

District of Columbia. [U^N V]^ "' Ashmead)' * 9'

Washington, (Chittenden), 2 9, [U. S. Lawteyj X, 12 and 28, 1886, (M.

JN. .M.J. Venickerbocker), 2 juv. cf, 3 iuv. 9,

1 «rgwua. [Tj. S. N. M.].

Clarendon, VI, 8, 1914, (H. A. Allard), Gulf Hammock, Levy County, IV, 7

4 cf , [U. S. X. M.]. 1903, (P. Laurent), 3 juv. 9 .'[Hebard

Falls Church, VIII, 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.]. Cln.].

Charlottesville, V, 26, 1914, (H. Fox), De Land, 2 juv. 9, [IT. S. N. M.l.

1 cf, [Hebard Cln.]. .7 ,

Alabama.

North Carolina. Auburn, V, 6, 1911, (W. E. Hinds),

Raleigh, V. 30, 1905, 1 cf, [U. S. 1 9 , [U. S. N. MJ.

X. M.]; VI, 1911 to 1915, (C. S. Daphne, VI, 9, 1894, (L. Sauterre), 2 9 ,

Brimley), 4 cf , 19, [Brimley Cln. [U. S. N. M.].

and X. C. State Dept, Agr.]. T . .

Louisiana.
South Carolina. Jen^ La galle Parishf y - lg87;

Beech Island, V, 14, 1903, (Hammond), (M. Dempsey), 1 9 , [U. S. X. M.l 152

19.ID.ftN.MJ- Texas

Ge°ra™. Victoria, IV, 24, 1915, (J. D. Mitchell),

Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 4 cf . 2 9,1 juv. 9, [U. S. X. M.].

This insect is one of the very plastic and widely distributed
American species of the group Gryllites. We find not only guade-
loupensis, angustulus and caribeus to be synonyms of this species,
as indicated by Kirby,153 but also Gryllodes clarazianus of Saussure/54
which form was later placed in the present genus by its author. This
Argentinian variant, of which we have material before us, has been

150 This species has twice been recorded by Caudell from the United States in
error as A. antiUarum. See footnote 152 and Proc. Entom. Soc. Wash., VI n 49
(1904), [Southern United States].

151 Correctly recorded by Hammond (Bull. 44, Bur. of Entom., U. S. Dent of
Agr., p. 94, (1904)).

152 Recorded as ant ilia rum with Fl<>rid;i, South Carolina, Virginia and Alabama
state records by Caudell (Bull. 44, Bur. of Entom., U. S. Dept. of Wr n 88
(1904)). 1- '

1535(/«. Cat. Ortk., II, p. 24, (1906).

"< Miss. Sri. Max., Rech. Zool.. VI, p. 412, pi. VIII, fig. 31, (1874). [Bahia
Blanca, Argentina.]

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

separated from muticus as found in the Guianas,155 by the head being-
marked with four pale longitudinal lines and the caudal metatarsus
being shorter and broader with dorsal margin more distinctly arcuate.
The head marking appears often, though usually not strongly defined,
being particularly apparent in immature examples or adults of pale
general coloration, over nearly the entire distribution of the species.156
Various series show that the metatarsal length and heaviness is
extremely variable in the species, though often uniform in large
series from the same general region.157 Variations in tegminal and
wing length, and in the caudal metatarsus, are principally the cause
of the above synonymy, though other variations, decidedly puzzling
without large series being available for comparison, also occur.

Within the boundaries of the United States the species shows
appreciable differences from material from the Guianas; these
differences due, in our opinion, to an adaptation to the differences in
environment and climate, but, considering the plasticity of the
species, neither sufficiently constant or well marked to warrant the
recognition of a geographic race. The most noteworthy of these are :
the somewhat more evenly rounded and protuberant occiput; slightly
weaker inter-antennal protuberance; slightly less prominent eyes:
more nearly quadrate dorsum of the pronotum, with caudal margin
straight or weakly convex (never weakly bisinuate as in typical
muticus); color frequently decidedly paler, with the pale marking
at the ventro-cephalic angle of the lateral lobes of the pronotum
(usually conspicuous in typical muticus) subobsolete.

Along the Atlantic coast of the United States the species is usually
found to have the metatarsus very slightly longer than is typical,
but of similar proportions; specimens from Alabama westward,
however, have the metatarsus distinctly shorter and slightly
heavier.

The examples from Victoria, Texas, have the occiput more dis-
tinctly striped than in any but Argentinian material before us.
Great variation in intensity of coloration is shown in the series here
recorded; although these specimens average decidedly paler than
tropical material of the species, the four adults from Hebardville,

155 A large series now before us from British Guiana appears to be in every way
typical.

156 This marking being less apparent in adults of intensive coloration, it is not
surprising to find few of these in tropical series which are usually dark in general
coloration.

157 We are able to ascertain this fact from very large series now before us from
the West Indies, Central and South America.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHI \ . 293

Georgia, are as dark as any specimens before us, but have the lateral
lobes of the pronotum entirely pale.

In the United States the males have the tegmina reaching to, or
falling slightly short of, the apex of the abdomen; the females have
the tegmina never less than half the abdominal length, frequently
about two-thirds that length, though more variable than the males
in this feature. Of the above series two females (Washington) are
macropterous, one female (Victoria) has a single caudate but imper-
fect wing, while one female (Falls Church) has long tegmina but
aborted wings.

It might seem that geographic races could be recognized, but
careful study, of this and much larger tropical American series,
shows that variation such as discussed above occurs in an endless
complexity, and that intermediates of every sort occur between
conditions which might easily be supposed, without sufficient material
for comparison, to represent geographic races or even closely related
species. The form of the male titillatores is the same in all of the
material of the species examined.

In the United States adults of the species appear in April, May
and June, later than this individuals are scarcely ever encountered.

The present insect has long been known to be very destructive in
the southeastern United States, damaging cotton, tobacco, sweet
and white potatoes, strawberries, peas and other farm products.
The series here recorded was taken: in fence corner and in truck
patch (Ocean View), in cotton field (Beech Island and Auburn),
on fences and walls of yard of bermuda grass, stridulating at dusk
(Hebardville) and injuring strawberries (Lawtey).

The records given above define the known range of the species in
the United States.

Gryllus assimilis Fabricius.

Recent studies have shown this to be the only native representative
of the genus found in America.158 Great variation, however, exists
and we have found the variants to be best represented by symbols.109
Of these, the following four are found in the regions at present under
consideration :

B, suffused Z, (normally d or e, w), (45 to 2, the latter weakly 0);
scudderianus.

AU, (normally ax), 4; neglectus.

158 Rehn and Hebard, Paoc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, pp. 293-322, (1915).
150 S.-p Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1915, pp. 299, 300, (1915).

20

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

AV, (normally a or b but ranging to f , x but often u) , 3 ; pennsyl-
vanicus.

AW, (normally d but ranging from a to f , w but often u) , 3 ; luc-
tuosus.

Of these, scudderianus is apparently an adaptation to an arenaceous
surrounding, it is found locally as far north as Indiana, at the more
northern points showing an average less robust form and smaller
size (such material constituting the bases of the names scudderianus,
rubens and arenaceus), while in southern Florida and on the Gulf
coast an average more robust form and larger size is developed
(upon such material firmus was in part founded).

The other three variants intermingle more generally, though
individuals of each occasionally show the transition toward the
scudderianus variant. The darkest of these, neglectus, is found in
the north, only appearing well defined, in the area here considered,
in the Appalachian mountains south as far as their highest points
in north Georgia. Over the entire region pennsylvanicus appears
generally, but is the most frequent condition met with on the Pied-
mont plateau, while luctuosus is the normal condition everywhere on
the coastal plain in the regions here considered.160

Material can be grouped for convenience under these variant
designations, but in such treatment it must be remembered that
nearly every specimen of each series will show different degrees
of coloration, femoral and ovipositor length and every other feature,
excepting those diagnostic qualities common to all of the variants
of G. assimilis.

In the paper in which these facts are fully treated, the exact con-
dition of the material from the collections at present being studied
is given,161 the localities being: Chestertown, Glen Echo and
Jennings, Maryland; Washington, District of Columbia; Roslyn,
Virginia; Winter Park and Lake Waccamaw, North Carolina; Flor-
ence, Sullivan Island and Yemassee, South Carolina; Rabun Bald,
Black Rock Mountain, Tuckoluge Creek, Clayton, Atlanta, vicinity
of Stone Mountain, Augusta, Jesup, Waycross, Hebardville, Billy's
Island, St. Simon's Island, Cumberland Island, Fargo, Chester, Bain-
bridge and Spring Creek, Georgia, and Atlantic Beach, Pablo Beach,
Burnett's Lake and Live Oak, Florida.

160 It is this condition which the present authors had frequently recorded as
G. rubens from the southeastern United States.

161 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, pp. 305-307, (1915).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

Gryllus domesticus Linnaeus.

This species, accidentally introduced by man from Europe, has
been recently recorded by us162 from "Carolina" and Roswell, Albany
and Thomasville, Georgia, within the territory at present under con-
sideration.

Miogryllus verticalis (Serville).

The American species of this genus have recently been fully
studied and reported upon by the junior author.163

Material from the present collections from College Park and
Plummer's Island, Maryland; Washington, District of Columbia;
Falls Church, Virginia; Raleigh and Goldsboro, North Carolina;
Columbia, South Carolina; Clayton, Sand Mountain, Trenton, Au-
gusta, Tybee Island, Mixon's Hammock in Okeefenokee Swamp and
Billy's Island, Georgia, and Jacksonville, Atlantic Beach and Mari-
anna, Florida, is treated in that paper. In addition we now have
the following specimens:

Raleigh, North Carolina, late VI, 1911, Hebardville, Georgia, V, 15, 1915, (H.),
(C. S. Brimlev), 2 9,1 macropter- 1 juv. 9 , 1 very small juv. 9 .

ous,16" [Brimlev Cln.]. Billv's Island, Ga., V, 16, 1915, (H.),

' 1 juv. 9.

Gryllodes sigillatus (Walker).

Though not as yet known from Florida as far north as the region
treated in the present paper, this species is apparently rapidly
extending its distribution northward.

It has been reported by Davis from as far north in Florida as
Lakeland, and recently the junior author found it widely distributed
in that town, particularly about grocery stores, where, on May 21,
1915, a single male was taken to verify tljis observation.

(Ecanthus niveus (DeGeer).

Cranberry, North Carolina, VIII, 1896, (H. Skinner), 1 o", [A. N. S. P.].

This species has been very widely discussed in past literature,
principally owing to its economic importance, but very general
confusion with both 0. exclamationis and 0. angustipennis prevents
the use of the majority of these records in distributional studies.

162 Paoc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1915, pp. 320-322, (1915).

163 Jour. X. Y. Ent. Soc, XXIII, pp. 101-121, (1915).

164 This specimen is of particular interest in being the first macropterous
example of the species to be reported from temperate regions. Four other
macropterous specimens are known from the tropics, the type and three individ-
uals of the series of one hundred and twenty-two examples which were before
the junior author at the time the genus was revised. In the present example
the internal face of the cephalic tibiae bears a but weakly defined tympanum;
the measurements are: length of body 13.7, of pronotum 2.3, of tegmen 6, of
wing 16.7, of caudal femur 9, of ovipositor 10.3 mm.

296

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

We know it to be found on the Atlantic coast as far north as Wind-
sor, Connecticut. Thompson's Mills, Georgia, is the only previous
definite record for the southeastern United States. The species is
both dendrophilous and thamnophilous, appearing usually in greatest
numbers in shrubs with pithy branches, in which the females deposit
their eggs.

(Ecanthus angustipennis Fitch.

North Carolina.

Raleigh, X, 18, 1905, 1 9 ; XI, 2, 1904,

(G. M. Bentley), 1 9, [both N. C.

Dept. Agr. Cln.].
Southern Pines, XI, 1908, (A. H.

Manee), 2 9, [N. C. Dept. Agr. and

Hebard Cln.].
Mount Airy, XI, 16, 1904, (G. M.

Bentley), 19, [N. C. Dept. Agr.

Cln.].
Saluda, VIII, 17, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

1 juv. 9 .
Balsam, about 4,000 feet, IX, 15-18,

1908, (Z. P. Metcalf), 19, [N. C.

State Dept. Agr. Cln.].

South Carolina.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.; in
forest foliage), 1 9 .

Georgia.

Pinnacle Peak, Rabun County, VIII,
20, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 9 .

Currahee Mountain, VIII, 5, 1913,
(H.; beaten from luxuriant vegeta-
tion, vines, oak shoots, etc., in black-
jack woods), 1 juv. d71.

Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. cf.
Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.;

heavy undergrowth of gray-bark

pine forest), 1 9 .
Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. 9 .
De Witt, VII, 25, 1912, 1 9 , [Ga.

State Cln.].
Spring Creek, VII, 16-29, 1912, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 9 .

Hartford, Connecticut, is the most northern location on the Atlantic
coast at which we know the species to occur. Past confusion with
other species makes distributional studies from the literature, in
almost every case, impossible. The species has been taken and
recorded by us from as far south as Lakeland, Florida. It has been
correctly recorded in the regions under consideration from Bayville,
Virginia; Raleigh and Asheville, North Carolina, and Toccoa and
Thompson's Mills, Georgia. Like O. niveus, the species is both den-
drophilous and thamnophilous.

(Ecanthus quadripunctatns Beutenmiiller.

Virginia.

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H.; occasional, especially juv., in

weeds in open), 1 d% 19.
Cape Henry, VII, 2 and IX, 7, 1903,

(A. P. Morse), 2 9 .
Virginia Beach, VII, 4, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 3 d".
Appomattox, IX, 6, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 19,3 juv. 9.
Wvtheville, IX, 5, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

39.

North Carolina.

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 tf1.
Tarboro, VII, 7, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

3 tf,29.
Raleigh, VII, 9, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

1 <?, 5 9.
Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 o".
Jefferson, IX, 1912, (F. Sherman),

1 9 , [N. C. State Dept. Agr.].
Morgan ton, VII, 12, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 3 d", 2 9.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

297

Saluda, VIII, 17, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

19.
Asheville, VII, 21, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

1 juv. 9.

Balsam, 4,000 feet, IX, 15-18, 1908,
(Z. P. Met, -alt'i, 1 9, [N. C. State
Dept. Agr.].

Wrightsville, IX, 7. 1911, (R. & H.),
6 f, 3 9.

Winter Park, IX, 7, Kill, <R. & II.),

2 cf, 3 9.

Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. &
H.), 1 o", 2 9.

Tennessee.
Roan Mountain Station, IX, 3, 1903,
(A. P. Morse), 6 d", 19.

Smith Carolina.

Florence, IX, ti. 1911, (R. & II.), 1 9.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (R. & H.).

2 d% 49.

(leorgiu.

Rabun County, VII, 1910, (W. T.

Davis), 1 juv. cf.
Currahee Mountain, VIII, 5, 1913,

(H.), 1 d\
Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (R. & H.;

waste field), 1 cr, 19.
Stone Mountain, VII, 28, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 1 juv. cr.
Bolton, VII, 29, 1903, (A. P. Morse),

2 cT.
Jasper, VIII, 5, 1913, (R.), 1 juv. d\

1 juv. 9.

Cbickamauga, VII, 10, 1898, (H. L.
Viereck), 1 d\ [A. N. S. P.],

Trenton, VII, 10, 1905, (A. P. Morse),
1 o", 19.

Macon, VII, 30-31, 1913, (R. & H.),
1 d\ 59.

West Point, VII, 30, 1903, (A. P.
Morse), 1 J1.

Oglethorpe, VII, 1, 1910, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 1 d\ 19.

Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 191.1, (R. & H.),

1 d\

Tybee Island, VII, 26, 1913, (J. C.
Bradley), 1 9 ; VIII, 13, 1903,
(A. P. Morse), 1 juv. d\

Billy's Island, VI, 1912, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 2 9 .

Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.;
undergrowth in long-leaf pine forest),

2 9.

Bainbridge, IX to X, (J. C. Bradley),
19.

Florida.

Jacksonville, XI, 3, 1911, (W. T.

Davis), 1 d*.
Ortega, IX, 27-28, 1913, (W. T.

Davis), 5 d* , 1 juv. cT.
Newberry, XI, 18, 1911, (W. T.

Davis), 1 cf.
Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (R. & H.),

1 d% 19.
Tallahassee, VIII, 8, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 1 d.

This, the most abundant species of the present genus in the eastern
United States, is found almost everywhere over the regions here
considered, it has been correctly recorded from as far south in the
eastern United States as Fort Myers, Florida. The insect has been
frequently recorded in past literature as other species of the genus.
The species is more nearly terrestrial than any other of the genus
here considered ; it is usually found in the open, in weeds and grasses,
where it occurs frequently in considerable numbers.

In the above series one specimen, from Live Oak, Florida, has the
inner antennal marking greatly reduced, while the outer markings
have disappeared. This is very unusual in this species, in which
these markings are normally well defined with outline sharp and even.

(Ecanthus nigricornis Walker.

Tnmessee. North Carolina.

Roan Mountain Station, IX, 3, 1903, Jefferson, IX, 1912, (F. Sherman;
i A. P. Morse), 12 d*, 13 9. C. 1.. Metcalf), 2d, 19, [N. C.

State Dept. Agr.].

298 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Blowing Rock, VIII, 1905-1906, (R. S. Linville, VIII, 28, 1906, (R. S. Wol-

Wolgum; F. Sherman), 2 cf, 19, gum), 1 cf, [N. C. State Dept. Agr.].

[N. C. State Dept, Agr.]. Waynesville, IX, 14, 1909, (Z. R

Grandfather Mountain, 4,000 feet, IX, Metcalf), 2 cf , [N. C. State Dept.

11, 1908, (Z. P. Metcalf), 3 9, Agr. and Brimley Cln.].

[N. C. State Dept. Agr.]. Montreal, 3,000 feet, IX, 21-22, 1908,

(Z. P. Metcalf), 19, [Brimley Cln.].

In addition to the normally very distinctive coloration of this
insect, it may be further distinguished from the allied O. quadri-
punctatus by the heavier pronotum, the greatest width of which
more closely approximates the length of the same than in that
species, while the head between the eyes is weakly but distinctly
depressed, a condition not at all or rarely very weakly indicated
in qaadripunctatus.

Only a few specimens in the present series do not exhibit the very
strongly denned normal type of coloration, these have the dark
markings slightly paler, while in a single female the color pattern is
still more decidedly recessive and only in part indicated.

We believe the present species to be confined to the Appalachian
portion of the regions at present under consideration. It is widely
distributed over the north-central and central-eastern portions of
the United States and is the most abundant species of the genus in
southern Ontario. Numerous records of nigricornis and the synony-
mous fasciatus are, however, erroneous. On the Atlantic coast it is
known to occur over but a comparatively limited area north of the
territory here studied. The insect is found in weeds and low plants
in the open, but particularly in tangles of raspberry vines; it is usually
locally distributed, but very abundant.

(Ecanthus pini Beutenmiiller.

1911. (Ecanthus nigricornis Rehn and Hebard, (not of Walker, 1869)f
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 649. [Raleigh, North Carolina.]

Raleigh, N. C, IX, 7 and 22, 1904, (C. S. Brimley; upland field and alders in
pine woods), 2 9 , [Hebard Cln.j.

This species shows nearest relationship to O. nigricornis, but is
somewhat more robust, with coloration and color pattern distinctive
and wholly different, with pronotum normally slightly heavier and
more nearly quadrate, and with the head between the eyes even
more decidedly depressed. The antennal markings are much as in
specimens of that species in which such markings are apparent;
in O. quadripundatus these markings are very similar, but with
outline more abruptly and evenly defined.

The present species, we believe, is wholly arboreal and only found

1916.]

NATURAL S< IKNVKS OF I'll ILADKLI'IflA.

299

in pine trees, except when moving from one to another. Its dis-
tribution is as yet very imperfectly known; the species was described
from [West Woodstock], Windham County, Connecticut. Other
records from Rivcrton and Anglesea, New Jersey; Chestertown,
Maryland, and Brownsville, Texas, do not apply to this species, but
several from the pine-barrens region of New Jersey we know to be
correct.

(Ecanthus latipennis Riley.

Virginia.
Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &

H.; weeds in corner of field near

deciduous forest), 2 juv. cf.
Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.; very

scarce in undergrowth of chestnut

woods), 1 juv. o1.
Petersburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.;

scarce in undergrowth of pine

woods), 2 juv. cf.
Appomattox, IX, 6, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 1 9 .

North Carolina.

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.; under-
growth in low pine woods), 2 juv. cf ,
1 juv. 9 .

Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.;
vegetation in damp places of short-
leaf pine woods), 2 juv. cf , 1 juv. 9 .

Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.;
beaten from low oaks in short-leaf
pine woods), 1 cf , 19.

(Ireensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (R. & H.),
1 juv. cf.

Saluda, VIII, 17, 1903, (A. P. Morse),
1 juv. <? .

South. Carolina.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.;
scrub oaks in short-leaf pine forest),
3 cf, 5 9.

Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.;
beaten from undergrowth in long-
leaf pine woods), 1 juv. cf .

Georgia.

Toccoa, VIII, 4, 1913, (H.; beaten
from heavy, low scrub oaks), 1
juv. cf .

Jasper, VIII, 5, 1913, (R.; beaten from
scrub), 1 juv. 9 .

Sharp Mountain near Jasper, VIII, 6,
1913, (R.; beaten from blackberry
and oak shoots), 1 juv. cf .

Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R. & H.; oak
shoots in oak woods), 1 juv. cf ,

1 juv. 9 .

Dalton, VIII, 7, 1913, (R.; beaten,

on hillside), 1 juv. 9 .
Sand Mountain, VIII, 25, 1903, (A. P.

Morse), 1 juv. cf, 1 juv. 9.
Warm Springs, VIII, 9-10, 1913, (R.),

2 juv. cf , 1 juv. 9 .

Augusta, VII, 29, 1913, (H.; oak
shoots in sand area, one seen),
1 juv. cf •

Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),
1 juv. 9 .

Among the eastern representatives of the genus the present species
is distinctive in size, form of pronotum in the males, coloration,
color pattern and tegminal proportions; in the male the tegmina are
very wide for the genus.

Over the area under consideration the present species has been
recorded only from Bayville, Virginia; Raleigh, North Carolina, and
Thompson's Mills, Georgia. It is, however, widely distributed,
though local, our experience having found it to prefer low oaks and
oak shoots in woodlands. Adults of the species are not present
until late in the season.

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Neoxabea bipunctata (DeGeer).

Chestertown, Maryland, VIII, 25, 1899. (E. G. Vanatta), 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.].
Rabun County, Georgia., VII, 1910, (W. T. Davis), 2 juv. tf.
Billy's Island, Ga., VII, 1912, (J. C. Bradley), 1 9 .

The remarkable proximal antennal joints, pronotum, callosities
of the dorsum of the male abdomen, caudal femora with margins
unarmed and supplied distad with two and two very small spurs,
cerci and subgenital plate in both sexes, constitute only in part the
distinctive characters of this extraordinary and, though scarce, widely
distributed species.

On the Atlantic coast it is known from as far north as Portland,
Connecticut, the above records being the first for the regions at present
under consideration. The species is extremely retiring, living only
in the densest tangles of heavy forest undergrowth, where solitary
examples can be found only after long-continued and vigorous
beating.

The Genera of the Group Anaxiphites.

In 1873,165 Brunner erected the genus Cyrtoxipha, but failed to
designate by name any species; the following year Saussure used the
name and placed in the genus five species,166 one of which, gundlachi,
Kirby167 has selected as genotype. The characters upon which
Saussure separated the genera Cyrtoxipha and Anaxipha168 have been
proven invalid,169 but we find that two species of the former, gundlachi
and columbiana, possess characters of generic value to separate them
from the other species which have been assigned to these genera.
We are consequently obliged to restrict the genus Cyrtoxipha to these
two species and to place all the other American forms, hitherto
included in this genus, in the genus Anaxipha. This latter genus
is as a result found to be very large, the species of which may be
divided into several well-marked groups, none of which, however, we
feel to be sufficiently differentiated to warrant at present the erection
of other genera or subgenera. The type of this genus is pulicaria
Burmeister as designated by Kirby,170 who, however, is in error in
synonymizing cxigua and pulicaria. The former is a very distinct

165 Mittheil. Schweiz. Ent. Gesellsch., IV, p. 168, (1873).
1MMiss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI, p. 373, (1874).

167 Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 80, (1906).

168 Described by that author in the same study. Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool.,
VI, p. 370, (1874).

169 Rehn and Hebard, Ent. News, XXIII, p. 411, (1912).
mSyn. Cat. Orlh., II, p. 86, (1906).

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

form and cannot be considered in the fixation of the type of the
genus Anaxipha as it was not one of the originally included species.
The genus Falcicula17* is monotypic and shows close relationship
to Anaxipha, hut it possesses very distinctive characters in the
complete absence of auditory foramina on the cephalic tibia1 and in
the structure of the male tegmina. The ovipositor is similar to that
of certain species of Anaxipha and has the margins minutely serrulate
distad. This feature can scarcely be seen with a hand lens and was
missed in the original description.

CYRTOXIPHA Saussure.

Genotype: Cyrtoxipha gundlachi Saussure.

Head longitudinal, dorsal surface from behind eyes to dorsal
apex of inter-antennal protuberance strongly flattened and but
little declivent. Eyes longitudinal, much longer than deep, with
dorsal margin not raised above plane of flattened portion, more
prominent distad than proximad. Last joint of maxillary palpi
not as long as penultimate joint, expanding very strongly distad
from base with distal truncation transverse, when flattened out
nearly forming an equilateral triangle. Cephalic tibiae with auditory
foramen open en both faces. (In the two species known, the color
is immaculate and delicate, pale green, but this fades almost inva-
riably in drying to a pale brown, which is the same as the general
coloration in a number of species of Anaxipha. The spines of the
dorsal margins of the caudal tibiae are in these species extremely
delicate and little longer than the spaces intervening between their
bases. A wingless condition apparently does not occur, the wing
length, however, is never more than one and one-half times the teg-
minal length.)

ANAXIPHA Saussure.

Genotype: Anaxipha [Gryllus] pulicaria (Burmeister).

Head vertical, dorsal surface not strongly flattened, strongly
declivent from occiput to inter-antennal protuberance. Eyes
vertical, much deeper than long, evenly protuberant. Last joint of
maxillary palpi elongate, longer than penultimate joint, distal
truncation transverse or oblique. Cephalic tibiae with auditory
foramen open on both faces in winged individuals, in wingless
examples normally present, but rarely open, on outer face only,
as in winged material. (Distinctive color patterns are developed

171Rehn, Ent. News, XIV, p. 258, (1903).

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

in numerous species. The spines of the caudal femora are shorter
than, to much longer than, the spaces intervening between their
bases. The majority of the species are winged, with wing length
more than twice the tegminal length. Numerous species, however,
develop a wingless condition, in several this being the normal state.)

FALCICULA Rehm.

Genotype: Falcicula hebardi Rehn.

Agrees with Anaxipha, but the cephalic tibiae possess no auditory
foramen and the stridulating area of the male tegmina is minute.
(In the one species known the general coloration is uniform pale
brown, the size is very small to minute, a winged condition is never
developed and the caudal tibiae are more swollen than in any known
species of Anaxipha.)

Anaxipha exigua (Say).

Maryland. North Carolina.

Rockville, VIII, 16, (F. Knab), 19, Weldon, VIII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.),

[U. S. N. M.]. 2 iuv- o".

Hyattsville, VIII, 2, 1908, (F. Knab), Rfeh' ,J£ 16 *° % -14,' \904 *>

i _ti ttt t: at mi 1905, (hherman and Brimlev), o d\

1 6 , LU. b. W. M.J. 8 9 , [N. C. State Dept. Agr.].
Plummer s Island, VIII, 16 to IX, 15, Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.), 3 9 .

1907 to 1909, (Caudell, Fisher, Wilmington, IX, 8, 1911, (H.), 1 9 .

Knab), 2 d\ 1 9, [U. S. N. M.j. Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (H.). lc?.

Cabin John Run, VIII, 7, 1902, (T. „ , Carolina

Pergande), 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.]. n *outn Laroima-

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 a\

District of Columbia. 7 9 .

Washington, VIII to X, 1878 to 1883, Georgia.

2 J, 10 9, [Hebard Cln. and U. S. Toccoa, VIII, 28, 1909, (J. C. Brad-
N. M.]. ley)> 1 o".

Virmnin Lavender, 1 d\ 1 9,-[Ga. State Cln.].

1 ir9l,na- Thompson's Mills, X, 1909, (H. A.
Glencarlyn, VIII, 12, (A. N. Caudell), Allard), 19, [U. S. N. M.].

1 o", [U. S. N. M.]. Savannah, VIII, 14, 1903, (A. P.
Falls Church, IX, 4, 1906, (A. N. Morse), 1 d\ 3 9 •

Caudell), 1 &, 2 9 , [U. S. N. M.]. Albany, VII, 31, 1913, (H.), 1 9 .

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & Florida.

H.), juv. seen. Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 1 c%

Petersburg, VII, 22, 1913, (H.), 1 d\ 19, [Hebard Cln.].

The larger size, heavy facial markings and narrow but decided dark,
longitudinal stripe of the caudal femora readily distinguish this
species from any other found in the United States.

Of the present series five females are long winged (Rockville,
Washington, Raleigh, Albany and Jacksonville). These and two
females with long tegmina and no wings (Virginia hear Washington
and Thompson's Mills) have the cephalic tibiae with open auditory
foramina on both faces, all of the others have this only on the external

1016.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303

face, though a few show a slight depression on the internal face. Con-
siderable size variation is shown, this having no geographic significance.

The species is usually found in luxuriant grasses or weedy tangles,
particularly near water, and is often locally very abundant. It was
found immature in great numbers in weeds, both along the river
and streams in woods (Fredericksburg), very scarce in short grasses in
boggy spot in woods (Petersburg), in undergrowth near stream in
forest (Weldon), in rank weedy undergrowth on wet ground on edge
of pine forest (Fayetteville, Wilmington, Lake Waccamaw), com-
mon on or near the ground in low green vegetation growing on edge
of "branch" filled with deciduous trees (Florence) and attracted to
light in hotel room (Albany).

This species is known on the Atlantic coast as far north as West-
brook, Connecticut; it has been correctly recorded westward to
Brownsville, Texas. Numerous records of pulicaria from as far north-
west as Cuming County, Nebraska, and the Mississippi River,
Minnesota, apply to this species.

Anaxipha pulicaria (Burmeister). PI. XIV, fig. 20.

North Carolina. Miami, 1887, (E. A. Schwarz), 19,

Raleigh, VII, 8, 190:-!, (A. P. Morse), I1"- S. N. M.]; (Mrs. A. T. Slosson),

1 cf", 1 9 . 1 <?> [M- L- Z-]-

South Carolina. Texas.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 19. Doucette, VII, 24, 1912, (H.), 1 tf,

Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.), 19.

1 <?, 2 9. Beaumont, VII, 23, 1912, (H.), 10 cf,

Georgia. 4 9 .

Tybee Island, IX, 2, 1911, (H.), 8 c?, Dickinson, VII, 20, 1911, (H.), 2 <?,

-49 '29,2 juv. <?, 2 juv. 9.

Thomasville, IV, 9, 1904, (H.), 1 dV72 Brownsville VI, 23, 1908, (C. A. Hart:

at light), 7 d\ 7 9, [111. State Lab.

Florida-. X. H.]; VII, 31 to VIII, 5, 1912.

Gainesville, VIII, 16, 1905, (R. & H.), (R. & H.), 2 tf , 1 9 ; XI, 21 and 23,

1 d".1" 1910, (C. A. Hart), 1 cf, 2 9, [111.

Fort Reed, IV, 23, 1S76, 1 9, type of State Lab. N. H.].
Cyrtoxipha delicatula Scudder,
[M. C. Z.].

This species is smaller, more compact and robust than A. exigua,
and is immaculate pale brown in coloration. No cephalic markings
are found, except in the Brownsville series, where weakly defined
darker markings similar to those of exigua appear (figured).

In this series, those from Fort Reed and Miami and the specimens
taken at Brownsville in June are long winged; these have open

172 Misidentified as A. exigua bv Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1904, p. 801, (1905).

173 Misidentified as .1. exigua by Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1907, p. 318, (1907).

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

auditory foramina on both faces of the cephalic tibiae, while all of
the other specimens have this organ only present on the external
face of these members.

Wingless females of this species are very similar to the largest
females before us of Falcicula hebardi, but are readily distinguished
by the presence of auditory foramina on the external face of the
cephalic tibiae and, though distinctly more compact than exigua,
are not as compact as hebardi. Some variation in the propor-
tions of the caudal tibiae is found, and though the length appears
to vary chiefly with the size of the insect, long-winged individuals
indicate that in these this measurement proportionately averages
slightly greater. Extremes in length of caudal femora in material
before us: wingless, cf 4.1 to 5, 9 4 to 4.9; winged, d71 4.7 to 5,
9 5 to 5.2 mm.

This insect does not appear to climb up in high grasses and weeds
as much as exigua does, but prefers low grasses, particularly in wet
locations. It was taken in undergrowth near a "branch" (Florence),
in wet undergrowth of pine woods (Yemassee, Gainesville), in
moderate numbers in low grass on edge of salt marsh (Tybee Island) ,
in "hammock" near stream (Thomasville), common on swampy
ground in tangles of low weeds and some raspberry vines, in woods
composed mainly of deciduous trees (Beaumont) and not common in
undergrowth of pine woods (Dickinson).

The above records define the known limits174 of the species' dis-
tribution in the United States.175 Numerous records in the literature,
of this species from more northern localities, apply without exception
to exigua, which name was for a long time incorrectly referred to
the genus Nemobius.

Anaxipha vittata (Bolivar). PI. XIV, fig. 21.

Albany, Georgia, VIII, 1, 1913, (H.; Punta Gorda, Fla., (Mrs. A. T. Slos-

forest undergrowth along edge of son), 19, [M. C. Z.].

Flint River), 1 $ . Key West, Fla., Ill, 15, 1910, (H.;

Atlantic Beach, Florida, VIII, 24, ,1,911, in short, heavy grasses growing in

(H.; in tangles of raspberry vines in open, on scant soil beside a wet

jungle of cabbage palmetto and live depression in the Key West oolitic

oak), Id1, limestone), 1 9 -15

174 The authors' previous record of a single specimen from Key West, Florida,
was based on the specimen here correctly recorded under A . vittata.

175 We have thought best to record here all of the material of the species before
us from the United States, in order to correct and define as fully as possible the
distribution of the species in this country.

176 Misidentified as A. pulicaria by Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad Nat. Scr.
Phila., 1912, p. 274, (1912).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

This insect agrees with A. pulicaria in many respects, but is a
smaller, more delicate species. A distinctive color pattern is
developed which, when present, readily distinguishes the species.177
This is strongly marked in the specimens from Atlantic Beach
(figured) and Punta Gorda, but very weakly indicated and only by
the marking of the occiput and dorsum of the pronotum in the
other two specimens.

The specimens here recorded arc wingless, numerous long-winged
examples are present, hoAvever, in the exotic series before us. All
of the winged individuals have open auditory foramina on both
faces of the cephalic tibiae; in the wingless examples this organ is
missing on the inner face of these members.

This tiny species was not previously known to exist within the
United States, a large series now before us shows it to be probably
the most abundant and widely distributed species of the genus in
Cuba and on the Gulf coast of Mexico.

Falcicula hebardi Rehn.

New Jersey. South Carolina.

Reega, Atlantic County, VII, 31 and Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R.), 19.
VIII, 10, 1914, (H.), 4 9. Yemassee, IX, 4, 1911, (R. & H.),

Maryland. 1 cf, 2 9.

Near Plummer's Island, VI, 17, 1913, T , f n TV 0 -1-- /T) « TT

(W. L. McAtee), 1 9 , [U. S. N. M.]. Is\e$of HoPe' IX' 3> 1911< <R- & H->>

Virginia. Hebardville, V, 15, 1915, (H.), 19,

Near Washington, D. C, V, 30, 1883, f, 2 Juv- ? ■ , . „„

19, [Hebard Cln.]. Suwannee Creek, VIII, 28, 1911, (H.),

Petersburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.), _ l <f • , T , , „
4939 Cumberland Island, VIII, 31, 1911,

Cape Henry, VII, 2, 1903, (A. P. (R. & H.), 1 cf , 1 9 .

Morse), 1 9 . Texas.

North Carolina. Doucette, VII, 24, 1912, (H.), 2 o\

Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.), 2 9 ■

1 tfi, 49. Beaumont, VII, 23, 1912, (H.), 2 cf.

Raleigh, VII, 8, 1903, (A. P. Morse), Dickinson, VII, 20, 1912, (H.), 22 cf ,

2o",89. 21?-
Greensboro, VII, 26, 1913, (H.), 1 cf .

Individuals of this minute species are distinguishable from any
others of the Group Anaxiphites, not only by the absence of auditory
foramina on the cephalic tibiae, but also the remarkable reduction

177 Large exotic series before us show that the species develops an unusual
complexity of markings. Certain examples, in the Mexican series, are excep-
tional in having the caudal femora suffused dorsad and narrowly banded mesad
on the outer face with very dark brown, while rare individuals have the dorsal
field of the tegmina fuscous. Other specimens have no dark markings whatever
and can only with difficulty be separated from small individuals of A. pulicaria,
which species is, however, appreciably more robust.

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

of the tegminal stridulating apparatus in the male sex. The general
coloration is immaculate pale yellowish brown, with no trace of
cephalic markings. The species does not appear ever to develop
wings and the tegmina have a more regularly convex contour than
in the species of the allied genera.

The species is usually found in greatest numbers in the dry wire-
grass and dead needles of the pine woods. It has twice been found
in considerable numbers in such situations (Thomasville, Georgia;
Dickinson, Texas). The above series was found very rare in heavy
grasses of pine forest, Pinus rigida (Reega), occasional in grasses in
boggy opening in woods (Petersburg), few in number in dry grasses
under short-leaf pines, Pinus echinata (Goldsboro), in short grass on
edge of forest (Greensboro), undergrowth of pine woods (Yemassee),
undergrowth of gray-bark pine forest, Pinus sp. (Isle of Hope), in dry
wire -grass and dead pine needles of long-leaf pine woods, Pinus
palustris (Cumberland Island) and in heavy undergrowth of same
(Hebardville, Suwannee Creek).

The present species has been previously correctly recorded only
from the type locality, Thomasville, Georgia, and from Gainesville,
Florida.178

Cyrtoxipha gundlachi Saussure.

Silver Springs, Florida, XI, 25, 1911, (G. P. Englehardt), 1 9 , [Hebard Cln.].

This species is only known in the United States from peninsular
Florida and has not been previously correctly recorded north of
Punta Gorda;179 it is widely distributed in the West Indies and is
known from Central and northern South America.

The present specimen is no larger than the average individuals
from Key West, Florida.

Cyrtoxipha columbiana Cauck-11.

North Carolina. South Carolina.

Stem, end of X, 1908, 19, [N. C. Florence> IX> 6- 1911, (R. & H.), 1 tf.

State Dept. Agr.]. ■ Georgia.

Raleigh, VIII, 24, 1905, X, 3, 1908, Hpschton, VII, 26, 1909, (H. A.
(C. S. Brimley), 1 <?, 19, [Brimley Allard), 3 &, [U. S. N. M. and

Cln.]. Hebard Cln.].

178 As the distribution of the species has been found to be so much more exten-
sive than was previously known, we have here recorded all of the material before
us in order to define as fully as possible its range. The records of this species
( 9 ), and Anaxipha exigua (cf), from Cabanas, Cuba, are incorrect, the material
being properly referable to Anaxipha vittata. Rehn, 2d Rept. Cent. Exp. Sta.
Repub. Cuba, pp. 223, 224, (1909).

179 Ashmead's record from Utica, Mississippi, applies properlv to C. columbiana.
Ins. Life, VI, p. 25, (1894).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

Brunswick, VIII, 30, 1911, ill.), 1 9. Mississippi.

De Witt, VII, 24, 1912, i.l. C. Brad- Battiesburg, VII, 17, L905, (A. P.

ley), 3 cf. Morse), 1 9.
Spring Creek, VII, 16 to VIII, 28, 1912

and 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 2 d*, 2 9 . 7 cxas-

Dallas, (J. Boll), 2 9, [M. C. Z. and

Florida. U. S. X. M.].

Atlantic Head., VIII, 25, 1911, (R. & Doucette, VII, 24, 1912, (H.), 2 <?,

II.). 19. * 29-

Tliis species is very closely related to C. gundlachi. It may be
distinguished by its greater size, more specialized and elongate
titillatores of the male, which normally extend well beyond the
distal margin of the subgenital plate, heavier and longer ovipositor
with heavier serrulations (in this character, however, only showing
a proportionate size increase in the larger species) and tegmina which
usually show a few weak and irregularly placed transverse veinlets.
The beautiful and brilliant, though pale, green coloration of both
these species in life, almost entirely disappears in dried material.

In the series before us the following extremes in length are found:
tegmen, rf1 5.6 to 6.8, 9 6.3 to 7; wing, & 7.3 to 9.2, 9 8.8 to 9.4;
caudal femur, d71 5 to 5.7, 9 5.3 to 5.8; ovipositor 3.2 to 3.6 mm.

The species is thamnophilous and dendrophilous and has never
been found in the least abundant. Its small size and retiring habits
make it a very difficult insect to collect. The present material was
taken in a deep forest of gum, sweet gum, etc. (Florence), beaten
from bayberry bushes, Myrica cerifera. near stream in forest (Bruns-
wick) and from the same on edge of pine woods (Atlantic Beach) ,
and was found scarce in low bushes, particularly in shoots of sweet
gum, along stream in forest (Doucette).

The insect was described from Washington, District of Columbia,
and Falls Church, Virginia, the northernmost localities from which it
is known, and has been previously recorded from Raleigh, North
Carolina, and Bainbridge, Georgia. The present records.considerably
extend the known range of the species westward.180

Phylloscyrtus pulchellus (Uhler).

Maryland. North Carolina.

Chestertown, VIII, 17 to 26, 1899, Alamance County, VII, 1905, (F.

(E. G. Vanatta), Id", 49, [A. N. Sherman, Jr.), 1 juv. d\ [N. C.

S. P.]. State Dept. Agr.].

.. Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. & H.),

y ll9ima- 1 juv. o*.

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (H.), Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.),

1 juv. cf. 3 juv. 9 .

Petersburg, VII, 22, 1913, (R. & H.), Fayetteville, IX, 9, 1911, (R. & H.),

2 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9. 1 d\ 1 9.

180 We have thought best to record here all of the material of this little-known
species before us. See additional record for species, footnote 179.

308

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

South Carolina.
Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.),

10 c?, 10 9.
Columbia, VII, 28, 1913, (H.), 1 <?.
Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),
19.

Georgia.

Clayton, VI, 1909, (W. T. Davis),

1 juv. 9 , [Davis Cln.].
Lavender, VIII, 23, 1910, (J. C.

Bradley), 1 9 .
Buckhead, VIII, 2, 1913, (R..& H.),

1 juv. d\ 1 juv. 9.
Macon, VII, 30 and 31, 1913, (R. &

H.), 1 <?.

Columbus, VIII, 9, 1913, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 2 c?, 2 9.

Savannah, VII, 31, 1913, (J. C. Brad-
ley), 1 9 ; VIII, 14, 1903, (A. P.
Morse), 8 o", 14 9.

Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (H.), 1 & , 1 9 .

Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),
1 cP, 19.

Billy's Island, VI, 12, 1912, (J. C.
Bradley), 1 juv. d> ; IX, 1 to 5,
1913, (J. C. Bradley), 1 tf.

Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.),
19 cf, 26 9, 3 juv. 9.

Thomasville, VI, 29, 1903, (for
Hebard), 1 juv. cf, [Hebard Cln.].

Florida.

Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 1 d",

1 9 , [Hebard Cln.].
Sanford, (G. B. Frazer), 1 d\

[M. C. Z.].

The large series before us shows little size variation. The majority
of specimens from the more southern points average darker in
coloration, with colors more intense and brilliant. In this species
the wings are always present and nearly as long as, but wholfy
concealed by, the tegmina.

The material here studied was taken : in weeds near Rappahannock
River (Fredericksburg), in green undergrowth of heavy forest near
stream (Weldon), common in low green undergrowth of "branch"
and beaten from heavy green undergrowth in short-leaf pine forest
(Columbia) , beaten from undergrowth of long-leaf pine woods (Ashley
Junction), scarce in tall weeds near stream in oak and short-leaf
pine woods (Buckhead), in small clump of sweet gum shoots in gray-
bark pine forest (Sandfly), in heavy undergrowth of gray-bark pine
forest (Isle of Hope) and common in tangles of small bushes and
vines along Flint River (Albany). The species has been recorded
as far north on the Atlantic coast as Staten Island, New York; west-
ward its distribution extends far beyond the regions here under
consideration.

Hapithus agitator agitator Uhler.

District of Columbia.

Washington, X, 1883, Id", 2 9,
[Hebard Cln.].

Virginia.
Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. &
H.; common in undergrowth of
deciduous forest), 2 juv. 9 .

Orange, VII, 21, 1913, (R. & H.; very
scarce in undergrowth of deciduous
forest), 1 juv. d".

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (H.; in
vegetation of boggy spot near-
woods), 1 juv. 9 •

Norfolk, IX, 8, 1903, (A. P. Morse),
1 cf, 3$.

We have a large series of adults before us from more northern
points on the Atlantic coast, where the species has been recorded
as far north as Tottenville, Staten Island, New York.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

This geographic race is found to merge with the more southern
race, agitator quadratus, along the fall line in North Carolina, this
being shown by intermediate material before us from Raleigh. These
races show little definite differentiation, but typical agitator may be
said to differ from agitator quadratus in the average smaller size;
tegmina which normally do not quite reach the distal extremity of
the abdomen, in the male with speculum normally lacking a trans-
verse vein and with length of same more nearly approximating its
width, in the female with veins normally more irregular and not
affording a pattern as generally longitudinal; the caudal femora in
length also average proportionately slightly less.

A large series before us from other points in the southeastern
United States, particularly those on the Piedmont plateau, are
immature, and we are consequently unable to assign the individuals
properly. We believe, however, that agitator agitator occurs on the
Piedmont plateau at least as far south as Atlanta, Georgia. This
race is known to occur as far westward as the timbered portions of
eastern Nebraska.

Hapithus agitator quadratus Sruddor.

North Carolina. Florida.

Wrightsville, IX, 7, 1911, (R. & H.), Jacksonville, (T. J. Priddey), 4 cf ,

10 d\ 15 9 , 1 juv. cf . 19, [Hebard Cln.].

Wilmington, IX, S, 1911, (H.), 1 cf, Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24 and 25, 1911,

19. (R. &H.), 4 cf, 5 9.

Lake Waccamaw, IX, 8, 1911, (R. & Grant, VII, 189S, 1 cf, 19, [Davis

H.), 4 d", 4 9, 1 juv. 9. Cln.].

South Carolina. M?™'J^^ T" SlosSOn)' X *>

19, [M. C. Z.].

Texas.

Florence, IX, 6, 1911, (R. & H.), 1 cf ,

2 9,1 juv. 9 .

Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.), Doucette, VII, 24, 1912, (H.), 19.

2 cf , 3 juv. cf , 5 juv. 9 . Dallas, (J. Boll), 1 cf , 1 9 , [M. C. Z.].

r . Kerrville, VIII, 17, 1912, (H.), 1 9 .

uemaia- Flatonia, VIII, 20, 1912, (H.), 2 cf .

Savannah, VIII, 14, 1903, (A. P. San Antonio, VIII, 16, 1912, (R. &

Morse), 6 cf , 8 9 , 2 juv. 9 . H.), 2 cf •

Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), Victoria, VII, 27, 1912, (H.), 8 cf ,

9 cf , 10 9 , 1 juv. cf , 2 juv. 9 . i 9 , 1 juv. 9 .

St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911, Brownsville, VII, 31, 1912, (PL), 4 cf,

(R. & H.), 2 cf , 5 9 . " 39.

Albany, VIII, 1, 1913, (R. & H.), pjper Plantation, near Brownsville,

1 juv. cf • VIII, 3, 1912, (R. & H.), 1 cf , 6 9 .

We have recorded above all of the previously unrec orded material
of this ~eographic race from within the United States before us, in
order to define more fully its known distribution.

There is considerable variation in the coloration of the form.
Occasional specimens have the caudal femora strongly infuscated
21

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

medio-longitudinally, the exposed portion of the limb below this
being very pale, often cream color; a similar condition is often
weakly indicated, while in many series the caudal femora are con-
colorous with the general coloration. The intermediate channel in
the tegmina is also occasionally strongly defined in yellowish white,
often this is weakly indicated, while many individuals have this
portion concolorous with the rest of the tegmen.

The present material was found common in low vegetation under
live oaks on barrier beach (Wrightsville), on low wet ground in
undergrowth of pine woods (Wilmington, Yemassee), in green under-
growth of deep forest (Florence), young numerous, but few adults in
undergrowth of dry woods (Ashley Junction), common in heavy
undergrowth of gray-bark pine forest (Isle of Hope), scarce in tangle
of vines and bushes along Flint River (Albany), in heavy under-
growth of jungle "hammock" and in bayberry bushes (Atlantic
Beach), in stream bottom choked with deciduous trees (Kerrville,
Flatonia), young common, few adults, in scant undergrowth of mixed
pine and deciduous forest (Doucette), in rank, high green grasses
and nettles along wooded stream (San Antonio), in stream bottom
in tangles of vines growing in high weeds (Victoria), by beating tall
green weeds in river bottom tangles (Brownsville) and in low heavy
jungle tangles (Piper Plantation).

We have found this race abundant in extreme southern Florida
and on the Florida Keys.

Hapithus brevipennis Saussure.

Georgia. Billy's Island, IX, 1 to 15 and XII,

Savannah, VII, 31, 1913, (J. C. Brad- 23, 1913, (J. C. Bradley), 2 <?, 2 9,

ley), 1 juv. 9 . 1 Juv- ? •

Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), Florida.

2 o\ 1 9. ' Jacksonville, VIII, 1885, (W. H. Ash-
Sandfly, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.), 2 J, mead), 1 d% 19; (T. J. Priddey),

3 9. Id1, [all Hebard Cln.].

Jesup, IX, 1, 1911, (H.), 1 9. Atlantic Beach, VIII, 24, 1911, (R. &

St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911, H.), 1 cf, 19.

(R. & H.), 1 d% 2 9 . Live Oak, VIII, 26, 1911, (H.), 1 <?.

Some size variation, irrespective of geographic distribution, is
shown by the material before us.

The material taken by us was beaten from luxuriant undergrowth
of gray-bark pine forest (Isle of Hope, Sandfly), found scarce under
live oaks in area of Helianthemum coralinianum (St. Simon's Island),
beaten from tangles of grape, raspberry and other vines in jungle
"hammock" (Atlantic Beach) and one found on sandy soil among
wire-grass (Live Oak).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

The type localities, Georgia and Louisiana, our previous records
from Thomasville, Georgia, and Pablo Beach, San Pablo and Gaines-
ville, Florida, with those given above, define the known distribution
of this beautiful and interest ing species.

Orocharis saltator Uhler.

Orocharis gryUodes Saussure (not Gryllus gryllodes Pallas, 1772). (In part.)

Maryland. Ashley Junction, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.),

Point of Rocks, VIII, 10, 1883, 1 d\ 3 Juv- c?, 3 juv. 9 .

[Hebard Cln.]. t Georgia.

Washmgton.D C, X, 1883, 2 cf, 2 9, 1{;|hmi Count vn 191Q (W T

[Hebard Uln.j. Davis), 4 juv. d\ 4 juv. 9.

1 "'</"""■ Isle of Hope, IX, 3, 1911, (R. & H.),

Fredericksburg, VII, 20, 1913, (R. & 1 juv. 9.

H.), 1 juv. o*. Macon, VII, 31, 1913, (R. & H.),

Petersburg, VII, 23, 1913, (R. & H.), 1 juv. <?, 1 juv. 9 .

1 juv. 9. St. Simon's Island, VIII, 30, 1911,

North Carolina. (R-), 19-

„. , . V1T 01 1Q1o m . tt x Billv's Island, VI and VII, 1912, (J. C.

Weldon, VII, 24, 1913, (R. cv H.), Bradley), 3 juv. cf.

2 juv. 9 . •

Goldsboro, VII, 25, 1913, (R. & H.), Florida.

1 juv. cf. Jacksonville, (Priddey; Ashmead), 2 9 ,

Charlotte, VII, 27, 1913, (R. & H.), [Hebard Cln.]; XI, 3, 1911, (W. T.

1 Juv. 9. Davis), 1 juv. 9.

South Carolina. Pabl° .Beach, XI, 4, 1911, (W. T.

rlTnw' l v'tt6' ^Vqi?0,!?1 9i h ^ Silve^SpHngs', XI, 25, 1911, (G. P.
Columbia, MI, 28, 1913, (R. A: H.), Engie£ardt); 2 c? , 19, [B. I. and

Isle 1tf Palms, VIII, 15, 1913, (R.), Hebard Cln.].

1 juv. 9.

West Indian material before us and study of the literature has
shown that Orocharis saulcyi (Guerin) is a synonym of Orocharis
gryllodes (Pallas) ;181 that West Indian form is known in the United
States only from extreme southern Florida.

The present species was in part correctly recorded by Saussure,
but material from the southern States was referred by him'to gryllodes.
We have now sufficient material before us to determine that saltator
and, in part, gryllodes of Saussure182 (but not of Pallas) are conspecific.

It is true that material of the present species from the southern
Tinted States often shows a somewhat heavier development with
pronotum proportionately more ample, and in such specimens the
mediastine vein of the tegmina frequently bears a greater number
of branches. These features are, however, by no means constant,

1 ' Sec [lebarcl, Ent. News, XXVI, p. 168, (1915).

"Bgee Saussure, Mtiang. Orth., II. p. 75."), (1878). That author has evidently
also placed West Indian specimens of the group to which vaginalis belongs (which
group probably merits generic distinction) under this name. The present species
never develops a green phase as described by that author.

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

in specimens from the same locality a remarkable difference in
pronotal amplitude in the same sex is often present,183 while the
branching of the mediastine vein is extremely irregular and cannot
be relied upon as in any way diagnostic.184

The normal coloration of this insect is p^.j and immaculate reddish
brown. Some specimens have the occiput, post-ocular portions of
the gense and dorsal portions of the lateral lobes of the pronotum
infuscated; in others these markings are very dark and the dorsum
of the pronotum and the tegmina and limbs are mottled and speckled
with the same shade. Frequently in such maculate individuals the
general coloration is grayish.

The species is known on the Atlantic coast as far north as Matawan,
New Jersey; it is found far westward of the regions here considered.

Of the present series we found the young common in undergrowth
of deciduous forest (Fredericksburg), young in undergrowth of pine
woods (Petersburg), few immature examples in green undergrowth
of heavy forest near stream (Weldon), few young in green grasses
and weeds in short-leaf pine woods (Goldsboro), on green sprouts in
"branch" filled chiefly with gums (Florence), young beaten from
bayberry (Isle of Palms), young numerous in undergrowth of dry
pine woods (Ashley Junction), young in luxuriant undergrowth of
gray-bark pine woods (Isle of Hope) and in bushes apparently killed
by a remarkable hymenopterous parasite, Rhopalosonia poeyi Cresson
(St. Simon's Island).

183 In material before us we find the following contrasts in these dimensions :
Silver Springs, d", 2.3 by 3.4 and 2.7 by 3.9; Thomasville, Georgia, 9 , 2.4 by 3.6
and 2.9 by 3.8 mm.

184 All or part of the free veins of the lateral field of the tegmina sometimes
merge with the mediastine vein at its base, and can then scarcely be distinguished
from the normal branches of that vein. The branches of the mediastine vein
also bifurcate, though rarely, while distad the vein itself frequently assumes
abnormal positions which, in themselves, bring about further differences in the
number of branches. The branches of this vein Saussure gives: for saltator,
cf 7 to 8, 9 4 to 6; for gryllodes, d" 10 to 11, 9 7 to 10. In our series are males
showing 8-9, 9-9 and 8-10 and females showing 5-7 and 6-7 of these branches,
such material not being from areas where intergradation would be likely to
occur, were geographic races present.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

Explanation of Plates XII, XIII, XIV.

Plate XII. — Fig. 1. — Neotettix proavus new species. Macon, Georgia. Female
(type). Lateral outline. (X 5)

Pig. 2. Same. Female (type). Cephalic outline of head. (X 5)

Fig. 3. -Tettigidea armata Morse. Florence, South Carolina. Male. Out-
line of cephalic margi' >f dorsum of pronotum (no cusp). (Greatly
enlarged.)

Fig. 4.— Tettigidea armata Morse. Florence, South Carolina. Male.
( hitline of cephalic margin of dorsum of pronotum (moderately cuspidate).
(Greatly enlarged, i

Fig. 5. — Tettigidea armata Morse. Florence, South Carolina. Male. Out-
line of cephalic margin of dorsum of pronotum (strongly cuspidate).
(Greatly enlarged.)

Fig. (i. — Orphulella halophila new species. Key West, Florida. Female
(type). Lateral figure. (X 2)

Fig. 7. — Same. Female (type). Dorsal outline of head and pronotum.
.(X2)

Fig. 8. — Same. Male (allotype). Dorsal outline of head and pronotum.
.(X2)

Fig. 9. — Spharagemon crepitans (Saussure). St. Simon's Island, Georgia.
Male. Dorsal figure. (X 2)

Fig. 10. — Same. St. Simon's Island, Georgia. Male. Lateral figure.
(X2)

Fig. 11. — Melanoplus nubilus new species. Fayctteville, North Carolina.
Male (type). Lateral outline. (X 2)

Fig. 12. — Melanoplus stegocercus new species. Cannoche River at Grove-
land, Georgia. Male (type). Lateral outline. (X 2)

Fig. 13. — Melanoplus minis new species. Weldon, North Carolina. Male
(type). Lateral outline. (X 2)

Fig. 1-4. — Melanoplus scapularis new species. Jesup, Georgia. Male (type).
Lateral outline. (X 2)

Plate XIII. — The enlargement of the supra-anal plates is about 10 times, of
the cerci about 25 times and of the subgenital plates about 10 times.

Fig. 1. — M elanoplus decorus Scudder. Winter Park, North Carolina. Male.

Dorsal figure of supra-anal plate and furcula.
Fig. 2. — Same. Winter Park, North Carolina. Male. Lateral outline

of cercus.
Fig. 3. — Melanoplus australis Morse. Isle of Hope, Georgia. Male.

Dorsal figure of supra-anal plate and furcula.
Fig. 4. — Same. Isle of Hope, Georgia. Male. Lateral outline of cercus.
Fig. 5. — Melanoplus att< nuatus Scudder. Magnolia, South Carolina. Male.

Dorsal figure of supra-anal plate and furcula.
Fig. 6. — Same. Magnolia, South Carolina. Male. Lateral outline of

cercus.
Fig. 7. — Melanoplus hebardi (Rehn). Tyty Plantation, Thomas County,

Georgia. Male (type). Dorsal figure of supra-anal plate and furcula.
Fig. 8. — Same. Male (type). Lateral outline of cercus.
Fig. 9. — Melanoplus nubilus new species. Fayctteville, North Carolina.

Male (type). Dorsal figure of supra-anal plate and furcula.
Fig. 10. — Same. Male (type). Lateral outline of cercus.
Fig. 11. — Melanoplus stegocercus new species. Cannoche River at Grove-
land, Georgia. Male (type). Dorsal figure of supra-anal plate.
Fig. 12. — Same. Male (type). Lateral outline of cercus.
Fig. 13. — Same. Male (type). Lateral outline of subgenital plate.
Fig. 14. — Melauii/ilus mints new species. Weldon, North Carolina. Male

(type). Dorsal figure of supra-anal plate.
Fig. 15. — Same. Male (type). Lateral outline of cercus.
Fig. 16. — Same. Male (type). Lateral outline of subgenital plate.
Fig. 17. — Melanoplus scapularis new species. Jesup, Georgia. Male

(type). Dorsal figure of supra-anal plate.

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Fig. 18. — Same. Male (type). Lateral outline of cercus.

Fig. 19. — Melanoplus strumosus Morse. Currahee Mountain, Georgia.

Male. Dorsal figure of supra-anal plate and furcula.
Fig. 20. — Same. Currahee Mountain, Georgia. Male. Lateral outline

of cercus.
Fig. 21. — Same. Currahee Mountain, Georgia. Male. Lateral outline

of subgenital plate. _

Plate XIV. — Fig. 1. — Melanoplus quemeus new species. Thomasville, Georgia.

Male (type). Lateral outline of cercus (X 5)
Fig. 2. — Same. Male (type). Lateral outline of cercus and subgenital

plate. (XU)
Fig. 3. — Same. Male (type). Dorsal figure of supra-anal plate. (X 5)
Fig. 4. — Scapteriseus vicinus Scudder. St. Simon's Island, Georgia. Female.

Lateral outline (internal) of dactyls of cephalic tibia. (X 4§)
Fig. 5. — Same. St. Simon's Island, Georgia. Female. Dorsal figure of

pronotum. (X 2)
Fig. 6. — Same. St. Simon's Island, Georgia. Female. Lateral outline

(external) of distal joint of caudal tarsus and claws. (X 4)
Fig. 7. — Same. St. Simon's Island, Georgia. Female. Lateral outline

(internal) of spatula. ( X 4|)
Fig. 8. — Scapteriseus acletus new species. Hebardville, Georgia. Male

(type). Lateral outline (internal) of dactyls of cephalic tibia. (X 4|)
Fig. 9. — Same. Male (type). Dorsal figure. (X 2)
Fig. 10. — Same. Male (type). Lateral outline (external) of distal joint

of caudal tarsus and claws. (X 4)
Fig. 11. — Same. Male (type). Lateral outline (internal) of spatula.

(X4|)
Fig. 12. — SrapUriscusmexicanus (Burmeister). Durango, Mexico. Female.

Lateral outline (internal) of dactyls of cephalic tibia. (X 4 \)
Fig. 13. — Same. Durango, Mexico. Female. Dorsal figure of pronotum.

(X2)
Fig. 14. — Same. Durango, Mexico. Female. Lateral outline (external)

of distal joint of caudal tarsus and claws. (X 4)
Fig. 15. — Same. Durango, Mexico. Female. Lateral outline (internal)

of spatula. (X 4|)
Fig. 16. — Scapteriseus abbreviatus Scudder. Musa Isle near Miami, Florida.

Female. Lateral outline (internal) of dactyls of cephalic tibia. (X 4-i)
Fig. 17. — Same. Musa Isle near Miami, Florida. Female. Dorsal figure

of pronotum. (X 2)
Fig. 18. — Same. Musa Isle near Miami, Florida. Female. Lateral out-
line (external) of distal joint of caudal tarsus and claws. (X 4)
'Fig. 19. — Same. Musa Isle near Miami, Florida. Female. Lateral out-
line (internal) of spatula. (X 4|)
Fig. 20. — Anaxipha pulicaria (Burmeister). Beaumont, Texas. Male.

Cephalic figure of head. (Nearly X 5)
Fig. 21. — Anaxipha vitlata (Bolivar). Atlantic Beach, Florida. Male.

Cephalic figure of head. (Nearly X 5)

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XII.

REHN and HEBARD: STUDIES IN DERMAPTERA AND ORTHOPTERA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XIII.

REHN and HEBARD: STUDIES IN DERMAFTERA AND ORTHOPTERA

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191G.

PLATE XIV

REHN AND HEBARD: STUDIES IN DERMAPTERA AND ORTHOPTERA.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

HUNTING MOLLUSCA IN UTAH AND IDAHO.
BY JUNIUS HENDERSON AND L. E. DANIELS.

The investigations of Hemphill prior to 1890 in Idaho and north-
eastern Utah, made that region classic ground in western American
conchology. ( >wing to the existence of many small mountain ranges,
in most instances conchologically unexplored, isolated by great
expanses of arid territory wholly unfavorable to the larger land
snails, in western Utah, Idaho, and Nevada, that area is an attractive
field, and some of us have viewed it with longing. It is likely that
every range not yet explored will yield one form or more of Oreohelix
new to science. Indeed, we found a very interesting new form very
close to one of Hemphill's localities, and in the same range. Probably
Utah is approximately the center of distribution of the genus
Oreohelix, and a thorough understanding of its forms and their
distribution and habits may throw considerable light upon general
problems of distribution of plants and animals in the Rocky Moun-
tains and Great Basin, a thing devoutly to be wished. Before
beginning serious work upon the unexplored ranges, it seemed to us
important to clear up" some of the many difficulties arising from a
critical study of Hemphill's records and collections, in order to reach
a better understanding of his species and varieties. He explored
particularly the western edge of the Wasatch mountains and their
spurs bordering the Great Salt Lake Basin on the east, thence north-
ward into Idaho and southwestward to the Oquirrh Mountains,
which extend southward from the southern end of Salt Lake. His
published localities are exceedingly indefinite, as applied to snails
of a genus whose colonies are usually of very limited extent and
whose varieties are in many instances limited in their known range
to the type locality. They were found to be even more indefinite
in the field than they looked on paper. In the collections he dis-
tributed the labels are still more vague and sometimes misleading.
However, we obtained material from somewhere near some of his
stations, at least.

Inconsistencies in the descriptions and figures of material collected

by Hemphill render the determination of some of the snails of the

region difficult. We have been greatly assisted in this work by the

loan to the University of Colorado, by Dr. Geo. H. Clapp, of his two

22

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

fine series of Hemphill's varieties, which have been critically examined
by one of the authors. The other author has some of Hemphill's
material in his own collection.

One of Mr. Clapp's collections was formerly owned by Mrs. Geo.
Andrews. The shells in this series are mounted on 57 blue cards
bearing the printed legend "Genus Pyramidula. Group of Pyra-
midula alternata." White printed slips pasted below the specimens,
use the generic name Helix instead of Pyramidula, and all of the
Oreohelices are labelled as varieties of P. alternata. All of the printed
labels for the Utah material give the localities merely as "near Salt
Lake," evidently meaning the lake itself, not the city of that name.
Included in that vague locality are shells that undoubtedly came
from as widely separated areas as the Oquirrh mountains on the
south and Franklin, Idaho, on the north. This collection seems to
have been made up during or after 1890, as it includes forms described
that year. The other series was purchased by Dr. Clapp directly
from Hemphill in 1896, at 25c per lot, 153 trays of two specimens
each. The printed labels in this series designate all the Oreohelices
as varieties of Helix strigosa, and the locality stated for all the Utah
material is simply "Utah," but in most instances more definite
localities, such as "Box Elder Co.," "near Ogden" and "near Salt
Lake," have been added with pen and ink.1

The soft anatomy of each lot of Oreohelix collected alive, with a
few exceptions, has been studied by Dr. Pilsbry, whose comments
may be found in a separate paper prepared by him. We are also
greatly indebted to him for aid in identification of some of our
material, and for advice in clearing up difficulties in nomenclature
and the literature of the subject.

The authors met, by appointment, at Eureka, Utah, on August
26, 1915, and worked northward into the edge of Idaho, finishing the
field work on September 17. Mr. Daniels had visited Stations
1, 1§, 2, 3, 4 and 5 on his way down from Montana to the rendezvous,
but we both afterwards visited No. 5, dividing it into three stations,
namely 30, 31 and 32, besides visiting others in the same vicinity.
The main object of the expedition was to study the Oreohelices, and
as our time was limited, but little of it was spent in the search for
other genera.

1 Some of the earlier sets sent out by Hemphill, such as that in the museum
of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, have practically the same
data on the labels that were given by him in Binney's Supplement and The
Nautilus; most of the labels being printed.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

Limestone is common at almost every locality visited, this being
a favorable condition for Oreohelix. The edges of coarse, angular
limestone talus protected from rapid evaporation by overhanging

1 tushes, formed the cover for some of the finest colonies we have seen,
the snails occupying crevices among the rocks. At other localities
they were abundant under vegetation on limestone slopes totally
devoid of talus, and in a few instances they were found in talus where
no limestone was observed, though it is almost certain that the soil
or rock must have contained a fair percentage of lime in such cases.
As some forms were discovered at but one or two stations, we could
not determine whether each form chooses definitely a particular
kind of cover, but the widely-distributed depressa is found
indifferently under either rock or vegetative cover. The kind of
vegetation did not seem to be important except as affecting its value
as a cover to protect the snails from the sun's rays.

In the lots obtained after the first few days of September very
few embryos were found. This is unfortunate, as the sculpture
and shape of the embryonic whorls are important in classification
and they are often much worn in adults. The summer was hot and
extremely dry and snails of course were dormant — over ninety days
without measurable rain. After the rains commenced on September

2 they became active and filled with water, and large numbers were
found in copulation.

A very noticeable feature of the season's catch is the great difference
in the color banding of various colonies of what would otherwise be
considered the same form. The protean 0. peripherica (Ancey) is a
remarkable example, but scarcely less noteworthy than 0. s. depressa
(Ckll.) and some others. The important fact is that where the
banding is weak or wanting on some specimens and strong on others
from the same colony, the faintness or absence of bands is most pro-
nounced on the last whorl. This would be interpreted, under the
recapitulation theory, to indicate that the color banding is an ancient
character of this genus and is in process of disappearing.

The question of recognizing subspecies, varieties and color forms
is an ever-recurring one in this genus, many of whose species vary
greatly in color, form and sculpture. The practice in American
ornithology and mammalogy is to give subspecific rank to geographic
races where the great majority of examples in one area differ in the
same direction and degree from those of another area. The presence
of a smaller number of intergrading forms within the range of either
and especially along the common border prohibits specific rank,

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

the constancy or lack of constancy of characters determining the
rank. This method, though requiring a zoological map for the
identification of some individuals, seems the most satisfactory way
to deal with such cases, where most of the examples from a given
area clearly fall into a given subspecies, comparatively few failing
to conform; but where mere average characters are used for the
separation of such forms, and especially where abnormal specimens
are selected and named, it is surely objectionable unless some term
is used to indicate a rank lower than subspecies. Professor Cockerell
some time ago2 suggested the use of the term "mutation" to designate
sporadic variations from modification of the germ-plasm, "form"
for variations resulting from the immediate effect of environment
upon the individual, and "variety" for all other variations of lower
rank than subspecies. Such use of the terms "mutant" and "form"
would imply much greater knowledge of causes of variation than we
usually possess. It involves too much guessing as to the cause of a
particular variation in a particular case, and in most cases it is
impracticable to solve the problem by careful experimentation;
indeed, sometimes perhaps impossible. On the other hand, the
term "variety" is very confusing because it is so variously used.
As is pointed out in the article just refrered to, well-known naturalists
use it as an exact synonym of "subspecies" and also as a synonym
of "form" and "mutant." This was true of Hemphill and Binney,
but we should have progressed since their time. Some forms desig-
nated varieties by those gentlemen are so distinct that nowadays no
naturalist would hesitate to give them full specific rank. On the
other hand, however, Hemphill in several cases selected abnormal
specimens from a colony and gave them several varietal names,
and was not always even consistent in the use of such names in
sorting his material for distribution. Had he made it clear in just
what instances his varieties were so selected, and in what cases they
were really from quite distinct colonies and fairly represented the
colonies, it would be easier for us now. If, for example, his oquir-
rhensis and gabbiana were from separate colonies as indicated by his
notes and partially confirmed by our material, most of the material
from one colony conforming to one type and most of it from the
other colony conforming to the other type, we should be justified
in con?idering them two subspecies, notwithstanding intergrading
examples in either colony. In some cases we can only determine the

"-Nautilus, XX, 58-60.

1.916,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

question by additional field work, and that is rendered more difficult
by the vagueness of his locality data. Sometimes we arc aided by a
careful reading of all the text of his descriptions. Thus, in reading
the descriptions of his 0. subcarinata, bicolor and lacteal one without
access to his material might well suppose that he was describing
really distinct subspecies from separate colonies in the same region,
but to his description of lactea he added a note to the effect that
"the above varieties represent a colony of the largest specimens of
the strigosa group," etc. From an examination of some of Hemp-
hill's material one of the present authors decided that they were not
separable before lie noticed that note, and Hemphill was certainly
not consistent in sorting these "varieties" for distribution. One
might be pardoned, then, for suspecting that his jugalis and intersum,
both from the "banks of the Salmon River," represent a similar
instance, but an examination of a small amount of material under
those names in Clapp's Hemphill collection indicates that they may
be distinct and from different colonies.

In dealing with land snails of the semi-arid region, with their limited
locomotive powers and prohibitive environmental barriers between
colonies, a colony may be the equivalent of a geographic race or
subspecies in other classes of animals. The fact that we do not
perceive environmental differences in different colonies which would
result in geographic races, may merely represent our ignorance of
certain factors or of their importance in snail life. Some perfectly
good species and subspecies are known from only one locality. It
follows, then, from the foregoing remarks, that if nearly all of the
members of a colony or group of colonies vary in the same direction
and approximately to the same degree from other colonies occupied
by the nearest known relatives, but sporadic individuals of the one
are found with the other, then one may perhaps be justified in
considering them different subspecies. When not fully satisfied
that the difference is of a kind or sufficient in degree to be entitled
to specific or subspecific rank, the varietal name may be preceded
by the word "form," to distinguish it from a subspecies. There are
certain characters which are of doubtful value at all times as sub-
specific characters, unless accompanied by other differences. Such,
for example, is size, which may be greatly influenced in one or more
colonies or portions of colonies by exceptionally favorable or unfavor-
able conditions, as where examples from the midst of a dense thicket

Nautilus, III, 133-134.

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

are larger than those from the edge of the thicket where cover is
poor and periods of activity and growth fewer or shorter. A great
many, if not all, mere color variations may fall into the same class,
though sometimes color differences may be correlated with other
undiscovered differences. As for selecting abnormal specimens
which completely grade into the typical form in the same colony
and giving to them varietal names, as was done by Hemphill and is
now being done by various authors, the value to science of such a
practice is doubtful.

Colton,4 in discussing the genus Lymncea, protests against its
generic subdivision, but adds: "Species and minor groups on the
other hand cannot be too much subdivided. It is an advance to
describe every variation that can be distinguished." Probably no
one would object to the describing of all distinguishable variations,
but there is room for grave difference of opinion as to the advisability
of naming all such variations, which Colton seems to advocate in
quoting with apparent approval the following from Bateson: "They
will serve science best by giving names freely and by describing
everything to which their successors may possibly want to refer and
generally by subdividing their material into as many species as they
can induce any responsible society or journal to publish." It is
quite possible to carry the naming of species and varieties altogether
too far, especially in such a genus as Oreohelix. One may easily,
by taking averages of color, form and size, make a score of colonies
of 0. strigosa depressa into as many distinct varieties, which, when
seen in the mass and compared with each other, could be vaguely
distinguished, but when compared with all the colonies from which
we have collections would be quite indistinguishable, and not at all
distinguishable from each other with only a few specimens in hand.
Of such is Hemphill's "var. carnea."

A nearly complete suite of the material upon which this report is
based has been placed in the cabinet of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia.

The Tintic Mountains.

This is a range of irregular outlines covering considerable territory
just west of central Utah. It was hitherto conchologically unex-
plored, and as we spent but one afternoon collecting here and made
but one station, it would doubtless well repay further exploration,

4 Nautilus, XXVIII, 118.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

especially the western spurs, which we did not visit, and which are
further from territory thus far explored. Tintic folio, U. S. Geol.
Surv., covers the Eureka district.

Oreohelix oooperi (W. G. B.)

Sta. 6, on north side of Godiva Mountain, in Eureka, Utah, on a
slope of Paleozoic limestone, under shrubs and other vegetation, a
few under angular blocks of limestone, no good rock slides exposed.
A small form of this species is abundant here. We at first thought
it might prove to be new, but it differs from typical cooperi of other
localities only in its size, and, in average examples, a more nearly
pure white ground color. The latter character, however, is quite
variable here, but the size is unusually uniform, averaging about
14.5 mm., and varying scarcely a millimeter therefrom, one way or
the other.

Oreohelix hemphilli eurekensis new subspecies. PL XV, figs. 7, 8.

Shell small, sublenticular; spire slightly elevated; whorls 4§ to
4|, strongly carinated at the periphery, the carina having a tendency
to disappear toward the aperture of adults; whorls rounded above,
sloping roundly in to the suture so as to form an excavated suture,
and on the other hand sloping flatly to the periphery; transverse
sculpture well marked, irregular; spiral sculpture consists, in the
type, of 6 minute, beaded lines below the periphery, with very indis-
tinct lines in the interspaces and in the edge of the umbilicus; similar
sculpture above, but not so well defined nor so plainly of two grades;
on the cotypes the lines are not so well defined and not so plainly
of two grades below; umbilicus wide, exhibiting all the volutions;
apical whorls brown, very dark brown in the type, changing to dirty
white on the last whorl; two very obscure dark spiral bands, one
above, the other barely below the periphery. Type, in Univ. of
Colo. Museum, greater diam. 9.7, lesser 8.8, alt. 5.5. Cotype, in
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., greater diam. 9.3, lesser 8.5, alt. 6.5.

Type locality, Sta. 6, Eureka, Utah, 7 specimens, all dead shells,
associated with 0. cooperi. The type and cotype are adults, and
one specimen in L. E. Daniels' collection probably fully adult but
with the peristome partly broken away. These specimens were all
submitted to Dr. Pilsbry, who writes as follows: "I at first thought
your little species from Eureka was 0. carinifera, but on further study
I am wholly of the opinion that it is a small subspecies of 0. hemphilli.
It differs chiefly by its smaller size and fewer whorls, the sculpture,
color and degree of carination being practically identical. 0. hemp-

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

hilli has the last embryonic whorl a trifle concave near the periphery,
where yours is only flattened, but the difference is not great. 0.
carinifera has the embryonic whorls well rounded throughout, above;
it is more depressed and the keel is decidedly pinched out on the last
whorl. It may turn out to be another subspecies of hemphilli,
but with present collections I hardly think so. I do not know what
form Binney identified as hemphilli from Colorado. My comparisons
were with the figured type and a young one of the original lot. "

The Oquirrh Mountains.

This range extends southward from the southern end of Great
Salt Lake. Hemphill visited the west side of the range,5 and reported
a very interesting series of finds, with 0. utahensis at the foot of the
mountains, 0. oquirrhensis a short distance up the mountain side,
then along the mountain side across a ravine the typical haydeni and
gabbiana, and near the summit a few haydeni and two cooperi. We
searched the canyons around Tooele without finding any of these
forms. Then we proceeded to Garfield and worked southward along
the west side of the range for many miles and only found one species,
at stations 14 and 15. Material labelled haydeni in Clapp's Hemphill
collection does not appear to belong to that species.

Station 11, cottonwood grove at picnic grounds just within mouth
of gulch southeast of Tooele from which gulch the town obtains its
water supply.

Paludesirina longinqua (Gould), abundant in water-cress.

Pyramidula cronkhitei anthonyi Pils.. 14 specimens.

Euconulus sp., 1 juvenile.

Vitrina alaskana Dall, 2 dead shells.

Zonitoides arborea Say, 3 specimens.

Pupilla blandi Morse, 1 specimen.

Station 12, up the canyon a short distance above Station 11, in
rock slide, mostly quartzitic sandstone.

Vitrina alaskana Dall, 3 specimens.

Pyramidula cronkhitei anthonyi Pils., 3 specimens.

Vitrea indentata umbilicata (Ckll.), 12 specimens.

Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckll.) common.

Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckll.).

Sta. 12 (see above) ; Sta. 13, about a mile above Sta. 12, on south
side, under mountain maple leaves. These two lots are typical in

6 Binney's 2nd Suppl. to 5th Vol. Terr. Moll. U. S., pp. 29-34.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

form, sculpture, color and size, as compared with average examples
from Colorado, with two strong color bands, one barely below the
periphery, the other well above. Probably all or nearly all of
Hemphill's Utah records of 0. strigosa (Gould) should be referred to
this subspecies. This is true of the material labelled strigosa in
Clapp's Hemphill collection.

Oreohelix strigosa depressa, form tooelensis new form.

This form differs from depressa chiefly in the color, which is almost
invariably a dead, chalky white, in all the material from three
colonies northeast of Tooele, Utah, giving the specimens the appear-
ance of dead, weathered shells, in this respect quite unlike the colonies
of depressa from southeast of Tooele and elsewhere. Shell depressed
(in a few examples quite elevated); whorls 5 to 5f, convex; suture
well impressed; spiral stria? minute; transverse sculpture slightly
less pronounced than in typical depressa, especially below; color
bands narrow, sometimes strongly marked, but usually rather faint
or wanting, one barely below and the other well above the periphery,
strong on immature examples; first embryonic whorl smooth, second
anil third minutely transversely striate, with numerous spiral stria?
rippling the transverse sculpture above and below and increasing in
strength with the growth of the whorls. Type, in the University
of Colorado Museum, greater diam. 19 mm., lesser 16.5 mm., alt.
11.5 mm. Co-type, in Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
greater diam. 19.6 mm., lesser 17.2 mm., alt. 11.4 mm. Co-type, in
L. E. Daniels' collection, greater diam. 23 mm., lesser 20 mm., alt.
13.5 mm. This form also slightly differs from typical depressa in
anatomy, according to Dr. Pilsbry, but this is a variable feature.
The presence sporadically of white examples in depressa and other
colonies of Oreohelix belonging to the strigosa group, even though
not the dead white which characterizes this form, makes it inadvisable
to give this subspecific rank, notwithstanding the fact that the
color in these colonies is constant, unless other differences are found
which are also constant. Abundant at stations 7, 8, 9 and 10, in
the small gulches about six miles northeast of Tooele, north of the
smelter, under grass and other vegetation about limestone ledges.
Four sinistral specimens were found.

Oreohelix haydeni gabbiana (Hemphill). PI. XVI, fig. 3.

Patula strigosa var. gabbiana Hemphill, per Binnev, 2nd Suppl. to 5th
Vol. Terr. Moll. U. S., pp. 30, 34, PI. II, fig. 9, 1886.

St a. 14, mountain side southwest of Garfield (southeast of Black
Rock) west side of Oquirrh Mts., under bushes, on limestone. The

324 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

locality had been burned over some years ago, and though the
shrubbery had re-established itself, we found no live snails. The
"bones" had been long dead. A more thorough search would
likely disclose live ones in the neighborhood, as fires usually leave
"islands" where such species may be preserved alive. Dead shells
were fairly plentiful. A careful conchological survey of this whole
range would probably prove profitable. Especially should Hemp-
hill's "haydeni," oquirrhensis and utahensis from this vicinity be
investigated.

Sta. 15, south side of a gulch south of Sta. 14, nearly east of Morris,
under shrubbery and other vegetation about limestone ledges,
not under rocks. This locality had been very recently burned over
and the fire was still raging to the southward. We found numerous
examples of this species on the burned ground, in a crumbly con-
dition owing to the heat, but in a few small patches of brush
untouched by the fire we found about thirty live ones. It is not
improbable that the gulch where the fire was burning is the Hemp-
hill locality.

The examples from Sta. 14 are old and much weathered, so that
the sculpture is obscure on most of them, but where preserved it is
the same as in those from Sta. 15, though the carina is not so pro-
nounced on the average, and they vary more in size and altitude.
This is a strongly carinated form, otherwise resembling Hemphill's
variety hydrida, from Logan. In the best specimens the revolving
riblets may be seen with the naked eye, with revolving threads
in the interspaces visible under a lens, the intersections of these rib-
lets and threads with the irregular transverse riblets, give to it a
knobbed appearance as seen under a lens. This sculpture is charac-
teristic of the haydeni group. The primary revolving riblets, six
or eight in number, are rather regularly spaced, especially below.
Most of our specimens are under 16 mm. in diameter, but the largest
one measured is 22 mm., and has two rather strong color bands,
one barely below and the other well above the periphery.

The Provo District.

Provo is south of Salt Lake City and at the base of the same range
of mountains, hence it is not surprising to find the same species
common here. Hemphill reported "typical strigosa and cooperi,
large and small," from this locality. Doubtless his strigosa was
depressa.

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325

Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckll.).

Sta. 44, visited by Daniels only, Rock Canyon, due east of Provo,
in limestone slides bordered by oak brush. Many examples with
the color bands faint or wanting, a few strongly banded. Two
sinistral shells were found. Shows same anatomical peculiarity as
at Tooele. St a. 7.

Sta. 45, visited by Daniels only, Slate Canyon, first one south of
Sta. 44, limestone slides bordered by scrub oak brush. Banding
even less prominent than at Sta. 44.

The Salt Lake City District.

Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckll.).

Sta. 46, about a mile up Emigration Canyon, southeast of Salt
Lake City, south side of canyon, under mountain maples and other
vegetation in fine limestone slide rock. This is a strongly banded
form whose anatomy, according to Dr. Pilsbry, agrees with that of
depressa from Colorado Springs and other localities, as well as from
our stations 2 (near McCammon, Idaho) and 28 (near Brigham,
Utah). The shells, however, of this lot and those from Sta. 2 differ
markedly from those of typical depressa from Durango, Morrison,
Steamboat Springs and other Colorado localities. Their relative
altitude and the altitude of their whorls in proportion to the trans-
verse diameter are much greater, and they scarcely show any of the
peripheral subcarination in front of the aperture so common, indeed
almost universal, in Colorado shells of this subspecies. On the
other hand, however, other lots from elsewhere in Utah, notably
near Ogden, appear to grade this lot quite well into typical depressa,
so that, from any information we now have, we do not dare to make
any separation. Oreohelices usually differ in relative altitude within
any given species or subspecies, and only the uniformity of the
increased altitude in this colony makes us hesitate.

Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckli.). "var. carnea" (Hemph.).

Patiiln, strigosa var. carnea Hemphill, Nautilus, IV, 15, 1890. Binney,
4th Suppl. to 5th Vol. Terr. Moll. U. S., p. 174, 1892.

Sta. 43, Dry Canyon, about a mile from the University of Utah,
near Salt Lake City, in scrub oak and mountain maple thickets on
limestone, visited by Henderson in company with William McArthur.
This form was found abundantly here, the color bands faint or
wanting on most examples, but quite strong on a few. On an average
the specimens have a higher spire than typical depressa, but many
of them are well depressed. The description of depressa appeared

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

in the same magazine in January, 1890, the reference to Binney's
figure seeming to make it a good description, thus antedating carnea
by five months. 0. var. carnea is not a well-marked variety, and
the question of making it a subspecies, or a mere color variety, or
rejecting the name altogether, may be purely a matter of opinion,
but it is not quite typical depressa.

Hemphill records "typical strigosa and cooperi, both large and
small," from near Salt Lake City.

The Ogden District.

Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckll.).

Sta. 20, about eight miles up Ogden Canyon, east of Ogden, in
rock slide below a limestone ledge at southwest end of a railroad
bridge, south side of creek. Large, fine specimens, abundant,
strongly banded, some measuring over 26 mm., a few very dark-
colored. Professor Cockerell says this is the sort of snail he called
"form major."6

Sta. 21, north side of creek, \ to \ mile below Sta. 20, under moun-
tain maples, a few large specimens, up to 26 mm., and up slope in
rock slide, the same form abundant, but averaging smaller, about
21 mm.

Sta. 22, south side of creek, half a mile further down, in slide of
limestone and a micaceous rock, same subspecies, large, exceedingly
abundant. Also half a mile further down under similar conditions.
Dr. Pilsbry says of the Oreohelix from this station. "This lot is
representative of a race of strigosa slightly differing from depressa
in anatomy. The shells seem to me to differ by being less sharply
striate, but were it not for the genital difference I would probably
not have noticed this." A later letter, however, says that two lots
afterwards examined seem intermediate, so that the argument from
the anatomy is weakened, and there is no appreciable difference in
the shell characters. The same anatomical differences he noted for
stations 7, 10 and 13, near Tooele.

Sta. 23, further down creek on south side, opposite thick deposit
of consolidated Quaternary gravel, in gneissic slide rock and adjacent
bushes, with limestone showing far up slope at top of canyon wall,
from which the wash is down over the slide. The same subspecies
of Oreohelix, abundant, mostly rather high-spired.

At Sta. 22 we found also one of each of the following species :

6 See Nautilus, III, 102.

1016.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

Suceinea avara Say.

Thysanophora ingersolli (Bland).

Agriolimux aimpc.slris (Binney).

It may be well to add that this canyon is the type locality of
Vertigo corpulenta parietalis (Ancey), and that Hemphill's Patula
striatella from here is probably Pyramidula cronkhitei anthonyi Pils.

Oreohelix strigosa buttoni (Hemph.). ?. PI. XVI, fig. 2.

Patula sir it/"*' ' var. buttonii Hemphill, in Binney's 3rd Suppl. to 5th Vol.
Terr. Moll. U. S., p. 220, 1S90, Box Elder Co., Utah. Binney, 4th Suppl.
5th Vol. Terr. Moll. V. S., p. 171, PI. I, Bgs. 2 and 10, 1892.

Stations 16, 17, 18 and 19, Taylor Canyon, near Ogden, south of
Ogden Canyon, under poison ivy, elderberry, mountain maple and
other shrubbery about limestone ledges, the farthest station being
about half a mile up the canyon, and 19 being just outside the canyon
and to the south, at an old lime kiln. Color light brown to nearly
white, color bands from very faint to strong, varying somewhat in
width.

Sta. 24, half hour's walk below Gateway, in Weber Canyon,
southeast of Ogden, Utah, on south side of canyon in gneiss slide rock,
no limestone seen, and another similar slide half a mile farther down.

Sta. 25, about half mile above mouth of Weber Canyon, south
side, south of canal, 400 to 500 yards below Utah Light and Railway
Co.'s power plant, in a similar slide.

Dr. Pilsbry has examined material from all these stations except
19, and identified it as above. Many examples have strong spiral
color bands, and nearly all from 17 have. Otherwise they agree
well with those under this name in Clapp's Hemphill collection.
The tooth on the columellar margin is very often absent.

At Sta. 17 we also found Vitrina alaskana Dall.

Oreohelix peripherica (Ancey). PI. XV, fig. l.

Sta. 26, west side of gulch which comes into North Ogden Canyon
half a mile or so above its mouth, abundant in scrub oak and other
brush on hard sandstone and conglomerate overlaid by limestone,
but not found in rock slide. This species and its varieties are more
fully discussed under the Cache Junction District. At Sta. 26 the
specimens collected average larger and smoother, but present the
usual variation in size, as well as in the coarseness of sculpture and
elevation of the spire. Many are plain, others with two narrow-
bands, either faint (especially on the last whorl) or well-marked.
but none here with the broad, nearly black bands and white periphery
of the albofasciata type, though some show a very slight tendency in

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

that direction, while a few have a faint chestnut tinge suffusing the
whole shell, suggesting a tendency to approach the form castaneus.
Two reversed examples were found.

The Brigham District.

At Sta. 27, at a spring beside a poplar grove just outside the
mouth of the first canyon north of Brigham, Utah, in a thin film of
water flowing over small rocks, we found a small form of Physa,
which is tentatively identified as P. cooperi Tryon (?) by Mr. Bryant
Walker, who adds: "Though slightly larger, these agree very well
with some from California named by Hannibal."

Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckll.).

Sta. 28, up the steep canyon east of Sta. 27, in sandstone and
limestone slides at edge of small mountain maple and oak thickets
and other shrubbery. Conditions were not very favorable and
specimens were rather scarce and small, not running above 19 mm.
in diameter.

The Cache Junction District.

We include in this district the Wheelon, Clarkston and Newton
stations, as they are all within a few miles of Cache Junction, Utah,
and most of them produced some form of Oreohelix peripherica
(Ancey), which we wish to discuss somewhat fully. At the stations
south and west of the Junction we found the most interesting colonies
of Oreohelix we have ever visited. Hemphill collected the same
forms not very far from our stations, and recorded and distributed
them variously as from the "banks of Bear river, 'North of Brigham, "
or simply "Box Elder County, Utah." Our stations 29, 30, 31 and
32 are close to the Bear River, in Cache County, just east of the
Box Elder County line. Indeed, 29 may be really within Box
Elder County. Stations 33 and 34 are just west of the line in Box
Elder County, and likewise close to the river.

Hemphill camped on the "banks of the Bear River," north of
Brigham, where the valley "was considerably broken by mountain
spurs, through one of which the river had cut its way, leaving high,
rocky cliffs on either side, with scattered clumps of bushes along
the river and on the edges of the bluffs." Wheelon is located just
where the river leaves the gorge, our Sta. 33 is not far below Wheelon,
34 within the gorge above Wheelon, 30, 31 and 32 just within the
upper part of the gorge, 29 on the bank of the river just above the
entrance to the gorge, while Cache Junction itself is in the valley

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

perhaps a couple of miles up the river from the gorge. A careful
consideration of the topography and biological conditions, in con-
nection with Hemphill's notes, convinced us that his cam]) was jusl
below Wheelon, for in his search for Oreohelix he would surely have
camped close to the mountains, the valley here being quite unfavora-
ble to land snails. His first find was "on the brow of the bluff
and the slope towards the river," evidently near his camp and
surely not far from our Sta. 33. There he found his 0. binneyi,
"all plain white." Binney adds, "no revolving bands of color,"
but his figure seems to indicate one faint, narrow peripheral band.
Next he found, apparently near by, "in a clump of bushes among
leaves and brush," his variety albofasdata, shell "clouded, with
the broad, revolving white band at the periphery. None in the
bushes were white." (Later, he modified and extended the descrip-
tion, with an added figure.) At the various stations where we
found typical albofasdata our experience was quite the reverse.
We found at some stations the unhanded and narrowly-banded
forms without albofasdata, but nowhere did we find albofasdata
without a large proportion of the unhanded and narrowly-banded
forms, a peculiarity of distribution reminding one of such instances
as the sinistral forms of Papilla hebes and syngenes, and the bigranata
form of P. muscorum, which may be found in either pure or mixed
colonies. There are reasons for surmising that Hemphill sorted
his material in the field and wrote his published notes long afterward
from memory, which, if it be the case, may account for the dis-
crepancy in our finds. Then at the rocky cliffs three miles from
camp, presumably somewhere near our stations 30, 31, 32 and 34,
he found binneyi among the bushes, and "the ribbed variety casta-
neas" (Binney's figs. 11 and 14), "on a mossy, grassy slope directly
at the foot of a high cliff," a spot which he says was continually
shaded from the sun throughout the day. Across a ravine at the
foot of another cliff, in wild rye, he found gouldi (Binney's figs. 5 and
16), all small, this form having two narrow dark bands, according
to the figures. All these forms are transversely ribbed. At every
station we found them intermingled, enormously variable in size,
shape, color and sculpture, so completely grading together that we
were compelled to believe them to belong to one protean species,
and the same as Ancey's previously described peripherica, a con-
clusion reached also by Dr. Pilsbry some time ago.7

7 Nautilus, XXVII, 153.

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

[Patula strigosa] var. newcombi was named without description
by Binney in 1885 (Man. Amer. L. Shells, p. 481), designating U. S.
Natl. Mus. Nos. 39,023 and 39,025 to 39,038, from "near Ogden, "
"Wasatch Mountains" and "Box Elder Canyon." In his Second
Suppl. Terr. Moll., 1886, he figured and briefly described it, hence
the name is valid only from that date. The description and figures
indicate much fewer and more widely spaced ribs than any of our
material from that region. 0. wasatchensis (Hemph.) may connect
up with peripherica as a subspecies, through newcombi, but it is
doubtful, and until that problem can be investigated it seems better
to consider it a full species.
Oreohelix peripherica (Ancey). PI. XV, figs, l, 2, 3, 4

Helix idahoensis Newcomb, var. peripherica Ancey, he Naturaliste, IV,

403, 1881.
Patula strigosa; vars. binneyi, multicostata, gouldi, albofasciata and cast, mat*

Hemphill, in Binney's 2nd Suppl. to 5th Vol. Terr. Moll. U. S., pp. 29-32,

PL II, figs. 3-6, 8, 11, 13, 14, 16, 1886; 4th Suppl., p. 171, PI. 4, fig. 9, 1S92.
Patula peripherica (1882, multicostata 1886) and castaneus. Ancey, The

Conchologists' Exchange, II, 64, 1887.
Pyramidula strigosa binneyi and forms multicostata, castanea and albofasciata

Pilsbry, Naut., XI, 141, 1898; Cat. Amer. Land Shells, p. 32, 1898.
Oreohelix peripherica and local races binneyi, newcombi, multicostata, gouldi,

albofasciata and castaneus Pilsbry, Naut., XXVII, 53-54, 1913.

The following is a free translation from the French of Ancey's
original description :

"I owe to the kindness of Dr. Newcomb a second variety of this
species, with the same shape as the first one, but with a more open
umbilicus, ornamented on the periphery with two narrow brown
lines, the lower one being more decidedly marked, and provided
with ribs, close, irregular and little in relief. It so closely resembles
the shape of Helix (Anguispira) cooperi W. G. Binn., that I think
it might well be an hybrid displaying the characteristics of the
Helix idahoensis and cooperi. It measures 9 mm. in height and 14
mm. in diameter, and comes from Utah. As to form and color it
looks much like the Helix cooperi (No. 136) of Binney and Bland's
Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, but it has ribs,
while the latter has none. I propose to name this interesting variety
Helix idahoensis Newcomb var. peripherica.'"

The ' ' first one " referred to above is O. idahoensis. We see no reason
for making this a subspecies or variety of either idahoensis, strigosa
or cooperi. It is interesting to note that Ancey himself pointed out
its identity with multicostata and the* priority of his name, in his
paper above cited from The Conchologists' Exchange. A careful
study of Hemphill's material in the Clapp collection, taken in

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

connection with a study of our own material, both in the field and
in the laboratory, convinces us that the forms mentioned in the
foregoing synonymy should not be separated as subspecies. Some
of the names may be useful as descriptive terms, provided they are
used in such a way as to indicate their rank. The form albofasciata,
especially, is a good color form, but the same variation is seen in
various colonies of depressa and cooperi, though seldom or never
quite so strikingly developed.

Hemphill says of castaneus that most of them are "faintly marked
with the broad white band of albofasciata, but a few are plain chestnut
colored." This is exactly the variation that occurs sporadically in
many colonies of depressa and cooperi, and did not warrant the
sending out of material from that colony under a distinct name,
though it may have been appropriate to have selected the plain
chestnut-colored examples and sent them out as mere color forms.
Four specimens in Clapp's Hemphill collection are labelled castaneus^
Two of them, from Box Elder County, Utah, are almost typical
albofasciata. The other two, from Eastern Oregon, are not at all
closely related to the others, and appear to be simply dark, unbanded
examples of some undetermined species such as so frequently occur
sporadically. The separation of the forms midticostata and gouldi
was based chiefly upon a slight difference in the number and promi-
nence of the ribs. As the ribs are extremely variable at all the
stations of the species, and the material separated and labelled by
Hemphill shows minute gradation in this respect, as well as in color
and form, throughout his whole group of "varieties" from this
district, probably no good purpose is served by retaining both of
the names, though the average of the ribbing is so much more pro-
nounced at some localities that it may be convenient to retain one
of the names without giving it subspecific rank, in which case
midticostata should be selected.

St a. 29, steep east bank of Bear River below Cache Junction,
just above the entrance to the gorge by which the river breaks
through the mountain range to Wheelon, under shrubbery on whitish
limestone. Oreohelix, connecting the unbanded forms of peripherica
with the strongly banded albofasciata form. In examining 69 live
specimens from a space about two rods wide and several rods long,
30 (form binneyi) are found to have scarcely a suggestion of color
bands; 26 (form albofasciata) have a dark band 3 to 4 mm. wide
just below the suture, then a white peripheral band of about the
same width, a dark band below the periphery varying from 1 to
23

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

4 mm., the lower margin of this band irregular, often producing a
"clouded" effect, and a broad white band around the umbilicus,
such as sometimes occurs around the umbilicus of strongly albo-
fasciated types of cooperi and depressa; 13 grade almost insensibly
from the albofasciata form to the binneyi form. Frequently a narrow
white band occurs just below the suture, and the upper edge of the
white peripheral band is exposed well up the spire, of the higher-
spired albofasciata specimens. Transverse ribs average about two
to the millimeter, rather irregular, growth lines showing in the
interspaces and microscopic spiral striae on the ribs and in the inter-
spaces. The color bands are very dark, often forming a striking
contrast with the white peripheral and umbilical bands. Diameter
15 to 19 mm. (PI. XVII, fig. 2.)

Sta. 30, southeast of Sta. 29, directly opposite the power plant
dam at the entrance to the gorge, at base of Paleozoic limestone
rocks on the lower slope of the mountain, where the vegetative
cover is poor and rock slide absent or unexposed. Form multicostata,
banding weak or absent, ribbing pronounced, diameter 12 to 16 mm.,
mostly dead specimens, the slope having been very recently burned
over. (PL XV, fig. 2.)

Sta. 31, farther up the slope, at a heavy, steep limestone ledge,
beneath a decumbent species of polygonaceous plant which clings
closely to the rock. Form multicostata, abundant, much smaller than
at Sta. 30, most examples with a narrow and often faint subperipheral
color band, and some with a similar band just above the periphery;
diameter of adults from 8 to 12 mm., altitude extremely variable
(PL XV, fig. 3). The snails increase in size again a hundred feet
farther up the slope. Stations 30, 31 and 32 form practically a
continuous colony, which we separated into stations merely because
of the astonishing difference in size within a short distance. Our
observations upon this genus lead us to observe that any given
species is likely to vary greatly in size with variation in cover. We
also found here 97 Pupilla blandi (Morse) and 5 Vallonia cyclo-
phorella Ancey and V. sonorana Pils.

Sta. 32, at the base of a limestone cliff above Sta. 31, where the
vegetative cover is better and the cliff affords considerable shade.
Forms albofasciata and binneyi, intergrading as at Sta. 29, except
that few are so pronouncedly of the albofasciata type as at 29. Diame-
ter from 9 to 16 mm.

Sta. 33, ravine that cuts back into the east bluff of Bear River
valley, just below Wheelon, Box Elder County, probably not a great

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333

distance from Hemphill's camp, above irrigation canal, in a dense
thicket of birches and mountain maples. Forms albofasciata and
binneyi, showing the same intergradation as at Sta. 29, but a smaller
proportion strongly banded. Of 324 live ones examined, only 39
showed very marked bands, most of which were as heavily banded
as at 29. Diameter 16 to 18 mm. In the dried-up backwater from
the canal at this point we found 80 Lymnaea parva Lea (identified by
Walker), 1 Planorbis parvus Say, 7 Physa gyrina Say (?), 2 Zonitoides
arborea Say and 1 Vitrina alaskana Dall.

Sta. 34, above Wheelon, in a ravine on the east side of the gorge,
at the south end of the railroad bridge southwest of the tunnel, only
a few rods within the eastern border of Box Elder County, under
mountain maple, scrub oak and other brush. The same forms of
Oreohelix as at stations 29 and 33, but the albofasciata form propor-
tionately more numerous than at Sta. 33, the banding varying
greatly in degree as elsewhere.

It will be noted that wmerever the form albofasciata was found,
it was associated with the binneyi form, and that at none of the
albofasciata stations was the ribbing as pronounced as at stations
30 and 31, at which none of the typical albofasciata were found.
This suggests that notwithstanding the complete intergradation in
all the observed characters of these snails at stations 29 to 34, it
may become necessary to recognize two distinct subspecies. In
that event the name peripherica should be adopted for the multi-
costata form, because it better conforms to Ancey's description and
Ancey himself recognized the identity of these two, and did not
recognize their identity with any of the other named forms. Then
the forms from stations 29, 33, 34 and 37 may be called 0. peripherica
binneyi (Hemph.), with albofasciata as a color form. Living
specimens from these stations have been retained for breeding
experiments.

Sta. 37, about five miles across the valley due west of Sta. 36,
a mile or so southwest of Clarkston, in a ravine in the east slope of
the same narrow mountain range that the river cuts through at
stations 29 to 34, and probably not more than three miles northwest
of 29, under low bushes. The binneyi and albofasciata forms, showing
the usual intergradations. From the topographic and biologic
conditions observed at a distance, it is not unlikely that this colony
extends with a few narrow interruptions, to a point on the river bank
just opposite Sta. 29.

Sta. 36, west slope of a small, rounded, barren-looking, isolated,

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

calcareous mountain northeast of Newton, due east of Sta. 37, under
the shrub Kunzia tridentata and weeds. We found here, on a very
unpromising slope, in considerable abundance, an Oreohelix which
appears to be identical with the smooth form of peripherica from
Sta. 26, in North Ogden Canyon, but the specimens average somewhat
smaller at Sta. 36 and more in keeping in this respect with the other
peripherica stations.

Oreohelix rugosa (Hemph.).

Patula sirigosa var. rugosa Hemphill, Xaut., IV, 16-17, 1890. Binney's
4th Suppl. to 5th Vol. Terr. Moll. U. S., p. 174, 1892.
Sta. 3, a little north of west from Clarkston, on the east slope of
the same mountain range as Sta. 37 and not more than two or three
miles distant, probably about one-third of the way up the mountain,
under scrub oak and sage brush. A comparison of this material
with 0. rugosa in Clapp's Hemphill collection shows them to be
identical. The shells remind one of 0. hendersoni Pilsbry, or rather
of the subspecies dakani Henderson, but Dr. Pilsbry's anatomical
examination disproves its relationship to hendersoni. It must be
remembered, however, that the connection between hendersoni and
dakani is hypothetical, and rugosa may prove to be a prior name for
the latter. The anatomy indicates a closer relationship to cooperi
than to strigosa or depressa, but the shell characters do not appear to
grade it into any of those forms, so it is for the present assigned to
specific rank. The specimens vary greatly in altitude, as is so
frequently the case in this genus.

Pisidium huachucanum Pils. and Ferr.

Found in a spring at Clarkston, Utah, associated with the next
species. Both identified by Dr. Sterki.

Paludestrina longinqua (Gould).

In a spring at Clarkston, Utah.

On the bank of Bear River, due west of Cache Junction, we found
a single dead shell of Planorbis trivolvis. At Sta. 35, a brook northeast
of Newton, we found a Physa rather plentiful, which was tentatively
identified by Mr. Bryant Walker as P. distinguenda Tryon (?), but
Dr. Pilsbry says it "agrees very exactly with the type of Physa
cooperi."

The Trenton District.

Trenton, Utah, lies a few miles to the north of Newton and Cache
Junction.

1916. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

Oreohelix peripherioa (Ancey).

Sta. 4, "The (lift's, " one mile south of Trenton, on a small, isolated
mountain similar to Sta. 36. The smooth form of this species, like
that found at stations 26 (North Ogden) and 36 (Newton), was
found here. A few show the strong ribbing of the form binneyi,
hut the ribs are not so prominent as in the form multicostata. A
fiir had recently destroyed the brush and leaves so live specimens
were scarce, but dead shells were abundant. Two abnormal speci-
mens are represented on PI. XV, fig. 4.

Sphaerium pilsbryanum Sterki.

A few dead shells found in an irrigating ditch near Trenton, from
which the water had been withdrawn for some time. The species was
described from Bear Lake as a fossil or subfossil. Dr. Sterki writes
that he has one fresh specimen from Utah Lake.

The Logan District.

Binney recorded Thysanophora ingersoUi (Bland) under the generic
name Micwphysa, from Logan Canyon, collected by Hemphill
(2nd Suppl. Terr. Moll., p. 35). It is probably the same form that
Ancey, 1887, described from the same canyon as M. ingersoUi con-
vexior (Conch. Exch.. II. 64). We did not visit this canyon.

Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckll.).

Sta. 41, first gulch south of Logan Canyon, east of Logan, Utah,
in the edges of Paleozoic limestone talus. A small form of this
subspecies, running about 18.5 mm. in diameter, mostly strongly
banded, a few plain, not abundant, conditions evidently rather
unfavorable. A few examples strongly resemble 0. "van. albida"
(Hemph.), the type locality of which is "near Logan."
Oreohelix haydeni hybrida (Hemph.). PI. XV, fig. i.

Patvla slrigosa var. hybrida Hemphill, Xaut., IV, 17, 1S90.

Sta. 42, not far within the mouth of the next gulch south of Sta. 41,
under mountain maple and other shrubbery, herbs and rocks. The
snails were found in fair abundance, a few with color bands, sculpture
almost exactly like that of 0. h. gabbiana from stations 14 and 15,
but the keel is much less pronounced and often almost wanting on
the last whorl. This is doubtless the form that Hemphill first re-
corded as "the variety with microscopic ribs, beginning of haydeni,
among stones at the head of a gulch high on the mountains" (Binney's
2nd Suppl. Terr. Moll., p. 31), possibly the same gulch from which
we collected it. Later, in describing and naming the subspecies, he-
explained that it "is the beginning of the forms of strigosa that

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

finally develop the revolving lines into prominent ribs as seen on the
surface of var. haydeni Gabb. "

The Franklin District.

Franklin is situated in Idaho, a mile or two north of the northern
line of Utah, and Sta. 38 is in Idaho, but stations 39 and 40 are
a mile and a half or two miles south of the line, in Utah.

Oreohelix strigosa fragilis (Hemphill). PL XVI, fig. 1.

Patula strigosa var. fragilis Hemphill, Naut., IV, 17-18, 1890. Binney's
4th Suppl. Terr. Moll., pp. 174-175, 1892.

Sta. 38, a small, isolated, barren-looking mountain about a mile
west of Franklin, Idaho, in the edges of Paleozoic limestone slides
surrounded by sage brush. The specimens from this station are
small (few exceeding 17 mm. in diameter), much depressed, not
quite so fragile as from the next station, and with a wider umbilicus,
as would be expected from the depressed form. The noticeably
translucent shell and general appearance, however, connects them
with this subspecies, rather than with typical depressa. From this
station we have also 1 Vallonia cyclophorella Ancey, 1 Pupilla blandi
(Morse) and 2 Succinea avara Say.

Sta. 39, Prater Gulch, south of High Creek Canyon, Utah, about
six miles southeast of Franklin, Idaho, nearly east of the railroad
station of Webster, Utah, in quartzite talus. Rare in several slides
visited, very abundant in one. The specimens are typical, but
rather larger than most of those in Clapp's Hemphill collection,
averaging about 20 mm. in diameter, altitude variable in its propor-
tion to transverse diameter, but nearly all higher than the average
from Sta. 38. This subspecies is closely allied to depressa, but differs
slightly in anatomy, in the translucency and fragility of the shell,
and in the narrowing of the umbilicus by the reflected base of the
columella. Near Franklin, on red sandstone, is given as the type
locality. One might be led to suspect that the fragility of shell is
due to lack of lime, from the fact that Hemphill's material came
from sandstone and our No. 39 from quartzite, but the snails from
Sta. 38, in a limestone habitat, are also fragile, though to a less
degree, while depressa from quartzite slides are not fragile. The
Sta. 39 shells are so fragile that many of them were broken in carrying
them in the bags until we found time to clean them, a thing which
did not happen with any other Oreohelices we collected, and they
were not subjected to as hard usage as some. Indeed, it was the
fact that they broke so easily that attracted our attention in the

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

field to the probability that we had Hemphill's fragilis, which neither
of us had seen before.

At this station Vitrina alaskana Dall was noted, but not taken.

Oreohelix haydeni corrugata new subspecies. PI. XVII, fig. l.

Shell rather globose; spire elevated, one or two examples tabulate;
whorls 5 to oh, ample, convex, last one scarcely carinated at the
periphery on elevated specimens; spiral sculpture strong, closely
resembling that of typical haydeni and the subspecies betheli, con-
sisting of an average of about 13 strong, sharp ridges (in a few exam-
ples scarcely stronger than the riblets), the interspaces much broader
and occupied by from 3 to 6 spiral riblets or threads; numerous
crowded, irregular, transverse riblets and growth lines roughen the
shell and give to the spiral ridges and riblets a knobbed appearance
under a lens; color pinkish-white to white, first 2 or 3 whorls dark
horn-color; altitude of type in Univ. Colo. Museum, 14 mm.; greater
diameter, 18 mm.; lesser diameter 15.7 mm.; cotype in collection of
L. E. Daniels 13 mm.; greater diameter, 18.5 mm.; lesser diameter,
16 mm.; cotype in Mus. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., alt. 14, diam. 19.7
mm.; umbilicus deep and very narrow, almost cylindrical, exhibiting
whorls to the apex. The shell is more globose, the whorls of greater
caliber and the umbilicus much narrower than in typical haydeni,
and typical betheli is even more depressed and widely umbilicated
For purposes of comparison we republish Gabb's figure of haydeni
(PI. XVIII, fig. 3), and original figures of betheli (PI. XVIII, fig. 1)
and its variety alta (PI. XVIII, fig. 2), neither of which have been
hitherto figured. Binney's figures of haydeni do not appear to be
typical. Type locality, Sta. 40, a small mountain of Paleozoic
limestone nearly isolated from the main chain, south of west from
Sta. 39, and southeast of Webster, Utah, under the shrub Kunzia
tridentata and coarse-leafed herbaceous plants, and in one place in a
small rock slide. Abundant. This subspecies forms another
exception to Hemphill's observation concerning the geographic
dividing line between the transversely-ribbed and longitudinally-
ribbed forms (Binney's 2nd Suppl. Terr. Moll., p. 31, 1886).

Hemphill recorded haydeni from the Oquirrh Mountains and
also from near Ogden, but a large series in Clapp's Hemphill col-
lection labelled partly oquirrhcnsix, partly haydeni and partly hemp-
hill i, all from "near Salt Lake," does not disclose any difference
between them, and should probably all be called oquirrhensis, except
perhaps two much more elevated examples which may be from a
different localitv.

338 proceedings of the academy of [may,

The McCammon District.
McCammon, Idaho, is about fifty miles northwest of Franklin.

Oreohelix cooperi (W. G. B.).

Sta. 1, one mile north of McCammon, Idaho, on the north side of
the railroad. Several additional faint, narrow color bands below
periphery.

Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckll.).

Sta. 2, about six miles up Harkness Canyon, directly east of
McCammon, below the first limestone ledge, under leaves and small
stones. This form is allied to depressa by its anatomy, but is on the
average much less depressed, the whorls more convex, and few are
strongly banded, though most of them show some traces of color
bands, and a number exhibit several faint, narrow bands below,
such as are so common in 0. cooperi, but not so usual in depressa.

Oreohelix tenuistriata new species. PI. XV, figs. 5, 6.

Shell small, rather depressed; whorls about 4^, convex, carinated;
transverse sculpture consists of numerous, crowded, sharp, wavy
lines, presenting a beautiful appearance under a lens, crossed by
a number of indistinct, raised, spiral lines; umbilicus open, exhibiting
all of the whorls; color of live shell unknown, but probably a dirty
white; exact measurements of adult unknown, but diameter about
9 mm., altitude about 5 or 5.5 mm. The paratype in Coll. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. measures, alt. 5.1, diam. 8.5 mm. In general appear-
ance and sculpture it closely resembles 0. carinifera Pils., but the
transverse sculpture is sharper than in the two specimens of that
species we have been able to examine. Also the second embryonic
whorl is sharply striate and convex, while in carinifera and hemphilli
it is smooth and convex and in yavapai it is smooth and flatter.

Type locality, Sta. lh, a canyon between McCammon and Hot
Lava Springs, Idaho, about two miles southwest of the latter place.
Only three examples were found, all more or less broken. One is
in The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, one in the
University of Colorado, and the type in the collection of Mr. Daniels.
These specimens were all submitted to Dr. Pilsbry, who says they
represent an undescribed species and belong to the hemphilli and
carinifera group. With more and better material this may prove
to be a subspecies of one or the other, but it does not at present seem
probable. With it were found, sparingly, Vallpnia gracilicosta
Reinh., Euconulus fulvus Mull, and Vitrina alaskana Dall.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PH1LA. 19 16.

PLATE XV.

HENDERSON and DANIELS: MOLLUSCA OF UTAH AND IDAHO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XVI.

HENDERSON AND DANIELS: MOLLUSC A OF UTAH AND IDAHO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191G.

PLATE XVII.

^

•

'

*

t

-•

7*

Ih

HENDERSON AND DANIELS: MOLLUSCA OF UTAH AND IDAHO.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XVIII.

HENDERSON AND DANIELS: MOLLUSCA OF UTAH AND IDAHO.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

Pisidium huachucanum Pits, and Ferr.

In a spring near Port Neuf River, north of McCammon, Idaho.
Identified by Dr. Sterki.

Explanation of Plates XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII.

Plate XV. — Fig. 1. — Oreohelix peripherica, -ix examples from Sta. 26, North

Ogden Canyon, Utah.
Fig. 2. — Oreohelix peripherica, six examples from Sta. o(), near Cache Junc-
tion. Utah.
Fig. 3.— Oreohelix peripherica, nine examples from Sta. 31. near Cache

Junction, Utah.
Fig. 4. — Oreohelix peripherica, two abnormal specimens from Sta. 4, near

Trenton, Utah.
Fig. 5. — Oreohelix tenuistriata n. sp., 3 views of type specimen from near

Hot Lava Springs, Idaho. In collection of L. E. Daniels.
Fig. 6. — Oreohelix tenuistriata n. sp., 3 views of cotype from near Hot Lava

Springs, Idaho. In Univ. Colo. Museum.
Fig. 7. — Oreohelix hemphilli eurekensis n. subsp., 3 views of type specimen

from Eureka, Utah, in Univ. Colo. Museum.
Fig. 8. — Oreohelix hemphilli eurekensis n. subsp., 3 views of co-type from

Eureka, Utah. In Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

Plate XVI. — Fig. 1. — Oreohelix strigosa fragilis, six examples from Sta. 39,

east of Webster, Utah.
Fig. 2. — Oreohelix strigosa buttoni, four examples from Sta. 16, Taylor

Canyon, near Ogden. Utah.
Fig. 3. — Oreohelix haydeni gabbiana, five examples from Sta. 15, Oquirrh

Mts., Utah.
Fig. 4. — Oreohelix haydeni hybrida, five examples from Sta. 42, near Logan,

Utah.

Plate XVII. — Fig. 1. — Oreohelix haydeni corrugata n. subsp. Three views of
four specimens from type lot, Sta. 40, southeast of Webster, Utah.
Fig. 2. — Oreohelix peripherica Ancey. Three views of four specimens from
Sta. 29, near Cache June, Utah.

Plate XVIII. — Fig. 1. — Oreohelix haydeni betheli, six examples from type
locality, north of river. Glenwood Springs, Colo.
Fig. 2. — Oreohelix haydeni betheli var. alia, eight examples from type locality,

south of river, Glenwood Springs, Colo.
Fig. 3. — Oreohelix haydi ni, Gabb's original figure from Amer. Journ. Conch.

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

NOTES ON THE ANATOMY OF OREOHELIX, WITH A CATALOGUE OF

THE SPECIES.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The present study is based chiefly upon material collected by
Messrs. Junius Henderson and L. E. Daniels in Utah and southern
Idaho.1 Its object is to determine the characters of the reproductive
organs and teeth of the species of this area, both as an aid in the
discrimination of the species, and to afford a basis for comparison in
further work on the genus. The new catalogue of the species and
minor forms of Oreohelix appended, embodies the results of study
in the museum and field from time to time during the past ten or
fifteen years.2

The genus Oreohelix is one of the most difficult groups of land
snails within our boundaries by reason of the multiplicity of forms,
and the strange parallelism of shell characters sometimes existing
between species or races not directly related. This has led to erro-
neous identifications, with consequent errors in the data of geographic
distribution.

The shell seems to be especially plastic ; not only are there many
local races of various grades of differentiation, but in any colony of
some of the species one finds a wide range of variation in the features
usually depended on for specific discrimination, such as absolute
size, height of the spire, width of the umbilicus relative to the diame-
ter, and development of the sculpture. Sometimes colored and
white individuals exist in the same colony. If the banded pattern
is primitive in the strigosa and cooperi groups, as seems highly proba-
ble, then it appears that bandless or white mutations have arisen
independently in many colonies, where they sometimes exist with
the earlier pattern, apparently in hybrid populations.

Eighty-six names have been proposed for forms of all grades;
many of these are quite insufficiently defined, and no doubt part

1 For data relating to the localities and shells collected reference must be made
to their paper "Hunting Mollusca in Utah and Idaho." A few species collected
by Mr. jas. H. Ferriss and the author are also considered.

2 The writer has personally collected ten of the twenty-four species known.
All of the species and subspecies are contained in the collection of the Academy
except the following: 0. bruneri Ancey, 0. cooperi stantoni Dall, and 0. strigosa
imilaris Dawson.

191().] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341

of them are superfluous, either because they are synonymous with
other nanus, or because they denote variations not of racial value.
In many cases, further collections are requisite, as the small, assorted
series of the earlier collectors give no adequate idea of the association
of forms in the colonies. Moreover, the location of colonies has
often been carelessly recorded, entailing much strenuous field work
on the investigator of to-day, work which could have been saved
by carefully noting the locations of type localities.

Distribution of Oreohelix.

The genus is almost confined to the western mountain region of
the United States, but there is one species in southern Assiniboia
and one near the southern boundary of Alberta. Formerly one
species extended eastward to eastern Iowa. Southward the genus
practically reaches the Mexican boundary, in the Big Hachet moun-
tains of Xew Mexico and the Huachucas of Arizona; and it will
probably be found below the boundary. An outlying species on
Catalina Island, California, is widely remote from its kindred,
among alien associates.

A northern and a southern area of speciation may be dis-
tinguished. The southern group occupies the southern half of
New Mexico, Arizona south of the Colorado River, and Catalina
Island, California. It comprises all of the recent species of the
subgenus Radiocentrum, and the species of Oreohelix proper which
have swollen penes. Species as follows:

0. concentrata. (Radiocentrum.)

0. metcalfei. 0. avalo?iensis.

0. pilsbryi. 0. chiricahuana.

0. yavapai. 0. clap pi.

0. barbata. 0. ferrissi.

0. socori'oejisis. 0. hachetana.
0. cooperi.

Several of these species have one or more subspecies. 0. cooperi
occurs only at considerable elevations, and in forms differing some-
what from northern specimens. 0. yavapai has been found also in
northwestern Wyoming. It is one of the widely distributed species.
The other species are special to the southern area.

In the Florida and Dragoon mountains a few imperfect and very
old specimens have been recorded doubtfully as 0. strigosa; but it
seems more likely that they belong to the group with swollen penes,
some of which resemble 0. strigosa.

The northern group occupies Arizona north of the Colorado and

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

northern New Mexico, north to British America, and in its greatest
amplitude from the Mississippi Eiver (pleistocene) to eastern Wash-
ington. The most widely spread species is 0. cooperi, with 0. strigosa
depressa next. 0. haydeni also is spread over a considerable though
much smaller area. Most of the other species and races are rela-
tively local in distribution, and many are known from but one or a
few contiguous colonies.

Oreohelix cooperi still occurs from the Black Hills to Montana and
Idaho, and from Assiniboia to the southern third of New Mexico
and Arizona. Its range was formerly wider, as it is not uncommon
in the loess of eastern Iowa. Its presence there indicates a drier
and cooler summer climate than that of eastern Iowa to-day. Where
I have collected 0. cooperi in the mountain states it is a shell of
the " aspen zone."

Oreohelix is rarely if ever found in abundance except where the
country rock is limestone. Some species, in areas largely blanketed
by later igneous rock, seem to be wholly restricted to the limestone
outcrops. They live on the surface, in dry weather finding refuge
under superficial stones, leaves or sticks. Except 0. barbdta in the
Chiricahua mountains, I do not remember ever finding Oreohelix
below the surface layer of stones or rocks.

Reproductive Organs of Oreohelix.

The genitalia have a general resemblance to the same organs in
Ashmunella and Sonorella, but there are some differences. There is
never a flagellum, though the epiphallus is well developed. The
penis-papilla is obsolete or wanting. The penis consists of a lower
segment which is longitudinally ribbed within, and an upper segment
with thinner walls which are densely papillose within, and enclose a
larger cavity. The internally ribbed part is very short in Radio-
centrum, but from about a third to over half the total length in
Oreohelix proper. The distal end is truncate or quite shortly
bicornute.

In the figures, the organs are shown in nearly their natural positions,
except that in some cases the folds of the penis are slightly opened
out, to bring the epiphallus into full view. The specific characters
are largely a matter of measurements of the epiphallus and penis
and its parts. These measurements are taken with dividers after
pulling the organs straight, but without stretching. Thus PI. 20,
fig. la, and PI. 22, fig. la show the penes of two species pinned out
for measuring, after drawing figures in the natural positions.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

All figures were drawn with an Abbe camera lucida.

In these Proceedings for 1905, p. 271, a grouping of the species
of Oreohelix according to the characters of the genitalia was tenta-
tively advanced. The examination of many more species and local
races in the main confirms the arrangement then proposed. By the
genitalia the species group as follows.

1. Epiphallus about as long as the penis, the retractor muscle inserted

upon it; internally plicate part of the penis very short;
animal oviparous, etc. Subgenus Radiocentrum.

2. Epiphallus much shorter than the penis, the retractor muscle

inserted upon both at their junction (except in 0. barbatd);
internally plicate part of the penis \ to over \ of its length;
viviparous species. Subgenus Oreohelix.

a. Penis long, the distal part about equal in diameter to the

lower part, though usually collapsing on account of the
thinner walls. 0. strigosa, peripherica, hendersoni, elrodi,
haydeni and their varieties. Also 0. cooperi, which is
somewhat intermediate between groups a and b, being a
generalized species in genitalia.

b. Penis short, the basal part decidedly more swollen than the

distal, 0. yavapai, concentrica, metcalfei, pilsbryi, barbata,
and their varieties.

The division of Oreohelix into "transversely ribbed," "smooth or
striate," and "longitudinally ribbed" groups by Hemphill and
Binney is a division of convenience in the identification of specimens,
but it has no relation to the affinities of the species.

Teeth of Oreohelix.

In Oreohelix there are two types of teeth, as W. G. Binney first
pointed out. In one group the central and inner lateral teeth have
no side-cusps or cutting points. Here belong:

0. strigosa (Gld.). Binnev, T. M. vol. V, PI. IV, fig. h.3

0. cooperi (W. G. B.). Binney, T. M. vol. V, PI. IV, fig. g, and

several examined by myself.
0. haydeni (Gabb). Binney, T. M. vol. V, PI. XVI, fig. b. Also

0. h. betheli and 0. h. corrugata examined by myself.
0. peripherica (Anc). Binney, T. M. vol. V, PI. XVI, fig. a (var.

newcombi). Also numerous radulse of several forms examined

by me, from Henderson and Daniel's Stations 29, 30, 33, 36.

3 Just what race of strigosa Binney had remains in doubt. In the same volume
he described and figured the genitalia of a Salmon River strigosa, which would
presumably be 0. s. jugalis, but perhaps O. s. subcarinata. He gives the formula
50-1-50 for a transverse row of teeth. As all the other species of Oreohelix exam-
ined by Binney and the writer have between 20-1-20 and 33-1-33 teeth, this
count is remarkable, and if confirmed would certainly indicate a species distinct,
from any other of which the dentition is known.

344

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[May,

0. strigosa depressa (Ckll.). Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1905
PL XXII, figs. 1-3 (Pecos, N. M.); also from Colorado Springs,
near McCammon, Idaho, and Ogden Canyon, Utah.

0. rugosa (Hemph.). See fig. la. Formula 19, 13, 1, 13, 19.

0. metcalfei (Ckll.). Formula 17, 11, 1, 11, 17.

0. concentrata (Dall). Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1905, p. 276
(Form huachucana).

0. yavapai (Pils.). Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1905, PI. XXII,
fig. 7.

Fig. 1. — Central and two inner lateral teeth of (a) Oreohelix rugosa, and (b) 0.

hendersoni.

In the second group the central and all lateral and marginal teeth
have sicle-cusps. Of this kind are :

O. idahoensis (Newc). Binney, T. M. vol. V, PI. IV, fig. i.

0. hemphilli (Newc.).4 Binney, T. M. vol. V, PL IV, fig. j.

0. barbata Pils., Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1905, PL XXII, fig. 6.

O. chiricahuana Pils., Pilsbrv, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1905, PL XXII,

figs. 10, 11.
0. clappi Ferriss, Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1905, PL XXII, fig. 4.

In O. clappi the cusps and cutting points on the central teeth are
very small. In O. hendersoni (fig. 16) they are small and partly united
with the lateral cutting edges of the middle cusp. This species is transi-
tional to the form of teeth found in O. cooperi, O. haydeni and others.
There is therefore no hard and fast line of demarcation between the
two groups, although nearly all of the species examined are seen at
once to belong to one or the other, and the form of the teeth is there-
fore a useful specific character.

Nearly all of the radulse examined have 29 to 33 teeth on each
side of the central tooth. A few have not so many, 0. yavapai
having 26, O. barbata 23, and 0. hemphilli, according to Binney, 20.

4 Binney reported O. hemphilli from "Manitou, Williams Canyon, Colorado."
The shell from this place needs comparison with the type of hemphilli. Whether
his figure of the teeth was from the Nevada or the Colorado form is not known.
Fig. 157, Man. Amer. Land Shells, p. 168, is not very characteristic, and if hemp-
hilli, it is an immature individual. The tvpe of O. hemphilli is No. 23,060
A. N. S. P.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

The count of teeth is rather small for a Helicid genus. Mr. Binney's
count for "0. strigosa," 50-1-50, is so detached from other known
species that it needs confirmation.

Oreohelix strigosa (Gld.).

The anatomy of typical 0. strigosa is unknown, since we have yet
to rediscover the typical form. Hemphill's var. parma from Spokane
Falls is near the original strigosa, but it is larger and more solid.
Further west, at Blue Lake in the Grand Coulee, there is a small,
thin race, closely resembling jugalis Hemph. Nothing is known
of the soft anatomy of any of the subspecies or races of Washington,
central and "northern Idaho and Montana.

Oreohelix strigosa depressa (CklU. PI. 19, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 0, 7; pi. 120, fig. 8.

(a) Specimens from Manitou Canyon, near Colorado Springs, are
taken to be typical depressa (fig. 1). The penis is long, from over
three-fourths to more than the diameter of the shell, the internally
costate portion is not swollen, and is less than half the entire length —
usually about one-third. It has 5 or 6 ribs inside. The distal
portion collapses along three lines, so that its section is trefoil shaped.
This is due to three bands where the wall is slightly thicker. It lies
coiled in the body, usually showing two principal bends. The
general appearance in different individuals is shown in pi. 19, figures
1, 2 (also pi. 19, fig. 5, 0. s. fragilis.) The form cornea (pi. 19, fig. 3)
is identical with depressa anatomically.

(6) In another series of specimens dissected the distal part of the
penis collapses along two instead of three sides, so that its section
becomes flattened instead of triangular. It is also less coiled or
twisted than in typical depressa. This form of penis is shown in pi.
19, figs. 4 and 7, and pi. 20, fig. 8. The last five measurements
in the table on page 346 belong to these. While the trefoil and
the flat forms are almost always readily distinguishable, yet in a
few specimens of the fiat type I have opened, there is some indica-
tion of a third ridge in part of the length (Stations 43, 46, figs. 3 and
6 of plate 19).

The flat type is probably more primitive than the trefoil, since it
is common to this form of strigosa, peripherica and haydeni.

O. s. depressa form tooelensis H. and D. (pi. 21, fig. 5), from Station
10, about 6 miles from Tooele, Utah, agrees with many specimens
of depressa in genitalia. The distal part of the penis is flattened.

The radula of O. s. depressa from Colorado Springs has 16, 17, 1,
17, 16 teeth, the central and 5 or 6 inner laterals unicuspid.

346

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[May,

Oreohelix strigosa fragilis (Hemph.). PI. 19, fig. 5.

Genitalia as in 0. s. depressa, the distal portion of the penis col-
lapsing into a trefoil shape in the individual dissected (Station 38).

Length of penis 18 mm.; of internally costate part 5 mm.; epiph-
allus 4; penial retractor 6 mm.; diameter of the shell about 19 mm.
Oreohelix strigosa buttoni (Hemph.). PI. 21, fig. 6.

Genitalia as in form tooelensis, 0. s. depressa from Provo, and
others, the penis collapsing flat. The lower part has 5 ribs within.
Length of penis 25 mm., of internally costate portion 10, of epiphallus
7 mm., penial retractor 15 mm.; vagina 6.7 mm. The specimens
came from Station 16, Taylor Canyon, near Ogden, Utah.

Measurements, in mm., of the genitalia of Oreohelix strigosa depressa.

<«

*3

•Ji

f

etrac-

cle.

C+H

03

o

o .
u- -c +=

3 *

Locality.

0

tho

ate
en is

; =

*2

° " '£

sn a

o .

th o
mat
due

xim
nete
hell.

CT>

,—1

MS

2Pt5 ~

bC.£<

SP'3 u

fcX sjd

MSt

£ 3 x

e S

u g^
1— 1

C o r,

C 03
3*

C r> C

l^a-s

E

Colorado Springs,

Manitou Canyon

18.5

6.5

7.5

11

8

23

Fig. 1

Near Salt Lake City,

Sta. 43

24

8

6

11

6

25

L'ig-13

Emigration Canyon,

Sta. 46

26.5

11

7

7.5

6.5

25

Fig. 6

Near McCammon,

Idaho, Sta. 2

23.5

7

6.3

10

5.5

27

Fig. 2

28

8.5

7

10.5

21.5

Ogden Canyon, Utah,

Sta. 22

27.5

9

7

15

6

26

Fig. 7

Near Logan, Utah,

Sta. 41

19.5

5.8

5

9

22

19

Fig. 4

Form tooelensis,

Station 10

17

7

5

7.5

3.6

22

PL 21
Fig. 5

Oquirrh Mts., Sta-

tion 13

23

8

7

13.5

6.6

22

25

PL 21

Fig. 7

Provo, U^tah, Station

44

20.5

8.5

7.5

7

6.5

23

PL 20
Fig. 8

Oreohelix hendersoni Pils. PI. 20, fig. 7.

The length of the penis is three-fourths of the diameter of the
shell. Its internally costate segment is one-third the total length,
and the distal papillose portion is somewhat flattened. Length of
the epiphallus is contained 2f times in that of the penis. The
penial retractor muscle is shorter than usual in P. strigosa depressa.

l'.lltil

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

347

The lower third of the spermatheca duct is Large, then abruptly
contracting. There is a general similarity with the genitalia of
0. s. depressa. Measurements in mm. follow. Length of penis 12,
of its costate lower portion 4; epiphallus 4.5; penial retractor 4;
vagina 4; spermatheca and duct 10.5; diam. of shell 16 mm.

The three areas of the radula appear distinct, in a slightly enlarged
view, the rows of marginal teeth being oblique. In most Oreohelices
the areas are not well marked. The central tooth and laterals have
rudimentary side cusps. Formula 16, 12, 1, 12, 16. Text fig. 16.
By the forms of the individual teeth and the more distinct differen-
tiation of areas in the radula, this species differs from the strigosa
series.

Oreohelix haydeni (Gabb). PI. 21, figs. 1. 2, 4, 8.

0. haydeni does not differ from 0. strigosa depressa in any important
or diagnostic characters of the genitalia or dentition, but the features
of the shell seem quite sufficient to give it specific rank.

The typical form, from Weber Canyon in the Wasatch Range,
has not been collected alive so far as I know. The forms examined
agree pretty closely in soft anatomy. The internally costate part
of the penis is about one-third of the total length. The distal
portion collapses flat. The penial retractor is decidedly shorter in
subsp. corrugata and hybrida than in subsp. betheli and gabbiana.
This is probably not a character of much importance. The retractor
is sometimes continued in the lung floor for some distance, as in
pi. 21, figs. 2 and 8. Only the free part is measured in the table.
In hybrida the penis is more twisted than in the other forms, at least
in the individual dissected. In all the forms, the distal part of the
penis collapses more or less flat. 0. h. betheli has four unequal ribs
in the lower part.

Length of
penis.

rt X

sib-g a tc.3<

i
o

03 .
O Sh oq o .

— .5 6 — .E

-L - . zL ti

~ U ~ z: ri

- D.-8 - >

Length of
spermatheca

and duct.

Approximate

diameter
Of shell.

Plate 21.

0. h. betheli
( >. h. gabbiana

0. h. corrugata

0. h. hybrida

19
Hi
lti..-)
Hi

6 18 +
(i 11
5 7
4 5

7.5 21

5.5

5 17

4 15

5 Fig. 2
5.5 Fig. 1
5 Fig. 4
5 Fig. 8

24

348

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[May,

In 0. h. betheli and 0. h. corrugata the central and inner lateral
teeth are unicuspid, but there are narrow, cutting edges overhanging
from the central cusps, in place of side cusps.

Oreohelix haydeni mixta n. subsp.

The shell is whitish with the early whorls clay color (the last whorl
sometimes having two narrow brown bands, the upper one ascending
the spire). Sculpture often equal, rather fine, deeply cut growth-
wrinkles, cut by spiral engraved lines, unequally developed, and
on the base often grouped so as to leave spiral bands of long granules
at intervals. Periphery angular or subangular in front, becoming
rounded on the rest of the last whorl. Embryonic shell having
irregular radial ripples, and the usual very fine spiral striation; on
the last whorl some coarse spirals ; peripheral carina strongly pinched
out.

Height 18.3, diam. 12 mm.; umbilicus 3.6 mm.

The genitalia (pi. 21, fig. 3) resemble the organs of 0. haydeni in
proportions, the internally ribbed part of the penis being less than
half of the total length, but thicker than in haydeni, perhaps an
individual feature. The distal part has a somewhat trefoil section.
It differs from 0. cooperi by the longer penis relative to the diameter
of the shell, its length being about equal to the diameter in this form,
but decidedly less in all of the cooperi I have measured. The inter-
nally costate part is relatively shorter than in cooperi.

Glenwood Springs, Colorado, on the bluff above the Hotel Colorado,
among oak leaves and debris on a sandstone and shale ledge above
station of 0. h. betheli. Type No. 94,058 A. N. S. P. (from No. 447
of Prof. Ellsworth Bethel, 1907).

Another lot from Mr. Bethel, No. 94,796, consists of individuals
like the above lot, with others having two narrow spiral lines in the
usual cooperi positions. One of this lot (whether banded or plain
not known) was dissected, pi. 22, fig. 5. It agrees with the type in
proportions of the penis, but the penial retractor and the vagina are
shorter. Measurements of the genitalia in mm. follow.

Mus.
No.

Length of
penis.

Length of

internally

ribbed part

of penis.

Length of

epiphal-

lus.

Length of

penial
retractor.

Length of Diameter
vagina. of shell.

94,058...
94,796....

18
17.5

6.8
7.7

6.3
6

IS

8

9
6

18.3
about 18

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

349

This is the form which was at one time identified as 0. haydeni
gabbiana. It resembles 0. h. hybrida very closely, but the embryonic
stage differs. The last embryonic whorl is not so convex in mixta,
and its major spirals are more distinct and the radial ripples are
more irregular. The carina is decidedly more prominent, and the
whorl as a whole is distinctly more depressed. It is likely that
hybrida and mixta are independent forms of the haydeni stock, or
perhaps separated relics of a pro-haydeni race.

Some specimens have much the appearance of cooperi, but the
genitalia show that there is no real connection. There is large
individual variation in the height of the spire.

The embryonic shell of 0. h. gabbiana has stronger spirals both
above and below near the end of the last embryonic whorl; its
periphery is less pinched out, and it is less depressed. The adult
gabbiana is usually more strongly angular or keeled.
Oreohelix peripherica (Ancey). PI. 20, figs, l to 6.

In genitalia this species does not differ materially from 0. strigosa
depressa (b) and 0. haydeni. The internally costate part of the penis
is less than half of the total length, usually slightly over a third.
The internally papillose distal portion usually collapses flat, but one
specimen from Station 30 and one from 36 there are weak indica-
tions of a third ridge. The cylindric lower part of the penis has
5 or 6 longitudinal ribs within.

Many specimens were opened, from various localities, and including
nearly smooth, fine-ribbed and coarse-ribbed, white and banded
individuals. Except in size, there is very little variation.

Measurements, in mm., of the genitalia of Oreohelix peripherica.

Locality.

Length of
penis.

Length of
costate part
of penis.

Length of
epiphallus.

Length of
penial
retractor.

Length of
vagina.

Length of
spermatheca
and duct.

Approximate
diameter
of shell.

Plate 20.

Station 26

18.5

16

18.5

14

18

18

21

6
6

7.2
6.5

8

6.5
7.5

4
5.5

6
4
4

4.5

5

"8.5

o.o
11.5

10

13.5

5.5
4.5
6.6

6

6.5

18""
18
21
23.5

18-20
18-25
195-20
20
20

Fig. 4

Station 26 ...

Station 29...

Fig. 3
Fig. 6
Fig. 2

Fig. 1

Fig. 5

Station 30.

Station 33

(Whitci
Station 33

(Banded)
Station 36

350

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[May,

The central and inner lateral teeth have no side cusps. There
are about 12 lateral teeth on each side (Station 30). In an individual
from Station 36 there are 17, 13, 1, 13, 17 teeth. The transition from
lateral to marginal teeth is very gradual in this species, so that the
exact number of laterals is somewhat uncertain.

Oreohelix rugosa (Hemphill). PL 22, figs. 7, 7a.

The penis is about two-thirds the diameter of the shell, therefore
shorter than in any form of 0. s. depressa examined. Its internally
costate lower portion is relatively decidedly longer than in 0. s.
depressa, being over half the total length, agreeing with that of
0. cooperi. Inside the lower part has 5 or 6 fleshy ribs, smooth, as
usual, and the upper part has about the same number, but they are
lower, and both ribs and intervals are papillose. The duct of the
spermatheca is longer than in 0. s. depressa. Two individuals
measure :

Length of
penis.

Length of
costate
part of
penis.

Length of
epiphallus

Length of

penial
retractor.

Length

of
vagina.

Length of
sperma-
theca and
duct.

Diameter
of shell.

16
16

11
10

6
6.2

7.6

6

29

24.5

There are about 13 lateral teeth on each side, the inner 9 to 11
without side cusps. The transition to marginals is very gradual.

Oreohelix cooperi (W. G. B.). PI. 22, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.

Specimens from Wyoming, Utah, Colorado and New Mexico
have been dissected. All agree in having the internally costate
part of the penis longer than the papillose part, which at once differ-
entiates the species from 0. strigosa and 0. peripherica, in which the
costate part is much shorter than the papillose part. The penial
retractor is short, less than half the length of the penis in the smaller
specimens, but about two-thirds the length of penis in the large
forms from Yellowstone Park and New Mexico. The median part
of the penis is often somewhat swollen, but in other examples this is
not noticeable.

The penis has usually four main fleshy ridges in the lower part
as in specimens from McCammon, Idaho (fig. 2), and the Black Range
of New Mexico, or there may be about 6 unequal ridges (fig. 1,
Yellowstone Park, No. 96,973), one of them continuing upwards

191(3.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

351

further than the others. In the Black Range form the ribbed portion
projects upwards into the cavity of the papillose part.

Measurements in mm., of the genitalia of Oreohelix cooperi.

Locality.

Glenevre, Colo.,

7,000 ft, S2.1S5

McCammon, Idaho,

Station 1

Eureka, Utah, Station

6...
O. cooperi maxima.

Yellowstone Park,

96,973

Black Range, X. M.

Sta. 26

MS

r -
i. -

«-

8.6

4.6

4.3

12

7.5

5.5

12

6.5

5

14.5

8.7

5

15.5

9

5

2.4
5.3

4

10
9

2

3.7

3.7

5
5

11 i 16-18
21 22

15-16

24 26

Fig. 3
Fig. 2
Fig. 4

Fig. 1

Oreohelix yavapai extremitatis Pils. & Ferr. PI. 22, figs. 6, 6a.

The specimen figured is from Shell, Wyoming (Pilsbry, Nautilus
XXVII, 1913, p. 50). The penis is short, its lower two-thirds
swollen, upper third cylindric; internally there are very low, short
folds bounded above by a low narrow transverse ridge, in the enlarged
part, the upper part having densely papillose walls. Fig. 6a repre-
sents the penis opened and pinned flat. The papilla? in the upper
portion are represented diagrammatically. The epiphallus is not
quite half as long as the penis. The base of the spermatheca duct
is enlarged, as usual. The uterus contained 8 embryos in the indi-
vidual figured, the largest of 2^ whorls. Length of penis 7 mm.,
of its internally costate part 4.5; epiphallus 3.3 mm.; vagina 2 mm.;
spermatheca and duct 13 mm.

The central and 5 or 6 inner lateral teeth have no side cusps. The
seventh lateral has a well developed ectocone.

The jaw is striate as usual in the genus.

The animal is purplish black above and on the sides, the sole
cream colored.

The embryonic shell has 2\ whorls, is convex above with an angular,
not acute, periphery. The first \\ whorls are convex with irregular
growth stria?, some microscopic spirals then appearing. The last
third of a whorl has about 5 coarse but very low spirals, and the

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

cuticle, under a high power, is seen to be minutely crinkled, also
on the base.

Oreohelix conoentrata (Dall). PI. 22, fig. 9.

The specimen figured is No. 94,343 A. N. S. P., from Miller's Peak,
Huachuca Mts., Arizona. The penis is swollen below the middle,
length 8 mm., length of internally costate part 4.5 mm.; of epiphallus
4 mm.; of vagina about 3.6 mm. Diameter of the shell 15.5 mm.

This agrees substantially with the large form of the same district,
0. c. form huachucana (Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1905, p. 275,
pi. 19, fig. 6). Both differ from 0. strigosa by the swollen penis and
relatively larger costate portion, which occupies more than half the
total length, as in 0. cooperi. My former reference of concentrata and
huachucana to 0. strigosa as subspecies was clearly erroneous, and
due to the fact that I had not dissected enough Oreohelices to appre-
ciate their specific characters. In the general discussion of the
anatomy (Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1905, p. 271), 0. strigosa and huachu-
cana were put in separate divisions.

Oreohelix metoalfei Ckll. PI. 22, fig. 10.

Collected in abundance by Mr. Ferriss and the writer, in the
Black Range, New Mexico. The penis resembles that of 0. concen-
trata and 0. pilsbryi, the median portion being much swollen, with
very thick walls, and broad, longitudinal ribs inside. The much
narrower, twisted upper portion has coarse papillae within, and one
longitudinal papillose rib. Length of penis 12 mm., of its internally
costate portion 7 mm.; of epiphallus 4 mm.; vagina 4 mm. Diameter
of the shell 19.5 mm.

The radula has 12 lateral teeth on each side, like those of 0. s.
depressa except that the cusps are more slender.

Oreohelix pilsbryi Ferriss. PI. 22, fig. 8.

Genitalia about as in 0. metcalfei. The swollen part of the penis
has about 6 unequal ribs within; these project slightly into the cavity
of the papillose portion, which has one longitudinal rib. Length
of penis 12, of the ribbed portion 7 mm.; epiphallus 4 mm.; penial
retractor 4 mm.; vagina '4 mm.; spermatheca and duct 15 mm.
Diameter of the shell 17.6 mm.

Although the shell of 0. pilsbryi has an astonishing similarity to
that of 0. haydeni, the genitalia show that there is no direct relation-
ship. 0. metcalfei is closely related to pilsbryi, being anatomically
indistinguishable.

1916.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 353

Catalogue of species, subspecies, and other named forms.

Note. — An asterisk (*) following a specific or varietal name indi-
cates that a figure of the genitalia has been published by the writer,
and serves to show what species and subspecies require examination.
Several other subspecies of the Arizonian species have been dis-
sected but not figured.

0. idahoensis (Newc). Coeur d'Alene district, Idaho.
O. cooperi (W. G. B.).* Black Hills, S. Dakota; (Rocky Mountains).
Forms trifasciata Ckll., Mesa Co., Colo.; confluens Ckll., Gar-
field and Mesa Cos., Colo.; elevata Ckll., Delta Co., Colo.;
typica Ckll., Colo.; minor Ckll., Rouett Co., Colo.; iowensis
Pils., Loess of Iowa; maxima Pils.,* Yellowstone Park.
0. c. stantoni Dall. Assiniboia.

0. c. globosula Ckll. Summit Co., Colo. (Syn. globulosa Pils.).
0. c. berryi Pils. Snowy Mts., Fergus Co., Mont.
0. rugosa (Hemph.).* Near Brigham City, Utah.
O. peripherica ( Ancey) . * Bear River region, Northern Utah. (Syn. ,
multicostata, Hemph.)
Forms binneyi, castanea, albofasciata, gouldi Hemph.
0. p. newcombi (Hemph.). Near Ogden, Utah.
0. p. wasatchensis (Hemph.). Near Ogden, Utah.
0. pygm.ea Pils. Near Shell, Wyoming.
O. strigosa (Gld.). "Interior of Oregon."

0. s. parma (Hemph.). Spokane Falls, Washington.

0. s. jugalis (Hemph.). Salmon River, Idaho.

0. s. intersum (Hemph.). Salmon River, Idaho.

0. s. limitaris (Dawson). Waterton Lake, Montana-Alberta

boundary.
0. s. alpina Elrod. Mission Range, Montana. (Svn. : montana

Elrod.)
O. s. subcarinata (Hemph.). Rathdrum, Idaho.

Forms lactea, bicolor and picta Hemph. Same colony.
O. s. depressa (Ckll.).* Near Durango, Colo.; (Southern Idaho
to northern Arizona, Colo., New Mexico).
Form major Ckll. Mesa Co., Colo.
" sinistrorsa Ckll., Colorado.

cornea Hemph.* Near Salt Lake City, Utah.
albida Hemph. Near Logan; Utah. (? Syn., Patula
strigosa var. alba Ckll., preoc).
" tooelensis Hend. and Dan.* Near Tooele, Utah.
0. s. fragilis (Hemph.).* Near Franklin, Idaho.
0. s. buttoni (Hemph.).* Box Elder Co., Utah; also near

Ogden.
0. s. magnicornu Pils. Big Horn Mts., Wyoming.
0. hendersoni Pils.* Little Thompson Creek, 10 miles N. W. of
Longmont, Colo.
0. h. dakani Hend. New Castle, Colo. (? = rugosa Hemph.).

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

0. haydeni (Gabb.). Weber canyon, Utah.

0. h. oquirrhensis (Hemph.). Oquirrh Mountains, Utah.
0. h. gabbiana (Hemph.).* Oquirrh Mountains, Utah.
0. h. utahensis (Hemph.). Oquirrh Mountains, Utah.
0. h. corrugata Hend. and Dan.* Small, nearly isolated moun-
tain, southeast of Webster, Utah.
0. h. hybrida (Hemph.).* Near Logan, Utah.
0. h. betheli Pils. and Ckll.* Glen wood Springs, Colorado.
Form alta Pils. and Ckll. Glenwood Springs, Colorado.
O. h. mixta Pils.* Glenwood Springs, Colorado.
O. hemphilli (Newc). White Pine mining district, Nevada.

O. h. eurekensis Hend. and Dan. Eureka, Utah.
O. tenuistriata Hend. and Dan. Between McCammon and Hot

Lava Springs, Idaho.
O. carinifera Pils. Garrison, Montana.
0. bruneri (Ancey). Montana. (Not seen by the author, and

unknown in American collections.)
0. elrodi Pils.* MacDonald Lake, Mission Range, Montana.
O. yavapai Pils.* Yavapai Co., Arizona, etc.

O. y. neomexicana Pils.* San Miguel Co., New Mexico.

0. y. compactula Ckll. Pecos canyon, New Mexico.

0. y. extremitatis Pils. and Ferr.* Grand Canyon, Ariz.; also

northern Wyoming.
O. y. angelica Pils. and Ferr. Grand Canyon, Arizona.
0. y. profundorum Pils. and Ferr. Grand Canyon, Arizona.
0. y. marise Bartsch. Squaw Creek, near mouth Gallatin
Canyon, Montana.
O. concentrata (Dall).* Huachuca Range, Arizona.

Form huachucana Pils.* Huachuca Range, Arizona.
O. metcalfei Ckll.* Black Range, New Mexico.
O. pilsbryi Ferriss.* Mineral Creek, Chloride, Sierra Co., New

Mexico.
O. barbata Pils.* Chiricahua Range, Arizona; also Mogollon
Range, N. M.
0. b. minima Pils. and Ferr. Chiricahua Range, Arizona.
O. socorroensis Pils. Socorro Co., New Mexico.

Subgenus Radiocentrum Pils.

O. avalonensis Hemph. Catalina Island, California.
O. CHiRiCAHUANA Pils.* Cave Creek Canyon, near the cave,
Chiricahua Range, Arizona.
0. c. percarinata Pils. and Ferr. Big Emigrant Canyon, and

Paradise Canyon, Chiricahua Range, Arizona.
0. c. obsoleta Pils. and Ferr. White Tail Canyon, Chiricahua
Range, Arizona.
O. clappi Ferriss.* Cave Creek, etc., Chiricahua Range, Arizona.
0. c. emigrans Pils. and Ferr. Big Emigrant Canyon, Chiri-

cahuas.
O. c. cataracta Pils. and Ferr. Falls of Cave Creek, Chiri-
cahuas.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355

O. ferrissi Pils.* Near mouth of Sheridan Canyon, Big Hachet
Mountains, New Mexico.

0. f. morticina Pils. Daniels Peak, Big Hachat Mts., New Mexico.
<). hachbtana Pils.* Summit of Big Hachet Mt., New Mexico.

0. h. cadaver Pils. Daniels Peak, Big Hachet Mts., X. M.

Notes on the preceding list.

In presenting a new catalogue of a genus wherein specific values
have been so variously estimated, a brief consideration of the growth
and changes of opinion on the subject may be in order. In their
work of 1869, Binney and Bland recognized Helix strigosa, H. cooperi
and H. idahoensis as species, no others being then known. In 1878
(Terrestrial Mollusks, Vol. 5) Mr. Binney added H. haydeni and
H. hemphilU, and reduced cooperi to a variety of strigosa. In his
latest general work, Manual of American Land Shells, 1885, Mr.
Binney reduced haydeni to the rank of a variety of strigosa. After
this, the remarkable series from Idaho and Utah collected by Henry
Hemphill caused Binney to view the entire series of known forms
as varieties of stiigosa. This view was generally accepted, as Mr.
Binney was conceded to be the leading authority of his time on
American land snails. Mr. Hemphill went further than Binney,
ranking the whole group as varieties of the Eastern H. alternata Say.

It may be noted here that a relatively small number of species,
from only a part of the area of the genus, were known to Binney
and Hemphill. The last 15 species of the list given above were
unknown at that time. This includes the whole southern group of
species having swollen penes and the Radiocentrum group (with one
exception), besides various lately discovered northern forms of very
distinct appearance. In dealing with the species and other forms de-
scribed prior to 1890 we return to Binney's earlier opinion, and
regard strigosa, cooperi, idahoensis, haydeni and hemphilU as species.
0. peripherica and 0. hendersoni, while near strigosa, seem to be
sufficiently detached to be considered species. 0. rugosa, though
near cooperi, is for the time given specific rank. Both of these
differ specifically from strigosa by the genitalia.

Many of the subspecies now recognized were already defined by
Binney and Hemphill as varieties of strigosa. If the criterion of
intergradation with other forms were rigorously applied to them,
several would be judged species; yet in actual practice, and as a
temporary expedient until the territory is more fully explored,
we take the degree of differentiation into the account. In dealing
with the forms of single colonies, scattered over a great extent of

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

unexplored country, our present conclusions must be mere approxi-
mations to the facts, which future exploration may be expected to
bring out. In treating of forms which are in doubt it seems to me
better to attach them as subspecies to a known species, rather than
to increase the number of ill-defined species. Oreohelices sometimes
have strongly marked conchological features, but when this is not
the case, species should not be established in my opinion, without
anatomical examination. It seems likely that some forms now
considered subspecies of 0. strigosa will be elevated to specific rank
when their areas are well explored, and their soft anatomy worked out.

The "forms" of the list above are of unequal value, but all are
inserted in order that all names proposed may appear in the list.
Some of them are mere synonyms; some are color or size forms,
from heterogeneous colonies, in which several mutations are per-
petuated in hybrid populations,6 such as I have described in Achati-
nella.6 Others are races probably deserving recognition in nomen-
clature. Much more study must be put on Oreohelix before we can
confidently assign all the forms to their approximately proper rank.

0. cooperi (W. G. B.). No serious study of the races and forms
of this wide-spread species has recently been made. Many years
ago Professor Cockerell proposed several varietal names, but in the
absence of figures, the application of some of them, as well as their
status, has been uncertain. A recent communication from Professor
Cockerell quoted below, elucidates them so far as possible in the
present condition of the subject.

(1) typica = 0. cooperi s. str.

(2) confluens. (3) trifasciata. Color (band) variations of cooperi, common and

well known to us here. Not in any sense special races. Type specimen of
confluens is in U. S. N. M.

(4) elevata. A form of cooperi with more elevated spire. Merely an extreme

of the ordinary variation of the species; riot a race.

(5) minor. The name was originally given in Nautilus May, 1889, p. 8, and
referred to a small form cited by Hemphill. Later I found what I considered
to be the same in Colorado, apparently a distinct race. Henderson has used
the name for a race in recent years. Now we are both uncertain whether
the name should be applied in this sense. It is a fact that in certain localities
the shells are small and constitute a "minor" race, but whether all the
various colonies of this type have any connection with one another may be
questioned. The original intention was to follow the European custom,
and call all the shells below a certain size minor, not regarding the variety
as a race or subspecies in any sense. Henderson and I, after consultation,
agree that the status of minor must be considered subject to revision.

(6) globosula. This we have, and can recognize it as a peculiar variation which
occurs in the Glenwood Springs district. It occurs in small numbers on the
south side of the river, along with the other forms. It may be a hybrid of

5 See the valuable observations of Daniels. Nautilus XXV, 1911, p. 18.

6 Manual of Conchology, Vol. XXII.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357

some sort. It does not seem to be a distinct race or subspecies, but it is
not found in other parts of the state so far as we know. The type locality is
some, distance from the Glenwood Springs locality, but a wide range does
not appear probable. We can affirm, I think, that this is not a mere
variation of the ordinary type, such as confluens, etc.; but whether it is a
distinct, race may well be doubted. Further research is needed.

(7) depressa. This you know well.

(8) major. Simply a large depressa; not a race.

(9) sinistrorsa. Sinistral examples. (Brit. Naturalist. )

Thus, only two names are at all doubtful, and here the doubt is essentially
one as to the facts of nature rather than of nomenclature. (Theo. D. A.
Cockerell.)

0. cooperi form maxima is a shell with about the typical shape of
cooperi, but of large size, the type measuring, alt. 17.6, diam. 26 mm.,
umbilicus 5 mm., whorls 5i, more rounded than in 0. strigosa depressa.
There is a band at, another above the periphery, and below the
suture a wider, paler one interrupted into maculae. Genitalia,
pi. 22, fig. 1, normal for cooperi.

The type is from Yellowstone National Park 10 miles southwest
of Jardine, Montana, No. 96,973 A. N. S. P., collected by E. M.
Kindle. Other specimens are from Grade Canyon near Cokeville,
Uinta Co., Wyoming, collected by Mr. J. A. G. Rehn. One of these
measures alt. 17.7, diam. 26 mm. In addition to the markings
described above, it has a few faint brown circular lines on the base.

Form iowensis Pils. is quite small, height 7.7, diam. 11.4, umbilicus
2.6 mm., with 4f whorls. There is a reddish band just under the
periphery, and the initial whorl is very convex and smooth. It is
from the loess, type-locality, Iowa City, Iowa. It probably stands
close to stantoni, which still exists in an environment perhaps not
very unlike the loess climate of Iowa.

0. p. wasatchensis is so peculiarly modified that one is strongly
inclined to give it specific rank. The elevated spire, the compactly
coiled whorls and the peripheral carina all differentiate it from
0. peripherica. Yet 0. p. newcombii stands almost intermediate
between wasatchensis and peripherica. It does not differ from the
coarsest examples of the latter in form or ribbing, but it has a delicate
peripheral keel which continues as far, usually, as the last whorl,
whereas 0. peripherica has no keel in the later neanic and the adult
stages. Possibly both newcombi and wasatchensis may eventually
be ranked as species; but until further collections can be made,
I leave them associated with 0. peripherica, with the note that at
present we do not have actual evidence of intergradation.

In this connection we may allude to the status of 0. pygmcea,
which may turn out to be a subspecies of 0. peripherica; yet here
again, evidence of intergradation is wanting.

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Explanation of Plates XIX, XX, XXI, XXII.

Note. — The "stations" referred to are those of Messrs. Henderson and Daniels
Expedition of 1915.

Plate XIX. — Fig. 1. — Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckll.) Manitou Canyon,

Colorado Springs, Colo.
Fig. 2. — 0. s. depressa (Ckll.) Harkness Canyon, near McCammon, Idaho,

Station 2.
Fig. 3. — 0. s. depressa form carnea (Hemph.). Drv Canyon, near Salt Lake

City, Utah, Station 43.
Fig. 4. — 0. s. depressa (Ckll.). First gulch south of Logan Canyon, east of

Logan, Utah, Station 41.
Fig. 5. — O. s. fragilis (Hemph.). About a mile west of Franklin, Idaho,

Station 38. Penis only figured.
Fig. 6.— 0. s. depressa (Ckll.). About a mile up Emigration Canyon,

southeast of Salt Lake City, Utah, Station 46.
Fig. 7. — 0. s. depressa (Ckll.*). Ogden Canyon, Utah, Station 22.

Plate XX. — Fig. 1. — Oreohelix peripherica (Aneey). Ravine in east bluff of

Bear River, just below Wheelon, Utah, Station 33, banded form, la,

penis of same, pulled straight, with epiphallus.
Fig. 2. — 0. peripherica (Anc). Same station, white form.
Fig. 3. — 0. peripherica (Anc). East bank of Bear River below Cache

Junction, Utah, Station 29. 3a, penis of same, opened to show internal

structure.
Fig. 4. — 0. peripherica (Anc). Gulch opening into North Ogden Canyon,

Station 26. A relatively smooth specimen.
Fig. 5. — 0. peripherica (Anc), Mountain northeast of Newton, Utah,

Station 36. Smooth form of the species. .
Fig. 6. — 0. peripherica (Anc). East bank of Bear River, below Cache

Junction, Utah, Station 30.
Fig. 7. — Oreohelix hendersoni Pils., one of the original lot.
Fig. 8. — Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckll.). Rock Canyon, east of Provo,

Utah, Station 44.

Plate XXI. — Fig. 1. — Oreohelix haydeni gabbiana (Hemph.). Oquirrh Mts.,

Station 15.
Fig. 2. — Oreohelix haydeni betheli Pils. and Ckll. Glenwood Springs, Colo-
rado. No. 94,059 A. N. S. P.
Fig. 3. — 0. haydeni mixta Pils. Glenwood Springs, Colorado. No. 94,058

A. N. S. P.
Fig. 4. — Oreohelix haydeni corrugata Hend. and Dan. Small mountain

southeast of Webster, Utah, Station 40.
Fig. 5. — Oreohelix s. depressa, form tooelensis Hend. and Dan. About 6 miles

northeast of Tooele, Utah, Station 10.
Fig. 6. — Oreohelix strigosa buttoni (Hemph.). Taylor Canyon, near Ogden,

Utah, Station 16.
Fig. 7 '.—Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Ckll.). Oquirrh Mountains, Utah,

Station 13.
Fig. 8. — Oreohelix haydeni hybrida (Hemph.). Gulch south of Logan

Canyon, Station 42.

Plate XXII. — Fig. 1. — Oreohelix cooperi (W. G. B.), form maxima Pils. Yellow-
stone National Park. No. 96,973 A. N. S. P.

Fig. 2. — 0. cooperi (W. G. B.). McCammon, Idaho, Station 1.

Fig. 3.— O. cooperi (W. G. B.). Gleneyre, Colorado. No. 82,185 A. N. S. P.

Fig. 4. — O. cooperi (W. G. B.). Eureka, Utah, Station 6.

Fig. 5. — O. haydeni mixta Pils. Glenwood Springs, Colorado. No. 94,796
A. N. S. P.

Fig. 6. — Oreohelix yavapai extremitatis Pils. and Ferr. Shell, Wyoming.
6a, penis of same, opened, with the epiphallus.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XIX.

PILSBRY: ANATOMY OF OREOHELIX.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATElXX.

PILSBRY: ANATOMY OF OREOHELIX.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191(3.

PLATE XXI.

PILSBRY: ANATOMY OF OREOHELIX.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191G.

PLATE XXII.

PILSBRY: ANATOMY OF OREOHELIX.

191(5.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359

Fig. 7. — Oreohelix rugosa (Hemph.). Near Clarkston, Utah, Station 3.

~,i. penis of same, pulled straight.
Fig. 8. — Oreohelix pilsbryi Ferriss. Type-specimen.
Fig, 9 — Oreohelix cona ulrntn (Dall). Huachuca Alts., Arizona. No. 94,343

A. N. S. P.
Fig. 10.— Oreohelix metcalfei Ckll. Black Range, New Mexico, Pilsbry

and Ferriss, Station 15, 1915.

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

SOME BEES FROM AUSTRALIA, TASMANIA, AND THE NEW HEBRIDES.

BY T. D. A. COCKERELL.

In a paper published in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913
(pp. 28-44), I gave a summary of the then known bee-fauna of
Australia. During the last two years additional material has come
to hand, and the present paper represents the completion of the
later work, so far as the material now available permits.

Perhaps the most interesting problem now before us in connection
with the new collections is that of the radical difference between the
bee-faunae of Tasmania and New Zealand. It becomes increasingly
evident that while Tasmania is very poor in genera as compared
with the Australian mainland, it is extremely rich in species in
comparison with New Zealand. There can be no doubt that careful
collecting in New Zealand will yield a number of additional species,
but it is impossible to believe that it will at all approach Tasmania
in the extent of its bee-fauna. The Tasmanian bees are very close to
those of Australia, and many are even identical, showing clearly the
derivation of the fauna. The New Zealand fauna is also wholly
of Australian type, but extremely poor in genera and species. Isola-
tion has prevented the accession of species from across the water,
but one would expect a much greater development of endemic forms,
something more or less parallel with the condition in the Hawaiian
Islands. The New Zealand species are all endemic ; Prosopis vicina
Sichel was said to occur in Tasmania and New Zealand, but it was
almost certainly based on a mixture, and the name is to be restricted
to the New Zealand species. "Andrena" infima Erichs., from
Tasmania, is probably, but not certainly, Halictus lanarius Smith.
Mr. Meade-Waldo of the British Museum agrees with me that
Paracolletes providus Sm. is P. chalybeatus Erichs. The species which
Smith called chalybeatus Mr. Meade- Waldo thinks should be united
with P. obscurus Sm. With these amendments the lists for Tasmania
and New Zealand stand as follows. The Tasmanian species also found
on the Australian mainland are marked with an asterisk.

Tasmania. (79 species.)

Prosopis alcyonea Erichs.* Prosopis perhumUis Ckll.*

honesta Sm. xanthospheera Ckll. (King I.)

hobartiana Ckll. accipitris Ckll.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

361

Pachyprosopis Jluvicauda Ckll.*
Euryglossa waUeeriana Ckll.

nigroccerulea Ckll.*

fastiatella Ckll.*

latissiina Ckll.

nvbilipi nn is Ckll.
Callomelitta picta Sm.*

//«/<■/•/ Ckll.
Binghamiella antipodes insularis

Ckll.
Paracolletes chalybeatus Erich*.*

obscurus Sm.

viridicinctus Ckll.

obscuripennis Ckll.

hobartensis Ckll.

carinatus Sm.*

melbournensis Ckll.*

/ecu Ckll.

margined its Sm.*

launcestonensis Ckll.

sitbriridis Ckll.
Nomia submccrens Ckll.
Halictus orbatus Sm.*

cognatus Sm.

limatus Sm.

globosus Sm.

reprcesentans Sm.*

furneauxi Ckll.

fcftfy/n Ckll.

6ass/ Ckll.

baudini Ckll.

boweni Ckll.

demissas Ckll.

imitons Ckll.*

seductus Ckll.*

semi poll tits expulsus Ckll.

macrops Ckll.

Hal id ks confusellu8 Ckll.

familuiris Erich-.

warburtoni ( Jkll.

mitchelli Ckll.

frwrfcei CHI.

lanarius Sm.*

hoematopus ( Jkll.

Kttteri CHI.

cyclognathus Ckll.*

opacicollis ( Jkll.*

niveifrons Ckll.

disclusus Ckll.

isthmalis Ckll.

subinclinans Ckll.

pulvitectus Ckll.

tasmanioe Ckll.
Parasphecodes tilachus Sm.

lithusca Sm.

talchius Sm.

stiichila Sm.

alt i chits Sm.

taluchis Sm.

7-ecessus Ckll.

pei'itstus Ckll.

rhodopterus Ckll.

rufotegularis Ckll.

cervicalis Ckll.

latissimus Ckll.

excitltus Ckll.

wellingtoni Ckll.

turneri Ckll.
Megachile Uncopyga Sm.

chrysopyga Sm.*

ordinaria Sm.

tasmanica Ckll.
Exoneura bicolor Sm.*

hamulata Ckll.*

New Zealand. (18 species.)

Prosopis agilis Sm.

agfi7is laevigata Sm.

capitosa Sm.

innocens Cam.

maoriana Ckll.

relegata Sm.

cameroni Ckll.
(sulcifrons Cam.)

vidua Sich.
Paracolletes boltoni Ckll.

confusns Ckll.

Paracolletes imitatus Sm.

fulvescens Sm.
metallicus Sm.
pur pure us Sm.
vest it us Sm.
maorium Ckll.
Halictus huttoni Cam.
smithii D. T.

• jinn iliu r is Sm.)
sordid us Sm.

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Pachyprosopis saturnina Ckll.

Perth, Australia, Feb. 1-7, 1914. (R. E. Turner; Brit. Museum).
The markings vary; the yellow at anterior corners of mesothorax
may be extended, curving round to make two bands on anterior
part of disc; there may be a large yellow extension of lateral face-
marks mesad of lower end of facial fovea? ; the scutellum in the Perth
form is practically all yellow.

Euryglossina hypochroma sp. n.

9. Length about 3.75 mm.; robust, head and thorax shining
black; abdomen dark, faintly purplish, above, but clear reddish-
yellow below; legs clear yellowish-ferruginous, the anterior femora
sometimes mainly black on outer side; mandibles chestnut red,
dark at tip; a large yellowish spot on cheeks just above base of
mandibles; clypeus and supraclypeal band fulvotestaceous (perhaps
yellower in life) ; a very slender fulvous line running up inner orbits
as far as facial fovese; scape with a light stripe; flagellum thick, clear
fulvous beneath; head large, subquadrate, front convex, shining;
tubercles clear yellow; mesothorax shining, with extremely minute
and sparse punctures, the disc microscopically cancellate; tegulae
testaceous; wings hyaline, nervures and the large stigma sepia; b. n.
strongly arched; first r. n. joining first s. m.; second s. m. sub-
quadrate; extreme apex of abdomen ferruginous.

Hob.— Perth, W. Australia, Feb. 1-7, 1914 (R. E. Turner; Brit.
Museum.) 2 9 Allied to E. perpusilla (Ckll.), but larger and more
robust, with fulvous clypeus, etc. It resembles Pachyprosopis
atromicans Ckll., but is easily separated by the color of the femora,
much smaller second s. m., etc.

Euryglossina flaviventris sp. n.

9. (Type). Length about 3.75 mm.; head and thorax black;
abdomen black with a faint purplish tint above, the venter clear
yellow, the extreme lateral margins and the apex rather broadly
(the light color more extensive than in E. hypochroma) also yellow;
legs bright yellow, anterior femora sometimes marked with black,
hind tibiae and tarsi dark brown on outer side; mandibles fulvous;
a small fulvous spot on cheeks next to base of mandibles; linear
lateral face-marks as in E. hypochroma; upper half of clypeus, and a
supraclypeal band yellow; antennae fulvous beneath; front shining;
mesothorax microscopically tessellate; tubercles yellow.

c? . Clypeus, supraclypeal area and comparatively broad lateral
face-marks yellow, the pattern essentially as in E. perpusilla; the
lateral face-marks have a small projection opposite antennae.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

Hab. — Mt. Yule, Healesville, Victoria, Feb. 20, 1915, on Eucalyptus
calophylla rosea, 3 9,1 d1. (R. Kelly; Brit. Museum.) Very close
to E. hypochroma, from which the female is known by the dark lower
part of clypeus and the more broadly light apex of abdomen. A!
very close to E. perpusilla Ckll., but larger, with more lighl color on
abdomen. It may be better regarded as a subspecies of E. perpusillaj
but it appears quite distinct.

Euryglossina perpusilla var. nana a. v.

9. Length hardly 3 mm.; abdomen wholly dark above, yellow
beneath; clypeus and supraclypeal area wholly black (as in E.
cockerelli Perkins) ; linear lateral face-marks poorly developed or
absent; stigma dilute sepia.

Hob.— Kalamunda, S. W. Australia, Feb. 9-28, 1914, 2 9 ; also
one March 1-11. 1914, 850 ft. {R. E. Turner; Brit, Museum). Com-
pared with typical E. perpusilla, this looks distinct; but the Queens-
land perpusilla are so variable that it seems impossible to distinguish
more than a variety. Some Mackay females lack the supraclypeal
band.

Binghamiella antipodes insularis (Ckll.).

Mr. Littler has taken both sexes of Binghamiella at George Town,
Tasmania, March, 1915. The males agree with my B. insularis;
the females are what has passed as B. antipodes from Tasmania, but
have the same essential distinctive characters as the males. There
is sufficient reason for regarding the Tasmanian bee as a subspecies,
but hardly a species.

Euryglossa depressa sparsa subsp. n.

9 . Differs from E. depressa Sm. by the very sparsely though
very strongly punctured scutellum, and the anterior middle of meso-
thorax with scattered irregular punctures, instead of very numerous
fine ones; also by having the nagellum ferruginous beneath, though
this is variable, and sometimes very obscure. It is readily known
from E. subsericea Ckll. by the darker, brown-stained wings, facial
quadrangle shorter, etc. The mesothorax and scutellum are much
more sparsely punctured than in E. nigrocoerulea Ckll.

Hab. — Mt. Yule, Healesville. Victoria, Feb. 20, 1915, on Eucalyptus
calophylla rosea — (R. Kelly; Brit. Museum). 3 9. Smith-
description is insufficient to indicate which is the typical race of
E. depressa, but I have taken as such the form which appears to be
common in Victoria.
25

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Prosopis extensa sp. n.

9 . Length about 4 mm. ; slender, with long metathorax and
subclavate abdomen, looking like some small Pemphredomd wasp;
black, the front with an extremely obscure greenish tint; the thorax
dull, with the prothorax, pleura and posterior face of metathorax
shining; abdomen shining; head not far from round in front view;
mandibles, labrum, linear lateral face marks ending about level of
antenna?, lower margin and greater part of disc of clypeus yellowish-
ferruginous, the pale color on clypeus ending suffusedly above;
labial palpi with the second joint remarkably short and stout, almost
globose, the third and fourth cylindrical, the third twice as wide as
the fourth; maxillary palpi with the basal part stout, the second
joint longest, the sixth tapering at end; antennae rather slender;
scape yellow in front, flagellum pale ferruginous beneath; front
minutely punctured; vertex elevated, rounded; narrow (ridge-like)
upper border of prothorax and the tubercles white; mesothorax
densely sculptured with minute punctures and strise; area of meta-
thorax very large and long, minutely cancellate; legs black, the
anterior tibiae pale ferruginous in front; tegulae piceous; wings
hyaline, nervures and the large stigma piceous; b. n. falling far
short of t. m. ; first r. n. reaching first s. m. a considerable distance
from its apex; second s. m. very small, quadrate; abdomen with
microscopic transverse lineolation.

Hab. — Mt. Yule, Healesville, Victoria, on Eucalyptus calophylla
rosea, Feb. 20, 1915 (R. Kelly; Brit. Museum). A very peculiar
little insect, with Euryglossina venation. It is perhaps most like
P. scintilliformis Ckll., from which it is known at once by the venation.
It is by no means a typical Prosopis.
Prosopis aralis sp. n.

9 . Like P. perhumilis (which was collected on the same plant
at same time and place), but the white face-marks are extended, the
broad clypeal band having below (on apical margin of clypeus) a
transverse narrow band extending on each side at right angles, while
the supraclypeal area has a broadly triangular light mark, the
clypeal marking thus resembling an altar with pedestal at base, the
offering represented by the supraclypeal mark; hind tibiae with more
than basal third pale; all the basitarsi cream-color. The basal
nervure nearly reaches t. m.

Hab. — Mt. Yule, Healesville, Victoria, on Eucalyptus calophylla
rosea, Feb. 20, 1915 (R. Kelly; Brit. Museum) 2 9 . Possibly a
variety of P. perhumilis, but apparently distinct. In the coloration
of the legs it resembles P. accipitris Ckll., from Tasmania.

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

Prosopis scintilliformis Ckll.

9. Length about 4.75 nun.; black, similar to P. perhumilis and
oralis, but more slender; mandibles white, rufous at end: narrow
creamy-white bands along anterior orbits to level of antennae; clypeus
and supraclypeal area entirely black: first r. n. meeting first t. c.;
legs marked as in oralis. Scape with a light stripe in front; fiagellum
pale fulvous beneath; tubercles and transverse marks on prothorax
cream-color.

cf. Length about 4 mm. ; slender like the 9; face below antenna?
(including transverse supraclypeal mark), and lateral marks with
pointed extensions upward at sides, all very pale ochreous (perhaps
yellower in life). The face-pattern is like that of the larger and
more robust P. perhumilis, except that the lateral marks have their
inner side longer, extending to beyond the middle of the supraclypeal
mark. Both have the fourth antennal joint extremely short.

Hob. — Mt. Yule, Healesville, on Eucalyptus calophylla rosea,
Feb. 20, 1915 (R. Kelly; Brit. Museum). 3 9,1 d1. The species
was described (1913) from a single female collected at Croydon. The
male is very distinct from P. minuscula Ckll.

Prosopis trimerops sp. a.

9 . Length about or hardly 4 mm.; another species of the type
of P. perhumilis, but very minute, robust; face-marks rufofulvous
(probably yellower in life), consisting of a broad clypeal band, broad
lower margin of clypeus (leaving long-cuneiform black areas at
sides of clypeus), narrow lateral face-marks which end acutely on
orbital margin a little above level of antenna?, and large supraclypeal
mark, which is broad below, more narrowed above, and ends in a
broad truncation between the antennae; the supraclypeal area is
convex; scape with a light stripe: fiagellum fulvous beneath; thorax
robust, mesothorax finely lineolate and punctured; upper border of
thorax without pale marks, and tubercles with only a very narrow
yellow edge; legs marked nearly as in P. aralis, but hind basitarsi
with only the basal half pale: b. n. almost meeting t. m. ; second
s. m. broad, receiving first r. n. near its base.

Hob.— Yallingup, S. YV. Australia, Nov., 1913, 2 9 (R. E. Tun
Brit. Museum.)
Prosopis vittatifrons Ckll.

Perth, Australia, Feb. 1-7. L914 (/?. E. Turner; Brit. Museum).

Paracolletes halictiformis sp. a.

9. Length about 8 mm., rather robust, with short wings: black,
with mostly white pubescence; head broad: mandibles red. black

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

at base and apex; clypeus closely and very strongly punctured, but
shining between the punctures; sides of face and cheeks with con-
spicuous pure white hair; front extremely densely punctured, the
punctures strong, but much smaller than those on clypeus; area
behind ocelli with erect fuscous hair; flagellum short, ferruginous
beneath apically ; mesothorax and scutellum with very dense distinct
punctures; longitudinal median groove of mesothorax distinct ;
mesothorax and scutellum with evident pale hair around the edges,
but otherwise only with thin short brownish hair, not hiding the
surface; postscutellum with a tubercle, from which arises a large
spreading tuft of hair, partly brownish and partly whitish; area of
metathorax rugulose basally, margin finely beaded; posterior face of
metathorax with a large deep pit; legs black, the hind tibiae red,
the middle and hind basitarsi very broad; hind tibial scopa large,
sordid white, suffused with brown behind; tegulse rufotestaceous;
wings dusky; stigma small, dark reddish, nervures fuscous; b. n.
just reaching t. m.; second s. m. receiving first r. n. slightly before
middle; third s. m. receiving second r. n. nearly as far from end as
first r. n. is from first t. c; abdomen thick, very finely punctured;
hind margins of segments brownish; segments 2-4 with conspicuous
white marginal hair-bands, interrupted or very thin in middle of 2;
hair at apex dark fuscous.

Hob — Yallingup, S. W. Australia, Dec. 1 to Jan. 23, 1913-14.
(R. E. Turner; Brit. Museum.) A peculiar little species, resembling
Halictus. It may best be compared with P. sigillatus Ckll., but it is
smaller than that, with much more closely punctured mesothorax.
It may also be compared with the much larger P. perfasciatus Ckll.

Halictus urbanus Smith.

Kalamunda, S. W. Australia, Mch. 14-Apl. 14, 1914 (R. E. Turner;
Brit. Museum). 1 9 . This species, as I have recognized it, varies
considerably in size and the color of the legs; it may be composite.
The Kalamunda specimen is small, with red tibiae and tarsi, and
agrees with one from Brisbane. This appears to be the true H.
urbanus; the larger form (9 slightly over 6 mm. long), with black
legs, comes from Stradbroke Island (H. Hacker), and certainly would
pass for a distinct species, were it not connected by intermediates.
This Stradbroke I. form may take the name variety stradbrokensis ,
nov.

Halictus mundulus sp. n.

9 . Length about 5 mm. ; black, with the mesothorax and scutel-
lum dark bluish-green; pubescence scanty, dull white, no abdominal

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

hands or patches; head broad; mandibles ferruginous, dusky apically
and black at extreme base; flagellum clear ferruginous beneath;
mesothorax moderately shining, scutellum more polished; area of
metathorax semilunar, densely irregularly wrinkled, the obtuse
margin shining; knees, tibiae and tarsi ferruginous, the tibia with
obscure dusky suffusion; tegulae amber color; wings hyaline,
stigma and nervures pale testaceous; first r. n. meeting second t. c;
outer r. n. and t. c. colorless and very thin; abdomen broad, polished,
with very thin pubescence: hind margins of segments obscurely
reddish; caudal rima bright ferruginous; hair of venter long, but no1
curled to form a true scopa. Microscopical characters; clypeus
very sparsely punctured; front striate, with punctures between the
straiae; third antennal joint extremely short, fourth a little longer,
fifth still longer; mesothorax lineolate, with scattered punctures;
abdomen with extremely minute punctures, best developed on fir-t
segment; hind spur with one very large obtuse tooth (like the last
joint of a finger) and one very low rounded lamella.

Hob.— Kalamunda, S. W. Australia, Mch. 14-Apl. 14, 1914 (R. E.
Turner; Brit. Museum). Allied to H. urbanus, but with the meso-
thorax quite differently colored. It may also be compared with
H. humilis, but is quite distinct.

Halictus brazieri sp. n.

cf . Length 11 mm. or slightly over; shining black, with scanty
dull white pubescence; hair on inner side of basitarsi and fringe of
caudal rima pale golden; outer side of tibiae with hair partly dark
fuscous; head ordinary, only moderately broad; mandibles black,
dark red at extreme tip; elypeus shining, with strong not dense
punctures, no median groove; front dull in middle, glistening at
sides; antennae pure black; mesothorax shining, with strong rather
sparse punctures of practically uniform size; scutellum with very
minute punctures, entirely different from those of mesothorax;
mesopleura coarsely striate; area of metathorax short, with fine
regular cross-striae, the basal middle with irregular rugae; sides of
area posteriorly bounded by conspicuous elevations; posterior
truncation strongly obliquely striate; hind spurs simple (micro-
scopically very briefly serrulate); tegula? black, a little reddish in
middle: wings slightly brownish, stigma dull ferruginous, nervures
fuscous, outer r. n. and t. c. much weakened; first r. n. joining end
of second s. m.; abdomen shining, with extremely minute punctur
no hair-bands or patches, but third and fourth segments, and base of
first, with thin pale glittering hair; hair at apex fuscous; venter
with short Miff hair. The wings are unusually short.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Hob.— Yallingup, S. W. Australia, Nov., 1913 (R. E. Turner;
Brit. Museum). Superficially exactly like Parasphecodes noachinus
Ckll., but the stigma is more obtuse at end, marginal cell shorter,
abdomen much more finely punctured, and basal nervure more
strongly arched. The punctureless apical area on first abdominal
segment is extremely narrow, less than half as wide as that of
P. noachinus. These two bees are really congeneric, the genera
Parasphecodes and Halictus practically meeting at this point. This
and the next are named after Australian naturalists.

Halictus spenceri sp. n.

cf. Length slightly over 8 mm.; black, rather robust, with thin
white hair, faintly ochreous-tinted on head and on thorax above;
abdomen without bands or patches, but a little pale hair at bases
of second and third segments, and ventral segments with broad dense
bands of white hair; face broad, eyes subemarginate ; mandibles
black; clypeus with a low-triangular creamy white patch, its surface
punctured, and with no median groove; antenna? long, black?
rlagellum moniliform; mesothorax shining (dull in front), with small
punctures; scutellum very finely punctured, not bigibbous; area of
metathorax semilunar, feebly sculptured, roughened basally with
fine rugae, the apical part microscopically areolate; mesopleura not
striate; tegulse piceous with a rufous spot, the anterior lateral margin
pallid; wings dusky, stigma dark fuscous, nervures light fuscous;
first r. n. joining second s. m. at end; third s. m. broader than second;
abdomen shining, with very fine obscure punctures; apex with a
large, broad, rounded, bright ferruginous plate. Front dull. Legs
black, with pale hair.

Hab— Yallingup, S. W. Australia, Sept. 14-Oct, 31, 1913. (R. E.
Turner; Brit. Museum.) I thought at first that this might be the
male of H. brazieri, but the structure is too different. It belongs to
the group of H. cambagei Ckll., where it is easily distinguished by its
large size. Some specimens are only about 7 mm. long.

Halictus tannaensis sp. n.

9. Length a little over 7 mm., robust; head broad-oval, dark
bluish-green, the clypeus and supraclypeal area stained with crimson;
face, front and cheeks with thin dull white hair, vertex with fuscous
hair; mandibles black, obscurely reddish at apex; clypeus sparsely
punctured; front dull, very finely striate; head truncate posteriorly,
the occipital margin abrupt; antenna? dark, nagellum with only the
faintest red tint toward end; antennal joints 2 to 5 measuring (length)
in microns 128, 128, 144 and 176 respectively; mesothorax and

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

scutolluin dullish, yellowish-green, with slighl crimson tints, very
finely but not extremely densely punctured; dorsum of thorax with
thin brownish-tinted hair: area of metathorax semilunar, well-
defined, with regular straight plicae, on the basal half connected by
minute cross-ridges; posterior truncation very hairy; legs black, not
metallic, last joint of tarsi red; hair of legs black on outer side; hind
femora slender, arched beneath, with a long curled pale scopa; inner
side of tarsi with light ferruginous hair; hind spur with very long
spines; teguhv fuscous with a ferruginous spot; wings strongly dusky,
stigma rufofuscous, nervures fuscous, outer r. n. and t. c. much weak-
ened; second and third s. m. cells about equal, and together not as
large as first; first r. n. joining third s. m. near base, third discoidal
cell narrowed above; abdomen broad, shining, impunctate, obscurely
bluish-green, hair at apex reddish, caudal plate narrow, exposed,
venter with a scopa of long white hairs.

Hah. — Tanna Island, Xew Hebrides, June, 1900 (J. J. Walker;
Brit. Museum). Allied to H. perpessicus Kohl, from Samoa, but
easily distinguished by the longer, more oval head. Also allied to
H. saffordi Ckll., from Guam, but the area of metathorax is quite
different.
Halictus epiensis sp. n.

9. Length a little over 6.5 mm.; superficially and structurally
like H. to nnaensis, but easily distinguished by the following character- :
mesothorax and scutellum narrower, more closely punctured, rich
blue-green; area of metathorax larger, more finely sculptured, the
very delicate rugae joined by cross-rugse, producing a fine reticulation,
while apically delicate striae pass obliquely to each side of a fine
median plica; wings very dark (venation as in H. tannaensis). The
third antennal joint is very short, broader than long, a little shorter
than the second or fourth.

Hab.— Ringdove Bay, Epi Island, Xew Hebrides, July 21. 1900.
(J. J. Walker; Brit. Museum.)

Halictus pachycephalia sp. n.

o71. Length about 6 mm., rather robust, with very large broad
head (wider than thorax) and short abdomen; black, with dull whit.'
hair, the legs ferruginous, the coxae, trochanters, and basal half < it-
more of femora black, anterior femora black behind except at extreme
apex; spurs pale ferruginous. Head about 2.17 mm. wide; mandi-
bles pale yellow with the apex broadly black; labrum pallid; clypeus
with a pale yellow apical band, broad in middle; white hair of fai

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

not concealing the shining surface; front dull except at sides, densely
punctured, with oblique (mainly transverse) wavy rugae above the
antenna?; a small shining space on each side of middle ocellus
anteriorly; antenna? slender, moderately long, the flagellum dull
reddish; length of antennal joints in microns, (1. = scape), 560,
(2.) 128, (3.) 144, (4.) 240; mesothorax polished and shining, sparsely
and finely punctured, median and parapsidal grooves distinct ; scutel-
lum shining, the disc impunctate; legs with pale hair; basitarsi
cream-colored at base, and a cream-colored spot at base of hind
femora; tegula? rufotestaceous with a pale yellowish mark; wings
hyaline, stigma and nervures ferruginous; stigma large; first r. n.
meeting second t. c; third s. m. large, broader above than second;
hind wing with four spines on costa much before origin of radial vein,
a group of four large hooks (close together) beginning at origin of
radial vein, and a group of three hooks a short distance beyond;
abdomen shining, very finely punctured, with a thin pruinose pubes-
cence, but no bands or spots; apex with white hair; a broad, rounded,
very obtuse red apical plate; venter not very hairy.

Hab— Yarrawin, New South Wales, 1914. (W. W. Froggatt, 250.)
Related to H. spenceri, but easily separated by the color of the legs.
The red stigma and other characters separate it from H. dolichocerus
and H. hamatopus.
Halictus dolichocerus sp. n.

cf . Length 5 to 6 mm., rather robust, with short broad abdomen;
head large, but not conspicuously so as in H. pachycephalias; pubes-
cence rather short, dull white; lateral bases of abdominal segments
2 to 4 with cuneiform patches of white tomentum; legs bright
ferruginous, blackened at base, anterior femora black except at apex,
middle and hind pair with less black; tibia? with a blackish patch.
Eyes rather strongly converging below; clypeus with a broad apical
band, which is angularly produced above in middle; face, and whole
of front, with rather dense white hair, partly concealing surface of
front; front dull; supraclypeal area polished and shining; antenna?
extremely long, dark, the fourth joint bright or obscure red beneath;
flagellum strongly crenulate beneath; mesothorax polished, finely and
not densely punctured; scutellum brilliantly shining, middle of disc
impunctate; area of metathorax crescentic, with weak plica?; margin
of area polished; tegula? rufotestaceous; wings hyaline, nervures
and stigma sepia; second s. m. variable; first r. n. joining second
t. c. or entering basal corner of third s. m.; third s. m. very large,
quadrate, sometimes longer than high; abdomen shining, very

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

finely punctured, apical half of second segment punctured, not
lineolate.

Hab. — Type from Yarrawin, X. S. \\\, (Froggatt 225). AJso two
from Brewarrina, N. S. W., 1914 (Froggatt). The basitarsi may be
distinctly yellowish. By the general form and very long antennae
this resembles //. hamatojms Ckll., but it is readily distinguished
by the shining mesothorax.

Halictus supralucens sp. n.

9. Length about 6.5 mm.; of ordinary form, black, with rather
scanty white hair; dense bands of pure-white tomentum at extreme
bases of second to fourth segments, the central part on second hidden
by overlapping first segment; legs very dark brown, with pale hair.
Head broad; mandibles black, with a faint red subapical spot;
clypeus shining, with irregular strong punctures; front dull except
at sides, finely striate; antennae dark, flagellum with a very obscure
reddish tint beneath; mesothorax shining, with irregular large and
small punctures, the disc not lineolate or reticulate; parapsidal
grooves deeply impressed; scutellum flattened, depressed in middle,
strongly polished, almost entirely impunctate; area of metathorax
large, poorly defined, appearing rugose from a fine raised reticulation,
but the apical part smooth and shining; hind basitarsi with apical
brush brilliant orange-ferruginous; tegulse rather dark chestnut-red;
wings dusky, nervures brownish; stigma large, dull amber-color;
second s. m. large; first r. n. meeting second t. c. or joining apical
corner of second s. m.; abdomen shining at base, duller beyond, with
extremely fine punctures; caudal rima fringed with brown hair;
venter with white hair, not forming a curled scopa.

Hab.— Kalamunda, S. W. Australia, Feb. 9-28, and at 850 ft.,
March 1-11, 1914. (R. E. Turner; Brit. Museum.) Near H.
mediopolitus Ckll., but sculpture of mesothorax entirely different.
Easily known from H. orbatus Sm. by the polished scutellum.

Halictus demissus sp. n.

9 . Length nearly 5.5 mm.; black, with the mesothorax shining
green, polished, with sparse punctures of different sizes, the parapsidal
grooves very distinct; scutellum also polished, but not green; pubes-
cence scanty, dull white, the abdomeD without hair-bands or spot-:
mandibles chestnui red except basally; clypeus shining, front dull
and granular; flagellum entirely dark; area of metathorax large,
with delicate but very distinct radiating stria1; legs black; wings
hyaline, nervures and the very large stigma sepia; firsl r. n. joining

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

second s. m. a little before end; outer r. n. and t. c. very weak; third
s. m. very short; abdomen polished, shining, venter with a scopa of
long curled hairs. Microscopical characters: front densely covered
with elongated punctures running into striae; surface of mesothorax
very delicately reticulated; area of metathorax minutely reticulated
between the ridges ; hind spur with four obtuse spines.

Hob. — Launceston, Tasmania, Nov. 1, 1914, 2 9 (F. M. Littler,
2,699). Related to H. hwnilis Sm., but distinguished by the dark
legs and striate area of metathorax.

Halictus forticornis sp. n.

cf . Length about 4 mm.; black, with very scanty pale pubes-
cence, no bands or patches on abdomen; head broad, eyes converging
below; mandibles pale yellow, ferruginous at apex; lower half of
clypeus pale yellow; middle of face shining, front dull; cheeks
unarmed; scape black; flagellum very long, thick, submoniliform,
light orange-ferruginous beneath ; mesothorax and scutellum shining,
smooth and polished; area of metathorax roughened basally, but
with a broad shining rim; legs black, with knees, apices of tibiae,
and anterior tibiae in front, ferruginous; tarsi very pale reddish
approaching cream-color; tegulae dark ferruginous; wings hyaline,
nervures and the large stigma testaceous; first r. n. joining apical
corner of second s. m. ; outer r. n. and t. c. extremely weak; abdomen
short, shining; sides of venter testaceous. Microscopical characters:
front striate; mesothorax with sparse minute punctures, the surface
of the disc not lineolate or reticulate; first two abdominal segments
distinctly but minutely punctured, the depressed apical part of
second transversely lineolate.

Hob.— Kalamunda, S. W. Australia, Feb. 9-28, 1914 (R. E. Turner;
Brit. Museum). Very close to H. cyclognathus Ckll., but head
smaller, antennae longer, and area of metathorax different.

Halictus imitans Ckll.

George Town, Tasmania, Nov. 15, 1914 (Littler). New to Tas-
mania. On Nov. 29 Mr. Littler took H. lanarius Sm. at George
Town.

Halictus seductus Ckll.

Bridport, Tasmania, Oct. 26-30, 1913 (Littler). New to Tasmania.

Halictus semipolitus expulsus subsp. d.

9 . Flagellum black (red at end in typical semipolitus) ; tegulse
piceous or more or less reddish.

19H).] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

Hab. — Georgetown, Tasmania, Nov. 15 and 29, l'.»l l (F. M.
Littler.)

Halictus macrops sp o.

cf . Length 5 nun. or a little over; black, robust, looking like a
female, the head very large and broad, the antennae i which are entirely

dark) not very long; hair of head and thorax long, dull white, slightly
creamy on thorax above; on abdomen the hair is thin and rather
long, rather abundant on apical segments, but not forming bands
or patches; apical plate of abdomen very broad, piceous. Mandibles
dark red apically; lower margin of clypeus without yellow; hair of
face abundant, but not concealing shining surface of clypeus; front
dull; mesothorax polished, with fine scattered punctures; scutellum
dullish; area of metathorax narrowly crescentic, roughened, with
minute short plicae; legs black, with white hair; tegula- rufo-fuscous,
darkened in front; wings hyaline, stigma and nervures dark reddish,
outer r. n. and t. c. evanescent; first r. n. meeting second t. c;
second s. m. very narrow, third large, about twice the size of second;
abdomen shining, with very minute punctures, hind margins of
segments more or less pallid. Microscopical characters: clypeus
distinctly but sparsely punctured, the punctures emitting long-
plumose hairs; front densely punctured, in the middle also striate,
the ridges between the punctures emphasized; mesothorax distinctly
but not at all densely punctured, the surface of the disc not reticulate
or lineolate; punctures of scutellum smaller than those of mesothorax;
first abdominal segment and basal half of second well though minutely
punctured, apical half of second transversely lineolate.

Hab. — Launceston, Tasmania. (F. M. Littler.) This may be
compared with H. niveifrons Ckll., from which it is easily known by
the broad face.

Halictus lanariellus sp. n.

9. Length about 8 mm., the abdomen large; black, with dull
white hair; bases of abdominal segments 2 to 4 with broad bands of
white tomentum, having a faint creamy tint, especially at sides of 2,
where it is very dense, the band on 4 so broad as to occupy more than
half the segment; legs black, the tarsi ferruginous at apex. Head
broad; mandibles obscurely reddish apically; clypeus and supra-
clypeal area shining and sparsely punctured; front extremely densely
punctured, not striate; antennae dark, flagellum faintly reddish
below at apex; mesothorax shining, strongly and rather closely punc-
tured; scutellum shining, depressed and punctured in middle, but

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

the disc on either side impunctate; area of metathorax crescentic,
with fine plicse which in the middle run into a reticulation, giving
a subrugose effect under a lens; hind femora and trochanters with
long curled floccus; hind spur simple; tegulae dark rufous; wings
hyaline, stigma and nervures ferruginous; second s. m. very broad,
receiving first r. n. at apex; abdomen shining where not covered with
tomentum, extremely finely punctured; venter with long white
hair, not forming a curled scopa.

Hab.— Yarrawin, N. S. W. (Froggatt, 233). Close to H. lanarius
Sm., but smaller and more shining.

Halictus confusellus sp. n.

.9. Length about 7 mm.; black, with dull white hair; lateral
bases of second and third abdominal segments with cuneiform
patches of dense white tomentum, the apical part of abdomen also
hairy, but not densely; legs black. Mandibles black, faintly reddish
subapically; clypeus and supraclypeal area shining, sparsely punc-
tured; front densely punctured; antennae black; mesothorax and
scutellum shining, but very distinctly and quite closely punctured
all over; area of metathorax crescentic, with fine radiating plicae;
hind spur peculiar, with a very broad rather short lamina, and a
low keel-like one beyond, the latter slightly inclined to be double;
tegulae rufopiceous; wings slightly dusky; nervures fuscous, stigma
dull ferruginous; outer r. n. and t. c. evanescent; first r. n. reaching
extreme apex of second s. m.; third s. m. much' broader above than
second; abdomen shining, very finely punctured.

Hab. — Launceston, Tasmania (F. M. Littler). Known from
H. imitans Ckll. by the ferruginous stigma and shorter area of
metathorax.

The following key will facilitate the separation of a number of
species of Halictus discussed above:

Mesothorax green 1.

Mesothorax black; abdomen black 4.

1. Small species, with red (or mainly red) tibia? 2.

Larger species, with dark tibiae 3.

2. Green of thorax very bright urbanus Sm.

Green of thorax obscure mundulus Ckll.

3. Mesothorax shining, sparsely punctured demissus Ckll.

Mesothorax dull, much more closely punctured subinclinans Ckll.

4. Males 5.

Females 10.

5. Lower margin of clypeus not yellow macrops Ckll.

Lower margin of clypeus yellow or cream-color 6.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375

6. Very small, less than ."> mm. long, tarsi yellowish farticornis Ckll.
Larger, at least over 5 mm. long 7.

7. Tarsi black spenceri Ckll.

Tarsi red or yellow 8.

8. Stigma ferruginous; head broad and massive....pachycephalus Ckll.
Stigma fuscous 9.

9. Mesothorax shining dolichocerus Ckll.

Mesothorax dull hcematopus Ckll.

10. Small, hardly 5.5 mm. long semipolitus expulsus Ckll.

Larger .11.

11. Disc of mesothorax with scattered punctures of different size,

supralucens Ckll.
Disc of mesothorax well punctured, the punctures uniform 12.

12. Fourth abdominal segment, except broad apical margin, densely

covered with pale felt-like hair lanariellus Ckll

Fourth segment not so 13.

13. Hind margins of abdominal segments reddened; area of meta-

thorax with irregular sculpture pulvitedus Ckll.

Hind margins of abdominal segments black; area of metathorax
with fine definite longitudinal plicse 1-4.

14. Stigma ferruginous; area of metathorax shorter confusi llus Ckll.

Stigma piceous; area of metathorax longer imitans Ckll.

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

A NEW SPECIES OF ONCHIDIOPSIS FROM BERING SEA.
BY WILLIAM H. DALL.

The 'genus Onchidiopsis Bergh (1853) was proposed for certain
Arctic mollusks related to Velutina and possessing an internal nearly
laminar shell. The minor characters of the few species known are
in many respects different but their combinations are so intermixed
that it is difficult to assign to the differences more than specific
value. However the peculiarities of the present species are such
that I venture to separate the genus into two sections, as follows :

Genus ONCHIDIOPSIS Bergh, 1S53.

Section ONCHIDIOPSIS, type 0. gronlandica Bergh.
Adult animal with an impervious notseum.

Section ATLANTOLIMAX, type 0. (A.) hannai Dall.
Adult with a large dorsal foramen in the notseum.

Onchidiopsis <Atlantolimax> hannai n. sp.

Animal, after preservation in spirits, of a yellowish white color
except on the sides of the foot and on the osphradium. The foot is
muscular, broad, tapering and bluntly pointed behind, extending
about one-third of its length behind the hinder margin of the no-
tseum even when contracted; the front edge duplex, auriculate at
the anterior lateral angles; proboscis entirely retractile within a
transverse slit, below the short stout tentacles; eyes black, distinct,
completely imbedded in and a little above the not perceptibly swollen
bases of the tentacles, on their outer sides; verge situated behind
the right tentacle, large, twisted, at first stout and subcylindrical,
then deeply constricted; then compressed and expanded with a
conical papilla at the outer corner of the expansion1 much as in
0. corys Balch.

The sides of the foot are radially corrugated, the convex folds
sometimes more or less granulose; above the corrugated area and
in the pedal sulcus below the edge of the mantle the surface is smooth

1 In Balch's figure of 0. corys this papilla is shown at the inner corner of the
expansion, a difference which is probably due to twisting. Cf. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Museum, No. 1,761, pi. 22, fig. 1.

1916.] NATURAL .SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

and white, though the corrugations arc more or less tinged with
slate color. The visceral hump i^ enormous, subglobular, shorter
than the foot, height above the sole 52 mm.; above the sulcus
between mantle-edge and foot 40 mm.; longitudinal diameter
42 mm.; transverse diameter 37 mm. The hum]) is largely covered
by a thick, obscurely pustulous, almost coriaceous layer (the notaeum)
beneath which is a thin, transparent but quite tough mantle which
in spirits expands below the basal edge of the not a 'inn above the pedal
sulcus especially in front (though not as much as in 0. corys), like
a mass of bubbles, with a hardly perceptible sinus on either side
forming an incurrent and an exhalent channel, which however does
not affect the margin of the notaeum, the latter being entire except
for a slight incurvation in the median line in front.

The summit of the notseum (in spirits) exhibits an ovoid foramen
about 30 mm. long by 24 mm. wide, through which the shell, covered
by the excessively thin transparent mantle, is partially visible.

There is a transverse slit-like opening between the mantle and
the pedal sulcus, directly behind the head, in which the osphradium,
ctenidium and excretory outlets are situated. The osphradium is
of a greenish tint, with darker margins. The gill is translucent
white. In the former the filaments are single and elongated on
either side of the stalk, not short and double as in 0. corys. The
ctenidium has a single row of long, triangular, not auriculate lamellae
much as in that species.

The jaw much resembles that of 0. corys, but the radula was so
deeply retracted that it was thought best not to break up the unique
specimen by cutting to extract it.

The base of the arc of the shell measures 40 mm. long by 32 mm.
wide. It has much the shape of the bowl of a deep oval ladle and it^
depth is about 15 mm. when in normal position. Its structure i-
concentric, not in circles but in a rounded-quadrate fashion. On
the edge of the left side behind is a knot-like nucleus. On the inner
surface near this nucleus and extending for a length of about 12 mm.
away from it are two elevated straight ridges, which at half then-
length from the nucleus join to form a single stronger ridge which
gradually diminishes and becomes obsolete on the inner surface of
the disk. The appearance of these ridges suggests that if the shell
was spirally coiled they would form a columella. The outer surface
of the shell, to which the mantle adheres tenaciously, is smooth, but
undulated by more or less irregularly disposed concentric wrinkles.
It is attached to the body only by a small area at the edge near the

378 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

nucleus. There is no indication of a periostracum, and the carti-
laginous shell is nearly transparent.

The specimen was collected on the beach of St. Paul Island,
Bering Sea, after a severe storm, December 5, 1914, by Mr. G. Dallas
Hanna of the Bureau of Fisheries, in whose honor it is named.
U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 215,162.

This species differs from 0. corys by its widely foraminate notseum,
its much larger visceral hump, its single instead of double osphradial
lamella, and the character of its shell. 0. gronlandica, glacialis
and pacifica have an imperforate notseum. 0. gronlandica has a low
visceral hump and entirely different form of verge. 0. glacialis has
a proportionately much shorter and posteriorly pointed foot, lower
hump and different type of verge, and 0. pacifica shows much the
same differences.

The disposition to "lump" together specifically animals of this
genus in spite of minor differences, is responsible for much confusion.
The differences of more than specific rank run parallel to those in
Velutina, where some species have the shell entirely covered by the
notseum and others have it more or less exposed. It has been
suggested that all species have the shell covered in the young, but
the specimens of all ages collected by me do not confirm this sup-
position.

While the edges of the shell and its concave surface, except for
the portion near the nucleus, are free from the visceral hump below,
it is nevertheless completely covered by an extremely thin layer of
tough tissue which can be separated from the shell only with difficulty,
usually coming off in small strips. This tissue I assume to be an
extension of the mantle as it has none of the characteristics of a
periostracum. The entrance of the vagina could not be made out.
It required for its demonstration more extensive dissection than was
thought advisable for the unique specimen. The animal is pre-
sumably hermaphrodite, like the other species of the genus which
have been anatomically examined.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

THE ZOOLOGICAL POSITION OF THE SARCOSPORIDIA.
BY HOWARD CRAWLEY.

In a paper recently published by* the present author (Crawley,
1916), evidence was given to show that the spores of Sarcocystis muris
are sexually differentiated. This evidence was based upon the
findings in the intestinal cells of mice to which the spores had been
fed. It is, however, quite possible that a careful study of accurately
fixed and stained spores taken directly from the cysts would reveal
characters serving to differentiate the males and females. Certain
authors, for instance Fantham (1913), in the case of Sarcocystis colli,
speak of two kinds of spores, but nothing of the sort has as yet been
demonstrated in the case of Sarcocystis muris.

Nevertheless, as already stated, these spores are males and females
and within the intestinal cells of the mouse they quickly develop
along their respective lines. This evolution is completed in from
9 to 18 hours, after which fertilization takes place.

My own studies shed no light upon later events. The fertilized
female or zygote can be found, sometimes within the epithelial cells,
sometimes in the subepithelial tissues, in mice killed one or two days
after inoculation. But as yet I have not been able to find the
parasite in mice killed at longer intervals than this after feeding.

Erdmann (1914) describes and figures what are apparently the
multiplication stages of a parasitic protozoan in the intestinal cells
and tissues of mice killed some days after the ingestion of sarcos-
poridian spores. The precautions taken by Erdmann seem absolutely
to preclude infections with any other protozoan. Consequently,
as the case now stands, it seems entirely reasonable to look upon these
multiplication stages as derived from the zygotes.

According to Negre (1907) the feces of mice that have been inocu-
lated by feeding the usual cysts contain a stage of the parasite
capable of producing the infection if fed to other mice. This is
present in the feces from the fifteenth to the sixtieth day alter inocula-
tion. It is evidently a resistant encysted stage, since it maintains
its vitality for 30 days in the dried feces, and is capable of resisting
a considerable degree of heat. When mice are inoculated with this
stage, both the time required for the parasites to appear in the
26

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June.

muscles and the percentage of positive cases are the same as when
the mice are fed with the stages occurring in the muscles. Negre,
however, was not able to detect this element in the feces and although
it seems as if it must be present in the intestinal tissues for a long-
time after inoculation, it has never been seen. Hence the evidence
for its existence, while entirely satisfactory, is wholly indirect.

Negre's experiments have been repeated at the Zoological Labora-
tory of the Bureau of Animal Industry, and his results confirmed.
The impression is, however, that the infections resulting from
i noculation with the fecal stage are heavier than those obtained from
feeding infected muscle. Microscopical examination of the spores
obtained in this manner show them to be precisely the same as those
resulting from the other mode of infection.

As we have seen, Erdmann describes multiplication stages as
occurring in the intestine some days after inoculation. The parasite
then disappears to reappear at about the forty-fifth day in the
muscles. Several authors have endeavored to trace the history of
the muscle stages, but of the several accounts the most convincing
is that of Negri (1910). This author worked with the white rat,
but the parasites of the rat and mouse seem to be identical and
there is no reason to suppose that the development of one would be
any different from that of the other.

The smallest and hence, doubtless, the youngest stage found by
Negri was an elongated body, about 25 n long. It was found in a
rat killed 50 days after feeding. It showed a delicate bounding
membrane and was rather indistinctly divided into a number of oval
elements, each with a central differentiation. This no doubt repre-
sented the nucleus. Negri designates these bodies as sporoblasts.

In somewhat larger cysts the picture is clearer, the oval sporoblasts
being completely individualized, and each shows a very distinct
nucleus.

From this point on development appears to follow very simple
lines. The sporoblasts divide repeatedly by bi-partition, each
daughter cell coming to assume the oval form of the mother cell.
The parasite itself, the so-called cyst, becomes larger, but this increase
in size is due merely to an increase in the number of the sporoblasts,
which do not themselves become larger. The entire mass remains
separated from the host tissue by the same kind of a delicate mem-
brane.

Matters proceed in this way until the cysts, according to Negri,
have attained a length of some 600 p-. From this time on, however,

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

the two daughter cells arising from the division of a sporo lasl do
not, always take on the oval form of the mother cell, but each r< tai
the form it had at the momenl of division and does no1 again divide.
The division of the sporoblast having been longitudinal, the form of

the daughter cells is that of a banana and they are, in fact, the spori

The production of the spores in this way is initiated in the central
part of the cyst. At the outset of this new line of development, the
cysts will contain many sporoblasts and few spores and there is no
doubt that the production of both spores and sporoblasts may take
place simultaneously in different or even the same parts of the same
cyst. Eventually, however, the divisions of the sporoblasts produce
only spores which finally come to be the only elements present
within the cysts.

Bertram (1892) describes very early stages of the evolution of
Sarcocystis tenella in the muscles of the sheep. Several of his original
figures have been reproduced in most of the general works on the
parasitic Protozoa, and doubtless are familiar to all students of thes<
organisms. Of these, Bertram's figure 22, reproduced by Doflein
(1911) as figure 891 C, page 922, represents an element 47 /-* long by
6 /j wide. We have here what appears to be a solid body indistinctly
marked out into small round or oval elements, each with a nucleus,
It is strikingly like the smallest stage of Sarcocystis muris a- figured
and described by Negri.

Bertram also figures somewhat larger stages of the muscle phase of
Sarcocystis tenella, and in these, reproduced by Doflein (1911) as
figures 891 B and D, page 922, the so-called cysts are more or less
completely differentiated into rounded or oval nucleated cells, the
sporoblasts.

Since the Sarcosporidia are always classified as Neosporidia, it has
been tacitly assumed that the earliest stage in the muscles must be
an organism in which growth and spore formation take place coinci-
dently. The very smallest stages figured and described by Negri
and Bertram are capable of being interpreted in this way, since they
appear to consist of bodies of some size, indistinctly divided into
rounded or oval nucleated elements. Inasmuch, however, as these
bodies occur embedded in the muscular tissues of their host-, p
by no means easy to get clear-cut pictures of them, and it is whol Im-
possible that the rather indefinite appearances figured by these two
authors may be due merely to the difficulty of differentiating the
sporoblasts from the surrounding host tissues. In consequence, it
is not at all impossible that these earliest stages of Bertram and

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Negri may be only groups of sporoblasts, and it is in harmony with
this opinion that in both cases these authors figure slightly later
stages of the parasite in which the sporoblasts are completely
individualized.

More direct evidence, however, is furnished by some material which
has recently been examined by the present author. This, from the
heart of a sheep, appears to show that at least in the case of Sar-
cocystis tenella, the sarcosporidian cyst originates from a single cell.
This conclusion is based upon the discovery of a single partly divided
sporoblast, lying in a minute cavity within a cell of the heart. Divi-
sion had progressed to the point where the two daughter cells were
wholly distinct, but still in intimate contact. The next stage found
consisted of a group of eight sporoblasts, also lying in a cavity within
a heart cell. All of these eight sporoblasts were more or less com-
pletely individualized. In addition to these very small stages,
larger groups of sporoblasts were found, up to cysts of over 100 p-
long. But in all cases the elements composing the groups were
obviously the same as the sporoblasts of Negri and Bertram.

Thus the data furnished by Bertram, Negri, and the present
author are entirely consistent amongst themselves, and are mutually
confirmatory and supplementary. For although the earliest known
stage of S. muris yet discovered consists of a number of cells, about
six or seven, judging from Negri's figure, we can hardly ascribe to it
a mode of development different from that of S. tenella. Assuming
then that these data are accurate, a certain interesting conclusion
seems to follow.

This conclusion is in effect that the muscle stage of Sarcocystis
muris is not an individual, but a congeries or colony of individuals.
In other words, the unit is not the cyst or Miescher's tube, but the
sporoblast itself.

Assuming that this is true, the life history of Sarcocystis muris
would be as follows: The ingested spores gain the epithelium of
the intestine and develop into the macrogametes and microgametes.
The latter fertilize the former and produce the zygotes. By endo-
genous multiplication the zygotes produce a number of minute
elements. There is here a gap in the life history. It is evident
that two divergent lines are followed since, as we have seen, some
form of the parasite appears in the feces from the fifteenth to the
sixtieth day. It is therefore impossible to say whether the multi-
plication products described by Erdmann are those destined to
invade the muscles or to infect the feces. But whatever happens,

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

it is evident that at the end of several weeks some form of the parasite
invades the muscles. This is either the sporobhist itself or
immediate forerunner, which may be the zygote or some elemenl
derived from the zygote.

In any event, at a certain point in the evolutionary history, the
muscle cells come to harbor individual sporoblasts. These divide
many times by bi-partition, but eventually the products of these
divisions are no longer sporoblasts, but spores. It may incidentally
be noted that unless its development be interfered with, each sporo-
blast will presumably produce a cyst.

It will be of interest to compare the several stages of the life
history of Sarcocystis muris with those of an ideal member of the
Coccidiomorpha.

The sarcosporidian "spore" develops directly into the sexual
stages, the macrogametes and microgametes. These copulate and
produce the zygotes. In the coccidiomorphan, the merozoites pro-
duced at the end of schizogony follow an identical line of development.

The sarcosporidian zygote divides into a number of small bodies,
the further history of which is unknown. The coccidian zygote
ultimately produces the sporozoites, although the details whereby
this end is gained are subject to great variation.

In the sarcosporidian, some product of the zygote ultimately finds
its way into the muscle cells, and produces the colony of sporoblasts.
In the Coccidiomorpha, the sporozoites eventually find their way
into their appropriate habitats, which are always cells, and grow
into trophozoites.

In the sarcosporidian, the sporoblasts divide a number of times by
bi-partition, after which spores are produced and division cease-.
These spores, in order to develop further, must gain the alimentary
canal of another host in which they will evolve into the sexual stages.
In the Coccidiomorpha, the trophozoites divide into merozoites
These grow into trophozoites, which again divide into merozoite-
and so on for an indefinite number of generations. Eventually,
however, the merozoites develop, not into trophozoites, but into the
sexual forms.

It will next be in order to see what conclusions may be drawn
from the data given above. In so doing, it will be convenient to
divide the sarcosporidian life history into three portions, namely,
the sexual development which takes place in the intestinal .'pithelium;
the stage which follows this; and finally the stage which occurs in
the muscles.

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

In so far as the first of these stages is concerned, that is, the evolu-
tion of the microgametes and macrogametes, the parallel between
sarcosporidian and coccidiomorphan is exact.

In the second stage, the gaps in our knowledge of the course of
events in the Sarcosporidia prevents as precise a comparison. We do
not know what happens between the time the parasite leaves the
epithelium and the time it invades the muscle, nor has the stage
which appears in the feces ever been seen. Nevertheless, the course
of events in the two cases must be more or less similar. For in both,
the zygote divides into a number of small elements which serve to
carry the infection either to other hosts or to other parts of the same
host. In the Coccidiomorpha, there is typically a first division
into spores, the protoplasm of which secondarily divides into sporo-
zoites. In the sarcosporidian, it is in evidence that the zygote
divides into small elements, the further history of which is not
known. But in any event, it must be some product of the zygote
which on the one hand invades the muscles and on the other develops
into the encysted fecal stage. It is conceivable that it is an encysted
zygote which infects the feces, but we do not know.

In the third stage, the course of events differs in detail in the two
groups of animals, but the end results are the same, since in both
there are produced a large number of elements destined to evolve
into the sexual stages. In the Coccidiomorpha, there is extensive
growth, followed by multiple division, this cycle being repeated an
indefinite number of times. In the Sarcosporidia, there is an indefin-
ite number of bi-partitions alternating with only enough growth to
restore the element to its original size. In the one case, the Sar-
cosporidia, multiplicative energy is continuous, while in the other,
the Coccidiomorpha, it is periodic, but this difference is not essential.

We may next endeavor to homologize the several stages in the life
history of Sarcocystis muris with those of the Coccidiomorpha. In
the first place, it is entirely evident that the sarcosporidian "spore"
is the homologue of the coccidiomorphan merozoite. The sexual
stages are alike. The multiplication products of the sarcosporidian
zygote are presumably the homologues of either the spores or sporo-
zoites of the Coccidiomorpha. The sporoblast is not so easy to place.
It may correspond to either the sporozoite or the trophozoite of the
Coccidiomorpha. A knowledge of its derivation is necessary before
this point can be determined. Since, however, the sporoblasts are
all of much the same size, whether occurring singly or within groups,
the distinction here between sporozoite and trophozoite would be
largely a matter of terms.

1'.'16.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Attention may also be called to the homology of the sarcosporidian
muscle stage with the entire schizogonous cycle of the Coccidio-
morpha. In the latter, the products of schizogony are set free and
are enabled to invade new regions of the host. In the former, a
tissue reaction on the part of the host confines them in the region
originally invade* 1.

If the line of reasoning developed above he sound, it seems to
follow that the Sarcosporidia are not Xeosporidia, but Telosporidia,
and moreover Telosporidia which obviously belongs to the Coccidio-
morpha. In the discussion given above, the various characters of
the Sarcosporidia and Coccidiomorpha were compared, the result
showing both resemblances and differences. But as will be pointed
out below, the characters of taxonomic value were those wherein tin
two groups were alike, whereas the differences had to do with charac-
ters not used in classification.

Before, however, giving the reasons for regarding the Sarcosporidia
to be Telosporidia, it may be advisable to point out the difficulties
in the way of regarding them as Neosporidia. This group, which
constitutes a subclass of the Sporozoa, is defined by Doflein (1911),
p. 701 as composed of Sporozoa which may sporulate during the
entire vegetative period.

Thus, a typical neosporidian will consist of a multinucleate organ-
ism, in the cytoplasm of which there will be a number of spores in
various stages of evolution. It has apparently always been assumed
that something of the sort takes place in the Sarcosporidia; that the
cyst originates from a multinucleate element which only secondarily
becomes multicellular. As we have seen, however, the cyst is com-
posed of separate cells from the very outset. Hence there appears
to be no good reason for regarding the Sarcosporidia as Neosporidia.

We are now in position to suggest, at least tentatively, a new
classification for the Sporozoa. This class is divided into two
subclasses, the Telosporidia and Neosporidia. In the first, division
into multiplicative elements takes place only at the end of the
vegetative period. In the second, as we have seen, growth and spore
formation take place simultaneously.

Following Doflein, the Telosporidia may be divided into two
orders, as follows :

1. Coccidiomorpha:

Vegetative stage continuously intracellular.

Fertilization anisogamous.

Sexual generation continuously or transiently intracellular.

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

2. Gregarinida:

Vegetative stage, if intracellular at all, only so at first; adults

always extracellular.
Fertilization anisogamous or isogamous.
Fertilized forms always continuously extracellular.

In the Sarcosporidia, the vegetative stage is intracellular, becoming
extracellular only through the destruction of the cells originally
occupied. Fertilization is anisogamous and the sexual generation
is typically intracellular, becoming extracellular only by accident.
Evidently, then, so far as the main characters go, those of the Sar-
cosporidia are identical with those of the Coccidiomorpha. It
therefore seems allowable to place them in this group.

Doflein divides the order Coccidiomorpha into suborders, as
follows:

1. Coccidia:

Sporozoites inclosed in spores.

Zygotes nonmotile, mostly intracellular.

2. Haemosporidia:

Sporozoites always free.

Zygote, as the ookinete, motile, and migrating into new cells.

Judging from Erdmann's contribution, the sarcosporidian zygote
does not produce spores, but divides directly into what are possibly
sporozoites. This would place the Sarcosporidia closer to the
Haemosporidia than to the Coccidia. But the fact that the zygote
is apparently nonmotile indicates that the relationship with the
Coccidia is the closer. Obviously, however, the Sarcosporidia are
neither Coccidia nor Haemosporidia, but our very scanty knowledge
regarding this phase of their life history prevents us from defining
them in the terms used by Doflein for the two other groups. For
the present, it seems best merely to consider them to be one of three
suborders making up the Coccidiomorpha.

The Sporozoa may then be reclassified as follows:

Class Sporozoa.
Subclass I, Telosporidia.

Order 1, Coccidiomorpha.

Suborder A, Coccidia.
Suborder B, Haemosporidia.
Suborder C, Sarcosporidia.
Order 2, Gregarinida.

191(3.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

Subclass II, Neosporidia.

Order 1, Cnidosporidia.

Suborder A, Myxosporidia.

Suborder B, Microsporidia.

Suborder C, Actinomyxidia.
Order 2, Haplosporidia.

It is to be observed that the characters used by Doflein to classify
the Telosporidia are not those having to do with the nature of the
life history. Thus, although the Haemosporidia have two host-
while the Coccidia have but one, these two groups are ranked ;i-
closely related suborders. Therefore the fact that we are still in the
dark as to whether the Sarcosporidia have two hosts or only one has
no bearing upon what is their proper place in the classification of the
Sporozoa.

With regard to this question, the probabilities are that there are
two hosts. Indeed, such an hypothesis is more or less obligatory
when it comes to accounting for the wide-spread occurrence of
Sarcosporidia in purely herbivorous animals, such as sheep. As no
more than an interesting speculation, it might be suggested that the
second host, a carnivor, infects itself by eating the infected flesh of
a herbivor. The merozoites, released in the intestine, initiate the
sexual cycle and the encysted form is discharged in the feces. This
encysted stage, ingested by a herbivor with its food, eventual ly
infects the muscles and the cycle is repeated. Analogy would lead
us to suspect that the sexual cycle is, in general, confined to the
carnivor; the asexual to the herbivor. This view receives a certain
amount of indirect support from the facts that whereas the purely
herbivorous sheep and cattle are practically invariably infected,
records of the finding of sarcosporidian cysts in the muscles of car-
nivorous animals are very rare. Finally, the fact that in the mouse
both the sexual and asexual cycles occur presents no particular
difficulty. Mice are omnivorous and can infect themselves either
by eating the flesh of their dead fellows, or, as Negre first showed.
by the contamination of their food with the encysted fecal stage.
In conclusion, it may be mentioned that Negre's discovery is of
the utmost significance when it comes to an endeavor to elucidate
the life history of the Sarcosporidia. Yet, for whatever may have
been the reasons, it has been persistently overlooked or ignored and
hence has never been awarded the credit to which it is entitled.

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

References Cited.

Bertram, A. 1892. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Sarcosporidien nebst einem

Anhange liber parasitische Schlauche in der Leibeshohle von Rotatorien
<Zool. Jahrb., Jena, Abt. f. Anat., v. 5 (3-4), 20. Oct., pp. 581-604, pis.

38-40.
Crawley, Howard. 1916. The sexual evolution of Sarcocystismuris. Pp. 2-43,

5 pis., 93 figs. 4°. Philadelphia. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., Jan.)
Doflein, F. 1911. Lehrbuch der Protozoenkunde. Eine Darstellung der

Naturgeschichte der Protozoen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der para-

sitischen und pathogenen Formen. 3. stark vermehrte Aufl. xii + 1043 pp.,

951 figs. 8°. Jena.
Erdmann, Rh. 1914. Zu einigen strittigen Punkten der Sarkosporidienfor-

schung <Arch. de zool. exper. et gen., Par., v. 53 (9), juin, pp. 579-596,

pis. 17-18, figs. 1-40. [Issued 20 juin. J
Fantham, H. B. 1913. Sarcocyslis colli, n. sp., a sarcosporidian occurring in

the red-faced African mouse bird, Colius erythromelon <Proc. Cambridge

[Eng.] Phil. Soc, v. 17 (3), Sept. 8, pp. 221-224, pi. 5.
Negre, L. 1907. Sarcosporidiose experimental <Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,

Par., an. 59, v. 63, v. 2 (30), ler nov., pp. 374-375.
Negri, A. 1910. Beobachtungen liber Sarkosporidien. 3. Mitteilung <Cen-

tralbl. f. Bakteriol. (etc.), Jena, 1. Abt., v. 55 (5), 17. Aug., Orig., pp. 373-383,

1 pi., figs. 1-12.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

COLD-BLOODED VERTEBRATES FROM COSTA RICA AND THE CANAL ZONE.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

During the summer of 1915 Mr. David E. Harrower gathered the
collections listed below, which were later purchased by the Academy.
Several of the fishes are new to science, and other records are for
rare or unusual forms.

COSTA RICA.

The collections made in Costa Rica were obtained at Guapilis,
the Chirripo River Valley and Port Limon, all in the Atlantic
drainage.

Guapilis.

A small collection of fresh-water fishes was obtained in the basin
of the Rio Guapilis.

Astyanax aeneus costaricensis Mick.

Head 3|; depth 2\ to 2f; D. m, 8 to in, 9; A. in, 25, i to in,

27, i ; scales 34 to 36 in lateral line to caudal base and 3 more on
latter; snout 3| to 4 in head; eye 3 to 3|; maxillary 2\ to 2\;
interorbital 2| to 3; maxillary teeth 1-2 and 1-1, inner row 4-4.
Color when fresh in alcohol olive-brown on back. Broad lateral
brassy band, nearly wide as eye, changes behind into leaden-dusky
blotch at middle of caudal base, and continues out on median caudal
fin-rays to their edges. Hind edges of each caudal lobe narrowly
blackish, fin gray, and lower lobe tinged with red. Dorsal warm
brown. Adipose fin gray. Anal gray, darker along lower edge
and in front with median blood-red tinge or blotch, fading out behind.
Pectoral dilute reddish. Ventral bright vermilion. Iris yellowish.
Two examples 98 and 100 mm. in length.

Alfaro cultratus (Regan).

Color olivaceous above, when fresh in alcohol. Dusky median
streak on back. Iris olivaceous. Lower surface of body and head
paler than back. Dusky streak extends down each side of lower
jaw and on under side of head till opposite hind pupil edge. Dorsal
gamboge-olive. Caudal olive-gray. Other fins pale gamboge. Three
.examples, 52 to 58 mm.

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Priapichthys annectens (Regan).

Head 3f ; depth 3; D. i, 9; A. in, 7; scales 28 to caudal base and
about 10 more on caudal basally; 9 scales between dorsal and anal
origins; 20 scales before dorsal; snout 2| in head measured from
upper jaw tip; eye 3f ; maxillary 2f. Gill-rakers about 15 short
points. On head above several large cavities or channels lengthwise
from near front of snout till over middle of eyes. A transverse
channel posteriorly also over eye on each side, and still posteriorly
2 more large pores. Color when fresh in alcohol olivaceous-dusky
above and on sides, all scales strongly contrasted by dark or dusky-
black borders, forming a prolonged reticulated pattern. Under
surface of head and trunk pale to whitish. Jaws dusky. Iris olive.
Dorsal olivaceous, marginally grayish and each membrane at base
with blackish blotch. Caudal gray, olive-gamboge basally. Pec-
toral pale olive. Ventral yellowish. Anal bright orange-red in
front, edge behind, and basal portion yellowish. One example, a
female, 63 mm.

Poeciliopsis isthmensis Regan.

Color of male fresh in alcohol olivaceous above and on sides,
lower surface of head and trunk paler. Each scale with dark edge
sharply defined and producing greatly contrasted reticulated pattern-
Row of underlaid narrow leaden vertical lines or streaks, about 14
in number, along middle of sides. Fins grayish, edges slightly
darker. Dorsal mostly tinged olive basally. Edge of intromittent
organ dusky. Iris dark. Length 43 mm. for largest, and 22 mm.
for smallest, in series of eleven examples. The smaller males show
the anal tinged with orange, and dorsal and caudal bases gamboge.
Also black dots at edges of scales.

Adult female with scales very dark edged. Dusky spot on each
dorsal membrane before dorsal ray basally. Anal gray and ventral
whitish. Dusky blotch above vent. Iris olive. One example
50 mm. long.

Poeciliopsis maculifer sp. nov. Fig. 1.

Head 4f ; depth 3f ; D. i, 8; A. in, 7; P. i, 11; V. i, 5; scales 29
in lateral series to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 9 scales between
dorsal and anal origins; 17 scales before dorsal; head width If its
length; second branched dorsal ray If; first branched anal ray If;
least depth of caudal peduncle If; caudal little longer than head;
pectoral If; ventral If; snout 3| in head, measured from upper
jaw tip; eye3|; maxillary 3; interorbital If.

1916.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

391

Body elongate, rather robust forward, deepest at ventral origin,
well compressed, predorsal region moderately depressed and abdomen
somewhat pot-bellied. Caudal peduncle somewhat large, elongate,
least depth but slightly over half its length.

Head small, depressed above, convex below and profiles alike.
Snout broad, depressed above, and length (in profile) about half
its width. Eye rounded, rather high, and about midway in head
length. Eyelids free. Premaxillaries greatly protractile. Maxil-
lary little free, vertical, mostly concealed, and not reaching eye.
Mouth small. Lower jaw rather weak, slightly protrudes, and at
unison of rami rather weak, shallow. Teeth small, uniform, simple,
conic, in a single row and flexibly fastened at bases. Lips rather

Fig. 1. — Poeciliopsis maculifer Fowler.

thin. Tongue small, depressed, free in front. Nostril close above
upper front eye edge. Interorbital flattened. Preopercle ridge
inclined slightly forward.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite hind pupil edge.
Rakers about 16 short weak points, about § of filaments, and latter
about half of eye.

Scales large, cycloid, narrowly imbricated, largest on upper surface
of head, and become small on caudal peduncle behind. Scales on
breast and belly but little smaller than those on sides. Caudal base
with several irregular rows of small scales. Several rather large
pores or pits on head above, one directly behind upper hind edge of
eye. Mucous channel, opening by several pores, along edge of pre-
opercle. Side of snout with several smaller pores.

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juner

Dorsal inserted about midway between hind pupil edge and
caudal base, second branched ray highest, and depressed fin extending
slightly over half way to caudal base. Anal inserted slightly behind
dorsal origin, reaches about halfway to caudal base when depressed,
and first branched ray longest. Both dorsal and anal form distinct
point in front at tip of second branched ray, and upper front edge
of each also slightly emarginate. Caudal with hind edge convex,,
each corner forming slight angle. Pectoral rather broad, extends
back opposite ventral origin. Ventral inserted about midway
between pectoral and anal origins, depressed fin reaching latter, and
first branched ray longest. Vent and genital orifice close before anal.

Color when fresh in alcohol olive-yellow generally above, edges
of scales darker. Lower surface of head and belly pale to whitish.
Dorsal bright orange-yellow, edge gray and base broadly jet-black.
Caudal grayish, base yellowish. Pectoral pale olive. Anal and
ventral whitish, tinged with yellowish medianly. Broad dark brown
median streak down back and brownish line along lower surface of
caudal peduncle from anal to caudal base. Iris olive.

Length 55 mm.

Type, No. 45,391, A. N. S. P. (Female.) Rio Guapilis at Guapilis,
Costa Rica. July, 1915. D. E. Harrower.

Also Nos. 45,392 to 45,394, same data, paratypes, all females.
They show: Head 3§ to 4; depth 3f to 4; D. i, 8; A. in, 7; scales
30 to 32 in lateral series to caudal base and 3 more on latter; snout
3 to 3| in head, measured from upper jaw tip; eye 2f to 2f ; inter-
orbital 2; length 25 to 46 mm.

Allied with the preceding species in having the dorsal origin slightly
before that of the anal. It differs in the more elongate body. In
the small head it resembles P. -pittieri, though that species is said to
have the depth 2.6 to 2.8. The jaws are not so broadly truncate
as in Pcecilopsis generally, but have a more rounded appearance
laterally, as in Fundulus and allied genera.

{Macula, spot; fero, to bear; with reference to the black basal
dorsal blotch.)

Mollienisia sphenops tropica (Meek).

Color of adult female generally olivaceous, under surface of head
and trunk paler, when fresh in alcohol. Along side of trunk each
scale with small obscure orange spot, producing lengthwise streaks.
Dorsal olive, base jet-black over good portion. Caudal and pectoral
dull olive. Anal orange, hind edge whitish. Ventral whitish. Iris
olive. Length 6Q mm.

L916.] NATURAL SCIEN< ES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393

Adult male similar, excepl black on dorsal broken into numerous

-mall rounded spots, and caudal base slightly mottled. Lower fins
whitish. Length 48 mm.

A large female is uniform dark olive above, and paler or whitish
below. Fins all paler. Dorsal blotched with black m front a1 bas
and behind basally with some small black dots. Altogether a -cries
of six example-, and all show a black dorsal blotch.

No orange spots on the scales are mentioned for Platypoecilus
tropicus Meek and Pcecilia tenuis Meek. Under .1/. sphenops Regan
says,1 "often a dark spot on each scale of side of body" in female,
and in male "spots on sides rarely present."

Cichlasoma spilurus (Gunther).

Head 2|; depth 2\ to 2f ; D. XVII, 10, i; A. VIII or IX, 8, i;
snout 2\ to 2| in head; eye 3| to 4; maxillary 3i to 5; interorbital
2\ to 3|. In the small example general color olivaceous, with nine
vertical darker bars wider than interspaces along back and sides
above, fifth little enlarged medianly as jet-black blotch, and last at
caudal base similar. Fins all grayish, ventral brownish along front
edge. The larger example is obscure brownish generally, tinged with
moss-green on soft dorsal, anal, caudal, pectoral and sides of head.
Eight vertical dusky-brown bars, little broader than interspaces,
fourth and last black and greatly pronounced. Spinous dorsal,
anal and front ventral edge dusky, rest of fin like back. Iris slaty.
Lower lip pale. Two examples, 70 and 104 mm. long.
Cichlasoma alfari Meek.

Head 2f to 2\; depth 2\ to 2\; D. XVII or XVIII, 10 or 11;
A. VII, 8 or 9; scales 20 or 21 in upper 1.1. (9 tubes in young), and
8 to 12 in lower 1.1. (3 tubes in young); snout 2\ to 3| in head; eve
3 to 3^; maxillary 3j to 4; interorbital 2\ to 3f. Color in alcohol
brownish above, paler to whitish below. Snout with grayish tinge.
A number of rather large gray-blue spots on preorbital region,
cheek, and opercles. Dusky streak from eye to suprascapula, along
side of body to caudal base above, ending in black pale-edged ocellus
about size of pupil. Six broad transverse dusky-olive bands cross
dark lateral streak, each much wider than interspaces. Behind
pectoral dark band broken regularly by pale vertical interspace-,
first and penultimate resulting dark blotches especially dark or
blackish. Costal region with pale round median spot, on each scale,
and hind edge of each scale also with dark vertical bar. Vertical

1 Proc. Z. Soc. London, 1913, p. 1013.

-394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

fins grayish on outer portions, brownish basally, with obscurely
mottled appearance on spinous dorsal. Last membranes of soft
dorsal and anal with few small pale gray spots, also similar spots on
middle of caudal. Pectoral gray. Ventral whitish, gray-brown on
front outer portion, hind edges white. Iris neutral tint. In the
young examples edge of spinous dorsal and front upper edge of soft
dorsal maroon-color, fins blotched lengthwise with darker olive.
Several pale spots at bases of last dorsal and anal rays. Front
ventral edge and lower anal edge broadly gamboge.
Length 33 to 100 mm.

Bufo valliceps Wiegmann.

Four examples, snout to vent 26 to 40 mm.

Hyla bocourti (Mocquard).

Head little longer than wide. Snout rounded, little longer than
•eye. Canthus rostralis distinct. Loreal region slightly oblique and
concave. Tongue ovoid, slightly emarginate behind. Vomerine
teeth in two small slightly oblique groups between choanae. Inter-
orbital little wider than upper eyelid. Tympanum distinct, nearly
"half diameter of eye. Skin weakly though finely granular above,
belly and lower femoral region coarsely granular, Fingers very
slightly webbed at bases. Toes two-thirds webbed, and disks half
size of tympanum. Distinct fold along inner tarsal edge. Gray-
brown above paler or whitish beneath, in alcohol. Dull brownish
obscure interorbital bar, and similar band from each upper eyelid
down back to vent, with narrow vertebral separation. More con-
trasted dark brown band from each side of snout tip back to eye,
including tympanum and ending in groin, and narrow whitish line
along its entire upper edge. Length, from snout to vent, 17 mm.

It resembles Hyla eximia Baird in having the dark lateral band
from snout to groin. It differs in the obscure dark dorsal band
each side of the vertebral line and the toes better webbed.

Eleutherodactylus humeralis sp. nov. Fig. 2.

Body well depressed, elongately ovoid in contour as seen from
above, and width slightly greater than length of head. Latter very
broad, well depressed. Snout flattened above, and contour as seen
from above broadly triangular, tip obtuse. Canthus rostralis
distinct. Loreal region level and oblique. Eye moderate, about
f length of snout, or equal to space between front eye edge and
nostril. Mouth large, rictus falling about opposite hind edge of eye.
lips moderate. Maxillary teeth uniserial, conic, mostly uniform.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

395

Vomerine teeth in two large patches, rather, closely approximate!,
oblique, and behind hind edges of choanse. Tongue broadly ovoid,
last third free, and hind edge generally convex, except slight median
emargination. Choanse smaller than vomerine patches of teeth.
InterorbitaJ flattened, upper eyelid § its width. Tympanum ellip-
soid, £ eye-diameter.

Skin largely smooth, a few granules around vent and post-femoral

region.

No distinct fold across throat or breast.

Fig. 2. — Eleutkerodactylus humeralis Fowler.

Limbs all slender. Fingers free, and only outer toes one-third
webbed. First finger little longer than second, and slightly swollen
basally. Third finger longest. Tubercles on phalanges apparently
well developed. Disks on toes and fingers moderately small, rounded,
apparently not quite half size of tympanum. Toes slender, fourth
much longest. Apparently no tarsal fold, though hind tubercle
distinct.

Color in alcohol pale gray-brown generally above, lower surfaces
27

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

largely uniform whitish. On upper surface of snout two small
blackish rings, near canthus rostralis and midway in snout length.
On each scapular region two similar ones. Narrow dusky streak or
line across interorbital from one eyelid to the other. Dusky-black
band from each side of snout tip back below eye including tympanum
to shoulder. Several obscure dusky small circles form irregular
dark triangle on front of pelvis above. Each joint of fore limbs with
several obscure brownish transverse bars, one of which, with black
blotch, on each ulna and humerus. Hind limbs with three or more
similar obscure cross-bars. Outer surface of femur near knee with
three more or less connected blackish blotches. Both outer and
inner edges of hind limbs, including tibia, tarsus and metatarsus,
dusky. Lips mottled with brownish.

Length, from snout tip to vent, 33 mm.

Type, No. 19,593, A. N. S. P. Guapilis, Costa Rica. July, 1915.
D. E. Harrower.

This species appears closely related to E. bocourti (Brocchi),2 but
differs in several respects. E. bocourti has the partly circular tongue
entire, the tympanum one-third the eye, first and second fingers of
nearly equal length, toes with a rudimentary web, and arms and
legs marbled with brown above.

(Humeralis, with reference to the dark blotches on the humerus
near the knee.)

Dendrobates tinctorum (Keferstein).

One example dull crimson-purple above, variegated with darker
markings. A small one beautiful dark crimson, marked with blackish
dots on the back and head above. Its lower surface is blotched with
blackish. Another larger example buff in general tint, marked or
speckled with blackish above, and upper surface of hind limbs, and
lower surface of same, blackish. Throat and belly pale buff, with
few scattered dusky specks. Altogether four, 13 to 22 mm., measured
from snout to vent.

Rana caeruleopunctata Steindachner.

Color in alcohol dark olive on back, with obscure small rounded
dull dark bluish spots down middle from between eyes to vent.
Blackish band begins on each side of snout near tip, extends back
below eye, broadens, includes tympanum and continues to groin,
edged very narrowly above its whole extent with whitish line. From

^ 2Hylodes bocourti Brocchi, Miss. Sc. Mex. Batr., 187 , 50, PI. 16, fig. 2.
Coban, Guatemala.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

below eye to shoulder distinct broader white line forms pan of
lower margin. Dusky band from fore part of shoulder on front
forearm. Front limbs brownish, blotched with darker, and brown
streak along entire hind edges. Hind limbs brownish above, each
with two or three dusky cross-bars on upper surfaces. Hind surface
of each femoral region above with two large golden blotches, lower
surface mostly whitish and immaculate. Throat, breast, and belly
mottled brownish-dusky. Glandular fold scarcely developed.
Length, snout tip to vent, 28 mm.

Chirripo River Valley.
A few specimens were obtained in this region during late July.
Phryniscus varius (Keferatein).

Color when fresh brilliant moss-green, marked with bright chrome-
yellow spots on back and cross-bars on upper surfaces of limbs.
Lower surface of body pale yellowish, marked with slaty blotches and
irregular splotches or bands.

Another example also bright green above, finely speckled with
blackish, yellow blotches edged with dusky, and sides slaty-gray.
Under surface pale yellowish-white with irregular slaty-gray blotches,
more sharply defined on lower femoral region.

A third example black above with bright cadmium-orange blotches
from behind eye on sides and upper surfaces of limbs. Middle of
back with small chrome-yellow specks. Lower surface of head and
line above upper lip chrome-yellow, throat with several large black
blotches. Under surface of head black, like back marked with
chrome-yellow blotches.

Length 31 to 41 mm., from snout tip to vent.

Oxybelis acuminatus (Wied).

One example, 392 mm.

Port Lemon.

A more representative collection was gathered during July and
August than elsewhere in Costa Rica during this trip. The fishes;
were all obtained from fishermen or in the markets.

Albula vulpes (Linne).

One, 147 mm. long.

Sardinella humeralis (Valenciennes).

Four examples, 115 to 120 mm.

Opi8tb.onema oglinum (Le Sueur).

One, 190 mm.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Scomberomorus cavalla (Cuvier).

Two, 127 to 195 mm.

Uaranx crysos (Mitchill).

One, 125 mm.

Caranx latus Agaasiz.

One, 97 mm. Head 3; depth 2\; scutes 35; snout 3| in head;
eye 3|; maxillary 2^-; interorbital 3f ; curved part of lateral line
If in straight portion. Opercular spot obsolete. Narrow naked
area medianly on front of breast.

Vomer setapinnis (Mitchill).
Two, 122 and 131 mm.

<Chloroscombrus chrysurus (Linne).

Four, 118 to 140 mm.

Traohinotus glaucus (Bloch).
One, 128 mm.

Trachinotus argenteus Valenciennes.

Head 3|; depth 2; D. I, VI-I, 23; A. II-I, 21; snout 4 in head;
eye 3£; maxillary 2|; interorbital 2f. Body deep, compressed.
Head compressed. Snout broadly convex, length half its width.
Eye large, adipose-eyelid rather well developed. Maxillary reaches
about opposite first third in eye. Teeth fine, conic, in narrow band
above and in broad band below. Mouth rather small, lower jaw
much shorter. Nostrils together on middle of front surface of
snout. Interorbital high, convex. Rakers about 6 + 10, lanceolate,
about j of eye. Scales small. Lateral line complete, slightly wavy
in front. Last dorsal spine longest. Soft dorsal with distinct lobe
in front, and when depressed reaches f in total length of fin. Soft
anal also with short front lobe, when depressed § total length of
fin. Caudal strongly forked, tip of each lobe sharp, and an eye-
diameter longer than head. Pectoral 1^ in head. Ventral shorter,
2| in head. Color in alcohol grayish above, sides and below silvery-
white. Front lobe of soft dorsal dusky, also outer edge of upper
caudal lobe, fins otherwise whitish. Iris whitish. Length 135 mm.

This little-known fish differs from T. carolinus (Linn£), when exam-
ples of the same size are compared, in the larger eye, more pointed
dorsal, anal and caudal lobes, blackish tip of dorsal lobe and dusky
edges to caudal lobes.

Pomadasis ramosus (Poey).

Two, 150 and 180 mm.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 399

Eucinostomus harengulus Goode and Bean.

Two, 110 mm.

Gerres olisthostomus Goode and Bean.

Three, 96 to 188 mm.

Larimus breviceps Cuvier.
Two, 128 and 130 mm.

Polydactylus virginicus (Linne).

Two, 190 and 205 mm.

Cichlasoma maculicauda Regan.

Two, 105 and 152 mm.

Hyla punctariola Peters.

Head long as broad. Snout triangular, little longer than eye.
Canthus rostralis distinct. Loreal region level, oblique. Tongue
ovoid, last third free, hind edge slightly emarginate. Vomerine
teeth in two small slightly oblique groups, well separated, and close
behind choanae. Interorbital little wider than upper eyelid. Tym-
panum obscure, apparently slightly less than half of eye. Skin
smooth above, also on throat. Belly and lower femoral region
granular. Fingers entirely free. Inner toes slightly webbed basally.
Disks about half of eye. Several metatarsal tubercles and one at
heel. Light buff-brown on back and upper surfaces of limbs, which
latter with obscure cross-blotches or spots. Supraorbital width
darker brown than rest of upper surface of head. Upper lip white-
edged. Lower surface of body creamy-white, under a lens seen to
be marked most everywhere with minute yellowish dots. Disks all
whitish. Length, from snout tip to vent, 27 mm.

Eleutherodactylus polyptychus (Cope).

Great variation in color is noticeable in the seven examples from
this locality. The largest brownish down middle of back, streaked
irregularly on tubercles with dusky. Head brown above, upper
lip with short dark streaks. Limbs brownish above, front pair
paler, and hind pair each with three or four dusky cross-bars on
femur, tibia, tarsus and metatarsus. Lower surface of body and
sides whitish, latter formed in contrast as brown streak continues
back from eye including tympanum and fades out on front side of
belly. Several of the larger examples show a ruddy tinge on the
femoral surface closing against the groin and inner surfaces of femur
and tibia. Smaller examples all present less striking color-pattern,
especially on sides, which only slightly paler. In all dark cross-bars
on hind limbs conspicuous. One small example shows narrow pale

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

vertebral line. Another has blackish streak from eye over shoulder
very pronounced. Largest example 23 mm., measured from snout
tip to vent, smallest 9.
Dendrobates tinctorum (Keferstein).

Six examples, all uniform dark purplish-black in alcohol. Length
20 to 22 mm., measured from snout tip to vent.

Eublepharis dovii Boulenger.

Two examples, 80 to 127 mm.

Anolis lunifrons Cope.

Dewlap little developed, and sides of neck crimson. Nine exam-
ples, 80 to 127 mm.
Anolis insignis Cope.

One, 220 mm.
Anolis capito Peters.

Two, 80 to 202 mm.

Anolis humilis Peters.

Five, 38 to 65 mm.

Ameiva festiva (Lichtenstem).

One, 238 mm.

Ameiva undulata quadrilineata (Hallowell).

Two, 170 and 182 mm. long. These represent Ameiva gabbiana
Cope, merged in the synonymy of the present species by Dr. Bou-
lenger. They vary slightly. The single enlarged rounded preanal
plate is present. Scales in middle of throat but slightly enlarged,
and collar with an enlarged plate each side of median line. Humeral
scutes in one row. Great variation is also seen in the scutes on top
of the head. In one example the frontonasal is not in contact with
the posteronasal, as a small scale intervenes. Scales in the supra-
orbital semicircles and at occiput quite variable. Some blackish
dots on throat.

THE CANAL ZONE.

The collections from this section were obtained at Colon, Gatun,
Pedro Miguel, Empire and Panama, and are from both Atlantic
and Pacific drainages.

Colon.

Only marine fishes were obtained at this locality. A number of
smaller species were collected on the reef at Torro Point, in the
Caribbean, during July, in which case the locality is given.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ||)1

Rhinobatos percellens (Walbaum).

One, agreeing with an example from Trinidad.
Tarpon atlanticus (Valenciennee).

Small one, 107 mm. long.

Sardinella humeralis (Valenoiennea).
One, 100 mm.

Opisthonema oglinum (Le Sueur).

Three, 80 to 90 mm. long. Also three from Torro Point, 57 to
85 mm. long. All have median caudal rays dusky and row of dark
spots on side back from gill-opening.

Anchovia gilberti Evermann and Marsh.

One example, 118 mm.
Hyporhamphus unifasciatus (Ranzani).

Two, 156 and 166 mm. Lower caudal lobe slightly longer than
upper.

Sphyraena barracuda (Walbaum).

One, 130 mm. long, from Torro Point.

Sphyraena guachancho Cuvier.

One example, 168 mm.

Mugil curema Valenciennes.

One small example from Torro Point.

Holocentrus adscensionis (Osbeck).

One, 153 mm. long.
Holocentrus siccifer Cope.

One from Torro Point differs from the type, as figured by me, in
the black markings on the first two membranes of the spinous dorsal
entirely of that color, except the narrowly whitish base. All other
membranes of spinous dorsal dusky to blackish, especially basally.
Length 52 mm.

Scomberomorus cavalla (Cuvier).

Four, largest 148 mm. in length.

Caranx hippos (Linne).

Two examples, 150 and 165 mm.

Caranx crysos (Mitchill).
One, 132 mm. long.

Vomer setapinnis (Mitchill).

Two, 123 and 183 mm.

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Chloroscombrus ohrysurus (Linn6).

One, 140 mm. long.
Seserinus paru (Linn6).

One, 138 mm.

Centropomus undecimalis (Bloch).
One, 254 mm.

Rypticus arenatus Cuvier.

One, 130 mm.

Lutianus apodus (Walbaum).

One, 126 mm. long. Also two from Torro Point, 42 and 43 mm.

Rhomboplites aurorubens (Cuvier).

One, 160 mm.

Haemulon parra (Desmarest).

One, 145 mm.

Haemulon plumieri (Lac6pede).

Two, 133 and 142 mm.

Haemulon flavolineatum (Desmarest).

One, 140 mm.

Brachygenys chrysargyreus (Gunther).
Two, 143 and 152 mm.

Pomadasis ramosus (Poey).
One, 128 mm.

Orthopristis scapularis Fowler.

One, 170 mm. long.
Archosargus unimaculatus (Bloch).

One, 120 mm.

Isopisthus harroweri sp. nov. Fig. 3.

Head 3£; depth 4§; D. VIII-I, n, 16, i; A. II, i, 18; P. in, 16;
V. I, 5; scales 105 in series just above lateral line to caudal base;
16 scales above lateral line to soft dorsal origin; 16 scales below
lateral line to anal origin; about 48 scales before spinous dorsal
origin; about 60 pores in lateral line to caudal base, and about 40
more pores over caudal fin; head width 2f in its length; head depth
at occiput If; third dorsal spine 2|; first branched dorsal ray 2\\
first branched anal ray 2\ ; least depth of caudal peduncle 3|; caudal
If; pectoral If; ventral If; snout 4 in head, measured from upper
jaw tip; eye 4f ; maxillary 2|; interorbital 3|.

Body elongate, slender, well compressed, edges mostly convex

1910.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

103

and rather long occipital keel from occipital process slightly tren-
chant. Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth If its length.

Head well compressed, upper profile concave over eye, otherwise
convex, and lower profile steeply inclined convexly. Flattened
sides of head approximated below. Snout convex, so that tip of
upper jaw level with upper eye edge, length f its width. Eye large,
rather high, little longer than deep, well anterior. Mouth large,
greatly inclined, and lower jaw strongly protruding. Maxillary
extends hack opposite middle of eye. Teeth large, conic, and
depressible in outer series in upper jaw, which also with one enlarged
fang-like Canine in front, and all along inner edges band of fine teeth.
Lower teeth erect, firm, conic, several enlarged along sides of jaw-,
though between them also single row of small simple teeth. Tongue

I so pistli us harroweri Fowler.

long, smooth, free, rounded in front. Mandible convex over surface,
capable of great dilation. Nostrils together, close before and slightly
above upper edge of eye. Interorbital convex. Suprascapula jagged
and hind edge notched. Opercle with large angular membranous
flap behind. Hind preopercular edge with membranous edge,
notched finely.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite front nostril. Rakers
iv, 1+8, iv, lanceolate, 2 in eye. Filaments about long as rakers.
Isthmus narrowly and deeply trenchant.

Scales small, cycloid, more or less irregularly disposed, and very
loosely adherent. Head scaly, about 6 rows on cheek. On trunk
scales smaller and with more crowded appearance on median dorsal
line, about bases of dorsals and caudal. Rather large scales forming

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

sheath along anal base. Soft dorsal and anal mostly covered with
inconspicuous small scales. Lateral line complete, nearly concurrent
with dorsal profile. Tubes double on each scale, rather large.

Spinous dorsal inserted little nearer origin of soft dorsal than
hind eye edge, third spine longest, second and fourth subequal, and
depressed fin extends § to soft dorsal. Latter inserted midway
between hind preopercle edge and caudal base, first branched ray
highest, and fin extends f to caudal base. Anal inserted close behind
soft dorsal origin, little larger, similar. Caudal double truncate,
median rays longest and form point. Pectoral long, pointed upper
median rays longest, reach § to anal. Ventral inserted little behind
pectoral origin, and fin half way to anal origin.

Color in alcohol brownish-olive above, sides and lower surface
silvery-white. Head olivaceous above, whitish below. Large dusky
nebulous blotch on opercle. Dorsals and caudal dull olive, pectoral
paler. Ventrals yellowish, tinged with orange basally. Anal pale
yellowish, lower edge narrowly dusky.

Length 174 mm.

Type, No. 45,236, A. N. S. P. Colon, Canal Zone. D. E. Harrower.

Related to Isopisthus parvipinnis (Valenciennes), which would
differ in having more dorsal rays (21 instead of 16) and fewer anal
rays (16 or 17 instead of 18), fewer pores in the lateral line (52 to 54
instead of 60), and in having an indistinct elongate dark blotch from
behind the eye to the middle of the opercle.

(Named for Mr. D. E. Harrower, who collected the type.)

Cynoscion jamaicensis (Vaillant and Bocourt).

One, 145 mm.

Larimus breviceps Cuvier.

Two examples, 114 and 158 mm.

Conodon nobilis (LinD§).
One, 140 mm.

Umbrina coroides Valenciennes.

Two, 164 and 182 mm.

Eucinostomus barengulus Goode and Bean.

Two, 65 and 117 mm.

Gerres rhombeus Cuvier.
One, 115 mm.

Polydactylus virginicus (Linn*)
One, 196 mm.

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF l'HILADEUMIIA. 405

Abudefduf mauritii (Bloch).

Three from the reef at Torro Point, 34 to 40 mm.

Eupomaoentrus fuscus (Valenciennes).

Ten from the Torro Point reef. Three which are young have a
black ocellus at the base of soft dorsal in front, a black saddle-like
blotch on the upper surface of the caudal peduncle, and a black
axillary pectoral blotch. Length 31 to 95 mm.
Iridio bivittatus (Bloch).

Young example from the reef at Torro Point, 26 mm. in length.

Pomacanthus arcuatus (Linne).

One example, 114 mm. long. The transverse bands are bright
lemon-yellow.

Holacanthus tricolor (Bloch).

One, 145 mm. long.

Hepatus caeruleus (Schneider).

One, 100 mm. long.

Hepatus hepatus (Linne).

Two, 112 and 115 mm. long.

Hepatus bahianus (Oastelnau).

One, 145 mm. long. Hind caudal edge narrowly whitish.

Spheroides testudineus (Linne).
One, 132 mm. long.

Philypnus dormitor (Lacepede).

One, 125 mm. long from the reef at Torro Point.

Dormitator maculatus (Bloch).

One, 78 mm. long.

Mapo soporator (Valenciennes).

Seven examples from the reef at Torro Point, 36 to 67 mm. long.

Rupiscartes atlanticus (Valenciennes).

One from the Torro Point reef, 70 mm. long.

Ogilbia cayorum Evermann and Kendall.

One from Torro Point reef, 72 mm. long.

Cithariohthys arenaceus Evermann and Marsh.

One, 133 mm. long.

Gatun.

A small collection of fresh-water fishes, amphibians and lizards
from this locality.

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |Juner

Brycon striatulus (Kner).

Four examples, 65 to 83 mm.

Astyanax aeneus (Giinther).

Two, 98 to 103 mm.

Mollienisia sphenops (Valenciennes).

A large series of all ages (33 examples), 29 to 52 mm.

Acara coeruleopunctata Kner and Steindachner.

Fourteen, 47 to 82 mm.

Cichlasoma maculicauda Regan.

Nine examples, all small, about 53 mm. Also large one, 258 mm,
long.

Bufo marinus (Linne).

Two, 43 to 52 mm., from snout tip to vent.

Bufo typhonius (Linne).

One, with dark broad vertebral band, 32 mm. from snout tip to
vent.
Eleutherodactylus nubilus (Giinther).

Two examples, 13 to 28 mm. from snout tip to vent.

Anolis trochilus Cope.

Four examples, 111 to 125 mm. in total length.

Corythophanes cristatus (Merrem).

One, 240 mm.

Enyalioides heterolepis (Bocourt).

One found around rocks near a stream. Length 212 mm.

Ameiva ruthveni Barbour and Noble.

This is represented by one example, 283 mm. long. It differs in
several respects from the original account. As there is a group of
five anterior supraoculars, with the second largest, the frontal is in
contact with the second, third, fourth, and very slightly the fifth,
supraoculars. No intercalated pair of scales between outer pair
of large occipitals and frontoparietals. The two posterior supra-
oculars are separated from the superciliaries by narrow wedges of
granules, in three or four rows behind. About ten large scales in
middle of chin, posteriorly one enlarged twice size of any others.
From frontal, down middle of back and tail anteriorly, narrow pale
streak. Length 283 mm.

Apparently very closely related to Ameiva j 'estiva, of which I have
compared examples from Colombia and Nicaragua, which agree with
my Port Limon example.

191f>.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 107

Pedro Miguel.

Rhamdia montaguensis ((.anther).
One example, 145 mm.

Piabucina panamensis c sill.

Three, 93 to 105 mm. Active and difficult to secure.

Astyanax mexicanus (Filippi).

Four examples, 67 to 72 mm.

Poeciliopsis retropinna (Regan).

One example, a female, 30 mm. long.

Bufo marinus (Linne).

One, 45 mm. long, measured from snout to vent, with three ticks
on its back.

Bufo typhonius (I.inn6).

Two small examples which agree with Ecuador material. Length
31 and 32 mm. from snout tip to vent.

Leptodactylus caliginosus (Girard).

Vomerine teeth in two closely approximated areas. Eye half
length of snout. Nostril near first third in snout length. Tym-
panum | of eye. Skin smooth, except hind femoral region posteri-
orly, which granular. Slight fold extends from shoulder to groin.
Color in alcohol gray-brown generally. Broad blackish triangle
between eyes. Black band from each side of snout back, including
eye and tympanum, to shoulder, and posteriorly continued as several
disconnected black spots. On each side of back, from above tym-
panum to groin above, black band. Middle of back with lengthwise
blackish blotches forming two distinct series on pelvic region. Groin
olive-yellow, with few dark cloudings. Fore limbs marbled with
dusky, forming a large blotch at and behind elbow. Hind limbs
mottled in more contrast with dusky, femoral and tibial region-
with several broad dark blotches as cross-bars. Tarsi and metatarsi
dusky, outer surfaces mottled or blotched with darker. Under
surface whiti-h, lips mottled with grayish. Length 86 and 91 nam.,
measured from snout tip to vent. Locality given as Corozal.

Iguana tuberculata Laurenti.

Two young examples, 247 and 251 mm.

Basiliscus basiliscus (Linne).

A female, containing eggs. Length 107 mm.

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Ameiva ameiva praesignis (Baird and Girard).

Color in alcohol largely greenish-brown on back. Yellow line
each side of back extends from eye, and another similar, though
white line from lower edge of eye to groin, interspace jet-black with
row of obscure whitish spots. Black band also continued along
side of tail at first, fading out behind. Tail brownish above, mottled
with dusky. Below lower white lateral line, which most pronounced,
gray shade and clouded with dusky or blackish. Under surface of
head and trunk gray-white. Upper surface brown, sides whitish.
Limbs brownish above reticulated with black, forming two broad
black lengthwise lines on hind femoral region and upper continued
at first along tail basally short space, gradually fading behind.
One example, 255 mm.

Leptodeira polysticta Gunther.

One, differing a little from Gunther 's figure in not having a distinct
lengthwise dark bar dividing the neck, but with a lengthwise dark
brown saddle-like blotch, pale in the middle. Length 470 mm.

Elaps fulvius (Linne).

Two examples, 502 and 528 mm.

Empire.

Eleutherodactylus rhodopsis Cope.

Two examples, 15 mm., measured from snout tip to vent.

Anolis trochilus Cope.

One example, 83 mm. long.

Anolis lionotus Cope.

Three, 70 to 158 mm.

Nor ops auratus (Daudin).

Three, 114 to 161 mm.

Panama.

The fishes of Panama Bay have been elaborately treated by
Profs. C. H. Gilbert and E. C. Starks in 1905, so that the list here
given is only supplementary.

Tachisurus steindachneri Gilbert and Starks.

Head 3| to 3|; depth 4f to 5§; D. I, 6 and I, 7; A. vi, 13 and 13;
snout 2f to 2| in head; eye 5| to 5|; mouth width 2f to 3; inter-
orbital 2|; dorsal spine If to 1§. Palatine teeth coarsely granular,
without a backward angle extending on inner edge. Granulations
or striae on head extend forward nearly opposite middle of eyes.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. -409

Fontanel extends hack as narrow groove to occipital plate. Inner
surfaces of ventral black, front edge of fin white. Pectoral similarly
blackish inside. Upper caudal lobe little longer. Two examples,
200 and 210 mm. long. They differ slightly from the figure given
by Gilbert and Starks in the striae on top of the head extending more
distinctly forward.

Muraena clepsydra Gilbert.

One, 595 mm. long.
Pceciliopsis presidionis (Jordan and Culver).

Male and female, 23 and 37 mm.

Tylosurus scapularis Jordan and Gilbert.

Caudal peduncle about wide as deep, and lateral line forms slight
though inconspicuous keel along each side. Eye 7 in upper jaw,
3 in postocular part of head. Upper jaw nearly an eye-diameter
longer than lower, and not completely closing against lower pos-
teriorly, so that distinct interval is seen between them. D. n, 14;
A. ii, 15. Upper surface of body greenish in alcohol, especially on
head. Sides and below silvery-white. Narrow lateral band of
leaden, tapering or narrowed at shoulder and caudal base, and more
or less expanded behind. Iris silvery-white. Fins all pale. Length
695 mm.
Holocentrus suborbitalis Gill.

Three examples, 87 to 90 mm.

Mugil CUrema Valenciennes.

Fourteen small examples, largest 122 mm.
Caranx hippos (Unne).

Two, 111 and 175 mm.

Caranx caballus (Gunther).

One, 160 mm. long.

Vomer setapinnis (Mitchill).

Two, 172 and 182 mm.

Centropomus unionensis Bocourt.
One example, 135 mm.

Alphestes multiguttatus (Gunther).

Two, 147 and 172 mm. Pectoral with at least five distinct dark
vertical cross-bars.

Diplectrum radiale (Quoy and Gaimard).

One, 190 mm. Called "sand mullet."

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Rypticus nigripinnis Gill.

Two small examples, 48 and 49 mm.

Xenichthys xanti Gill.

One, 162 mm.
Lythrulon flaviguttatum (Gill).

Two, 140 and 148 mm.

Anisotremus interruptus (Gill).

Four young, 30 to 54 mm.

Anisotremus taeniatus Gill.

One example, 143 mm. long.

Bairdiella ronchus (Valenciennes).

Head 2|; depth 3|; D. X-I, n, 25; A. II, 8; scales 46 in lateral
line to caudal base; snout 3 f in head; eye 4f ; maxillary 2\; inter-
orbital 4. Snout convexly protruding in upper profile. Lower jaw
slightly projects. Lower teeth mostly uniserial, enlarged, conic.
Symphyseal knob distinct, surmounted by two canines. Eye little
shorter than snout. Preopercle denticles small, larger one below
directed forward. Second anal spine 2| in head. One example,
178 mm. long.

Eucinostomus californiensis (Gill).
One, 83 mm.

■Gerres peruviaiius Valenciennes.

Three, 75 to 85 mm.

TJpeneus grandisquamis Gill.

Four examples, 117 to 164 mm.

Acara caeruleopunctata Kner and Steindachner.

One, 148 mm.
Abudefduf mauritii (Bloch).

Series of all ages which appear to agree with the Atlantic form.
Length 38 to 102 mm.

Abudefduf declivifrons (Gill).

One example, 67 mm.

Pseudoscarus perrico (Jordan and Gilbert).

Called "parrot chub." Color in alcohol dusky-brown generally.
Blue-green spots radiate around eye. Jaws greenish. Vertical
fins livid dull dusky-purple, edges of dorsals and anals narrowly
blue-green. Dusky blotch at pectoral base, fin pale. Outer ventral
edge pale, rays brownish. Iris yellowish. Lengtih 206 mm.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411

Hepatus crestonis .f<>rdan and Starks.

Head 3f; depth If; D. IX, 25; A. Ill, 24; snout ll, in head; i
4; interorbital 2|; pectoral l^j. In alcohol largely uniform dark
chocolate-brown. Dorsals and anals blackish. Caudal slightly
paler basally. Pectoral with broad whitish submarginal shade.

Length 103 nun.

Chaetodon humeralis (Gunther).

One example, 124 mm. Jordan and Evermann state "3 dark
hands across caudal peduncle at base of fin; caudal fin with a faint
band; ventrals dark." My example shows but a single dark trans-
verse bar on caudal peduncle at caudal base and caudal fin with two
very sharply contrasted blackish vertical bars slightly expanded me-
dianly, and anterior much wider than any of bars on caudal. The
ventrals are whitish with two very indistinct vertical gray bars.

Pomacanthus zonipectus (Gill).

Head 3|; depth If; D. XI, 25; A. Ill, 21; snout 3 in head; eye
S\ ; interorbital 3. Color faded in alcohol, vertical pale lines whitish.
Traces of similarly curved lines, parallel, some irregular in dark
.areas between whitish lines. Also dark areas with numerous small
obscure blackish spots. Length 125 mm.

Chastodipterus zonatus (Girard).
One example, 148 mm.

Balistes vetula Linn6.

Two, 100 and 103 mm. long.

Spheroides annulatus (Jenyns).

Two, 49 and 94 mm. long. The dark spots are smaller and more
numerous than in Atlantic examples of S. testudineus of the same size.

Diodon hystrix Linne.

Two examples, 122 to 125 mm.

Scorpaena mystes Jordan and Starts.

Head 2|; depth 3^; D. XII, 10; A. Ill, 5; scales 39 to caudal
base and 2 more on latter, along lateral line; 7 scales above 1.1.;
15 scales in vertical series between 1.1. and spinous dorsal origin:
snout 3f in head; eye 5; maxillary 2\; interorbital 5 ; about 27 pores
in lateral line to caudal base. No supraorbital cirrus. Slight pit
below front eye edge and suborbital stay. Length 250 mm.

-Mapo soporator (Valenciennes).

Twenty-nine examples, 25 to 122 mm.

28 '

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Garmanina paradoxa (Gtinther).

Head 3§; depth 4§; D. VII, i, 11, i; A. i, 9, i; scales 15 in median
series on hind part of trunk, begin opposite origin of soft dorsal;
8 scales transversely between last dorsal and anal rays; snout 4 J
in head; eye 5^; maxillary 2\\ interorbital about 11. Gill-rakers
1+8 short points with broad bases, much shorter than filaments.
Color in alcohol pale brownish generally, scarcely paler below.
About 13 pairs of deeper brownish transverse bars, from back down
along side, and each 2 pairs placed closer to one another, and in
places irregularly joined. Each bar seen to be forked as a darker
reticulation around a paler spot or centre, also reticulations of
various extent. Similar dark transverse bar extends down on cheek,
though narrower one immediately behind eye and another on top of
head before gill-opening, not extending down on side of head. Iris
with pale circle around pupil. Ventrals blackish, edge narrowly
whitish. Fins all grayish, clouded or obscurely marked with darker.
Length 42 mm.
Microgobius miraflorensis Gilbert and Starks.

One 26 mm. long. Gilbert and Starks give A. 17, though their
figure shows i, 10. My example lacks the cirri about the jaws they
represent, and at present the dark spots on the fins are much more
contrasted.
Hypsoblennius striatus (Steindachner).

Fourteen examples, 46 to 80 mm.

Batrachoides pacifici (Giinther).

Two adults, 178 and 222 mm. long. Young examples differ in
the absence of scales.

Gobiesox microspilus sp. nov. Fig. 4.

Head 2|; depth 5; D. 13; A. 9; P. 25; head width \\ its length;
snout 3|; eye 6; mouth width 2|; interorbital 2f; third dorsal ray
3; third anal ray 3|; least depth caudal peduncle 4^; caudal If;
pectoral 2\.

Body moderately long, depressed forward, compressed behind,
convex above, flattened below, and slight median groove before
anal. Caudal peduncle compressed, short and little free.

Head large, upper profile convex from snout tip to occiput, lower
nearly straight and horizontal. Snout wide, convex over surface,
length less than half its width as measured across front of eyes.
Eye ellipsoid, high, centre slightly behind first third in head length.
Eyelids not distinct, skin of head passing over. Mouth broad,

1910.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

ii.;

upper jaw slightly protruding. Lips broad, each fringed with
lather long free dermal Maps. Transverse groove of premaxillaries
distinct, on snout above. Teeth in one row in each jaw, simple,
conic, two front ones enlarged or canine-like above. Both jaws with
anterior teeth little enlarged, and in front of lower more so, com-
pressed or incisor-like, their tips rather broadly triangular. Inner
buccal folds broad. Tongue broad, fleshy, depressed, free around
edges. Nostrils rather close together, above level of eye near its
front edge, anterior in short fleshy tube and posterior simple pore.
Interorbital broad and slightly convex. Opercular spine not extend-
ing through integument, concealed.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite last § in head, Gill-
rakers about 6 short rudimentary points, much shorter than short
gill-filaments.

Fig. 4. — Gobiexu.c mierosfnlus Fowler.

Skin smooth. A number of pores along lower side of head, and
about fringes of lips.

Dorsal inserted about midway between centre of head and caudal
base, tips of rays slightly protrude beyond connecting membranes.
Anal inserted slightly behind dorsal origin, fin similar. Cam hi I
rounded behind. Pectoral broad, upper rays longer, hind edge
rounded, with free fold in front opposite lower base, and broad flap
concealed, behind axilla, extends up from disk. Disk large, circular,
its length about \\ in head. Margins of disk, all for broad extent,
finely papillose. Vent before anal, though slightly behind origin
of dorsal.

Color in alcohol dark chocolate-brown, except lower surface of

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

head and disk, which whitish. Entire upper surface marked with
closely set dusky spots, mostly of uniform size, and all with a more or
less lengthwise disposition. Black blotch on head about an eye-
diameter behind eye on its level. From eye dark spots are darkened,
to form obscure streak forward, one below and one behind. Vertical
fins largely dusky or blackish. Dorsal with sub-basal lengthwise
whitish streak, one medianly and protruded tips of rays same color.
Anal with median lengthwise paler area, protruded tips of rays
whitish. Caudal crossed by three obscure darker bands, tips of rays
whitish. Pectorals brownish. Iris slaty, olive-yellowish circle
around pupil.

Length 37 mm.

Type, No. 45,213, A. N. S. P. Panama, in a pool. May 30,
1915. D. E. Harrower. Purchased.

Only the above example obtained. This species is very closely
allied with G. papillifer Gilbert from Lower California. It differs
in several respects. G. papillifer has the teeth in both jaws biserial.
Its color is also said to be uniform dark olivaceous, and the color of
the fins is different.

(Mtxpos, small; <nrWop, spot; with reference to the coloration.)

Bufo marinus (Linne).

Two large examples, 96 to 100 mm. long, measured from snout
tip to vent.

Bufo valliceps Wiegmann.

Four, 26 to 40 mm.
Bufo typhonius (Linne).
One, 21 mm.

Hyla moquardi Giinther.

Two, about 20 mm.

Eleutherodactylus rhodopsis (Cope).

One, 14 mm.

Dendrobates tinctorum (Keferatein).

Four examples, caught in shrubbery. Length 25 to 32 mm.

Pelamis bicolor (Schneider).

One found swimming on the surface. It was hit with an oar and
then captured by a boatman.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415

NOTES ON FISHES OF THE ORDERS HAPLOMI AND MICROCYPRINI.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

The present paper is an annotated list of the fishes of the above
orders, contained in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia.

HAPLOMI.

ESOCID^J.
Esox americanus (Gmelin).

New York (Long Island); New Jersey; Pennsylvania; Delaware;
Maryland; North Carolina (Catawba River); South Carolina
(Pocataligo River near Manning); Georgia (Thomasville) ; Florida
(Volusia) .

Esox vermiculatus Valenciennes.

E. cypho Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 78. Waterford, Oak-
land County, Michigan.

E. porosus Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., (2) XIII, 1866, p. M)8
(on above, cypho regarded inept).

No. 7,681, A. N. S. P., type of E. cypho Cope. Waterford,
Michigan.

Ohio (Hicksville) ; Indiana (Richmond and Michigan City);
Georgia (Etowah River); Texas (Beaumont).

Esox reticulatus Le Sueur.

New Jersey; Pennsylvania; Delaware; Maryland; District of
Columbia (Washington) ; North Carolina (Neuse River) ; Florida.

Esox lucius Linne.

New York (Lake George); Indiana (Wabash River); Lake Erie;
Michigan (Kewenah Point); Iowa (Hornick and Brook River);
Sweden; Italy.

Esox masquinongy Mitchill.

Pennsylvania (Lake Conneaut); Michigan (Saginaw Bay); Minne-
sota (Mankato); Ontario (Sparrow Lake).

UMBRIDiE.
Umbra limi (Kirtland).

Pennsylvania (Meadeville) ; Illinois (Northfield); Michigan (Oak-
land County); Minnesota (Cedar Lake, Minneapolis).

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Umbra pygmaea (De Kay)

New Jersey; Pennsylvania; Delaware; Maryland; Virginia (Lower
James River).

MICROOYPRINI.

PCEOILIID^l.

As pointed out by Regan, this family embraces several well-defined
sub-families. To these several others are likely valid, as the Pro-
catopince (Procatopus) , with the ventrals placed below the pectorals,
and the Lamprichthyinw (Lamprichthys) , with ctenoid scales and
long anal fin (27 to 30 rays), both off -shoots from the Fundulince.
The Phallostethince (Phallostethus) diverge from the PoeciliinoB,
with the ventrals modified as an intromittent organ.

FUNDULINjE.

FUNDULUS LaeSpede.

GALASACCUS subgen. nov.

Type Hydrargira similis Baird and Girard.

Form rather elongate. Snout usually long and conspicuous.
Jaws wide, sometimes produced. Sexes usually unlike in coloration,
and female often with dark lengthwise lines. Females also without
an anal tube on front of anal fin, but in its place basal sheath usually
present. No nuptial tubercles or denticles on anal rays of male
during spawning season.

Hydrargira Lacepede cannot be used for this group, as its monotype,
H. swampina Lacepede, is a synonym of Cobitis heteroclita Linne
and thus a synonym of Fundulus.

(rdXa, milk; <x«*x<>?, sack; from the vernacular Sac-a-Lait of the
typical species.)

Fundulus similis (Baird and Girard).

Hydrargira similis Baird and Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853,
p. 389. Indianola, Texas.

Nos. 6,987 and 6,988, A. N. S. P. Cotypes of H. similis Baird and
Girard. Indianola, Texas. From the Smithsonian Institution.
Both small examples.

Miami River (Dr. H. A. Pilsbry), Boca Chica Key (Fowler) and
Carrabelle (M. Hebard), Florida.

Fundulus majalis (Walbaum).

Besides the large series of local or Middle Atlantic States specimens,
already recorded, are others from: Florida (Bayport); South Caro-

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

lina (Charleston and Hilton Head); Massachusetts (Woods Hole,
Nantucket and Salem).
Fundulus punctatus Gunther.

Central Guatemala (Cope).

Subgenus FUNDULUS Lac6pdde.
Type Fundulus mudfish Lac£pede.

Form short, robust. Snout short or moderate. Jaws not pro-
duced. Sexes unlike in coloration, females usually paler or uniform.
Female with anal tube on first anal ray. Anal rays of male usually
with nuptial denticles during the spawning season.

Fundulus parvipinnis Girard.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 154. San Diego, California.

No. 7,255, A. N. S. P. Cotype. From the Smithsonian Institu-
tion (No. 938).

Fundulus heteroclitus (Linne).

Fort Macon, North Carolina (Dr. H. C. Yarrow) and Charleston,
South Caolina (Dr. J. E. Holbrook).

Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus (Walbaum).

Besides a very large series from various of the Middle Atlantic
States, most of which have been listed, are examples from New
York (Hudson River at Piermont, Long Beach, South Long Beach,
Nassau on Long Beach and New York Harbor); Connecticut
(Sachems Head and Scotts Cove near Darien); Rhode Island (New-
port); Massachusetts (Woods Hole, Nantucket and Boston).
Fundulus heteroclitus badius Carman.

Prince Edward Island and Magdalen Islands, Canada.1

Fundulus grandis Baird and Girard.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 389. Indianola, Texas.
No. 7,420, A. N. S. P. Cotype. J. H. Clark. From the Smith-
sonian Institution (No. 650).

Bayport (Cope) and Carrabelle (M. Hebard), Florida.

Fundulus nisorius Cope.

Proc. Ainer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870, p. 456. Gaboon, West Africa.

Head 3 to 3|; depth 31 to 4; D. usually i, 11, often i, 10, rarely
i, 12; A. usually i, 10, often i, 9, rarely i, 8 or i, 11 ; scales usually 32,
often 33, sometimes 31, 34 or 35 in lateral series medianly to caudal
base, and usually 4, rarely 3 or 5 more on latter; snout 3| to 4 in

1 Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 15)15, p. 518.

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

head, measured from snout tip; eye 2f to 4J; maxillary 2f to 3^;
interorbital 2 to 2f. Body rather robust, compressed, more so in
male. Head short, obtuse. Snout depressed, length f to § its
width. Eye close to upper profile, centre near first third in head.
Mouth moderate, lower jaw obtuse, projects. Teeth conic, fine, in
bands in jaws, outer row enlarged. Interorbital flat. Gill-rakers
2 or 3 + 9, lanceolate, about half length of filaments. Scales largest
on top of head, smaller on breast, belly and caudal base. Lateral
line complete, inconspicuous, as single small pore on middle of
exposure of each scale medianly along side. Dorsal origin little
nearer caudal base than gill-opening in adult female, much nearer
latter in young and adult male. Anal origin about opposite second
branched dorsal ray base, fin much higher than dorsal. Female
without anal sheath, though with long simple tube, long as first ray.
Caudal truncate, rounded convexly behind Avhen spread open.
Pectoral not quite reaching ventral, latter not to anal. Paired fins
still shorter in adult female. Color in alcohol, of male, brownish
generally, little paler below. Sides with about fourteen to seventeen
narrow vertical bars, less than half width of exposed scales. Also in
course of each bar scattered pearly or whitish rounded spots, smaller
and more crowded about caudal base. Vertical fins dusky, with
irregular and variable whitish spots, smaller on caudal, and edges
of all these fins broadly whitish. Female uniform brownish, paler
on under surfaces, and without dusky or dark pectorals and ventrals
of male. Male with terminal portions of anal rays covered with
little points or denticles, row to each shaft. These absent in female,
though in some females a few little points or granules on rays of
dorsal fin on their outer portions. Length 33 to 91 mm. Nos.
7,227 to 7,233 and 7,293 to 7,303, A. N. S. P. Cotypes of F. nisorius
Cope. Gaboon, West Africa. P. B. Duchaillu.

This very interesting species, incompletely described by Cope,
is the exact African counterpart of F. heteroclitus. It resembles the
latter in almost all respects, and differs in but few minor characters,
as shorter pectorals, etc.

Fundulus antillarum sp. nov. Fig. 1.

Head 3^; depth 3f; D. i, 11; A. i, 9; P. 16; V. i, 5; scales about
34 in median lateral series to caudal base, and 4 more on latter;
13 scales transversely between dorsal and anal origins; about 23
predorsal scales; head depth at occiput If its length; head width
If; fifth branched dorsal ray If; fifth branched anal ray If; least
depth of caudal peduncle If; caudal 1TV; pectoral 1^; ventral 2\;

1916.]

XATIHAL S( [EN< BS OI PHILADELPHIA'.

I lit

snout 3| in head, measured from upper jaw tip; eye 1!: maxillary
3; interorbital 2,1, .

Body moderately long, also moderately depressed anteriorly, well
compressed behind, back scarcely elevated. Caudal peduncle
robust, well compressed, about long as deep.

Head moderately short, wide above, upper profile uearly straight
from snout tip to oeciput and less inclined than lower. Sid.- of
head moderately approximated below. Snout short, depressed,
length about § its width. Eye rounded, high or close to upper
profile and its centre near first f in length of head. Mouth rather
small, lateral cleft -light, oblique. Premaxillaries well protractile.
Maxillary extends down till close before front edge of eye. Lips
moderately fleshy. Teeth all simple, conic, in bands in jaws, and

1 iu. 1. — Fundulus anlillarum Fowler.

outer row enlarged and slightly curved. Upper and lower inner
buccal folds moderately wide, entire. Tongue fleshy, depressed,
elongate, end rounded and free in front. Lower jaw robust, pro-
trudes beyond upper, convex over surface and in profile. Nostrils
superior in front of interorbital space and front edge of eye. Inter-
orbital space depressed or flattened, and slight median transver-c
depression over front of eyes. Hind preopercle edge slightly inclined
forward.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite hind edge of eye.
Gill-rakers 2+9, lanceolate, about half length of gill-filaments
which slightly less than horizontal diameter of eye. Isthmus wide.
Branchiostegals 4.

Scales moderate with concentric striae, larger on front predorsal

420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [J UD.e,

region and top of head, and smaller on breast, prepectoral region and
caudal base. Cheek with 3 rows of scales. Lateral line complete,
inconspicuous, developed as single small pore on each exposure of
scale.

Dorsal origin slightly nearer gill-opening than caudal base, branched
rays about uniformly high, and extend § space to caudal base. Anal
inserted about opposite base of second or third dorsal ray, and
median posterior rays longest, longer than dorsal rays, and reach
f to caudal base. Caudal apparently truncate behind, rounded as
spread open. Pectoral low, rather small, reaches about f to ventral.
Latter inserted nearly midway between front of eye and caudal
base, fin reaching vent, close before anal.

Color in alcohol largely dull brownish with faint olivaceous tinge,
especially above. Each scale with a rounded paler basal spot.
These spots at intervals of several scales each with pearly tint or
whitish, so that traces of about a dozen vertical whitish streaks
occur. Fins brownish, dorsal and caudal little darker. Dorsal
with several large cream-colored blotches about basal portion of fin,
and caudal with three irregular and obscure vertical darker cross-bars.
Iris pale yellowish.

Length 78 mm.

Type, No. 7,225, A. N. S. P. St. Martins, Danish West Indies.
Dr. R. E. Van Rijgersma.

Also No. 7,226, A. N. S. P. Paratype, same data. Head 3f;
depth 4; D. i, 10; A. i, 9; scales about 31 to caudal base and 5 more
on latter; 13 scales transversely between dorsal and anal origins;
about 25 predorsal scales; snout 3| in head measured from upper
jaw tip; eye 3|; maxillary 3; interorbital 2|. Length 76 mm.
This example a female, and its coloration largely like the type.
Dorsal and caudal fins differ only in being uniform brownish. Anal
with a well-developed tube along its front edge but little shorter
than first anal ray.

This species is very closely related to F. heteroclitus. Compared
with examples of equal size, but slight, though apparently constant,
points of difference are noted. The males of both species are quite
similar, though in F. heteroclitus the white spots on the dorsal are
much smaller. As the female of F. heteroclitus is uniform brownish
the female of F. antillarum differs in having the base of each scale
with a whitish spot. In proportions, measurements, etc., the two
species are similar. A large series of F. heteroclitus easily covers the
structural characters.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. }_M

1 first thought this species was F.fonticoh Valenciennes.2 It is
described with twelve anal rays, apparently deeper body, and possibly
smaller rounded dorsal and caudal. Valenciennes says: ' La couleur
parait avoir etc un vert uniforme sur tout le corps, et je ne voia
aucune tache sur les nageoires." He also gives the following remark,
which may in part refer to F. antillarum: "Une note, ajoutie a la
fin de cet article, fait penser que M. Plee croyait aussi qui ce poisson
habite la Martinique, car il dit: 'ce sont les poissons qu'on appelle
dormeurs dans nos isle-." Les a-t-il confondus avec de jeunes
Eleotris, qui sont ainsi denommes? " This is interesting as showing
the possible occurrence of Fundulus in the Lesser Antilles, now fully
corroborated by the present species. Another species, likely closely
related is F. bermudce Gunther.3 It appears to differ in the smaller
head, dorsal rays fourteen and anal rays twelve. Later this was
redescribed as F. rhizophorcc Goode,4 with its color given as light
tawny-brown, with about fifteen regular transverse bands of greenish-
brown, each two scales in width and most distinct on trunk posteri-
orly. No mention is made of the color of the fins. The only
remaining West Indian species is F. cubensis Eigenmann,6 which
differs entirely in its large scales (24), advanced dorsal and anal
and coloration.

(Named for the Lesser Antilles.)

Fundulus hispanicus (Valenciennes).

One from Spain in poor state of preservation. Possibly it differs
largely in the more posterior position of the dorsal and anal fins,
which are exactly opposite, from the American species. It approaches
Zygonectes in the large scales (29 to 32) and small dorsal (9 to 11).

Subgenus FONTINUS Jordan and Evermann.

Type Fundulus seminolis Girard.

Form long, slender. Snout short or moderate. Jaws not pro-
duced. Sexes unlike in coloration during spawning season, otherwise
of similar barred appearance. Females with anal sheath, but no
anal tube extending beyond. Males brilliant, sometimes with
denticles or tubercles on body and fins during the spawning season.

Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur).

A very large series from the Middle Atlantic States, already

2 Hid. Nat Poiss., XVIII, 1846, p. (198) 148. Porto Rico.

Ann. Man. Nat. Hist. London (4), XIV, 1874, p. 370. Bermudas.
* Amer. Jour. Sc. Art. C-Si. XIV. 1877, p. 298. Balden Pond, Bermuda.
5 Bull. C S. F. Com.. 1902 (1904), p. 222, fig. 1. Rio del Pillar, Cuba.

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiier

recorded, besides examples from Massachusetts (Cambridge) ; Rhode
Island (Newport); New York (Sing Sing).

Fundulus diaphanus menona (Jordan and Copeland).

Indiana; Chicago, Illinois; Grosse Isle, Michigan.

Fundulus zebrinus Jordan and Gilbert.

Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 17, 1882, p. 891 (based on Hydrargyra zebra
Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 60. Tributary of the Rio
Grande between Fort Defiance and Fort Union, New Mexico. Not of
De Kay 1842.)

No. 7,352, A. N. S. P., cotype of H. zebra Girard. Coll. Mollhausen.
Smithsonian Institution (No. 2,590).

Also a fine series from Indiana (Wabash River) ; Iowa (Silver
Lake); Texas (Red River in Staked Plain from Brazos River to
Texas Tuli Canyon, south of Clarendon, between Seymour and
Austin, and Comanche Creek at Fort Macon).

Fundulus seminolis Girard.

Lake Kerr, Florida.

Subgenus XENISMA Jordan.
Type Xenisma stellifera Jordan.

Form long, very slender. Snout short or moderate. Jaws not
produced. Sexes unlike in coloration during spawning season,
otherwise of similar finely spotted appearance. Females with anal
sheath, but no anal tube extending beyond. Males brilliant, and
anal prickly in spawning season.
Fundulus catenatus (Storer).

Virginia (Holston River), Arkansas (Eureka Springs), and Tennes-
see (Coal Creek in Clinch River basin) .
Fundulus stellifer (Jordan).

Xenisma stellifer Jordan, Ann. Lye. N. Hist. N. Y., 1870, p. 322. Etowah
and Oostanaula Rivers, Rome, Georgia.

Nos. 20,718 to 20,720, A. N. S. P., paratypes of X. stellifer Jordan.
Rome, Georgia. D. S. Jordan. From E. D. Cope.

Subgenus ZYGONECTES Agassiz.
Type Poecilia olivacea Storer.

Form elongate, fusiform. Snout short or moderate. Jaws not pro-
duced. Sexes unlike in coloration, at least during spawning season.
Females with anal sheath, but no anal tube extending beyond.
Males brilliant, and anal sometimes prickly in spawning season.
Dorsal and anal fins small, former distinctly inserted behind origin
of latter.

1016.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

Fundulus floripinnis Cope)

Haplochilus floripinnis Cope. Zool. Wheeler's Surv. Terr., Is?.". (187
p. 695, PL 28, figs. I a-b. Colorado and Platte Rivers al Denver, Colorado!

Nos. 18,733 to 18,738, A. N. S. P., cotypes of //. floripinnis ( !ope.

Fundulus pulvereus Evermann.

Baldwin Lodge, Mississippi.
Fundulus sciadicus Copi

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 78. Platte River, Nebraska.

Nos. 7,183 to 7,201, A. N. S. P. Cotypes. Dr. W. A. Hammond.

Fundulus luciae (Baird).

A large -cries of examples from the Middle Atlantic Stales. All
but the examples obtained at Anglesea, New Jersey, on October 3,
1897, by Messrs. \V. J. Fox and P. Laurent, have been recorded.

Fundulus chrysotus (Gunthcr).

Tick Island in Spring Garden Creek of the St. John's River basin
(Dr. H. A. Pilsbry and C. W. Johnson) and the everglades at Miami
River in Dade County (S. N. Rhoads), Florida. Also an example
from Beaumont, Texas.

Fundulus balboae sp. nov. Fig. 2.

Head 3f; depth 4f ; D. n, 8; A. i, 12; P. i, 12; V. i, 5; scales
34 in median lateral series to caudal base, and 5 more on latter;
10 scales between dorsal and anal origins; about 30 predorsal scale-:
head width If its length; head depth at occiput If; snoul 3; eye
3f ; maxillary 4f; interorbital 2|; sixth branched dorsal ray If;
tenth branched anal ray 1|; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|;
caudal 1TV; pectoral If; ventral If.

Body elongate, moderately depressed above in front, compressed
behind. Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth little less than
its length.

Head depressed above, less so below, and profiles nearly straight,
though lower little more inclined. Snout broad, depressed, length
| its width. Eye large, rounded, slightly before middle in length
of head, close to upper profile, and extends more on under surface
of head than on upper surface. Mouth terminal, gape not quite
half way to eye. Premaxillaries protractile. Maxillary reaches
back opposite hind nostril. Jaws robust, protruding, and lower
projecting slightly beyond upper. Bands of fine teeth in jaws, and
an outer rather wide-set row of slightly enlarged simple conic teeth.
Lower jaw rather shallow, rami not elevated inside mouth. Lip-
rather fleshy. Tongue fleshy, free in front and about edges, well

424

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[June,

back in mouth. Upper buccal fold moderately broad, lower nar-
rower. Nostrils lateral on snout above, near front of eye. Inter-
orbital slightly convex. Hind preopercle edge slightly inclined
backwards.

Gill-opening' extends forward about opposite hind pupil edge.
Gill-rakers about 1 + 7 short robust points, much shorter than gill-
filaments, latter about If in eye. Isthmus narrow.

Scales cycloid, with many concentric striae, little smaller on breast
and belly, more so on caudal base. Scales larger on head above
and front predorsal region. Lateral line imperfect and incomplete,
at row of pores, one to each scale in middle of its exposure, to
ventral, behind latter dropping a row of scales and then extending
to caudal base.

Dorsal origin about last third in space between centre of eye and
caudal base, sixth branched ray highest, and depressed fin extending

Fig. 2. — Fundulus balhoce Fowler.

back to caudal base. Front § of anal base before dorsal or origin
of fin little nearer gill-opening than caudal base, fin like dorsal, only
falling slightly shorter of caudal base. Caudal oblong, hind edge
apparently slightly convex. Pectoral small, reaches f to ventral,
latter reaching anal.

Color in alcohol dark olive-brownish generally, with apparently
more or less uniform ground-color. A dark or dusky longitudinal
band from mouth to eye, behind latter to gill-opening and continued
to caudal base. After gill-opening this band extends below median
axis, of trunk, and its width slightly less than vertical eye-diameter.
Iris warm brownish. Fins uniform pale brownish, except dorsal
and upper part of caudal, which marked with a few rather wide-set
dark brownish spots.

Length 62 mm.

191(3.] NATURAL SCIENCES 0] PHILADELPHIA. 125

Type, No. 16,728, A. X. S. I'. Panama. Lieutenant Fields.

Only the above example known. It is apparently not closely
related to any of the known species of the subgenus.

(Named for Balboa, Panama.)
Fundulus nottii Agassis.

Indiana; North Carolina (Wilmington); Georgia (Thomasvil
Florida (Leon County and Walaka).

Fundulus notatus (Rafinesque).

F. minus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sri. l'liila., L865, p. 7*. Detroil River,
Grosse Isle, Michigan.

No. 7,142, A. N. S. P., type of F. aureus Cope.
Illinois (Illinois River basin at Marley); Missouri; Arkansas;
Indian Territory; Texas (Fort Worth).

CHRIOPEOPS subgen. nov.
Type Lucania goodei .Ionian.

Form fusiform, elongate. Teeth in jaws in two series, simple,
conic, outer row enlarged. Jaws short, obtuse. Dorsal fin inserted
slightly before anal origin. Female with an anal sheath.

Differs from the other subgenera of Fundulus in the dentition, as
all have the inner teeth in a fine villiform band, at least in more than
one row. It resembles certain species of Zygonectes in the black lateral
band, but the anterior position of the dorsal at once distinguishes
it. Small fishes, little over an inch in length.

(Chriope, an old name for Notropis bifrenatus, and "<«</', appearance,
to which the type species bears a close superficial resemblance.)

Fundulus goodei (Jordan).

Miami and everglades at Miami River (S. N. Rhoads), and Tick
Island in Spring Garden Creek of St. John's River basin (Dr. H. A.
Pilsbry), Florida.

( iXVZYGOXECTES subgen. nov.

Type Haplochilus dovii Gunther.

Jaws long and spatulate. Gill-rakers rather numerous, 22 to 24,
much more so than in many of the subgenera. Dorsal fin inserted
entirely behind anal.

This subgenus differs from Zygonectes in the long anal with 13 to
16 rays (compared with 8 to 12 in Zygonectes). The peculiar physi-
ognomy, with the extremely depressed head, is also a point of
difference.

('>:'">, pointed ; Zygom ctes. >

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Fundulus dovii (Giinther).

Central America (Cope) .

Aplocheilus panchax (Hamilton-Buchanan).

India.

Aplocheilus macrostigma (Boulenger).

Haplochilus macrostigma Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) VIII, 1911,
p. 26S. Lucola River, Luculla River, and Luali River, Portuguese
Congo.

Nos. 38,632 to 38,641, A. N. S. P. Paratypes of H. macrostigma
Boulenger. Luna, Luali River, West Africa. Dr. J. W. Ansorge.
Purchased.

Aplocheilus camerouensis (Boulenger).

Gaboon.

Aplocheilus sexfasciatus (Gill).

Epiplatys sexfasciatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 130. Gaboon.

Nos. 7,129 to 7,141, A. N. S. P., types of E. sexfasciatus Gill.
'Gaboon, West Africa. P. B. Duchaillu.
Also Luali River at Lundo in Chiloango.

Aplocheilus senegalensis (Steindachner).

Africa.

Aplocheilus spilauchen (A. Dumeril).

Chiloango Town, Portuguese Congo.

Adinia multifasciata Girard.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 118. Galveston, St. Joseph Island
and Indianola, Texas.

Nos. 7,291 and 7,292, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Indianola, Texas.
Smithsonian Institution.

Ttivulus micropus (Steindachner).

Ecuador and Pebas, Peru.

Xucania venusta Girard.

Grand Plains Bayou (U. S. F. Com.), Mississippi; Juniper Creek
>on southwest side of Lake George (Dr. H. A. Pilsbry and C. W.
Johnson), Florida.

Lucania parva (Baird).

Besides a large series of local specimens from New Jersey, Delaware
.and Virginia, are seven from the first-named State at Anglesea
f(W. J. Fox and P. Laurent on October 3, 1897), not previously listed.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427

Girardinichthys innominatus Bleeker.

Act, Soc. Ind. Neerl. (Prodr. Ich. Arch, [nd.), I860, pp. Isl, 184 (on
(Jirard's description without a name. Proc. Acad. N Phila

IS')!), p. US. City of Mexico.)

No. 7,605, A. N. S. P., cotype. City of Mexico. Collection
Major W. Rich. Smithsonian Institution.

Also seven examples from Lake Xochimilco in 1885 (E. D. Cope).

ORESTIIN.E.

Orestias cuvieri Valenciennes.-

Tinta, Peru, and Lake Titicaca.

Orestias pentlandii Valenciennes.

Lake Titicaca.

Orestias bairdii Cope.

Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1875, p. 185. Lake Titicaca.

No. 21,554, A. N. S. P., type. Lake Titicaca, Bolivia. Prof.
James Orton. 1873. E. D. Cope.

This species has been merged with the preceding by Carman,
though it appears to differ in the larger pectoral reaching half way
to the vent, besides the much larger predorsal scales.

Orestias agassizii Valenciennes.

O. ortonii Cope, 1. c, p. 186. Lake Titicaca.
O. frontosus Cope, 1. c. Lake Titicaca.

No. 21,557, A. N. S. P., type of 0. ortonii Cope.

Nos. 21,555 and 21,556, A. N. S. P., cotypes of 0. frontosus Cope.

Also several other examples from Peru and Lake Titicaca.
Orestias cypho sp. nov. Fig. 3.

Head 2f; depth 2f; D. i, 13; A. i, 13; P. I, 18; scales 35 in
median lateral series to caudal base and 5 more on latter; 14 scales
transversely between dorsal and anal origins; about 23? predorsal
-calcs; head width nearly equals its length; head depth at occiput
If; lower jaw 3|; fifth branched dorsal ray 2f; fifth branched anal
ray 2\\ least depth of caudal peduncle 2; caudal If; pectoral 1 |
snout 5^ in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 5^: maxillary
3^; interorbital 3|.

Body very robust, especially anteriorly, compressed behind,
- atesl depth about opposite middle of pectoral. Predorsal with

vated rather stout and moderately convex median keel beginning
at occiput. Caudal peduncle well compressed, length about \ its
least depth.

ffead very wide, robust, large, opercular regions swollen out
29

428

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[June,

that depth of head at hind preopercle edge f its greatest width.
Also prominent ridge on each side of head above opercles. Upper
profile slightly convex at first, or to occiput, then concave to predorsal
ridge. Lower profile steeply convex. Snout wide, depressed or
but slightly convex, length about § its width. Eye small, high,
front edge near first fourth in head. Mouth vertical, commissure
extending slightly below lower eye edge. Upper jaw greatly pro-
tractile, or for space slightly greater than eye-diameter. Maxillary
vertical, extending back about half way to front of eye. Lips
fleshy. Lower jaw vertical, convex in profile, shallow, rami not
elevated inside mouth. Teeth small, simple, inconspicuous or
concealed more or less in fleshy lips, disposed as narrow short band
mostly in front of jaws. Tongue thick, fleshy, depressed, free

Fig. 3. — Orestias cypho Fowler.

around edges. Nostrils 2 little slits, close together, above and
opposite front edge of eye. Interorbital wide and slightly convex.
Hind ridge of preopercle slightly inclined back. Very slight median
concave depression on top of head before predorsal ridge.

Gill-opening extends forward opposite middle of eye. Gill-rakers
about 10 short stumps, rudimentary. Gill-filaments slightly longer
than eye. Isthmus narrow, gill-membranes forming broad fold
across. Branchiostegals 5.

Scales cycloid, largest on predorsal, becoming smaller on hind
part of body, caudal base and lower side of trunk. Prepectoral
region scaly. Scales on upper surface of head, predorsal and
shoulders finely granular, other scales finely roughened with concen-
tric stria?. Cheeks with 4 rows of scales, none below preorbital.
Scales down median line of predorsal not especially enlarged. Bases

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. |'_" |

of dorsal and anal naked, also breast and median line of belly. No
lateral line.

Dorsal inserted slightly nearer caudal base than gill-opening,
depressed fin not quite reaching caudal base. Anal origin opposite
base of first branched dorsal ray, depressed fin reaching :,' to caudal
base. Caudal moderately convex behind. Pectoral broad, rounded.
If to anal. Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol largely uniform brownish with olive tinge, under
surface paler or whitish. Fins all brownish, uniform. Iris brownish.

Length 153 mm.

Type, No. 21,920, A. N. S. P. Taken from a Permo snake from
La Paz, Bolivia. 1876-77. Prof. J. Orton. From E. D. Cope.

Only the above example known. It is closely related, if not
identical, with 0. neveni Pellegrin,6 but that species differs according
to its description in the following respects: Head 2\; depth 3;
D. 15; A. 17; P. 21; scales 32; conic teeth somewhat numerous;
dorsal inserted midway between gill-opening and caudal base;
pectoral 2| in head. It agrees, however, in having the scales uniform
and continuous each side of the median predorsal row, a character
by which both species differ from 0. albus Valenciennes. The
latter has a naked lengthwise area each side.

(Cypho, hunchback; with reference to the predorsal keel.)

CYPRINODONTIN.E.
Cyprinodon variegatus Lac6pede.

C. gibbosus Baird and Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 390.
Indianola, Texas.

No. 7,221, A. N. S. P. Cotype of C. gibbosus Baird and Girard.
Indianola, Texas. Coll. J. H. Clark. Smithsonian Institution (684).

Besides the numerous local specimens also examined and recorded,
the collection contains others as follows: Connecticut (Noank);
North Carolina (Fort Macon); Florida (Miami, southwestern
region and Carrabelle); Alabama; Mississippi (Baldwin Lodge).

Cyprinodon variegatus riverendi (Poey).

Boca Chica and Marquesas Keys, Florida.

Cyprinodon bovinus Baird and Girard.

C. eximius Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 158. Chihuahua
River, Mexico.

No. 7,223, A. N. S. P. Cotype of C. eximius Girard. Chihuahua
River, Mexico. Coll. Potts. Smithsonian Institution (No. 3, 501).

'• Hull. Soc. Z. France, 1904, p. 9.5. Lake Titicaca.

430

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[June,

Also several from Lago de Guzman, Chihuahua, Mexico (Dr.
P. P. Calvert).

Cyprinodon bovinus rubrofluviatilis subsp. nov. Fig. 4.

Head 3; depth 2|; D. i, 9; A. i, 10; P. i, 15; V. i, 6; scales 27
in median lateral series to caudal base and 4 more on latter; 14
scales transversely between dorsal and anal origins; about 25 pre-
dorsal scales; head width 1| in its length; head depth at occiput
l£, lower jaw 3|; third branched dorsal ray \\; fourth branched
anal ray If; least depth of caudal peduncle If; caudal If; pectoral
If; ventral 2|; snout 3| in head measured from upper jaw tip;
eye 3|; maxillary 3; interorbital space 2f.

Body well compressed, deepest at dorsal origin, predorsal with

Fig. 4. — Cyprinodon bovinus rubrofluviatilis Fowler.

median trenchant keel and well arched before dorsal fin. Caudal
peduncle compressed, its least depth li in its length.

Head compressed moderately, upper profile more inclined than
lower, and lower sides not especially converging below. Snout
short, wide, and length about § its width. Eye moderate, high,
centre about first § in head. Jaws greatly protractile, upper at least
distensible space equal to snout length. Maxillary nearly vertical,
largely concealed. Lips moderate. Teeth uniserial, compressed,
each tricuspid and expanded terminally., Inner upper and lower
buccal folds moderately wide. Tongue fleshy, small, depressed,
little free around edges. Lower jaw slightly protruding in front,
oblique to somewhat vertical, shallow, and rami not elevated inside

1916.] \\li RAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431

mouth. Nostrils close above upper front, of eye ■ . small, simple.
Interorbital slightly convex. Preorbital about f area • Hind

preopercle edge little free and nearly vertical, entire.

Gill-opening adnate above to gill-opening close above oase of G
pectoral ray, and extends forward opposite hind pupil edge, Gill-
membranes widely connected across rather narrow isthmus. Rakers
about 26, short slender points about ^ length of gill-filaments, and
latter equal eye. Branchiostegals 4.

Scales rather narrowly imbricated, largest on top of head and
opercles, smallest on breast and caudal base. Enlarged humeral
scale longer than eye. Scales in 2 rows on cheek. Lateral line
obscure and incomplete, formed as short arch of few pores parallel
with contour of back far as dorsal origin, a single pore on each scale.

Dorsal inserted midway between centre of eye and caudal base,
median rays longest, and depressed fin extends § to caudal base.
Anal inserted about opposite base of fifth branched dorsal ray, fin
extending f to caudal base when depressed. Caudal with hind edge
slightly convex. Pectoral long, reaches back well beyond ventral
origin, latter little before dorsal, and fin reaching vent, which close
before anal.

Color of male, in alcohol, uniform brownish on back and upper
surface of head. Sides and lower surface whitish. Fins all pale
brownish, and except ventrals densely punctate darker as seen under
a lens. Iris pale brownish.

Length 53 mm.

Type, Xo. 20,266, A. N. S. P. Brazos River, between Seymour
and Authon, Texas. Collection of W. S. Black. E. D. Cope.

Also large series, Nos. 20,267 to 20,324. A. N. S. P.. paratypes,
same data. They show: Head 3 to 3|; depth 2f to 3; D. usually
i, 9, rarely I, 8; A. I, 9 or I, 10; scales 25 to 29 in median lateral
series to caudal base and 3 or 4 more on latter; 12 to 14 scales trans-
versely between dorsal and anal origins; snout 3 to 4 in head measured
from upper jaw tip; eye 2| to 3; maxillary 2| to 3|; interorbital
2| to 2|; length 33 to 45 mm. Most of this series females, and
differing from the male in having , six or seven vertical wide cross-
bars of dark brownish on trunk. These all more or less variable.
Very pale brownish vertical streak at base of caudal. Outer hind
portion of caudal with vertical submarginal dusky streak to median
rays, though hind edge of fin narrowly pale. Often dorsal and anal
ratherdark, though former mostly uniform. Young examples colored
like females, variable.

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

This interesting form is closely related to Cyprinodon bovinus,
apparently differing in the absence of a distinct black pale-edged
ocellus on upper hind portion of dorsal.

Also an example from the staked plains between the Brazos River
and Tulip, Red River, Texas. 1892. E. D. Cope.

Two from the Red River basin south of Clarenden, Texas. E. D.
Cope.

(Named for the Red River, of the most northern inland eastern
region at which a member of the genus Cyprinodon has been found.)

Cyprinodon macularius Baird and Girard.

Pror. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 389. Rio San Pedro, Arizona.
Cyprinodon californiensis Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 158.
San Diego County, California.

No. 7,219, A. N. S. P., cotype of C. macularius Baird and Girard.
Rio San Pedro, Arizona. J. H. Clark. Smithsonian Institution
(No. 992).

No. 7,220, A. N. S. P., cotype of C. californiensis Girard. San
Diego County, California. Smithsonian Institution (No. 311).

Also an example from Salt River, in the Gila Basin, at Tempe
(Dr. H. A. Pilsbry), Arizona.

Cyprinodon elegans Baird and Girard.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 389. Camanche Spring, Texas.

No. 7,222, A. N. S. P., cotype of C. elegans Baird and Girard,
Camanche Spring, Texas. J. H. Clark. Smithsonian Institution

(No. 686).

Cyprinodon mydrus Goode and Bean.

Large series from the Florida Keys, which I collected in 1904.

Lebias fasciatUS Valenciennes.

Mediterranean (Bonaparte No. 313). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

GOODEIN.E.
Goodea atripinnis Jordan.

Lake Patscuaro, Mexico (Mexican expedition 1890).

Characodon variatus T. H. Bean.

Rio Verde at Rascon, San Luis Potosi, Mexico.

PCECILIIN^.
Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard).

Heterandria affinis Baird and Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854,

p. 390. Rio Medina and Rio Salado, Texas.
G. holbrooki Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 61. Palatka, Florida.
<j. gracilis Girard, I.e., p. 121. Matamoras, Mexico.
Haplochilus melanops Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870,

p. 457. Neuse River, North Carolina.
Zygonectes brachypterus Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, 1880, p. 34.

Trinity River, Fort Worth, Texas.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

Nos. 6,974 and 6,975, A. N. S. P., cotypcs of Heterandria affinis
Baird and Girard. J. H. Clark. Smithsonian Institution (No. 66).

Nos. 6,976 and 6,977, A. N. S. P., cotypes of G. holbrooki Girard.
Palatka, Florida. Smithsonian Institution (No. 77).

No. 6,973, A. N. S. P., cotype of G. gracilis Girard. Matamoras,
Mexico. Smithsonian Institution (No. 3,506).

Nos. 7,143 to 7,159, A. N. S. P., cotypes of Haplochilus melanops
Cope. Neuse River, North Carolina. E. D. Cope.

No. 20,446, A. N. S. P., type of Z. brachypterus Cope. Trinity
River, Fort Worth, Texas. E. D. Cope.

Besides a large series of local material from New Jersey to Vir-
ginia are specimens from Big Cypress in Lee County (Baynard),
Florida; Devil's River (Pilsbry), Texas; Lake Superior at Pequaming
in Brayon County (M. Hebard), Michigan. This species is very
abundant in southern New Jersey, Delaware, Maryland and Virginia,
coastwise. Although Dr. Regan separates Heterandria holbrookii
Girard and H. patruelis Baird and Girard as distinct species, I feel
convinced they are not separable. The amount of variation, even
in New Jersey examples, is sufficient to include the limitations he
gives, as well as permit still greater latitude. Many aquarium
specimens are marked with large black blotches, others are pale
and immaculate.

Gambusia punctata Poey.

Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, I, 1855, p. 384. Cuba.

No. 6,978, A. N. S. P., probably cotype? Cuba. Prof. F. Poey.
Smithsonian Institution (No. 655).

Also examples from Santiago de Cuba and Bahia Honda, Cuba.

Gambusia mcnieli sp. nov. Fig. .5.

Head 3^; depth 3; D. i, 8; A. n, 8; P. n, 11: V. i, 5; scales about

26 (squamation injured) in median lateral series to caudal base, and

2 more on latter; about 7 scales (squamation injured) between dorsal

and anal origins; 20? scales (squamation injured), before dorsal;

head width If in its length; head depth at occiput lj; third branched

dorsal ray If; third branched anal ray If; least depth of caudal

peduncle If; caudal 1; pectoral If; ventral 2f; snout 2f in head,

measured from - upper jaw tip; eye 2f ; maxillary 3|; interorbital

2-1-
*i o-

Body well compressed, deepest at ventral origin, lower front
profile little more convex than upper, and edges all rounded. Caudal
peduncle strongly compressed, about long as deep.

434

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[June,

Head small, depressed above, constricted sides approximated below,
and lower profile little more inclined. Snout wide, depressed, length
about f its width. Eye large, high, about midway in head length.
Mouth broad, commissure about half way to eye, slightly inclined.
Jaws produced, upper protractile nearly equal to snout length.
Lower jaw with rami firm at symphysis. Teeth in bands of mod-
erate width in jaws, all simple, conic and outer row slightly enlarged
and curved. Maxillary greatly inclined, largely slips below front
edge of preorbital. Tongue small, depressed, rather narrow, free
in front. No teeth on roof of mouth. Lips rather thin. Nostrils
close to upper front eye edge. Interorbital broad, flattened. Pre-
orbital large, deeper than long and its length about f of eye. Pre-
opercle ridge vertical.

Fig. 5. — Gambusia mcnieli Fowler.

Gill-opening forward nearly opposite front rim of pupil. Rakers
about 14, very slender, their length about | of filaments and latter
about f of eye. Isthmus narrow and trenchant.

Scales large, narrowly imbricated, smaller on caudal base. Scales
large on prepectoral region and a single row on cheek. Opercles
and top of head with rather large scales. Obscure lateral line,
imperfect, and as simple pore in middle of exposure of scale, course
median along side, at least posteriorly (squamation largely damaged
anteriorly) .

Dorsal origin just behind anal base, or about last third between
front edge of eye and caudal base, and depressed fin extending about
| to caudal base. Anal inserted about midway between middle of
eye and caudal base, first branched ray longest and others regularly

1916.] \\l'i RAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. I:;.")

graduated down, depressed fin extending about I to caudal ba
Caudal with hind edge convexly rounded. Pectoral long, with
wide base, reaches back nearly opposite anal origin. Ventral small,
inserted little nearer anal than pectoral, and not quite reaching
former.

Color in alcohol largely brownish, paler below, each -rale on back
with cluster of dark pigment dots at pockets. Iris slaty with dark
pigment dots. Dorsal rays each with median brownish spot and
another midway toward base. Median caudal rays with three or
four brownish spots, forming irregular transverse bars, especially
evident when fin closes. Outer portions of anal rays with few
brownish pigment spots. Except as noted, all fins pale or transparent.

Length 35 mm.

Type No. 6,818, A. N. S. P. Panama. J. A. McNiel.

Only the above example, a female, known. It is close to the
figure of G. nicaraguensis Giinther,7 except the latter shows the
dorsal and caudal with more darker spots on the rays, especially
terminally. The prepectoral scales smaller, and a dark spot little
smaller than the eye above post ventral region. Possibly this figure
may refer to Gambusia dovii Regan,8 as Giinther's G. nicaraguensis
was based on "several females 1| or 2 inches long presented by
Captain Dow. " Now G. dovii Regan differs in having the depth 3f
and the head 3f, eye 3^, 32 scales, dorsal rays 7, and interorbital If.
It is based on a single female 33 mm. long.

G. cascajalensis Meek and Hildebrand9 differs in the head 3TV to
3f, depth same, D. i, 6, A. n, 7, scales 26, smaller eye (2^ to 3^),
and the coloration.

Three other species, G. latipundata Meek10 and Hildebrand, G. cana
Meek and Hildebrand,11 G. <l<irienensis Meek and Hildebrand,12 all
have smaller head, lesser depth, fewer branched rays, more scales,
smaller eye, different coloration, etc.

(Named for J. A. McNiel, who collected fishes in Panama many
years ago.)
Gambusia nicaraguensis Giinther.

Orizaba, Mexico. *

7 Tr. Z. Sor. London, VI, 1868, p. 182, PI. 82, fig. 3. Lake Nicaragua.

8 Proc. Z. Soc. London, 1913, p. 986. Lake Nicaragua.

9 Field Mus. Pub. Kili, Zool. Ser. X, No. 8, I'M:;, p. sii. Rio Cascajal, Atlantic
slope of Panama.

10 L.c, p. 87. Arrijan, Pacific slope of Panama.

11 L.c. Rio Satiganti, ('ana, Pacific slope of Panama.

a L.c, p. 88. Rio Capet i, Tuyra River basin, Pacific slope of Panama.

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Belonesox belizanus Kner.

Orizaba, Mexico.

Pseudoxiphophorus bimaculatus (Heckel).

Orizaba and Jalapa in Vera Cruz (Dr. P. P. Calvert), Mexico.
One example from Orizaba adult, and with exceptionally produced
hunch on the predorsal region.

Heterandria formosa (Girard).

Tick Island in Spring Garden Creek, St. John's River basin (Dr.
H. A. Pilsbry), Florida.

Poeciliopsis occidentalis (Baird and Girard).

Heterandria occidentalis Baird and Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1853, p. 390. Rio Santa Cruz, Tucon, Arizona.

No. 6,972, A. N. S. P., cotype of H. occidentalis Baird and Girard.
Rio Santa Cruz, Tucon, Arizona. Smithsonian Institution (No.
3,511).

Many examples also from the above locality September, 1910,
and others from the Salt River in the Gila basin (Dr. H. A. Pilsbry).

This species has recently been placed in Mollienisia by Dr. Regan,
but the comparison of my series shows it belongs to Poeciliopsis.

Poeciliopsis lutzi (Meek).

Head 3f to 3|; depth 3| to 4; D. i, 7; A. in, 7; scales 25 to 27
in median lateral series to caudal base, and 2 or 3 more on latter;
S or 9 scales between dorsal and anal origins ; snout 3| to 4^ in head ;
eye2|to3|; maxillary 2f to 4; interorbital 2 to 2\. Body elongate,
fusiform, compressed. Head depressed above. Snout truncate as
viewed above, length about f its width. Eye close to upper profile,
■centre at first third in head length. Mouth wide, upper jaw greatly
protractile. Maxillary nearly vertical. One row of slender bent
spoon-like flexible teeth in each jaw. Lower jaw truncate, scarcely
projects. Interorbital flat. Rakers about 14 slender weak points,
\ of filaments. Scales mostly uniform, single row on cheek. Dorsal
inserted at last third in space between snout tip and caudal base.
Anal inserted little nearer pectoral origin than caudal base. Caudal
convex behind. Pectoral reaches nearly f to anal, ventral f to vent.
Color in alcohol pale brownish, obscure darker blotch on most scales
on back. Sides of head and costal region silvery-white. Row of
eight to ten small brownish spots, concurrent with vertebral axis of
body along its sides, each spot not greater than diameter of eye.
Conspicuous blackish blotch at anal origin, sometimes absent or
represented by dark basal line, in smaller examples. Fins pale,

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437

some with several obscure or slightly darker transverse cross-bars.
Iris silvery, tinged brownish. Length 40 to 58 nun. Orizaba,
Mexico (F. Sumichrast).

This species is closely related to P. pleuro&pilus (Giinther), and
appears to differ only in the coloration, in which the lateral dark
spots are fewer in number. The present species was originally
described13 with "a narrow dark streak on under side of caudal
peduncle, "' a character not indicated on the figure,14 which is evidently
a female. Meek also describes Heterandria pleurospilus as identical
with Giinther'- Girardinus pleurospilus,1'0 but Regan claims, evi-
dently as they arc said to have "sides with 8 to 11 black spots ....
each about as large as eye, " that they are not Gunther's species,16 but
H. lutzi Meek. Xone of these writers mention the conspicuous
black blotch so frequent in adult females at the front basal portion
of the anal fin, and well represented in Gunther's figure of G. pleuro-
spilus.1'7

Leptorhaphis infans vWoolman).

Orizaba. Mexico (F. Sumichrast).

Phalloceros caudimaculatus (Hensel).

Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. Also several aquarium examples,
recently imported to Philadelphia, remarkable for their coloration.
Two are females and one a male. They are largely very pale
brownish, and below more whitish. Each scale on back with slight
or obscure narrow brownish edge. Sides of trunk and head with
silvery reflections. Slightly darker brownish streak down middle
of back. Fins all whitish, marked irregularly with jet-black blotches.
On middle of side, just below middle of depressed dorsal vertical
elliptical brownish blotch, obscure, about equal to eye-diameter.
Body and head also marked in striking contrast with irregular or
variable blackish blotches. Iris grayish. In no two individuals,
or even on each side of the same individual, are these color-patterns
alike. They are extremely prominent and render the fish very
attractive in the aquarium. Though this may be due in large
measure to domestication, certain wild examples also show similar
modifications, as I have found Gambusia affinis and Mollienisia
latipinna, from Florida, equally as contrasted as in the case of the

13 Field Mus. Pub. 65, Zool. Ser., 1902, p. 106. Oaxaca, Cuicatlan and Venta
Salada, Mexico.

14 L.c, 93, Zool. Ser., 1904, p. 149, fig. 47.

15 Cat. F. Brit. Mus., VI, 1866, p. 355. Lago de Duenas, Guatemala.

16 Biol. An. Centr. Pise, 1906-8, p. 99.

17 Tr. Z. Soc. London, VI, 1868, p. 486, PI. 87, fig. 1.

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

present species. Possibly these concentrated dark blotches may be
of parasitic origin, though a casual examination with the microscope
discloses nothing but crowded jet-black chromatophores.

Glaridiohthys uninotatus Poey.

Bahia Honda, Cuba.

Girardinus metallicus Poey.

Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, I, 1855, pp. 387, 391, PI. 3, figs. 8-11. Cuba.

No. 6,971, A. N. S. P., cotype. Cuba. Smithsonian Institution
(No. 252).

Also another from Cuba without definite locality (W. T. Innes).

Platypoecilus couchianus (Girard).

Monterey, Mexico.

Platypoecilus maculatus Giinther.

Orizaba (F. Sumichrast), Mexico (W. T. limes).

Xiphophorus helleri Heckel.

Orizaba (F. Sumichrast), Jalapa (Dr. P. P. Calvert), Mexico
(R. E. Dorsey and F. L. Tappan).

Poecilia Vivipara Schneider.

Surinam (Dr. C. Hering) and Hucares, Porto Rico. I have also
examined a large series from Guanica, obtained by Mr. C. F. Silvester
in 1915.

Lebistes reticulatus Peters.

Trinidad and Brazil.
Mollienisia latipinna Le Sueur.

South Carolina (Dr. J. E. Holbrook) ; Boca Chica Key, Hernando
County and Bayport (E. D. Cope), Blue Creek in Lake County
(Dr. H. A. Pilsbry), and Tick Island (Dr. H. A. Pilsbry), Florida.
A small example from the last locality is irregularly blotched over
head, trunk and fins with blackish, like some examples of Gambusia
affinis.

Mollienisia sphenops (Valenciennes).

Venezuela? (Dr. J. F. Bransford), Panama (J. A. McNiel), Wounta
Haulover in Nicaragua (Rev. Fluck), Orizaba (F. Sumichrast),
and Rio Verde at Rascon, Mexico.

Limia vittata (Guichenot).

L. cubemis Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, I, 1855, p. 388, PI. 31, figs. 12-13.
Cuba.

No. 6,814, A. N. S. P., cotype of L. cubensis Poey. Smithsonian
Institution (No. 659). Also another Cuban example from Poey.
Guaninar, Cuba.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPH] \. 439

ANABLEI'IX 1
Anableps anableps (Linne).

Surinam (Dr. C. Hering) and Para, Brazil. Trindad (Dr. B.
Sharp) .

Anableps microlepis M Ciller and Troschel.

Pedernales, Venezuela.
Anableps dowei Gill.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 4. Lallnia, San Salvador.
No. 6,982, A. N. S. P., type. Lallnia, San Salvador. Capt. Dow.

AMBLYOPSID^E.
Amblyopsis spelaeus De Kay.

Many from Mammoth Cave, Kentucky.

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

on some varieties of thais lapillus in the mount desert
region, a study of individual ecology.

by harold s. colton.
Introduction.

In this study an attempt is made to correlate some of the many
color varieties of Thais (Nucella, Purpura) lapillus with the condi-
tions under which the animal lives. The study is based on field work
carried out in the neighborhood of Mount Desert Island, Maine, in the
summer of 1915. Over 12,000 snails were collected from sixty-seven
localities, sorted, and the variations tabulated. These tables were
then compared with the environment of the snail.

With respect to Thais there is a very general belief that color is
correlated with the color of the environment. Cooke (1895) cites a
locality in Cornwall where striped forms are found on striped rocks.
Blaney (1904) reports yellow forms were found to predominate on
the yellow granite rocks of Yellow Island, a small island in French-
mens Bay on the Maine coast. On account of the great variation
of Thais and the apparent predominance of one variety in a given
locality, a study of the variations might throw light on some of the
ecological factors of the sea beach.

Life History of Thais.

Thais (subgenus Nucella or Purpura) lapillus is a carnivorous
prosobranch mollusk. It feeds almost exclusively in this region on
the mussel, Mytilus edulis, and the barnacle, Balanus balanoides.
The former it attacks by boring a hole in the shell about 1 mm. in
diameter, devouring the soft parts by means of its long flexible
proboscis. The barnacle is eaten in much the same manner, the
hole being drilled through one of the scutes. Not only do they
sometimes attack the periwinkle, Littorina littorea, but will try to
bore through the shell of one of their own kind. Although many
shells show scars, there is no evidence, however, that many are
destroyed in this way.

The descriptive ecologist has neglected the Atlantic coast north
of Cape Cod. King and Russell's classification for the coast of
Scotland will not hold for this region. Some day, if some one else

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441

has not undertaken it, the writer hopes to make a descriptive classi-
fication of the animal communities of the sea beach in the Mount
Desert region. Provisionally he recognizes the following classifica-
tion of the Littoral Formation:

/Drift Zone.
ILittorina rudis Zone
\ (Mean High Water).

Solid Rock Association planus Zone

uJbucus Zone.)

/Mytilus Zone.

(Transition Zone

Littoral Formation^ \ (Mean Low Water).

IRock Association.
'Rock Pool Association.
Boulder Association.
Shingle or Pebble Association.
Sand Beach Association.
Mud Flat Association.

The mean rise and fall of the tide is ten vertical feet.

Thais is found in the Solid Rock, Boulder and Rock Pool Asso-
ciations. In the two former it is confined to the Balanus, Fucus, and
Mytilus Zones, and particularly to the Balanus and Mytilus Zones,
as there the food is found. There, Thais is associated with Littorina
rudis, L. pallia ta, L. littorea, Balanus balanoides and Mytilus edidis.
When the tide is high the cunner (Tautogolabrus adspersus) and the
pollack (Pollachius virens) invade this formation to feed.

Thais is not found in the Shingle, Sand or Mud Flat Associations.
Nor is it found alive in any association of the Bottom Formation,
unless we should classify the Rock Pool as a detached part of this
formation.

It is not found in any stratum other than the upper surface of
rocks. It is found therefore neither on the weeds nor under the soil.

Its habitat is very closely associated with its food. (See diagram,
fig. 1, illustrating the food relations of Thais to its organic environ-
ment.)

The eggs are laid in little urn-shaped capsules in sheltered places.
They are more abundant in the Mytilus Zone in favored spots, such
as in cracks in the rocks or under masses of Fucus than in the Balanus
Zone. In each capsule about 400 eggs are laid. As cannibalism
is practised (Beard 1899, Carpenter 1857, Glaser 1905. Pelseneer
1904, Robert 1902) by the growing snail, a capsule containing snails
readv to hatch will hold but 8-14.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[June,

irudis
palliata
liltorea.

V

Young Gull

Chemical compounds.
. dissolved in sea water

'hyxorplanktor

oo-plankton

'Balanus

ult Gulls

(Pollack and cunner)

Fig.

1. — Diagram illustrating the principal relations of Thais to its organic
environment in the Rock Association. To be complete this diagram should
show an entire cycle of the material. Each one of the organisms listed
above gives off liquids to the sea water that may be again used. They also
furnish solids either as waste products or by death, which, when acted on
by bacteria, will give more soluble matter as well as a residual solid that
will help contribute to the sea bottom in other localities. The dead animals
will supply food for amphipods, the amphipods food for fishes like the
sculpin, and so relations are established with other associations. This
diagram shows that the biota of the Rock Association is dependent alone
on the palagic formation. The relationships with other associations are
destructive to it rather than constructive.

The young snail has enemies in the shape of fish, so those which
fail to take refuge in small cracks in the rocks are destroyed. At
this time the food consists of young mussels which grow abundantly
in the joints in the rocks. If one does not know where to look for
the young snails, none will be seen, so far are they crowded into the
cracks.

A few pollack that were caught at high water over a Thais
habitat had their stomachs full of young Littorina palliata which
they had eaten from the same locality in which Thais lives. L.
palliata cannot hide in the rock cracks, as their food is on the Fucus
stems. If the fish could find young Thais, there is no reason why
they should not be eaten as well as Littorina.

Although the young snails are hatching throughout the greater
part of the summer, most of them hatch out in August and reach
between 10-15 mm. in the first winter. This is measured by large
ridges on the shell, which indicate periods of rest in the growth of
the shell. These rest periods are assumed to indicate the winter,
but are not proved to correspond to it.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

1 13

The curves in fig. 2 show the rate of growth in three different
environments. These are but approximations. Further study may
show that the first year may be really the second.

The oldest snail found was estimated as being seven years old.
The great majority are about two or three years old.

Cooke (1895) estimates that each female snail lays two hundred
egg capsules a year. Each capsule contains about four hundred

W M

^Greenings

Id.

BAY

30
25

i r ?

EXPOSED

' Lra/iotrr

y Id,

COAST

20

1 Sornesv

die

5HL17T

RED H/

.RB0fi

15
10

5

0

1

i

! j

1 A

\ £

> i

> YEAF

IS

Fig. 2.

eggs. Food seems to be in most places abundant. The snails have
been observed to be limited in number by the following factors :

(1) Cannibalism within the egg capsule, only ten to twelve hatch-
ing out of 300-400 eggs.

(2) Limit to the number that can take refuge in cracks in rocks
and yet get enough to eat.

(3) Fish, such as pollack, will gobble up any stragglers.

(4) Half-grown snails, ones too big for the pollack, are used by
herring gulls as food, the empty shells being regurgitated.

■ ■

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [J line,

(5) Very large specimens are carried by the gulls to a height and
dropped on any near-by flat rock in the same way as the gulls treat
both sea urchins (Strongylocentrotus) and welks {Buccinum).
Only the largest Purpura will break and only the largest are collected
for this purpose.

(6) Certain ones seem to be parasitized by a sporocyst, but this
was not investigated.

(7) Accidents, such as a surf heavy enough to move the rocks on
which the animals live, may destroy others. In such habitats few
if any are found. The maximum size of these rocks may in exposed
places be boulders two to three feet in diameter, while in very shel-
tered places Thais will be found on pebbles two inches in diameter.
The limit is obviously determined by wave action.

(8) Ice probably destroys others, as they are not found in places
where shore ice can accumulate.

(a) In Maine they are not abundant in shallow coves that freeze
up solid in the winter time.

(b) Their geographical distribution also seems to indicate that
sand beaches are a barrier, as Thais lapillus is not found west of
Montauk Point. On Long Island Sound the barrier has not been
determined. Both Balanus and Mytilus being found west of Stam-
ford, Conn., the most westerly recorded station for Thais, and the
shore is still rocky. In the north shore ice seemed to form the
barrier See map, fig. 3.

Various adaptations are at once manifest on examining this
animal: (1) The strong shell, so strong that a drop from a height
will not always break it. (2) The strong foot, which makes dis-
lodgment from its substratum difficult. (3) Its habit of seeking
shelter under rocks and fucus. (4) The method of egg-laying, with
its protection of the young until they are able to care for themselves,
although if but two and a quarter per cent, of these laid hatch, those
two and a quarter per cent, are almost sure to hatch.

Method.

As each station was visited, from 200 to 500 shells were collected
when Thais was abundant. In some places they literally covered
every inch of the rock. In other places they were so rare that a
careful search of a quarter of a mile of beach would often disclose
but two or three.

Each collection as made was placed in a bag made of mosquito
netting. While still alive the snails were sorted into the dozen or

1916.]

NATURAL SCIEN< ES OF PHILADELPHIA.

n:»

so groups of the principal varieties. The number in each group was
tabulated. For future reference the bag of snails was preserved in a
tub of formalin.

A study of the color varieties seems to show that there are a number
of colors and patterns that may be combined together in any sort
of way. These are as follows:

(1) Pure white shells that show no trace of color.

(2) Purple. The color in this ease is diffuse through the shell,
but is darker within the aperture.

Fig. 3. — Map of the North Atlantic Ocean showing the distribution of Thais
(Purpura or Xucclla) lapillus. (After Cooke, Proc. Mai. Soc. London,
vol. II, p. 193.) The cross-hatching shows the occurrence of T. lapillus.
The southern barrier to T. lapillus is no1 clear, but the northern barrier is
obviously the presence of ice on the shore

(3) Chestnut. This color may be pure quite often, but it is-
usually combined with purple, forming a chocolate, or with yellow,.
forming olive.

(4) Yellow is a color which, when uncombined with one of the
others, makes the shell very conspicuous on the rocks. Owing to
its relative rarity and to its being so conspicuous, it often appears
in shell collections in proportions that are misleading. Only by
collecting all the snails from a given locality can this be avoided.

(5) Dilute. Every one of the colors mentioned above may appear
in a dilute in contrast to its intense form.

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

(6) White lip of the apperture is quite common in some localities.
In fact, purple is rarely found not associated with a trace of lighter
color on the lip. This white lip may be combined with all colors
and dilutions.

(7) Narrow stripes. In many shells about ten narrow white stripes
are found on any color background. 'These are sometimes associated
with the ridges which appear on many shells.

(8) Wide stripes of white, usually two in number, often appear.
The widest stripe equals two or three of the narrow ones and the
smaller stripe is double the width of the narrow ones. The widest
stripe is always posterior to the narrower stripe.

(9) Spot of purple on the columella. This is rare at Mount Desert,
but very common at Rye Beach, New Hampshire.

(10) Imbricata. A fluting of the ridges of the shell gives rise to
the variety called by Lamarck imbricata.

Apparently each one of the ten characters recognized may be
combined with any other. If this is so there must be 1,103 varieties.
Not that many varieties have been found. This is due to the fact
that one cannot distinguish certain combinations from one another.
As an example, let us consider the case of the colors alone. We have
purple, chestnut, yellow, and white. There are eight possible combi-
nations of these: white, purple, chestnut, yellow, purple-chestnut,
purple-yellow, chestnut-yellow and purple-chestnut-yellow. These
last four are shades of olive and chocolate, and cannot be distinguished
easily from one another. If we combine these four color combina-
tions into one group and omit the white lip and purple spot on the
columella, we will reduce the possible number of variations to be
recognized from 1,103 to 33. Twenty-eight of these thirty-three
varieties have been recognized. However, there are five that are
so rare that they were not discovered in a collection of six thousand
shells when they were particularly sought after. These were narrow
stripe dilute yellow, wide stripe narrow stripe yellow, wide stripe
narrow stripe dilute yellow, narrow stripe dilute olive, and wide
stripe dilute olive. The yellows which contribute to the olive color
and the dilute are much rarer than any of the others, so it is no
wonder that they are the ones that would be lacking in combinations.

It is obviously impossible to attempt to correlate all the known
varieties with environmental factors, so the writer has for the sake
of convenience reduced still further the number of groups. The
particular groups recognized are as follows:

(1) White; that is, pure white.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

(2) Light — pure white, together with intense and dilute chestnut
with white lip. The outer layer of the shell of these is white.

(3) Dark — chestnut and purple in all their combinations.

(4) Yellow — pure yellow.

(5) Striped— both narrow and wide stripe in all their combinations
and color.

(6) Imbricated — in all the combinations of patterns and color-
In the tables that follow the number of snails found in each group

is stated in per cent, of all the snails in each collection from a given
station.

The Relation of the Varieties to the Environment.

The base for this study was Greenings Island, an island locat< d
between Northeast and Southwest Harbors in the mouth of Somes
Sound. It is triangular in shape, with a perimeter of about two and
a quarter miles. The main mass of the island is composed of till,
which at one time formed the terminal moraine of the continental
glacier before it retired from Somes Sound. This till is protected
from rapid wave erosion by outcrops of reddish granite at the east
and west end of the island. This granite is cut in several places by
broad basalt dykes which run in a general north and south direction.
Under wave erosion the till between the outcrops of solid rocks has
given material to form a boulder-strewn beach and in favorable
places the finer products have given rise to pebble and sandy beaches.
On the west or more sheltered side of the island between the granite
outcrops are a number of muddy coves.

On this small island we have all the principal Littoral associations
present. The distribution of these are found in fig. 4. This figure
is a diagram of the shore of Greenings Island, with the vertical scale
very much exaggerated. It has been made as though the shore were
cut at the northwestern point and folded out so that this north-
western point appears at each end of the diagram. The character
of the shore is indicated. The island as a whole is protected from
heavy surf by outlying islands, but the eastern end is exposed to the
ocean swell from both the south and cast, and at times of storm- i-
subject to quite a surf. The northeast shore and south shore are
relatively unprotected at the east end, but become more protected
toward the west. On the diagram the per cent, of pure white shells
are placed in the locality in which the collection was made.

An inspection of this figure will show that the most unprotected
portion has the lighest colored snails, while the portion of the island

448

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[June,

<9

III
111

<r

(9
U.

o

-LNIOfcJ

o

I

I-
<c

UJ

O

_LNIOd •

>

o
u

f-

<:
tr

o

t>i3oy >ovig--

<l/\COV/VlD
DC

£ .INIOd 7A'9

3 °

111

I-

>

J.NIOJ /AN

0„

o5»oo7Q

«&?

OfoOf

:i

•:o:

'3

°0^Ob

•;;,-..,,"|o

UJ

§

I

CO.

O

D

o-3

fen

HI

2

C

§ 4i 03

+^ r£ --i P

o C » O

C3 .—. — «

+s f-i if oo

° t; > c

as ?J ,c
i- 3 - on

S C 83 <^>
,£ > O

0)

c
o

CO

c3

O

as S

03 -C J5 E-

-^ E

o

© g §.*§

.-< TO *^

in CO

cj t3 o S

O
N

-

>h += as -a cc>

^ — ~ o &

^^ — ^ ^

J2 <-' e*" 83 S

~ 03 C j* i;

03 o3

83

83

C3 <-*< 8j •

c^ © o "

<=i .

83

— ( O

S3 cc

BO '5 ?- "J c c

c - 2

8J _ 83 « 03 r
r^ *i S Sb 03 no

,,H £ M +=> .-.

n -4-5 ^ 4J 03

3 ^ ^- ^ C

XI o ^-^ , o
tn

§1«

83

03 al-Q

83 *^ C

^^

d.22

03

^3

03 ° 2

O 5 ,

ib oi » i

^ 03 03

|.Q

bfi^ -2 % 03 ^
rf g C »^ •

03

a S c

ag

h4

ho

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449

subject to the smoothest water has the darkest. This difference is
very striking and the intermediate stations show intermediate ratios.

This has led the writer to classify the shores according to the wa\
These are arbitrary divisions and of course every intergradation is
found, but in most cases there is very little hesitation how a given
-i ation should be described. If a great uncertainty exists, the station
was placed in both classes.

Sea cliff or surf exposed to the open sea. An ordinary row boat
can practically never land with safety.

Bay exposed to a moderate surf during high winds. Except at
those times a small boat can easily land on the shore without danger
of accident.

Harbor so smooth that a row boat can practically always make a
landing.

In the tables which follow the stations nearest together are always

compared.

Table I.

Condi- Station No. of

Locality. tion. No. Individuals. Lt. White.

Bakers Id Surf. 23 65 6.1 0

Bay. 24 167 20.7 6

Seal Harbor Surf. 54 176 2.8 0

Bay. 56 34 55.6 44

Cranberry Id Surf. 10 319 30 4.3

• Surf. 11 195 59 9.7
Bay. 13 204 15 5.7

• We can conclude that in general the snails on the most exposed
situations are darker than those found in the bay.

Table II.

Condi- Station Xo. of %

Locality. tion. No. Individuals. Lt. White.

G—ngsId |ajbo, 3? lit S1 21!

BuckelId gSo, iS Hi % %

Bear Id Bay. 43 277 24 12|

Harbor. 44 6< 10§ H

Oronold Bay. 19 55 11 7

Harbor. 18 184 50 2,

Southwest Harbor. Bay. 37 194 29| 19

Harbor. 36 196 I" I

Harbor. 35 273 25£ 11

Harbor. 47 172 14$ 6J

450

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[June,

If we combine the conclusion from Table I with Table II we see
that snails in the exposed positions tend to be dark as well as those
in the sheltered places, while those in the bay shore tend to be the
lighter colored.

The following table includes the results of collections made at
stations separated by no barrier, near together, but on a substratum
of different colored rocks. The numerous black basalt dykes that
everywhere cut the red granite make a number of collections of this
sort possible. Only a very few of the possible ones have been studied.

Table

III.

Locality.

Greenings Id.,
east end.

Condi-
tion.
Rod rocks,
1000 ft, to Sta. 2,

No. of
Station.

25

No. of
Indiv.

316

%
Lt.

57

%
White.

34

%
Yellow.

6.3

Black rocks,
20 ft. to Sta. 50.

2

516

44

21

0

Black rocks,
500 ft. to Sta. 21.

50

160

37

22

0

Red rocks,

21

164

47

32

.6

Greenings Id.,
southwest end.

Red rocks,
200 ft. to Sta. 28.

31

333

f

10

1.5

2.1

Black rocks,
50 ft. to Sta. 30.

28

247

14

6.7

1.2

Black rocks,

30

289

2.9

.4

3.8

Suttons Id.

Red rocks,
110 ft. to Sta. 8.

9

159

35

2.5

7.5

Red rocks,
150 ft. to Sta. 7.

8

135

28

2.2

31.8

Black rocks.

7

123

19

0

18.7

In general, more light-colored snails are found on the red rocks
than on the black rocks. The association of yellow forms with the
environment is inconclusive. There does not seem to be any correla-
tion from these few cases. Thirty-three collections from red rocks
average 4% yellow. Fifteen collections from black rocks average
4.7% yellow.

In this region there are occasional outcrops of a banded rock, a
chlorite schist. That there might be a correlation between striped
forms and schist is a possibility that may be investigated. The
collections from the red granite given in the table are those made
nearest to the chlorite schist. This comparison was not in mind
when the collections were made, so the stations are often several
miles apart.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ml.

Table IV.

Locality. Substratum. Striped Shells.

Blue Hill Hay Chlorite schisl l.l

Red granite

Western Way ......Chlorite schisl 27 %

Red granite1 (avrratic oi Is collec-

t ions from this region) 1 1.-1%

Western Way Chlorite schist 27 ' ,

Nearest Granite Station Red granite 18.")',

The distance apart of the stations introduces so many other factors
that with such meagre data no conclusions can be drawn. The
writer expects that the results are really negative.

The relative proportions of the imbricated forms from different
localities are as follows :

In the upper bays the water is much warmer than near the ocean.
This warmth is indicated at Blue Hill by bathhouses being located
along the beaches. Xone of the resorts farther down the bays have
any, the water being too cold for bathing in the bay in those places.
The upper bays are relatively shallow and there are muddy spots
found on the rocky beaches between the rocks. Five stations in this
region had imbricata ranging from 38% to 96%.

In the middle bay region of Blue Hill Bay the water is deep and
the rocky shores are clean. Xo imbricata were found in the three
stations in this region.

The western side of lower Blue Hill Bay is shallow, with many
islands and ledges. Among these islands there are many mud flat-
and the same conditions are found on the upper bay. Five station-
had imbricata ranging from 9% to 30%.

Near the islands separating the lower bay from the ocean the
water is, in general, deep and the rocky shores clean. Five stations,
0-5^% imbricata.

On the outer islands the surf, of necessity, keeps the rocks free
from sediment. Two stations, 17-57%.

In Somes Sound environmental conditions similar to those in
Blue Hill Bay are found. The rocks are muddy in the harbors near
mud flats and clean where wave action is possible and the water i-
deep. If we except two stations at the Southwest Harbor steam-
boat wharf, where the ratio of imbricata was 19% and 19.2%, respe
ively, the average of thirty-five stations containing 7,119 individuals

1 Of these eighteen collections, four had over _'. ' , striped, one had ■'•.

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

was only .47%. The largest number found was but 3|% at any one
station and that was on the rocks of a muddy harbor. The station
in Somes Harbor farthest away from the ocean had but .6% imbricata.

That there are other geographical factors is shown by the rarity
of imbricata in the Somes Sound region. Very few are found in
exposed situations on the Cranberry Islands and on Seal Harbor
Head, situations exposed to the full effort of the surf. Except for
a colony at the Southwest Harbor steam-boat wharf, in the whole
Somes Sound region they are indeed rare. Out of 2,765 shells
collected on Greenings Island but three were imbricated and these
three were found at one station on the muddy west side of the island.

However, in general, we can say that the imbricated forms are
found in greatest abundance in exposed situations, as Duck Island
and Long Island, and also in the most sheltered positions.

Most of the varieties found in the Atlantic are also found in the
forms inhabiting the north Pacific Ocean. Dall2 reports that the
lamellated forms of Thais in that region are found best developed
in sheltered harbors. The Atlantic lamellated forms we have seen
may occur in sheltered as well as in exposed situations.

As Thais is found in both the Balanus and the Mytilus Zones, is
there any difference between collections made close together but
in different zones? The an.swer to this question is summed up in
the following table (Table V) compiled from collections made but a
few feet apart, but in different zones.

Table V.

Imbri-
Locality. Zone. Sta. Lt. Wt. Yel. St. cata.

Greenings Id.,

eastern point Balanus. 2 44.5 21.3 0 ? 0

Mytilus. 50 37.5 22.5 0 14.4 0

,Steam-boat wharf,

S. W. H Balanus. 37 29.5 19. 17.5 1.5 19.0

Mytilus. 47 14.5 6.4 4.1 37 19.2

Stanley House

wharf, S. W. H Balanus. 35 25.3 11 2.2 4.0 0

Mytilus. 34 21.4 4.8 0 5.3 0

(1) There are more light forms in the white Balanus Zone than
in the dark Mytilus Zone.

(2) There are fewer yellow forms in the dark Mytilus Zone.

(3) Striped forms not conclusive.

(4) Imbricated forms not affected.

2 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.t vol. 49, pp. 557-572.

1916.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 153

Natural Selection.

Natural selection, we can assume, is most severe on Little Duck
Island. Tliis little island, lying four miles out at. sea, is exposed to
the surf on every side. The herring gull, one of the chief enemies
of adult Thais, has a rookery on the island, and every summer thou-
sands of birds roost there at night and have their nests. Everywhere
regurgitated Thais shells cover the rocks, which tell a story of a
struggle for existence.

In collecting on this island for two hours but four hundred and
twenty-nine living snails were found. These were discovered at the
lower edge of the Mytilus Zone. All had been picked off the rocks
above by the gulls. This collection is chiefly notable in containing
a very large proportion of dark individuals, only 1.1 per cent, white
were found. Nineteen per cent, were imbricated.

It can be said with justification that where the struggle for exist-
ence is greatest on the exposed islands and the muddy harbors
selection tends to preserve the dark-colored and the lamellated
forms.

Conclusions.

A study of the color varieties leads one to the conclusion that they
are hereditary and that we are dealing with things that are probably
unit characters. Even the development of lamella?, as in imbricata,
are not modifications caused by induction that is caused by the direct
action of the environment.

As there are great differences between the ratio of the color varieties
present in different localities, we assume that natural selection is
acting.

In the bay environment conditions are at an optimum. No mud
film covers the Mytilus, and Balanus forms crusts over the rocks an
inch to an inch and a half thick. Here Thais is most abundant.
Five hundred can be gathered in ten minutes or even less. A handful
can be gathered at one scoop.

In the surf environment the barnacles do not form such thick
crusts. On the harbor shore ice destroys the barnacles in the winter
and a mud film covers the mussels. So that the barnacles are usually
small and far apart, while the mussels are separated by mud from
the rocks. Sand and mud are barriers to Thais. Although the
surf environment and the harbor environment are the antithesis of
one another, yet they have many effects on Thais that are similar.
These effects are as follows:

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

(1) The curve of growth, fig. 2, shows that those in the surf
environment at a given age are smaller than those from the bay-
environment.

(2) There is a tendency toward dark individuals.

(3) There is a tendency toward lamellated forms.

These studies show that natural selection has some determining
action on the color varieties present. (1) It has been shown that
the color of the rocks, whether dark or light, has an effect. (2) It
has been shown that the white barnacle-covered rocks contain more
light-colored ones than those on the mussel bed but a few feet away.
(3) It has been pointed out that those living on rocks near mud
flats are darker than on the more exposed points of the same islands.

The present study must leave the question of the relation of the
yellow forms and the striped forms to the color of their substratum
yet unsettled.

In general, however, there is a relation between the color and the
environment. This relation is caused by natural selection and not
by the direct action of the environment.

List of Literature.

Beard, J. 1S99. Principles of Animal Development. I. The Whelks Egg.

Nat, Sci., XIV, pp. 131-137.
Blaney, D. 1904. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXXII, No. 2.
Carpenter, W. 1857. On the Development of Purpura. An Mag. Nat,

Hist,, 2d Series, Vol. XX.
Cooke, A. H. 1895. Cambridge Natural History, Vol. Ill, The Mollusks,

pp. 69, 90.
Cooke, A. H. 1915. Proc. Mai. Soc. London, p. 193.
Glaser, O. C 1905. Ueber den Kannibalismus bei Fasciolaria tulipa (var.

distans), Zeit f. wiss. Zool., Bd. LXXX, p. 80.
Gould, A., and Binney, W. G. 1869. Invertebrates of Massachusetts, 2d Ed.,

Boston, pp. 360-362.
King, L. A. L., and Russell, E. S. 1909. A Method for the Study of the

Animal Ecology of the Shore. Proc. Rov. Phvs. Soc. of Ed., Vol. XVII,

pp. 225-253.
Pelseneer, P. 1904. Le Mode de Nutrition des Embrvons de Purpura lapillus.

Cong. Zool., VI, pp. 343-345.
Robert, A. 1902. Recherches sur le developpement des Troques. Arch.

Zool. Exp., 3 ser., X, No. 3.
Shelford, V. 1913. Animal Communities in Temperate America. Univ. oi

Chicago Press.
Sumner, F. B., Osburn, R, C, and Cole, L. J. 1911. A Biological Survey ol

the Waters of Woods Hole and Vicinity. Bull, of the Bureau of Fisheries,

Vol. XXXI.
Walter. 1910. Variations in Urosalpinx. Am. Nat., Vol. XLD , No. o26r

October.

1916.] NAT! EtAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455

NEW GENERA. AND SPECIES OF GASTROPODA FROM THE UPPER

CRETACEOUS.1

BY BRUCE WADE.

The extent of the Gastropod fauna discovered in the Upper
Cretaceous of Tennessee and the remarkable state of preservation
of the hitherto unknown generic types warrant the present pre-
liminary account of some of the more interesting.

The locality is on Coon Creek, in the northeastern part of McNairy
County, in west-central Tennessee, and a somewhat detailed account
has been published recently in the Johns Hopkins Circular. The
horizon is in the lower part of the Ripley formation and hence some-
what older than the classic Owl Creek fauna of the Ripley of Tippah
County, Mississippi.2

Family CANCELLARIID^E.
Genus MATAXA gen. now

Etymology: (j.dra^a} cocoon.

Type: Mataxa elegans sp. nov.

Shell of medium size and thickness; spire obtuse, its altitude less
than half the entire length of the shell ; protoconch large and smoothly
polished, the earliest volutions for the most part submerged and
increasing rapidly in size, thrice-coiled in the type-species; conch
solid and slightly glazed, paucispiral, external sculpture subdued,
axial sculpture subdued or absent; aperture broadly lenticular and
produced anteriorly in a comparatively long recurved canal; outer
lip expanded and dentate internally; parietal wall widely and heavily
glazed; columella marked by two strong oblique plaits situated far
in and behind two or more marginal plaits.

This genus is proposed for a species represented at Coon Creek
by perfectly preserved elegant shells and a species Narona eximia,

1 Published by permission of Dr. A. II. Purdue, State Geologist of Tennessee.

2 The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Prof. E. \Y. Berry and
Dr. J. A. Gardner, of the Johns Hopkins University, under whose guidance this
work was done; to Dr. W. H. Dall and Dr. T. \\ . Stanton, of the U. S. Geological
Survey, and especially to Dr. L. \Y. Stephenson, of the latter organization, who
has been engaged for several years in the areal, stratigraphic, and faunal studies
of the Cretaceous of the Embayment region.

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

described and figured by Stoliczka3 in 1867 from South India and
referred to the Cancellariidse. It differs from Cancellaria, in gen-
eral, by the development of a well-defined canal, by its lack of sharp
and conspicuous cancellate sculpture, and further by its less acumi-
nate spire. It differs from Narona, a subgenus of Cancellaria, in
having a longer canal, a spire less acutely elevated, an anterior
columellar plait more elevated than the posterior, instead of less so.
Probably Mataxa is nearer the rare recent subgenus Massyla* than
any other form in the genus Cancellaria, but in this comparison, too,
there are generic and time differences so great that it seems advisable
to assign the Tennessee and South Indian forms to a new genus.
Mataxa differs from Massyla in possessing a thicker, stouter and
more solidly built shell; in having a comparatively long recurved
canal, and further in nuclear characters. The protoconch of Massyla
is trochoid, while in the nucleus of Mataxa the early volutions are
for the most part submerged.

Mataxa elegans sp. nov. PI. XXIII, figs. 1, 2, 3.

Description. — Shell of medium size, ovate in outline; spire less
than half the entire length of the shell; whorls of conch three and a
half in number; protoconch large, smooth and obtuse,' thrice coiled,
the first and second volutions for the most part immersed and coiled
in a single plane, the final whorl of the protoconch moderately
elevated, increasing rapidly in size; surface of conch slightly glazed
and inconspicuously sculptured; axials reduced to fine incrementals
and one or two exaggerated resting stages; spiral sculpture of low,
broad, flattened bands, eight in number upon the penultima of the
type, the two posterior the widest and separated from one another
by a wide and rather deep sulcus; body spirals very obscure, increas-
ingly so toward the aperture, more than 30 in number, interspaces
wider than the spirals and very shallow, excepting directly in front
of the suture; suture impressed; aperture more than half the entire
length of the shell, lenticular in outline and produced anteriorly into
a comparatively long canal; outer lip marked internally by 10 or 12
regularly spaced Urate denticles; columella reinforced with two
rather strong oblique folds a little less than half way between the
base of the body and the anterior extremity of the aperture and a
less prominent marginal fold and occasionally a fourth feeble plication

3 Stoliczka, F., Cretaceous Eauna of South India, Geol. Surv. India, p. 166.
PI. XII, 1867.

4 Adams, H. and A., Genera of Recent Mollusca, 1855, vol. I, p. 278.

1911).] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. l.",7

behind the margin; anterior fasciole rather short, moderately wide,
emarginate at the extremity.

Dimensions. — Altitude, 23.4 mm.; maximum diameter, 13 mm.;
spiral angle, 57°.

This form is well characterized by its somewhat buccinoid outline
and rather low, obtuse spire, subdued spiral sculpture, the slightly
flaring outer lip and plicate inner lip. This species is represented
in the Coon Creek collection by two perfect specimens which are
remarkable for shells as old as the Cretaceous on account of their
state of preservation. The individuals possess a certain freshness
of appearance and shell-color that remind one of recent gastropods
lately recovered from the water.

Occurrence. — Ripley Formation: Dave Weeks Place, on Cood
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee.

Family VOLUTID^E.
Geuns TECTAPLICA gen. nov.

Etymology: tecta, hidden; plica, fold.

Type: Tectaplica simplica sp. nov.

Shell of medium size, thick and strong; rudely biconic in outline;
spire about one third the entire length of the shell; apex acute;
protoconch broken away, scar small; whorls very much appressed;
sculpture dominantly axial ; aperture lanceolate, produced anteriorly
into a slightly bent canal; outer lip simple; inner lip callous; parietal
wall glazed; columella marked by three weak but well-defined folds,
terminating far within the margin of the aperture.

This genus is well characterized by a thick, strong and simple shell
which has a columella marked by feeble folds. It is one of the most
primitive of the Volutes and may be considered as ancestrally related
to Volutilithes. It differs from Volutilithes in having a less elongate
spire, which is flattish on the sides and not interrupted by pro-
nounced shoulders. Volutilithes is typically spinose and has an
inner lip usually well excavated and marked by prominent folds,
which extend well out on the inner lip.

Tectaplica simplica sp. nov. PL XXIII, fig. 4.

Description. — Shell of medium size, biconic in outline; spire
acuminate, less than one third the entire length of the shell; whorl-
very closely appressed. six in number on conch; axial slopes flattish:
protoconch broken away, -car small; external sculpture dominantly
axial, consisting of ten prominent broadly rounded costae increasing
toward the aperture, crossed by very many faint spiral ridg

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

summit of costse unmarked by lirse; posterior fasciole indicated by the
weakening of the axial sculpture; sutures inconspicuous, aperture
lanceolate, produced anteriorly into a long canal; outer lip simple;
inner lip callous and parietal wall glazed, callus concentrated just
below the posterior commissure of the aperture; columella marked
by three well-defined but feeble folds terminating within the aperture;
posterior fasciole indicated by abrupt constriction of incrementals.

Dimensions. — Altitude, 35 mm.; maximum diameter, 13 mm.;
spiral angle, 59° 20'.

This very simple, primitive Volute is represented in the present
Coon Creek collection by a single individual. The folds of this form
terminate so far within the aperture that it is necessary to section the
spire in order to observe the columellar plaits.

Occurrence. — Ripley Formation: Dave Weeks Place, on Coon
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee:

Genus DRILLUTA gen. nov.

Etymology: A contraction of .the generic terms Drillia and
Voluta.

Type: DriUuta communis sp. nov.

Shell strong and fusiform; spire elevated; whorls numerous,
increasing slowly in diameter; protoconch very small and smooth;
sculpture dominantly axial, the costse interrupted in front of the
sutural line by a well-defined but rather narrow fasciole; aperttire
lenticular, produced anteriorly into a long, gently recurved canal;
outer lip broadly arcuate, simple within; inner lip calloused; colu-
mella bearing one well-defined oblique fold, frequently with one or
two minor folds behind it, all of which evanesce before reaching the
aperture.

This genus includes a well-defined and widely distributed group
of the Volutidse, some of which are undescribed and some that have
been described have been variously assigned to such genera as
Drillia, Voluta, Fasciolaria and Fusus. DriUuta may be readily
separated from Drillia by the absence of a posterior siphonal notch
and further by the presence of columellar plaits on the Volute. The
typical Voluta has a lower spire and numerous transverse folds.
Fasciolaria has a more inflated body whorl and is not characterized
by a well-defined posterior fasciole as is the case with DriUuta.
Fusus on account of its smooth columella cannot be confused with
DriUuta. There are two well-defined groups among the Drillutce,
so it seems advisable to separate this group into two sections.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

Section A. New section.

Type: Drilluta communis sp. nov.

This section is characterized by shells of met limn size with well
rounded axials and a variable number of columella plaits which
terminate within the aperture. The spiral sculpture is very fine on
the spiral whorls and young individuals but well-defined on i
anterior part of the body of adult individuals, and lacking on the
posterior part of the older whorls of such individuals. This section
is proposed to include besides the Coon Creek species the form
"Drillia ? distans" Conrad5 from Owl Creek, a closely related species
from Corsicana, Texas, and a poorly preserved specimen from Bright-
seat, Maryland. The descriptions and figures of Voluta lativittata
Griepenkerl3 and Voluta canalifera (Favre) G. Muller7 indicate
generic and sectional relations nearer to Section A of Drilluta than
to any other forms that have been found in the literature.

Drilluta communis sp. nov. PI. XXIII, figs. .5 and 6.

Description. — Shell of medium size and fusiform in outline: spire
elevated, its altitude approximately one-half the entire length of the
shell : apical angle higher on the posterior part of the spire, becoming
slightly lower on the younger whorls; protoconch very smooth and
trochoid, coiled about three times; whorls of conch closely appressed
and eight in number; both axial and spiral sculpture developed, the
former dominant, axial costse rounded and abruptly elevated, 11 to
17 in number to the whorl, 14 on the penultima of the type, costae
rlexuous, uniform in strength from the posterior fasciole to the
anterior suture and a little less than half way down to the base of
the body on the ultima; fasciole narrowed, indistinctly marked on
the early whorls, defined in the later whorls by the abrupt disappear-
ance of the axial costse; spiral sculpture of fine crowded impressed
lines on apical whorls, becoming faint and almost disappearing on
the medial part of older whorls, but reappearing as coarse, impressed
lines on slope of body whorl, becoming faint and disappearing on
anterior fasciole; suture impressed; body whorl sloping down smoothly
into a broad pillar; aperture lanceolate, produced anteriorly into a
very feebly recurved canal; inner lip callous; outer lip simple; colu-
mella marked by one well-defined fold and one or two weaker posterior

5 Conrad, T. A., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 2d ser., vol. IV. p.
pi. 46, fig. 49, 1860.

•Griepenkerl, O., 1889, Palaeonlologische Abhandl., Band IV. Befl ■">, p. 93
(395), Taf. viii, fig. 1, 1889.

7 Muller, ('■., 1899, Abhandl. d. h'd-i. Preus.-geol. Landesanstalt, neue Folge,
Hefl 25, p. 124, Taf. xvi, figs. L3, I l.
31

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

folds, all of which evanesce before reaching the aperture, plications
invisible in the aperture.

Dimensions. — Altitude, 62 mm.; length of aperture, 31 mm.;
maximum diameter, 20 mm.; spiral angle, 40° on posterior whorls,
decreasing to 25° on anterior whorls.

This species is one of the most abundant and best preserved
univalves at Coon Creek. It shows a considerable range in size
and external ornamentation. Some of the young individuals exhibit
a fine spiral sculpture over the entire length of the shell. The number
of columellar plaits is variable. These terminate far within the body
whorl, distant from the margin of the aperture, and in many indi-
viduals are almost entirely obscured, although they are readily
revealed by sectioning the spire. A comparison of this form with
two other members of the section of the genus, one from Owl Creek,
the type locality of "Drillia ? distans" Conrad and the other from
Corsicana, Texas, indicates that the Coon Creek species is interme-
diate between those cited.

Occurrence. — Ripley Formation: Dave Weeks Place, on Coon
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee.

Section B. New section.

Type: Drilluta major sp. nov.

This section is characterized by a large, much elevated and
elaborately sculptured shell. The whorls are abruptly shouldered.
The posterior shoulder is marked by spinous regularly spaced varix-
like projections. It is proposed for a well-defined group of Drillutce
which include, besides the Coon Creek species, a species from Owl
Creek and another from Brightseat, Maryland, which has been
questionably referred to Fasciolaria* on account of the imperfect
character of the material. The description and figures of Voluta
magnified Griepenkerl9 and Voluta (Volutilithes) subsemiplicata
(d'Orbigny) G. Mi'iller10 present generic and sectional relations which
suggest this section of Drilluta.

Drilluta major *p- nov. PI. XXIII, figs. 7 and 8.

Description. — Shell thick and large, fusoid in outline; whorls closely
appressed, seven in number and increasing slowly in size; apex

8 Gardner, J. A., Md. Geol. Surv., 1916, Cretaceous, Upper, p. 438, pi. xiv,
fig. 11.

9 Griepenkerl, O., 1889, Palaeontologische Abhandl., Berlin, Band IV. Heft 5,
p. 94 (396), Taf. viii, fig. 2.

10 Mliller, G., 1899, Abhandl. d. Kon. Preus. geol. Landesanstalt, neue Folge,
Heft 25, p. 123, Taf. xvi, figs. 10-18-21.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OK PIflLA DKI.IMI I A . ! I, |

acute, broken away, but protoconch as indicated by the scar probably
very small; whorls of spire slightly flattened dorso-ventrally, con-
stricted posteriorly, ultima merging smoothly into a wide pillar;
external ornamentation quite coarse and elaborate: axial sculpture
of rounded quite strongly elevated costae waving backward along
the shoulder, 11 to 14 to the volution, costae becoming shorter and
less prominent on approaching the aperture, on young whorls costae
reach from posterior fasciole to anterior suture, but become shorter
anteriorly and occur only along the shoulder of the whorl: posterior
part of whorl constricted and marked by a narrow posterior fasciole
set with closely spaced spinose, varix-like processes, most of these
processes broken away in type; spiral sculpture absent on first three
apical whorls, becoming more prominent anteriorly until conspicuous
on body whorl; more than thirty strongly elevated spirals on body
whorl, spirals more widely spaced on medial portion of body whorl ;
spirals along medial portion of body somewhat arcuate on type with
most gentle slope anteriorly; body wThorl sloping gently into a broad
pillar; aperture lenticular and produced anteriorly into a canal;
inner lip calloused, parietal wall thinly washed; fold in front of one
or two less prominent folds, all of which become obsolete before
reaching the opening of the aperture.

Dimensions. — Imperfect specimen: Altitude, 85 mm.: maximum
diameter, 32 mm.; spiral angle, 30°.

This magnificent species is represented in the present collection
from Coon Creek by two individuals, both of which, while imperfect,
yet show the essential characters of the shell. It is well characterized
by the elaborate axial and spiral ornamentation, the very acuminate
spire and further by the spinose varix-bearing posterior fasciole.

Occurrence. — Ripley Formation: Dave Weeks Place, on Coon
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee.

Family FUSID^E.

Genus FUSUS Lamarck.

Subgenus A.NOMALOFUSUS subgen. nov.

Etymology: avatpLaXos, irregular; fusus, a gastropod.

Type: Fusus (Anomalofusus) substriatus sp. nov.

Shell of medium size and elongate, fusiform in outline: spire
acuminate and of approximately the same length as the aperture;
protoconch naticoid and smooth, coiled about three times; axials
most prominent ornamentation, costae irregular in size and spacing;
spiral sculpture consisting of many fine elevated line of different

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

sizes which override axials; suture impressed, aperture lenticular
and produced anterior^ into a canal; outer lip thickened and dentate
within, broadly notched between suture and medial part of outer
margin of aperture; inner lip thinly calloused, columella smooth and
slightly sinuous.

The nuclear characters, the sharp cancellate sculpture, and inter-
mediately thickened outer lip which is broadly notched in front of
the suture seem to assign this form to the rank of a subgenus under
Fusus. This form bears some resemblance to Phos in general outline,
but is much more slender. Phos is characterized by a columella
which is much more sharply twisted. Anomalofusus has a longer
canal than any of the Buccinidse and lacks the abruptly excavated
columella, plicate in front, which is characteristic of Phos. Besides
nuclear characters, Anomalofusus differs from Fusus in its shorter
canal, and further by its thickened and notched outer lip.

Fusus (Anomalofusus) substriatus sp. nov. PI. XXIII, figs. 9, 10, 11.

Description. — Shell of medium size and elongate, fusiform in
outline; spire acuminate and of approximately the same length as
the aperture; whorls roundly shouldered, three to five in number on
conch; protoconch naticoid and smooth, coiled about three times;
external sculpture elaborate, axials predominating, costse well rounded
and elevated, irregular in size and spacing, reaching from anterior
to posterior suture on spiral whorls, but evanescing on anterior part
of body ; spiral sculpture consisting of about 14 small primary elevated
lirse and in each interspace there are from one to three very fine
primary lirse, primary lirse lacking on a narrow band just in front of
suture, both primary and secondary lirse override costse; suture
impressed; aperture lenticular and produced anteriorly into a canal;
outer lip thickened and dentate within, broadly notched between
suture and medial part of outer margin of aperture; inner lip cal-
loused; columella smooth and slightly sinuous.

Dimensions. — Immature individual: Altitude, 17.5 mm.; length
of aperture, 9.5 mm. ; maximum diameter, 7.5 mm. ; spiral angle, 35°.

This elegantly sculptured gastropod is abundant at Coon Creek.
There is a wide range in the maturity of individuals, some have only
one whorl of the conch, while the older ones have five whorls. The
protoconch is preserved and conspicuous on most specimens.

Occurrence. — Ripley Formation: Dave Weeks Place, on Coon
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

Genua ORNOPSIS gen. i

Etymology: opvi?, bird; o<J".$, form.
Type: Orno'psis glenni sp. now

Shell fairly large and strong; body whorl inflated; spire varying in
relative altitude; protoconch very small, smooth, paucispiral, and
trochoid; both axial and spiral sculpture well developed; aperture
pyriform, abruptly constricted, and sinistrally inclined; outer lip
marginally crenate; parietal wall washed by a callus; columella
marked by a strong laterally compressed laminar plait situated a1
the entrance of the anterior canal.

This genus is characterized by a peculiar narrow flexed canal and
a sharp laminar plait on the columella directly behind the entrance
of the anterior canal. In these respects it differs from the other
Fusidae. In general outline Ornopsis elevata greatly resembles the
genus Latirus, but differs from it in the character of the anterior canal.
Odontofusus of the Fasciolariidse has a more elevated spire, a more
feeble columella fold and a nearly straight anterior canal. The
close, compact spire of Ornopsis resembles some of the Buccinidse,
but here again the apertural features are distinctly different.

Ornopsis glenni sp. nov. PI. XXIV, fig. 1.

Description. — Shell fairly large and strong; elevation of spire less
than length of aperture; protoconch very small, smooth, paucispiral
and trochoid; volutions of conch six in number, increasing in size
from a very small apical whorl to an inflated body whorl; externa!
ornamentation well-defined, axials elevated, well rounded and short,
beginning at shoulder and quickly evancescing in front of the periphery
of body, becoming less prominent toward aperture and disappearing
almost entirely in some individuals, costae of varying size and spacing,
twelve on body of type; spiral lines sharply impressed, more than
thirty on body whorl, becoming fine and oblique on pillar; shoulder
broad, feebly convex; suture impressed; body whorl abruptly con-
stricted into a slender pillar; aperture pyriform, produced anteriorly
into a narrow canal sinistrally inclined; outer lip sharp and mar-
ginally crenate ; parietal wall washed with a callus thickest at posterior
extremity of aperture; columella flattened at the entrance of the
canal into a shelf-like fold.

Dimensions. — Altitude, 48 mm.: length of aperture and canal,
33 mm.; maximum diameter, 24 mm.; spiral angle, 60°.

This form is well characterized by its pointed apex, much inflated
body and further by the flattened shelf-like fold. It is one of the
most abundant gastropods at Coon Creek, being represented in the

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

collection by many perfect specimens. It is the type of the genus
and is named in honor of Dr. L. C. Glenn, Professor of Geology at
Vanderbilt University.

Occurrence. — Ripley Formation: Dave Weeks Place, on Coon
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee.

Ornopsis elevata sp nov. PI. XXIV, figs. 2 and 3.

Description. — Shell of medium size, rugose; spire elevated, its
altitude approximately the same as the length of the aperture;
protoconch broken away; external sculpture dominantly axial, the
costse elevated and rounded, highest upon the shoulder, becoming
faint toward the anterior, evanescent anteriorly and absent altogether
upon the posterior fasciole, about twelve on body whorl, irregularly
spaced toward aperture; space between shoulder and posterior
suture separated by slightly narrower concave intercostals; spiral
sculpture of rather low, crowded lirae separated by deeply impressed
lines, about twenty on body whorl; lirae equally as well marked on
the summit of the axials as in intercostal spaces; suture line impressed;
body whorl smoothly constricted anteriorly into a narrow pillar,
posterior part of aperture ovate, but broken anteriorly by a rather
long narrow anterior canal; inner lip calloused; columella flattened
at the entrance of the canal into a flat shelf-like fold.

Dimensions. — Altitude, 34.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 17.2 mm.;
spiral angle, 44° 51'.

This species differs from Ornopsis glenni in possessing a higher,
more acuminate spire and a less inflated body whorl.

Occurrence. — Ripley Formation: Dave Weeks Place, on Coon
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee.

Family BUCCINIDiE.

Genus HYDROTRIBULUS gen. nov.

Etymology: udwp, water; t/>:',3»/<>c, burr.

Type: Hydrotribulus nodosus sp. nov.

Shell moderately large and solid, top shaped in outline; spire less
than half the entire length of the shell; protoconch scar small, sculp-
ture vigorous, the axials undulatory, the spirals more sharply defined;
aperture pyriform and produced anteriorly into a narrow recurved
canal; outer lip expanded and abruptly constricted at the base of
the body, dentate within; parietal wall heavily glazed, sometimes
bearing a tooth-like process directly in front of the posterior com-
missure; inner lip excavated and calloused, reflected anteriorly, con-

1 • n (5 . ] NATURAL .SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

cealing entirely the umbilicus; edge of pillar flattened at entrance of

canal, simulating a fold.

This genus is characterized by a fairly low-spiral angle; vigorous
rugose, cancellate sculpture; a much inflated body and further 1-
much excavated and reflected inner lip, which conceal- an umbilicus.
Besides the Coon Creek species it is represented by an undescribed
species from Owl Creek, Mississippi, and another from Brightseat,
Maryland, and further by a species in the Senonian of Aix-la-Cha-
pelle. Germany. The German species was first described by Ntuller
in 1851 and assigned to the genus Rapa. Since then it has been
variously assigned by other palaeontologists to such genera as Fusus,
Pynila, Hemifusus, Pyropsis and finally to Tudicla by Holzapfel,11
who discussed the species in 1888. A study of the description and
figures of the German form, together with the Coon Creek species
and specimens from the Maryland and Mississippi localities, indicate-
that these species belong to a well-defined group, and it seems advisable
to propose for their reception a new genus Hydrotribulus of the family
Buccinidee. In general aspect this genus resembles Pyrifusus, but
differs from it in having a shorter recurved anterior canal and a
pillar which is flattened and recurved in a unique manner at the
entrance of the canal. Tudicla has a much flatter spire, a more globose
body and a much more abruptly constricted, longer and straighter
canal. It differs from Strepsidura in characters of the anterior
canal and aperture and further by its characteristic rugose cancellate
sculpture.

Hydrotribulus nodosus sp. nov. PI. XXIV, figs. 4 and 5.

Description. — Shell fairly large and very heavy with a rugosely
cancellate sculpture; top-shaped in outline; spire rather low; its
altitude less than the length of the aperture, sides converging at an
angle of 70 degrees; whorls of conch five in number and rapidly
increasing in size to a much inflated body; whorls of conch obliquely
shouldered, the peripheral angle of the spire falling in front of the
medial horizontal; sculpture vigorous, both axial and spiral,
restricted almost entirely to the area in front of the periphery;
axials elevated and broadly rounded, sixteen in number on the body
whorl of the type, subequal in size and regularly spaced; spiral
sculpture of broad, elevated fillets, most prominent on the body;
subnodose at the intersections of the axials which they override.

"Holzapfel, E., Palaeontographica, Band XXXTV, p. L06, Taf. xi, figs. 1-7.

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

two in number on the whorls of the spire and four on the medial
portion of the ultima, separated by shallow channels of approximately
the same width as the fillets; shoulder sloping at an angle of about
45°, very feebly convex; sculpture with retractive undulations
corresponding in number and proportion to the axials with an obscure
secondary liration and revolving a little behind the periphery; base
of body and pillar threaded with flattened spirals which become
increasingly narrow anteriorly; suture quite deeply channeled,
undulated in harmony with the preceding volution, body whorl
constricted rather abruptly into a broad pillar; aperture pyriform.
produced anteriorly into a narrow canal; outer lip broadly expanded;
crenulated at the margin and feebly cordate within, the cords
restricted to the margin and corresponding in position with the
interspiral areas; inner lip broadly concave, non-plicate; parietal
wall heavily glazed and bearing an obscure tooth directly in front
of the posterior commissure; edge of pillar flattened at the entrace
of the canal simulating a fold, canal sharply recurved, moderately
long and narrow with parallel proximate margins; umbilicus closed
by the reflected inner wall of the aperture but indicated by a depres-
sion between the callus and the anterior fasciole.

Dimensions. — Altitude, 44 mm.; length of aperture and canal,
28 mm.; maximum diameter, 32.4 mm.; spiral angle, 70°.

This elegant species is represented in the Coon Creek collection
by perfectly preserved specimens. The species is characterized by
the obliquely shouldered whorls, the prominent subnodose intersec-
tions of the banded spirals and the undulatory axials, further by the
low spiral angle and outline of cross-section of body.

Occurrence. — Ripley Formation: Dave Weeks Place, on Coon
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee.

Family EUOMPHALlD^l.
Genus HIPPOCAMPOIDES gen. nov.

Etymology: i-7tuy.ap.7:o$) sea-horse; eldo?y shape.

Type: Hippocampoides serratus sp. nov.

Shell rather small, flattened or feeble apically; widely and deeply
umbilicate; protoconch minute, planarboid, paucispiral; whorls of
conch relatively few, increasing rapidly both in diameter and altitude
toward the aperture; external surface usually smooth; peripheral
margin acutely angulated, often sharply serrate; aperture holo-
stomous, umbilicus funicular, the outer margin acute, conspicuously
produced anteriorly.

191*).] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

This flattened form is assigned to the familj Euomphalidae because
of its flat spire, its dee)) wide umbilicus, the outer margin of which
is produced conspicuously and further on account of the angular
peripheral margin. Hippocampoidcs resembles Discolx lix somewhal .
but differs from it in having a protoconch not inverted and further
in not having a whorl with a quadrate cross-section. It may be
separated from Straparollus by the height of the spire and cross-
section <>f body whorl.
Hippocampoides serratus ~i> nov. PI. XXIV. figs. 11, i_\ 13.

Description. — Shell rather small, flattened or very feebly convex,
apically concave laterally, the altitude increasing toward the aperture,
profoundly umbilicate; protoconch minute, planarboid depressed
below the plane of the initial whorl of the conch, the one and one-
half component volutions rather loosely coiled and approximately
uniform in diameter, line of demarkation between conch and proco-
conch indicated by a slight but very abrupt increase in the diameter
of the whorl; conch thrice coiled, the whorls increasing regularly and
quite rapidly in diameter; external surface smooth and probably
polished in the original state; peripheral keel acute, sharply and, on
the final half turn, profusely serrate; the indentation nearest the
aperture running almost half way to the suture line; the deepest of
the serrations coincident with pronounced resting stages so the
last half turn seems to be made up of a series of overlapping tri-
angular plates; suture line rather deeply impressed; aperture semi-
elliptical in outline, the aperture half again as great as that of the
body whorl at its initiation, but less than half that of the body whorl
at its close; peristome adnate along the body wall, very feebly emargi-
nate both at the peripheral and at the umbilical keels, approximately
straight between the notches, umbilicus very wide, profound,
persistent to the apex, funicular, the outer margin acute, probably
serrated; area between the peripheral and umbilical keels quite
symmetrically concave.

Dimensions. — Altitude. 11 mm.; length of aperture. 5 mm.:
maximum diameter. 19.2 mm.

This species is remarkable for the auriculate outline of the apical
aspect, the deep serrations of the periphery, the rapid increase of the
altitude of the shell toward the aperture, the lateral concavity and
the profound umbilicus, approximately half as wide as the entire
shell and margined by an acutely angulated keel. The edge of the
keel has been macerated, but there is evidence that it was quite
strongly serrate.

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |July,

Occurrence. — -Ripley Formation: Dave Weeks Place, on Coon
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee.

Family TURBINIDSE.

Genus SCHIZOBASIS gen. nov.

Etymology: *%%£&, to split; /?«<"?, base.

Type: Schizobasis depressa sp. nov.

Shell of medium size, thick, porcellaneous, depressed and globose,
very low and smoothly rounded; protoconch lost in type species;
conch paucispiral, the component whorls increasing regularly and
rapidly in diameter; sculpture coarse and dominantly spiral; sutures
obscure; aperture circular, interrupted posteriorly by a slight shallow
siphonal notch and anteriorly by a slit which marks the entrance of
the anterior canal; outer lip not thickened, simple within; inner lip
excavated, heavily reinforced; anterior canal rather short with the
parallel proximate margins distorted so that it appears as a narrow
slit cutting across the base of the shell directly at right angles with
the axis; callus almost filling the umbilicus; umbilicus imperforate,
the umbilical region spread out in a trigonal area and flattened against
base of the columella, from which it is separated by a profound sulcus;
depressed umbilical keel marked by growth stages or often poorly
defined varices.

This genus is characterized by depressed spire and by a peculiar
anterior canal which is short and deep and at right angles to the axis
of the shell and resembling a slit in the anterior part of the aperture.
It does not seem to be near anything heretofore described, and it has
been assigned to the family Turbinidse only after some hesitation.
The Turbinidse have a much depressed shell and sculptural and
nuclear characters much like Schizobasis, but none of that family
possess the short, well-defined canal which characterized this new
genus. The recent Turbo comutus, which is common in the Indo-
Pacific, has a very shallow anterior canal. The genus Sargana of
the Thaisidse has a much depressed spire, a shallow, posterior notch
and a narrow anterior canal inclosed in an umbilical keel which is
varicose and altogether possesses points analogous to Schizobasis.
Sargana has an entirely different sculpture and a much produced
anterior canal which are family characters, probably great enough
to bar Schizobasis from the Thaisidse. Turbo differs from Schizobasis
in being nacreous and in having no well-defined canal. There
is an undescribed species of Schizobasis that occurs at Eufaula,
Alabama.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

Schizobasis depressa sp. nov. PI. XXIV, tins g, 9, LO.

Description. Shell of medium size, thick, porcellanous, depree
and globose, spire very low and smoothly rounded, rising slightly
al>ove the body whorl; protoconch broken away in type species;
conch paucispiral, the component whorls three and one half in
number, increasing regularly and rapidly in diameter, outer wall of
mie and one-half whorls of the apex broken away from spire of type;
sculpture coarse and dominantly spiral, seven low, round spirals on
body whorl, evanescing rather suddenly on body near aperture of
adult, posterior spiral less rounded and very near posterior suture,
obscuring suture line, interspiral spaces much narrower than spirals;
a deep spiral sulcus at base of body between anterior spiral and
umbilical keel; spiral sculpture consists of irregularly occurring
unequal costse shown on top of spirals and absent in interspiral
-paces; costse receding anteriorly, parallel to outer margin of aperture,
aperture circular, interrupted posteriorly by a slight shallow siphonal
notch and anteriorly by a slit which marks the entrance of the
anterior canal; outer lip simple: inner lip excavated, heavily rein-
forced; anterior canal rather short with parallel proximate margins
distorted so that it appear- as a narrow slit cutting across the base
of the shell directly at right angles with the axis; callus almost
filling the umbilicus; umbilical keel showing two poorly defined
varices; umbilical region spread out in a trigonal area and flattened
against the base of the columella.

Dimensions. — Elevation, 18.-4 mm.; maximum diameter, 23.3 mm.;
spiral angle, 125° 40'.

The type of this very interesting genus is represented in the Coon
Creek collection by a single perfectly preserved specimen.

Occurrence. — Ripley Formation: Dave Weeks Place, on Coon
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee.

Family DELPHINULIDiE.
Genu> URCEOLABRUM gen. nov.

Etymology: urceus, jug; labrum, lip.

Type; Urceolabnun tuberculatum sp. nov.

Shell small and porcellanous; trochoid in outline with a con-
spicuous aperture; apex acute, protoconch broken away in type
species, but scar small; sculpture cancellate, often tubercular at the
intersection of spirals and axial-; suture impressed; aperture circular
and much thickened around the rim, umbilicus wide and deep.

This genus is proposed for a well-defined group of form- which are

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

characterized by a conspicuous circular reinforced aperture, a pro-
found umbilicus, and an elevated cancellate spire. Besides the
Coon Creek species two others are known, an undescribed species
from Eufaula, Alabama, and a species described by Miiller in 1851
from Aachen beds of Vaals, Germany, and referred to the genus
Scalaria. The same species was referred to Liotia by Holzapfel in
1888.12 This genus differs from typical Liotice which occur in the
Coon Creek strata in having a more elevated spire, a circular rein-
forced aperture and further by a profound umbilicus. In general
outline there is some resemblance to Delphinula, but Delphinula has
a nacreous interior and an aperture which is not reinforced or circular.

Urceolabrum tuberculatum *p nov. PI. XXIV, figs. (3 and 7.

Description. — Shell small, solid, porcellanous and ornately sculp-
tured; spire elevated and acute; protoconch scar small; whorls
circular in cross-section and four in number; external ornamentation
elaborate, axials dominant, costae 14 in number on penult equally
spaced and evanescing on base of the body ; spirals forming 5 rows of
tubercles at intersection with costae on body whorl, interspiral space
at base of body rather wide, an isolated row of tubercles on anterior
margin of the umbilicus; suture impressed and crenate; aperture
circular, peristome heavily reinforced and calloused resembling
mouth of a jug, rim of aperture half as wide as opening; umbilicus
profound and funicular.

Dimensions. — Altitude, 5 mm.; width of aperture, 1 mm.; maximum
diameter of body. 3.4 mm.; apical angle, 60°.

This elegant little species is hard and well preserved, being rather
common in the Coon Creek sediments. It may be separated from the
Eufaula species by the fact that the Eufaula form has fine secondary
lirse between the primary spirals and on the band at the base of the
body whorl. It differs from the German species of this genus13 in
having sharper axials and tubercles at intersection of costae and
spirals; the German form has radial lines on the reinforced aperture,
while aperture of the Tennessee form is smooth.

Occurrence. — Ripley Formation: Dave Weeks Place, on Coon
Creek, McNairy County, Tennessee.

12 Holzapfel, E., 1888, Palaeoulographica. Band XXXIY, p. 170, Tai. xviii,
figs. 3-7.

13 Holzapfel, E., 1>>>>s. Inc. cit.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XXIII.

WADE: NEW CRETACEOUS GASTRCPCLA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XXIV.

WADli: NEW CRETACEOUS GASTROPODA.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OK PHILADELPHIA. 171

Explanation- of Plates XXIII and XXIV.

Plate XXIII.— Fig. 1. — Mataxa elegans gen. el sp. nov. Rear view, x 2.

Fig. 2. — Same. Apertural view. X 2.

Fig. 3. — Same. Apical view. X 10.

Fig. 4. — Tectaplica simplica gen. el sp. nov. Apertural view. Nat. Bize.

Fig. 5. — Drillulii communis gen. el sp. nov. Apertural view. Nat. size.

Fig. 6. — Same. Rear view. Nat. size.

Fig. 7. — DrilhUa major gen. el sp. nov. Rear view. Nat. size.

Fig. 8. — Same. Apertural view. Nat. size.

Fig. 9. — Fusus substriatus sp. nov. Apertural view. X 2.

Fig. 10. — Same. Hear view. XlJ.

Fig. 11. — Same. Apical view. X 10.

Plate XXIV. — Fig. 1. — Ornopsis glenni now. e1 sp. nov. Apertural view. Nat
size*-
Fig. 2. — Ornopsis elerata gen. et sp. nov. Apertural view. X 1£.
Fig. 3. — Same. Rear view. X 1£.

Fig. 4. — Hydrolribuliis nodosus gen. et sp. nov. Apertural view. Nat. size.
Fig. 5. — Same. Rear view. Nat. size.

I .%. 6. — Urceolabrum tuberculatum gen. et sp. nov. Apertural view. X 0.
Fig. 7.— Same. Rear view. X 0.

Fig. 8. — Schizobasis depressa gen. et sp. nov. Rear view. Nat. size.
Fig. 9. — Same. Apertural view. Nat. size.
Fig. 10. — Same. Basal view. Nat. size.

Fig. 11. — Hippocampoides serratus gen. et sp. nov. Apical view. X 2.
Fig. 12. Same. Basal view. X 2.
Fie. 13. — Same. Lateral view. X 2.

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August.

A POSSIBLE PARTIAL EXPLANATION OF THE VISIBILITY AND BRILLIANCY

OF COMETS.

BY DANIEL M. BARRINGER.
WITH AN ADDENDUM BY ELIHU THOMSON.

From a careful study of the so-called "shale-ball" meteorites
described in my previous papers on the Meteor Crater of Arizona, I
am impelled to make a suggestion that their peculiar and more or
less uniform shape may give us a hint of at least a partial cause of
the brilliancy of the head of comets and the gradually fading visi-
bility of their tails.

It should not be forgotten that these so-called "shale-ball"
meteorites have never before been described, and we would know
little of their original shape were it not that the several hundred
which have been found by us have been dug out of exceeding finely
pulverized silicious dust, so abundantly found with larger rock
fragments on the rim of the crater. This finely divided silicious
dust is due to the pulverization of a portion of the 1,000-foot white
or gray sandstone stratum during the passage through it of the
meteoric mass which, by its impact with the earth, as is now
proved, made the crater described in my previous papers. The
great mass of this exceedingly finely pulverized "silica," so-called,
most of which is so fine that it will easily pass a 100-mesh screen, is
practically impervious to water, hence these shale-ball meteorites
in many cases have retained their original shapes. As previously
stated by me, they have no sharp corners, but are, generally speaking,
either round, oval or pear shaped, and in fact closely resemble in
shape ordinary river gravel. In nearly all cases oxidation has
penetrated from the outer surface inward for varying distances, but
in most cases not sufficiently far to make it impossible to know what
the original shape of the iron mass was when it fell to the earth and
was imbedded in the outpouring from the crater, like flour from a
barrel, of the finely divided silica dust commingled with rock frag-
ments. In all of the many thousands of iron meteorites found around
the crater only one aerolite, or perhaps more accurately siderolite,
has been found. This was found by me on June 24, 1905. Inasmuch
as by far the greater part of this aerolite was stony in nature, it had

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17'.

yielded hut very slightly to oxidation since it fell upon the earth.
It is interesting to note, however, that all of its edges were rounded
as if they had been subjected to abrasive action, but it. was n<>t. as
perfectly rounded or oval in shape as the great majority of tin- iron
meteorites. If it fell at the same time as the cluster which made the
crater, as I now think is probable, possibly this was due to the fact
that it. had been gathered up by the iron-headed comet in its passage
through space and had not been a member of the cluster for as long
a time as its iron companions.

The abrasive action between these masses of meteoric material
composing the comet's head, even though it is less than any grinding
action that we can conceive of owing to the fact that the mass travels
through the ether of space, has, I would suggest, something to do with
the visibility of comets. Inconceivably gentle abrasive action may
be sufficient to wear off infinitesimal particles of matter, considering
the enormous periods of time available. If so, may it not be that
the attrition between the masses of meteoric material, for example
masses of iron, not only possibly causes a disturbance of the ether
where the grinding or milling action takes place, but literally fills
the space in and around the head of the comet with exceedingly fine
particles of cometary dust? May not these fine particles of matter,
possibly electrified, also form the so-called tail as they are swept
away from the main body of the comet travelling through space?
The explanation of the tail pointing away from the sun is somewhat
difficult on this theory, but the difficulty disappears if we can conceive
the particles to be so infinitesimally small and so wanting in weight
as to be affected by the light waves of the sun and to be driven by
them in a direction away from the sun.

There can be no doubt that all the so-called " shale-ball'' iron
meteorites so far discovered by us in the material forming with
the upturned edges of the limestone and sandstone strata the rim
of the Arizona crater show evidence of what seems to have been
abrasive action. The inference is unavoidable that they have been
subjected, during perhaps billions of years, to such action, incon-
ceivably slight, it is true, but nevertheless sufficient to finally reduce
them to the shapes in which we find them. It is evident that the
abrasion was not produced by their passage through our air. May
they not be in fact "celestial cobblestones," and may not the milling
action when they rub against each other, even very gently, account,
in some way, not perfectly understood, for not only what we term the
brilliant head of a comet but tor its tail as well?

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August,

This is only a theory, but the inference seems to be justified.
The rounded shape common to this kind of meteorites is a fact
which must be explained, and the only reasonable explanation
is that it has been due to mutual abrasion. The largest mass of
meteoric iron of this description so far found by us weighed over
100* pounds. I have no doubt, however, that many of them com-
posing the cluster which formed the head of the very small comet,
which produced by its impact with the earth what we know as Meteor
Crater, were much larger. Evidence that many others fell upon
the earth around the crater is to be found in the fact that the plain
round about is strewn with what is locally known as " iron-shale,"
certainly due to the decomposition of these "shale-balls," it being
merely oxidized meteoric iron. A great many thousand pieces of
this "iron-shale" have been found around the crater, on all sides of
it, but most abundantly to the N.N.E., the direction from which the
cluster is supposed by those of us who now recognize the true origin
of the crater to have approached the earth. This variety of meteoric
iron, as I have previously stated, decomposes very much more
rapidly than any other meteoric iron ever discovered, owing to
the fact that it contains appreciable quantities of chlorine. That
thousands of "shale-balls" were strewn about the crater a moment
after the impact there can now be no reasonable doubt. It is
a remarkable fact, however, that no piece of the so-called "iron-
shale" has ever been found which is not slightly curved, similarly
to the "iron-shale," found on the outside of the slowly decomposing
"shale-ball" meteorites which lie deeply imbedded in the silicious'
dust forming a great portion of the rim of the crater. Most of the
latter have iron centres and the "iron-shale" surrounding them are
merely the layers of iron oxide still adhering to the central iron mass.
When we compare the two, the pieces of "iron-shale" found on the
surrounding plain show conclusively by their shape that the so-called
"shale-ball" meteorites from which they were derived were originally
more or less globular in shape.

Saturn's rings are now believed to be composed of meteorites, but
upon the theory which I have advanced there is possibly no milling
or grinding action taking place between them such as may take place
for some unknown reason in the head of a comet. I may, however,
easily be in error as to this.

If the lunar craters and the Arizona crater have had a common origin,
as now seems very probable, there can be no doubt that our knowl-
edge of cosmogony has been greatly advanced by the discovery of the

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475

origin of the Arizona crater and that there is much stronger reason
now than ever before to believe in the general correctness of Chamber-

lin's and Moulton's theory of the building up of planetary systems.
It is calculated that some 2,000,000 meteorites reach our atmosphere
every twenty-four hours, and it is highly probable that in the early
history of the earth it was abundantly bombarded by cometary bodies,
that are probably, after all, merely masses of meteoric material which
have gotten together and in some way not known to us have assumed
orbits of their own. It would seem, however, that most of them,
as well as most of the meteoric material originally forming the
nebula out of which our solar system has been built up, have long
since been gathered into the sun, its planetary bodies or the moons
revolving about them. Our moon, having been without an atmos-
phere for perhaps a great many millions, if not billions, of years, show-
evidences of some of the more recent accretions to its mass, outside of
the more or less steady rain of cosmic dust. Its numerous craters
probably merely represent the gathering in of cometary bodies or
clusters of meteorites, for they are apparently exactly similar to our
Arizona crater, except that most of them are vastly larger.

If this theory of the building up of solar systems be correct, is it
not wonderful to reflect that when one holds in the hand one of these
pieces of meteoric material he is probably holding something older
than our sun, our own earth, or any of the planetary bodies which
with their moons revolve about the sun? That is to say, he is
literally holding, practically unchanged through countless eons of
time, a part of the nebula out of which our solar system was con-
structed and which nebula in turn probably represented the wreck-
age of a previously existing system.

Addendum by Elihu Thomson.

The following comments on the above paper were received by
Mr. Barringer from Prof. Elihu Thomson:

I have your letter of June 14, enclosing a communication which
you are thinking of sending to The Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. I think there is little question that the explanation put
forward in your paper as to the rounded shape of the shale-ball
meteorites is the true one. I have, in fact, often spoken of the
inevitable readjustments that may take place in a small cluster
revolving around the sun and the attrition between the parts as
accounting for the steady production of very finely divided material
32

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August,

driven away from the nucleus by the pressure of light. In fact, I
have talked of this very thing with the astronomers, and they have
not raised any objections to it. I take it that what happens is about
this — at least, this is in accordance with my idea of what happens:

When the comet is far removed from the sun and consists, as it
probably almost always does, of a nucleus of fairly heavy pieces
surrounded by lighter masses, they are, on account of the cold of
space, at a very low temperature, and what little gravitational effect
is produced is just sufficient to prevent them being scattered. They
are free, at the far distance from the sun, from anything like tidal
action. The cluster might even be revolved without being distorted
by disturbance of the parts. Should they pass within range of the
gravitational effect of Jupiter and have the path slightly disturbed
thereby, there would necessarily be (by the slipping of the parts over
each other) an attrition or grinding action taking place, and this
would continue so- long as the body was within the range of the
disturbing planet. The same would be true of the cometary clusters
passing towards the sun and around it (making a so-called perihelion
passage), except that there would be some little difference. In this
case, the particles of fine material, the result of the grinding, and held
in the cluster, would now be free. The manner of this freeing can
easily be understood. The face of the mass of the cluster on the side
toward the sun would undergo a warming or heating process. This
would result in the evolution into the vacuous space of whatever vapors
or gases, however rare they might be (originally occluded in the face
of the masses of the cluster), especially from the warmed surfaces.
This would amount to a flowing of gas or evolution of gas on the side
toward the sun which would lift the dust particles away from the
mass, and the very fine particles would thus be free to be driven back
by the light pressure to form a tail. It is an old idea that during this
process if the sun were highly electrified electrical actions would
take place, electrical readjustments to the increasing actions of the
sun, but I think it doubtful whether the tail is much, or anything,
of an electrical nature, for the reason that the vacuous space in which
the tail moves is so high a vacuum that no conduction would be
possible.

I am inclined to think that whatever actions of temperature or
electrical actions occur would be practically within the nucleus or
near it. The spectroscope shows that as the comet approaches
the sun gas is actually evolved; and the spectra of cyanogen and
carbon monoxide are common in comets, and possibly also hydro-

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477

carbon spectra in some cases. The luminosity of the tail, which,
it must be borne in mind is extremely low, according to any way of
rating it, is. I think, amply accounted for by the greal depth of >i>ace
in which the fine matter exists and the solar light of high intensity
reaching this fine matter: a pure case of diffusion from fine particles.
As to cosmic dust not reflecting sunlight as does fine cometary dust,
the following explanation, it seems to me, is ample. We sec things
by contrast. Even if there was a slight luminosity in space, it would
-imply form a background for the comet's tail, which would be more
luminous and more dense in dust. The astronomers have long sus-
pected a very thin veil of dust in the sky, of dust under illumination*
The sky is not, in fact, absolutely black. It is black by comparison.
Of course, it cannot be expected that ordinary meteorites should
ever be seen in the sunlight. They are too small or too far apart.
Only when they reach a considerable size do they produce any
impression as single spots of light. Witness the asteroids or the
little planet Eros, which probably is miles in diameter and yet is
difficult to detect.

My idea is that the continual readjustment of the position and
relation of the parts within a small cluster, or even within a large
cluster forming a large comet, will account for practically all that
occurs in the head of the comet and in the tail.

This tail will always point away from the sun. It will curve
backwards, for although the particles move in a straight line from
the sun, it will curve backwards owing to the progress of the nucleus
around the sun. The tail will continue to be formed so long as the
disturbing actions occur, and it will fade away as the comet gets so
far from the sun as not to be distorted or disturbed. If the comet
is not otherwise lost, this action will continue on from the action of
the sun with a constant reduction of mass and the final diffusion of
the material composing the comet.

Your statement in relation to the aerolite of a stony nature
which you found is very interesting to me, as I had not heard
that you had found any such stony meteor. It is quite easy, how-
ever, it seems to me, to account for it as a survival of perhaps
many others present in the cluster. The stony meteorites will
naturally be sifted out from the iron meteorites in the flight of a
meteor through our atmosphere. They would not only be crushed
by air pressure on their relatively greater area per unit of mass, but
on account of their lower specific gravity they would not have the
ability by momentum to force their way as far. Their relatively

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [August,

low momentum and greater air resistance in proportion to their mass
would make them early losers in the race, while the air pressure
encountered would usually smash them into small pieces.

I think it quite probable that the stony matter of the earth is merely
an outer layer over an iron centre, and in the smash up of any body
due to partial collisions or actual collisions the stony matters must
be dissipated, as well as the iron masses, to be gathered up again
by the approach near to a large gravitating body like a planet or a
sun.

Your expression of "celestial cobblestones" is very expressive and
pertinent to the case of the shale-ball masses, and your observation
that pieces of apparently broken-up shale-balls are curved indicates
a similar origin for all of them. The flight of a cluster of small and
large meteoric masses, more or less rounded through our air, would
naturally be a sifting-out process, as the smaller bodies would lag
behind in the flight.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479

THE NERVOUS SYSTEM OF CREPIDULA. ADUNCA AND ITS DEVELOPMENT.

BY HAROLD HEATH.

The genus Crepiduh in the vicinity of Monterey Bay, California,
is abundantly represented by the members of two species, C. adunca
and C. nivea. In each case the young are retained in capsules within
the mantle cavity of the parent, and are liberated when they have
attained the form of the adult and are in possession of all the definitive
organs with the exception of those belonging to the reproductive
system. It is accordingly readily possible to secure extensive series
of embryos and to follow the course of development from the ovum
to the adult. The embryology of several species of this genus has
been studied in great detail by Conklin ('97),1 and as a result it is
clearly established that they all pursue essentially the same develop-
mental path until they reach the veliger stage or a corresponding
point where a free-swimming larva is lacking. Beyond this point
nothing is known.

In connection with a comparative study of the nervous system of
several families of mollusks, I have examined adults of the two
above-mentioned species of Crepiduh. with considerable care and
have traced its development in C. adunca. In view of the fact that
Paludina vivipara as worked out by Erlanger ('92)2 is the only other
gastropod whose development in this respect is known, the results
possess an enhanced degree of interest.

The central nervous system of the adult C. adunca is located in
the base of the neck, in a spongy mass of connective tissue, placed
between the pedal musculature and the overlying mantle cavity.
It conforms to the highly centralized type characteristic of the
monotocardia generally, with cerebral, pleural and pedal ganglia
closely appressed. In several instances, especially in half-grown
individuals, the line of demarcation between the cerebral and pleural
ganglia is comparatively slight; on the other hand, the pedal ganglia
are invariably sharply defined. All are globular bodies of essentially
the same size and, as indicated previously, are united by compara-
tively short commissures and connectives.

1 The Embryology of Crepidula, ./nun*. Morph., Vol. 13. 1897

2 Zur Entwickhm^ von Paludina vivipara, Morph. Jahrb., Vol. 17. lv

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

Of the more peripheral portions of the nervous system the buccal
ganglia are situated in the head region slightly attached to the
dorsal face of the radular musculature. From the commissure
uniting them two delicate nerves are given off, which course ven-
trally but rapidly become lost to view among the surrounding muscle
bundles. The connectives to the cerebral ganglia arise from the
forward borders of each buccal ganglion, extend laterally and ante-
riorly over the buccal musculature for a short distance, whereupon
they pass between some of the bundles of radular muscles to the
ventral side of the head. In this position, at each side of the under
surface of the radula, they pursue a course posteriorly to the cerebral
ganglia. Immediately after reaching the ventral surface of the
head they are united by a delicate commissure.

Each cerebral ganglion gives rise anteriorly to one or two nerves,
in addition to the buccal connective, which innervate the head.
Where one nerve appears it soon divides into an outer and inner
branch destined to supply the tentacle and lips, respectively. The
relatively strong tentacle nerve gives off a short, stout nerve to the
eye and, after dividing, extends far towards the tip of the tentacle.
The inner, or lip nerve, passes by a fairly direct path to the dorsal
side of the head, and ultimately breaks up in the tissue about the
mouth.

The pedal ganglia usually develop four pairs of nerves. The
most anterior, springing from the forward border of the ganglion,
extends through the pedal musculature to the forward section of the
foot, where each branches repeatedly and becomes lost among the
muscle fibres. Two other pairs extend ventrally and likewise soon
disappear in the compact pedal musculature. In addition to these
three pairs, each pedal ganglion gives off from its antero-dorsal
surface another nerve destined to supply the base of the neck. On
the left side of the body the bundle is comparatively slender and
soon becomes lost to view at the junction of the head and mantle.
On the right side the corresponding branch has the same size and
apparent distribution in lately hatched individuals, but at a later
period it becomes greatly enlarged and supplies the penis, which
arises relatively late in life. It may be added that the pedal
ganglia are united by two commissures, the usual heavy one and
another, much more delicate, posterior to it.

The elements of the visceral loop comprise three clearly denned
ganglia, the sub-intestinal, the supra-intestinal and the visceral.
The first named is a globular body of approximately the same size

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481

as the overh iug right pleural ganglion, to which it is attached by a
short connective, thus producing a dextral zygoneury, while a
somewhat larger connective, passing ventral to the pharynx, unites
it with the left pleural ganglion. The supra-intestinal ganglion is
a fusiform mass united by a short connective to the right pleural.
The visceral ganglion, in contact with the ventral floor of the mantle
cavity on the right side of the body, is joined by connectives passing

Fig. 1. — Dorsal view'of the nervous system <>( Crepidula adunca. The pedal
nerves are represented by broken lines; the right posterior pedal nerve is
omitted, p., penis; t., testis.

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

dorsal to the oesophagus and to the right side of the stomach and
the adjacent section of the intestine. The visceral connective on
the left develops a small nerve, usually associated with a ganglionic
enlargement, which has been traced for a. short distance beneath
the floor of the mantle cavity. The visceral ganglion itself also
gives rise to a branch which passes to the wall of the kidney,
where it disappears from view.

In this species a well-defined marginal mantle nerve, or Mantel-
randnerv, is present with many of the essential features of what has
been found by Willcox ('98)3 to exist in Acmcea fragilis. In the
present instance it is loosely attached to the walls of the marginal
mantle sinus, and throughout its course develops numerous delicate
branches, which attach to the overlying epithelium or the deeper-
seated gland cells. On the right side of the body this marginal
nerve is united by two connectives with the pleural ganglion,
and, judging from sections, with the sub-intestinal ganglion as well.
Of these connectives the anterior is much the heavier, and skirting
the floor of the mantle cavity can be followed forward, where it
divides into a short, lateral branch uniting with the marginal nerve
coming up from the posterior three-fourths of the body, and a slightly
more dorsal and relatively larger nerve coursing about the base
of the marginal mantle thickening. In other words, the marginal
mantle nerve of the posterior part of the body can be traced as far
forward as the anterior level of the head in contracted specimens.
It actually may continue entirely around the body, but anteriorly
it becomes very delicate and finally disappears among the masses
of gland cells in the free border of the mantle. However, the heavy
connective from the right pleural ganglion attaches to it before its
disappearance, and on the other hand extends around the mantle
edge in front, where it meets the corresponding nerve from the left
pleural ganglion, thus completing the circular mantle nerve, though,
as noted before, this anterior section is at a slightly greater distance
from the mantle border. The smaller, posterior connective appears
to be more largely a product of the sub-intestinal ganglion, and,
like the two smaller connectives of the left side, it extends laterally
and posteriorly through the pedal musculature to the mantle border.
These two smaller connectives of the left side as well as another of
much larger caliber arise from the pleural ganglion. The anterior
one pursues a course similar to its counterpart on the right and is

3 Zur Anatomie von Acmsea fragilis, Jenaische Zeitschr.f. Naturw., Bd. 32, 1898.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483

inserted in practically the same fashion with the marginal mantle
nerve.

The osphradial ganglion is a well-defined elongated body situated
far forward on the left side of the mantle cavity. The nerve leaving
its posterior border pursues a parallel course with the anterior
mantle ring connective and enters the supra-intestinal ganglion.
Certain species of the genus Crepidula are reported.4 to po-~e-< a
sinistral zygoneury wherein the supra-intestinal ganglion is united
to the pleural of the same side. I have found no evidence of its
existence in C. arfunca.

Turning now to the development of the nervous system, we find
that shortly after the first appearance of the foot the ectodermal
cells immediately in front of the lateral angles of the mouth opening
commence to elongate, and each area rapidly differentiates into a
well-defined, probably sensory ridge and the tentacle. Associated
with these external developments there is a migration of ectodermal
cells from the region of the ridge and tentacle, slight at first, but
rapidly increasing, and finally ending, if one can rely on sections,
at the time when pigment first makes its appearance in the eye.
These migrant cells form the cerebral ganglia, more or less rounded
at first, and largely obscured by the heavily staining overlying
ectoderm.

Synchronous with the development of the cerebral ganglia the
pedal ganglia arise. With the exception of a median, ciliated, slender,
wedge-like area, the base facing anteriorly, the cells of the foot likewise
become elongated, whereupon cells migrate inwards, forming two
large, diffuse masses in contact posteriorly where the commissure
subsequently arises. The four ganglionic bodies thus existing at
this time appear to be the product solely of migrating elements,
since sections give no indication of cell division after the cells have
left the ectodermal layer. The same is also true of all the other
ganglia now to be considered.

In whole mounts and in sections the cells along the posterior
border of each cerebral ganglion can be seen in the late stages of its
development to assume an elongated form and to develop fibres
which extend posteriorly. In some instances the strands thus
produced form two distinct bundles at the outset, one of which
passes into the pedal ganglion, while the other at a slightly later
stage joins with the pleural. In other instances one bundle first

4 Lang's Lehrbuch, p. 213.

484

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Sept.,

-appears and subsequently divides to form the cerebro-pedal and
cerebro-pleural connectives. During this time the cells of the
anterior margin of each cerebral ganglion likewise elongate and
rapidly form fibres which extend across the midline and thus form
the cerebral commissure.

The buccal are the only ganglia which do not directly arise from
■cells migrating from the overlying ectoderm; on the other hand,

Pig. 2. — Half -developed embryo of Crepidula adunca, showing the central nervous
system and the visceral loop, c, cerebral ganglion and eye; i., intestine;
m., mantle cavity; o., osphradial ganglion; p., pleural ganglion; pe.,
pedal ganglion and otocyst; s., supra-intestinal ganglion; st., sub-intestinal
ganglion; v., visceral ganglion.

they give clear evidence of being products of the cerebral ganglia.
At about the same time that the cerebral commissure is forming cells
can be seen extending toward the midline from the inner border of
each cerebral ganglion. These gradually form an accumulation on
•each side of the radular invagination, and in some instances com-
pletely invest the radular sac. In the stage represented by fig. 2
the ganglia are usually differentiated, though the commissure and

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. \S~>

the connectives may continue to contain cells until a relatively late
stage in the development of the embryo.

After the cerebral ganglia have developed, yet before they havi
become fashioned into their final form, the pleural ganglia and the
elements of the visceral loop put in their final appearance. Each
pleural ganglion is the product of cells migrating from the adjacent
ectoderm and arises at the sides of the body immediately posterior
and slightly dorsal to the cerebral ganglion. In most instances it is
a fairly sharply defined though sheet-like structure, yet it may
originate in the form of several distinct masses whose anastomosing
fibres form a distinct plexus before they become fused into a single
mass.

The ganglia of the visceral loop arise simultaneously. The sub-
intestinal occupies a position on the right side of the body at the
intersection of the neck and visceral mass; the supra-intestinal lies
approximately in the midline at the junction of the neck and visceral
mass; while the visceral ganglion is somewhat to the right of the
midline and anterior to the terminal section of the intestine. Even
while these ganglia are in process of formation delicate fibrils from
some of the component, bipolar cells push out between the yolk
granules and increasing in number ultimately form the connectives
of the visceral loop. The osphradial ganglion rapidly becomes
imbedded in the margin of the mantle, and, as in the adult, is united
by a connective with the supra-intestinal ganglion. In many
instances a delicate connective unites the sub- and supra-intestinal
ganglia; no trace of it has been found to exist in adult specimens.
The right-sided zygoneurous condition, the union of the pleural and
the sub-intestinal ganglion, characteristic of the adult appears to put
in an appearance shortly before the embryo escapes from the parent.

At the time of hatching there are traces of a plexus extending
about the margin of the mantle, but it is very dim and indistinct.
When it becomes clearly defined throughout and capable of being
traced it has all of the essential features of the marginal mantle
nerve of the adult.

With the increased growth of the mantle and the development of
an extensive mantle cavity (beyond the stage represented in text
fig. 2) the visceral mass between the mantle margin and the neck
becomes completely covered. Furthermore, the absorption of the
included yolk creates a more flattened condition of the embryo,
which ultimately brings the nervous system into the position charac-
teristic of the adult.

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

new or little-known crane-flies from the united states and
canada: tipulidje, ptychopteridje, diptera. part 3.

by charles p. alexander.
Introduction.

In this paper, the author has undertaken a review of the Nearctic
species of the difficult Eriopterine genus, Gonomyia, and has supplied
figures of the wings and hypopygia of the various species. The
remainder of the paper is in the nature of a continuation of the first
two papers under this title.1 In order to complete the data in some
sections of the family, especially the genus Geranomyia, it has been
deemed advisable to add a few extra-limital species, most of these
being Antillean or Middle American forms whose northward range
is still not well understood.

Description of New or Little-known Species.

Family TIPULIDiE.

Subfamily LIMNOBIN.E.

Tribe Limnobini.

GERANOMYIA Haliday.

Geranomyia Haliday; Entomologists Magazine, vol. 1, p. 154 (1833).

Geranomyia canadensis Westwood. (Plate XXV, fig. 1.)

Limnobiorhynchus canadensis Westwood; Annales Societe Entomologique
de France, p. 683 (1835).

A wide-ranging species in the central and eastern United States,
from New Brunswick and the Hudsons Bay region, south to Georgia
and Florida, west to Michigan, Illinois, Kentucky, Tennessee and
Texas. Studies by Knab2 and others show this fly to feed on nectar
of Composite flowers (Eupatorium, Solidago, Aster, Silphium, Rud-
beckia, Verbesina, Cacalia, etc.) in the late afternoon and evening.
A male from Brownsville, Texas, in May (C. H. T. Townsend).

1 Proceedings of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
October, 1914, pp. 579-606.

Proceedings of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
September, 1915, pp. 458-514.

2 The Feeding Habits of Geranomyia: Proceedings of the Entomological Society
of Washington, vol. 12, pp. 61-65 (1910).

191G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487

Geranomyia guatemalensis sp. n. (Extra-limital.)

Related to canadensis West wood; head gray with a narrow median
line; thorax yellowish brown with three indistinct stripes; femora
with a brownish subterminal annul us; abdominal tergites ringed
brown and yellowish.

Male. — Length, excluding the rostrum, 6.5 mm.; wing, (i.7 mm.;
rostrum, 4 mm.

Female. — Length as above, 6.8 mm.; wing, 8 mm.; rostrum, 4.1
mm.

Rostrum elongate, brown, more darkened toward the apex.
Antennae rather short, black, the scape dark brown; flagellar seg-
ments rounded-oval. Head gray with a delicate, more or less
distinct, median line.

Thoracic dorsum yellowish brown, the praescutum with three
broad, though rather indistinct, brown stripes, the middle stripe
broad behind, not attaining the suture; scutal lobes brown, median
area of the scutum and the scutellum pale yellow; post not um pale
whitish gray, narrowly blackened medially. Pleura dull brownish
yellow. Halteres brownish yellow, the knobs darker. Legs with
the coxa? brownish yellow; trochanters yellow; femora light brown
with a broad, subterminal, brown annulus, the extreme tip paler;
tibiae light brownish, the tips narrowly dark brown; tarsi dark brown.
Wings nearly hyaline; stigma distinct, oval, dark browm. Venation:
Be long, extending to about two-fifths the length of the sector;
Rs elongate, almost straight.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, narrowly margined caudally and
laterally with dull yellow; basal sternites dull yellowish, more brown
on the intermediate segments. Male hypopygium with the penis-
guard very long and prominent.

Habitat. — Guatemala.

Holotype, cf, Aguna, Guatemala; altitude 2,000 feet (Dr. G. Eisen).

Allotype, 9 , topotypic.

Type in the collection of the United States National Museum.

This species differs from the Nearctic G. canadensis in the clear
gray head, in the subterminal brown femoral ring, not with a black
tip as in canadensis, the long penis-guard, etc.

Geranomyia knabiana sp. n. (Extra-limital.)

Related to canadensis Westwood; rostrum elongate, black; head
dark brown; thorax brownish yellow, the praescutum with a broad
median stripe; femora with an indistinct brown ring before the tip;
wings with subcosta very long.

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Female. — Length, excluding the rostrum, about 4.2 mm.; wing,
5 mm.; rostrum, about 2.8 mm.

Rostrum elongate, dark brownish black. Antennae dark brown,
moderately elongated. Head dark brown with a narrow median
black line; head constricted behind.

Mesonotal prsescutum brownish yellow, brighter in front, with a
very broad median stripe that is pale anteriorly, dark brown behind;
in the Aguna paratype the prsescutum is scarcely marked at all, in
the allotype the stripe is distinct for its entire length; lateral stripes
not clear; scutum brownish yellow medially, the lobes dark brown;
scutellum pale dirty yellow; postnotum brown. Pleura brownish
yellow. Halteres short, dark brown, the stem more yellowish.
Legs with the coxae and trochanters dull yellow; femora yellowish
brown with a very indistinct brownish subapical annulus; tibiae
dull yellow, darkening into brown at the tip; tarsi dark brown.
Wings hyaline, the stigma oval, brown; veins dark brown. Venation:
Sc very long, extending to two-thirds the length of the sector; Sc2
at the tip of Sci) Rs moderately long, a little over two times the
basal deflection of Ri+i.

Abdominal tergites brown; sternites yellow, the basal segments a
little darker.

Habitat. — Central America.

Holotype, 9 , Canal Zone, Panama (A. H. Jennings).

Allotype, cf , Aguna, Guatemala, altitude 2,000 feet (Dr. G. Eisen).

Paratypes, 9 , with the allotype; 9 , Antigua, Guatemala, Septem-
ber, 1902 (Dr. G. Eisen).

Type in the collection of the United States National Museum.

Similar to G. canadensis, but smaller, the femora without a black
tip, the praescutal pattern more distinct behind, etc.

This interesting little species is dedicated to Frederick Knab, custo-
dian of theDiptera in the United States National Museum, as an appre-
ciation of his studies on the feeding habits of this genus of crane-flies.

Geranomyia distincta Doane. (Plate XXV, fig. 2.)

Geranomyia distincta Doane; Journal of the New York Entomological
Society, vol. 8, p. 186 (1900).

This fly will probably be found to have a wide range throughout
the central and eastern United States, it being now known from
Connecticut and New Jersey to Texas.
Geranomyia vanduzeei sp. n.

Related to distincta Doane; rostrum moderate in length; head pale
gray; thorax reddish brown without stripes; wings clear without a

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489

distinct stigmal spot; femora dark brown before the tip, tibiae black
at the tip.

Mule. — Length, excluding the rostrum, about 6.5 mm.; wing,
6.6 mm.; rostrum, about 2.5 nun.

Female. — Length as above, about 5 mm.; wing, 6 mm.; rostrum,
about 1.8 mm.

Rostrum moderate in length, brownish yellow, darker towards
the tip. Antemue with the first segment brownish yellow, the
remainder of the antenna? dark brownish black; flagellar segments
short-oval. Head light gray, more yellowish behind.

Thorax reddish brown without distinct stripes or markings of any
kind, the scutellum a little more yellow. Pleura pale reddish brown
with a very sparse grayish bloom. Halteres short, pale yellow, the
knobs a little darker. Legs with the coxae reddish; trochanters dull
yellow; femora dull yellow with a broad brownish annulus
immediately before the tip; tibiae brownish yellow, the extreme tip
black; tarsi yellowish brown, the apical segments darker. Wings
nearly hyaline; stigma indistinct; veins dark brown, C, Sc and Cu
a little more yellowish. Venation: Sc long, extending over one-half
the length of the radial sector.

Abdominal tergites dull yellow with a narrow, poorly indicated,
brown sublateral line; sternites yellowish, on the terminal segments
more reddish.

The female is quite similar to the male,, but smaller with a still
shorter rostrum that is not so noticeably pallid basally; abdominal
tergites brown, the last tergite more yellowish.

Habitat. — Southeastern United States.

Holotype, cf, Braidentown, Manatee County, Florida, March
(M. C. VanDuzee).

Allotype, 9 , with the type.

Paratopotypes, 2 d1 9 .

The type is in the collection of Mr. Van Duzee, to whom the
species is respectfully dedicated.

In its unmarked thorax this species runs closest to G. distincta
which has a longer rostrum and lacks the dark markings on the
femora and the black apices to the tibiae.

Geranomyia intermedia Walker. (Plate XXV, fig. 3.)

Limnobia intermedia Walker; List Diptera British Museum, vol. 1, p. 47
(1848).

The following specimens are at hand:

A 9 , Kingston, Jamaica, February 10, 1903 (M. Grabham), a 9 T

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

same locality and collector, April 9, 1903; a cf, 9, Havana, Cuba,
April, 1900 (J. R. Taylor). The species may be looked for in the
Miami section of Florida.

The ground-color of the thorax is yellowish, the stripes usually
indistinct, somewhat plumbeous, the middle stripe narrowly divided.
The banded abdomen offers an easy recognition character.

Geranomyia di versa Osten Sacken. (Plate XXV, fig. 4).

Geranomyia diversa Osten Sacken; Proceedings of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, p. 207 (1859).

Northeastern and central United States, ranging from Maine to
Virginia, west to Arkansas.

At "The Rocks" wharf on the James River, Virginia, while a
member of the second trip of the "Ecphora, " under Prof. Gilbert D.
Harris, of Cornell University, in quest of Tertiary fossils, I found this
species in large numbers resting on the dripping, water-spattered
cliffs of the Yorktown (upper Miocene) formations. On July 2,
1915, they occurred in large numbers, together with Dicranomyia
badia Walker. Many were found to be heavily infested with a
species of Trombidium, while others, in large numbers, were found
beaten into the mud by being struck by the heavy particles of water
dripping from above.

In the north (Ithaca, New York) they occur in mid-summer
(August) on rich vegetation along streams. The adult flies feed on
various Composite flowers (Solidago, Erigeron) and also on Daucus
(Umbellif erse) .

A 9 specimen, Little Rock, Arkansas, July 11, 1904 (H. S. Barber).
Geranomyia domingensis sp- n. (Extra-limital.)

Related to cinereinota Alexander; rostrum short; head black,
enclosing a silvery triangle; prsescutum brownish gray with a broad
blackish median line; wings nearly hyaline, stigma indistinct; vein
Sc moderate in length.

Female. — Length, excluding the rostrum, about 5.2 mm.; wing,
5.5 mm.; rostrum, about 1.6 mm.

Rostrum very short, black, palpi biarticulate, black. Antennse
with the first segment black; segment two dark brown; flagellum
brownish black with a whitish pubescence; first scapal segment
elongated; second segment subglobular; flagellar segments oval.
Head velvety-black, enclosing a large silvery triangle with its point
directed cephalad.

Mesontal prsescutum brownish gray with a broad blackish median
line; lateral stripes less distinct, broad, brownish; scutum brown,

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491

the lobes scarcely darker than the median area; scutellum pallid;
postnotum plumbeous brown with a sparse grayish bloom. Pleura
reddish yellow with a light gray bloom. Halteres yellow, the kno
brown. Legs with the coxa1 and trochanters dull yellow; femora
uniform light brown; tibiae and tarsi dark brown. Wings nearly
hyaline; stigma indistinct; veins dark brown. Venation: Sc mod-
erate in length, extending to about one-fourth the length of the.
sector; R* elongate, somewhat arcuated at its origin; cross-vein
r at the tip of Ri] basal deflection of Ri+i more than two times the
length of the r-m cross-vein; cell 1st M% elongated, the cell being
longer than vein Cui beyond it, though shorter than vein M,+2
beyond it; basal deflection of Cuj just before the fork of .1/.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the sternites rather light yellow.

Habitat. — Santo Domingo.

Holotype, 9 , San Francisco Mountains, Santo Domingo, Septem-
ber, 1905 (Aug. Busck).

Type in the collection of the United States National Museum.

This species is closely related to G. cinereinota in its short rostrum,
conspicuous black thoracic stripe, uniform femora, etc. ; it is a smaller
fly, with the head black and silvery, without the clear gray coloration
of the praescutum, the stigma indistinct and the flagellar segment s
much shorter and more globular than in the corresponding sex of
cinereinota.

Geranomyia tibialis Loew. (Plate XXV, fig. 5.)

Aporosa tibialis Loew; Linnaea Entomologica, vol. 5, p. 397 (1851).

A wide-ranging species throughout the Antilles and southward
over a large portion of South and Central America. The following
unrecorded stations are before me, representing the Loew collections
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, the American Museum and
the United States National Museum:

Cuba, part of the Loew collection in the M. C. Z., bearing the label
"rufescens" in Osten Sacken's writing, but certainly not that species
because of the black and enlarged apices of the anterior tibia?; a o" ,
Baracoa, September, 1901 (Aug. Busck).

Santo Domingo, several o* 9, Sanchez, June 7-12, 1915; d\ San
Francisco Mountains, September, 1905 (Aug. Busck).

Porto Rico, 9 , Aguadilla, January, 1899.

Montserrat, a 9, Plymouth (F. Driver).

Canal Zone, a 9 (A. H. Jennings).

The species may be looked for in the Miami (Dade County)
section of Florida.
33

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Geranomyia lachrymalis Alexander. (Plate XXV, fig. 6.)

Geranomyia lachrymalis Alexander; Transactions of the American Ento-
mological Society, vol. 42, pp. 9, 10 (1916).

The following additional distributional records:
Mexico, Cordoba, April 1, 1908 (Knab).
Guatemala, Escuintla, November 12, 1902 (Eisen).
Costa Rica, Cache, March 3, 1910 (Calvert).
Canal Zone, Tabernilla (Busck).

Geranomyia certhia sp. n. (Extra-limital).

Rostrum elongate; head dark gray; prsescutum yellow with three
dark brown stripes ; legs with the femora and tibiae tipped with dark
brown; wings hyaline with a prominent oval stigma; cord and outer
end of cell 1st M2 seamed with pale brown; abdomen brown with
two black longitudinal dorsal stripes.

Male. — Length, excluding the rostrum, 6 mm.; wing, 7 mm.;
rostrum, about 5 mm.

Female. — Length as above, 6.5 mm.; wing, 8.4 mm.; rostrum, about
5 mm.

Rostrum dark brownish black, long and slender, especially toward
the tip. Antennas short, black. Head gray, brighter just behind
the antennas; vertex dark gray with an impressed black line that is
narrowed behind; occiput suffused with dull yellow.

Mesonotal prsescutum pale buff-yellow with three broad, dark
brown stripes, the median one double, ending just before the suture;
lateral stripes shorter, crossing the suture and suffusing the scutal
lobes; remainder of the scutum buff -yellow; scutellum buff -yellow,
a little obscured on either side; postnotum light plumbeous brown
with a very delicate impressed median line. Pleura yellow with a
sparse pale gray bloom. Halteres yellow, the knobs darker brown.
Legs with the coxae and trochanters dull yellow; femora brownish
yellow, the tips broadly dark brown; tibiae light brown, the tips
narrowly dark brownish black; tarsi brown. Wings hyaline, the
stigma prominent, oval, dark brown; cord and outer end of cell
1st M2 narrowly seamed with pale brown; apex of the wing a little
darkened; veins dark brown. Venation: Sc long, ending about
opposite mid-length of the sector.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the segments paler, yellowish,
laterally, more blackish sublaterally, forming two dorsal black lines
down the abdomen; sternites brownish yellow.

Habitat. — Guatemala.

Holotype, cf, Antigua, Guatemala, September, 1902 (Dr. G. Eisen).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193

Allotype, 9 , with the type.

Paratopotypes, 3 cf 9 .

Type in the collection of the United States Nal ional Museum.

This well-marked species suggests (7. endcrlcuu Alexander {annulate
Enderlein) in its large size and long rostrum, but differs in the wing-
pattern, the darker apices to the femora and tibiae and the two
longitudinal black hands on the abdomen, not annulated as in thai
species.

Geranomyia virescens I.oew.

Aporosa uirescens Loew; Linnaea Entomologica, vol. ">, p. 398 (1851 .

The following records for this fly admitting it to the United States
fauna:

Biscayne Bay, Dade County, Florida (Mrs. Slosson).

Miami, Dade County, Florida (Knab), December 24, 1914, feeding
on the blossoms of Persea (Lauracece).

Geranomyia rostrata Say. (Plate XXV, fig. 7.)

Limnobia rostrata Say; Journal Academy Natural Sciences Philadelphia,
vol. 3, p. 22 (1823).

This species ranges over the eastern United States and Canada,
from Maine and Canada to Florida, west to Illinois and Louisiana.
What has been determined as this species ranges over the Antilles
and the records for the Greater Antilles, at least, are probably
correct. Knab's records show this species to feed on various Com-
posite flowers (Eupatorium, Solidago and Helianthus).

Geranomyia ibis sp. n.

Related to insignis Loew; head gray with two black lines; praescu-
tum grayish with three narrow black lines; pleura gray; femora
yellowish apically with a subterminal browm annulus; wings nearly
hyaline wdth a sparse darker pattern.

Female. — Length, excluding the rostrum, 7 mm.; wing, 7.3 mm.;
rostrum, 2.3 mm.

Rostrum rather short, black. Antennae black, the flagellar seg-
ments short-oval. Head gray with two linear, parallel, black marks
extending from the vertex to the occiput.

Pronotum brownish gray, shiny black on the dorso-median line.
Mesonotal praescutum pale reddish gray, with three very narrow
black stripes, the median stripe only a little broader than the lateral
stripes, narrowed caudally and not attaining the suture; lateral
stripes long, slightly <•< mvergent and more browmish behind, crossing
the suture and occupying the proximal edge of the scuta! lobes;

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Oct.,

scutum, scutellum and postnotum reddish gray. Pleura uniform
gray. Halteres short, yellow, the knobs brown. Legs with the
coxse brownish yellow; trochanters yellow; femora brown, the basal
and apical quarters yellowish, a rather broad, brown subterminal
ring; tibiae and tarsi dark brown. Wings almost hyaline, the costal
area pale yellow; stigma rounded, pale brown; a darker brown spot
at the tip of Sc and at the origin of Rs; a very indistinct seam along
the cord. Venation (Plate XXV, fig. 8) : Sc rather long, ending at
about one-third the length of the sector.

Abdominal tergites brown, the sternites more yellowish.

Habitat. — South-central United States.

Holotype, 9 , Hot Springs, Arkansas, June 26, 1904 (H. S. Barber).

Type in the collection of the United States National Museum.

Differs from G. insignis Loew (Plate XXV, fig. 9) in the more
grayish ground-color of the praescutum with still narrower stripes,
the clear gray pleura and the paler wing-pattern; differs from
plumbeipleura Alexander in the very narrow praescutal stripes, these
stripes not as wide as the interspaces, the pale scutal lobes and the
pale wing-pattern; from numenius Alexander it differs in the much
shorter rostrum.
Geranomyia costaricensis sp. n. (Extra-limital.)

Related to insignis Loew; mesonotal praescutum with two approxi-
mated dorsal brown stripes; pleura yellow with a large brown mark
on the mesopleurites; femora with the apex broadly yellow, with a
narrow subterminal ring; wings subhy aline with four dark brown
subcostal marks and paler seams to the veins.

Female. — Length, excluding the rostrum, 8 mm.; wing, 7.8 mm.;
rostrum, about 3.3 mm.

Rostrum moderately elongated, dark brownish black. Antennae
with the first segment black with a sparse grayish bloom; second
segment brownish, paler toward the tip; flagellar segments black,
elongate-oval. Head brownish gray.

Mesonotal prsescutum clear light yellow with two broad reddish
brown dorsal stripes, one on either side of the very narrow middle
line, these stripes barely attaining the suture; lateral margin of the
sclerite brown, widely separated from the median stripes; scutum
with the median area broadly yellowish white, the lobes brown;
scutellum pale; postnotum yellowish brown. Pleura dull yellow,
a large brown blotch on the mesopleurites and a similar one on the
lateral portions of the postnotum. Halteres yellow, the knobs
brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters light yellow; femora

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495

brownish yellow, the apices broadly light yellow with a dark brown
subterminal ring, this ring about one-half the extent of the pale tip;
tibia' yellowish brown; tarsi brown. Wings with a pale grayish
suffusion, with brown clouds and seams as follows: larger ones at
the stigma, at t be t ip of Sc and origin of Rs, midlength of the subcostal
cell and at the base of this cell; paler brown clouds at the tips of
most of the veins, the cross-veins and deflections seamed with this
same color. Venation: Sc long, extending to about one-third the
length of the sector; basal deflection of Ri+i very long, the cross-vein
r-m correspondingly reduced.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the segments a little brighter at
their bases; sternites dull yellow.

Habitat. — Costa Rica.

Holotype, 9, Cartago, Costa Rica, September 17, 1909 (P. P.
Calvert).

Type in the collection of the American Entomological Society.

This species differs from all the members of the insignis group
(insignis, lineata, numenius, plumbeipleura, ibis, et al.) in the peculiar
pattern of the prseseutum.
Geranomyia subinsignis sp. n. (Extra-Iimital.)

Related to insignis Loew; thorax grayish with three broad dark
brown stripes; femora with a broad subterminal brown annulus;
wings grayish with extensive brown markings.

Female. — Length, excluding the rostrum, 5.7-0 mm.; wing, 0.4
mm.; rostrum, about 2.2-2.5 mm.

Rostrum moderately elongated, black. Antennae black. Head
black, passing into dark gray on the vertex; a narrow silvery median
line extends from the front to the occiput.

Pronotum dull brownish yellow with a dark brown median line.
Mesonotal prseseutum light gray with three dark brown stripes, nearly
subequal in width and much broader than the pale interspaces;
middle stripe narrowed behind, barely attaining the suture; lateral
stripevS narrowed in front, broadened behind, crossing the suture
and suffusing the scutal lobes; median area of the scutum and the
scutellum pale dirty brown; postnotuin brown. Pleura brownish
plumbeous. Halteres yellow, the knobs brown. Legs with the
coxee and trochanters pale yellow-; femora light brown, passing into
light yellow at the tip, this pale area including a broad dark brown
subterminal annulus; in the Panaman paratype, the brown annulus
is very broad, encroaching upon the yellow tip; the pale area at the
tip is about one-half the extent of the brown annulus, which in turn

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

is a little longer than or subequal to the yellow area proximad to it.
Wings with a pale gray tinge, the costal margin with three dark
brown blotches, the largest at the origin of Rs and the tip of Sc;
stigma rectangular; a large blotch at the middle of Sc; pale brown
seams along the cross-veins and deflections of veins; tip of the wing
a little darkened; veins dark brown, R between the brown markings
bright yellow. Venation: Sc rather short, extending to about
one-quarter the length of the sector; Sc2 at the tip of Sci] basal
deflection of Ri+b long, restricting the r-m cross-vein.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the ninth segment more yellowish;
sternites yellowish brown, the apical segments more yellowish.

Habitat. — Central America.

Holotype, 9 , Aguna, Guatemala, altitude 2,000 feet (Dr. G. Eisen).

Paratopotype, 9 ; paratype, 9 , Cucaracha, Canal Zone, November
17, 1908, No. 14 (C. H. Bath).

Type in the collection of the United States National Museum.

Related to insignis Loew, but smaller, the thorax grayish with the
brown stripes broader, the subterminal brown annulus on the femora
much broader, the wings grayish with the brown markings larger
and darker; it is a much smaller species than plumbeipleura (wing
and body, over 8 mm. ; rostrum, 3 mm.) with the mesonotal coloration
more grayish, the wings with the pattern not so dark, but more
extensive, the interspaces of the costal region not so brightened, etc.

Tribe Antochini.
This is one of the smaller of the crane-fly tribes, the species of the
eastern United States and Canada being as follows :

Antocha saxicola Osten Sacken.

Canadian and Transitional zones of the east, ranging from Ontario
and Quebec, south to Georgia, west to Winnipeg, Michigan and
Illinois. In New York and New England it flies from May 13 to
September 25.

Atarba picticornis Osten Sacken.

Canadian-Transitional and Transitional zones of the eastern
United States, ranging from New York and Massachusetts, south to
Virginia and North Carolina, west to Indiana and Tennessee. In
New York and New England it flies from June 19 to July 13, having
an unusually short flight-period. In the south it flies later (October
7, Tennessee) and appears earlier (May 29, Maryland).

Dicranoptycha germana Osten Sacken. (Plate XXV, fig. 10.)

Canadian life-zone of the northeastern United States, ranging
from New York, Vermont and New Hampshire, south, in the moun-

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497

tains, to North Carolina. In New York and New England it flies
from June 21 to August 8, being quite common in late June and
throughout July on vegetation in cool wooded places, usually along
streams.

Dicranoptyoha nigripes Osten Sacken.

Known only from the type-locality, Dalton, Georgia.

Dicranoptycha sobrina Osten Sacken. (Plate XXV, fig. 11.)

Transitional and Austral life-zones, wide-ranging throughout
the northern portions of the United States, from Ontario and
New York, south to North Carolina, west to British Columbia,
California and New Mexico. In the vicinity of Washington it flies
from April 20 to August 31, while in the northeastern part of its
range (New York and Ontario) it appears even later, August 30 to
September 20.

Dicranoptycha winnemana sp. n. (Plate XXV, fig. 12.)

Transitional life-zone, ranging from Maryland to Georgia.

Elephantomyia westwoodi Osten Sacken.

Canadian and Canadian-Transitional life-zones of northeastern
United States and eastern Canada, ranging from Ontario, Quebec,
and Nova Scotia, south to North Carolina, west to Wisconsin. In
New York and New England it flies from June 5 to August 13, being
■common throughout late June and July.

Rhamphidia albitarsis Osten Sacken.

Tropical life-zone, ranging from Santo Domingo, through the
Antilles to St. Vincent and British Guiana; also in Central America.
It may possibly occur in the Miami section of Florida.

Rhamphidia flavipes Macquart. (Plate XXV, fig. 13.)

Wide-ranging throughout the eastern parts of North America,
from Ontario, and Quebec south to Georgia and Florida, west to
Manitoba, Wisconsin, Missouri and Texas. In New York and
New England, it flies from May 29 to August 29; in the southern
parts of its range much earlier (Florida, March 14; Texas, March 18).

Rhamphidia mainensis sp. n. (Plate XXV, fig. 14.)

Canadian-Transitional life-zone of the northeastern United States,
ranging from Maine to Maryland, west to Illinois.

Teucholabis carolinensis Alexander.

Lower Austral life-zone, known only from the type-locality,
Georgetown, South Carolina, August 19, 1915.

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Teucholabis complexa Osten Sacken. (Plate XXV, fig. 15.)

Transitional and Austral life-zones of the eastern United States,
ranging from New York and Connecticut, south to Georgia, west
to Illinois and Kentucky. In the vicinity of Washington it flies
from May 7 to July 25.

Teucholabis lucida Alexander. (Plate XXV, fig. 16).

Known only from the type-locality, District of Columbia, August
22, 1915.

Toxorrhina magna Osten Sacken.

Austral life-zones of the southeastern United States, ranging from
New Jersey south to Florida; in New Jersey flying from July 19 to
August 12, in the south its flight-period being much more extensive
(Crescent City, Florida, April 21; Thalman, Georgia, April 28;.
Bainbriclge, Georgia, September, October).

Toxorrhina muliebris Osten Sacken.

Canadian-Transitional life-zones of the northeastern United
States, ranging from New York and Maine, south to Maryland, west
to Michigan. In New York and New England it flies from June 21
to August 8, being common in places in late June and throughout
July.

RHAMPHIDIA Meigen.

Rhamphidia Meigen; Systematische Beschreibung, vol. 6, p. 281 (1830).
Rhamphidia mainensis sp. n.

Rostrum elongated; head light gray with a large brown blotch
between the eyes; prsescutum light yellowish brown with three dark
brown stripes; wings unmarked except the pale stigma; legs dark
brown; abdomen dark brown, the basal sternites and the hypopygium
yellowish.

Male. — Length, 6-7.5 mm.; wing, 5.8-7.7 mm.

Rostrum elongated, black. Antennae black, the second segment
a little paler apically. Head light gray with a large brown blotch
between the eyes.

Mesonotal prsescutum light yellowish brown with three dark brown
stripes, the middle one broadest, double, becoming indistinct before
the suture; lateral stripes shorter, crossing the suture and suffusing
the scutal lobes except behind; median area of the scutum and the
scutellum pale yellowish gray; postnotum yellowish, darker, more
brownish, on the sides. Pleura brownish with a golden-yellow
pollen. Halteres light brown, the knobs dark brown. Legs with
the coxse and trochanters yellowish brown; femora dark brown,
a little paler basally; tibiae and tarsi dark brown. Wings sub-

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499

hyaline, the stigma indistinct, brownish; veins dark brown, sub-
costa more yellowish. Venation (Plate XXV, fig. 14) Rs moderate
in length, about one and one-half the length of the deflection of
Ri+b; cell 1st Mt small to elongate; basal deflection of Cut variable
in position, before, at or beyond the fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the hypopygium brighl reddish
yellow; sternites two to five dull brownish yellow basally, the caudal
margins dark brown; segments six to seven dark brown; eight and
nine dull yellow.

The Maryland paratype is strikingly smaller (the smallest measure-
ments given) than the typical Maine material and has the stigma more
distinct, but is undoubtedly the same species.

Habitat. — Northeastern United States.

Holotype, c\ Orono, Penobscot County, Maine, June 12, 1913
(Alexander) .

Paratopotypes, 4 cf's; paratype, cf, Hyattsville, Maryland,
September 1, 1912 (Malloch); <?, Lake Forest, Illinois, July 8, 1906
(Needham) .

Type in the collection of the author.

This species differs conspicuously from the only other eastern
species of the genus, R. flavipes Macquart (Plate XXV, fig. 13),
in the elongate rostrum, the uniformly dark legs, the clear wings and
the abdominal coloration. It is much more closely related to R.
longirostris Meigen (western Palaearctic region) which has the antennal
flagellar segments more elongated with longer verticils, the thorax
differently patterned, the wings broader with a higher cell 1st M2, etc.

ATARBA « Isten Sacken.

Atarba Osten Sacken; Monographs of the Diptera of North America, pt. 4,

p. 127 (1869).

Atarba cincticornis *p. n. (Extra-limital.)

Atarba varicornis Alexander (in part); Transactions of the American Ento-
mological Society, vol. 40. p. 232 (1914).

Antennae of the male greatly elongated, the flagellar segments
bicolored, the basal half of each segment black, the apical half yellow.
the segments with long outstretched hairs; cell 1st M2 of the wings
very small.

Male. — Length, 4.2 mm.; wing, 5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi reddish. Antennae with the basal segmenl
reddish; second segment dark brown; flagellar segments with the
basal half to three-fifths black, the remainder of each segment light
yellow; fourth segment largely blackish; flagellar segments with

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

long outstretched hairs; antenna? very elongated, nearly as long as the
body, the individual segments of the flagellum being greatly elongated.
Head reddish yellow.

Mesonotum reddish yellow with an impressed median line on the
praescutum. Pleura reddish with a very sparse grayish bloom.
Halteres yellowish, the knobs darker at their tips. Legs with the
coxae and trochanters dull yellow; femora yellow, narrowly and
indistinctly brownish at the tips; tibiae brownish yellow; tarsi
yellowish brown, the tips of the segments brown, the two terminal
segments entirely brown. Wings with a grayish yellow tinge,
stigma very indistinct, grayish; veins brown. Venation: Sc ending
about opposite the origin of Rs; Rs short, a little longer than the
basal deflection of Ri+5; cell 1st M2 small.

Abdominal segments dull yellow, brownish laterally; a brownish
black subterminal ring.

Habitat. — British Guiana.

Holotype, cf , Mallali, Demerara River, British Guiana, March 25,
1913 (H. S. Parish).

Type in the collection of the author.

A. cincticornis is to be separated from the other species of the
genus with bicolored antennae in that it is the basal half of the flagellar
segments that is black instead of the apical half (as in picticornis
Osten Sacken, varicornis Alexander).

DICRANOPTYCHA Osten Sacken.

Dicranoptycha Osten Sacken; Proceedings of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, p. 217 (1859).

Dicranoptycha winnemana sp. n.

Altogether pale brownish yellow; wings pale yellow, the costal
margin fringed with long golden hairs; radial sector about one and
one-half the length of cell 1st M2.

Male. — Length, 6.8-7.2 mm.; wing, 7-7.6 mm.

Female.— Length, 7.8-8.8 mm.; wing, 8.2-8.8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brown, the latter darker. Antennae with the
first segment dark brown, grayish pubescent; second segment dark
brown; flagellum dull yellow. Head light gray.

Mesonotal praescutum clear light brownish yellow without stripes;
scutellum and postnotum a little more yellowish. Pleura pale
reddish yellow. Halteres short, yellow. Legs with the coxae and
trochanters pale yellow; femora and tibiae yellow; tarsi similar with
the four terminal segments and the tips of the metatarsi light brown.
Wings with the membrane tinged with yellow, the veins light brown;

1016.] NATURAL S< IIACES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501

costal margin and the veins in the costal field with a fringe of long
golden hairs. Venation (Plate XXV, fig. 12; : Rs elongate, about
one-half Longer than the cell 1st Mt.
Abdominal segments brownish yellow with a subterminal brownish

black ring in the male, lacking in the female.

Habitat- Eastern I'nited States.

Holotype, d\ Maryland, near Plunmiers Island, July 21, 1915
(Alexander).

Allotype, 9, Plummers Island, Maryland, July 21, 1915
(Alexander).

Paratopotypes, 1 cf , 10 9 's, (McAtee and Alexander); paratype,
9 , Dead Run, Virginia, July 21, 1915 (McAtee); cf , Lost Mountain,
Cobb County, Georgia, July 13, 1913 (Bradley).

Type in the collection of the author.

This is probably the species that Osten Sacken referred to when
he said "immature specimens of a paler coloring (than sobrina),
with uniformly pale feet, and without any trace of a darker tinge near
the apex of the wings often occur."3 These specimens do not
represent teneral insects, but fully colored specimens of both sexes,
some of them taken in copulation. Besides the pale coloration, the
elongate sector will distinguish the species fa om sobrina (Plate XXV,

%• ID-

Tribe Eriopterini.

ERIOPTERA Meigen.

Erioptera Meigen; Illigers Magazine, vol. 2, p. 262 (1S03).

Erioptera (Erioptera) laticeps sp. n.

Head very broad; coloration dark, the humeral triangles pale;
pleura marked with brown and yellow; abdomen banded brown ami
white ; wings nearly hyaline.

Male. — Length, 4.6 mm.; wing, 3.8 mm.

Female. — Length, 5 mm.; wing, 4 mm.

The specimens are described from alcoholic material.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae dark brown, the
flagellar segments short-oval, more elongated toward the tip of the
organ. Head very broad, especially behind; frontal tubercle dis-
tinct. Head dark grayish brown, paler brown on the genae.

Mesonotal prsescutum dark brown, the region before the pseudo-
sutural fovea? light yellow, triangular in outline; remainder of the
mesonotum dark brown, the scutellum yellow. Pleura mottled
brown and brownish yellow, the sternal region more brownish; a

3 Monographs of the Diptera of North America, pt. 1, p. L19 L869

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

group of about twenty long pale hairs on the caudal margin of the
mesepimeron just cephalad of the halteres. Halteres pale yellow
throughout, the knobs large. Legs with the coxse and trochanters
brown; femora dark brown; tibiae and tarsi, especially the terminal
segments of the latter, paler brown. Wings subhyaline, the stigma
indistinct; veins brown. Venation (Plate XXVII, fig. 34).

Abdominal tergites one and two dark brown, three to eight dark
brown, broadly margined caudally and more narrowly on the sides
with pale yellowish white, giving the organ a banded appearance;
pleural integument pale; sternites similar to the tergites, but paler
brown. Male hypopygium (Plate XXXI, fig. 97) with the pleurites
short and stout, the pleural appendages a dorsal cylindrical fleshy
lobe and a more ventral acute chitinized point with a smaller chitin-
ized lobe on its ventral face; ninth tergite concave on the caudal
margin, underneath with two stout, chitinized lobes that are
decussate.

The female has the tergal valves of the ovipositor long, strongly
upcurved, chitinized, brown; sternal valves short, pale, acutely
pointed.

Habitat. — Western United States.

Holotype, cf, Blue Lake, Humboldt County, California, June
20-27, 1907 (Bradley).

Allotype, 9 , with the type.

Paratopotypes, 4 cf 's.

Type in the collection of Cornell University.

Erioptera (Mesocyphona) tantilla sp. n.

Vertex unicolorous; mesonotum brown with three narrow blackish
stripes; femora pale with a narrow, indistinct, subterminal band;
costal region of the wings dark with tiny spots at the ends of Sc,
Rx, R2 and R3; caudal cells of the wings with gray spots; cell 1st M2
closed.

Male. — Length, 4.5 mm.; wing, 3.6 mm.

Rostrum and palpi light brown. Antennae reddish yellow, the
flagellum a little more brownish ; flagellar segments very slender with
elongate verticils. Head brownish yellow without distinct markings,
the vertex with numerous long hairs.

Mesonotal praescutum light brownish gray medially, more yellowish
laterally, the central portion delimited on either side by an indistinct
narrow brown line; a still darker narrow brown median line, inter-
rupted at the level of the tuberculate pits; scutum with the lobes pale
indistinctly marked with brown; an oblique row of about seven

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503

bristles crosses the lobe with a smaller group on I be proximal margin
of the lobe; scutellum dark reddish brown, distinctly and rather
broadly light yellow medially, the sides of the sclerite also passing
into yellowish; postnotum brownish gray with an indistincl narrow

brown median line. Pleura brownish yellow with a narrow brown
pleural stripe: the sternal region a little paler brown. Halteres
short, brown. Legs with the coxae light brown; trochanters dull
yellow; femora light brown, the apical quarter more yellowish and
enclosing a narrow brown subterminal annulus; tibia' dull brownish
yellow, the tips and the tarsi broken. Wings with the apical costal
portion dark brown, the basal costal portion and the caudal portions
of the membrane much paler, subhyaline; cells C and Sc with a few
scattered brown spots; a small white spot at the tip of Sci, at the tip
of Ri, and near the tips of R2 and R3; the hyaline areas of the wings
with a rather dense but pale pattern of small spots and blotches,
brownish in the radial field, passing into grayish on the caudal fields
of the wings. Venation (Plate XVII, fig. 35) cell 1st M2 closed, the
outer deflection of M3 and cross-vein m being present.

Abdominal tergites brownish yellow with abundant long pale
hairs; sternites yellowish gray, indistinctly trivittate with brown,
the segments with abundant pale brown setigerous punctures.

Habitat. — Southeastern United States.

Holotype, cf, Jackson, Mississippi, August 8 (H. S. Barber).

Type in the collection of the United States National Museum.

Similar to E. costalis Alexander,4 but the cell 1st M2 closed and the
wing-pattern much heavier in the costal region.

Erioptera (Empeda) nyctops sp. n.

Pale yellow throughout; wings with Sc long; vein R2 oblique;
cross-vein r present; cell 1st M2 closed with the basal deflection of
Cui beneath it.

Male. — Length, 3.8-3.9 mm.; wing, 4.3-4.4 mm.

Female. — Length, 3.8-4 mm.; wing, 4.5-4.7 mm.

Rostrum light yellow, palpi brown. Antennae with the scapal
segments pale yellow, the flagellum light brown. Head bright light
yellow. Eyes large, black.

Mesonotal praescutum pale reddish yellow, unmarked, more
yellowish laterally; tuberculate pits pale, remote from the anterior
margin of the sclerite (as in Erioptera); remainder of the mesonotum
more shiny. Pleura light yellow. Halteres pale yellowish, the

4 Proceedings of the United States National Museum, vol. 1 1. ]>. 511 (1913 ,

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.r

knobs brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters dull yellow;
femora brown, a little paler basally; tibiae and tarsi brown. Wings
subhyaline, stigma indistinct, veins pale brownish yellow. Venation
(Plate III, fig. 36) : Sc long, ending beyond the fork of the sector; Sct
about four to six times as long as Sc2; Rs long, gently arcuated; cross-
vein r present, connecting with R2+3 at about one-third its length;
R2 oblique (as in Gonomyia subcinerea) ; cell 1st M2 closed; basal de-
flection of Cui at about one-third to one-fourth the length of the cell.

Abdomen brownish yellow, the sternites paler yellow. Male
hypopygium (Plate XXXI, fig. 98) with the pleurites moderately
slender, broader basally, bearing three appendages, the largest
appendage (a) very elongate, digitiform, with numerous long scattered
hairs on raised tubercles, the apex a little flattened, blunt, this
appendage decussate with its fellow of the opposite side; the two
smaller appendages are slender, one (b) directed proximad, decussate,
pale, the tip drawn out into a long point; the third appendage (c)
slender, directed cephalad, slightly enlarged beyond the middle, the
tip subacute. Penis-guard rectangular, on the ventral side running
out into a sharp, median chitinized point. In a position of rest the
large finger-like appendages lie parallel and are more or less approxi-
mated, but not decussate, directed strongly ventrad.

Females have the eyes smaller, the praescutum more yellowish;
ovipositor powerful, the valves elongate, upcurved toward the tips.

Habitat. — Northeastern United States.

Holotype, cf , Mountain Lake, Fulton County, New York, altitude
1,600 feet, June 13, 1916 (Alexander).

Allotype, 9 , Buell Mountain, Fulton County, New York, altitude
1,800 feet, June 18, 1916.

Paratopotypes, 2 c? 's, 35 9 's.

Type in the collection of the author.

The holotype occurred on rich vegetation along a small temporary
stream flowing into the lake on June 13. Associated with the
species at this time were the following crane-flies: Dicranomyia
pubipennis, Ormosia rubella, Erioptera (Empeda) stigmatica, Limno-
phila toxoneura, L. areolata, L. nigripleura, L. brevifurca, L. rufibasis,
L. sylvia, Ulomorpha pilosella, Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabis)
tenuipes, R. (Rhapidolabina) flaveola, R. (Plectromyia) modesta,
Tricyphona vernalis, T. calcar, Dolichopeza americana, Oropeza venosa,,
Tipula senega, T. iroquois, and T. hermannia.

The allotype and several of the paratypes occurred along a small
temporary torrent pouring down the eastern slopes of Buell Mountain

1916.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505

on June 18. Associated with this species were the following crane-
flies: Dicranomyia pubipennis, Limnobia indigena, Ldmnophila
niveitarsis, L. toxoneura, L. areolata, L. adusta, L. brevifurca, L.
rufibasis, L. munda, L. montana, L. lenta, L. emmelina, Ula elegans,
Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabina) flaveola, Dolichopezu americana,
Tipiiln senega, T. hermannia, T. maerolaMs and T. valida.

This interesting pallid species gave some trouble in assigning it
to this genus The general appearance of the fly is altogether t li.it
of Gonomyia, hut the presence of the radial cross-vein, the very
elongate subcosta and the position of the tuberculate pits make it
more probable that the present reference is the correct one. In its
venation it departs widely from that of the genotype, E. stigmatica
( '-ten Sacken (Eastern Nearctic), in the oblique, Gonomyia-like course
of vein R2, in this respect suggesting certain of the European
Empedse. These insects with the oblique R2 certainly appear
different from stigmatica, and if this difference were worthy of a name
it is this group that would have to be separated off from stigmatica,
the genus Empeda being erected for the species with the short cell R2
and the normal, Erioptera-\ike course of vein R2. This Gonomyia-
Erioptera group of species gets more complex with the accession of
new forms, and it seems probable that the best basis for a division
is the position of the tuberculate pits, these being far cephalad in the
Gonomyia-like forms and retreated far backward and lying at nearly
mid-length of the sclerite in the genera and subgenera related to

Erioptera.

MOLOPHILUS Curtis.

Molophilus Curtis; British Entomology, p. 444 (1833).

Molophilus fultonensis sp. n.

Much larger and darker colored than M. pubipennis to which it is
most closely related; antennae of the female much longer than in the
corresponding sex of pubipennis.

Male. — Length, 3.5-4.4 mm.; wing, 5.6-6.4 mm.

Female. — Length, 4.5-5 mm. ; wing, 5.3-6 mm.

Very similar to the smaller M. pubipennis Osten Sacken, differing
as follows: much larger and darker colored, especially in the male
sex, the abdomen being dark brown instead of yellow; thorax without
the rich reddish tints of pubipennis; pronotum not bright yellow as in
pubipennis. Hypopygium with two chitinized hooks (Plate XXXI,
figs. 95, 96), the curved hook directed abruptly ventrad, ending in a
long slender point; the smaller straight one is more dorsad in position,
minutely denticulated along the ventral face; proximo-lateral angle

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

produced into a sharp point. Hypopygium quite as in pubipennis,
but the ventral hook is more blackened, chitinized, and the point is
longer, more slender; dorsal hook more slender, not so blackened,
the sharp point on the proximo-lateral angle not so long.

The female has the antennae much longer than in this sex of pubi-
pennis, the flagellar segments dark brown, not yellowish, the terminal
segments darkened; flagellar segments elongate-oval instead of merely
oval; wings (Plate XXVII, fig. 37) with the anterior margin and
apex with a fringe of reddish brown to dark brown hairs, not bright
yellow as in pubipennis.

Habitat. — Northeastern United States.

Holotype, & , Mountain Lake, Fulton County, New York, altitude
1,600 feet, July 7, 1916 (Alexander).

Allotype, 9 , with the type.

Paratopotypes, 15 cf 9 's; paratypes, 1 d", Taylor, Cortland
County, New York, altitude 1,200 feet, July 20, 1916, 2 cf's, near
Cincinnatus, Chenango County, New York, altitude 1,300 feet,
July 21, 1916.

Type in the collection of the author.

A large striking species, the largest yet discovered in the eastern
States.

The types occurred on rich vegetation along a small temporary
stream flowing into the lake. This is the same locality described
under Erioptera nyctops, but by this date (July 7) the stream had
disappeared and the mid-summer crane-fly fauna was quite different
from that found less than four weeks before. The principal species
recorded now were the following: Dicranomyia immodesta, D.
pubipennis, D. macateei, Elephantomyia westwoodi, Erioptera chryso-
coma, E. chlorophylla, E. armillaris, E. armata, E. caloptera, E.
stigmatica, Molophilus pubipennis, M. ursinus, Lininopkila fusco-
varia, L. quadrata, Bittacomorpha jonesi, etc.
Molophilus nova-oaesariensis sp. n.

Size small (wing under 3.2 mm.); coloration dark brownish black;
wings dusky with the fusion between Cux and M 3 slight ; hypopygium
of the male with the ventral appendages straight, slender, heavily
chitinized.

Male. — Length about 2.7 mm.; wing, 2.8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi blackish. Antennae rather elongated, dark
brown, the flagellar segments cylindrical with an abundant long
pale pubescence. Head dark gray.

Mesonotum black with a sparse grayish bloom ; pleura dark brown-

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507

ish black, the dorso-pleural membranes a little brighter. Halteres
short, dull yellow throughout, the knobs elongate. Legs with the
coxae brown, the trochanters yellowish brown; femora and tibiae
dark brown, the former a little brighter at the base; tarsi light brown,,
the tips of the segments and all of the terminal two segments darker..
Wings with a dusky suffusion, the costal and stigmal regions a little
more suffused; veins dark brown. Venation (Plate XXVII, fig. 38):
first deflection of R2 elongate, oblique, not perpendicular as in ursinus
(Plate XXVII, fig. 39) ; fusion of M 3 and Cux slight, shorter than the
free portion of Gu\ alone.

Abdomen dark brownish black with a long pale pubescence.
Hypopygium narrowed, the ventral appendage very long, slender,
acicular and almost straight, heavily chitinized.

Habitat.- — Eastern United States.

Holotype, d71, Ashland, Camden County, New Jersey, May 13,
1905.

Type in the collection of the United States National Museum.

This species occurred in the United States National Museum
collection, bearing the label UM. ursinus f" in Coquillett's writing.
M. ursinus Osten Sacken, probably the smallest crane-fly in the
United States (wing of the male, 2.4 mm.), is the only species with
which it might be confused; the venation of the two species is quite
distinct, that of the new species being much more of the normal
Molophilus type. M. ursinus (Plate XXVII, fig. 39) has the upward
deflection of R2 almost perpendicular and in a line with the radial
cross-vein; basal deflection of Cui before the fork of M, the fusion of
Cui and M3 being correspondingly extensive, longer than the free
portion of Cui alone; there is a clear, hyaline area running along the-
anterior face of vein M, this obliterating the base of M1+2; M. nova-
ccesariensis (Plate XXVII, fig. 38) has the upward deflection of R2.
elongate, oblique; basal deflection of Cui about at the fork of M, the
fusion of Cui and M3 being very slight, not more than one-half the
free portion of Cui alone; there is no hyaline obliterative mark along,
vein M and the base of M ,+2 is distinct.

EMPEDOMORPHA gen. n.

Head with the front broad, the eyes widely separated. Rostrum
short. Palpi four-segmented, the segments subequal. Antennae-
16-segmented, the second segment not longer and only a little broader
than the third; flagellar segments oval with verticils just below
mid-length; terminal segments smaller. Legs moderately stout, the?
34

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

segments with abundant strong hairs; tibiae without spurs. Wing
(of the male) (Plate XXVII, fig. 40) with the stigma enormously
enlarged so that the costal and radial veins in that field are bulged
outward; stigma extending from the basal portion of cell Ri to the
end of vein Rt; wing (of the female) with the stigma smaller, the
cells Ri not so wide and the cross-vein r consequently shorter and
more nearly straight. Sc moderately long, ending just before the
fork of Rs; Sc2 far retreated, lying just beyond the origin of Rs;
Rs long, straight, in a line with #4+5; cross-vein r long, oblique,
somewhat twisted, inserted at the end of Rs or just beyond on
R2+3; R2+3 about as long as R2 alone; R2 arcuated at its base; cell
1st M2 closed (sometimes open by the atrophy of cross-vein m, which,
when present, is usually weak) ; basal deflection of Cui at or just
before the fork of M; fusion of Cux and M3 moderate, about one-half
of Cui alone or a little longer than the deflection of Cui.

Genotype. — ? Trimicra empedoides Alexander. (Mid-western Ne-
ar ctic region.)

Empedomorpha empedoides Alexander.

1 Trimicra em-pedoides Alexander; Canadian Entomologist, vol. 48, pp. 44, 45
(1916).

This curious fly ranges from South Dakota to Texas and New

Mexico, an unrecorded station being Brownsville, Texas, May 3,

1904 (H. S. Barber), a 9 in the collection of the United States

National Museum.

GONOMYIA Meigen.
Gonomyia Meigen; Systematische Beschreibung, vol. 1, p. 146 (1818).

The numerous species of this genus may be divided into three
subgenera, Gonomyia, Gonomyella and Leiponeura, and it is the last-
named group that has caused so much confusion in the study of
crane-flies during the past few years, the species having been de-
scribed in a wide range of Limnobine and Antochine genera (Dicra-
nomyia, Atarba, Elliptera, Teucholabis, Thaumastoptera, etc.).

Brunetti, in his exhaustive work on the "Diptera Nematocera of
British India," pp. 469, 470, enters into a long discussion as to
the homologies of the veins of those species of Gonomyia which have
but two branches of the sector reaching the wing-margin, i.e., the
subgenus Leiponeura Skuse. He presents the rather far-fetched
idea of the cell R2 being unusually large, sessile and the vein _R4+5
lacking so that cross-vein r-m connects M1+2 with R3. A study of a
series of the species of the genus show the impossibility of this inter-
pretation, Ri+S being one of the most constant veins of the wing in

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509

the Tipulidse. It is much more reasonable to figure out the dis-
appearance of one of these branches by fusion to the wing-margin,
a condition found in many remote crane-fly tribes (Limnophilini,
the Neotropical genus Psaronius Enderlein; Hexatomini, the genus
Hexatoma and the reduced form, Cladolipes, Palsearctic, etc.). In
the genus Gonomyia we may start with forms possessing a deep cell
R2 and the radial cross-vein present as in the subgenus Gonomyella
Alexander (slossona? Alexander) through species with the cell a little
less deep [subcinerea group (Nearetic), Plate XXVI, fig. 33; affinis
Brunetti (Oriental) et al.]; then to still smaller forked species (novebo-
racensis, Plate XXVI, fig. 30; aperta Brunetti) and finally to a group
of species that have the cell very tiny (sulphurella group, Plate XXVI,
fig. 26; flavonotata Edwards of the Seychelles Islands et al.), a single
step further in the fusion of Ri+z resulting in the obliteration of the
cell and the attainment of the condition found in Leiponeura (Plate
X XVI, figs. 17-22). With this fusing of the branches of #2+3 there
occurs a simultaneous tendency for Ri+5 to bend caudad toward the
wing-apex so that in the species of Leiponeura these two branches of
the radial sector are very widely separated at the wing-margin.
It is a very easy matter to pick out the species of this group merely
by this one tendency alone, a correlated character, however, being
the extremely narrowed, often almost pointed, inner end of cell
1st M2 due to the extreme shortening of the basal deflection of ilfi+2.

Dr. Bergroth has expressed his belief that although Gonomyia
manca Osten Sacken is a true, though aberrant, member of the genus,
the other species that have been described in various Antochine
genera, such as Atarba, Elliptera, Leiponeura, etc., are quite distinct
from manca and really belong to the tribe Antochini. The series
of Leiponeura, as they occur in the United States alone and without
taking into consideration the rest of the world, show a curious and
almost complete transition into the sulphurella group of Gonomyia
s.s. I would point out the exceedingly long verticils of the flagellar
segments of the male antennse that are found not only in the species
of Leiponeura {manca, pleuralis et al.), but also in Gonomyia sul-
phurella, another proof of the close relationship existing, since this
condition of the antennse elsewhere in the family is rare or lacking.

Occasionally a crane-fly society is found in which the dominant
element consists of species of this genus. Such a society was found
in the Shaul woods on the east bank of Nowadaga Creek (Castle
Creek) south of the village of Indian Castle, Herkimer County, New
York, June 13, 1915, and may be described as a CronowM/ia-association.

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

The woods are quite open, in places with outcroppings of a transi-
tional character, of Trenton limestones and Utica shales and with a
western exposure. The forest cover consists of the dominant
arbor-vitse, Thuja occidentalis, with an admixture of Juglans cinerea,
Betula lutea, Ulmus americana, U. fulva, Tilia americana, Fraxinus
americana and a few others. The underbrush was of yew, Taxus
canadensis, Ribes Cynosbati and Hamamelis virginiana. The under-
growth from which the crane-flies were swept consisted of three
dominant plants, early meadow-rue, Thalictrum dioicum, mandrake,
Podophyllum peltatum, and ground ivy, Nepeta hederacea, with fewer
representatives of other species, Ranunculus abortivus, R. acris,
Fragaria vesca, and an abundance of bladder-fern, Cystopteris bulb-
ifera. In places rank growths of Osmunda cinnamomea, Podophyllum,
Solidago, Lysimachia Nummularia, bound into dense tangles by
lianas, Menispermum canadense and Psedera quinque-folia. Here
occurred Gonomyia mathesoni, Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga) flava and
Erioptera venusta. Along the base of the hill is a broad ditch, now
quite dry, but supporting such a flora as Cystopteris, Lysimachia
Nummularia, Tussilago Farfara, etc. It is very probable that a
certain element of the crane-fly fauna emerged from this ditch. The
similarity between the crane-fly fauna of this open woods and that
of Sport Island in the Sacandaga River, Fulton County, New York,
is very close (Gonomyia alexanderi, G. cognatella, G. mathesoni,
Rhabdomastix flava, etc.).
The crane-fly fauna of this association is as follows:
Dicranomyia liberta, sev.; Geranomyia canadensis, rare; Antocha
saxicola, few; Erioptera venusta, comm.; E. armata, comm.; Molo-
philus pubipennis, comm.; Gonomyia alexanderi, uncoram. ; G.
sulphurella, dom.; G. mathesoni, dom.; G. cognatella and G. florens,
loc. abund.; G. subcinerea, uncomm.; Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga)
flava, uncomm.; Adelphomyia minuta, uncomm.; Limnophila rufibasis,
comm.; Tipula caloptera, rare, and T. macrolabis, rare.

Sport Island in the Sacandaga River, New York (mentioned
above), is rather remarkable in its Gonomyia fauna, no less than
eight species having been taken here (G. alexanderi, G. sacandaga,
G. manca, G. sulphurella, G. cognatella, G. mathesoni, G. noveboracensis
and G. subcinerea) , as well as the closely related genus, Rhabdomastix
(Sacandaga) flava Alexander. The floral conditions obtaining here
have been discussed by the author in an earlier paper.5

5 Entomological News, vol. 23, p. 72 (1912).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511

A Key to the Near ctic Species of Gonomyia.

1. Two branches of the radial sector attain the wing-margin

(Subgenus Leiponeura Skuse.) 2
Three branches of the radial sector attain the wing-margin 7

2. Outer deflection of M3 absent, the cell 1st M2 being open 3

Outer deflection of M3 present, the cell 1st M2 being closed 4

3. Costa conspicuously china-white; legs banded with white; male

hypopygiuni with the dorsal pleural appendage triangular,
the caudal angle a prominent elongate spine; ventral pleural
appendage a flattened blade whose inner caudal margin is
armed with about five or six acute chitinized appressed teeth,
of which the innermost is the largest. (Eastern United

States.) alexanderi Johnson.

Costa not conspicuously china-white; legs without white bands;
male hypopygium with the dorsal pleural appendage broadly
triangular, the caudal angle a short spine; ventral pleural
appendage a flattened blade bearing near its dorsal inner side
a sharp chitinized point; no serrations along the lobe.
(Western United States.) cinerea Doane.

4. Pleural stripes conspicuous; stigma distinct 5

Pleural stripes indistinct or feebly indicated; stigma lacking or

very faint 6

5. Legs with the femora tipped with dark browrn; costal margin of

the wings conspicuously light yellow, the stigma pale browm.

(Northeastern United States.) sacandaga Alexander.

Legs with the femora indistinctly darkened at the tip; costal
margin of the wings not yellow, the stigma dark browTi.

(Southeastern United States and southward.)

pleuralis Williston.

6. Pleura plumbeous with a pale yellow stripe; male hypopygium

with the pleural appendage armed with a strongly curved

hook. (Southeastern United States and southward.)

pner Alexander.

Pleura unstriped, pale; male hypopygium with the pleural

appendage very elongate, slender, decussate in a position of

rest, the inner face at the apex with a strong bristle. (Eastern

Lmited States.) manca Osten Sacken.

7. Radial cross-vein present (subgenus Gonomyella Alexander)

i Southeastern United States and southward.)

slossonce Alexander.
Radial cross-vein lacking (subgenus Gonomyia Meigen) 8

8. Basal deflection of Cux far before the fork of M ; subcosta long,

ending beyond the origin of Rs 9

Basal deflection of Cui at or beyond the fork of M; subcosta
short, ending opposite or far before the origin of Rs 11

9. Wings clear. (Northeastern United States.)

mathesoni Alexander.
Wings spotted 10

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

10. Pleura unstriped; Sc rather short, extending to about one-fourth

the length of the sector; no dark blotch at the tip of Sci;
apices of cells Rs and R5 largely darkened. (Eastern United

States.) blanda Osten Sacken.

Pleura striped with brown; Sc long, ending at about half the
length of the sector; a dark blotch at the tip of Sd; apices of
cells Rz and R0 only slightly darkened. (Western United
States.) - calif ornica Alexander.

11. Antennae orange at the base, the flagellum dark 12

Antennae black throughout 15

12. Cell 1st M2 closed; femora with a dark brown subterminal

annulus. (Eastern United States.) sulphurella Osten Sacken.

Cell 1st Mo open; femora without a darker subterminal annulus... 13

13. Sc short ending before the origin of Rs, this distance being about

equal to the vein R2. (Western United States.)

flavibasis Alexander.
Sc longer, ending opposite, or just before, the origin of Rs 14

14. Male hypopygium with the dorsal angle of the pleurite stout,

with numerous (about fifteen) slender hairs; ventral append-
age simple, stout, tipped by a blunt black spine; second
appendage a powerful, curved, subchitinized arm directed

proximad. (Northeastern United States.) fiorens Alexander.

Male hypopygium with the dorsal angle of the pleurite slender,
with a few (about ten) stout hairs; ventral appendage bifid,
the arm with a long slender black spine; second appendage a
slender pale arm that is almost straight, with two hairs at
the tip. (Eastern United States.) cognatella Osten Sacken.

15. Wings with slender veins, clouded with a milky suffusion; Rs

very long and straight. (Northwestern North America.),

galactoptera Bergroth.

Wings with stouter veins, pale gray to hyaline; Rs shorter, more

arcuated basally 16

16. Subcosta short, ending before the origin of Rs, the distance about

equal to the r-m cross-vein; vein R-2 oblique, a little longer
than the cross-vein r-m; male hypopygium with the gona-
pophyses and penis-guard fused into a large, prominent,

cylindrical tube. (Northeastern United States.)

noveboracensis Alexander.

Subcosta longer, ending about opposite the origin of Rs ; vein R2

longer, the cell R2 being larger; male hypopygium with the

gonapophyses and penis-guard not fused into a cvlindrical

tube 17

17. Wings long and slender with a strong grayish brown suffusion;

halteres elongated; male hypopygium with the ventral pleural
appendage very elongate, slender, slightly expanded toward the

tip. (Eastern Rocky Mountain region.) filicauda Alexander.

Wings broader, not strongly tinged with grayish ; halteres shorter
male hypopygium with the ventral pleural appendage not
strikingly elongated 18

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513

18. Male hypopygium with the dorsal pleural appendage armed

with a chitinized hook 19

Male hypopygium with the dorsal pleural appendage without a
hook, although with two powerful bristles at the tip 20

19. Male hypopygium with the dorsal appendage two lobed, the

caudal arm a powerful chitinized spine; ventral arm with a
sharp, chitinized, feebly curved spine. (Eastern United

States.) subcinerea Osten Sacken.

Male hypopygium with the dorsal appendage irregular, not two
lobed, the outer face near the apex with a strong, curved,

chitinized hook. (Extra-limital; Guatemala.)

cequalis Alexander.

20. Male hypopygium with the ventral appendage prominent,

directed caudad, narrowed at the base, the apex a slight
chitinized tooth directed proximad. (Western United States.)

virgata Doane.
Male hypopygium not as described 21

21. Male hypopygium with the ventral appendage a double, dark-

colored lobe, the inner arm stout-cylindrical; the outer arm
slender, curved, bearing at the tip two divergent hairs; penis-
guard subtended by two divergent chitinized arms that are

acute at their tips. (Extra-limital; Guatemala.)

unicolor Alexander.
Male hypopygium with the ventral appendage pale, not
chitinized; penis-guard long and pale, the apex bifid by a
deep U-shaped notch; the divergent subtending arms are
slender, the ventral margin with a few sharp, appressed teeth.
(Extra-limital; Mexico.) mexicana Alexander.

Subgenus LEIPONEURA Skuse.

The Cinerea Group.

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) alexanderi Johnson.

EUiptera alexanderi Johnson: Psyche, vol. 19, p. 3, fig. 6 (1912).

This handsome little fly is locally common. Its known distribu-
tion over the eastern United States is as follows:

New York, Fulton County, Sport Island, Sacandaga River, June
11, 1914, to August 24, 1910 (Alexander), the type-locality; Herkimer
County, Indian Castle, June 13, 1915 (Alexander).

North Carolina, Buncombe County, Black Mountains, June 13,
1912 (Beutenmuller).

A female specimen from Piano, Collin County, Texas, in August
(E. S. Tucker), probably belongs here, but may possibly represent
G. helophila Alexander. This is also the species mentioned by
Osten Sacken in the Monographs, part 4, p. 179, without locality.

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 17.

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

The male hypopygium is described below, the characters being
largely taken from paratypic material in my collection. Hypopygium
(Plate XXIX, figs. 59, 61) with the pleurites rather prominent,
cylindrical; ventral pleural appendage (v) elongate, the outer angle
produced caudad as a rather broad flattened blade that is slightly
chitinized at the tip; inner caudal margin of the appendage with
about five or six acute chitinized appressed teeth, of which the inner-
most is the largest; a fleshy lobe on the ventral side of the outer
blade; middle pleural appendage lacking (possibly of a caducous
nature) ; dorsal pleural appendage (d) lying on the inner caudal angle
of the pleurite, triangular in outline, the caudal angle produced
caudad as an elongate spine that is heavily chitinized apically, the
inner angle a rounded lobe with numerous setigerous tubercles.

The two Nearctic species, alexanderi and cinerea, have been dis-
tinguished by the key given before. There is a third species, G.
helophila Alexander,6 that is even closer to alexanderi. Its known
range is extra-limital (Lesser Antilles and British Guiana to Peru),
but it may range into our southern limits. The two species may be
separated as follows:

1 . Dorsal pleural appendage triangular, the caudal angle a prominent
spine that is heavily chitinized apically; middle pleural
appendage apparently lacking; ventral pleural appendage
with a broad flattened blade, the inner caudal margin with
about five or six acute chitinized appressed teeth, of which the
innermost is the largest (Plate XXIX, fig. 59). (Nearctic.)

alexanderi Johnson.
Dorsal pleural appendage a fleshy lobe bearing many hairs ; middle
pleural appendage a slender subsinuous spine; ventral pleural
appendage with the apex flattened, smooth, chitinized,
bilobed; ventral margin of the appendage with two prominent
teeth whose margins are minutely denticulate. (Plate XXIX,
fig. 60). (Neotropical.) helophila Alexander.

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) cinerea Doane

Dicranomyia cinerea Doane; Journal of the New York Entomological Society,
vol. 8, pp. 182, 183, PI. 7, fig. 2 (1910).

The known range of this species is as follows:

Washington, Whitman County, Pullman, August 10, 1898 (Piper);
the type-locality.

California, Humboldt County, Blue Lake, June 20-27, 1907
(Bradley) .

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 18.

6 Entomological News, vol. 27, pp. 343-346, figs. 1, 3 (1916).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515

The male has never been described, and this specimen is made the
allotype.

Allotype, cf. — Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae with
the basal segments enlarged, the second segment as large as or
larger than the first; flagellar segments small, brown. Head pale
with a broad dark brown mark on the vertex sending a small median
tongue backward onto the occiput.

Pronotal scutum dark medially. Mesonotal preescutum light
brown with three dark brown stripes, the median one split by a
narrow vitta of the ground-color; scutum with the lobes dark brown.
Pleura pale yellow, striped with brown; a very short brown dorsal
stripe extending from the pronotum back to above the fore coxae;
second stripe beginning at the fore coxa extending caudad to the base
of the halter; ventral stripe broadest, including the sterna and the
bases of the middle and hind coxae; the pale stripe enclosed broad,
extending to the abdomen. Halteres pale. Legs with the coxae
pale; trochanter's darker; remainder of the legs broken. Wings
hyaline or nearly so, the veins brown; basal deflection of Ri+b, r-m
and the basal deflection of Cih dark brown; a pale brownish gray
oval stigma. Venation (Plate XXVI, fig. 18) with Rs short, straight,
oblique, a little longer than the r-m cross-vein; basal deflection of
Cui at the fork of M.

Male hypopygium (Plate XXIX, fig. 62) with the pleurites rather
prominent, cylindrical; ventral pleural appendage (y) elongate,
flattened, blade-like, the apex chitinized; a rounded lobe on the inner
ventral side just before the apex; at the base on the inner dorsal
side, a sharp, acute, chitinized point; middle appendage a slender,
slightly curved pale hook, directed inward, the apex slightly
chitinized; dorsal pleural appendage (d) a subtriangular lobe, the
caudal angle produced caudad as a short spine, heavily chitinized
at the apex, the inner angle prominent, produced slightly cephalad,
with numerous setigerous punctures.

Allotype in the collection of Cornell University.

The type is grayish, this color being produced by a pruinosity that
is not shown by the alcoholic allotype.

The Pleuralis Group.

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) sacandaga Alexander.

Gonomyia sacandaga Alexander; Proceedings of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, pp. 587, 588, PL 27, fig. 25 (wing) ; PL 26, fig. 21
(hypopygium) (1914).

This species is still known only from the type station where it is

common.

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

New York, Fulton County, Sport Island in the Sacandaga River,
June 11, 1914, to August 24, 1910; the type-locality.

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 19.

The hypopygium having been described and figured in the first
part of this series is not repeated here.

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) pleuralis Williston.

Atarba -pleuralis Williston; Transactions of the Entomological Society of
London, p. 289, PL 10, fig. 61 (1896).

This is a tropical species that reaches our southern limit, its range
being as follows:

Bermuda, apparently common (Jones).

Georgia, Charlton County, Okefinokee Swamp, June 20, 1912
(Bradley).

Cuba, Baracoa, September, 1901 (Busck).

Porto Rico, Aguadilla, January, 1899 (Busck).

St. Vincent (H. H. Smith); the type-locality.

British Guiana, Bartica, December 9, 1912, to February 26, 1913;
Mallali, March 14, 1913 (Parish).

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 20.

The male hypopygium has been described and figured by the
author in another paper.7

The Manca Group.

Gonomyia (Leiponeura) puer Alexander.

Gonomyia puer Alexander; Proceedings of the United States National
Museum, vol. 44, p. 506, PL 66, fig. 14 (1913).

This is likewise a tropical species that ranges within our limits,,
its northern distribution being a little more extensive than the last.

South Carolina, Georgetown County, South Island, August 19,
1915 (Alexander); Charleston County, McClellanville, August 8,
1915 (Alexander).

Georgia, Charlton County, Okefinokee Swamp, June 20 to 25, 1912
(Bradley) .

Florida, Dade County, Miami, December 19, 1912 (Knab).

Santo Domingo, San Francisco Mountains, August, September,
1905 (Busck); the type-locality.

British Guiana, Bartica, January 3, 1913, to January 10, 1913
(Parish).

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 21.

''Entomological News, vol. 23, pp. 418-420; figs. 3, 4 (1912).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517

The male hypopygium (Plato XXIX, fig. 63) with the pleurites
very elongated, broader at the base, tapering to the obliquely trun-
cated apex which bears on the inner side a single appendage shaped
as a curved hook, bent proximad, dorsad and finally cephalad, the
apex acute and strongly chitinized. Anal tube broad, pale, bifid
by a deep median notch, the adjacent lobes rounded. Penis-guard
(p.gd.) very elongate, slender, tapering gradually to the acute apex,
at the base on the ventral side with an oval fleshy lobe covered
with setigerous punctures on the ventral face.

Gonomyia (Xeiponeura) manca Osten Saeken.

Gonomyia manca Osten Saeken; Monographs of the Diptera of North
America, part 4, pp. 178, 17H ( lst>9).

A rather wide-ranging species throughout the eastern United
States:

New York, Fulton County, Sacandaga Park, August 26, 1916
(Alexander) .

New Jersey, Essex County, South Orange, June 30, 1868 (Osten
Saeken); the type-locality.

Maryland, Montgomery County, Forest Glen, June 1, 1913
(Knab); Plummers Island, August 18, 1912 (Viereck).

District of Columbia, Washington (Coquillett's types of Dicranomyia
curvivena).

Virginia, Fairfax County, Great Falls, August 23, 1908 (Knab);
Difficult Run, July 25, 1915 (McAtee and Alexander); Glencarlyn,
May 28 (Banks).

North Carolina, Jones County, Pollocksville, July 8, 1915
(Alexander) ; Onslow County, Camp Perry, July 9, 1915 (Alexander) ;
Buncombe County, Black Mountains, June 24, 1912 (Beutenmuller).

South Carolina, Charleston County, McClellanville, August 8,
1915 (Alexander).

Georgia, Decatur County, Bainbridge, September, October, 1910
(Bradley).

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 22.

The male hypopygium is of the type of G. puer Alexander. G. incrmis
Alexander et at. It is shown on Plate XXIX, figs. 64, 65; the pleu-
rites are exceedingly elongated, slender, tapering to the narrow apex,
the outer face with many long hairs, on the inner face at the apex
wit h a st tong bristle; pleurites in a position of rest, decussate. Penis-
guard (p.gd.) long and slender, acute, tapering to an acute point,
subtended on either side by a flattened blade, ending in a triangular
black hook that is bent slight ly dorsad at the apex.

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Subgenus GONOMYELLA Alexander.
Gonomyia (Gonomyella) slossonae Alexander.

? Gonomyia slossonce Alexander; Proceedings of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, pp. 588, 589, PI. 27, fig. 26 (1914).

A tropical species that ranges into the southeastern United States:

South Carolina, Georgetown County, South Island, August 19,
1915 (Alexander).

Florida, Seminole County, Sanford, May 7, 1908 (M. C. Van-
Duzee); Dade County, Biscayne Bay (A. T. Slosson); the type-
locality.

Panama, Paraiso, January 29, 1911 (Busck).

Subgenus GONOMYIA Meigen.

The Blanda Group.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) mathesoni Alexander.

Gonomyia mithesoni Alexander; Entomological News, vol. 28, pp. 170-172,
figs. 1-3 (1915).

A species of the northeastern United States and eastern Canada:

Nova Scotia, Truro, July 7 to 26, 1913 (Matheson).

New York, Fulton County, Sacandaga Park, June 12 to 16, 1914
(Alexander), the type-locality; Herkimer County, Indian Castle,
June 13, 1915 (Alexander); Cortland County, Taylor, July 20, 1916
(Alexander) ; Tompkins County, Ithaca, August 24, 1912 (Alexander).

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 23.

The hypopygium of the male has been described and figured in the
paper cited above.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) blanda Osten Sacken.

Gonomyia blanda Osten Sacken; Proceedings of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, p. 231 (1859).

This handsome fly ranges over the eastern United States:

New Hampshire, Rockingham County, Hampton, July 15, 1907
(S. A. Shaw).

Vermont, Chittenden County, Burlington, June 23, 1906 (Johnson).

Connecticut, New Haven County, East River, July 16 to 20, 1910
(Ely).

New York, Albany County, Albany, June 26, 1912 (D. B. Young);
Herkimer County, Trenton Falls, (Osten Sacken), the type-locality;
Cortland County, Taylor, July 20, 1916 (Alexander); Tompkins
■County, Ithaca, July 19, 1912 (Alexander).

District of Columbia, Washington (Osten Sacken) ; the type-locality.

Virginia, Fairfax County, Falls Church, June 7, 1914 (Shannon).

South Carolina (in the Berlin Museum).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519

Georgia, Rabun County, Clayton, altitude 2,000 feet, May 18, 1911
(Bradley i.

Michigan, Walnut Lake, June 26 to 28, 1907 (Needham).

Colorado, Clear Creek County, June 27, 1915 (Oslar).

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 24.

The malt' hypopygium (Plate XXIX, figs. 68, 69) with the pleurites
stout, the outer angle produced caudad into a long, fleshy, finger-like
lobe, blunt at the apex, provided with numerous tubercles; ventral
pleural appendage (v) large, prominent, being chitinized and bifid
the caudal or outer arm longer, slender, the diameter uniform, the
apex subacute; cephalic or inner arm shorter, expanded distally into
a broad, truncated apex; dorsal pleural appendage (d) a subtriangular
fleshy lobe whose inner angle is produced into a prominent chitinized
curved horn; the cephalic inner margin with about six hair-bearing
tubercles. Ninth tergite with the caudal margin transversely
concave, not notched medially. Penis-guard very slender.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) californica Alexander.

Gonomyia californica Alexander; Canadian Entomologist, vol. 48, pp. 324.
325 (1916).

This is the western representative of the blanda group:

British Columbia, Peachland, May 19, 1912.

California, Humboldt County, Blue Lake, June 20 to 27, 1907
(Bradley); the type-locality.

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 25.

The male hypopygium (Plate XXIX, figs. 66, 67) with the pleurites
stout, outer angle produced caudad into a slender, fleshy lobe,
pointed at the apex and sparsely provided with setigerous tubercles;
ventral pleural appendage (v) a two-armed chitinized rod whose
outer ventral arm is stout basally, narrowed toward the apex which is
again expanded into a blunt tip; the inner arm bends dorsad, slender,
tapering into an acute blackened apex; dorsal pleural appendage
(d) a triangular fleshy lobe provided with long, coarse hairs. Ninth
tergite with a deep, narrow, median notch the lateral angles rounded.
Penis-guard (p.gd.) prominent, the sides subparallel, the apical half
on the dorsal surface with numerous hairs, the apex produced ventro-
caudad into a prominent median lobule.

The Sulphurella Group.
Gonomyia I Gonomyia I sulphurella Osten Sacken.

Gonomyia sulphurella Osten Sacken; Proceedings of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, p. 230 (1859).

A wide-ranging species throughout eastern North America:

520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Ontario, Fort Erie, May 30, 1911 (M. C. Van Duzee); Point au
Barile, Georgian Bay, July 11, 1914 (R. B. Hughes).

Nova Scotia, Truro, July 7 to August 16, 1913 (Matheson).

Maine, Oxford County, Fryeburg, September 5, 1913 (Alexander).

Vermont, Windsor County, Norwich, July 8, 1908 (Johnson).

Connecticut, Middlesex County, Middletown, June 17, 1909 (John-
son); New Haven County, East River, July 11, 1910 (Ely).

Rhode Island, Washington County, Kingston, September 23, 1907
(Johnson).

New York, Fulton County, Sacandaga Park, June 11, 1914, to
August 24, 1910 (Alexander); Herkimer County, Trenton Falls
(Osten Sacken), the type-locality; Indian Castle, June 13, 1915
(Alexander); Tompkins County, Ithaca, May 13 to August 24, 1912
(Alexander); Westchester County, Tarrytown, June 9, 1914 (Frost);
Nassau County, Sea Cliff, August (Banks).

Pennsylvania, Luzerne County, Hazleton, August 30, 1910 (Dietz).

New Jersey, Cumberland County, Shiloh, June 19, 1915 (Alex-
ander) .

Maryland, Prince George County, Hyattsville, August 2, 1908
(Knab).

District of Columbia, Washington (Osten Sacken), the type-locality;
May 15, 1909 (Knab).

Virginia, Alexandria County, Rosslyn, May 11, 1913 (Knab) •
Fairfax County, Dead Run, May 21, 1914 (Shannon); Difficult Run,
July 25, 1915 (McAtee and Alexander); Glencarlyn, June 28 (Banks).

North Carolina, Onslow County, Camp Perry, July 9, 1915
(Alexander).

Georgia, Rabun County, Clayton, May 20, 1911 (Bradley).

Louisiana, DeSoto County, Logansport, March 24, 1908 (Tucker).

Texas, Collin County, Piano, May, 1907 (Tucker).

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 26.

The male hypopygium (Plate XXIX, fig. 70) with the pleurites
elongate, the outer angle produced proximad, dorsad and caudad
as a very elongate, slender, irregularly curved and feebly chitinized
hook which tapers gradually to an acute point; dorsal pleural appen-
dage (d) a cylindrical fleshy lobe, narrowed toward the apex which
terminates in a bristle; ventral pleural appendage (v) bifid, the
dorsal arm short, densely provided with short hairs on the inner face;
ventral arm very long, slightly curved, blade-like, the tip subacute,
the arm directed proximad, decussate with its mate of the opposite
side. Penis-guard stout, fleshy, near the apex on the ventral sur-

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521

face, a chitinized, median appendage directed caudad and slightly
ventrad, at the acute apex turned strongly dorsad.

The Cognatella Group.

Gonomyia < Gonomyia) flavibasis Alexander.

Gonomyia flavibasis Alexander; Canadian Entomologist, vol. 48, pp. 317-319
(1916).

A western species that is still known only from the type-locality,
Monterey County, California, July 18, 1896.

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 27.

The male hypopygium (Plate XXX, figs. 76-78) with the pleurites
long and slender, the dorsal angle produced caudad as a flattened,
fleshy lobe that bears many hairs on the dorsal face; first pleural
appendage very long, flattened, the apex bent, the appendage with
many long, prominent hairs; second appendage complex, consisting
of a chitinized hook that is slightly bent; underneath the base of this
hook is a fleshy lobe with several short bristles on the outer face,
including two powerful bristles at the apex; above the base of the
hook is a slender, subchitinized rod that is darkened at the tip.

Gonomyia iGonomyia) florens Alexander.

Gonomyia florens Alexander; Canadian Entomologist, vol. 48, pp. 316, 317
(1916).

A fly of cold Canadian conditions in the northeastern United
States:

Maine, Penobscot County, Orono, July 12, 1913 (Alexander).

New York, Fulton County, Sacandaga Park, June 18, 1916 (Alexan-
der); Gloversville, June 22, 1916 (Alexander); Herkimer County,
Indian Castle, June 9 to 13, 1915 (Alexander), the type-locality;
Tompkins County, McLean, June 5, 1916 (Alexander).

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 28.

The male hypopygium (Plate XXIX, fig. 71) with the pleurites
very short and stout, the inner dorsal angle produced caudad into a
blunt fleshy lobe whose inner margin is fringed with numerous long
hairs; a short blunt, fleshy knob (A;) at the base of this lobe, provided
with five long hairs on the margin; first pleural appendage (i) slender,
originating just below the knob (k), directed proximad, the base
enlarged with two or three stout hairs, the tip slightly bifid, the
caudal arm with two bristles, the cephalic arm with one bristle; a
stout bristle just before the tip on the inner or cephalic side; second
pleural appendage (2) a powerful, chitinized hook, slightly curved,
directed proximad, bent strongly cephalad toward the apex; third

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

appendage (3) a slender, fleshy rod, beyond the slightly enlarged
base bent strongly dorsad so that it lies above the second appendage,
directed caudad at the tip which is capped by a short, blunt, chitinized
spine. Ninth tergite short, broad, the caudal margin transverse.
Ninth sternite with a prominent median knob on the caudal margin,,
provided with numerous setigerous tubercles.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia") cognatella Osten Sacken.

Gonomyia cognatella Osten Sacken; Proceedings of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, p. 230 (1859).

A more southern species than the last, their ranges overlapping
in New York State :

Connecticut, New Haven County, East River, July 6, 1910 (Ely).

New York, Fulton County, Sport Island, Sacandaga River, June
18, 1911, to August 26, 1916 (Alexander); Herkimer County, Indian
Castle, June 10 to 13, 1915 (Alexander).

Maryland, Montgomery County, Cabin John Bridge, May 16, 1909
(Knab); Plummers Island, May 24, 1914 (McAtee).

District of Columbia, Washington (Osten Sacken) ; the type-locality.

Virginia, Fairfax County, Difficult Run, July 25, 1915 (McAtee
and Alexander).

North Carolina, Buncombe County, Black Mountains, July 16,
1912 (Beutenmuller).

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 29.

The male hypopygium (Plate XXIX, figs. 73-75) with the pleurites
very short and stout, the inner dorsal angle produced caudad as a
slender, finger-like lobe, fimbriate with eight or nine long stout hairs
on the dorsal inner edge; at the base of the lobe a small, slender,
cylindrical knob (k) with three long hairs at the apex; ventrad of
this finger-like angle of the pleurite is an elongate, very slender, pale
appendage (2) directed caudad and slightly ventrad and proximad,
at the apex with two long slender hairs ; pleural appendage (3) directed
ventrad on its basal portion, soon bent directly upon itself, dorsad,
the tip caudad; the appendage is pale, chitinized, slender, bifid, the
lateral arm with the apex somewhat twisted, the proximal arm a
slender, pale stylet directed strongly proximad, at the apex with an
elongate, slender, black, chitinized spine. Proximad of the base
of the knob (fc) is a slender appendage with a prominent hair at the
apex and two slightly smaller subterminal hairs.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523

The Galactoptera Group.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) galactoptera Bergroth.

Gonoim/iu <ial<tctoptcra Bergroth; Wiener Entomologische Zeitung, vol. 7,
p. 196 (1888).

This fly is still known only from the type-locality, Sitka, Alaska.

It is the only New World species of this genus that I have not seen.

The Noveboracensis Group.

Gonomyia (.Gonomyia) noveboracensis Alexander.

Gonomyia noveboracensis Alexander; Canadian Entomologist, vol. 48, pp.
319, 320 (1916).

A fly of local distribution in the northeastern United States:

New York, Fulton County, Sport Island, Sacandaga River, June
11, 1914 (Alexander), the type-locality.

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 30.

The male hypopygium (Plate XXX, figs. 79, 80) with the pleurites
prominent, elongate, with the dorsal inner edge with a prominent
tubercle bearing several hairs, ventral inner edge with a row of large
setigerous tubercles; pleurites bearing three small appendages, a
small inner dorsal cylindrical appendage (a) directed cephalad,
slightly enlarged basally, at the apex bearing three or four prominent
hairs; a dorsal apical appendage (b) directed proximad, flattened,
enlarged at the apex which bears a row of delicate hairs; a slender,
subchitinized ventral apical appendage (c) directed proximad,
slightly toothed at the tip and on the lower side just before the tip.
Gonapophyses and the penis-guard (Plate XXX, fig. 80) fused into a
very large, prominent, cylindrical tube armed with chitinized horns
and fleshy lobes; dorsal surface of the tube with two subpendulous
fleshy lobes, approximated on the median line, densely provided with
short, pale hairs; horns of the cylinder directed caudad and slightly
ventrad; outermost horns (a) very broad at the base, tapering to the
acute apex which is curved proximad; the next inner pair (b) slender,
chitinized, bifid at the apex; innermost pair (c) longest, slender,
slightly twisted, narrowed toward the apex. Ninth tergite with a
broad, rounded median concavity. Ninth sternite with a broad
V-shaped median notch, the adjacent angles produced caudo-laterad
as fleshy lobes provided with numerous setigerous punctures.

The Subcinerea Group.

Gonomyia i.Gonomyia^ filicauda Alexander.

Gonomyia filicauda Alexander; Canadian Entomologist, vol. 48, pp. 320, 321
(1916).

Still known only from the type-locality, Webster, near Platte

Canon, Colorado, altitude 9,500 feet, August 24 to 26, 1915 (Oslar),

35

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

and the base of Haden Peak, Colorado, altitude 12,000 feet, August
10, 1915 (Oslar).

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 31.

The male hypopygium (Plate XXV, figs. 81, 82) with the pleurites
moderately elongated, the dorsal angle produced caudad and slightly
dorsad as an elongated fleshy lobe that is sparsely hairy, the hairs
on the dorsal face strong, those.on the inner face weak; ventral pleural
appendage (v) very long, slender, beyond the base slightly expanded,
the apical portion slender, slightly expanded toward the tip, dusky
in color and provided with an abundance of long, delicate hairs;
dorsal pleural appendage (d) a short, fleshy lobe whose caudal margin
is produced into a powerful, curved, heavily chitinized hook, directed
inward and dorsad; at the tip of the fleshy portion of the lobe are
two stout hairs and a group of about eight smaller ones. Penis-guard
pale in color, simple, slender, from an enlarged base, the apex split
by a deep rounded notch.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) subcinerea Osten Sacken.

Gonomyia subcinerea Osten Sacken; Proceedings of The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, p. 231 (1859).

This is apparently the commonest and most widely distributed
species of the genus. It seems to be dimorphic or else there are two
very closely allied forms that often occur together, one of which is
sulphur-yellow and brown as described for this species, the other
much more grayish and more restricted in its distribution than the
typical form.

Ontario, Kearney, July 27, 28, 1911 (M. C. Van Duzee); Ottawa,
August 13, 1912.

Quebec, Gatineau, July (Beaulieu); Aylmer, June (Beaulne).

Maine, Aroostook County, Fort Kent, August 28, 1913 (Osborn) ;
Piscataquis County, Mt. Katahdin, August 22, 1913 (Alexander);
Penobscot County, Orono, June 8 to September 7, 1913 (Alexander);
Hancock County, Ellsworth, July 10 to August 16, 1913 (Stan wood).

Vermont, Windham County, Brattleboro, July 15, 1908 (Johnson).

Massachusetts, Middlesex County, Riverside, August 9 (Johnson);
Auburndale, August 16 (Johnson).

Connecticut, Middlesex County, Middletown, June 16, 1909
(Johnson); New Haven County, East River, July 3, 1910 (Ely).

New York, Fulton County, Sacandaga Park, June 1, 1914
(Alexander); Gloversville, June 3, 1914 (Alexander); Herkimer
County, Trenton Falls (Osten Sacken), the type-locality; Indian
Castle, June 9 to 13, 1915 (Alexander); Onondaga County, Green

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525

Lake, Juno 8, 1915 (Alexander); Tompkins County, Ithaca, May 13
to August 7, L910; Albany County, Albany, June 26, 1912 (Young);
Helderberg Mountains, June 12, 1915 (Alexander) ; Rockland County,
Wes1 Nyack, June 15, 1912 (W. Sheffield); Westchester County,
Tarn-town, June 9, 1914 (Frost).

New Jersey, Bergen County, Ridgewood, July, 1911 (Leonard);
Mercer County, Princeton, June 18, 1915 (Alexander).

Maryland, Montgomery County, Forest Glen, July 6, 1914
(McAtee); Plummers Island, May 26, 1914 (Shannon).

District oj Columbia, Washington (Osten Sacken); the type-locality.

Virginia, Alexandria County, Rosslyn, May 11, 1913 (Knab);
Fairfax County, Four-mile Run, July 13, 1912 (Knab).

North Carolina, Buncombe County, Black Mountains, June
13, 1912 (Beutenmuller); Jones County, Pollocksville, July 8, 1915
(Alexander) .

Michigan, Walnut Lake, June 26-28, 1907 (Needham).

Saskatchewan, Farewell Creek, September (Mrs. V. A. Anthony).

Missouri, St. Louis County, West St. Louis, May 12, 1914 (W. V.
Warner) .

Kansas, Pottawratomie County, Onaga (Crevecceur) .

Montana, Beaver Creek, altitude 6,300 feet; August, 1913 (Hunter).

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 33.

The male hypopygium (Plate XXVI, figs. 83-85) with the ninth
pleurite elongate, rather slender, the dorso-lateral angle produced
caudad in a slender, fleshy lobe that is provided with numerous long
hairs; ventral pleural appendage (v) a long, slender, pale brown
lobe that is almost straight, slightly expanded toward the blunt
apex, provided with numerous setigerous punctures; dorsal pleural
appendage (d) two-lobed, the caudal lobe a powerful, heavily chitin-
ized, curved spine that is directed cephalad at its tip, provided with
two or three small, acute denticles before the apex; the ventral arm
is again bifid, the caudal portion a sharp, chitinized, feebly curved
spine, the cephalic portion a small, subfleshy lobe with several hairs
and short spines. Penis-guard very elongate, pale, narrowed at the
apex, at the base on either side with a subtending, slender, subchi-
tinized rod that is more or less flexible.

Gonontyia obscura Doane8 is unrecognizable; the type in the National.
Museum is a broken female that is close to subcinerea, although its

8 Journal of the New York Entomological Society, vol. 8, p. 192, PI. 8> fig. 7.'
(1900), described as a Phyllolabis.

526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

type-location (Pullman, Whitman County, Washington, June 22,
1898) is outside of the range of that species as now known.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) aequalis Alexander.

Gonomyia cequalis Alexander; Canadian Entomologist, vol. 48, pp. 323, 324
(1916).

An extra-limital species (Guatemala, Central America) whose
hypopygium has never been figured.

Male hypopygium (Plate XXX, fig. 86) with the pleurites mod-
erately stout, the dorsal angle produced caudad as a very slender,
finger-like lobe that is provided with numerous setigerous tubercles;
at the base of this lobe on the inner side is a tiny fleshy protuberance
directed proximad; ventral pleural appendage (v) a pale fleshy lobe
densely covered with short, pale hairs; dorsal pleural appendage
(d) irregular, fleshy, directed proximad, the caudal or outer face near
the apex with a strong, curved, chitinized hook that is directed
dorsad and cephalad, the cephalic or inner face with a row of strong
bristles, at the tip longer and more approximated. Ninth tergite
almost straight across or slightly concave. Penis-guard rather
long, compressed, the median appendage pale, slightly curved. Anal
tube (a.t.) broad, prominent, subtended on either side by a concave
wing bearing on the caudal outer angle a fimbriate tuft of yellow
bristles.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) virgata Doane.

Gonomyia virgata Doane; Journal of the New York Entomological Society,
vol. 8, p. 189, PI. 7, fig. 21 (1900).

A western species with the following rather restricted range:

Washington, Pacific County, Tokeland (Doane), the type-locality.

California, Humboldt County, Eureka, June 6, 1903 (H. S. Barber).

The wing is shown on Plate XXVI, fig. 32.

The male hypopygium (Plate XXX, fig. 87) with the ninth pleurites
rather elongate, the dorsal inner angle produced caudad as a slender,
cylindrical, fleshy lobe that bears numerous long pale hairs; ventral
pleural appendage (v) prominent, directed caudad, narrowed at the
base, the apex a slight chitinized tooth directed proximad; second
pleural appendage (2) a flattened or concave lobe, heavily chitinized
at the apex which is broad, split into two acute teeth, of which the
proximal one is the larger; dorsal pleural appendage (d) small, fleshy,
bent slightly cephalad at the tip which bears two elongate bristles;
cephalic or inner face of the appendage bearing numerous setigerous
tubercles. Ninth tergite large, the caudal margin feebly convex,
bearing a short, pointed tooth just inside the base of the pleurite.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527

Ninth sternite almost straight across, or slightly narrowed to the
truncated apex.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) unicolor Alexander.

Gonorhyia unicolor Alexander; Proceedings of the United States National
Museum, vol. 44, p. 507, PI. 66, fig. 15 (1913

An extra-limital species (Guatemala, Central America) included
here to complete the data.

The male hypopygium (Plate XXX, fig. 89) with the pleurites
moderately stout and elongated, the dorsal angle not produced;
ventral pleural appendage (v) a double lobe, dark colored, sub-
chitinized, the inner arm stout-cylindrical with the tip acute and
the inner side with two or three hairs; the outer and more ventral
arm slender, curved and bearing near the tip two stout divergent
hairs; dorsal pleural appendage (d) a subcylindrical fleshy lobe from
an enlarged base, at the apex with two powerful bristles; cephalic
or inner face with four small hairs that are evenly spaced. Ninth
tergite almost straight across or slightly concave. Penis-guard
(Plate XXX, fig. 88) seen from beneath, a powerful, quadrangular
chitinized base whose caudal angle is a ventrally directed hook, the
base subtended on either side by short gonapophyses (g) that end
in a sharp, conical spine ; from above and dorsad of the quadrangular
base arise two cylindrical, pointed, chitinized arms that are diver-
gent.

-

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) mexicana Alexander.

Gonomyia mexicana Alexander; Canadian Entomologist, vol. 48, pp. 321, 322
(1916).

An extra-limital species described from Cordoba, State of Vera
Cruz, Mexico, May 8, 1908 (Knab).

The male hypopygium (Plate XXX, fig. 91) with the pleurites
elongate, though rather stout; ventral pleural appendage (v) a long,
pale lobe, subcylindrical, blunt at the apex and bearing sparse,
elongate hairs; second pleural appendage strongly chitinized, the tip
acute, curved; dorsal pleural appendage (d) rather short, cylindrical,
fleshy, the cephalic or inner angle of the apex with two powerful
bristles; caudal or outer angle of the apex with two smaller hairs.
Ninth tergite rather short, the caudal margin straight or nearly so.
Penis-guard (Plate XXX, fig. 90) very long and pale, the apex bifid
by a deep U-shaped notch, each lobe provided with long hairs; on
the ventral face arises a slender, rod-like, median appendage, sparsely
short-hairy at the apex and down the ventral face; the divergent
subtending arms are slender, somewhat flattened, the apex produced

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

into a slender cylindrical point, the outer or ventral margin with a
few sharp, appressed teeth.

RHABDOMASTIX Skuse.

Rhabdomastix Skuse; Proceedings of the Linnsean Society of New South Wales,
series 2, vol. 4, pp. 828, 829 (1889).

Subgenus SACANDAGA Alexander.
Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga) monticola sp. n.

Coloration grayish black; wings whitish hyaline with an indistinct
pale brown stigma; cross-vein r present but faint; cell R2 small; cell
1st M2 elongate with the basal deflection of Ciii inserted at about
mid-length.

Male. — Length about 5.5 mm.; wing, 6 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brownish black. Antennae black, the
flagellar segments with a long, pale pubescence; flagellar segments
narrowed, especially terminally. Head black with a sparse grayish
bloom.

Mesonotum black with a sparse grayish yellow pollen; tuberculate
pits on the extreme cephalic margin of the sclerite. Pleura clearer
gray. Halteres pale, the knobs enlarged, the stem a little darkened
basally. Legs with the coxae black with a sparse gray bloom; tro-
chanters brown; femora dark brown; tibiae yellowish brown, a little
darkened at the base and more narrowly at the tips; tarsal seg-
ment one and all except the tip of two yellowish brown; remainder
of the tarsi dark brown. Wings subhyaline, the stigma fairly distinct,
oval, pale brown; veins dark brown, Sc paler. Venation (Plate
XXVII, fig. 41) with Rs elongate; cell R2 small, vein ^2 being
short, oblique; R3 arcuated; cross-vein r present but very indistinct,
bisecting the stigma; cell 1st M2 rectangular, somewhat elongated,
the veins issuing from it not elongated, divergent; basal deflection
of Qui almost mid-length of cell 1st M2.

Abdomen dark brownish black.

Habitat. — Western America.

Holotype, d% Kokanee Mountain, British Columbia, altitude
8,000 feet, August 11, 1903 (R. P. Currie).

Paratopotypes, 3 cf's.

Type in the collection of the United States National Museum.

This species was formerly determined as being R. (S.) caudata
Lundbeck9 in the first part of this series, but additional material

9 Diptera groenlandica, Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren., p. 267,
PL 6, fig. 18 (1898); as a Goniomyia, subgenus Empeda.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529

shows that the species is distinct. It serves to connect the gen-
eralized caudata with the specialized members of the subgenus
{flava, parva). The small cell R2 and the elongate cell 1st .1/, with tin-
short, divergent veins issuing from it, and the basal deflection of
Cui inserted at nearly midlength of it serve to separate the form
from caudata. This latter species is described and figured in a
publication that is not readily accessible to the student, and its
venation is shown on Plate XXVII, fig. 42. With caudata this new
species agrees in the possession of the radial cross-vein, but this is
here very faint and evidently in process of being eliminated. In
R. flava (Plate XXVII, fig. 43) the cross-vein is lacking.

In regard to the genus Rhabdomastix Skuse it will be noted that
Kertesz gives the date of Skuse's paper on the Limnobinse as 1890;
the first separates of this article are dated September 25, 1889, and
it is this date that has been adopted.

PTEROCHIONEA gen. n.

Palpi short, four-segmented, the segments • subequal. Antennse
11-segmented, the first segment of the scape longer than the second;
second segment narrow-subglobular, not strikingly wider than the
adjacent segments; first segment of the flagellum elongate, tapering-
slight ly to the tip, formed by the fusion of five segments as determined
by the verticils, near the tip with a faint suture that passes about
half-way across the segment on the verticillate side; segments four to
ten moderately elongated, cylindrical, truncated at both ends (Plate
XXXI, fig. 93) with a strong series of verticils; terminal segment
formed by the fusion of two segments as determined by the verticils.
Wings moderately broad (Plate XXVII, fig. 44); Sc moderately elon-
gated ending just beyond the end of Rs, Sc2 at its tip; Rs long, strongly
arcuated at its origin; cross-vein r present; cell 1st Mz elongate, the
deflection of M3 over twice the length of the median cross-vein; cell
Mi present; basal deflection of Cui at the fork of M; second anal vein
short, ending before the origin of the sector. Legs hairy, not incras-
sated; tibiae without spurs. Male hypopygium powerful (Plate
X XXI. fig. 94), suggesting the Chionea type, the pleural pieces stout,
cylindrical, with a strong pleural appendage, somewhat curved, nearly
as long as the pleurites; ventral lobe small, rounded, hairy.

Genotype. — Pterochionea bradleyi sp. n. (Western Nearctic region.)

This new genus is closest to Crypteria Bergroth10 of the northern

Pahearctic region in the curious fusion of the five basal segments of

10 .Ada Soc. pro Faun. <t Fl<>r. Finn., vol. 37, Xo. 6, pp. 3-7, figs. 1-4 (1913).

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

the antennae; however, this fusion-segment is merely elongated and
does not show the elongate-conical shape of the segment in Crypteria
and the even more accentuated condition of Chionea. Specimens of
Chionea valga Harris before me show eight flagellar segments beyond
the fusion-segment, the basal ones short, becoming more and more
attenuated toward the tip of the organ. Therefore, in the reduction
of the antemial segments by the fusion of the basal flagellar segments,
Chionea also shows a very close relationship to Crypteria and Ptero-
chionea. I certainly think that Bergroth is right in surmising a
relationship between his Crypteria and the abnormal, wingless
Chionea, and Pterochionea may now be added to the list of possible
CTmmea-precursors. This interpretation would remove Chionea
from the neighborhood of Trimicra and Symplecta and place it at the
end of the Eriopterine series along with Cladura and the present
genus.

The two winged genera of this group may be separated as follows:

1. Antennae with the second segment enlarged, globular; the two
apical segments of the flagellum entirely distinct; cross-vein
r absent ; second anal vein very elongate, extending beyond
midlength of the radial sector; hypopygium with the pleural
pieces slender with two small, subequal appendages. (North-
western Palsearctic.) Crypteria Bergroth.

Antennae with the second segment not enlarged; the two apical
segments of the flagellum fused; cross-vein r present; second
anal vein short, not reaching to the base of the sector; hypopy-
gium with the pleural pieces stout-cylindrical with a strong,
powerful dorsal appendage that is almost as long as the
pleurite. (Northwestern Nearctic.) Pterochionea gen. n.

Pterochionea bradleyi sp. n.

Antennae brown, of eleven segments; wings with cell Mi present;
male hypopygium strong and powerful.

Male. — Length, 5 mm.; wing, 5.6 mm. Fore leg, femur, 3.6 mm.;
tibia, 3.8 mm.; hind leg, femur, 4.1 mm.; tibia, 4 mm.

The species is described from alcoholic material.

Rostrum short, light brown; palpi brown. Antennae dark brown;
Head yellowish brown.

Thoracic dorsum dull yellow with indistinct darker stripes on the
praescutum. Pleura yellowish. Halteres pale. Legs with the coxae
and trochanters pale yellow; femora light brownish yellow, a little
darkened apically, the fore femora darker, being only a little paler
at the base; tibiae and tarsi brown. Wings nearly hyaline, the
stigma indistinct; veins dark brown, subcosta pale. Venation (Plate

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531

XXVII, fig. 44): basal deflection of TtVe very short or obliterated,
the cross-vein r-m being correspondingly longer, arcuated; cell Mi
short, about one-half as long as its petiole.

Abdomen short, the tergites dark brown, the hypopygium even
darker. Male hypopygium (Plate XXXI, fig. 94) powerfully
enlarged, the pleurites not conspicuously elongated ending in a
rounded ventral lobe that is covered with numerous hairs; the single
pleural appendage a powerful curved arm that is rather blunt at the
tip, with numerous long hairs on the inner face and at the apex
where they are exceedingly numerous and spinous, at the extreme
apex very tiny.

Habitat. — -British Columbia.

Holotype, d\ Rogers Pass, British Columbia, August 9, 1915
(Bradley).

Allotype, 9 , in copula with the type.

Type, mounted in balsam, in the collection of Cornell University.

This interesting crane-fly is dedicated to the collector, Dr. J.
Chester Bradley, of Cornell University, to whom I am indebted for
assistance and advice upon many subjects.

Tribe Limnophilini.

LIMNOPHILA Macquart.

Limnopkila Macquart; Suit a Buffon, vol. 1, Histoire Naturelle Dipteres,
p. 94 (1834 i.

Limnophila irrorata Johnson.

Limnophila irrorata Johnson; Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural
History, vol. 34, No. 5, pp. 127, 128, PI. 16, fig. 17 (1909).

This interesting species was described from the unique female
found floating dead in a water receptacle at Riverton, New Jersey,
and had apparently not been found since that time. The fly was
rediscovered in 1915 while the author was searching for Venus
fly-traps, Dioncea muscipula Ell., near Jacksonville, North Carolina.
The male sex is here described and the specimen made the allotype :

Male. — -Length 7.6-7.8 mm.; wing, 7-7.3 mm. Agrees closely
with the female, but the head a little more brownish; petiole of cell
R2 of the wings very short, not as long as the r-m cross-vein; basal
deflection of Cnx inserted beyond mid-length of cell 1st Mt.

Allotype, <?, Camp Perry, Onslow County, North Carolina, July
9, 1915 (Alexander).

Allotype in the collection of the author.

The following notes on the natural habitat of the species may be
given:

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

At Camp Perry, Onslow County, North Carolina, July 9, 1915,
•on a small branch of the New River. The flies occurred in a typical
sweet-gum swamp, the dominant forest cover being the Liquidambar,
Ilex opaca, Quercus michauxi, Acer rubrum, Fraxinus sp., with
considerable Liriodendron and a little Pinus tceda, growing in very wet
to moist soil, and the undergrowth was very rank and luxuriant,
consisting of the all-dominant lizards-tail, Saururus cernuus, from
which plant the flies were swept; other plants, as Osmunda regalis,
Onoclea sensibilis, Carpinus caroliniana and Callicarpa americana,
being common. The following crane-flies were associated with this
species :

Gonomyia sulphurella, rare; G. manca, common; Gnophomyia
tristissima, uncommon; Epiphragma solatrix, rare; Limnophila
macrocera, uncommon; L. tenuipes and luteipennis abundant; Pen-
thoptera albitarsis, common; Brachypremna dispellens, abundant,
many being heavily infested with a species of Trombidium; Oropeza
subalbipes, rare; Tipula tricolor, common; T. perlongipes, rare;
Bittacomorpha clavipes and Ptychoptera rufocincta, common.

It should be here noted that there is a Polymoria irrorata Philippi11
that in all probability is a Limnophila and prior to the present
species. This apparent status of Polymoria has been pointed out
by the author in another paper.12

Limnophila strepens sp. n.

Head light gray with short, brown hairs; thorax yellowish brown
with a darker median stripe on the prsescutum; legs brownish-yellow,
the femora and tibiae not darkened at their apices.

Male. — Length, about 12 mm.; wing, 11.8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennas short, light brown, the
flagellar segments gradually narrowed and lengthened toward the
tip of the organ; verticils long, black. Head light gray with numer-
ous, rather short brown hairs, inserted in blackish punctures.

Mesonotum light yellowish brown with a broad darker reddish
brown median stripe; lateral stripes indistinct; lobes of the scutum
reddish brown, their posterior margin and the scutellum more
yellowish; postnotum pale reddish with a sparse gray bloom. Pleura
reddish brown with a sparse gray bloom. Halteres pale, the knobs
darker at their tips. Legs with the coxae reddish yellow; trochanters
dull yellow; femora and tibiae brownish yellow throughout; tarsi

11 Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. vol. 15, p. 608, PI. 23, fig. 3 (1865).

12 Proc. U. S. National Museum, vol. 44, pp. 481, 490 and 547 (1913).

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533

brown. Wings subhyaline, costal region more yellowish; apex of
the wing broadly* but indistinctly darkened; stigma prominent, dark
brown; a pale brown seam on the deflection of Ri+i. Venation:
L's moderate in length, somewhat angulated at its origin; R2^ about
equal to or a little shorter than that portion of R2 before the radial
cross-vein; r at the tip of Ri) basal deflection of Ciii under the middle

of cell Is! M2.

Abdominal tergites dull yellow, unmarked; sternites a little lighter
yellow, the eighth segment and the caudal portions of the seventh a
little more brownish.

Habitat. — Western United States.

Holotype, d\ Marin County, California (Coll. Hy. Edwards,
No. 814).

Type in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History.

Related to flavipila Doane which has the hairs on the head longer
and light yellow7 in color, the mesonotum darker brown, the pleura
light gray, the tips of the femora and tibise dark brown, wings with
a more yellowish tinge, especially near the costa, R2+z much shorter
than that portion of R2 before the radial cross-vein. In flavipila
the head and first antennal segment are light gray, not brown as
described by Doane.

Limnophila edwardi sp. n.

Antennae elongated; cell Mi of the wings absent; thorax with dark
stripes on the praescutum.

Male. — Length, 7.2 mm.; wing, 8 mm.; antenna? about 5 mm.

Rostrum dull yellow, the palpi brownish black. Antennas dark
brown, the flagellar segments greatly elongated with outspreading
pubescence. Head dark brownish black with a sparse grayish
bloom.

Thorax brownish yellow, the praescutum with three broad, dark
brown stripes, the middle one broadest, confluent behind with the
short lateral stripes; scutum, scutellum and postnotum dark brown.
Pleura brownish yellow. Halteres pale, the knobs darker, brown.
Legs with the coxae, trochanters and bases of the femora dull yellow;
remainder of the legs dark brown. 'Wings with a faint brownish
tinge; stigma elongate-oval, dark brown; veins dark brown. Vena-
tion (Plate XXVII, fig. 45): Rs elongate, in a line with R2+3; R2+3
longer than the basal deflection of Cui\ cross-vein r at the fork of
R2+3; cell 3/i lacking.

Abdomen dark brown, the hypopygium more yellowish.

Habitat. — Northeastern United States.

534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Holotype, cf, Simmons Woods, Gloversville, Fulton County, New
York, altitude 900 feet, June 22, 1916 (Alexander).

This is the first Eastern species that has the antennae elongated
and cell Mi of the wings lacking at the same time. It bears a great
resemblance to L. tenuipes Say, a species with cell Mi present and the
venational details slightly different.

The type was taken in a cold woods with decided Canadian floral
tendencies, in association with the following Tipulidse:

Dicranomyia pubipennis, Ormosia monticola, 0. rubella, Erioptera
stigmatica, Gonomyia florens, Limnophila toxoneura, L. areolata,
L. alleni, L. fuscovaria, L. munda, Adelphomyia ?ninuta, Ula elegans,
Rhaphidolabis rubescens, Tricyphona calcar, Tipula oropezoides,
T. hermannia and T. monticola.

I dedicate this species to Thomas Edward, the eminent Scotch
naturalist, the story of whose life and struggles13 in the interests of
natural science has always done much to encourage me in this work.

Limnophila sylvia sp. n.

Antennae short; cell Mi of the wings absent; thorax with dark
stripes on the praescutum; pleura without stripes.

Male. — Length, 5-5.5 mm.; wing, 6.5-7.6 mm.

Rostrum brownish yellow, the palpi dark brown. Antennae short,
the scapal segments dull yellow, flagellum dark brown; flagellar
segments oval. Head brown with a sparse grayish bloom.

Thorax dull light yellow, the praescutum with three dark brown
stripes, the lateral stripes confluent with the median stripe; scutum
yellow with the lobes largely dark brown; scutellum yellow; post-
notum brownish yellow. Pleura yellow. Halteres pale, the knobs
brownish. Legs with the coxae and trochanters dull yellow; femora
dull yellow, the tips darker brown; tibiae yellowish brown, tipped with
brownish; metatarsi brownish yellow, the remainder of the tarsi dark
brown. Wings with a slight grayish tinge; stigma rather indistinct,
brownish; veins dark brown. Venation (Plate XXVII, fig. 46):
R2+3 rather elongated, about equal to the basal deflection of Cui)
cross-vein r at the tip of Ri and situated on R2; deflection of R4+5
arcuated, nearer the wing-root than is the r-ra cross-vein; cell Mi
absent; basal deflection of Ciii variable in position, at the fork of M,
just beyond the fork of M to about one-third the length of the cell
1st Ms.

Abdominal tergites dark brown; sternites dull brownish yellow,

13 Life of a Scotch Naturalist: Thomas Edward, associate of the Linnsean
Society, by Samuel Smiles (Harper & Bros., 1877).

1916.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535

the caudal margins a little brighter; eighth and ninth sternites dark
brown.

Habitat. — Northeastern United States.

Holotype, d" , Mountain Lake, Fulton County, New York, altitude
1,600 feet, June 13, 1916 (Alexander).

Paratopotypes, 2 cf's.

Type in the collection of the author.

This species was associated with Erioptera nyctops, and an account
of the ecological conditions and associates will be found under the
account of that species.

L. sylvia is quite distinct from any of the described species that
lack cell Mi of the wings. From the quadrata group it differs in
having vein R2 long, not tending to be oblique, deflection of Ri+b
nearer the wing-root than is r-m, basal deflection of Cih nearer to the
base of cell 1st Mi, etc.; from the lenta group it differs in the long
sector; from emmelina, it differs in the petiolate cell R2, and from
noveboracensis it differs in having Rs almost in a line with R2^3, the
dark brown stripes on the praescutum, etc.

POLYMERA Wiedemann.

Polymera Wiedemann; Diptera exotica, vol. 1, p. 40 (1821).

Polymera georgiae Alexander.

Polymera georgice Alexander; Psyche, vol. IS, pp. 199, 200, PL 16, fig. 5
(1911).

This is the only known species of the genus as yet found within
our limits and, so far as known, it is confined to the southeastern
United States. P. obscura Macquart, of northern South America
and Middle America, ranges into Cuba and may appear in the
Miami section of Florida. P. geniculata Alexander of Porto Rico is
also regional. The distribution of Polymera georgice is as follows:

South Carolina, Georgetown County, South Island, August 19,
1915 (Alexander).

Georgia, Decatur County, Spring Creek, July 20, 1912 (Bradley);
Glynn County, St. Simons Island, April, May, 1911 (Bradley), the
type-locality; Charlton County, Billy's Island, Okefinokee Swamp,
June 20, 1912 (Bradley).

Florida, Dade County, Biscayne Bay (Slosson).

The only specimen that I have ever seen alive was taken in a salt-
marsh palmetto association on South Island, South Carolina, at the
east end of the causeway between South and Cat Islands. The
association was a palmetto island surrounded on the west by a perfect
sea of the salt rush (J uncus Roemerianus). The forest cover con-

536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

sisted of the dominant palmetto (Sabal Palmetto (Walt) R. & S.),
live oak, Quercus virginiana, heavily draped with Spanish moss,
Tillandsia, and the coast white cedar, Chamcecyparis thuyoides. The
shrubbery consisted of a mixed growth of Myrica carolinensis>
common; Ilex vomitoria, several; Callicarpa americana, abundant,
and two shrubby Composites, Iva frutescens and Borrichia frutescensr
common. The undergrowth from which the Tipulids were swept
consisted of great beds of Polygonum punctatum, with a more sparse
admixture of spike grass, Distichlis spicata; Hydrocotyle umbellata;
and the Verbenaceous plants, Lippia nodiflora and Verbena
caroliniana.u

The Tipulidse of the above floral association showed a strong
Floridian tendency, the associates of Polymera being as follows:

Dicranomyia distans, abundant; D. floridana, rare; Teucholabis
carolinensis, rare; Gonomyia (Leiponeura) puer, rare; G. (Gonomyella)
slossonce, several; Erioptera {Mesocyphona) parva, abundant, and
Brachypremna dispellens, common.

Tribe Pedicini.

TRICYPHONA Zetterstedt.

1838. Tricyphona Zetterstedt; Insecta Lapponica, Dittera, p. Sol.
This genus, like the tribe Pedicini in general, has a northern
distribution throughout the world. There are seven species now
known in the eastern United States which may be summarized as
follows :

Tricyphona inconstans Osten Sacken. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 47.)

Canadian and Transitional-Canadian zones of the eastern United
States and Canada. One of our commonest and best-known crane-
flies, ranging from Ontario, Quebec and Newfoundland south (in the
mountains) to Georgia and west to Michigan. It is also recorded
from Europe, but a very careful comparison with abundant material
and a critical study of the male hypopygium must be made before
these records can.be finally accepted. The fly is abundant in swamps
and low swales. In New York and New England it is on the wing
from May 12 to September 28, while in the vicinity of Washington
it appears even earlier (Great Falls, Virginia, April 20, 1913 (Knab)).

Tricyphona calcar Osten Sacken. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 48.)

Canadian life-zone of northeastern America, ranging from the
Hudsons Bay region, Ontario and Quebec south (in the mountains)

14 I am indebted to Mr. W. L. McAtee, of the United States Biological Survey,,
for his kindness in determining many of the above-listed plants.

1910.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537

to North Carolina. It is a species of low swampy areas, though
usually more wooded than that frequented by inconstans. In New-
York and New England it flies from May 22 to October 1, being
abundant in late May and early June, reappearing the latter half of
July and being common throughout August and early September.
The late summer specimens probably represent a new species, the
females having the wings very reduced in size.

Tricyphona auripennis Osten Sacken. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 49.)

Canadian life-zone of the northeastern United States, known only
from New Hampshire, Massachusetts (the type-locality) and New
York. It flies in June. The only specimens ever seen alive by the
author occurred at Indian Castle, Herkimer County, New York,
June 10 to 13, 1915; they were found sitting motionless on the
perpendicular face of a small cliff, lurking in small crevices of the
rock. The cliff is low, of Utica shale, completely saturated by
percolating water and well-shaded by large hemlocks, arbor vitae,.
yellow birch, mountain maple, Cornus circinata, etc., and with a
sparse vegetation of Impatiens biflora, Geranium Robertianum,
Collinsonia canadensis, Cystopteris bulbifera and Equisetum arvense.

Tricyphona hyperborea Osten Sacken. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 50.)

A fly of the Hudsonian and possibly the Canadian life-zones of
northeastern America and still very rare in collections. It was
described from Labrador, and a few specimens have been taken on
Mt. Washington, New Hampshire; these specimens are in the col-
lections of the Boston Society of Natural History and the United
States National Museum.

Tricyphona katahdin Alexander. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 51.)

Canadian life-zone of the northeastern United States, a late
summer species flying during the latter half of August.

Tricyphona vernalis Osten Sacker. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 52.)

Canadian and Canadian-Transitional zones of the northeastern
United States. One of our early-flying species, though appearing
later, as a rule, than paludicola. It ranges from Maine and New
Hampshire south (in the mountains) to Georgia, and is found along
small streams, temporary and permanent, where the water runs
rapidly. The flies may be swept from vegetation or are found in
small swarms of eight to ten individuals near the water. In New
York and New England it is on the wing in late May, abundant in
June and persisting into July. Further south it flies in April or
even the last of March, reappearing in late September.

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Trioyphona paludicola sp. n. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 53.)

Canadian-Transitional life-zone of the northeastern United States,
as yet known only from New York. It flies in early spring (May
7-20), and is found in swampy, stagnant localities.

Tricyphona paludicola sp. n.

Antenna? dark brown throughout; head and thorax grayish brown,
the mesonotal prsescutum with three dark brown stripes, the middle
one split by a broad line of the ground-color; abdomen brown, the
tergites uniform in color; wings almost unicolorous, the dark markings
reduced to punctiform dots and narrow seams.

Male. — Length, 7.6-8 mm.; wing, 8.6-8.7 mm.

Female. — Length, 10.5-10.9 mm.; wing, 10.5-10.8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae black, the flagellar
segments shortened and gradually narrowed. Head grayish brown.

Mesonotal prsescutum pale grayish brown with three dark brown
stripes, the middle stripe very, broad and more or less bisected by a
narrow, median vitta of the ground-color, lateral stripes short,
narrow; scutum gray, the lobes with a rounded dark brown spot;
scutellum and postnotum light gray. Pleura light gray, the dorso-
pleural membranes pale brown. Halteres light brown, the knobs
dark brown. Legs with the coxae reddish, gray pruinose ; trochanters
brownish yellow; femora dark brown, the fore pair with the basal
quarter a little brightened, middle pair with the basal third, hind
pair with about the basal half brightened; tibia} and tarsi dark brown.
Wings grayish subhyaline, the costal cells more suffused, brownish
yellow; tiny dark brown dots at Sc2, origin of Rs, tip of Sch cross-vein
r, above the fork of Rs, cross-vein r-m and a narrow seam along the
basal deflection of Cur, paler gray clouds underneath the tip of
R2+z and near the tip of 2nd A; veins dark brown, Sc more yellowish.
Venation (Plate XXVIII, fig. 53): distance between Sc2 and the
origin of the sector about equal to the sector alone; Rs angulated
and often spurred at origin; r at the tip of Ri) distance between the
fork of Rs and cross-vein r-m about equal to that cross-vein; petiole
of cell #3 a little longer than r-m; cell 1st M2 closed, long and narrow;
cell Mi present, usually longer than its petiole; cross-vein m-cu
present or barely obliterated by the fusion of the adjacent veins.

Abdominal tergites dark grayish brown; sternites similar with the
basal segments indistinctly ringed with paler; hypopygium con-
colorous with the rest of the abdomen; valves of the ovipositor
brownish yellow.

Habitat. — Northeastern United States.

1916.] \\ll RAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539

Holotype, d", McLean, Tompkins County, New York, May 13,
1916 (Alexander).

Allotype, ? , with the type.

Paratopotypes, 24 tf's, 1 9 ; 1 d1, 1 9 , on May 20, 1916 (P. A.
Claassen).

The type is in the collection of the author; Mr. Claassen has
deposited his paratypes in the collection of the University of Kansas.

As is very frequent in this genus of flies, abnormalities of the
wing-venation often occur; one male specimen has cell 1st M2 open
by the atrophy of the median cross-vein in both wings; four other
males in the series show adventitious cross-veins or spurs in various
cells of the wings.

When Osten Sacken described Tricyphona vernalis,15 he had only
a male and a female specimen from Washington, D. C, taken in
April, these showing the pale antenna! bases, cingulated abdomen
and heavily patterned wings that are characteristic of vernalis. The
specimens from the White Mountains, New Hampshire, were added
in the Monographs, p. 271. I am greatly indebted to Mr. C. W.
Johnson for his kindness in examining the types of vernalis and
making notes upon them. Abundant material that I have determined
as vernalis agree in all details with Osten Sacken's descriptions,
except that the capillary median ground vitta on the prsescutum is
less distinct than the description implies.

The gray or brownish gray species of this section of Tricyphona
may be separated by the following key:

1. Scape of the antennae yellowish or brownish yellow, the flagelluin
much darker, dark brown; abdominal tergites brown, the
margins of the segments pale producing a cingulated appear-
ance; wings with large rounded clouds at the tips of the

longitudinal veins and along the cross-veins

vernalis Osten Sacken.

Scape of the antennae dark brown, concolorous with the flagellum;

abdominal tergites brown, unbanded; wings with the pattern

almost obsolete, reduced to tiny dots and seams

paludicola, sp. n.

The following ecological notes on Tricyphona paludicola are taken
from my field notes, dated May 13, 1916, 10-11 A.M., at the McLean
bogs where we were engaged in making a biological survey of the
region under the personal direction of Dr. James G. Needham.

15 Proceedings of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
pp. 291, 292, 1861, as Amalopis.
36

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

The species occurs in the Alnus association a short distance east
of Round Pond, in company with Tipula dejecta Walker, the only
other crane-fly on the wing at this date and hour.

The water is stagnant or nearly so with the little pools filled with
an algal growth, kindly determined for me by Dr. J. R. Schramm, of
Cornell University, as being near Microspora and Tribonema, abun-
dant; (Edegonium sp. and Spirogyra sp., the latter conjugating
laterally, and some Mougeotia, Vaucheria, etc., with many Diatoms;
in addition to these there is a dense growth of young seedlings
of Impatiens hi flora. The mud is so soft that it is necessary to
wade knee-deep in order to explore this region. There is still ice
down underneath the stratum and the Alnus is just coming into leaf,
allowing the sun to light up the ground underneath. The dominant
herbaceous plants at this time were Carex aquatilis, Saxifraga pennsyl-
vanica, with the plants in bud and the stalks not more than six to
nine inches high, and Caltha palustris in full flower.

There is no doubt but that the Tipula and the present species both
emerged from the stagnant pools formed in the marsh adjoining-
Grassy Creek. Both species of crane-flies were common, but the
Tipula was more in evidence by its larger size and habit of flying.
The Tricyphona was usually found resting on the saxifrage or on the
inclined side of alder limbs, the males often fluttering about from
place to place a short distance above the ground, never very rapidly.
The females were found resting on the alder stems, inactive, and the
males were presumably searching for them.

In the afternoon when the warmth of the sun made itself felt,
none of the Tricyphona and only a few of the Tipula were in evidence
in this haunt, their places having been taken by dense swarms of
Chironomiclae and a very few of the crane-fly, Erioptera septemtrionis
Osten Sacken.

On May 20, Mr. P. A. Claassen found a male and a female in his
tent-traps set near this place, proving that the immature stages are
spent in the mud beneath.

RHAPHIDOLABIS Osten Sacken.

Rhaphidolabis Osten Sacken; Monographs of the Diptera of North America,
pt, 4, p. 284 (1869).

Subgenus RHAPHIDOLABINA subgen. n.

Similar to Rhaphidolabis s. s., differing as follows: Antennae
15-segmented, the first eight segments of the flagellum normal,
cylindrical, bearing strong hairs at about midlength, these alternating

191G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541

in their arrangement, being on the same face on the even segments;
the ninth and eleventh segments are smaller and lie between the
long, verticillate tenth and twelfth segments; thirteenth segment of
the fiagellum long, sigmoid, bearing three long hairs at the apex.
Wings with the median cross-vein present, connecting Ml+2 with
.1/..

Type of the subgenus, Rhaphidolabis flaveola Osten Sacken.

The curious pallid fly that I have deemed best to separate from
the other species of the genus is anomalous in many respects and
may eventually be placed nearer to Tricyphona, where indeed it was
provisionally assigned by Needham.16 It is certainly more distinct
from Rhaphidolabis than is Plectromyia which has herein been con-
sidered to have subgeneric value. Under these circumstances it
may be better to call the genus Plectromyia, that name having
page-priority over Rhaphidolabis, but for the present the latter name
has been retained.

The American species of the genus may be separated by the
following key:

1. Antennse 15-segmented; cross- vein m present (subgenus Rhaphi-

dolabina). (Northeastern United States.)

flaveola Osten Sacken.
Antennse 13-segmented; cross-vein m absent 2

2. Cell Mi absent (subgenus Plectromyia). (Northeastern United

States.) modesta Osten Sacken.

Cell Mi present (subgenus Rhaphidolabis) 3

3. Cell Rz petiolate 4

Cell R2 sessile 6

4. Wings whitish hyaline with a dark brown, oval stigma. (Eastern

Rocky Mountain region.) neomexicana Alexander.

Wings without a clearly denned, dark brown stigma 5

5. Antennse of the male elongated; Rs long, straight, the distance

between Sc2 and the origin of the sector being less than the

length of the sector. (Western United States.)

polymeroides Alexander.

Antennse of the male short; Rs short, arcuated, the distance

between Sc2 and the origin of the sector about two times the

length of the sector. (Eastern United States.)

tenuipes Osten Sacken.

6. Coloration grayish brown, the prsescutum with three dark brown

stripes; abdomen dark brown with paler caudal margins to the
segments; wings very pale brown, the radial sector very short,

arcuated or angulated. (Northeastern United States.)

cayuga sp. n.

16 Twenty-third Report of the New York State Entomologist, PL 25, fig. 3,
1907. as Amalopis.

542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Coloration reddish brown, the prsescutum with three indistinct
stripes; abdomen yellowish brown, the hypopygium bright
yellow; wings nearly hyaline, the radial sector somewhat

elongated, arcuated. (Northeastern United States.)

rubescens sp. n.

The following general statements may be made regarding these
species :

Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabina) flaveola Osten Sacken. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 54.)

Canadian life-zone of the northeastern United States and eastern
Canada, Osten Sacken's Maryland type being the most southern
record. It is abundant from Ontario and Maine south to Maryland.
In New York and New England it flies from May 30 to September 21,
being most numerous in June. It may be looked for in cold, damp,
shady places, such as along mountain streams and similar situations.

Rhaphidolabis (Plectromyiaj modesta Osten Sacken. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 55.)

Canadian life-zone of the northeastern United States, known only
from the White Mountains, New Hampshire, the type-locality,
and the southern Adirondack Mountains, New York. It is found
along small mountain streams, flying in June.
Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabis) neomexicana Alexander.

Rocky Mountain region, known from two stations in Colorado
and one in New Mexico.

Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabis) polymeroides Alexander.

Known only from the type-locality, Eureka, Humboldt County,
California, May 22, 1903 (H. S. Barber).

Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabis) tenuipes Osten Sacken. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 56.)

Canadian and Canadian-Transitional life-zones of the eastern
United States, from Maine to Georgia, flying in April and May in
the south, a little later in the north, and reappearing in late summer.
Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabis) cayuga sp. n. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 57.)

Canadian-Transitional zones of the northeastern United States.
This is the earliest species of the genus in the north, appearing on
the wing in April and early May, reappearing in August. In New
York it comes with the very first of the early spring crane-flies, such
as Ormosia nubila, 0. innocens, Limnophila brevifurca, Tipula collaris,
T. dejecta, etc.
Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabis) rubescens sp. n. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 58.)

Canadian life-zone of the northeastern United States, appearing
on the wing a little later than does the last (the first half of June).
It is characteristic of cold Canadian woods near running water.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543

It is probable that, like the Last-named species, ii reappears in
August as described under R. tenuipes, such species presumably

1 >eing double-brooded.

Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabis) cayuga Bp. d.

Head brownish gray; thorax grayish brown with three dark brown
stripes; abdomen dark brown, the segments narrowly ringed with
paler; wings pale- brown; cell R2 sessile, Rs very short, arcuated or
angulated; cell 1st M2 open by the atrophy of the median cross-vein;
cell Mi short.

Male. — Length, 5-5.4 mm.; wing, 6.3-6.6 mm.

I' < male. — Length, 6.6 mm.; wing, 7.7 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae dark brown, the
flagellar segments short-cylindrical. Head brownish gray.

Mesonotum grayish brown, the praescutum with three dark brown
stripes, the middle stripe broadest, ending before the suture; lateral
stripes narrow and less distinct; scutum light brown, the lobes largely
dark brown; scutellum and postnotum dark with a heavy gray
bloom. Pleura dark brown with a gray bloom. Halteres light
yellow, the knobs dark brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters
dark brown; femora similar, a little paler at the extreme base; tibiae
and tarsi dark brown. Wings with a light brown tinge, stigma a
little darker but poorly defined, veins dark brown. Venation
(Plate XXVIII, fig. 57) : Sc long, Sc2 far removed from its tip ; distance
between Sc2 and the origin of Rs about twice the length of the sector;
Rs very short, arcuated, angulated, or sometimes spurred; cell Mi
short and wreak, tending to be evanescent, less than one-half the
length of cell Ms.

Abdominal segments dark browm, the caudal margins of the
terminal segments narrowly ringed with paler; hypopygium brownish
yellow.

Habitat. — Northeastern United States.

Holotype, d", McLean, Tompkins County, New York, May 7.
1916 (Alexander).

Allotype, 9 , with the type.

Paratopotypes, 15 cf 9 ; paratype, 1 cf, near Johnstown, Fulton
County, New York, August 19, 1916 (Alexander).

Type in the collection of the author.

This is the species figured by Needham under the name tenuipes,17
the real tenuipes being shown in the same work, Plate 19, fig. 2.

"Twenty-third Report of the New York State Entomologist, PL 13, fig. 1
(1907).

544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

The types occurred rather abundantly along a small woodland
stream and were found commonly resting on the trunks of sugar
maples, swarming out into the air at short intervals. The species
occurred with the following crane-fly associates :

Ormosia innocens, 0. nubila, 0. rubella, Erioptera septemtrionis,
Limnophila brevifurca, Adelphomyia ?ninuta, Ula elegans, Pedicia
conterminata and Tipula dejecta.

Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabis) rubescens sp. n.

Head light silvery gray; mesonotum reddish, sparsely gray pruinose,
with three indistinct brown stripes; abdomen yellowish brown, the
hypopygium bright yellow; wings nearly hyaline; -cell R2 sessile;
Rs arcuated, rather elongate; cell 1st M2 open by the atrophy of m;
cell Mi moderate.

Male. — Length, 5.3-5.5 mm.; wing, 6.3-6.6 mm.

Female. — Length 5.5-5.6 mm.; wing, 6.5-7 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae with the basal segments
brown, sparsely grayish pruinose; praescutum with three indistinct
brown stripes, lateral stripes less evident, median stripe narrowed
behind and becoming indistinct at the suture; scutum with the lobes
brownish gray, the median area dull reddish yellow; scutellum pale
brownish yellow, gray pruinose; postnotum light reddish with a gray
bloom. Pleura light reddish with a sparse gray bloom. Halteres
pale, the knobs brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters light
brownish yellow; femora and tibiae brownish yellow, the latter a
little darkened towards their tips; tarsi brown. Wings nearly
hyaline, stigma very pale to indistinct, veins dark brown. Venation
(Plate XXVIII, fig. 58): Sc long, ending at nearly midlength of R2;
distance between Sc2 and the origin of the sector about twice the
length of the latter; Rs rather long, strongly arcuated, but not
angulated; cell R2 sessile, sometimes broadly sessile; cross-vein r at
the tip of Ri] cell 1st M2 open by the atrophy of m; cell Mx present,
about one-half as deep as cell M%.

Abdomen pale yellowish brown, the lateral margins more yellowish,
the hypopygium bright yellow.

Habitat. — Northeastern United States.

Holotype, d* , Simmons woods, Gloversville, Fulton County, New
York, altitude 900 feet, June 22, 1916 (Alexander).

Allotype, 9 , topotypic, June 12, 1916.

Paratopotypes, 20 & 9 , June 9, 1914; June 12 to 22, 1916.

Type in the collection of the author.

The ecological conditions under which this species lives have been

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545

discu— id in the second part of this series of papers18 under the
account of Tipula cayuga Alexander. A less detailed notice of the
associates taken with the type will be found in the present paper
under the account of Limnophila edwardi.

Family PTYCHOPTERLLX&2.
BITTACOMORPHA Westwood.

Bittacomorpha Westwood; London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine
and Journal of Science, vol. (i, p. 281 (1S35).

Subgenus BITTACOMORPHELLA subgcn. n.

Agrees with Bittacomorpha s. s., but the apical cells of the wings
with a sparse, strong pubescence, including the tip of cell Sc, all
of 2nd Ri, tips of R3, Rt, R& and 2nd M; in B. sackeni Roder, the
pubescence is even more extensive, including the end of cell C, first
Ri, all of cell R4, almost the outer half of cells R3 and R&, and the
ends of 2nd M and Cur, metatarsi of the legs not swollen. A cor-
related character is the lack of a white ring near the base of the
metatarsi.

Type of the subgenus, Bittacomorpha jonesi Johnson.

There are four species of this genus nowr known, two belonging to
each subgenus, and their general distribution, seasonal and geo-
graphical, may be summarized as follows:

Bittacomorpha (Bittacomorpha) clavipes Fabricius.

The "Phantom Crane-fly" is one of our commonest and best-
known species. It is a fly of the Canadian-Transitional to the
Austral zones and has a wide range throughout America east of the
Rockies, from Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and
Newfoundland south to Florida, west to Manitoba and South Dakota.
In New York and New England it is on the wing from May 17 to
September 23, being common throughout the summer; in the southern
part of its range it appears as early as February. The flies are
abundant in lowr, wet swales, swamps, and along lakes and ponds.
The curious rust-red lava with an extensile breathing tube is as
remarkable as the adult fly.

Bittacomorpha (Bittacomorpha) occidentalis Aldrich.

Western United States, ranging from Washington to California,
the latter records being for mid-May.

Bittacomorpha (Bittacomorphella) jonesi Johnson.

A fly of the Canadian life-zone of the northeastern United States,

18 Proceedings of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelihia,
p. 4<S(>, September, 1915.

546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

ranging from Maine, New Hampshire and Vermont south (in the
mountains) to Mt. Toxoway, North Carolina, the type-locality.
In New York and New England it flies from June 11 to August 31,
being quite numerous in suitable localities throughout the latter
half of June and all of July. It is found in cool, shady spots, usually
near running water or springs, being very often found in small dark
ravines or along shaded runs. They frequently lurk under dark
culverts after the fashion of Dolichopeza and Oropeza.
Bittacomorpha (Bittacomorphella) sackenii Roder.

Northwestern United States and western Canada, ranging from
Queen Charlotte Isle, British Columbia, south to California and
east to Colorado. The records indicate that the insect is on the
wing in June and early July.

The species of Bittacomorpha may be separated by the following
key:

1. Wings with the apical cells without a strong pubescence; meta-

tarsi swollen and white basally. (Subgen. Bittacomorpha.) 2

Wings with the apical cells with a sparse strong pubescence;
metatarsi not swollen, and without white near the base.
(Subgen. Bittacomorphella.) 3

2. Dorsum of thorax deep velvety black with a white median line;

cell Ra of the wings one-third as long as Rb. (Eastern North

America.) clavipes Fabricius.19

Dorsum of thorax shiny black without a white median line; cell
Ri of the wings one-half as long as R&. (Western United
States.) occidentalis Aldrich.20

3. Tibia? and metatarsi dark brownish black without white (except

the extreme tip of the latter in some specimens), segments
two and three of the tarsi pure white. (Western North

America.) sackenii Roder.21

Tibiae black with a broad white band beyond the base; metatarsi
with more or less white at the tip, broadest on the fore legs,
narrowest on the hind legs; segments two and three of the

tarsi pure white. (Northeastern United States.)

jonesi Johnson.22

Explanation of Plates XXV to XXXI.

Plate XXV. — Fig. 1. — Wing of Geranomyia canadensis West wood.
Fig. 2. — Wing of G. distincta Doane.
Fig. 3. — Wing of G. intermedia Walker.
Fig. 4. — Wing of G. diversa Osten Sacken.
Fig. 5. — Wing of G. tibialis Loew.

19 Tipula clavipes Fabricius; Spec. Insect., vol. 2, p. 404 (1781).

20 Bittacomorpha occidentalis Aldrich; Psyche, vol. 7, p. 201 (1895).

21 Bittacomorpha sackenii Roder; Wien. Entom. Zeit., p. 230 (1890).

22 Bittacomorpha jonesi Johnson; Psyche, vol. 12, pp. 75, 76 (1905).

191G.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547

Fig. <>. — Wing of G. lachrymalis Alexander.

Fig. 7. -Wing of G. rostrata Saj .

Fig. 8. Wing of G. ibis sp. a.

Fig. 9. -Wing of G. insignia Loew.

Fig. 10. -Wing of Dicranoptycha germana Osten Sacken.

Fig. 11. — Wing nf I), sobrina <>>ten Sacken.

Fig. L2. -Winy, nt' l>. winnemana sp. n.

Fig. 13. — Wing of Rhamphidia flavipes Macquart.

Fig. 14. — Wing of R. mainensis sp. n.

Fig. 1"). -Wing of Teuckolabis complexa Osten Sacken.

Fig. Hi. — Wing of T. lucida Alexander.

Plate XXVI. -Fig. 17. — Wins of Gonomyia (Leiponeura) aUxanderi Johnson.
Fig. IS. — -Wing of G. (L.) cinerea Doane.
Fig. 19. -Wing of G. (L.) sacandaga Alexander.
Fig. 20. — Wing of G. (L.) pleuralis Williston.
Fig. 21. — Wing of G. (L.) puer Alexander.
Fig. 22.- -Wing of G. (L.) manca Osten Sacken.
Fig. 23. — Wing of G. (Gonomyia) mathesoni Alexander.
Fig. 24. — Wing of G. (G.) blanda Osten Sacken.
Fig. 25. — Wing of G. (G.) calif ornica Alexander.
Fig. 26. — Wing of G. ((?.) svlphurella Osten Sacken.
Fig. 27. — Wing of G. (G.) flavibasis Alexander.
Fig. 28.— Wing of G. (G.) florens Alexander.
Fig. 29. — Wing of G. (G.) cognatella Osten Sacken.
Fig. 30. — Wing of G. (G.) noueboracensis Alexander.
Fig. 31. — Wing of G. (G.) filicauda Alexander.
Fig. 32. — Wing of G. (G.) virgata Doane.
Fig. 33. — Wing of G. (G.) subcinerea Osten Sacken.

Plate XXVII.— Fig. 34. — Wing of Erioptera (Erioptera) laticeps sp. n.
Fig. 35. — Wing of E. (Mesocyphona) tantilla sp. n.
Fig. 36. — Wing of E. (Empeda) nyctops sp. n.
Fig. 37. — Wing of Molophilus fultonensis sp. n.
Fig. 38. — Wing of M. nova-ccesariensis sp. n.
Fig. 39. — Wing of M. ursinus Osten Sacken.
Fig. 40. — Wing of Empedomorpha empedoides Alexander d".
Fig. 41. — Wing of Rhabdomaslix (Sacandaga) nionticola sp. n.
Fig. 42. — Wing of R. (S.) caudata Lundbeck.
Fig. 43. — Wing of R. (S.) flava Alexander.
Fig. 44. — Wing of Pterochionea bradleyi sp. n.
Fig. 45. — Wing of Limnophila edwardi sp. n.
Fig. 46. — Wing of L. sylvia sp. n.

Plate XXVIII. — Fig. 47. — Wing of Tricyphona inconstans Osten Sacken.
Fig. 48. — Wing of T. calcar Osten Sacken.
Fig. 49. — Wing of T. auripennis Osten Sacken.
Fig. 50. — Wing of T. hyperborea Osten Sacken.
Fig. 51. — Wing of T. katahdin Alexander.
Fig. 52. — Wing of T. vernalis Osten Sacken.
Fig. 53. — Wing of T. paludicola sp. n.

Fig. 54. — Wing of Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabina) flaveola Osten Sacken.
Fig. 55. — Wing of R. (Plectromyia) modesta Osten Sacken.
Fig. 56. — Wing of R. (Rhaphidolabis) tenuipes Osten Sacken.
Fig. 57. — Wing of R. (R.) cayuga sp. n.
Fig. 58. — Wing of R. (R.) rubescens sp. n.

Plate XXIX. — Fig. 59. — Hypopygium of Gonomyia (Leiponeura) alexanderi;
dorsal aspect of the pleural appendages; d = dorsal appendage; v = ven-
tral appendage.
Fig. 60. — Hypopygium of G. (L.) helophila Alexander; dorsal aspectTof the
pleural appendages; lettering as in Fig. 59.

548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Fig. 61. — Hypopygium of G. (L.) alexanderi; ventral aspect of the pleural

appendages; lettering as in Fig. 59.
Fig. 62. — Hypopygium of G. (L.) cinerea; ventral aspect of the pleural

appendages; lettering as in Fig. 59.
Fig. 63. — Hypopygium of G. (L.) puer; dorsal aspect of right pleurite;

p.gd. = penis-guard.
Fig. 64. — Hypopygium of G. (L.) manca; dorsal aspect of right pleurite;

lettering as in Fig. 63.
Fig. 65. — Hypopygium of G. (L.) manca; lateral aspect; lettering as in

Fig. 63.
Fig. 66. — Hypopygium of G. (Gonomyia) californica; dorsal aspect of the

right pleurite; lettering as in Figs. 59 and 63.
Fig. 67. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) californica; ventral aspect; lettering as in

Figs. 59 and 63.
Fig. 68. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) blanda; dorsal aspect of the right pleurite;
• lettering as in Fig. 59.
Fig. 69. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) blanda; ventral aspect of the ventral

appendage of the pleurite.
Fig. 70. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) svlphurella; dorsal aspect of the right

pleurite.
Fig. 71. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) florens; dorsal aspect of the right pleurite;

k = dorsal fleshy knob; d = first or dorsal appendage; 2 = second

pleural appendage; 3 = third or ventral pleural appendage.
Fig. 72. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) florens; lateral aspect of the penis-guard.
Fig. 73. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) cognatella; lateral aspect of the penis-guard.
Fig. 74. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) cognatella; dorsal aspect of the right

pleurite; lettering as in Fig. 71.
Fig. 75. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) cognatella; lateral aspect of the pleurite;

lettering as in Fig. 71.

Plate XXX. — Fig. 76. — Hypopygium of Gonomyia (Gonomyia) flavibasis;

dorso-lateral aspect.
Fig. 77. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) flavibasis; ventral aspect of the pleural

appendages.
Fig. 78. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) flavibasis; apex of the ventral appendages.
Fig. 79. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) noveboracensis; pleural appendages, ventral

aspect.
Fig. 80. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) noveboracensis; ventral aspect of the left

side of the penis-guard and the gonapophyses ; a, b, c = horns of the

fused cylinder.
Fig. 81. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) filicauda; dorsal aspect of the right pleurite;

d = dorsal pleural appendage; v = ventral pleural appendage.
Fig. 82. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) filicauda; lateral aspect of the penis-guard.
Fig. 83. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) subcinerea; dorsal aspect of the right

pleurite; lettering as in Fig. 81.
Fig. 84. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) subcinerea; ventral aspect of the left side

of the penis-guard.
Fig. 85. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) subcinerea; dorsal pleural appendage.
Fig. 86. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) cequalis Alexander; dorsal aspect of the

right pleurite: lettering as in Fig. 81; a.t. = anal tube.
Fig. 87. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) virgata; dorsal aspect of the right pleurite;

lettering as in Fig. 81; 2 = second pleural appendage.
Fig. 88. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) unicolor Alexander; ventral aspect of the

penis-guard and the gonapophyses; p.gd. = penis-guard; a = subtending

arm; g= gonapophyse.
Fig. 89. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) unicolor; dorsal aspect of the right pleurite;

lettering as in Fig. 81.
Fig. 90. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) mexicana Alexander; ventral aspect of

the penis-guard; lettering as in Fig. 88.
Fig. 91. — Hypopygium of G. (G.) mexicana; dorsal aspect of the right pleurite;

lettering as in Figs. 81 and 87.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XXV.

ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XXVI.

ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916

PLATE X

ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XXVIII.

52

55

ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XXX.

ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1916.

PLATE XXXI.

ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191' ;

plate :■:

ALEXANDER: CRANE-FLIES.

1916.] N \TURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549

Plate XXXI.— Fig. 92. -Habit of Pterochionca bradleyi, with the wings and
middle leg removed.
Fig. 93. -Antenna of Pterochionea bradleyi.
Fig. 94. — Hypopygium of Pterochionea bradleyi; dorsal aspect of the right

pleurite.

Fig. 95. — Hypopygium of Molophilus fultonensis; ventral aspect of the

ventral pleural hook.

1'i-i. (.H'>. — Hypopygium of M. fultonensis; lateral aspect.

pj„ 97.— Hypopygium of Erioptera laticeps; dorsal aspect; 9t = ninth

tergite; pi — ninth pleurite.
Fig. 98.— Hypopygium of E. nyctops; dorsal aspect; a, b, c = pleural

appendages.

550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN BEES OF THE GENUS ANDRENA FROM

WEST OF THE 100TH MERIDIAN CONTAINED IN THE COLLECTIONS

OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

BY HENRY L. VIERECK

The following descriptions are contributions toward a monograph
of the Pan-American species of Andrena.

The proportions are in terms of divisions of a disc micrometer,
with 100 divisions to 1 mm., used in a Spencer Lens Co. binocular
with 10 x ocular and 40 mm. objective, each division equals nearly
42/,.

Andrena (Andrena) azygos new species.

Type.— No. 4,010. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality.— Cloudcroft, New Mexico, June 16, 1902 (H. L.
Viereck).

Related to A. (A.) asmi Viereck.

Male. — Length 8.5 mm.; body black, mostly covered with ochreous
hair; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 45 : 64, axial
line : temporal line :: 32 : 22, temples produced, almost right
angular, the angle apparently opposite middle of eye, malar line :
joint 3 of antennae :: 3 : 7, elevated portion of malar space much
shorter than the depressed portion, head covered with ochreous
hairs except along the inner eye margin, upper eye margin, and
outer eye margin above the middle of temples and on the front where
the hairs are black, front indistinctly punctured, dullish, reticulated
and finely longitudinally striate, ocellocular line : ocelloccipital
line :: 14 : 5, face shining, distinctly punctured, its punctures from
one to three puncture widths apart, clypeus nearly planate, clypeus
apparently slightly concave near apex, more shining and more
distinctly punctured than the face, not elevated directly above the
apical margin, clypearea wanting, sculpture of the clypeus not
hidden by the moustache, labrarea with a broad rounded emargina-
tion, polished, its width at base : length down the middle :: 7 : 3,
width at base : greatest length :: 7 : 4, width at apex : length down
the middle :: 6 : 3, labrarea at base apparently half as wide as the
labrum, the latter with a fringe of ochreous hairs, joint 3 of antennae :
4 :: 7 : 8, joint 4 and following joints from a little more than one

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55]

and one-half times as long as thick to nearly twice as long as thick,
dullish, flagel almost straight m outline, antennae blackish through-
out, mandibles nearly typical, rather slender, extending beyond the
outer edge of the labrun] and nearly to end of the basal third of its
fellow, black except for the apical fourth which is dull dark reddish,
palpi nearly typical; thorax covered with an abundance of dark,
dull, ochreous hairs, hairs of dorsulum seemingly shorter than hair
of mesopleurae, dorsulum dullish, finely reticulated and sparsely
punctured, the punctures indistinct and from two to five or more
puncture widths apart, mostly the latter, notauli represented by a
shining line, mesopleurae dullish with pale ochreous hairs throughout,
finely reticulated and mostly covered with shallow pits, that are
mostly three or more pit widths apart, scutel hairy and sculptured
much like the dorsulum, partly polished, partly sculptured like the
dorsulum, metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except
that the sculpture is denser, tegulae dark brown, polished, wing base
mostly pale stramineous, subcosta blackish, stigma brownish
stramineous with a blackish tinge, rest of veins stramineous with a
blackish tinge, first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal
cell beyond the middle and a little nearer to the second transver<e
cubitus than the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma on the radial
vein, nervulus interstitial forming an acute angle with the first
abscissa of the discoidal vein, legs blackish brown excepting the tarsi
and hind tibiae which are rather dark brown, legs covered with
ochreous hairs, hind metatarsi at most hardly wader than mid-
metatarsi and nearly half as wide as hind tibiae at apex of the latter;
propodeum with its enclosure poorly defined, with irregular rugae
on basal half, finely reticulated on apical half, rounded off at apex,
rest of upper face sculptured somewhat like the mesopleurae but with
smaller pits and covered with dark ochreous hair, propodeal pleurae
sculptured apparently like the mesopleurae, the sculpture not hidden
by the uniformly distributed ochreous hairs; abdomen with it-
tergum shining, almost polished, finely reticulated and indistinctly
punctured, the punctures mostly three or four puncture widths apart,
first tergite, with erect pale ochreous hairs, second and third tergites
with appressed ochreous hairs, second tergite with its elevated portion
down the middle : depressed portion :: 20 : 6, third and fourth
tergites with brownish appressed hairs on the elevated portion, fifth
tergite with its basal blackish portion covered with poorly defined
punctures that are as many as four puncture widths apart, rest of
fifth tergite and exposed portion of sixth and seventh tergites with a

552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

stramineous margin, anal process narrow, almost parallel sided and
shallowly emarginate at apex, tergum with rather inconspicuous
hairs that are supplemented on the sides of the second, third and
fourth tergites by thin ochreous apical hair bands, hair at apex of
abdomen of a golden hue.

Andrena (Andrena) caliginosa1 new species.

Type. — No. 4,039. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — San Jose, California. (Hold.)

Related to A. (A.) decussata Viereck. Probably synonymous
with A . (A.) nigra Provancher.

Female. — Length 10.5 mm.; body black, covered throughout with
black or blackish brown hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial
line :: 72 : 88, axial line : temporal line :: 37 : 21, malar line : joint
3 of antennae :: 4 : 15, ocelloccipital line : greatest diameter of
lateral ocellus :: 5 : 6, elevated portion of malar space distinctly
shorter than depressed portion, front rather distinctly, longitudinally
striato-reticulate, not elevated into a welt along the fovea, fovea at
most : ocellocular line :: 12 : 16, foveal band virtually wanting,
distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular line :: 6 : 16, fovea
gradually attenuated below its middle and continued to a point
apparently above the antennal line, fovea filled with dark seal-brown
hairs, face mostly nearly polished, partly indistinctly reticulate,
with distinct punctures that are mostly almost adjoining or one
puncture width apart, clypeus slightly elevated above the apical
margin, convex, not so closely sculptured as the face, the punctures
larger and well defined, clypearea present, rather poorly defined
throughout, clypeus thinly hairy, its sculpture not at all hidden by
hairs, labrarea subemarginate, its width at base : length down the
middle :: 8 : 4, width at apex : length down the middle :: 6 : 4,
greatest length : width at base :: 5 : 8, labrarea at base nearly
one-third as wide as the labrum, the latter with a fringe of dark
brownish hairs, labrum with a median longitudinal crista between
the labrarea and apical edge of labrum, joint 3 of antennae : 4 +
5 :: 15 : 10, joint 4 a little thicker than long, joint 5 a little longer
than thick, succeeding joints a little longer than thick, except joint
12 which is distinctly longer than thick, antennse blackish throughout,
mandibles typical, robust, extending nearly to the outer edge of the
labrarea, black except for the apical third which is dark reddish,

lThis specific name was proposed for this species by Prof. W. M. Davis.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. .")")o

palpi nearly typical; thorax covered with an abundance of long
slender hairs which are as long on the dorsulum as on the mesopleurse,
dorsuluni dullish, finely reticulated, punctured, the punctures mostly
from adjoining to three-puncture widths apart, notauli represented
by a shining line, mesopleurse sculptured somewhat like the dorsulum
but not so closely or distinctly reticulated, scutel nearly polished but
hairy and punctured much like the dorsulum, metanotum hairy and
sculptured much like the dorsulum except that the sculpture is
mostly denser and less distinct, tegulse dark brown, polished, wing
base partly blackish brown, subcosta blackish brown, stigma dark
brown, rest of veins dull brownish stramineous, or blackish brown,
first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal cell far
beyond the middle and nearly interstitial with the second transverse
cubitus, nervulus received by the median cell, nearly interstitial and
forming an acute angle with the first abscissa of the discoidal vein,
membrane with a uniform blackish brown tinge, legs blackish except
for the small joints of the tarsi which are more or less dark brown,
legs covered with black or blackish brown hairs, scopa typical, its
hairs black or blackish brown throughout, hind metatarsi at most
apparently a little wider than mid metatarsi; propodeum with its
enclosure poorly defined, dullish and finely reticulated, slightly
rugose at base, rest of upper face of propodeum sculptured somewhat
like the dorsulum but not so distinctly punctured, and covered with
similar hair, propodeal pleurae shining, reticulate, with sparse shallow
punctures and almost hidden by the brownish and blackish floccus;
abdomen with its tergum shining and sculptured much like the
propodeal pleurae but with apparently more distinct and smaller
punctures from three to six or more puncture widths apart on the
first tergite, the punctures hardly closer on the succeeding tergite,
first, second, third and fourth tergites with an apical, blackish brown
margin, second tergite with its elevated portion down the middle :
depressed portion :: 18 : 10, fifth tergite shining, reticulate, its
punctures closer together and coarser than on the other tergites,
pygidium black, nearly planate, with a shallow furrow on each side,
nearly pointed at apex, tergum with thin, inconspicuous, erect hairs
that are much longer on the first and second tergites than on the
third and fourth, fimbria blackish brown.
Andrena (Andrena) Candida tramoserica new race.

Type. — No. 4,011. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Southern California.

554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

Female. — Length 10 mm.; essentially as in A. (A.) Candida Smith
from which it differs chiefly in the fovea? reaching at most to the
antennal line instead of to the clypeal line as in typical Candida.
In this race there is no black hair whatever on the temples. Clypeus
down the middle mostly reticulate on the basal half and mostly
transversely striate on the apical half.

In a paratopotype the clypeus is almost polished on its apical half.

Andrena (Andrena) complicata2 new species.

Type. — No. 4,042. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — San Jose, California. (Hold.)

Related to A. (A.) trizonata (Ashmead) and A. (A.) Candida Smith,
and may prove to be a race of the latter.

Female. — Length 8 mm.; body bluish, mostly covered with pale
ochreous almost white hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial
line :: 56 : 67, axial line : temporal line :: 27 : 16, malar line : joint
3 of antennae :: 2 : 9, ocelloccipital line : greatest diameter of
lateral ocellus : : 4 : 4, elevated portion of malar space nearly wanting,
head covered with whitish and black hairs, the latter present along
the inner eye margin, on most of the front, vertex and upper end of
temples, and along the upper two-thirds of the outer eye margin,
front rather distinctly, longitudinally striate, not elevated into a
welt along the fovea, fovea at most : ocellocular line :: 6 : 13, foveal
band wanting, distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular
line :: 7 : 13, fovea nearly parallel sided, not attenuated below its
middle but continued to a point apparently a little below the antennal
line, fovea filled with dark seal brown hairs above the middle, with
pale hairs below the middle, face mostly nearly polished, indistinctly
reticulate, with indistinctly denned punctures that are mostly as
many as two puncture widths apart, face with a lateral, coppery
margin, clypeus slightly elevated above the apical margin, coppery
and blackish with a basal bluish margin, convex, sculptured like
the face except that the punctures are larger and well defined and
not so close together, clypearea wanting, clypeus with, its basal half
shining reticulate, its apical half nearly polished, clypeus thinly
hairy its sculpture not at all hidden by hairs, labrarea rounded, its
width at base : length down the middle :: 10 : 3, labrarea at base a
little more than half as wide as the labrum, the latter with a fringe
of pale brown hairs, labrum apparently sculptureless and structure-

2 This specific name was proposed for this species years ago by Prof. W. M.
Davis.

1010.] STATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555

less between the labrarea and apical edge of labium, joint 3 of
antenna' : 4 + 5 :: 9 : 8, joint 4 thicker than long, the succeeding
joints as thick as Ions or a little longer than thick excepl joint 12
which is distinctly longer than thick, antenna' blackish throughout,
mandibles typical, extending to the outer edge of the labrarea, black
except for the apical half which is mostly dark reddish, palpi nearly
typical; thorax covered with an abundance of pale ochreous almost
white haiis which are as long on the dorsulum, where they are thinly
mixed with black hairs, as on the mesopleurae, dorsulum dullish,
finely reticulated and punctured much like the face, notauli repre-
sented by a shining line, mesopleurae with almost whitish hairs
except along the upper margin where there is an admixture of black
hairs, sculptured somewhat like the dorsulum but more closely and
less distinctly punctured, scutel hairy and sculptured much like the
dorsulum except that most of its hairs are black, and the anterior
margin is nearly polished, metanotum hairy and sculptured like the
dorsulum except that the sculpture is denser and less distinct and
the hairs are all whitish, tegular dark brown, partly nearly polished,
wins base partly blackish browm, subcosta blackish brown, stigma
dark brown, its lowrer margin blackish, rest of veins dull stramineous,
with a blackish tinge, first recurrent vein received by the second
submarginal cell in or before the middle and nearly one and one-half
times as far from the first transverse cubitus as the first transverse
cubitus is from the stigma on the radial vein, nervulus received by
the median cell, nearly interstitial and forming an acute angle with
the first abscissa of the discoidal vein, membrane with a uniformly
brownish tinge, legs blackish except for the small joints of the tarsi
which are more or less dark brown, legs covered wdth whitish and
golden hairs, scopa typical, its hairs silvery, the hairs at base above
decidedly darkened, hind metatarsi at most apparently a little
narrower than mid metatarsi; propodeum with its enclosure poorly
defined, dullish and finely reticulated, its basal half with a few faint
rugse and a faint median longitudinal raised line, rest of upper face
of propodeum sculptured somewhat like the mesopleurae, and covered
with fine pale ochreous hair, propodeal pleurae reticulated and with
sparse shallow punctures that are nearly as close together as the
clypeal punctures, and almost hidden by the almost whitish floccus;
abdomen with its tergum shining, nearly polished, feebly reticulate
and finely,- sparsely punctured, the punctures mostly from four to
six puncture widths apart on the first tergite, the punctures hardly
closer on the succeeding tergites, second, third and fourth tergites
:?7

556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

with a thin, apical, whitish hair band that is interrupted in the
middle of the second and third tergites, apical edge of first, second,
third and fourth tergites with a pale stramineous border, second
tergite with its elevated portion down the middle : depressed por-
tion :: 16 : 8, fifth tergite shining, reticulate, its punctures coarser
than on the other tergites, pygidium nearly planate, almost pointed
at apex, tergum with inconspicuous, pale, nearly erect hairs in
addition to the hair bands, the hairs of the sides of the first and
second tergite much longer than the hairs of the succeeding tergites,
fimbria dark brown.
Andrena (Andrena) cristata new species.

Type. — No. 4,012. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Nevada (H. K. Morrison).

Related to A. (A.) moesta albihirta (Ashmead).

Female. — Length 10 mm.; body black, mostly covered with pale
ochreous almost white hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial
line :: 56 : 76, axial line : temporal line :: 30 : 18, malar line : joint
3 of antennae :: 1 : 10, ocelloccipital line : greatest diameter of
lateral ocellus :: 5.5 : 5, elevated portion of malar space nearly as
long as depressed portion, head covered with white hairs, front
rather indistinctly, longitudinally striate, not elevated into a welt
along the fovea, fovea at most : ocellocular line :: 10 : 14, foveal
band present and at upper end of the inner eye margin : ocellocular
line :: 1 : 14, distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular
line : : 3 : 14, fovea attenuated below its middle where it is apparently
only one-half or a little more than half as wide as the greatest width of
the fovea, the latter continued to a point apparently a little below the
.antennal line, fovea filled with dark seal -brown hairs, fovarea wanting,
vertex and temples along the upper edge of the eye with black
hairs, face mostly polished, partly indistinctly reticulate, with indis-
tinct punctures that are as many as five or more puncture widths
apart, clypeus slightly elevated above the apical margin, convex,
sculptured like the face except that the punctures are larger and
well defined, clypearea present but poorly defined, clypeus thinly
hairy its sculpture not at all hidden by hairs, labrarea subemarginate
its width at base : length down the middle :: 8 : 3, width at apex :
length down the middle :: 7 : 3, labrarea at base nearly half as wide
as the labrum, the latter with a fringe of golden hairs, labium with a
median longitudinal crista between the labrarea and apical edge of
labrum, joint 3 of antennse : 4 + 5 :: 9 : 8, joints 4 and 5 thicker

19K').! NAT1 RAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557

than long, the succeeding joints as thick as long or little longer than
thick except joints 11 and 12 which arc distinctly longer than thick,
antenna' blackish throughout, mandibles typical, robust, extending
to the outer edge of the labrarea, black except for the apical fourth
and inner edge which are clear dark reddish, palpi nearly typical;
thorax covered with an abundance of pale ochreous almost white
hairs which are as long on the dorsulum where they are darker than
the almost whitish hairs on the mesopleurae, dorsulum dullish, finely
reticulated and punctured like the face but more distinctly so,
notauli represented by a shining line, mesopleurae with almost
whitish hairs, sculptured somewhat like the dorsulum but not so
closely or distinctly punctured, scutel hairy and sculptured much
like the dorsulum, metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum
except that the sculpture is denser and less distinct, tegulse dark
brown, polished, wing base partly blackish brown, subcosta blackish
brown, stigma pale brownish stramineous, rest of veins dull stramin-
eous, with a blackish tinge, first recurrent vein received by the
second submarginal cell beyond the middle and nearly as near to the
second transverse cubitus as the first transverse cubitus is to the
stigma on the radial vein, nervulus interstitial and forming an acute
angle with the first abscissa of the discoidal vein, legs blackish
except for the tarsi and hind tibiae which are more or less dark brown,
legs covered with brownish golden and ochreous hairs, scopa typical,
its hairs of the lower half pale ochreous, almost white, of its upper
half with a brownish hue, hairs at base above decidedly darkened,
hind metatarsi at most apparently a little narrower than mid meta-
tarsi; propodeum with its enclosure poorly defined, dullish and finely
reticulated, rest of upper face of propodeum sculptured somewhat
like the mesopleurae but with smaller punctures, and covered with
finer pale ochreous hair, propodeal pleurae with sparse shallow punc-
tures and almost hidden by the almost white floccus; abdomen with
its tergum shining and sculptured much like the face, the punctures
from two to six or more puncture widths apart on the first tergite,
the punctures hardly closer on the succeeding tergites, second, third
and fourth tergites with an apical, whitish hair band that is inter-
rupted in the middle, apical edge of first, second, third and fourth
tergites with a stramineous border, second tergite with its elevated
portion down the middle : depressed portion :: 16 : 9, fifth tergite
>hining, reticulate, its punctures closer together than on the other
tergites, pygidium nearly planate, with a shallow furrow on each
side, nearly pointed at apex, tergum with inconspicuous, pale, nearly
civet hairs in addition to the hair bands, fimbria dark seal-brown.

558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NOV.,

Andrena (Andrena) friesei new species.

Type. — No. 4,035. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Southern California (H. K. Morrison).

Related to A. (A.) fulvihirta Viereck and Cockerell.

Female. — Length 11 mm.; body black, mostly covered with bright
tawny or ochreous hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial
line :: 62 : 77, axial line : temporal line :: 31 : 19, malar line : joint
3 of antennae :: 15 : 9, ocelloccipital line : greatest diameter of lateral
ocellus :: 7 : 5, elevated portion of malar space nearly wanting, head
covered with tawny and black hairs, front longitudinally striate,
not elevated into a welt along the fovea, fovea at most : ocellocular
line :: 10 : 15, foveal band present and at upper end of the inner eye
margin : ocellocular line :: 1.5 : 15, distance between fovea and
ocelli : ocellocular line :: 6 : 15, fovea attenuated below its middle,
cuneiform and continued to a point well below the antennal line,
fovea filled with pale hairs along the inner eye margin and lower half,
and with very dark seal-brown hairs on the upper half, in addition
with some blackish hairs, fovarea wanting, vertex and temples along
the upper edge of the eye with black hairs, face dullish, finely indis-
stinctly reticulate, with indistinct punctures that are mostly as
many as four puncture widths apart, clypeus distinctly elevated
above the apical margin, slightly convex, nearly planate, sculptured
like the face except that the punctures are closer together, clypearea
barely represented by a median longitudinal shining streak, clypeus
thinly hairy its sculpture nearly hidden laterally by hairs, labrarea
truncate its width at base : length down the middle :: 9 : 5, width
at apex : length down the middle :: 5 : 5, labrarea at base nearly
half as wide as the labrum, the latter with a fringe of brownish hairs,
labrum apparently sculptureless and without a definite structure
between the labrarea and apical edge of labrum, joint 3 of antenna? : 4
+ 5 :: 9 : 8, joint 4 and 5 thicker than long, the succeeding joints
as thick as long or a little longer than thick except joints 11 and 12
which are distinctly longer than thick, antenna? blackish throughout,
mandibles typical, robust, extending a little beyond the outer edge
of the labrarea, black except for the apical third which is dark reddish,
palpi nearly typical; thorax covered with an abundance of tawny
hairs which are as long on the dorsulum where they are darker than
the almost ochreous hairs on the mesopleurae, dorsulum dullish,
covered with reddish hairs, finely reticulated and punctured like the
face but not so distinctly, more closely, notauli represented by a

L916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF IMIILADELPI-IIA. ")">!>

shining line, mesopleurae with almost ochreous hairs, sculptured
somewhal like the dorsulum, scutel hairy and sculptured like the
dorsulum. metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except
that the sculpture is denser and less distinct, tegulae blackish brown,
shining, reticulated, wing base partly blackish brown, subcosta
blackish brown, stigma pale brownish stramineous bounded by dark
brown veins, rest of veins dull stramineous with a blackish tinge,
first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal cell in or a
little beyond the middle and nearly one and one-half times as far
from the second transverse cubitus as the first transverse cubitus is
to the stigma on the radial vein, nervulus nearly interstitial and
forming an acute angle with the first abscissa of the discoidal vein,
membrane uniformly tinged with brown, legs blackish, covered with
brownish hairs excepting most of hind trochanters, coxae and femora
on which the hairs are rather ochreous, scopa atypical, its hairs mostly
much shorter than half the greatest width of hind tibiae and nearly
erect, appearing brownish except along the edges where the hairs
are pale, nearly ochreous, hairs at base above decidedly darkened,
hind metatarsi presumably at most apparently a little narrower
than mid metatarsi; propodeum with its enclosure poorly defined,
dullish and finely reticulated, rest of upper face of propodeum sculp-
tured somewhat like the mesopleurae but less shining, and covered
with finer pale tawny hair, propodeal pleurae with a few shallow
punctures, finely reticulated, and almost hidden by the ochreous
floccus; abdomen with its tergum dullish, appearing almost impunc-
tate, the punctures mostly from two to four puncture widths apart
on the first tergite, the punctures hardly closer on the succeeding
tergites, second, third and fourth tergites with an apical, whitish hair
band that is interrupted in the middle of the second and third, apical
edge of first, second, third and fourth tergites with a whitish stramine-
ous edge, second tergite with its elevated portion down the middle :
depressed portion :: 18 : 9, fifth tergite more shining, reticulate, its
punctures distinct compared with the punctures on the other tergites,
pygidium nearly planate, nearly pointed at apex, tergum with
inconspicuous dark appressed hairs, in addition to the hair bands,
except laterally on the first and second tergite where there are some
whitish nearly erect hairs, fimbria dark seal-brown.
Andrena (Andrena) inclinata3 new species.

Type. — No. 4,033. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

3 This specific name was applied to this species by Prof. \Y. M. Davis in the
seventies of the preceding century.

560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

Type Locality. — California. (No further data.)
Related to A. (A.) fulvihirta Viereck and Cockerell.
Female. — Length 12 mm.; body black, abdomen with a faint
greenish tinge, mostly covered with pale ochreous or whitish hairs;
head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 70 : 89, axial line : tem-
poral line :: 35 : 21, malar line : joint 3 of antennae :: 2 : 11, ocelloc-
cipital line : greatest diameter of lateral ocellus :: 6 : 5, elevated
portion of malar space in part nearly as long as depressed portion,
head covered with whitish hairs, front rather distinctly, longitudinally
striate and finely reticulate, not elevated into a welt along the fovea,
fovea at most : ocellocular line :: 9 : 18, foveal band present and at
upper end of the inner eye margin : ocellocular line : : 2 : 18, distance
between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular line :: 8 : 18, fovea slightly
attenuated below its middle where it is nearly as wide as the greatest
width of the fovea, the latter continued apparently to the antennal
line, fovea filled with whitish hairs, vertex and temples along the
upper edge of the eye with whitish hairs, face mostly shining, partly
indistinctly reticulate, with indistinct punctures that are from one
to three puncture widths apart, clypeus distinctly elevated above
the apical margin, convex, sculptured like the face except that the
punctures are sparser on the apical half, seemingly transversely
reticulated, clypearea wanting, clypeus quite hairy its sculpture
nearly hidden by hairs, labrarea slightly subemarginate, its width
at base : length down the middle :: 10 : 3.5, width at apex : length
down the middle :: 7 : 3.5, labrarea at base nearly half as wide as
the labrum, the latter with a fringe of pale ochreous hairs, labrum
punctured between the labrarea and apical edge of labrum, joint
3 of antennae : 4 + 5 :: 11 : 9, joints 4 and 5 and following joints
except end joint thicker than long, the end joint distinctly longer
than thick, antennae blackish throughout, mandibles typical, robust,
extending nearly to the outer edge of the labrarea, black except for
the apical half which is clear reddish, mandibles at base with a dome-
shaped polished bursa, palpi nearly typical; thorax covered with an
abundance of pale ochreous almost white hairs which are decidedly
shorter and thicker on the dorsulum than the almost whitish hairs
on the mesopleurae, dorsulum dullish, finely reticulated and indis-
tinctly punctured, the punctures not forming sharp contrast to the
reticulation, notauli represented by a shining line, mesopleurae with
almost whitish hairs, sculptured somewhat like the dorsulum, its
lower and anterior aspect, however, more shining and more distinctly
punctured, scutel hairy and sculptured much like the shining part

l'.HG.] N All ELAJL S< H:\OES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561

of the mesopleurae, metanotum hairy and sculptured like the scute!
excepl thai the sculpture is denser and less distind and dullish,
tegulse dark brown, polished, wing base partly blackish brown,
subcosta blackish brown, stigma and resi of veins dull stramineous,
with a blackish tinge, first recurrent vein received by the second
submarginal cell beyond the middle but not as near to the second
transverse cubitus as the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma on
the radial vein, nervulus virtually interstitial and forming an acute
angle with the first abscissa of the discoidal vein, membrane uni-
formly tinged with yellowish stramineous except t he apical border
which has a brownish tinge, legs blackish brown except for the
onychii and hind tibiae and rest of hind tarsi which are more or less
pale brownish, legs covered with whitish hairs, scopa typical, its
hairs almost white except at base above where they are decidedly
darkened, hind metatarsi at most apparently a little narrower than
mid metatarsi; propodeum with its enclosure poorly defined, dullish
and finely reticulated, rest of upper face of propodeum sculptured
somewhat like the dorsulum, and covered with finer, much longer
whitish hair, propodeal pleura? nearly polished, finely reticulate,
with a few shallow punctures and almost hidden by the nearly wdiite
floccus; abdomen with its tergum shining, very finely reticulated and
finely, sparsely, indistinctly punctured, the punctures from two to
six or more puncture widths apart on the first tergite, the punctures
hardly closer on the succeeding tergites, second, third and fourth
tergites with an apical, whitish hair band that is interrupted in the
middle of the second, apical edge of first, second, third and fourth
tergites with a stramineous border, second tergite with its elevated
portion down the middle : depressed portion :: 20 : 9, fifth tergite
shining, reticulate, its punctures closer together than on the other
tergites, pygidium nearly planate, with a shallow furrow on each
side, rounded at apex, tergum with inconspicuous, pale, nearly erect
hairs, in addition to the hair bands, fimbria dark seal-brown.
Andrena (Andrena) jennei new species.

Tape. — No. 4,013. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — North Yakima, Washington, May 20, 1903
(Eldred Jenne, No. 60).

Presumably related to A. (A.) runcinahe Cockerell.

Male. — Length 8 mm.; body black, mostly covered with pale
ochreous or whitish hair; head with its facial line : transfacial
line :: 48 : 67, axial line : temporal line :: 34 : 23, temples produced

562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

into a near carina-like welt and with a rounded nearly right angle
below the middle of the eye, and an obtuse rounded angle above
the middle of the eye, malar line : joint 3 of antennae :: 1 : 8, elevated
portion of malar space nearly wanting, head covered with whitish
hairs throughout, front dullish shining, rather coarsely, sparsely
striate, ocellocular line : oeelloccipital line :: 16 : 5, face shining
nearly polished, faintly reticulated and distinctly punctured, the
punctures mostly from one to two puncture widths apart, clypeus
planate, not elevated directly above the apical margin, sculptured
much like the face but more nearly polished, clypearea wanting,
sculpture of the clypeus not hidden by the moustache, labrarea
subemarginate, width at base : length down the middle :: 8 : 3,
width at apex : length down the middle :: 4 : 3, labrarea at base
apparently a little more than half as wide as the labrum, the latter
with a fringe of golden hairs, joint 3 of antennae : 4 :: 8 : 4, joint
4 a little thicker than long, joint 5 and following joints distinctly
longer than thick, antennae dullish, flagel, straight in outline, antennae
blackish throughout, mandibles typical, slender, extending beyond
the outer edge of the labrum, black except for the apical fourth
which is dark reddish, palpi nearly typical; thorax covered with an
abundance of pale ochreous or whitish hairs, hairs of dorsulum nearly
as long as hair of mesopleurae, dorsulum dullish, sculptured much
like the face but not so distinctly or closely, notauli represented by a
shining line, mesopleurae with pale ochreous hairs throughout, finely
reticulated and mostly covered with shallow pits, much like the
dorsulum, scutel hairy and polished and with a few punctures that
are smaller than on the dorsulum, metanotum hairy and sculptured
much like the dorsulum except that the sculpture is denser, tegulse
dark brownish stramineous, polished, wing base mostly dark brown,
subcosta dull light brownish stramineous, stigma bounded by yellow-
ish stramineous veins, its membrane concolorous with the subcosta,
rest of veins concolorous with the veins bounding the stigma, mem-
brane pale with a faint brownish tinge, recurrent vein received by the
second submarginal cell beyond the middle and a little nearer to the
second transverse cubitus than the first transverse cubitus is to the
stigma on the radial vein, nervulus nearly interstitial, received by the
median cell, forming an acute angle with the first abscissa of the
median vein, legs blackish brown excepting the tarsi and hind tibiae
which are rather pale brownish stramineous, legs covered with pale
ochreous hairs, hind metatarsi at most hardly wider than mid meta-
tarsi and nearly half as wide as hind tibiae at apex of the latter;

1916.] NATURAL SCIKNCKS Oh PHILADELPHIA. 563

propodeum with its enclosure poorly defined, irregularly coarsely
rugose, rounded at apex, rest of upper lace indefinitely punctured
and coarsely irregularly sculptured between the punctures, covered
with pale ochreous hair, propodeal pleurae shining, finely reticulated
along the lower and anterior margin, elsewhere with a loose network
of fine rugae in the interstices of which the integument is indistinctly
reticulate and punctured, partly nearly hidden by pale ochreous
hairs; abdomen wit h its tergum nearly polished and finely punctured,
the punctures sparsest on the depressed portion of the first tergite,
second, third and fourth tergites uniformly sculptured, partly finely,
indistinctly reticulate, with their punctures two to six or seven punc-
ture widths apart, second'tergite with its elevated portion down the
middle : depressed portion :: 16 : 7, fifth tergite with its basal
blackish portion covered with poorly defined punctures that are as
many as six puncture widths apart, depressed portion of tergites
brownish with an apical whitish edge, anal process entire, truncate,
dark brownish at apex, tergum with rather conspicuous pale ochreous
hairs that are supplemented on the sides of the second, third and
fourth tergites by thin pale ochreous apical hair bands, hair at apex
of abdomen pale ochreous. In manipulating the head with a pair
of forceps in order to get a better view of the labrarea the clypeus
was almost symmetrically impressed.
Andrena (Andrena) littlefieldi new species.

Type. — No. 4,014. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Colorado Springs, Colorado, April 22, Worthington
Littlefield collector (T. D. A. Cockerell).

Related to A. (A.) polygoni Viereck and Cockerell and closely
resembles A. (A.) placida Smith.

Male. — Length, 6.5 mm.; body black, covered with whitish hairs;
head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 40 : 52, axial line : tem-
poral line at most :: 13 : 14, black, its pubescence whitish throughout
except along the lower edge of the labrum where it is golden, clypeal
punctures shallow, not sharply defined, at most two puncture widths
apart, mostly adjoining or nearly so, the interstices polished, clypearea
wanting clypeus convex, mandibles black with reddish castaneou-
tips, palpi typical, joint 3 of antennae : 4 and 5 :: 6 : 9, 3 : 4 :: 3 : 2
and 3 : 5 :: 6 : 5, antennae blackish brown, labrarea widely, arcuately
emarginate, greatest length of labrarea nearly twice the shortesl
length and apparently a little more than one-fourth the width of the
labrarea at its base, cheeks rounded or subtrapezoidal, widest a

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

little above middle of eye; thorax black and with whitish pubescence,
dorsulum dullish, partly shining, finely reticulate, with scattered
punctures that are inconspicuous, shallow and as much as five
puncture widths or more apart near the centre of the dorsulum;
scutel sculptured like the centre of the dorsulum but not distinctly
reticulated, metanotum densely sculptured, dull, legs pubescent like
the thorax except the tarsi which have the hairs on the under surface
rather golden, tarsi dark brown or blackish except onychii which
are dark stramineous, claws brownish stramineous, tegulse and scale
over wing base blackish, subcosta blackish brown, rest of veins and
stigma pale yellowish stramineous, basal vein and media darker,
brownish, membrane with a yellowish stramineous tinge, nervulus
interstitial and forming almost a right angle with the first abscissa
of the discoidal vein, first recurrent vein received a little before the
middle of the second submarginal cell; propodeum rugulose except
at apex of the ill-defined enclosure where it appears to be granular;
abdomen black with a greenish tinge, its second, third and fourth
tergites with a brownish to brownish-stramineous depressed apical
margin, tergites imperfectly reticulate and shining, with shallow
punctures about as sparsely distributed as on the scutel although
not so distinctly defined, pubescence whitish throughout, second,
third and fourth tergites poorly fasciate laterally, anal plate brownish
stramineous and emarginate like a bird's tail.

Andrena (Andrena) lummiorum new species.

Type. — No. 4,034. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Vancouver, British Columbia, April 10, 1904
(R. V. Harvey, No. 602).

Related to A. (A.) asmi Viereck.

Female. — Length 10.5 mm.; body black, mostly covered with pale
ochreous hair; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 67 : 82,
axial line : temporal line :: 34 : 20, malar line : joint 3 of antennae
:: 4 : 13, elevated portion of malar space as long as the depressed
portion, head covered with whitish and black hairs, front longi-
tudinally striato-punctate, not elevated along the inner foveal edge,
covered with black hairs, vertex with pale ochreous and black hairs
fovea at most : ocellocular line :: 11 : 13, foveal band wanting,
fovea virtually contiguous to the upper end of the imier eye margin,
distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular line :: 2 : 13, fovea
hardly constricted near its middle where it is apparently nearly as
wide as the greatest width of the fovea, the latter continued below

1910.] \ Vl'i RAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565

as a shallow furrow down to a point apparently nearly on the clypeal
line, fovea blackish brown, lower margin of front, supraclypeal areas,
clypeus and inner margin of face with whitish hairs mixed with black
hairs, face shiny, punctured and finely reticulated, the punctures
mostly from nearly adjoining to two puncture widths apart, clypeus
elevated above the apical margin, convex, with a poorly developed
median longitudinal welt, more coarsely and more sparsely punctured
than the face, clypearea poorly defined, clypeus with its basal half
dullish reticulate, its apical half nearly polished, Labrarea subemargi-
nate, its width at base : length down the middle :: 14 : 4, width at
apex : length down the middle :: 6 : 4, labrarea at base nearly
two-thirds as wide as the labrum, the latter with a fringe of dark
hairs, joint 3 of antenna? : 4 + 5 :: 13 : 12, joints 4 and 5 as thick
as long, the succeeding joints apparently a little longer than thick,
the end joint distinctly longer than thick, antenna? blackish through-
out, mandibles typical, robust, extending to a little beyond the
outer edge of the labrum, black except for the apical half which is
mostly dark reddish, palpi nearly typical; thorax covered with an
abundance of pale and black hairs which are tawny on the dorsulum
where they are somewhat shorter than the black and whitish hairs
on the mesopleurae, dorsulum dullish, indistinctly punctured and
finely, densely reticulated, the sculpture nearly hidden by the dense
covering of pale hair with a tawny tinge, notauli represented by a
shining line, mesopleurae with black hairs except for a streak of white
hair along the convexity between the anterior face and the lateral
face and along the upper margin where the hairs are whitish, sculp-
tured like the dorsulum though not so finely and more conspicuously
reticulated and punctured, scutel hairy and sculptured much like
the dorsulum except for being less densely sculptured, metanotum
hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except that the sculpture is
denser, tegulse dark brownish, polished, wing base partly blackish
brown, subcosta blackish brown, stigma brownish stramineous,
with a blackish tinge, first recurrent vein received by the second
submarginal cell beyond the middle and nearer to the second trans-
verse cubitus than the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma on
the radial vein, nervulus received by the median cell, nearly inter-
stitial and forming an acute angle with the first abscissa of the
discoidal vein, legs blackish brown except for the claws which are
brownish stramineous, legs covered with blackish or brownish hairs
except the mid and hind femora, hind coxae and trochanters, and
lower third of scopa where the hairs are whitish or silvery, scopa

566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

nearly typical but loose, hind metatarsi at most nearly as wide as
mid metatarsi ; propodeum with its enclosure poorly denned, medially
with a shallow impression, finely reticulated throughout and with
short weak radiating, crooked plicae along the base, rest of upper face
of propodeum sculptured somewhat like the dorsulum but more
distinctly and covered with nearly white hair, propodeal pleurae
shining, distinctly reticulated and with a few scattered indistinct
punctures, and almost hidden by the whitish floccus; abdomen with
its tergum shining, finely reticulated and finely indistinctly sparsely
punctured, its first and second tergite with long, nearly erect pale
ochreous hairs, the succeeding tergites with distinctly shorter pale
ochreous hairs that on the fourth and fifth tergites are mixed with a
few black hairs, second tergite with its elevated portion down the
middle : depressed portion :: 10 : 22, fifth tergite with its sculpture
more distinct than that on the preceding tergite, pygidium truncate,
black at apex, second and third tergites with a thin apical hair band,
fimbria blackish with pale hairs laterally.

Andrena (Andrena) monogonoparia new species.

Type. — No. 4,015. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — -Nevada (H. K. Morrison).

Related to A. (A.) frigida cocker elli Graenicher.

Male. — Length 8.5 mm.; body black, mostly covered with whitish
hair; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 54 : 70, axial
line : temporal line :: 36 : 25, temples produced into a right angle,
the angle opposite the middle of the eye, malar line : joint 3 of
antennae :: 2 : 8, elevated portion of malar space shorter than the
depressed portion, head covered with whitish and black hairs through-
out, the white hairs present only on the clypeus, supraclypeal area
and to some extent on the vertex, occiput and temples, front rather
roughly reticulated and partly indistinctly striate, ocellocular
line : ocelloccipital line :: 18 : 6, face shining, distinctly punctured,
its punctures mostly from one to two puncture widths apart, the
interstices finely reticulated, clypeus apparently slightly convex,
elevated directly above the apical margin, nearly polished and
punctured much like the face, clypearea wanting, sculpture of the
clypeus not hidden by the moustache, labrarea with two faces,
emarginate beneath at the apex of the lower face, width at
base : length down the middle :: 8 : 3, width at apex : length down
the middle :: 25 : 3, labrarea at base apparently half as wide as the
labrum, the latter with a fringe of golden hairs, joint 3 of antennae :

1!)1G.] NAT! RAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567

-i :: S : 7, joint 4 and following joints nearly twice as long as thick
the terminal joint excepted, which is apparently at leasl twice as
long as thick, dullish, flagel undulate in outline, antennae blackish
throughout) right mandible nearly typical, rather slender, extending

nearly to the end of the basal fourth of its fellow, black except for
the apical third which is mostly dark reddish, palpi slender, nearly
typical; thorax covered with an abundance of whitish hairs, that are
sparsely mixed with Mack on the dorsulum and scutel, hairs of
dorsulum seemingly as long as hair of mesopleurae, dorsulum dullish,
finely reticulated and sparsely punctured, the punctures rather
indistinct and mostly four or five puncture widths apart, notauli
represented by a shining line, mesopleurae with whitish hairs through-
out, finely reticulated and mostly covered with shallow pits that are
mostly two or three puncture widths apart, scutel hairy and sculp-
tured much like the dorsulum except thai it is partly nearly polished,
metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except that the
sculpture is denser, tegulae brownish stramineous, polished, wing
base mostly pale stramineous, subcosta blackish, stigma brownish.
stramineous with a blackish tinge, rest of veins dull stramineous
with a blackish tinge, first recurrent vein received by the second
submarginal cell beyond the middle and little nearer to the second
transverse cubitus than the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma
on the radial vein, nervulus interstitial, forming an acute angle with
the first abscissa of the discoidal vein, legs blackish brown excepting
the tarsi and hind tibiae which are rather dark brown, legs covered
with whitish hairs, hind metatarsi at most hardly wider than mid meta-
tarsi and nearly half as wide as hind tibiae at apex of the latter;
proptxh urn with its enclosure well defined, finely reticulate, rounded
at apex, rest of upper face sculptured somewhat like the mesopleura1
but with smaller pits and covered with whitish hair, propodeal
pleura' sculptured apparently like the mesopleurae the sculpture not
hidden by the uniformly distributed whitish hairs; abdomen with its
tergum shining, finely reticulated and indistinctly punctured, the
punctures many puncture widths apart, first and second tergites
with erect whitish hairs, third and following tergites with dark or
blackish hairs excepting the fifth beyond its base which like the apex
of the abdomen is covered with pale brownish hairs, second tergite
with its elevated portion down the middle : depressed por-
tion :: 23 : 5, fifth tergite with its basal blackish portion covered
with poorly defined punctures that are many puncture widths apart,
rest of fifth tergite and depressed portion of sixth tergite brownish

568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

stramineous, anal process spatulate and stramineous at apex, not
emarginate, tergum with its hairs not supplemented on the sides of
the second, third and fourth tergites by apical hair bands.

Andrena (Andrena) obscuripostica new species.

Type. — No. 4,016. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Nevada (H. K. Morrison).

Related, presumablj', to A. (A.) apacheorum Cockerell.

Female. — Length 9 mm.; body black, covered with pale ochreous
pubescence; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 53 : 74,
axial line : temporal line :: 29 : 17, black, its pubescence ochreous
except along the lower edge of the labrum where it is reddish brown,
along the lower edge of the mandibles where it is brownish and in
the foveae where it is seal-brown, except for the long blackish hairs
and on the occiput and temples where it is whitish, fovea apparently
at most two-thirds as wide along the ocellocular line than the latter
is long, hardly separated from the eye margin where the ocellocular
line joins the latter, fovea shallow, fovarea wanting, fovea extending
distinctly below the antennal line but apparently falling short of the
clypeal line, clypearea wanting, clypeal punctures distinct, most of
the punctures from one to two puncture widths apart, the interstices
partly polished partly reticulated on the disc, elsewhere reticulated
throughout, clypeus convex, deeply, transversely impressed just
before the apical edge, mandibles black except for the apical two-
thirds of the inner margin and all of the apical third which are
reddish castaneous, palpi typical, joint 3 of antennae : 4 + 5 :: 9 : 8,
antennas blackish brown, labrarea broad and short, subemarginate,
nearly as wide at apex as at base, four times as wide at base as long-
down the middle, malar space virtually crowded out by the eye;
thorax black with thin ochreous pubescence above and whitish
pubescence on the pleurae, dorsulum mostly dull and finely reticulated,
with indistinct punctures that are as many as four to five puncture
widths apart, scutel sculptured like the dorsulum, metanotum densely
sculptured, legs pubescent like the pleurae except that the hairs of
the tibiae and tarsi are brownish golden, scopa golden, its hairs not
dense enough to obscure the tegument, their arrangement and
character typical, tarsi and hind tibiae dark brown, rest of legs darker,
tegulae and wing base dark brownish stramineous to blackish, stigma
pale brownish stramineous, subcosta blackish brown, border of stigma
and remaining veins brownish stramineous, darker than the stigma,-
first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal cell a little

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569

beyond the middle, aervulus interstitial and forming an acute angle
with the first abscissa of the discoidal vein; propodeum with a poorly
defined funnel-shaped enclosure, sides i>t' the propodeum similarly
sculptured with the enclosure though more rugulose and in addition
indefinitely punctured; abdomen dullish black, finely reticulated and
indistinctly punctured, the tergum from the base of the depressed
margin of the second tergite to the end of the fourth tergite more
shining than elsewhere but nevertheless finely reticulated, depressed
portion of the second tergite down the middle : elevated portion ::
7 : 16, second, third and fourth tergites with most of their depressed
portion covered with a whitish fascia, erect pubescence of tergum
also whitish, that of the first and second tergite rather conspicuous,
fifth tergite punctured, no definite sculpture between the puncture-,
find iria dark brown, pygidium, planate, rounded at apex, conical
in outline, dark reddish brown to blackish, and with a slightly
submarginally impressed line on each side.

Andrena (Andrena) pulverea new species.

Type. — No. 4,0-43. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — California (no further data).

Related to A. (A.) papagorum Viereck and Cockerell.

Female. — Length 9 mm.; body black, mostly covered with pale
ochreous or whitish hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial
line :: 52 : 65, axial line : temporal line :: 28 : 17, malar line : joint
3 of antennae :: 2 : 9, ocelloccipital line : greatest diameter of
lateral ocellus :: 3 : 4, elevated portion of malar space nearly wanting,
head covered with whitish hairs, front rather indistinctly, longi-
tudinally striate, not elevated into a welt along the fovea, its crista
poorly developed, fovea at most : ocellocular line :: 10 : 13, foveal
band wanting, distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular line
:: 4 : 13, fovea slightly attenuated below its middle where it is
apparently only a little narrower than the greatest width of the fovea,
the latter continued to a point well below7 the antennal line, upper
half of fovea filled with pale -eabbrown hairs, lower half with still
paler hairs vertex and temples along the upper edge of tin1 eye with
dark hairs, face shining, finely reticulate, with distinct puncture-
that are as many as one to three puncture widths apart, clypeus
distinctly elevated above the apical margin, slightly convex, dullish.
sculptured like the face except that the punctures are seemingly
-mailer and the reticulation denser, clypearea present but poorly
denned and represented by a narrow impunctate area, clypeus

570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

thinly hairy, its sculpture not at all hidden by hairs, labrarea tri-
angular, its width at base : length down the middle :: 12 : 5, labrarea
at base nearly two-thirds as wide as the labrum, the latter with
a fringe of brownish hairs, labrum apparently structureless and
sculptureless between the labrarea and apical edge of labrum, joint
3 of antennae : 4 + 5 :: 9 : 6, joints 4 to 9 thicker than long, the
succeeding joints as thick as long or a little longer than thick except
joint 12 which is distinctly longer than thick, antennae blackish
throughout, mandibles typical, robust, extending a little beyond the
outer edge of the labrarea, black except for the apical half which is
dark reddish, palpi nearly typical; thorax covered with an abundance
of whitish hairs which are distinctly shorter on the dorsulum where
they are darker than the almost white hairs on the mesopleurse,
dorsulum dullish, finely reticulated, indistinctly punctured, the
punctures mostly many puncture widths apart, notauli represented
by a shining line, mesopleurse with almost white hairs, sculptured
somewhat like the dorsulum but more shining and more distinctly
punctured, scutel hairy and sculptured much like the dorsulum,
metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except that the
sculpture is denser and less distinct, tegulse blackish brown, polished,
wing base partly blackish brown, subcosta blackish brown, stigma
pale brownish stramineous, rest of veins dull stramineous, with a
blackish tinge excepting the cubiti which are yellowish, received by
the second submarginal cell beyond the middle and nearly as near to
the second transverse cubitus as the first transverse cubitus is to the
stigma on the radial vein, nervulus interstitial and forming an acute
angle with the first abscissa of the discoidal vein, membrane uniformly
tinged with yellowish brown, legs dark brown, covered with brownish
golden and pale ochreous or whitish hairs, scopa typical, its hairs of
the lower half pale ochreous almost white, of its upper half with a
golden hue, hairs at base above decidedly darkened, hind metatarsi
at most apparently a little narrower than mid metatarsi; propodcum
with its enclosure poorly defined, shining and finely reticulated, rest
of upper face of propodeum sculptured somewhat like the mesopleurse
but with smaller punctures, and covered with finer pale ochreous
hair, propodeal pleurse fine reticulated, shining and with sparse
shallow punctures and almost hidden by the nearly white floccus;
abdomen with its tergum shining, satiny, finely reticulate and indis-
tinctly punctured, the punctures from two to six or more puncture
widths apart on the first tergite, the punctures hardly closer on the
succeeding tergites, second, third and fourth tergites with an apical,

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571

whitish hair hand that is interrupted in the middle of the second and
third tergites, apical edge of first, second, third and fourth tergites
with a whitish stramineous border, second tergite with its elevated
portion down the middle : depressed portion :: 18 : 9, fifth tergite
dullish, reticulate, its punctures larger than on the other tergites,
pygidium nearly planate, sculptured, punctate and rugulose, nearly
truncate at apex, tergum with inconspicuous whitish hairs in addition
to the hair bands and the nearly erect whitish hairs laterally on the
first and second tergites, fimbria pale brown.

Andrena (Andrena) sancta new species.

Type. — No. 4,017. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — California (no additional data except a written n.
on the locality label) .

Related to A. (A.) parnassice Cockerell.

Female.- — Length 10 mm. ; body black, mostly covered with whitish
hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 53 : 71, axial
line : temporal line :: 29 : 10, malar line : joint 3 of antennae ::
1.5 : 9, elevated portion of malar space nearly wanting, head
covered with whitish hairs, front shiny, finely longitudinally striate,
with a poorly defined crista and not elevated along the inner margin
of the fovea, fovea at most : ocellocular line :: 8 : 13, foveal band
nearly wanting, fovea virtually contiguous to the upper end of the
inner eye margin, distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular
line :: 0 : 13, fovea somewhat constricted near its upper end, nearly
parallel sided throughout and continued below the constriction as a
shallow furrow down to a point apparently a little below the clypeal
line, fovea pale seal-brown above its middle, pale ochreous or whitish
below, fovarea wanting, face dullish, finely reticulated and indefinitely
punctured, clypeus distinctly elevated above the apical margin,
slightly convex, with its basal half sculptured much like the face but
distinctly punctured, the apical half mostly almost polished and
coarsely punctured, the punctures from nearly adjoining to two
puncture widths apart on each side of the impunctate, median
longitudinal, feeble, welt-like clypearea, clypeus thinly hairy, its
surface not hidden, labrarea truncate, width at base : length down
the middle :: 11 : 5, width at apex : length down the middle :: 3 : 5,
labrarea at base nearly two-thirds as wide as the labrum, the latter
with a fringe of pale stramineous hairs, joint 3 of antennse : 4 +
5 :: 9 : 9, joint 4 as thick as long, the succeeding joints a little longer
than thick except the fifth which is as long as thick and the end
38

572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

joint which is much longer than thick, antenna? blackish throughout,
mandibles typical, robust, extending to the outer edge of the labrum,
black except for the apical half which is dark reddish, palpi nearly
typical; thorax covered with an abundance of whitish hairs which
are shorter on the dorsulum where they are pale ochreous than the
whitish hairs on the mesopleurse, dorsulum dullish, punctured, finely
reticulated except for the middle third of the posterior half which is
polished and punctured, the punctures of the reticulated area from
nearly adjoining to nearly four puncture widths apart, the punctures
of the polished area much sparser, notauli represented by an impressed
line, mesopleurse with whitish hairs throughout, finely reticulate and
sparsely punctured, scutel hairy and sculptured much like the
polished part of the dorsulum except for being more finely punctured,,
metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dullish portion of the
dorsulum except that the sculpture is denser, tegulee dark brownish
stramineous, polished, wing base partly blackish brown, subcosta
blackish brown, stigma dark brownish stramineous, rest of veins
dull stramineous, with a blackish tinge, first recurrent vein received
by the second submarginal cell beyond the middle and apparently
as near to the second transverse cubitus as the first transverse
cubitus is to the stigma on the radial vein, nervulus interstitial and
forming an acute angle with the first abscissa of the discoidal vein,
legs blackish brown except for the tarsi which are more or less dark
brownish stramineous, legs covered with whitish hairs, scopa typical,
its hairs of a whitish hue, and concolorous throughout except for
the hairs on the basal half of the upper edge where the hairs are
blackish brown, hind metatarsi at most apparently as wide as mid
metatarsi; propodeum with its enclosure poorly defined, triangular r
finely reticulated, not at all rugose, rest of upper face of propodeum
sculptured somewhat like the mesopleurse but seemingly with smaller
pits and covered with whitish hair, propodeal pleurae distinctly
reticulated and with a few ill-defined punctures, and almost hidden
by the whitish floccus; abdomen with its tergum shiny, punctured
and delicately reticulated, the punctures fine and from two to eight
or more puncture widths apart on the first tergite except on its
depressed portion where the punctures are closer together, the
punctures on the elevated portion of the second, third and fourth
tergites similar to those on the first tergite and sparser than on the
depressed portions of the second, third and fourth tergites, where the
punctures are much as on the depressed portion of the first tergite,
second tergite with its elevated portion down the middle : depressed

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573

portion :: 18 : 8, fifth tergite with its sculpture coarser, its punctures
not so well defined as on the preceding tergite, pygidiuni black,
planate, truncate at apex, tergum with inconspicuous pale hairs,
second, third and fourth tergites with an apical, interrupted, white,
hair band, fimbria brownish.

Andrena lAndrena) scutellinitens new species.

Type.— No. 20,679, U. S. National Museum.

Type Locality.— California (C. F. Baker, No. 2,378).

Related to A. (A.) nubecula Smith.

Female. — Length 8 mm.; body black, mostly covered with pale
ochreous or yellowish hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial
line :: 59 : 63, axial line : temporal line :: 28 : 16, malar line : joint
3 of antenna :: 2 : 9, ocelloccipital line : greatest diameter of lateral
ocellus :: 7 : 5, elevated portion of malar space nearly wanting, head
covered with hairs that are concolorous with the body hairs, front
rather distinctly, longitudinally striate, frontal crista vestigeal,.
front not elevated into a welt along the fovea, fovea at most : ocellocu-
lar line :: 7.5 : 11, foveal band represented by a shiny line at upper
end of the inner eye margin, distance between fovea and ocelli :
ocellocular line :: 4 : 11, fovea somewhat attenuated below its
middle where it is apparently only a little narrower than the greatest
width of the fovea, the latter continued to a point apparently a little
above the clypeal line, fovea filled with hairs that are concolorous
with the body hairs, vertex and temples along the upper edge of the
eye with the hairs concolorous with the body hairs, face polished with
distinct punctures that are from adjoining to as many as three punc-
ture widths apart, clypeus slightly elevated above the apical margin,
convex, sculptured like the face except that the punctures are larger
and mostly not so close together, clypearea present but poorly
defined, clypeus thinly hairy its sculpture not at all hidden by hairs,,
labrarea emarginate, its width at base : length down the middle ::
12 : 4, width at apex : length down the middle : 3.5 : 4, labrarea
at base nearly two-thirds as wide as the greatest length of labrum,
the latter with a fringe of pale hairs, labrum without a median
longitudinal crista between the labrarea and apical edge of labrum,.
joint 3 of antennse : 4 + 5 :: 9 : 9, joint 4 thicker than long, the
succeeding joints as thick as long or a little longer than thick except
joint 12 which is distinctly longer than thick, antenna? blackish brown
throughout, mandibles typical, robust, extending to the outer edge
of the labrarea, black except for the apical half which is mostly clear
dark reddish, palpi nearly typical; thorax covered with an abundance

574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

of yellowish hairs which are much shorter on the dorsulum where
they are darker than the almost whitish hairs on the mesopleurse,
dorsulum shining, partly polished, partly finely reticulated, punc-
tured like the clypeus but not so sparsely, notauli represented by a
shiny line, mesopleurse with almost whitish hairs, sculptured some-
what like the dorsulum but more densely reticulated, scutel hairy
and mostly polished, otherwise sculptured much like the dorsulum,
metanotum hairy and densely sculptured, the sculpture nearly hidden
by the hairs, tegulse blackish brown, polished, wing base partly black-
ish brown, subcosta blackish brown, stigma pale yellowish
stramineous, rest of veins dull brownish stramineous, with a blackish
tinge, first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal cell
beyond the middle and nearer to the second transverse cubitus than
the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma on the radial vein, nervulus
nearly interstitial, received by the median cell and forming an acute
angle with the second abscissa of the median vein, membrane uni-
formly tinged with brown, apical margin darkest, legs blackish except
for the small joints of the tarsi which are more or less pale brown,
legs covered with brownish golden and nearly whitish hairs, scopa
typical, its hairs golden except at base above where they are decidedly
darkened, hind metatarsi at most : mid metatarsi :: 11 : 12; propo-
deum with its enclosure rather well defined, shiny, finely reticulated
and roughened by oblique lateral rugae, rest of upper face of
propodeum rugulose, punctured and reticulated, covered with fine
nearly whitish hair, propodeal pleurae reticulated, with sparse shallow
punctures and almost hidden by the almost white floccus; abdomen
with its tergum shining and finely reticulated as well as punctured,
the punctures from one to three or more puncture widths apart on
the first tergite, the punctures hardly closer on the succeeding
tergites, first, second, third and fourth tergites with the depressed
margin covered with a broad nearly whitish hair band that is not
interrupted in the middle, apical edge of first, second, third and fourth
tergites with a stramineous border that is nearly hidden by the hair
bands, second tergite with its elevated portion down the middle :
depressed portion :: 16 : 12, fifth tergite shining, reticulate, its
punctures coarser than on the other tergites, and nearly hidden by
the fimbria, pygidium convex, without a shallow furrow on each
side, nearly pointed at apex, tergum with inconspicuous blackish
hairs in addition to the hair bands and the nearly erect yellowish
hairs at base of first tergite, fimbria dark cacao-brown.

Allotype. — No. 4,041. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575

Allotype Locality. — Nevada (H. K. Morrison).

Length 6.5 mm.; body black, mostly covered with ochreous or
yellowish hair; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 53 : 62,
axial line : temporal line :: 27 : 17, temples rounded, subtrapezoidal,
malar line : joint 3 of antennae :: 1 : 7, elevated portion of malar
space as in the female, front distinctly striated, shining, ocellocular
line : ocelloccipital line :: 12 : 5, face polished, distinctly punctured,
its punctures mostly adjoining or one puncture width apart, clypeus
convex, sculptured much like the face, somewhat elevated directly
above the apical margin, clypearea represented near the apical
margin, sculpture of the clypeus nearly hidden by the moustache,
labrarea with a broad emargination, polished, its width at base :
greatest length :: 8 : 4.5, width at apex : length down the middle ::
5:3, labrarea at base nearly half as wide as the labrum, the
latter with a fringe of pale golden hairs, joint 3 of antennae : 4 :: 7 : 5,
joint 4 and following joints from as long as thick to a little longer
than thick excepting the end joint which is distinctly nearly twice as
long as thick, flagel, almost straight in outline, antennae dullish and
blackish throughout, mandibles atypical, robust, extending a little
beyond the outer edge of the labrum and to the middle of its fellow,
black except for the apical half which is dull dark reddish, palpi
nearly typical; thorax as in the female except that the dorsulum is
mostly polished, legs blackish brown excepting the tarsi and hind
tibiae which are paler, hind metatarsi at most hardly wider than
mid metatarsi and nearly half as wide as hind tibiae at apex of the
latter; propodeum with its enclosure much as in the female, more
regulose and with an ill-defined median longitudinal carina, rest of
upper face as in the female, propodeal pleurae sculptured apparently
as in the female; abdomen as in the female except as follows: fifth
tergite with a hair band like the preceding tergites, apical edge of
all tergites with a pale stramineous border, hair band of second
tergite interrupted in the middle, second tergite with its elevated
portion down the middle : depressed portion :: 14 : 8, tergum with
pale appressed hairs on the second segment, anal process narrow,
truncate, pale stramineous at apex, its sides diverging, hair at apex
of abdomen of a golden hue.

Andrena (Andrena) semifulva new species.

Type. — No. 4,048. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — California (E. Norton).
Related to A. (A.) saccata Viereck.

576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

Female. — Length 13 mm.; body black, mostly covered with black
hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 73 : 98, axial
line : temporal line :: 39 : 26, malar line : joint 3 of antennae :: 4 : 14,
elevated portion of malar space nearly as long as depressed portion,
head covered with black or blackish hairs except for some pale hairs
on the vertex, front more reticulate than striate, not elevated along
the inner foveal edge, fovea at most : ocellocular line :: 18 : 24,
foveal band wanting, fovea virtually contiguous to the upper end of
the inner eye margin, distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular
line :: 5 : 24, fovea hardly constricted near its middle where it is
apparently nearly as wide as the greatest width of the fovea, the
latter continued below the middle as a narrowing shallow impression
down to a point distinctly below the clypeal line, fovea very dark
seal-brown, face shining, finely reticulated and rather indistinctly
punctured, the punctures one to three puncture widths apart, clypeus
slightly elevated above the apical margin, convex, sculptured much
like the face but more shining and more distinctly punctured,
clypearea wanting, clypeus densely hairy laterally where its surface
is nearly hidden by hairs, labrarea rounded, its width at base : length
down the middle :: 20 : 5, convex at apex, labrarea at base at least
two-thirds as wide as the labrum, the latter with a fringe of brownish
hairs, joint 3 of antennae : 4 + 5 :: 14 : 11, joint 4 nearly as thick
as long, the succeeding joints as long or a little longer than thick,
the end joint distinctly longer than thick, antennae blackish through-
out, mandibles typical, robust, extending to the outer edge of the
labrum, black except for the apical half which is partly dark reddish,
palpi nearly typical; thorax covered with an abundance of slender
hairs which are ochreous on the dorsulum where they are a little
shorter than the blackish hairs on the mesopleurae, dorsulum dullish,
finely reticulated and closely punctured with rather indefinite
punctures, notauli represented by a shining line, mesopleurae with
blackish hairs, except along the upper margin where the hairs are
concolorous with the hairs of the dorsulum, scutel hairy and sculp-
tured much like the dorsulum except for being less finely sculptured,
metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except that the
sculpture is coarser, tegulae dark brownish stramineous, reticulated
and shiny, wing base partly blackish brown, subcosta blackish brown,
stigma pale stramineous with a blackish tinge, rest of veins dull
brownish stramineous, with a blackish tinge, first recurrent vein
received by the second submarginal cell a little before, in or a little
beyond the middle and as near or nearer to the first transverse cubitus

19 16.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 577

as the firsi transverse cubitus is to the stigma on the radial vein,
nervulus interstitial and forming an acute angle with the first abscissa
of the discoidal vein, legs blackish brown except for the tarsi which
arc more or less brownish stramineous, legs covered witli blackish or
dark brown hairs, scopa typical, its hairs of a blackish brown hue
and concolorous throughout, hind metatarsi at most apparently as
wide as mid met al arsi ; propodeum with its enclosure poorly defined,
finely reticulated, not at all rugose, rest of upper face of propodeum
sculptured somewhal like the mesopleurae but covered with ochreous
hair, propodeal pleurae finely reticulate and with sparse indefinite
punctures, not hidden by the poorly developed blackish fioccus;
abdomen with its tergum shining, finely reticulated and finely
punctured, the punctures poorly defined and from two to six or more
puncture widths apart on the first tergite, second, third and fourth
tergites sculptured much like the first tergite, second tergite with its
elevated portion down the middle : depressed portion :: 29 : 10,
fifth tergite with its sculpture of the same kind as the preceding
tergite, pygidium black, almost planate and nearly pointed at apex,
dullish, without an enclosure, tergum with rather conspicuous blackish
hairs, second, third and fourth tergites without a hair band, fimbria
blackish brown. A paratopotype has the hair of the dorsulum and
-cut el reddish and the labrarea truncate, the truncature as wide as
the length of the labrarea down the middle.

Andrena lAndrena) sola new species.

Type- — Xo. 4,047. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia..

Type Locality. — Southern California (H. K. Morrison).

Related to A. (A.) subtilis Smith, and probably a small variety of
that species.

Female. — Length 11 mm.; body black, mostly covered with
pale hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 63 : 84,
axial line : temporal line :: 33 : 21, malar line : joint 3 of antennas
:: 1.5 : 10, elevated portion of malar space virtually wanting, head
covered with pale ochreous hairs, front finely longitudinally striate
on each side of a well-developed median longitudinal crista, not
elevated along the inner foveal edge, fovea at most : ocellocular
line :: 12 : 17, foveal band well developed, polished and sparsely
punctured, fovea nearly contiguous to the upper end of the inner
eye margin, distance between fovea and ocelli at the latter
point : ocellocular line :: 1 : 17, fovea constricted near its middle
where it is apparently only two-thirds as wide as the greatest width

578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

of the fovea, the latter continued below the constriction as a shallow
depression down to a point apparently on the clypeal line, fovea with
a little more than its upper half seal-brown, the rest pale ochreous,
fovarea widest a little below the middle of the fovea, not angulated,
its widest part : ocellocular line :: 2.5 : 17, face shiny, delicately
reticulated and sparsely punctured, its punctures not well defined
and from two to four puncture widths apart, clypeus distinctly
elevated above the apical margin, convex, polished and dullish reticu-
late, punctured as sparsely as the face but the punctures larger and
more distinct, clypearea wanting, clypeus thinly hairy, its sculpture
not obscured by the pubescence, labrarea truncate, width at base :
length down the middle :: 13 : 5, width at apex : length down the
middle :: 5 : 5, labrarea at base nearly half as wide as the labrum,
the latter with a fringe of dark hairs, joint 3 of antennae : 4 +
5 :: 10 : 10, joint 4 thicker than long, the succeeding joints from as
long as to distinctly a little longer than thick, antennae blackish
throughout, mandibles typical, robust, extending to the outer edge
of the labrarea, black except for the apical half which is blackish
except for a reddish tinge, palpi nearly typical; thorax covered with
an abundance of pale hairs which are tawny on the dorsulum where
they are shorter than the whitish hairs on the mesopleurse, dorsulum
dullish, reticulated and punctured, the punctures apparently better
defined and closer together than the punctures of the face, notauli
represented by a shiny line, mesopleurse distinctly reticulated and
punctured somewhat like the face but the punctures larger, with
whitish hairs, except along the upper margin where the hairs are
tawny as on the dorsulum, scutel hairy and sculptured much like the
dorsulum, metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except
that the sculpture is denser, tegulae dark brownish stramineous,
with a blackish tinge, membrane uniformly tinged with brown, first
recurrent vein received by the second submarginal cell before the
middle and nearly as near to the first transverse cubitus as the first
transverse cubitus is to the stigma on the radial vein, nervulus
interstitial and forming an acute angle with the first abscissa of the
discoidal vein, legs blackish brown except for the claws which are
more or less brownish stramineous, legs covered with whitish and
brownish hairs, scopa typical, its hairs of a whitish hue, and concolor-
ous throughout except that the hairs on the upper margin are brownish
to almost blackish at base of upper margin, hind metatarsi at most
apparently as wide as mid metatarsi; -propodeum with its enclosure
sharply defined, finely reticulated, not at all rugose, rest of upper

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579"

face of propodeum sculptured somewhat like the mesopleurae and
covered with whitish hair, propodeal pleurae with delicate reticula-
tions, more shiny than the mesopleurae and more sparsely punctured
and almost hidden by the whitish floccus; abdomen black with a
bluish tinge, with its tergum shining, finely reticulated and punc-
tured, first tergite more distinctly and more closely punctured than
the face, punctures on the elevated portion of the second and third
tergites nearly as close together as on the disc of the first tergite and
a little larger than on the depressed portions, second tergite with its
elevated portion down the middle : depressed portion :: 18 : llr
fifth tergite dullish and with rather indistinctly defined punctures
that are from three to four puncture widths apart, pygidium black,
planatc, pointed at apex, dullish without an enclosure, tergum with
inconspicuous pale hairs, second, third and fourth tergites without a
hair band, fimbria pale seal-brown.

Other Locality. — Half way up Mt. Hamilton Road near San Jose,
California, on wild cherry (H. Morrison, 1,477).

Andrena (Andrena) stictigastra new species.

Type. — Xo. 4,036. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Southern California (H. K. Morrison).

Presumably related to A. (A.) fulvinigra Viereck and Cockerell.

Female. — Length 9.5 mm.; body black, covered throughout with
black or blackish brown hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial
line :: 57 : 80, axial line : temporal line :: 30 : 17, malar line : joint
3 of antennae :: 2 : 7.5, elevated portion of malar space barely
represented, head covered with black or blackish brown hairs, front
coarsely striated, fovea at most : ocellocular line :: 10 : 16, foveal
band poorly developed, fovea virtually contiguous to the upper end of
the inner eye margin, distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular
line :: 5 : 16, fovea constricted near its middle where it is apparently
half as wide as the greatest width of the fovea, the latter continued below
the constriction as a shallow depression down to a point apparently on
the clypeal line, fovea with dark hair, fovarea wanting, face polished,
not so densely punctured as the clypeus, clypeus slightly elevated
above the apical margin, convex, shining, covered with distinct
adjoining or nearly adjoining punctures, clypearea exceedingly
narrow but extending nearly from base to apex, clypeus thinly hairy
with dark hairs, labrarea rounded truncate, its width at base : length
down the middle :: 10 : 5, width at apex : length down the mid-
dle :: 3 : 5, labrarea at base nearly half as wide as the labrum, the

580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

latter with a fringe of dark hairs, joint 3 of antennae : 4
+ 5 :: 8 : 6.5, joint 4 thicker than long, the succeeding joints at most
a little longer than thick, antennce blackish throughout, mandibles
typical, robust, not extending to the outer edge of the labrum, but
slightly overlapping below the middle of the labrum, black except
for the apical third which is dark reddish, palpi nearly typical;
thorax covered with blackish hairs which are darkest on the dorsulum
where they are shorter than the dark brownish hairs on the meso-
pleurae, dorsulum dullish, finely reticulated, coarsely punctured, the
punctures from nearly adjoining to six puncture widths apart,
the punctures mostly sparsely distributed, notauli represented by
an impressed shining line, mesopleurae sculptured much like the
scutel but more coarsely so, with dark brownish hairs, except along
the upper margin where the hairs are blackish, scutel hairy and
■exceedingly densely punctured, its punctures as close together as
possible, metanotum hairy and sculptured like the scutel except that
the sculpture is apparently not so coarse, tegulae blackish stramineous,
with blackish margins, polished, wing base partly blackish brown,
membrane with a uniform blackish brown tinge, subcosta blackish
brown, stigma bright brownish, rest of veins dull stramineous, with
a blackish tinge, first recurrent vein received by the second sub-
marginal cell beyond the middle and nearer to the second transverse
cubitus than the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma on the radial
vein, nervulus not interstitial but nearly so, received by the median
cell and forming an acute angle with the second abscissa of the
median vein and with the first abscissa of the discoidal vein, legs
blackish brown except for the claws which are more or less brownish
.stramineous, legs covered with blackish hairs, scopa typical, its hairs
of a blackish brown hue, and concolorous throughout, hind metatarsi
at most apparently as wide as mid metatarsi; propodeum. with its
enclosure well defined, coarsely sculptured in addition to having at
least five well-defined longitudinal carina? on each side of a median
longitudinal carina, rest of upper face of propodeum sculptured
•somewhat like the metanotum but not so finely and covered with
blackish brown hair, propocleal pleurae shining, delicately reticulated
and with sparse shallow punctures, not nearly hidden by the blackish
brown floccus; abdomen with its tergum polished, punctured, the
punctures clear cut but small and from one to four puncture
-widths apart on the first tergite, from one to three puncture widths
apart on the elevated portion of the second and third tergites where
the punctures are seemingly larger than on the depressed portions

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581

and from one to three puncture widths apart on the depressed

portion- of the second and third tergites, second tergite with its
elevated portion down the middle : depressed portion :: 13 : 6,
fourth tergite more sparsely punctured than second and third, fifth
tergite with its punctures sparse, ill defined and surrounded by fine
reticulation-, pygidium dullish, slightly convex, rounded broadly
truncate at apex, tergum with inconspicuous blackish hairs, second,
third and fourth tergites without a hair hand, fimbria blackish brown
or dark seal-brown. The parts described in italics have been
destroyed by museum pests, so the italicised points are what will
probably be found in a perfect specimen.

Andrena (Andrena) subnigripes new species.

Type. — No. 4,018. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Southern California (H. K. Morrison).

Related to A. (A.) nigripes Provancher.

Female. — Length 10 mm.; body black, mostly covered wdth pale
hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 55 : 77, axial
line : temporal line :: 30 : 17, malar line : joint 3 of antennae :: 1 : 11,
elevated portion of malar space nearly as long as depressed portion,
head covered with ochreous hairs, except for some scattered blackish
hairs or brownish hairs along the inner eye margin, on the clypeus
and mandibles, front longitudinally striate, dullish, with a well-
defined median longitudinal crista, fovea at most : ocellocular
line :: 10 : 16, foveal band poorly developed, dullish, with a few large
punctures, fovea nearly contiguous to the upper end of the inner eye
margin, distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular line :: 5 : 16,
fovea constricted near its middle where it is apparently half as wide
as the greatest width of the fovea, the latter continued below the
constriction as a narrowing depression down to a point apparently
midway between the clypeal line and the antennal line, fovea with
pale seal-brown hairs above the middle, pale ochreous nearly white
hairs below the middle, face partly shining, partly dullish, reticulated
and with a few large scattered punctures, clypeus decidedly elevated
above the apical margin, feebly convex, with a median longitudinal
shining welt at the anterior edge, mostly finely reticulated, dullish
and indistinctly punctured, clypearea represented by the welt
described above, otherwise wanting, clypeus with its elevated edge
shining, labrarea rounded at apex, nearly triangular, width at
base : length down the middle :: 14 : 4, labrarea at base nearly
two-thirds as wide as the labrum, the latter with a fringe of dark

582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

hairs that have pale tips, joint 3 of antennae : 4 + 5 :: 11 : 7.5,
joint 4 thicker than long, like the fifth, the succeeding joints as long
as or a little longer than thick except the end joint which is dis-
tinctly longer than thick, antennas blackish throughout, mandibles
typical, robust, extending to a little beyond the middle of the labrum,
black except for the apical half which is dark reddish, palpi nearly
typical; thorax covered with an abundance of tawny hairs dorsally
and over the tubercles, the hairs as thin and long on the dorsulum as
on the mesopleurse where the hairs are pale ochreous, dorsulum dull,
finely reticulated, and closely punctured, the punctures from one to
three puncture widths apart on the anterior third, less distinct and
more widely separated on the posterior half where the dorsulum is
in addition finely longitudinally striated, notauli represented by a
shining line, mesopleurse with pale ochreous hairs, except along the
upper margin where the hairs are tawny like on the dorsulum, sculp-
tured somewhat like the anterior third of the dorsulum except that
the punctures are represented by pits, scutel hairy and sculptured
much like the dorsulum except for being less distinctly sculptured and
not striate, metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except
that the sculpture is denser and nearly hidden by the hairs, tegulse
dark brown, polished, wing base partly dark brown, subcosta blackish
brown, stigma brownish stramineous with a blackish tinge, rest of
veins dull brownish stramineous, membrane with a brownish tinge,
first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal cell before
the middle and not as near to the second transverse cubitus as the
first transverse cubitus is to the stigma on the radial vein, nervulus
nearly interstitial and forming an acute angle with the median vein
and the first abscissa of the discoidal vein, legs blackish except for
the tarsi which are more or less blackish brown, and the claws which
are reddish stramineous, legs covered with blackish hairs, excepting
the femoral hairs and the flocci which are pale ochreous, scopa typical,
its hairs of a blackish hue, and concolorous throughout, hind metatarsi
at most apparently as wide as mid metatarsi, the latter with pale hairs
along the upper edge; propodeum with its enclosure poorly defined,
finely reticulated, with short feeble rugae along the basal edge, rest of
upper face of propodeum sculptured somewhat like the mesopleurse but
not so coarsely and covered with pale ochreous hair, propodeal pleurae
nearly hidden by the pale ochreous floccus, reticulated and with a
few scattered shallow pits; abdomen with its tergum shining, rather
indistinctly punctured, the punctures from two to five puncture widths
apart, first tergite with its punctures not so close together as the

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 583

punctures on the elevated portion of the second and third tergites
where the punctures are from two to five puncture widths apart,
depressed portions of the second, third and fourth tergites almost
impunctatc, second tergite with its elevated portion down the
middle : depressed portion :: 17 : 11, fifth tergite with its punctures
coarse and as many as five or six puncture widths apart, pygidium
not planate hut convex, nearly pointed at apex, tergum with incon-
spicuous dark brown or blackish hairs, first tergite with some pale
hairs, tergum not fasciate, blackish to dark seal-brown.

Andrena (Andrena) taeniata new species.

Type. — No. 4,049. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Southern California (H. K. Morrison).

Related to A. (A.) peckhami Cockerell.

Female. — Length 11 mm.; body black, mostly covered with whitish
hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 63 : 79, axial
line : temporal line :: 35 : 22, malar line : joint 3 of antennae :: 2 : 10,
elevated portion of malar space nearly wanting, head covered with
whitish hairs, front dullish, finely longitudinally striate, with a well-
developed crista, and not elevated along the inner margin of the fovea,
fovea at most : ocellocular line :: 11 : 16, fo veal band nearly wanting,
fovea virtually contiguous to the upper end of the inner eye margin,
distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular line :: 5 : 16, fovea
not constricted near its middle, nearly parallel sided throughout and
continued below as a shallow furrow down to a point apparently on
the clypeal line, fovea whitish or pale ochreous, fovarea wanting,
face shining, almost polished, punctured, the punctures close together
and rather poorly defined, clypeus distinctly elevated above the
apical margin, slightly convex, with a basal and lateral reticulate
punctured margin and a nearly polished punctured disc, the punc-
tures from nearly adjoining to five puncture widths apart, clypearea
poorly developed, clypeus thinly hairy, its surface not hidden,
labrarea emarginate beneath what appears to be the apical
truncature, width at base : length down the middle :: 14 : 4, width
at apex : length down the middle :: 7 : 4, greatest length of
labrarea : width at base : : 5 : 14, labrarea at base two-thirds as wide
as the labrum, the latter with a fringe of pale stramineous hairs,
joint 3 of antennae : 4 + 5 :: 10 : 9, joint 4 a little thicker than
long, joint 5 as long as thick, the succeeding joints apparent 1}' a little
longer than thick, antennae blackish throughout, end joint distinctly
longer than thick, mandibles typical, robust, extending to a little

584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

beyond the middle of the labrum, black except for the apical half
which is mostly dark reddish, palpi nearly typical; thorax covered
with an abundance of whitish hairs which are shorter on the dor-
sulum where they are pale ochreous than the whitish hair on the
mesopleurae, dorsulum dullish, punctured and finely reticulated
throughout, its punctures mostly from one to two puncture widths
apart, notauli represented by a shiny line, mesopleurse with whitish
hairs throughout, punctured and finely reticulated, the punctures
much sparser than on the dorsulum, scutel hairy and sculptured much
like the dorsulum except for being more distinctly punctured, meta-
notum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except that the
sculpture is denser, tegulae dark brownish, stramineous, polished,
wing base partly blackish brown, subcosta blackish brown, stigma
pale brownish stramineous, rest of veins dull stramineous, with a
blackish tinge, first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal
cell beyond the middle and nearer to the second transverse cubitus
than the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma on the radial vein,
the second abscissa of the radius shorter than the first, nervulus
forming an acute angle with the second abscissa of the discoidal vein
and received by the first discoidal cell, legs blackish brown except
for the claws which are more or less brownish stramineous, legs
covered with whitish hairs, the hairs on the tarsi and fore tibiae dark,,
scopa typical, its hairs of a pale ochreous or whitish hue throughout,
with the hairs at base above slightly darkened, hind metatarsi at
most apparently as wide as mid metatarsi; propodeum with its
enclosure poorly defined, triangular, finely reticulated, not at all
rugose, rest of upper face of propodeum sculptured somewhat like
the mesopleurse but more closely punctured and covered with whitish
hair, propodeal pleurae delicately reticulated and punctured, the
punctures rather coarse and from two to eight or more puncture
widths apart, not hidden by the whitish floccus; abdomen with its
tergum shiny, punctured and delicately reticulated, first tergite with
its punctures finer and closer together than on the propodeal pleurae,
the punctures of the depressed portion closer together than on the
rest of the tergite, on the elevated portion of the second, third
and fourth tergites the sculpture is denser than on the elevated
portion of the first tergite, on the depressed portions of the second,
third and fourth tergites the sculpture is mostly hidden, second
tergite with its elevated portion down the middle : depressed por-
tion :: 19 : 9, fifth tergite with its sculpture coarser, its punctures
not so well defined as on the preceding tergites, pygidium brownish

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585'

with a blackish apical half, slightly convex at apex where it is finger-
shaped in outline, terguio with inconspicuous blackish and whitish
hairs, second, third and fourth tergites with a well-defined apical
whitish hair hand, fimbria pale brownish stramineous.
Andrena (Andrena) yumorum new species.

Type. — No. 4,019. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — California (E. Norton).

Presumably related to A. (A.) micranthophila Cockerell.

Male. — Length 13.5 mm.; body black, mostly covered with black
hair; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 77 : 94, axial
line : temporal line :: 42 : 21, temples rounded, subtrapezoidal,
malar line : joint 8 of antennae :: 2 : 12, elevated portion of malar
space much shorter than the depressed portion, head covered with
long slender hairs throughout, clypeal hairs and a tuft adjoining
mandibles whitish, supraclypeal area and area around base of antennse
with a mixture of whitish and blackish hairs, mandibles and lab rum
with pale hairs, rest of head with black hairs, front partly sparsely
pitted, mostly coarsely striate, ocellocular line : ocelloccipital
line :: 20 : 9, face shining, covered with distinct, adjoining or nearly
adjoining punctures, clypeus apparently slightly elevated directly
above the apical margin, almost polished, convex except on the apical
half down the middle where it is apparently slightly concave, and
punctured like the face, sculpture of the clypeus nearly hidden by the
moustache, labrarea nearly triangularly emarginate on its inferior
aspect, its anterior aspect truncate, width at base : length down the
middle :: 14 : 7, width at apex : length down the middle :: 6 : 7,
length down the middle : greatest length :: 7 : 8, labrarea at base
apparently at least twice as wide as the labrum, the latter with a
fringe of golden hairs, joint 3 of antennas : joint 4 :: 12 : 7, joint
4 as long as thick, following joints a little longer than thick by
measure although appearing distinctly longer than thick, dullish,
flagel nearly straight in outline, antennse blackish throughout, man-
dibles typical, robust, extending to the outer edge of the labrum,
black except for the apical half which is mostly dark reddish, palpi
nearly typical ; thorax covered with an abundance of pale and black
hairs, hairs of dorsulum shorter than hair of mesopleurse, dorsulum
distinctly punctured, dullish compared with the face, its punctures
smaller and closer together than on the face, in addition covered with
black hairs except along the edges where there are pale ochreous
hairs, notauli represented by a shining line, mesopleurse with whitish

586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NOV.,

hairs except along the hind edge where the hair is black, not
reticulated but covered with adjoining punctures that are larger
than on the dorsulum, scutel with black hairs and sculptured much
like the dorsulum except for a border of pale hairs like on the meso-
pleurse, metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except
that the sculpture is denser and nearly all the hairs are pale ochreous,
tegulae blackish brown, polished, bordered with black hairs except
on the anterior third where the hairs are mostly pale ochreous, wing
base mostly dark brownish stramineous, subcosta blackish, stigma
dark brown with a blackish tinge, rest of veins dull brownish stra-
mineous with a blackish tinge, first recurrent vein received by the
second submarginal cell before the middle and at least half again as
near to the second transverse cubitus as the first transverse cubitus
is to the stigma on the radial vein, nervulus interstitial forming an
acute angle with the first abscissa of the discoidal vein, membrane
in median and submedian cells nearly colorless, rest of membrane
with a distinct brownish tinge, the broad apical margin darkest,
legs blackish excepting the tarsi and hind tibiae which are rather
dark blackish brown, legs covered with blackish and brownish hairs
except femora and coxae which have more or less pale hair, hind
metatarsi at most hardly wider than midmetatarsi and nearly half
as wide as hind tibiae at apex of the latter; propodeum with its enclos-
ure poorly defined, coarsely rugose on its superior aspect, as many as
21 longitudinal carinse present, truncate at apex, its posterior face
finely reticulate, rest of upper face sculptured somewhat like the
mesopleurse but with adjoining pits rather than punctures and
covered with long black hair, propodeal pleurae sculptured apparently
like the upper face, the sculpture nearly hidden by the uniformly
distributed black hairs; abdomen with its tergum polished, blackish,
with dark brownish depressed margins, distinctly punctured, the
punctures from nearly adjoining to four puncture widths apart on
the first tergite, second, third and fourth tergites punctured much
like the first, second tergite with its elevated portion down the
middle : depressed portion : : 38 : 9, fifth tergite with its basal black-
ish portion covered with well-defined punctures that are as many as
three puncture widths apart, rest of fifth tergite and exposed portion
of sixth and seventh tergites dark brown or blackish, anal process
broadly truncate at apex, shallowly emarginate, tergum with rather
conspicuous black nearly erect hairs that are not supplemented on
the sides of the second, third and fourth tergites by apical hair bands,
hair at apex of abdomen blackish brown.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 587

Andrena (Parandrena) austrocalifornica new species.

Type. — No. 4,020. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Southern California (H. K. Morrison).

Related to A. (P.) cyanosoma Cockerell, var.

Female. — Length 8.5 mm.; body dark greenish, almost completely
covered with short whitish hairs; head covered with short hair that
is mostly whitish, the only dark or blackish hairs are sparsely scattered
along the inner and lower edge of the foveae, front longitudinally
striate throughout except laterally on the lower half where it is
reticulate and rather indefinitely punctured, fovea whitish except
for a few erect dark hairs, at most almost exactly two-thirds as wide
as the ocellocular line is long, attenuated below and reaching dis-
tinctly below the antennal line but not to the clypeal line, facial
line : transfacial line :: 50 : 61, axial line : temporal line :: 26 : 16,
joint 3 of antennae : joints 4 + 5 :: 7 : 6, joints 4-8 inclusive
apparently thicker than long, the remaining joints not much longer
than thick, antennae blackish except that beyond the fourth joint
they are brownish beneath, antennae dullish, end joint typical,,
clypeus convex, with adjoining and nearly adjoining punctures,
clypeus appearing black, covered with sparse whitish hairs, clypearea
wanting, labrarea nearly twice as wide at base as at apex and
nearly as wide at apex as long down the middle, emargination tri-
angular and shallow, not extending more than one-fifth the length
of the labrarea from apex toward base, labrarea at base apparently
somewhat more than one-third as wide as the labrum which latter
has a fringe of golden hairs, base of mandibles and eye nearly adjoin-
ing, the malar space accordingly represented by not much more than
a shining line, mandibles black with the apical half mostly reddish,
castaneous except for a blackish stain near the middle of the apical
half, typical in shape, palpi slender, nearly typical; thorax covered
with whitish hairs that are short and close together on the dorsum
and long and more separated on the pleurae and sternum, dorsulum
covered with adjoining or nearly adjoining and not well-defined
punctures, dullish, scutel sculptured much like the dorsulum, but
more shining, metanotum seemingly reticulated, more coarsely
sculptured than the dorsulum, tegulae, costa, subcosta and stigma
mostly blackish brown, rest of veins brownish stramineous, mem-
brane with a distinct brownish tinge, second submarginal cell appar-
ently longer than the first, second abscissa of cubitus apparently
as long as the first transverse cubitus, nearly half as long as the third
39

588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

and a little longer than the fourth abscissa of the cubitus, nervulus
received by the median cell, nearly interstitial and forming an acute
angle with the second abscissa of the median vein, legs dark brown,
covered with whitish or pale ochreous hairs except on the scopa where
the hairs of the upper half are brownish like the hairs at the base of
hind tibiae, inner side of hind metatarsus covered with golden brown
hairs, scopa loosely arranged, almost typical, onychii dark brown,
claws brownish stramineous the latter with brownish tips ; propodeum
with its enclosure funnel shaped, not well defined, rather coarsely
reticulated except on its posterior face where it is finely reticulated,
rest of propodeum more finely sculptured than the upper aspect of
the enclosure, propodeal pleurae fine reticulated and with a few indis-
tinctly defined punctures, posterior face of propodeum with a narrow
median, longitudinal sulcus; abdomen not fasciate, not sculptured
like the dorsulum, much more finely sculptured, reticulate, in addi-
tion to the reticulation there are widely separated, rather indefinite
punctures, second tergite depressed distinctly less than one-half
but more than one-third, abdomen covered with fine whitish hair
that is erect on the basal tergite and appressed elsewhere, depressed
portions of second, third and fourth tergites more or less brownish
toward the apex which latter is brownish stramineous, ventral aspect
of third tergite somewhat brownish, fimbria dark brown, pygidium
black, planate, indefinitely sculptured and with an indistinctly
defined central area.

Andrena (Parandrena) mendosa new species.

Type. — No. 4,021. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — California, no further data; on the locality label
is a written j.

Has characters in common with A. (P.) andrenoides (Cresson).

Female. — Length 8 mm.; body black, covered with whitish hairs;
head covered with whitish hairs, with its facial line : transfacial
line :: 43 : 72, axial line : temporal line :: 22 : 13, front longitudi-
nally finely striate, foveal hairs whitish, fovea at most half as wide
as the ocellocular line is long, fovea attenuated below, extending to
or a little below the clypeal line, separated from the eye margin near
its upper end by a sloping nearly bare space that is nearly one-sixth
as wide as the ocellocular line is long, joint 3 of antennae : 4 +
5 :: 8 : 6, joints 4-10 inclusive wider or apparently wider than long,
terminal joint longer than wide and typical, antennae black or blackish
except beneath on the apical half where they are coffee-brown, face

191(>.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. f>N<)

seemingly sculptureless except for distinct punctures that are appar-
ently at most not more than two puncture widths apart, clypeus
convex, almost gabled down the middle, with a broad highly polished
clypearea somewhat like in A. (A.) miserabilis Cresson, on each
side of the clypearea and above the latter the clypeus is mostly
finely reticulated and punctured, the punctures mostly two to three
puncture widths apart, clypeus almost bare, labrarea triangular,
pointed at apex, at most between one-third and one-fourth as
long down the middle as wide at base, labrarea apparently not more
than one-third as wide as the labrum, the latter with a fringe of golden
hairs, length of malar line : length of joint 3 of antenna; :: 2 : 8,
the elevated portion of the malar space apparently no longer than
the depressed portion, mandibles typical, robust, not extending to
the outer edge of the labrum, with their basal half black, the apical
half mostly reddish castaneous, palpi slender, nearly typical; thorax
covered with whitish hairs throughout, dorsulum finely reticulated,
its punctures shallow and from two to six or more puncture widths
apart, notauli represented by impressed lines, scutel with its anterior
half mostly polished and sparsely punctured, its posterior half finely
sculptured, metanotum indefinitely sculptured, tegulae pale brownish
stramineous, wing base darker, subcosta blackish brown, costa
dark brown, stigma pale yellowish brown, rest of veins dark brownish
stramineous, membrane with a strong brownish tinge, second sub-
marginal cell distinctly shorter than the first, second abscissa of
cubitus apparently hardly longer than half of the length of the first
transverse cubitus and about one-fifth the length of the third abscissa
and exactly as long as the fourth abscissa of the cubitus, nervulus
received by the median cell and forming an acute angle with the
second abscissa of the median vein, legs black covered with whitish
hairs, hair of tibiae and tarsi rather ochreous, scopa compact, mostly
whitish, brownish at base, most of its hairs branched, tarsi and claws
dark brownish stramineous; propodeum with its enclosure poorly
defined, funnel shaped, finely reticulated, upper aspect of propodeum
outside of the enclosure finely and coarsely reticulated, pleurae of the
propodeum finely reticulated and with a few punctures; abdomen
shining, almost polished, delicately reticulated, more finely and
sparsely punctured than the dorsulum, second tergite depressed
between one-third and one-fourth, abdomen inconspicuously covered
with fine whitish hair, second, third and fourth tergites with a distinct
apical fringe of white hair that is interrupted in the middle of the
second and third tergites, apical margin of fourth tergite brownish,

590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV,r

other depressed margins black, fimbria whitish with an ochreous
tinge, pygidium black.

Other Locality. — Nevada (H. K. Morrison).

Andrena (Parandrena) olivacea new species.

Type. — No. 4,022. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Southern California (H. K. Morrison).

Related to A. (P.) perchalybea Viereck.

Female.- — Length 9.5 mm.; body greenish and almost completely
covered with whitish pubescence, compared with the original descrip-
tion of A. (P.) perchalybea Viereck this species differs as follows:
head covered with long hair that is whitish throughout, front longi-
tudinally striate except above the antennal scrobes where it is
indefinitely reticulate and sparsely punctured, fovea whitish, at most
hardly more if more than half as wide as the ocellocular line is long,
fovea hardly attenuated below and extending only a little below
the antennal line, facial line : transfacial line :: 57 : 72, axial line :
temporal line :: 31 : 20, joint 3 of antennae : joints 4 + 5 :: 9 : 7,
black apical third of clypeus separated from the greenish basal
portion by a coppery zone, brownish part of antennae pale yellowish
brown; thorax covered throughout with whitish hairs, dorsulum
with deep punctures, bounding veins of stigma, stigma and costa
yellowish stramineous, rest of veins pale brownish stramineous,
membrane almost colorless, with a yellowish brown tinge, hair of
the black legs more or less whitish with an ochreous tinge, inner side
of metatarsi with brownish hairs, plumose hairs of scopa darker than
the simple hairs, rather ochreous except at the base of the tibiae where
they are brownish, claws brownish stramineous throughout except
that the hind claws are castaneous at their tips; propodeum with its
enclosure finely sculptured on the posterior aspect, the upper aspect
longitudinally rugose on each side of a median longitudinal carina,
rest of upper aspect of propodeum coarsely reticulated, rest of
propodeum finely reticulated and with widely separated shallow
punctures; abdomen with its pygidium planate otherwise apparently
as in the original description with which this species is compared.

Allotopotype. — The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
Length 6.5 mm.; body as in the female as described above; head
with its facial line : transfacial line :: 46 : 53, axial line : tem-
poral line :: 26 : 15, temples neither carinate nor angulate but
subtrapezoidal, front striatopunctate, clypeus convex, its punc-
tures adjoining or almost adjoining, clypeus blackish along the

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591

anterior edge, hairs of clypeus forming a moustache that nearly
obscures the sculpture, clypcarea wanting, malar space virtually
wanting, represented by not much more than a shining line,
joint 3 of antenna? : joint 4 :: 7 : 3 and : joints 4 + 5 :: 7 : 8,
joint 6 and succeeding joints distinctly longer than wide, joint 4
distinctly wider than long, antennae blackish brown throughout,
dullish, end joint typical, clypearea semicircular emarginate to the
base, appearing as a nearly triangular tubercle on each side of the
emargination, at most the labrarea is hardly half as long as wide at
base, otherwise the labrum is much the same as in the female, mandi-
bles robust not so greatly attenuated as in typical Andrena, simple,
black, apical half mostly reddish castaneous, palpi apparently as in
the female; thorax as in the female except that the dorsulum is
mostly coppery and not so distinctly or closely punctured, nervulus
more nearly interstitial but still received by the median cell, stigma
and costa dark brownish,, the stigma a brighter brown than the costa,
otherwise the wings are similar to the wings in the female, legs black,
with whitish hairs even on the inner side of metatarsi and all over
hind tibiae, the latter at most distinctly less than twice as wide as
greatest width of hind metatarsi, otherwise the legs are much the
same as in the female; propodeum as in the female except that the
upper aspect both outside and inside the enclosure is rather finely
reticulated and that the rather coarse rugce on each side of the median
longitudinal carina in the female are here represented by poorly
developed ruga? on each side of the median longitudinal carina;
abdomen very similar to the female abdomen, hair at apex whitish
with an ochreous tinge, anal process truncate with a pale stramineous
margin.

Andrena (Parandrena) perchalybia new species.

Type. — Xo. 4,023. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Washington State (H. K. Morrison).

Related to A. (P.) cyanosoma Cockerell var.

Female. — Length 9.5 mm.; body dark greenish, almost completely
covered with dark brown or blackish hair; head covered with long
hair that is mostly brownish but largely blackish on the face, front
longitudinally striate down the middle, punctured and indefinitely
reticulate on the sides, fovea seal-brown, at most less than one-half
as wide as the ocellocular line is long, but more than one-third as
wide as the latter line is long, fovea attenuated below and reaching
to or a little below the antennal line, facial line : transfacial line : :

592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

57 : 71, axial line : temporal line :: 33 : 20, joint 3 of antennae :
joints 4 + 5 :: 11 : 9, joints 4-8 inclusive apparently thicker
than long, the remaining joints not much longer than thick, antennae
blackish except that beyond the fourth joint they are brownish
beneath, antennae dullish, end joint typical, clypeus convex, with
almost adjoining and adjoining punctures, clypeus appearing blackish,
almost hidden by the dark brown pubescence, clypearea wanting,
labrarea at most apparently a little more than half as long as wide at
base and shaped somewhat thus, CO, i.e., like a capital b lying on its
straight side, labrarea at base apparently somewhat more than
one-third as wide as the labrum which latter has a fringe of golden
brown hairs, base of mandibles and eye nearly adjoining, the malar
space accordingly represented by not much more than a shining line,
mandibles black with the apical half mostly blackish castaneous,
typical in shape, palpi slender, nearly typical; thorax covered with
black or dark brown hairs except around the tubercles where there
is some pale, apparently ochreous hair, dorsulum finely reticulated,
also with shallow punctures that are as many as four puncture widths
apart, scutel and metanotum sculptured much like the dorsulum,
the metanotum, however, not so definitely sculptured as the scutel]
tegulae and subcosta blackish-brown, bounding veins of the stigma
almost concolorous with the subcosta, stigma yellowish brown, rest
of veins brownish stramineous, membrane with a distinct brownish
tinge, second submarginal cell apparently longer than the first, second
abscissa of cubitus apparently as long as the first transverse cubitus,
nearly half as long as the third and a little longer than the fourth
abscissa of the cubitus, nervulus received by the median cell and
forming an acute angle with second abscissa of the median vein,
pubescence of the blackish legs pale brown except that the hair of
the fore femora is fuscous like the hair at the base of hind tibiae;
scopa as in A. (P.) subchalybea Viereck except that the simple hairs
are ochreous rather than whitish, hair on inner side of hind metatarsus
golden brown, onychii and claws brownish stramineous, the latter
with castaneous tips; propodeum with its enclosure funnel shaped,
well defined, finely sculptured and with an irregular net work of
rugae in addition to the underlying sculpture, rest of propodeum
except its pleurae sculptured much like the enclosure but more
coarsely so, propodeal pleurae finely reticulated and with a few crater-
like punctures, posterior face of propodeum with a narrow median,
longitudinal sulcus; abdomen not fasciate, sculptured like the
dorsulum but with distinctly smaller punctures that are apparently,

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 593

in part, more widely separated, second tergite depressed distinctly
less than one-half but more than one-third, abdomen covered with
fine almost whitish hair that is erect on the basal tergite and appressed
elsewhere, depressed portions of second, third and fourth tergites
more or less brownish stramineous, ventral aspect of third tergite
somewhat brownish, fimbria fuscous brown, pygidium convex, black,
without an impressed line or other definite sculpture.
Andrena (Parandrena) subchalybea new species.

Type. — No. 4,024. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality.— Southern California (H. K. Morrison).

Has characters in common with A. (P.) manifesto, (Fox).

Female. — Length 8.5 mm.; body greenish, covered with whitish
and black pubescence; head with its facial line : transfacial line ::
56 : 64, axial line : temporal line :: 28 : 9, covered with blackish
brown pubescence except on the vertex where it is whitish tinged
with brown, front longitudinally striate and reticulate, foveal hairs
seal-brown, fovea at most less than half but more than one-third as
wide as the ocellocular line is long, separated from the eye margin
near its upper end by a sloping, nearly bare space that is nearly
one-sixth as wide as the ocellocular line is long, fovea attenuated
below and almost reaching the antennal line, joint 3 of antennae
distinctly longer than 4 + 5, but distinctly shorter than 4 + 5 + 6,
joints 4-10 inclusive wider or apparently wider than long, terminal
joint longer than wide and typical, antennae blackish except the
flagel which beyond the third joint is brownish beneath, face
with shallow nearly adjoining punctures, clypeus indistinctly punc-
tured, appearing rippled, anterior half of clypeus dark and bronzy
almost hidden by the pubescence, clypearea wanting, clypeus convex,
labrarea at most not more than half as long as wide at base, tri-
angularly emarginate, labrarea apparently somewhat less than
one-third as wide as the labrum which latter has a fringe of shining-
brownish stramineous hairs, base of mandibles and eye nearly
adjoining, the malar space accordingly represented by not much more
than a shining line, mandibles robust, blackish, mostly castaneous
beyond the basal half, typical in shape, palpi slender nearly typical;
thorax covered with whitish pubescence, tinged with brown on the
pleura, thoracic pubescence mixed with black or blackish hairs that
are easily overlooked on the dorsulum, all hairs black on anterior
and posterior margin of mesopleurae, dorsulum finely reticulated,
also with shallow punctures that are as many as five puncture widths

594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NOV.,

apart, scutel and metanotum sculptured much like the dorsulum,
the metanotum with the sculpture indefinite on its posterior edge,
tegulse and wing base dark brown, subcosta and stigma almost
concolorous, dark brown, rest of veins and the membrane brown-
ish stramineous, second submarginal cell apparently longer than the
first, second abscissa of cubitus apparently as long as the first trans-
verse cubitus, nearly half as long as the third and nearly one and
one-half times as long as the fourth abscissa of the cubitus, nervulus
received by the median cell and forming an acute angle with the
second abscissa of the median vein, pubescence of the brownish to
black legs whitish with a brownish tinge excepting the fore legs, the
pubescence of which is mostly fuscous, like the hairs at the base of
the scopa, scopa loose and nearly typical in character on the lower
half where its hairs are simple and whitish, atypical on the upper
half where the hairs are mostly branched and brownish, hairs of
the inner side of hind metatarsus silvery and pale golden, onychii
and claws pale stramineous, the latter with dark tips; propodeum
with its enclosure funnel shaped, well defined, finely sculptured and
with an irregular net work of rugse in addition to the underlying
sculpture, rest of propodeum except its pleurae sculptured much like
the enclosure but more coarsely so, propodeal pleurae finely reticulated
and with a few crater-like punctures, posterior face of propodeum
with a narrow, median, longitudinal sulcus; abdomen sculptured like
the dorsulum but with distinctly smaller punctures that are appar-
ently, in part, more widely separated, second tergite depressed
distinctly less than one-half but more than one-third, abdomeft
covered with fine whitish hair that is erect on the basal tergite and
appressed elsewhere, depressed portions of second, third and fourth
tergites more or less brownish stramineous, ventral aspect of third
tergite brownish, fimbria pale brown, pygidium distinctly longer
than wide at base, planate, rounded at apex, with a finely sculp-
tured enclosure, the sculpture of which resembles stippling, base of
pygidium pale brown followed by dark brown, most of pygidium
black.

Andrena (Parandrena) submoesta new species.

Type. — No. 4,025. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — California; no further data; on the locality
label is a written "u."

Related to A. (P.) subchalybea Viereck.

Female. — Length 7 mm.; body greenish and clothed with whitish

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595

hairs, compared with the original description of A. (P.) subchalybea
Viereck this species differs as follows: head with its facial line : trans-
facial line :: 40 : 57, axial line : temporal line :: 23 : 13, covered
throughout with whitish hairs, front finely longitudinally striate,
frontal crista well developed, foveal hairs ochreous, fovea extending
nearly to the antenna! line, joint 3 of antennae : 4 + 5 :: 7 : 6,
flagel beyond the sixth joint rather pale brownish beneath, face with
indist inci punctures that are as many as five or more puncture widl hs
apart and indistinctly reticulated, clypeus sculptured much like the
face, clypeus mostly faintly bronzy, its tegument easily seen through
the rather thin pubescence, labrarea subtruncate, almost pointed at
apex, labral fringe golden; thorax including pleurae with whitish
hairs except on the tergum where the hairs have an ochreous tinge,
subcosta blackish, stigma and rest of veins almost concolorous,
dark brownish stramineous, stigma, costa and radial vein darkest,
second abscissa distinctly shorter than the first transverse cubitus,
less than half as long as the third and hardly longer than the fourth
abscissa of the cubitus, nervulus interstitial and forming an acute
angle with the first abscissa of the median vein, legs brownish,
covered with whitish or pale ochreous hairs, hairs of femora and
tibise rather ochreous, scopa almost typical in character, mostly with
long, simple, ochreous hairs, hairs along the upper edge shorter,
darker and branched, hair at base of scopa brownish, hair on under
side of metatarsi golden, onychii and claws as well as the small tarsal
joints yellowish stramineous, the claws with dark tips; propodeum
with its enclosure poorly defined, finely, rather indistinctly reticulate
except for some feeble rugae down the middle and along the basal
margin, rest of the upper aspect or the propodeum more distinctly
reticulated; abdomen with the second tergite depressed hardly more
than one-fourth, tergites satiny, ventral aspect of first and second
tergites also brownish, second, third and fourth tergites with a dis-
tinct apical band of appressed whitish hairs that is interrupted
medially on the second and third tergites, fimbria pale golden
brown, pygidium mostly hidden by the fimbria, its apex nearly
pointed and blackish.
Andrena Ptilandrena) francisca now spocios.

Type. — No. 4,026. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — California. (No further data.)

Related to A. (P.) ccerulea territa Cockerell.

Female. — Length 9.5 mm.; body bluish, covered mostly with

596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

blackish hairs; compared with the original description of A. (P.)
pediculihirta Viereck this species differs as follows: head with its
facial line : transfacial line :: 60 : 67, axial line : temporal line ::
27 : 15, covered with blackish hairs except in the foveae, the latter
with seal-brown appressed hairs and long blackish hairs, fovea at
most hardly one-half as wide as the ocellocular line is long, extending
only a little below the antennal line, separated from the eye margin
by a nearly bare band that is nearly one-sixth as wide as the greatest
foveal width, front not elevated along the inner edge of the fovea,
joint 3 and succeeding joints of antennae lost but probably the
antennae are as in the species with which this is compared, clypearea
wanting, clypeus finely reticulated, sparsely, indistinctly punc-
tured, more sparsely and more indistinctly punctured than the
face, blackish except basal half which is greenish and coppery,
labrarea subemarginate, at most nearly three times as wide at
base as long, the emargination extending nearly one-fourth the dis-
tance from apex to base, labrarea about half as wide at apex as at
base, malar line short, its proportion probably the same as in the
species with which this is compared, mandibles extending to the
outer edge of the labrum, black, apical half partly blackish castaneous;
thorax covered with blackish hairs except on the dorsulum where the
hairs are mostly ochreous interspersed with black hairs and on the
scutel and the metanotum where the hairs are all ochreous, dorsulum
dullish, finely reticulated, somewhat more closely punctured than in
the species with which this is compared, notauli represented by
almost elevated lines, scutel sculptured much like the dorsulum,
metanotum indefinitely sculptured, wing base blackish brown, stigma
throughout and all veins except subcosta and membrane dull
brownish stramineous, nervulus interstitial, forming an acute angle
with the second abscissa of the median vein, legs blackish brown,
covered with blackish hairs except on the inner surface of the
hind metatarsi where it is pale seal-brown, scopa with blackish,
feathery hairs throughout; propodeum with its enclosure separable
from the surrounding area only by reason of being impunctate,
without a median, longitudinal raised line, rest of upper aspect of
propodeum greenish blue, sparsely punctured and reticulated, the
reticulation nearly the same as in the enclosure, most hairs of upper
aspect of propodeum ochreous, rest of propodeum with blackish
hairs, propodeal pleurae greenish blue; abdomen with its tergum
bluish, not fasciate but covered throughout with blackish hairs ex-
cept on the first and second segments where there are some ochreous

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597

hairs, fimbria blackish brown, pygidium blackish, slightly convex
near apex and nearly pointed.
Andrena (Ptilandrena) nubilifascia new species.

Type. — No. 4,027. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality.- — Southern California (H. K. Morrison).

Related to A. (P.) pallidifovea Viereck.

Female. — Length 11.5 mm.; body black, mostly covered with
whitish hairs, compared with the original description of A. (P.)
pediculihirta Viereck, this species differs as follows: head with its
facial line : transfacial line :: 35 : 23, covered with whitish hairs
except on the labrum and mandibles where the hairs are brown-
ish, fovese with whitish hairs throughout, separated from the eye
margin near its upper end by a nearly bare band that is nearly
one-fourth as wide as the greatest foveal width, front not elevated
along the inner edge of fovea, joint 3 of antennae : 4 + 5 :: 10 : 9,
joints 4 and 5 apparently thicker than long, the succeeding joints
longer than thick, face nearly as closely and nearly as distinctly
punctured as the clypeus, the punctures seemingly at most two
puncture widths apart, clypeus indistinctly reticulated, and cov-
ered with distinct adjoining or almost adjoining punctures, clypeus
hardly elevated above the apical margin, labrarea a little more
than three times as wide at base as long down the middle and a
little more than half as wide at apex as at base, malar line : joint
3 of antennae nearly :: 1 : 10; thorax covered with thin whitish
hairs, dorsulum dullish, sculptured much like the clypeus but with
its reticulation more distinct, notauli represented by a shining line,
scutel mostly more densely sculptured than the dorsulum, its an-
terior edge shining, metanotum sculptured much like the posterior
half of the scutel, nervulus received by the first discoidal cell, nearly
interstitial, forming an acute angle with the first abscissa of the
discoidal vein, legs covered with dark brown to blackish hairs except
on the femora where most of the hair is pale ochreous and on fore
tarsi where it is pale golden brown, scopa with blackish brown
branched hairs throughout, greatest width of mid metatarsi : greatest
width of hind metatarsi :: 11 : 12; propodeum with its upper aspect
outside the enclosure sculptured almost like the dorsulum but not
so distinctly punctured; abdomen almost polished and distinctly
punctured, with three thin white fascia? outside of which the tergites
are covered with blackish brown hair excepting the first and second
and extreme sides of the third and fourth tergites where there is more

598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NOV.,

or less pale hair, punctures of first tergite spaced nearly as on the
dorsulum, second tergite with smaller, closer punctures than the
first tergite, indistinctly reticulate, length from base of punctured
portion to apex of second tergite : length of depressed margin down
the middle :: 28 : 8, third tergite sculptured much like the second,
fourth tergite less distinctly punctured but more distinctly reticulated
than the preceding tergite, fifth tergite dullish, reticulated and with
punctures that are nearly as large and as sparsely or more sparsely
distributed than on the first tergite, fimbria dark seal-brown,
pygidium slightly convex, nearly truncate at apex, blackish, without
an enclosure, indefinitely sculptured, base of pygidium pale brown.

Andrena (Ptilandrena) pediculihirta new species.

Type. — No. 4,028. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Southern California (H. K. Morrison).

Female. — Length 9.5 mm.; body black, covered with pale ochreous
hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 59 : 73, axial
line : temporal line :: 28 : 15, covered with pale ochreous almost
whitish hair except in the upper half of the fovese and on the labrum,
front rather coarsely longitudinally striate, fovese with whitish hairs
on the lower half, the upper half with its hairs mostly pale seal-brown,
fovese at most a little more than half as wide as the ocellocular line
is long, attenuated below and extending to or close to the clypeal
line, hardly separated from the eye margin near its upper end, front
welted along the inner edge of fovea, joint 3 of antennae : 4 +
5 :: 9 : 8, joints 4-10 inclusive apparently thicker than long, the
succeeding joints longer than thick, terminal joint typical, an-
tennse blackish throughout, face shining, indistinctly reticulated,
rather indistinctly punctured, the punctures as many as three
puncture widths apart, clypeus convex with a narrow, dullish re-
ticulated clypearea down the middle, but not extending to the
apex, clypeus on each side of and below the clypearea reticulated
and punctured, more closely and distinctly punctured than the face,
elypeus decidedly elevated above the apical margin, the elevated
edge with a shining border that is nearly sculptureless, clypeus
thinly hairy its surface not at all hidden by the hairs, labrarea
truncate, nearly four times as wide at base as long down the middle
.and apparently exactly as long down the middle as wide at apex,
labrarea at base nearly half as wide as the labrum, the latter with a
fringe of golden brown hairs, malar line : joint 3 of antennae :: 15 : 8,
the elevated portion nearly as long as the depressed portion, mandi-

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 599

bles typical, robust, not quite extending to the outer edge of the
labrum, with their basal half black, apical half mostly dark reddish,
palpi slender, nearly typical; thorax covered with pale ochreous,
almost whitish hairs, dorsulum shining, partly indistinctly reticulated,
partly polished, punctured, the {junctures from two to five puncture
widths apart, notauli represented by an impressed line, scutel with
its anterior half mostly shining almost polished and punctured some-
what like the dorsulum, its posterior half mostly dullish and finely
reticulated in addition to being punctured like the anterior half,
metanotum sculptured somewhat like the posterior half of the scutel,
tegulie blackish, wing base partly blackish, subcosta and lower edge
of stigma blackish, stigma dark reddish brown, stramineous, rest
of veins and membrane dull brownish stramineous, first recurrent
vein received by the second submarginal cell before the middle and
not as near to the first transverse cubitus as the latter is to the
stigma on the radius, nervulus received by the median cell, nearly
interstitial and forming an acute angle with the second abscissa
of the median vein, legs black, tarsi and claws mostly brownish,
legs Covered with pale ochreous hairs, mid metatarsi distinctly wider
than hind metatarsi, scopa rather compact, nearly obscuring the
tibia, lower edge with nearly whitish hairs, base of scopa with pale
brownish hairs; propodeum with its enclosure finely reticulate and
with a median, longitudinal raised line, rest of superior aspect of
propodeum with a coarse network in addition to indistinct fine
reticulation, propodeal pleurae with very fine reticulations, almost
polished, and partly with sparse punctures; abdomen shining, in-
distinctly punctured and reticulated, second tergite depressed more
than one-third but less than one-half, tergum with dark brownish
appressed hairs, and three white hair bands the first of which is
interrupted in the middle, fimbria whitish at base pale seal-brown
beyond the middle, pygidium convex, black, finely but indefinitely
sculptured, nearly pointed at apex without apparent impressed
lateral lines.

Andrena fScrapter) alamonis new species.

Type. — No. 4,029. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Alamogordo, New Mexico, April 16, 1902 (H. L.
Viereck). Related to A. (S.) imitatrix Cresson.

Female. — Length 10 mm.; body black, covered with whitish hairs;
head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 60 : 74, axial line : tem-
poral line :: 32 : 19, black, its pubescence whitish except along

600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NOV.,

the lower edge of the labrum where it is brownish, fovea with
whitish pubescence, fovea nearly three-fourths as wide along the
ocellocular line as the latter is long, hardly separated from the
eye margin where the ocellocular line joins the latter, fovarea not
trenchant, impunctate but represented by a shining space that
is widest and almost angulate at a point nearly half way between
the anterior ocellus and the antennal line, fovea apparently extending
a little below the clypeal line and distinctly extending far below the
antennal line, clypearea present, the punctures on each side of it as
many as five or more puncture widths apart, elsewhere on the clypeus
the punctures are from adjoining to one and two puncture widths
apart, clypeus convex, polished, indistinctly or not at all reticulate,
mandibles almost entirely blackish or entirely blackish, palpi typical,
joint 3 of antennae slightly though distinctly shorter than joints
4 + 5 or joint 3 : 4 + 5 :: 7 : 8, antennae blackish brown, labrarea
truncate, subemarginate, apparently half again as long down the
middle as wide at apex and at least three times as wide at base as at
apex; thorax black, with whitish pubescence that has an ochreous
tinge on the dorsal surface, dorsulum shining, reticulate and dis-
tinctly punctured, the punctures from nearly adjoining to five or
more puncture widths apart, scutel sculptured like the dorsulum,
metanotum more densely sculptured than the scutel, legs pubescent
like the thorax except that the hairs are mostly darker with a
golden to brownish golden tinge, scopa pale golden, its hairs not so
dense as to obscure the tegument, the arrangement and character
typical, tarsi rather pale brown except the metatarsi which are
very dark brown, hind femora with golden brown hairs at apex,
tegulae brownish stramineous, wing base blackish, stigma dark
brown, subcosta blackish, veins brownish stramineous, membrane
with a brownish stramineous tinge, first recurrent vein received
by the second submarginal cell nearer the second transverse
cubitus than the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma, nervulus
received by the median cell, nearly interstitial and forming an acute
angle with the second abscissa of the median vein; propodeum
regulose except for the enclosure which is plicate, somewhat as in A.
(Scrapter) cratcegi Robertson, enclosure defined by the difference in
sculpture and with a median longitudinal low crista; abdomen pol-
ished, black, without a metallic tinge, depressed portion of tergites
brownish, the tergites covered with setigerous punctures that are
seemingly sparser and distinctly smaller than on the dorsulum;
abdomen appearing bare without fasciae, its pubescence whitish

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 601

except that the fimbria is pale golden, fifth tergite punctured and
dullish, reticulate, pygidium blackish, slightly convex, with a lateral
impressed line on each side near the base, smooth and apparently
finely sculptured.

Recalls A. (A.) cressonii Robertson and allies, but is no doubt
properly placed in species group imitatrix.

Andrena (Trachandrena) marioides new species

Type. — No. 4,030. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Nevada (Morrison).

Related to .4. (T.) cleodora Viereck.

Female. — Length 9 mm.; head black, its pubescence ochreous
except along the lower edge of the labrum where it is brownish, fovea
with pale ochreous pubescence, a little more than two-thirds as wide
along the ocellocular line as the latter is long, narrowly separated
from the eye margin where the ocellocular line joins the latter, fovea
deep its boundary along the front almost vertical, fovarea rather
well developed, punctured, angulate at a point nearly half way
between the anterior ocellus and the antennal line, fovea extending
distinctly below the antennal line but apparently falling short of
the clypeal line, clypearea wanting, clypeal punctures distinct,
adjoining or almost adjoining all over, clypeus convex, polished,
apparently not at all reticulate, mandibles black, reddish castaneous
near the middle and at apex, palpi typical, joint 3 of
antennae : 4 + 5 : : 4 : 5, antenna? blackish brown, labrarea truncate,
apparently as wide at apex as long down the middle and at least
two and one-half times as wide at base as at apex; thorax black, and
with ochreous pubescence that has a reddish tinge on the dorsal
surface, dorsulum shining, reticulate and distinctly punctured, its
punctures from one to five or more puncture widths apart, scutel
sculptured like the dorsulum, metanotum densely sculptured, legs
pubescent like the thorax except that the hairs of the tibia? and tarsi
are more golden than ochreous, scopa pale golden its hairs almosl
dense enough to obscure the tegument, their arrangement and
character typical, tarsi and hind tibia? rather stramineous, rest of
legs blackish brown, tegulse and wing base brownish stramineous,
stigma pale brownish stramineous, subcosta blackish brown, border
of stigma and remaining veins brownish stramineous, darker than
the stigma, first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal
cell nearer the second transverse cubitus than the first transverse
cubitus is to the stigma, nervulus interstitial and forming an acute

602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,.

angle with the first abscissa of the discoidal vein; propodeum with a
well-defined enclosure that is finely reticulate and traversed by rather
longitudinal crooked and delicate rugae, rest of propodeum more
coarsely rugose than the enclosure which latter ends in a sharp
edge at apex; abdomen polished, reddish with blackish stains down
the middle of the tergum, without a metallic tinge, depressed portion
of second tergite down the middle : elevated portion :: 17 : 7,
second, third and fourth tergites with a distinct lateral fascia as in
A. (7\) salicifloris Cockerell, abdomen sparsely inconspicuously
punctured, the punctures of the elevated portion more distinct
than those of the depressed portion, abdominal pubescence whitish
with an ochreous tinge, fimbria yellowish golden, fifth tergite dullish,
punctured, no definite sculpture between the punctures, planate with
a triangular dark reddish brown area that is indistinctly punctured
separated from a blackish margin by an impressed line on each side
of the pygidium.

In a paratopotype the nervulus is received by the median cell
and the first recurrent vein is received by the second cubital cell
almost in the middle.

Other Locality. — A paratype from Ogden, Utah, May 16, 1915
(A. Wetmore) [U. S. Biological Survey], has the abdomen reddish
throughout and may represent a pale race of this species.

Andrena (Trachandrena) nortoni new species.

Type. — No. 4,031. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — California, No. 10 (E. Norton).

Related to A. (T.) swenki Viereck and Cockerell.

Female. — Length 9 mm.; body black, mostly covered with bright
ochreous hairs; head covered with bright ochreous hairs, with its
facial line : transfacial line :: 62 : 73, axial line : temporal line ::
30 : 17, malar line : joint 3 of antennas :: a little more than 1 : 8,
elevated portion of malar space nearly as long as depressed
portion, front polished and punctured, the punctures as many as
three puncture widths apart, not elevated along inner foveal edge,
fovea at most : ocellocular line :: 12 : 14, foveal band wanting,
fovea virtually contiguous to the upper end of the inner eye
margin, distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular line ::
1.5 : 14, fovea decidedly constricted near its middle where it is
apparently only one-fourth as wide as the greatest width of the
fovea, the latter continued below the constriction as a narrowing
furrow down to a point apparently on the clypeal line, fovea pale

1916.] N LTURAL SCIENCES UK PHILADELPHIA. 603

ochreous throughout, fovarea widest a little below the middle of the
fovea, angulated at its widest point where it is as wide as the
fovea is wide opposite the angulation of the fovarea, the latter
polished and with a few large punetures, face polished, with
large adjoining and nearly adjoining punctures, clypeus slightly
elevated above the apical margin, convex, polished and punctured
much like the face, elypearea present on the apical two-thirds of the
clypeus, the latter thinly hairy, its surface not at all hidden by hairs,
labrarea truncate, width at base : length down the middle and width
at apex :: 10 : 4, labrarea at base half as wide as the labrum, the
latter with a fringe of pale golden hairs, joint 3 of antennae : 4 +
5 :: 8 : 10, joint 4 thicker than long, the succeeding joints longer than
thick, antenna? blackish throughout, mandibles typical, robust,
extending to the outer edge of the labrum, black except for the apical
half which is clear, dark reddish, palpi nearly- typical; thorax covered
with an abundance of slender hairs which are reddish on the dorsulum
where they are shorter than the ochreous hairs on the mesopleurae,
dorsulum dullish, finely reticulated, coarsely punctured, the punc-
tures ranging from adjoining to one puncture width apart, notauli
represented by an impressed dullish line, mesopleurae with pale
ochreous hairs, except along the upper margin where the hairs are
reddish, finely reticulated and mostly covered with shallow, adjoining
pits, scutel hairy and sculptured much like the dorsulum except for
being less reticulate and distinctly shining, metanotum hairy and
sculptured like the dorsulum except that the sculpture is denser,
tegulse dark brownish stramineous, polished, wing base partly
blackish brown, subcosta blackish brown, stigma brownish stra-
mineous with a reddish tinge, rest of veins dull stramineous, with a
blackish tinge, first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal
cell beyond the middle and a little nearer to the second transverse
cubitus than the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma on the
radial vein, nervulus interstitial and forming an acute angle with the
first abscissa of the discoidal vein, legs blackish brown except
for the tarsi and hind tibia? which are more or less brownish stra-
mineous, legs covered with pale ochreous or golden hairs, scopa
typical, its hairs of a golden hue, and concolorous throughout except
the hairs at base above which are slightly darkened, hind metatarsi
at most apparently as wide as midmetatarsi; propodeum with its
enclosure feebly defined except at apex where its truncature is
bounded by a carina, finely reticulated and in addition with a loose
network of sharp rugae on each side of a median longitudinal carina,
40

604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

rest of upper face of propodeum sculptured somewhat like the
mesopleurae but with smaller pits, and covered with pale ochreous
hair, propodeal pleurae with sparse shallow excavations that are
finely reticulated and almost hidden by the pale ochreous propodeal
floccus; abdomen with its tergum polished, punctured, the puncture
clear cut but small, from two to many puncture widths apart
on the first tergite, from adjoining to one puncture width apart on
the elevated portion of the second, third and fourth tergites where
the punctures are larger than on the depressed portions and from
one to four puncture widths apart on the depressed portions of the
second, third and fourth tergites, second tergite with its elevated
portion down the middle : depressed portion :: 6 : 16, fifth tergite
shining reticulate, with its punctures from adjoining to four punc-
ture widths apart, pygidium, black, planate and rounded at apex,
tergum with inconspicuous pale hairs, second, third and fourth
tergites with a broadly interrupted golden ochreous hair band,
fimbria golden ochreous.

AUotopotype.- — The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Length 7 mm.; body black, mostly covered with bright ochreous
hair; head covered with pale ochreous hairs throughout, with its
facial line : transfacial line :: 49 : 61, axial line : temporal line ::
26 : 10, temples rounded, subtrapezoidal, malar line : joint 3 of
antennae :: 1.5 : 6, elevated portion of malar space shorter than the
depressed portion, front dullish with adjoining, shallow pits that are
reticulate, laterally striate-pitted, and striate, ocellocular line : ocell-
occipital line :: 13 : 5, face dullish, indistinctly reticulate and with
large rather coarse nearly adjoining or adjoining punctures, clypeus
apparently not elevated directly above the apical margin, convex,
polished and punctured much like the face, clypearea present but
not well developed and confined to the anterior half, sculpture of
the clypeus nearly hidden by the moustache, labrarea truncate, width
at base : length down the middle :: 9 : 2.5, width at apex : length
down the middle :: 4 : 2.5, labrarea at base apparently a little more
than half as wide as the labrum, the latter with a fringe of pale
golden hairs, joint 3 of antennae : 4 :: 6 : 10, joint 4 and following
joints from a little more than twice as long as thick to nearly twice
as long as thick, dullish, fiagel somewhat undulate in outline, antennae
blackish throughout, mandibles atypical, robust, extending to the
outer edge of the labrum, black except for the apical half which is
clear dark reddish, palpi nearly typical; thor-ax covered with an
abundance of slender pale ochreous hairs, hairs of dorsulum seem-

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. G05

ingly as long as hair of mesopleurse, dorsulum dullish, finely re-
ticulated, coarsely punctured, the punctures ranging from adjoin-
ing to three puncture widths apart, notauli represented by an
impressed dullish line, mesopleurse with pale ochreous hairs through-
out, finely reticulated and mostly covered with shallow, adjoining
pits, scutel hairy and sculptured much like the dorsulum, metanotum
hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except that the sculpture
is denser, tegulse dark blackish brown and brownish stramineous,
polished, wing base mostly pale stramineous, subcosta brownish
stramineous with a blackish tinge, stigma brownish stramineous
with a reddish tinge, rest of veins dull stramineous with a blackish
tinge, first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal cell
beyond the middle and a little nearer to the second transverse
cubitus than the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma on the radial
vein, nervulus interstitial and forming an acute angle with the first
abscissa of the discoidal vein, legs blackish brown excepting the
tarsi and hind tibiae which are rather dark brownish stramineous,
legs covered with pale ochreous hairs, hind metatarsi at most hardly
wider than mid metatarsi and nearly half as wide as hind tibiae at
apex of the latter; propodeum with its enclosure feebly defined, not
sharply truncate but truncate at apex, finely reticulated and in
addition with about six crooked, longitudinal carinse on each side of
a nearly straight median longitudinal carina, rest of upper face
sculptured somewhat like the mesopleurse but with smaller pits
and covered with pale ochreous hair, propodeal pleurae sculptured
apparently like the mesopleurse the sculpture nearly hidden by
the uniformly distributed pale ochreous hairs; abdomen with its
tergum polished excepting the elevated portions of tergites which
are partly reticulate but yet nearly polished, punctured, the punc-
tures small and not clear cut, from two to many puncture widths
apart on the first tergite, from one to three puncture widths apart
on the elevated portion of the second, third and fourth tergites where
the punctures are larger than on the depressed portions where
the punctures are farther apart, second tergite with its elevated
portion clown the middle : depressed portion :: 10 : 8, fifth tergite
with its basal blackish portion covered with poorly defined punc-
tures that are as many as four puncture widths apart, rest of fifth
tergite and exposed portion of sixth and seventh tergites stramineous,
anal process dark brownish, emarginate, the emargination forming
an obtuse angle, tergum with rather conspicuous pale ochreous hairs
that are supplemented on the sides of the second, third and fourth

606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.r

tergites by ochreous apical hair bands, hair at apex of abdomen pale
ochreous.

Other Locality. — San Jose, California (Hold). One female paratype
in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, Pennsylvania.
Andrena (Trachandrena) quintiliformis new species.

Type. — No. 4,032. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Type Locality. — Yosemite, California, June 24, 1902 (B. Chapman).

Related to A. (T.) quintilis Robertson.

Female. — Length 9.5 mm.; body black covered with pale and
blackish hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial line :: 60 : 74,
axial line : temporal line :: 30 : 17, covered with pale ochreous hairs
excepting most of the broad part of fovea and occiput where the
hairs are brownish and on the labrum where the hairs are golden,
front elevated along inner foveal edge, coarsely punctured the
punctures from one to two puncture widths apart, fovea at most
nearly three-fourths as wide as the ocellocular line is long, separated
from the eye margin near the upper end by a sloping, nearly bare,
punctured band that is in width : ocellocular line :: 1 : 13, fovea
decidedly constricted near its middle where it is apparently less than
half as wide as the greatest width of the fovea, the latter continued
below the constriction as a narrowing furrow down to a point appar-
ently a little below the clypeal line, upper half of fovea brownish,
lower half pale ochreous, fovarea widest a little below the middle
of the fovea and at its widest point angulated and nearly as
wide as the upper end of the narrowest part of the fovea, fovarea
polished and with a few large punctures, face polished and with
large adjoining and nearly adjoining punctures, clypeus decidedly
elevated above the apical margin, convex, polished and punctured
much like the face except that laterally some of the punctures are
confluent, clypearea present on the apical two-thirds of the clypeus,
the latter thinly hairy, its surface not at all hidden by hairs, labrarea
truncate, apparently exactly three times as wide at base as long
down the middle and nearly half as wide at apex as at base, labrarea
at base nearly two-thirds as wide as the labrum, the latter with a
fringe of golden brown hairs, malar line : joint 3 of antennae :: 1.5 : 7,
the elevated portion nearly as long as the depressed portion, joint
3 of antenna? : 4 -f 5 :: 7 : 9, joints 4 and 5 nearly as long as
thick, the succeeding joints longer than thick, antennae blackish
throughout, mandibles typical, robust, not quite extending to

1910.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 601

the outer edge of the labrum, black except for part of the apical
half which is dark reddish, palpi slender, nearly typical; thorax
with a velvety covering of coarse pale ochreous hairs except on the
dorsulum where the posterior half inside the notauli is mostly covered
with coarse blackish hairs, dorsulum polished, partly indistinctly
reticulated, coarsely punctured, the punctures ranging from con-
fluent to one puncture width apart, notauli represented by an im-
pressed shining line, mesopleune with pale ochreous hairs, coarsely
sculptured somewhat like the metanotum but with larger, more
distinct punctures, scutel hairy and sculptured like the anterior
third of the dorsulum, metanotum with hairs like on the scutel,
but more densely hairy, dullish and with its punctures less dis-
tinct and closer together, tegulae blackish except for a polished,
brownish stramineous portion, wing base blackish, subcosta blackish,
costa blackish stramineous, stigma dark reddish brown with a
blackish tinge, rest of veins blackish stramineous but not so dark as
the costa, first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal
cell beyond the middle and nearer to the second transverse cubitus
than the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma on the radial vein,
nervulus received by the median cell, nearly interstitial and forming
an acute angle with the second abscissa of the median vein, legs
black and blackish brown, claws mostly pale brown, legs covered
with pale ochreous hairs except on the tibise and tarsi where it is
darker, rather pale brownish, scopa typical, its hairs pale ochreous
except at base above where they are dark brown, mid metatarsi at
most apparently as wide as hind metatarsi; propodeum with its
enclosure sharply defined especially posteriorly where its truncature
is bounded by a carina, finely reticulate and in addition trav-
ersed by at least seventeen longitudinal crooked carinas, rest of
upper aspect of propodeum appearing to be coarsely reticulate and
covered with pale ochreous hairs, pleurae of propodeum with sparse
shallow excavations that are finely reticulated and almost hidden
by the pale ochreous propodeal floccus; abdomen with its tergum
polished, punctured, the punctures clear cut, adjoining on the
elevated basal portions of the second, third and fourth tergite-.
usually one puncture width or a little more apart on the first tergite
and on the depressed portion of the second, third and fourth tergites,
second tergite with its elevated portion down the middle : depressed
portion :: 10 : 15, fifth tergite with adjoining or nearly adjoining
punctures and reticulate, pygidium blackish, slightly convex, nearly
pointed, with an elevated enclosure, tergum with inconspicuous

608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

blackish hairs except at base and laterally where there are some pale
hairs, second, third and fourth tergites with a medially interrupted
white hair band, fimbria blackish brown.

Other Localities.— California, one paratype with a written n on
the locality label, nothing more [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]; one paratype,
Fallen Leaf Lake.. California, June 21, 1915 (A. K. Fisher) [U. S.
Biological Survey].

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 009

November 21.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Seventy-one persons present.

The Publication Committee reported the reception of papers
under the following titles:

"Some aboriginal sites on Green River, Kentucky," by Clarence
B. Moore (April 2). (For publication in the Journal.)

"The zoological position of Sarcosporidia, " bv Howard Crawley
(April 20).

"The flounders of the genus Hippoglossoides, " by Carl L. Hubbs
(May 3).

"Cold-blooded vertebrates from Costa Rica and the Canal Zone,"
by Henry W. Fowler (May 18).

"Notes on fishes of the orders Haplomi and Microcvprini, " by
Henry W. Fowler (May 18).

"On some varieties of Thais lapillus in the Mount Desert Region, "
by Harold L. Colton (June 12).

"New genera and species of Gastropoda," by Bruce Wade (June
22).

"A possible partial explanation of the visibility and brilliancy of
comets," by Daniel M. Barringer (July 1).

"The nervous system of Crepidula adunca and its development,"
by Harold Heath (September 18).

"New or little-known crane-flies from the United States and
Canada, Part III," by Charles P. Alexander (October 16).

"New species of North American bees of the genus Andrena from
west of the 100th meridian," by Henry L. Viereck (October 21).

"On Moschites verrucosa (Verrill) and its allies," by S. Stillman
Berry (October 24).

The deaths of the following members were announced:

Alexander W. Biddle, M.D.
Eckley Brinton Coxe, Jr.
Alexander Uhle, M.D.
Alexander Brown.
Theodore N. Ely.

The deaths of the following correspondents were also announced:

Elias Metschnikoff.
Edgar A. Smith.

610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.;

R. J. L. Guppy.
Thomas Lauder-Brunton.
Edgar A. Mearns, U. S. Army.

Dr. Henry Skinner made a communication, illustrated by lantern
slides, on a collecting tour in eastern Cuba. (No abstract.)

The following were elected members:

C. W. Weidenbacker.
Arthur H. Thomas.

A paper by Henry L. Viereck on Andrena was ordered to be
published. See page 550.

December 19.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair.

Twenty-four persons present.

The deaths of Edwin A. Barber and Edward P. Borden, members,
were announced.

The Publication Committee reported the reception of the following
papers :

"Third synonymic study of the mollusks of the Department of
Alpes-Maritimes mentioned by Antoine Risso, with notes on their
classification," by Commandent E. Caziot. Translated by William
H. Dall. (Transferred to The Nautilus.)

"Notes on Salamanders," by Henry W. Fowler and Emmett
Reid Dunn.

The following annual reports were ordered to be printed:

l'.llli.l NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 611

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.

The six meetings now provided for by the By-Laws were held
December 21, 1915, January 18, February 15, March 21, April 18
and November 21, 1916. Communications were made by William
P. Magie and Daniel M. Barringer, Witmer Stone, Edwin (J. Conk-
lin, Merkel H. Jacobs, and Henry Skinner.

Twenty-three papers have been presented for publication, as
follows: Henry W. Fowler, 2; William H. Dall, 2; Nathan Banks, 1 ;
J. A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard, 1; R. W. Shufeldt, 1; J. Hen-
derson and L. E. Daniels, 1; H. A. Pilsbry, 1; George W. Tann-
reuther, 1; T. D. A. Coekerell, 1; Walter Sonneberg, 1; Joseph C.
Thompson, 1; Clarence B. Moore, 1; Howard Crawley, 1; Carl L.
Hubbs, 1; Harold S. Colton, 1; Bruce Wade, 1; D. M. Barringer
and Elihu Thomson, 1; Harold Heath, 1; Charles P. Alexander, 1;
Henry L. Viereck, 1; S. Stillman Berry, 1.

Sixteen of these communications have been published in the
Proceedings, one in the Journal, five have been returned to the
authors, and one awaits the action of the Publication Committee.

Six hundred and twenty-two pages of the Proceedings with
thirty-two plates have been issued. We are indebted to Mr. Clarence
B. Moore for the third part of the sixteenth volume of the Journal,
consisting of eighty pages and four beautiful plates in color.

Mr. Morgan Hebard contributed $301.79 toward the expense of
publishing the second number of the Proceedings for 1916.

The American Entomological Society (Entomological Section of
the Academy) has published four hundred and thirty-four pages,
with twenty plates of the Transactions, and four hundred and
eighty pages and twenty-five plates of the Entomological News.
A new series, entitled Memoirs, has been begun, of which one
hundred and forty-one pages have been issued.

The Manual of Conchology has been increased by one hundred
and sixty-eight pages and twenty-eight plates, completing the
twenty-third volume and the first part of the twenty-fourth.

The Academy's contributions to science, therefore, during the
past year totals 1,925 pages and 109 plates.

The interruption in the exchange service due to the war, reference
to which is made in the report of the Librarian, still continues.

612 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

Well-bound copies of the centenary volume of the Journal and
of the Index to Publications were expressed to Mr. Peter H. Gold-
smith, Director of the Pan-American Division of the American
Association for International Conciliation, as a contribution to a
library of American books to be placed in Buenos Ayres in furtherance
of the admirable object of the society. The binding was paid for
by the President of the Academy.

Eight members have been elected. Fifteen deaths have been
announced. Resignations of membership have been received from
Charles D. Hart, Silas L. Schumo, and John' M. Reynolds. Three
have been dropped from the roll.

The special appointments by the Council: the Standing Com-
mittees, the Councillor, the Curator of the William S. Vaux Col-
lections, and the Custodian of the Lea Collections, remain without
change.

Under the provisions of the endowment of the Hayden Memorial
Geological Award, a gold medal is to be again conferred next year
upon a geologist or paleontologist whose work deserves the recog-
nition. A committee consisting of R. A. F. Penrose, Jr., Amos P.
Brown, Edgar T. Wherry, Charles D. Walcott, and Henry F. Osborn,
has been appointed by the Academy on the nomination of the Council,
to select a worthy recipient. Dr. Penrose has complied with a re-
quest to act as Chairman of the Committee.

Revision of the Articles of Agreement with the American Ento-
mological Society, made December 17, 1875, and modified November
27, 1894, was, on the recommendation of the Council, adopted by
the Academy, December 21, 1915. By the revised articles the
Society agrees to deposit its collections in the Academy in per-
petuity, the Academy to take care of such collections to the best of
its ability. In case of dissolution of the union, the library of the
Society remains in its possession. None but members of the Academy
can be elected members of the Society, the meetings of which for
scientific or business purposes must be held on the Academy's
premises.

By the will of the late John T. Morris, the Academy's relation to
the Botanical Garden, Museum, and Library provided for therein
is defined. The income of $25,000 is bequeathed to the Academy
on the death of the testator's sister.

A successful meeting of the American Ornithologists' Union was
held in the library, lecture hall, and museum from November 13 to 16.

Six courses of lectures were delivered on Mondays from January

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 613

10 to May 1. Three were by Dr. Witmer Stone on wild bird life,
one by Dr. B. F. Royer on oral hygiene, four by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry
on shells and shell fish, three by Dr. Henry Skinner on insects, three
by Dr. Spencer Trotter on the wanderings of animals, and three by
Dr. Stone on the wild flowers of Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

In addition, seven afternoon lectures were delivered to students
of the Girls' High School by Drs. Skinner, Pilsbry, Moore, and Stone

The withdrawal of Mr. Delos Culver as a Jessup Fund Beneficiary
was reported.

Edward J. Nolan, Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

The further decrease in foreign correspondence, due to the almost
complete cessation of receipts from central Europe, has resulted in a
smaller total of communications for 1916 than for many years.

No new correspondents were elected, but the following named
died: Orville A. Derby, Elias Metschnikoff, Edgar A. Smith, Jose
M. Rovirosa, R. J. Lechmere Guppy, Sir Thomas Lauder Brunton
and Edgar A. Mearns. The decease of several other correspondents,
as one of the unfortunate results of the European War, has been re-
ported, but it has been impossible to secure satisfactory verification.

There have been no international scientific congresses and few-
events of scientific importance in this country in which this Academy
was invited to participate. Invitations were received from the
Kitasato Institute in Tokyo, the City Club of Philadelphia, the
Philadelphia Electric Company, the American Branch of the League
to Enforce Peace, the California Academy of Sciences, the College of
Engineering of the LFniversity of Illinois and the committee in charge
of the fiftieth anniversary of the scientific activity of Alexander
Karpinsky. A letter of congratulation sent to Professor Karpinsky
elicited an appreciative response.

Thanks were received also from the Ohio Academy of Sciences
for the appointment of a delegate and the sending of a congratulatory
message and from the American Ornithologists' Union for courtesies
received during the recent meeting in the Academy's building.

Miscellaneous correspondence was conducted as usual.

Statistics of the correspondence transacted follow:

614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

Communications received :

Acknowledging the receipt of the Academy's publications 145

Transmitting publications to the Academy 26

Requesting exchanges or the supply of deficiencies 5

Invitations to learned gatherings, celebrations, etc 5

Notices of deaths of scientific men 5

Circulars concerning the administration of scientific and educational

institutions, etc 12

Photographs and biographies of correspondents 4

Letters from correspondents 24

Miscellaneous letters 48

Total received 272

Communications forwarded:

Acknowledging gifts to the library 1,001

Requesting the supply of deficiencies , 151

Acknowledging gifts to the museum 106

Acknowledging photographs and biographies 4

Letters of sympathy and congratulation, addresses, etc 6

Diplomas and notices of election of correspondents and delegates' creden-
tials 19

Miscellaneous letters 119

Annual reports and circulars sent to correspondents 181

Total forwarded 1,587

Respectfully submitted,

J. Percy Moore, Corresponding Secretary.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

The library of the Academy during the past year has been increased
by 6,086 additions. Of these 578 were volumes, 5,344 were pam-
phlets and parts of periodicals. There were 160 maps, photographs,
and one sheet.

They were received from the following sources:

Exchanges 2,843 United States Bureau of Educa-

Isaiah V. Williamson Fund 1,062 tion 32

United States Department of Department of Marine and

Agriculture 698 Fisheries, Ottawa 32

General Appropriation for pur- Imperial Department of Agri-
chase of books 299 culture, British West Indies 27

James Aitken Meigs Fund 98 Henry A. Pilsbry 27

Authors 98 California State Commission of

Editors 76 Agriculture 27

Board of Agriculture, London 76 Pennsylvania Department of

American Entomological Society Agriculture 26

(Entomological Section of the New York Agricultural Experi-

Academy) 73 ment Station 24

North Carolina Geologic and Commission of Telegraph, Mat-
Economic Survey 52 to Grosso, Brazil 23

Colorado Agricultural College 34 Trustees of British Museum 22

1910.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF 1'IIILADI It. PI 1 1 \ .

015

Miss 11. NLWardle 22

Library of ( longress _'()

Thomas B. Wilson Fund I'.i

Argentine ( rovernmenl 19

V. S. Departmenl of the Interior 18

William J. Fox ].">

Pan-American Union 14
Pennsylvania Departmenl of

Health 13
New York State College of '

Forestry 13

U. S. Department of Commerce

and Labor 12

Secretary of Works, Mexico 12

California Fish and Came Com-
mission 1 1

American Iron & Steel Institute 10

Henry Skinner 10

Department of Mines, Queens-
land 10

University of Michigan 10

National Academy of Sciences... 9
Museum of the American Indian

Heye Foundation 9

Publication Committee of the

Academy 7

Edward J. Nolan 7

Lowell Observatory 7

University Geological Survey of

Kansas 7

Vermont Agricultural Experi-
ment Station 7

Tennessee State Geological Sur-
vey 6

Ohio Biological Survey 6

Stat ens Skogsforsoksanstalt,

Stockholm 6

Department of the Naval Ser-
vice, Ottawa 6

Thornwell Museum 6

Samuel G. Dixon, M.D 6

University of Wyoming 5

Seismologic Station of Cartuj a 5

Estate of Albert Lucas 5

United States War Department.. 4
Direccion de Estudios Bio-

logicos, Mexico 4

New Mexico College of Agricul-
ture and Mechanic Arts 4

East Indian Government 4
Commission of Conservation,

< 'anada 4

Wallace G. Levison 4

Department of Agriculture, Cos-
ta Rica 4

James A. G. Rehn 3

University of Tennessee 3
Mississippi State Geological

Survey 3

Michigan Geological and Bio-
logical Survey 3

Indiana University

Louisiana State Museum

( leological ( ommission of Fin-
land

Colorado Museum of Natural
History

Seismological Society of America

Delaware County Institute of
Science

Office National des Fniversites
et E -oles franchises

( leological Survey of Alabama

Commissioners on Fisheries and

( lame, Massachusetts

Illinois State ( leological Survey

Maryland (leological Survey

Department of Trade and Cus-
toms, Australia

Dr. Ida A. Keller

State Entomologist, Illinois

Peabody Museum

State Board of Charities, New
York

Boston City Hospital

Harvard University

Wisconsin Geological and Nat-
ural History Survey

Geological Survey of Ohio

Department of Fisheries, Ben-
gal, Bihar andOrissa

Observatory of M adrid

United States Brewers' Associa-
tion

Danish Government

Government of Formosa

Missouri Bureau of Geology and
Mines

Warren Academy of Sciences

George H. Clapp

Massachusetts State Board of
Agriculture

Yale University

Miss Emily H. Thomas

Zoological Society of Philadel-
phia

West Virginia Geological Survey

Second Pan-American Scientific
Congress

Cuerpo de Ingenieros de Minas
del Peru

Bentham Trustees, Kew Gar-
dens

George L. Harrison, Jr

New Jersey Department of ( !on-
servation and Development

New South Wales State Fish-
eries

Albert de Monaco

Geological Survey of Georgia

Tiflis Seismological Stat ion

Philadelphia Museums

3
3

2

_>

_>
2

2

2
2
2

1

616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

Dr. W. K. Shea 1 Clarence B. Moore 1

Cornell University Agricultural Florida State Geological Survey. 1

Experiment Station 1 Jardim Botanico do Rio de

Rockefeller Foundation 1 Janeiro 1

These additions have been distributed to the several departments
of the library as follows:

Journals 3,788 Medicine 23

Agriculture 948 Mineralogy 21

Geology 448 Bibliography 19

Geography 153 Mammalogy 18

Botany 127 Physical Sciences 11

General Natural History 102 Helminthology 7

Entomology 86 Chemistry 3

Anthropology _ 79 Philology 3

Ornithology 40 Herpetology 1

Ichthyology 30 Dictionaries 1

Conchology 29 Encyclopedias 1

Anatomy and Physiology 26 Miscellaneous 36

Voyages and Travels 26

Among the more important works received are

Herrich-Schaffer. Neue Schmetterlinge aus Europa, etc. 3 parts. 1856-61.
Meerburg. Plantae rariores coloribus depictae (Afbeeldingen van zeldzaame

Gewassen). 1789.
Hanley. An illustrated and descriptive catalogue of recent bivalve shells.

1842-56. An extra-illustrated copy from Hanley's own library. Presented

by Mr. George H. Clapp.
Nees von .Esenbeck, Hornschuh und Sturm. Bryologia Germanica. 2 parts

in 3 volumes. 1823-31.
Junghaus. Icones Plantarum rariorum. Centuria I. Folio. 1792.
Beddome. Icones Plantarum India? Occidentalis. Vol. I. 1868-74.

The following journals are new to the collection:

Addisonia. New York.

American Entomological Society, Memoirs.

Anthropological Institute, London. Occasional Papers.

Arbeiten zur Entwicklungspsychologie. Leipzig.

Board of Agriculture, London. Journal.

California Fish and Game Commission. Teachers' Bulletin.

Colombo Museum. Memoirs.

Congreso de Naturalistas Espanoles. Actas y Memorias.

Departmento de Agricoltura, Costa Rica. Publicaciones.

Department of Marine and Fisheries, Ottawa. Annual Report.

Eugenics Review. London.

Geographical Review. New York.

Geologe (Der). Leipzig.

Jardim Botanico de Rio de Janeiro. Archivos.

Journal of Bacteriology. New Haven.

Journal of Ecology. London.

Journal of Micrology. Reading, England.

Junta de Ciencies Naturals, Barcelona. Anuari.

Iowa Naturalist. Iowa City.

Lorquinia. Los Angeles.

Mines Handbook. New York.

Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture. Economic Biology-Bulletin.

Museum of the American Indian Heye Foundation. New York. Contributions.

1916.] NATURAL >( ll.M ].- OF PHILADELPHIA. 617

New Jersey Departmenl of Conservation and Development. Trenton. Animal

Report .
New York Mineralogical Club. Brooklyn. Bulletin.
New York Slate College of Forestry. Syracuse. Bulletin.
Notes "ii Rhode Island Ornithology. Bristol.
Ohio (The) Journal of Science. Columbus.
Physiological Abstracts, London.

Service i 'e ilogique de I'Indochine. Eanoi-Haiphong. Bulletin.
Thornwell Museum. Clinton, South Carolina. Annual Report.
Vermont Agricultural Experiment station. Bulletin.

Four hundred and four volumes have been bound.

Tb.e special catalogue of books subject to loan has been completed
and is now in use. Certain works not included in the list may. by
order of the Council, be borrowed with the consent of the Librarian.

Under the revised By-law, 61 works in 66 volumes have been
loaned. Seven of these are still outstanding. 1,226 works in 1,476
volumes have been used in the study rooms by students of the
Academy.

The requirement that these books be registered before removal
from the library has resulted in desirable convenience of access and
recovery when wanted by other readers.

We are under obligation to Mrs. William H. Bennett for the
repair and regilding of the frame containing the portrait of her
father, George W. Carpenter, Treasurer of the Academy from
December, 1826, until his death, June 7, 1860.

Six volumes and four duplicate pamphlets have been sold.

184 volumes were given by the Academy and 29 by the President
to Geneva College, Beaver Falls, Pennsylvania, as a help in replacing
the library of that institution, which has been destroyed by fire.

With the rest of the scientific and literary world we are still suffering
from the effects of the English embargo on books from Germany
and other belligerent nations. The hoped-for relief referred to in
my last report, where the subject is treated of at some length, has
not been accorded, and notwithstanding strenuous efforts on the
part of American importers to secure concessions from the British
censors, what has been called ''the intellectual famine" continues.
The Foreign Trade Adviser of our own Department of State is not
apparently able to modify the situation, although, with the Librarian
of Congress, he has shown every disposition to do so' as far as possible.
Shipments sent by way of Rotterdam have been detained on the
most trivial pretexts, yet it is only under the protection of the official
permits that a supply of current issues and deficiencies can safely
be secured. Foreign publishers rarely prepare large editions of the
works issued by them and especially is this the case in the present

618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

deplorable condition of affairs, so that if transmissions be lost, the
deficiencies in sets can probably never be supplied.

The British Trade Adviser has recently required all institutions
to make their own applications. If this rule be insisted upon it will
enormously increase the labor and uncertainties of importation. Our
own importers make application for ninety-two institutions. The
British official will, it is to be hoped, acknowledge the disadvantage
of increasing the required documents in that instance alone from
one to ninety-two, so that the representations of the Librarian of
Congress may secure a modification of this order, but in the mean-
time we must cultivate such patience as we can until the world is
providentially restored to its normal condition.

I am glad to again acknowledge, officially and personally, the

zeal and efficiency of my assistants, William J. Fox and Furman

Sheppard Wilde.

Edward J. Nolan, Librarian.

REPORT OF THE CURATORS.

The year just completed finds the Academy's collections and
buildings in better condition than ever before. The members of
the museum staff have devoted their time to the care and study of
the material in the several departments. Large numbers of specimens
have been labelled, catalogued and rearranged, while many groups
have been critically studied and specimens redetermined. The
accessions to the museum have been numerous and of great value,
as shown by the accompanying list of additions.

Much has been done to render the exhibits more accessible and
more attractive. Through the appropriation of $10,000, made at
the last session of the State Legislature, it was possible to secure
52 plate-glass and mahogany or oak exhibition cases, while four
others were purchased from the E. D. Cope Fund and ten from the
William S. Vaux Fund.

With these it is possible to complete the furnishing of the
Archaeological and Mammal floors and the first floor of the north
wing, and to transfer to new cases the William S. Vaux Collection
of minerals and a large part of the exhibition series of mollusks.
Part of the transfer to the new cases has already been accomplished,
and the work will be finished during the coming year.

For the study collections 105 metal-covered cases, 420 glass-
covered boxes and 1,300 trays were secured for the accommodation

1910.] NATURAL s< tENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 619

of insects, plants, mollusks, birds, and mammals. The study col-
lections, it should be remembered, constitute the scientific basis of a
museum. Specimens in the exhibition cases have, for the mosl part,
a comparatively limited life and in course of time have to be replaced.
The study specimens, however, when properly housed and protected
from light, dust, and insect pests can he preserved indefinitely.

It is therefore a matter for congratulation that the immense study
collections of the Academy containing the types and historic speci-
mens of a century of scientific research are being rapidly placed
beyond danger and their preservation assured.

In no one year has such progress in housing these collections been
made as in that just closed.

Early in the year the exhibit of the Pennsylvania Department of
Health, which was awarded the grand prize at the Panama-Pacific
Exposition, was received at the Academy and installed in the gallery
of the Mineralogical Hall, which was temporarily allotted to the
State for this purpose, the installation, lighting, and guarding of the
exhibit all being assumed by the State.

The exhibit has proven very attractive and instructive and has
attracted large numbers of visitors.

The attendance in the museum throughout the year has been
large and is constantly increasing, especially the numbers of classes
from public and private schools which come under the guidance of
their teachers.

Local field work was carried on extensively by several members
of the staff, resulting in valuable additions to the collections of
fishes, crustaceans, reptiles, batrachians, etc.

Mr. Clarence B. Moore has continued his exploration of the
Indian mounds of the Southern States and has provided an additional
case for the display of the valuable material secured during the year.

Mr. J. A. G. Rehn was sent to Tucson, Arizona, where, through
the courtesy of the American Museum of Natural History, he joined
an entomological expedition to the adjoining desert regions. In
consideration of his services the Academy will receive a valuable
share of the material collected.

Details of the work in the various departments and a list of the
accessions are appended.

Mammals.

An air-tight sheet-iron room was fitted up on the fourth floor,
close to the mammalian study collections, in which have been hung
41

620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

all of the tanned skins of large mammals which were formerly stored
in the basement. This ensures their safe preservation and provides
ready access to them. New tag labels were placed upon them by
Mr. Rehn and they were arranged in systematic order.

A number of additional storage cases were made available for the
medium-sized mammal skins by the substitution of new storage
cases in the bird department and two plate-glass and mahogany
exhibition cases were provided from the State appropriation, com-
pleting the furnishing of the mammal hall.

Twenty-four mammals have been received from the Zoological
Society of Philadelphia, which have been variously prepared by the
taxidermist as skins or osteological specimens.

Much use has been made of the study collection during the year
and specimens have been loaned to N. Hollister, H. W. Henshaw,
and L. A. Fuertes.

Birds.

The relaxing of the old unmounted skins in the study series of
Passeres was completed by Mr. D. E. Culver, who was a student
on the Jessup Fund during the first half of the year, while the re-
mainder of the trays and the cases have been labelled by Dr. Stone.
He has also transferred the skins of the larger birds to the twenty
new metal-covered cases provided by the State appropriation. The
collection of eggs has also been arranged in new cases and the old
wooden cabinets removed.

A number of birds have been identified for the Zoological Society
during the year.

During the summer and autumn Dr. Stone, with the assistance of
the taxidermist, Mr. McCadden, rearranged the greater part of the
Delaware Valley Ornithological Club Collection, incorporating a
great deal of new material presented by the Club and relabelling a
large part of the exhibit. By removing the shelves and supporting
the groups from the back of the case a very much more attractive
display has been obtained. The entire series of shore-birds were
remounted on natural bases.

With Mr. Rehn's help, the Guatemala and Santa Marta collections
received last year have been catalogued.

Two valuable collections were also received during the present
year — the L. L. Jewel collection of Panama birds, purchased by
subscription by members of the Academy, and an additional lot of
specimens from Santa Marta, Colombia, purchased from M. A.
Carriker. These comprise some 700 skins.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 621

Many ornithologists have studied the collections at the Academy
and specimens have been loaned to J. P. Chapin, W. E. C. Todd,
and Albert Laessle.

Reptiles and Batrachians.

Mr. Henry W. Fowler has during the year catalogued 350 specimens
and given a careful supervision to the collection, replenishing alcohol
when necessary.

He has also conducted extensive field work in Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Maryland, and Virginia, which resulted in securing forty
local collections of reptiles, batrachians and fishes. Two papers
wrere published during the year on cold-blooded vertebrates in the
Academy collection and two others are now in preparation.

Fishes.

This department has also been under Mr. Fowler's care and much
of the work of collecting and publication just described covers the
fishes also. Twelve large local collections of Pennsylvania fishes,
presented by Mrs. E. S. and W. I. Mattern, deserve special mention,
as wrell as a number of mounted game fishes, the gift of Mr. A. B.
Loeb.

Mollusks.

Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, Special Curator, reports specimens received
from 56 persons and institutions. Among the more interesting
accessions are a series of the mollusks collected this year in Utah
and Idaho by Messrs. Junius Henderson and L. E. Daniels; several
hundred lots from Maine, taken by Mr. Bayard Long; a large series
of Californian shells from Mrs. Oldroyd, and collections from
Guatemala and Panama from Messrs. S. N. Rhoads and D. E.
Harrower, respectively.

Studies on the Pupillida? for a monograph of the family have
occupied most of the time of the Special Curator. Considerable
additions to our collection of these shells have been obtained from
various correspondents.

Mr. E. G. Vanatta has been occupied chiefly with the determina-
tion of specimens for correspondents and with labelling and arranging
accessions to the museum. Miss Caroline Ziegler has continued the
work of cataloguing the collection.

The collection has been consulted by various visiting naturalists,
and specimens have been loaned for study to Bryant Walker, Paul
Bartsch, and S. S. Berry.

622 proceedings of the academy of [dec,

Insects.

Thirty metal cases and 420 boxes were secured with the State
appropriation for the accommodation of the collection of insects,,
and Dr. Henry Skinner, head of this department, and Mr. E. T.
Cresson, Jr., have spent the greater part of the year rearranging the
collections and mounting recent accessions.

In the Diptera the families Stratiomyiidse, Tabanidae (in part), and
Leptidse have been rearranged. Studies have been made of the
Ephydridae by Mr. Cresson. Thirty-two new species were described.

In the order Coleoptera the Horn types have been numbered and
the families Dytiscidse, Hydrophilidse and part of the Silphidse re-
arranged, while many specimens have been identified and added to
the collection.

The local collection has also been rearranged.

In the Lepidoptera the American moths have been arranged in
the new cases as well as all of the exotic moths, except the Noctuidse
and Geometridse.

In Orthoptera Mr. J. A. G. Rehn has arranged the exotic Tetti-
goniidse and portions of the Blattidae, Mantidse, and Acrididse in the
new cases.

He has also continued his studies of the Brazilian Orthoptera in
the Academy's collection and material loaned by the U. S. National
Museum and Stanford University, while some time has been devoted
to the determining of South African collections submitted by the
Transvaal Museum, for which work the Academy receives a duplicate
series.

Mr. Rehn spent the months of July and August in the field on
an entomological expedition to southern Arizona, undertaken jointly
with the American Museum of Natural History. Valuable collec-
tions were obtained, in which the Academy will share when they are
worked up.

Mr. Morgan Hebard has, as in the past, given generously of his
time and material toward the development of the Orthoptera collec-
tions. He also generously provided a preparator during part of
the year, who completed the mounting and labelling of the material
obtained in 1915 on the Hebard-Acaclemy expedition in the West.

Many specialists have made use of the collections during the year
and a loan was made to E. B. Williamson.

Other Invertebrates.
Mr. Henry W. Fowler has labelled and arranged about 200 small

1916.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 623

jars of Crustacea as well as various lots of local Arachnida, Myri-
apoda, etc., received during the year.

Dr. Witmer Stone collected a large series of Crustacea at Cape
May, New Jersey, from which groups were prepared and mounted
for exhibition. Bases were constructed representing sand beaches,
mud flats, etc., with accessories collected and prepared for the
purpose. Some groups of the larger mollusks were also prepared,
making eighteen in all, which form an instructive exhibition of the
more striking invertebrates of our seacoast.

Vertebrate Fossils.

Mr. William Palmer, of the U. S. National Museum, has studied
the collection of fossil cetaceans from the Miocene of Maryland and
determined many unnamed specimens. He has also borrowed
portions of the series for further study.

Invertebrate Fossils.

Mr. W. P. Woodring, of Johns Hopkins University, has borrowed
the series of unnamed fossils from Bowden, Jamaica, in the Academy's
collection and is engaged in studying and identifying them.

Mr. Joseph Willcox has presented the Academy with a series of
specially selected specimens of Miocene and Pliocene mollusks,
comprising the most perfect examples obtained by him in his many
years' work in the Tertiary beds of the Southern States, from Virginia
to Florida. These make a noteworthy exhibit in the museum and a
fitting memorial of Mr. Willcox's palseontological researches.

Herbarium.

The continued illness of Mr. Stewardson Brown has left the
herbarium largely dependent upon the voluntary service of Messrs.
Bayard Long and S. S. Van Pelt, who have been in attendance a
large part of the year and have given personal attention to such
matters as have arisen in connection with the department.

Mr. Long has cared for the local herbarium as heretofore, has
made critical studies of various groups and accomplished a con-
siderable amount of local field work. Mr. Van Pelt has devoted
himself mainly to the mounting of specimens for the local herbarium,
amounting to over 3,000 sheets.

Miss Ada Allen has been employed in mounting plants for the
general herbarium and has prepared 2,000 sheets.

Mr. Berwynd Kauffman has been employed during part of the

624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

year in cataloguing and distributing the mounted plants that have
accumulated during the period of Mr. Brown's illness and has dis-
posed of the greater part of them.

Dr. Witmer Stone and Mr. Van Pelt have resorted the packages
of plants in the Porter collection and arranged them temporarily
in the 40 new metal cases provided by the State appropriation,
placing them in systematic order, so that they may be easily con-
sulted. Messrs. Long and Van Pelt have gone critically over several
of the orders, separating the local material and duplicates.

A number of botanists have consulted the herbarium during the
year and specimens were loaned to J. M. Greenman, M. L. Fernald,
K. K. McKenzie, Agnes Chase, Harold St. John, and E. S. Steele.

Minerals and Rocks.

From the State appropriation six new oak and plate-glass table
cases were secured for the William S. Vaux collection of minerals
and ten others were purchased from the William S. Vaux Fund.
These have been substituted for the old cases, and Mr. Samuel G.
Gordon, a student on the Jessup Fund, has cleansed the entire
collection, after which he assisted Mr. F. J. Keeley, curator of the
department, in selecting a series for exhibition. These were arranged
according to the sixth edition of Dana's System. The relabelling
of the collection will be undertaken at once.

The duplicates have been arranged on trays in closets immediately
under the exhibition series, while the Academy's collection of minerals
is arranged in the lower part of the closets, following the same sys-
tematic arrangement. Thus for the first time all the general
collections of minerals are brought together.

The meteorites, representing about 60 falls, are arranged in glass
cases in the entrance hall, while the local collection of minerals has
been removed to the first floor of the museum just beyond, where
it is arranged by Mr. Gordon in some of the old Vaux cases. Numer-
ous small collections received from time to time have been gone over
critically and specimens of value picked out, while the duplicates
have been made up into sets for schools and other institutions.

Mr. Gordon made a field trip through Franklin and Adams Coun-
ties, Pennsylvania, during the summer and secured a valuable
series of volcanic rocks.

Archaeology.

From the State appropriation two horizontal and five upright
exhibition cases have been provided and one mummy case. This

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 625

has made it possible to display specimens belonging to the Spear
collection of Polynesian material and other specimens withheld
from exhibition because of lack of space. A further display of
California and Nevada basketry from the Gottschall collection has
also been possible, while the archaeological collections from Egypt
and Europe and ethnological material from India and the Philippines
have been rearranged.

The department has as heretofore been under the care of Miss
H. N. Wardle, who, beside the rearrangement above described, has
prepared numerous labels.

Mr. Clarence B. Moore has placed on exhibition the valuable
objects found on his Green River expedition and has provided a
new horizontal exhibition case for their display.

Witmer Stone, Chairman,
Samuel G. Dixon,
Henry A. Pilsbry,
Henry Tucker.

Report of the Curator of the William S. Vaux Collection.

The past year has been rendered epochal in the history of the
William S. Vaux collection by the installation of new cases, in which
the entire collection has been rearranged. On completion of re-
labelling, which is under way, the collection will be in creditable
condition.

Accessions during the year include ten specimens of calcite and
geyserite from Yellowstone National Park, presented by Mrs.
Walcott, and eighteen specimens purchased. Most important
among the latter were hopeite and parahopeite from Rhodesia and
several meteorites.

I again take pleasure in acknowledging the active and efficient
assistance of Mr. Samuel G. Gordon, on whom devolved most of
the actual work of transferring the collection.

Respectfully submitted,

F. J. Keeley, Curator Wm. S. Vaux Collection.

REPORTS OF THE SECTIONS.

Biological and Microscopical Section. — The Section has held
six stated meetings during the year.

The Conservator reports the presentation to the Section, by

626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

Mrs. Edward S. Sayres, of Prof. Henry Carvill Lewis' microscope,
a Beck National, together with a case of miscellaneous slides.

Communications on various subjects were made by the following
members: Hugo Bilgram, F. J. Keeley, T. Chalkley Palmer, Dr.
Thomas S. Stewart, W. H. Van Sickel, S. L. Schumo, Dr. D. W. Horn
and C. S. Boyer.

The following officers were chosen for the year 1917:

Director Dr. J. Cheston Morris.

Vice-Director T. Chalkley Palmer.

Recorder Charles S. Boyer.

Treasurer Dr. Thomas S. Stewart.

Conservator F. J. Keeley.

Charles S. Boyer, Recorder.

Entomological Section. — The Section has held six stated
meetings during the year, with an average attendance of ten. Three
members and an associate were elected.

Communications on subjects of interest were made at each meeting.
Among those contributing were Henry Skinner, Philip P. Calvert,
James A. G. Rehn, Philip Laurent, Morgan Hebarcl, and J. C. Bradley.

The following officers were elected for the year 1917:

Director Philip Laurent.

Vice-Director R. C. Williams, Jr.

Secretary J. A. G. Rehn.

Treasurer E. T. Cresson.

Conservator Henry Skinner.

Recorder E. T. Cresson, Jr.

Publication Committee E. T. Cresson,

P. P. Calvert,
E. T. Cresson, Jr.

E. T. Cresson, Jr., Recorder.

Botanical Section. — At the annual meeting, held December 19,
1916, the following officers were elected for the ensuing year:

Direc.or Ida A. Keller, Ph.D.

Vice-Director Joseph Crawford.

Recorder John W. Eckfeldt, M.D.

Conservator and Treasurer Stewardson Brown.

Benj. H. Smith, Director.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 627

MlNKHALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION FOR 1916. The

Section held four meetings, with increased average attendance.
Communications were made by Prof. Thomas C. Brown, on Paleozoic
Reef Deposits and on Petroleum and Natural (las in Butler County.
Pennsylvania; by Mr. F. Lynwood Garrison, on the World'- Supply

of Minerals, and by Prof. Florence Bascom, on some of the National
Parks. Other subjects of geological or mineralogical interest were
discussed.

There were four field excursions, with an average attendance of 20.
The places visited were: (1) portions of the New Red Gwynedd
shales and Xorristown shales, also Hudson River shales, all in Bucks
County; (2) certain exposures of crystalline rocks between Philadel-
phia and West Chester; (3) crystalline rocks and their minerals
near the southern edge of Delaware County; (4) crystalline rocks
and their minerals between Media and Newtown Square, Delaware
County.

The following officers of the Section have been elected for the
year 1917:

Director Benjamin Smith Lyman.

Vice-Director F. J. Keeley.

Recorder and Secretory W. B. Davis.

Treasurer and Conservator ..George Vaux, Jr.

Respectfully submitted by order of the Section,

Benj. Smith Lyman, Director.

Ornithological Section. — The Section has been active during
the year in encouraging ornithological work at the Academy.
The Pennsylvania Audubon Society and the Delaware Valley Or-
nithological Club have held their meetings in the building, with the
result that a broader interest has been taken in the ornithological
department and many valuable accessions have been received.

November 13-16 the American Ornithologists' Union held its
annual meeting at the Academy, bringing to our museum leading
ornithologists from all parts of the United States and Canada. The
meeting was the largest and most successful ever held by the Union
and drew to the Academy large numbers of visitors.

At the annual meeting of the Section the following officers were
elected for the ensuing year:

Director Spencer Trotter.

Vice-Director ..George Spencer Morris.

628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

Recorder Stewardson Brown.

Secretary William A. Shryock.

Treasurer and Conservator Witmer Stone.

Witmer Stone, Conservator.

The annual election of Officers, Councillors and members of the
Committee on Accounts was held December 19, 1916, with the
following result :

President Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D.

Vice-Presidents Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D.,Sc.D.,

John Cadwalader, A.M.

Recording Secretary Edward J. Nolan, M.D., Sc.D.

Corresponding Secretary J. Percy Moore, Ph.D.

Treasurer George Vaux, Jr.

Librarian Edward J. Nolan, M.D., Sc.D.

Curators ; Samuel G. Dixon, M.D.,LL.D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D.,
Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D.,
Henry Tucker, M.D.

Councillors to serve three years. Edwin S. Dixon,

Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D.,
Robert G. Le Conte, M.D.,
George Spencer Morris.

Committee on Accounts Charles Morris,

Samuel N. Rhoads,
John G. Rothermel,
Thomas S. Stewart, M.D.,
Walter Horstmann.

COUNCIL FOR 1917.

Ex-Officio— Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., Edwin G. Conklin,
Ph.D., John Cadwalader, A.M., Edward J. Nolan, M.D., Sc.D.,
J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry,
Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D., Henry Tucker, M.D.

To serve three years. — Edwin S. Dixon, Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D.,
Robert G. LeConte, M.D., George Spencer Morris.

To serve two years.— Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Frank J. Keeley,
Walter Horstmann, William Pepper, M.D.

To serve one year. — Charles B. Penrose, M.D., LL.D., Ph.D., Charles
Morris, Spencer Trotter, M.D., William E. Hughes, M.D.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 629

Councillor George Vaux, Jr.

Curator of Mollusca ..Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D.

Curator of William S. Vaux Col-
lections Frank J. Keeley.

Custodian of Isaac Lea Collection Joseph Willcox.

Assistant Librarian William J. Fox.

Assistants to Curators Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D.,

Stewardson Brown,
Edward G. Vanatta,
Henry W. Fowler,
James A. G. Rehn,
Ezra T. Cresson, Jr.

Assistant in Library Furman Sheppard Wilde.

Aid in Archaeology Harriet Newell Wardle.

Aid in Herbarium Ada Allen.

Taxidermist David M. McCadden.

Janitors Charles Clappier,

Daniel Heckler,
James Tague,
Jacob Aebley,
Adam E. Heckler.

STANDING COMMITTEES, 1917.

Finance. — Effingham B. Morris, John Cadwalader, A.M., Edwin

S. Dixon, Walter Horstmann, and the Treasurer.
Publications. — Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Wltmer Stone, A.M.,

Sc.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox, Edward J.

Nolan, M.D., Sc.D.
Library. — Henry Tucker, M.D., George Vaux, Jr., Frank J. Keeley,

Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D., Spencer Trotter, M.D.
Instruction and Lectures. — Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Henry

A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Charles Morris, James A. G. Rehn, George S.

Morris.

ELECTIONS IN 1916.

January 18. — Walter Sonneberg, Samuel T. Bodine, David Wilbur

Horn, William S. Huntington.
March 21. — A. A. Jackson, Edward Martin, M.D.
November 21. — C. W. Weidenbacker, Arthur H. Thomas.

630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
1916.

Mammals.

Captain Frank S. Besson, through Mr. Nathan Griffith. Mounted Arma-
dillo (Tatu novemcinctum), Brownsville, Texas.

Estate of Dr. Thomas Biddle. Skin and skull of Barbary Ape {Simla
innuus), Tangier, Morocco.

Dr. Samuel G. Dixon. Skull of Atlantic Walrus (Odobccnus rosmarus).
Horns of Hartebeest (Bubalis sp.), Gemsbok (Oryx gazella), Indian Buffalo
(Buffelus bubalis), Greater Koodoo (Strepsiceros strepsiceros) , and Domestic Ram
(Ovis aries). Mounted head of Pacific Walrus (Odobaenus obesus).

W. J. Fox. Skull of Dolphin (Delphinus delphis), Sea Isle City, New Jersey.

William D. Griscom. Skins of five Muskrats (Ondatra zibethica) [one albino]
and of three Brown Rats (Mus norvegicus), Salem, New Jersey.

Dr. Joseph Kalbfus. Skin of Least Weasel (Putorius allegheniensis) , Mercer
Count}', Pennsylvania.

Keystone-Hindley Gear Company. Tibia of horse (Equus cabattus). From
under City Hall, Philadelphia.

Miss Maggie Macaw. Skin of Monkey (Lasiopyga sp.) and Spotted Cat
(Felis sp.), Africa.

Samuel N. Rhoads. Jumping Mouse (Zapus hudsonicus), Haddonfield,
New Jersey; Muskrat (Ondatra zibethica), Haddonfield, New Jersey.

Dr. Henry R. Wharton. Brown Rat (Mus norvegicus), Salem, New Jersey.

A. P. Willets. Jumping Mouse (Zapus hudsonicus), Haddonfield, New
Jersey.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Specimens prepared as follows:

Mounted: Sloth Bear (Melursus ursinus). Skin and skull: Bonnet Macaque

(Macacus pileatus), Fishing Cat (Felis viverrina), Crab-eating Dog (Canis can-

crivorus), Spotted Skunk (Spilogale sp.), Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia

binotata), Polar Bear (Thalarctos maritimus) , Thibetan Blue Bear (Ursus pru-

inosus), Sewellel (Aplodontia rufa), Larger Egyptian Gerbille (Gerbillus pyrami-

dum), Hairy-rumped Agouti (Dasyprocta prymnolopha) , Agouti (Dasyprocta sp.),

Harnessed Antelope (Tragelaphus gratus), Himalayan Tahr (Hemitragus jem-

laicus), Northern Warthog (Phacochcerus cethiopicus) . Prepared as skin: Sewellel

(Aplodontia rufa), young Coypu Rat (Myopotamus coypu). Prepared as skeleton:

Meerkat (Suricata tetradactyla) . Prepared as skull: Vulpine Phalanger

(Phalangista vulpina).

Birds.

George B. Benners. Nest of Yellow-throated Warbler (Dendroica dominica).
Miers Busch. Collection of bird skins.

Frank M. Crawford. Eggs of Emu (Dromceus novce-hollandice) and Whooping
Crane (Grus americana). Collection of eggs of various species of birds.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63]

Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. Seven nests and ten Beta ol
eggs tit' Pennsylvania birds.

Dr. Samuel G. Dixon. Female Golden Pheasant (Chrysotophw pictus), skin.

A. B. Loeb, through Mrs. Sol. Selig. Collection of mounted birds.

Edward Norris. Head and wing of Blue Goose (Chen coerulescens), Ches-
apeake May.

H. Ohmsbv Phillips. Skin of Screech Owl (Megascops asio), West Chester,
Pennsylvania.

Samuel X. Rhoads. Skin of Red-winged Blackbird (Agelaius phwniceus),
Haddontield, Xew Jersey.

YVitmkk Stone. Sets of eggs of the Black Skimmer and Common Tern,
Virginia.

George II. Stuart, 3d. Skin of Loon (Gavin i miner) and Old Squaw Duck
(Harelda hy emails), North Carolina.

Dr. Henry R. Wharton. Three skins of Hooded Merganser (Lophodyles
cucvllatus), and two skins of Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo borealis), Salem, Xew Jersey.

A. P. Willets. Red-winged Blackbird (Agelaius phoeniceus), Tuckerton Bay,
Xew Jersey.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Prepared as skins: Indian Gray
Shrike (Lanius laktora), Yellow Oriole (Icterus xanthornus), Gray Struthidea
[Slrulltidea cinerea), Fish-hawk (Pandion halicetus carolinensis) , European
Flamingo (Pha-nicopterus roseus), and Amazona viridigenalis. Prepared as
skin and sternum: Great-billed Black Cockatoo (Calyptorhyuchus macrorhy ti-
ck us). Prepared as skull: Greater Titmouse (Parus major). Twelve eggs of
birds laid in the Zoological Society's Gardens.

Purchased by subscription of members. Collection of 500 bird skins from
Panama, made by the late L. L. Jewel.

Purchased. One hundred and twenty-five skins from Santa Marta, Colombia ;
seventeen from South Georgia Island.

Reptiles and Amphibians.

Dr. Fred Baker. Three turtles, Angkor Ruins, Cambodia.

P. P. Calvert. Small collection of reptiles and amphibians, Costa Rica.

Morgan Hebard. Collection of reptiles and amphibians, Miami, Florida.

Philip Laurent. Scarlet snake (Cemophora coccinea), Gulf Hammock,
Florida; two toads (Bufo fowleri), New Jersey.

Bayard Long. Five vials of amphibians, Maine.

Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. Horned Toad (Phrynosoma), New Mexico.

Dr. Witmer Stone. One box tortoise (Terrapene Carolina), Cold Spring,
New Jersey.

Dr. S. D. Swope. Skin of Green Rattlesnake (Crotalus lepidus), Animas,
Xew Mexico.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. White's Cyclodus (Tiliqua scin-

coides) .

Fishes.

R. M. Abbott. Cling-fish (Gobiesox strumosus), Maryland; jar of fishes,
Maryland.

R. M. Abbott and Henry YV. Fowler. Collection of fishes, Anne Arundel
County, Maryland.

632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

Argentine Commission, Panama-Pacific Exposition. Collection of thirty-
dried fishes.

P. P. Calvert. Small collection of fishes, Costa Rica.

C. Dager. Goldfish (Carassius auratus).

James Donaldson. Burr Fish (Chilomycteris schoepfi).

E. R. Dunn. Jar of fishes, James River, Virginia.

H. W. Fowler. Three jars of fishes, Cecil County, Maryland.

H. W. Fowler, E. S. Mattern, H. E. Thompson, H. H. Burton and Dr.
F. Pexnell. Sixteen bottles of fresh-water fishes, Virginia, Pennsylvania, and
New Jersey.

W. J. Fox. Hog Fish (Orthopristis chrysopterus) , Sea Isle City, New Jersey.

Morgan Hebard. Jar of fishes, Boca Grande, Florida.

W. T. Innes. Several Mollienisia latipinna, Louisiana.

A. B. Loeb, through Mrs. Sol. Selig. Collection of mounted fishes.

D. McCadden. Lizard fish (Sy nodus foetens), Ocean City, New Jersey.

E. S. and W. I. Mattern. Several hundred fishes, Eastern Pennsylvania;
ten jars of fishes, Lehigh County, Pennsylvania.

Philadelphia Aquarium. Several groupers (Epinephelus), Key West, Florida.
R. C. Williams, Jr. Spotted File-fish (Alutera punctata), Corson's Inlet,
New Jersey.
Edward Wilson. Burr Fish (Chilomycteris schoepfi), Cape May, New Jersey.

Recent Mollusca.

Jacob Aebly. Four land shells from Westmont, New Jersey.

Benjamin Albertson. Helix hortensis Mull, from Nantucket, Massachusetts.

J. L. Baily, Jr. Nuttallina fiuxa Cpr. from La Jolla, California.

F. C. Baker. Thirty trays of shells from New York and Korea.

Dr. Fred Baker. Dentalium vallicolens Ray. from off San Diego, California.

Dr. Paul Bartsch. Three species of shells from North Carolina, Utah, and
Montana.

M. J. Becker. Five trays of fresh-water shells from California.

S. S. Berry. Thirty trays of land and fresh-water shells from Montana and
California.

E. Bethel. Oreohelix haydeni Gabb from Glenwood Springs, Colorado.

Dr. A. P. Brown. Eight species of shells from Pennsylvania and Antigua.

O. Bryant. Five species of land shells from Bermuda. «

H. F. Carpenter. Four species of shells from Rhode Island and Florida.

Charles W. Cash. Pecten magellanicus Gm. from off Nantucket, Massachu-
setts.

Dr. Robert Clarke. Five species of land shells from Beaver Falls, Pennsyl-
vania.

George H. Clapp. Twenty-eight trays of shells, United States, Canada,
and Bahamas.

W. F. Clapp. Seven species of Hawaiian marine shells.

CM. Cooke. Thirteen trays of Hawaiian land shells.

E. B. Cope. Polygyra hopetonensis Shutt. from Imri, Florida.

C. A. Copeland. Two species of marine shells.

L. E. Daniels. Three trays of fresh-water shells from Montana.

J. H. Ferriss. Thirteen trays of land shells.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 633

H. W. Fowler. Forty-eight trays of shells from the eastern United States.

L. S. Frierson. Unio tamaulipanus Conr. from Menardville, Texas.

S. G. Gordon. Four species of land shells from Adams < lounty, Pennsylvania.

D. E. Harrower. Twenty trays of shells from Panama and Costa Rica
(purchased).

Morgan Hebard. Forty-two trays of land shells from Virginia, Florida, and
Texas.

J. B. Henderson. Eighteen trays of shells from New York and West [ndi<

Junius Henderson. Forty-two trays of land shells from Utah, Colorado,
and Idaho.

Heye Collection. Bifidaria from Big Wall, Cuba.

A. A. Hinkley. Seventeen trays of land and fresh-water shells from Arkansas,
Missouri, and Illinois.

Dr. A. P. Kitchens. Helix hortensis Mull, from Perc6, Canada.

Tom Iredale. Elasmias ovata Ant. from Sunday Island, Kermadec Islands.

P. Laurent. Euglandina rosea Fer. from Gulf Hammock, Levy County,
Florida.

Dr. S. L. Lewis. Seventy-eight trays of marine shells.

Bayard Long. Three hundred and forty-three trays of shells from Maine
and New Jersey.

H. Loomis. Nuttalina from Japan.

A. L. Lovett. Prophysaon fasciatum Ckll. from Corvallis, Oregon.

H. X. Lowe. Thirty-four trays of shells from California and West Africa.

J. G. Malone. Thirty-one marine shells from Oregon and Alaska.

H. L. Mather and' H. W. Fowler. Goniobasis virginica Gm. from Leslie and
Charlestown, Maryland.

E. S. Mattern. Two fresh-water shells from Pennsylvania.
David McCadden. Donax fossor Say from Ocean City, New Jersey.
E. A. McIlhenny. Two marine shells from Alaska.

L. H. McNeill. Polita cryptomphala CI. from Irvington, Alabama.

Dr. H. E. Meyer. Twenty-four species of mollusca.

Clarence B. Moore. Io spinosa Lea from a mound near Widows Creek,
Jackson County, Alabama.

Miss S. Newlin. Spondylus varians Sby.

Mrs. I. S. Oldroyd. Two hundred and seventy-eight trays of western
American shells.

W. H. Over. Twenty trays of land and fresh-water shells from South Dakota.

Miss R. M. Pierce. Two marine shells from Wildwood, New Jersey.

H. A. Pilsbry, Sc.D. Three hundred and six trays of shells.

Purchased. Two hundred and thirty-six trays of shells.

C. T. Ramsden. Three species of Cuban land shells.

W. J. Raymond. Four trays of fresh-water shells from California and Oregon.

J. A. G. Rehn. Two land shells from South Dakota and Wyoming.

J. A. G. Rehn and M. Hebard. Five species of fresh-water shells from
LakeWaccamaw, North Carolina.

Sidney Reily. Two marine shells from Virginia.

S. N. Rhoads. Three land shells from the West Indies.

S. Raymond Roberts. Forty-four species of shells from Jamaica and New
South Wales.

634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

H. H. Roney. Four species of shells.

A. D. Rusnak. Three marine shells from Galveston, Texas.

A. F. Satterthwait. Thirty-six species of land and fresh-water shells from
West Lafayette, Indiana.

Mrs. Charles Schaffer. Three marine shells.

S. L. Schumo. Opeas micra Orb. from Moneague, Jamaica.

Burnett Smith. Sixty-one trays of shells from New York.

H. H. Smith. Poly gym albolabris major Binn. from near Elamville, Alabama.

Witmer Stone, Sc.D. Five trays of shells from California, New Jersey, and
Wisconsin.

D. Thaanum. Three Hawaiian land shells.

H. W. Trudell. Two species of shells from Bermuda.

E. G. Vanatta. Seven species of shells from New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and
Maryland.

T. Van Hyning. Three species of land mollusca from Iowa and Florida.

Bryant Walker. Five shells from Alabama, Michigan, and Illinois.

J. B. Walter. Six species of land shells from Monroe County, Pennsylvania.

J. Walter and B. Long. Twelve species of land and fresh-water shells from
Delanco, New Jersey.

Robert Walton. Opeas mauritianum Pfr. from a greenhouse in Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania.

Miss H. N. Wardle. Seven species of land shells from Spruce Cabin Falls,
Monroe County, Pennsylvania.

W. Webb. Elasmias wakefieldios Cox from New South Wales.

H. E. Wheeler. Nineteen species of fresh-water shells from Arkadelphia,
Arkansas.

J. Willcox. Polygyra albolabris Say from Wilmington, North Carolina.

F. M. Woodruff. Three species of Epiphragmophora from Oregon, etc.

Miss Lilian Zech. Epiphragmophora zechoe Pils. from San Gabriel Mountains,

California.

Insects.

Anastasio Alfaro. One hundred and thirty-one Orthoptera, Costa Rica.

American Museum of Natural History. Stilpnochlora laurifolia, Jamaica.

F. W. Armstrong. Eight Lepidoptera, Colombia.

Nathan Banks. One Myrmosa banksi (paratype), four Mutilla scrupea,
two Mutilla geryon, United States.

Ignacio Bolivar. One Gesonia punctata, Java.

Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. Three Blattidse, Arizona, Texas.

H. G. Bryant. Eleven Lepidoptera, Brazil.

P. P. Calvert. Eighteen Aphids, Chestnut Hill; one Lepidopteron, Scotland.

E. R. Casey. Twenty-five Hemiptera, Pennsylvania; fourteen Orthoptera,
Pennsylvania.

D. M. Castle. One Cicada, Florida; one Megathymus yucco?, Florida.

T. D. A. Cockerell. Twelve Hymenoptera, United States.

J. W. Cockle. Seven Lepidoptera, British Columbia.

J. W. Coxey. Seven Lepidoptera, Western States; six, Japan.

Erich Daecke. One Atlanticus davisi, Pennsylvania.

W. T. Davis. Three Lepidoptera, New Jersey.

Henry Fox. Eleven Orthoptera, Virginia.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 635

(!. M. Greene. Sixty-one Coleoptera, United States; seven, New Jersey;
four, District of Columbia; two Dipt era, Pennsylvania.

F. Haimbach. One hundred and nineteen Lepidoptera, United States.

D. E. Harrower. One Lepidopteron, Costa Rica.

J. R. Haskin. Fourteen Lepidoptera, California.

MoiiiiAN Hebard. Eight Stenopelmatinae, western United States; one
thousand three hundred moths, Hot Springs, Virginia; thirty-eight Lepidoptera,
Georgia and Florida; two Lyccena lygdamas, Hot Springs, Virginia; seventeen
Stenopelmatus, western United States; thirty-one Blattidae, Lower California
and western United States; four Blattidae, United States; three hundred and
sixty-one Blattidae, North America, West Indies, Central and South America;
one hundred and nineteen insects, Southern States.

F. M. Jones. Six Lepidoptera, Pennsylvania.

University op Kansas. One Blattid, Arizona.

C. H. Lankester. Ten Orthoptera, Costa Rica.

Philip Laurent. Three Epizeuxis laurenti, North Carolina; ten Orthoptera,
Florida.

R. A. Leussler. Four Satyrodes canthus fumosus, Nebraska; six Lepidoptera,
Nebraska.

Carlos Lizer. Twenty-seven Orthoptera, Argentina.

W. M. Manx. Two Myrmecoblatta rehni (paratypes), Hidalgo, Mexico.

J. W. McGowan. Two Coleoptera, Costa Rica.

L. W. Mengel. Perisamia inconspicua (type), South America; Catagramma
horstii (type), South America.

H. Morrison. One Hymenopteron, Indiana.

H. M. Paishley. Two Gerris argenticollis (cotypes), Massachusetts.

Pennsylvania State Department of Zoology. Five North American
Blattidae.

H. A. Pilsbry. Two Coleoptera, Hawaii.

A. F. Porter. Thirty Lepidoptera, West Indies.

C. T. Ramsden. Two Isognathus rimosa woodi (types), Cuba; eight Lepidop-
tera, Cuba; Catopsilia avellaneda, Cuba.

J. A. G. Rehn. Ten North American Blattidae; four Lepidoptera, Texas.

W. D. Robinson. One Coleopteron, Pennsylvania.

Henry Skinner. Eleven Lepidoptera, California; one, Peru.

Stanford University. Two hundred and thirty-one Orthoptera (thirteen
types), Brazil. v

Witmer Stone. One Coleopteron, Wisconsin.

University of Pennsylvania. Eleven Lepidoptera and one Coleopteron,
Florida; twro Mallophaga, Africa.

W. C. Thompson. Thirteen Coleoptera, New Jersey.

United States National Museum. Two Blattidae, Texas and San Domingo.

E. G. Vanatta. Ten insects, United States.

Mrs. B. L. Weathersbee. One specimen of Dynastes tityus, South Carolina.

H. B. Weiss. Eight Blattidae, New Jersey.

R. C. Williams, Jr. Twenty Lepidoptera, Alaska; eighty-five Lepidoptera,
Guatemala.

E. Woolman. Six Coleoptera, Pennsylvania.

42

636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

Invertebrates.
(Other than Insects or Mollusks.)

R. M. Abbott. Collection of crabs, Maryland.

R. M. Abbott and Henry W. Fowler. Collection of crustaceans, myriopods,
and arachnids, Maryland.

Benjamin Albertson. Lepas hillii Leach from Muskeget Island, Massa-
chusetts.

F. C. Baker. Two anemones and a crab from Korea.

M. J. Becker. Bryozoa from Monterey Beach, California.

P. P. Calvert. Five crabs, Costa Rica.

C. A. Copeland. One gorgonian and eleven sponges.

Henry W. Fowler. Collection of crustaceans and arachnids, Maryland.

Morgan Hebard. Collection of Crustacea, Florida.

V. T. Innes. One crustacean from San Diego, California.

Agnes F. Kenyon. One crustacean, Australia.

Dr. S. L. Lewis. Eleven corals and echinoderms.

Bayard Long. Two Helicopsyche from Maine. Two vials of crustaceans
from Maine.

J. G. Malone. Eight starfishes, etc., from Alaska and Washington.

E. A. McIlhenny. One shrimp from Admiralty Bay.

W. E. Meehan. Chelonibia testudinaria L. from Fortesque, New Jersey.

Mrs. I. S. Oldroyd. Seven trays of brachiopods from California.

H. A. Pilsbry, Sc.D. Thirty-one specimens of corals, crabs, etc.

S. Raymond Roberts. Three invertebrates from Massachusetts and New
South Wales.

C. Henry Roney. Two invertebrates from the Pacific Ocean.

Witmer Stone, Ph.D. Eighteen groups of crustaceans and mollusks, Cape
May, New Jersey; Balanus eburneus Gld. from Cobbs Island, Virginia.

Emily H. Thomas. Eleven corals and echinoderms.

H. W. Trudell. One invertebrate from Bermuda.

United States National Museum. Five barnacles, California and Cuba.

H. L. Viereck. Planes minutus L. from Cape May, New Jersey.

C. M. Wheatley. Three crustaceans, California.
Wheatley Collection (deposited). Two trays of crustaceans.
Homer Wheeler. Balanus hesperius Icevidomus Pils. from Puget Sound.
A. P. Willets. Mud crab (Eurypaopeus depressus), New Jersey.

Invertebrate Fossils.

Miss Ida H. Boyer. One tray of Pyrula from Fullerton, California.
M. J. Becker. Mamma congesta Conr. from Monterey, California.
Mrs. M. K. Langsdorf. One hundred and sixty-five trays of Devonian
fossils, New York.

Bayard Long. Six trays of Cretaceous fossils from New Jersey.
Miss Ethel A. Merkel. Ammonites and two other fossils.

D. E. Harrower. Fourteen trays of fossils from the Canal Zone (purchased).
Joseph Willcox. Two hundred and seven Pliocene and Miocene fossils.

Fossil Plants.

Miss Esther A. Merkel. Coal plant.

Misses Newlins. Specimens of coal slate with fern impressions.

1916.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 637

Minerals.
Miers Busch. Collection of minerals.
Foote Mineral Company. Sixteen easts of meteorites.
MlSSES Xkwi.in. Collection of minerals.
Miss Emily H. Thomas. Collection of minerals.
Miss Grace G. Town. Stalagmite.
\\M. S. \"\i x Collection. Eighteen specimens (purchased).

Plants.

(i. \V. Bassett. Three local plants.
Mr. Brendle. Salvia vertisillata.

0. H. Brown. Ninety-eight specimens of plants, Cape May, New Jersey.
Walter Deane. One hundred and thirty-eight specimens chiefly from
New Hampshire.

Dr. Samuel G. Dixon. Viburnum opulus, Berks County, Pennsylvania.

Dr. J. W. Eckfeldt. Evanthis hyemalis, Painter's Arboretum.

William Findlay. Salix purpurea, near Philadelphia.

Wm. J. Fox. Achillea millefolium, Sea Isle City, New Jersey.

Gray Herbarium. Sabatia campanulata and Elatine triandra, New England.

E. B. Harger. Five hundred and sixty plants chiefly from Connecticut.
Clarence Knowlton. Three hundred and seventy plants, Maine and

Massachusetts.

Henry Hollinshed. One hundred and forty-nine plants, Delair, New Jersey.

Frank J. Keely. Hybrid Oak, Chester County, Pennsylvania.

Bayard Long. Nineteen local plants.

Bayard Long and F. W. Pennell. Sixty-three New Jersey plants.

Bayard Long and Harold St. John. Thirty-eight plants, New Jersey and
Maryland.

W. H. Leibelsperger. Three hundred and ninety-six specimens of plants,
Berks County, Pennsylvania.

Missouri Botanic Garden. Forty-six sheets of miscellaneous plants.

J. H. Mumbauer. Pyrola chlorantha.

K. K. McKenzie. Carex straminea, Cape May, New Jersey.

New York Botanic Garden. Agalinus acuta, Long Island.

J. P. Otis. Eighteen plants, Eastern Shore of Maryland.

H. W. Pretz. Five hundred and seventy-one plants, Northampton and
Lehigh Counties, Pennsylvania.

F. W. Pennell. Two local plants.

H. A. Pilsbry. Collection of plants from New Mexico.

Witmer Stone. Habenaria integra, Cape May County, New Jersey.

W. A. Stowell. Nine specimens of oaks, Clifford, New Jersey.

United States National Museum. Polygonum dumetorum, Washington,
District of Columbia.

E. G. Vanatta. Five plants from the neighborhood of Philadelphia.

Prof. W. Kline. Cynosurus cristatum, Ursinus College Campus, Penna.

Netherlands Commissioners, Panama-Pacific Exposition. Collection of
sandalwoods, seeds and nuts.

Otto Behr. Seven sections of Pennsylvania forest trees.

C. H. Jennings. Ten sections of Maryland forest trees.

638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.r

Microscopes, etc.

Mrs. Edward S. Sayres. Microscope and slides formerly belonging to
Prof. Henry Carvill Lewis.

Archaeology, etc.

C. F. Derby. Model of native boat, Ceara, Brazil.

George G. Heye. Three hundred and thirty-five specimens of celts, pottery
fragments, etc., Trinidad and West Indies.

Clarence B. Moore. Important additions to the Clarence B. Moore Col-
lection, from burial mounds along the lower Mississippi.

Misses Newlin. Indian arrows.

Edwin H. Stulb. Head of Maori chief, made in Kauri gum.

Mrs. William Albert Sullivan. Elephant carved in plumago, Ceylon.

Purchased. Several articles of pottery.

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

639

INDEX TO GENERA, SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND

REFERRED^TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1916.

Species described as new are indicated by heavy-faced, synonyms by

italic numerals.

Abralia astrolineata 47, 58

Abraliopsis astrolineata 45

hoylei 58

sp 46,47,58

Abudefduf doelivifrons 410

mauritii 405, 410

Acara cseruleopunctata 406, 410

Acmsea fragilis 482

Acridium clavuliger 251

coloratum 194

Acrosoma gracilis 78

rugosa 78

Acrvdium arenosum angustum, 106,

133, 134

a. arenosum 106, 133, 134, 147

blatchleyi 133

dasynotum 138

gibbosus 134

kraussi 138

obscurum 133, 134

ornatum 106, 135

paradoxa 138

virunganum 138

Adinia multifasciata 426

Admestina tibialis 83

wheeleri 83

Agriolimax carapestris 327

Agrceca ornata 70

repens 70

Albula vulpes 397

Alfaro cultralus 389

Alphestes multiguttatus 409

Amalopsis 539

Amaurobius bennetti 71

silvestris 71

Amblycorvpha floridana carinata, 108,

• 255

floridana floridana 108, 255

oblongifolia 108, 255

rotundifolia parvipennis....l08, 256

r. rotundifolia 108, 256

uhleri 108,256

Amblyopsis spelseus 439

Amblytropidia occidentalis 106, 160

Anieira festiva 400

ruthveni

undulata quadrilineata

ameiva praesignis

Amphitretus pelagicus 4

Anableps anableps

dowei

microlepis

Anaxipha 300

exigua 300,302-304

pulicaria 110, 300, 301, 303

vittata 110,304

Anchovia gilberti

Andrena alamonis

austrocalifornica

azygos

caliginosa

Candida tramoserica..

complicate

cristata

francisca

friesei

inclinata

jennei

littlefieldi

lummiorum

marioides

mendosa

monogonoparia

nortoni

umbilifascia

obscuripostica

olivacea

pediculihirta

perchalybia

pulverea

quintiliformis

sancta

scutellinitens

semifulva

strictigastra

sola

subchalybea

submoesta

.41 Mi

406
400
408

7. 4s
439
439
439

-302

,306
305

,306
401
599
58"
550
552
553
554
556
595
55S
559
561
563
564
601
588
566
602
597
56S
590
59S
591
569
606
571
573
575
579
577
593
594

640

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Andrena subnigripes 581

tseniata 583

yumorum 585

Anisolabis annulipes 105, 111

maritima 105, 112

Anisomorpha buprestoides, 106, 126,

127
ferruginea 106, 126, 127

Anisotremus interruptus 410

tseniatus 410

Anolis capito 400

humilis 400

insignis 400

lionotus 408

lunifrons 400

trochilus 406,408

Anomalofusus 461, 482

Antocha saxicola 496

Anurogryllus angustulus 291

antillarum 291

caribeus 291

guadeloupensis 291

muticus 109, 290, 292

Anyphaena incerta 70

saltabunda 70

Aplocheilus cameronensis 426

macrostigma 426

panchax 426

senegalensis 426

sexfasciatus 426

spilauchen 426

Aporosa tibialis Jfil

virescens J$3

Apotettix minutus 135, 136, 1U

Aptenopedes aptera .108, 253

rufovittata 252

sphenarioides clara 240, 252, 253

s. sphenarioides .108, 240, 252, 253

Archosargus unimaculatus 402

Arethsea phalangium 108, 253

Argiope transversa 78

trifasciata 78

Argyroepeira hortorum 78

Arphia granulata 106, 175

sulphurea 106, 176

xanthoptera 106, 174

Argiope riparia 78

Argonauta argo 47, 48

grandif ormis 48

nodosa 47, 49

pacifica 48

sp 46,47,49

Astia vittata 83

Astyanax aeneus 406

se. costaricensis 389

mexicanus 407

Atarba cinctieornis 499, 500

picticornis 496, 500

varicornis 499, 500

Atlanticus calcaratus 109, 268

ameri canus 1 09, 268

Atlanticus davisi 109, 268

dorsalis 109, 268, 268

gibbosus 109,268

monticola 109,268

pachymerus 109, 267, 268

testaceus 109, 267

Atlantolimax 376

Aulonia aurantia 82

Bactromantis virga 121, 122

Bairdiella ronchus 410

Balanus balanoides.... 440-442, 445, 452

Balistes vetula 411

Basiliscus basiliscus 407

Bathyphantes alpina 76

angulata 76, 77

argenteomaculata 76

calcaratus 77

complicata 76

decorata 76

inornata 76

intricata 77

minuta 76

nebulosa 76

pallida 76

sabulosa 76

subalpina 76

tristis 77

umbratilis 76

unimaculata 76

zebra 76

Batrachidea carinata 129

Batrachoides pacifici 412

Belocephalus davisi 108, 259, 260

rehni 259

sabalis 259-261

sleighti 259-261

subapterus 108, 258, 260

Belonesox belizanus 436

Binghamiella antipodes insularis.... 363

Bittacomorpha 545

clavipes 545

jonesi 545

occidentalis 545

sackenii 546

Bittacomorphella 545

Blatta orientalis 105, 119

Blattella germanica 105, 118

Brachygenys chrysargyreus 402

Brvcon striat ulus 406

Bufo marinus 406, 407, 414

typhonius 406, 407, 414

valliceps 394,414

Caloptenus floridianus 251

minor 241

Camptonotus carolinensis 109, 268

Campylacantha olivacea 107, 207

Caranx caballus 409

crysos 398,401

hippos 401,409

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

041

< laranx latua 39X

Cariblattalutealutea 105, L18

( laseola herbicola ~-

Castianeira cingulata 69

descripta 69

longipalpis 69

( ientropomus undecimalis 402

umonensis 409

( leratinella annulipes 72

atriceps 71

emertoni 71, 72

formosa 72

moesta 72

placida 72

similis 71

Ceratinopsis alternatus 74

auriculatus 72

frontatus 72

interpres 72

nigriceps 72

< leratinoptera diaphana 105, IIS

( leuthophilus blatehleyi 269

gracilipes 109,270-272

grandis 270, 271

heros 270, 271

lapidieola 109,272-274

Latens 109,273.274

latibuli 109,270

neglectus 109,274-276

pallidipes 272, 273

peninsularis 274

sallei 109,274

secretus 270

spinosus 109, 274, 275

tenebrarum 273

terrestris 275,276

uhleri 109,269,275

varicator 270

virgatipes 270,270

Chaetodipterus zonatus 411

Chsetodon humeralis 411

Characodon variatus 432

< liionea 530

Chlcealtis conspersa 106, 174

Chloroscombrus chrysurus 398, 402

Chorisoneura plocea 120

texensis 106, 120

Chorthippus curtipennis 106

Chortophaga australior, 106, 177, 178,

[SO

cubensis 177

viridifasciata, 106, 172, 176, 177,

179, 249

Chriopeops 425

Chroraacris colorata 194

Cichlasoma alfari 393

maculicauda 399, 406

spilurus 393

Cicurina brevis 70

complicata 70

creber 70

( 'icurina placida 70

Cirroteuthis meangensia 4d

Citharichthys arenaceus 405

Clinocephalus dedans . lllti, 1 72, 24'.»

pulcher 172, 172, 173

Clubiona abbottii 69

americana 69

canadensis 69

crassipalpis 69

latifrons 69

Lenta 69

inimita 69

obesa 69

ornata 69

pygmaBa 69

riparia 69

rubra 69

Coccidium schubergi 33, '■'< 1

Ccclotes altilis 70

calcaratus 70

fidelis 70

gnavus 70

hybridus 70

lineatus 70

longitarsus 70

medicinalis 70

urbanus 70

Conocephalus aigialis 109, 266

allardi 108,265

brevipennis lox, 2(i.">

fasciatus fasciatus 108, 265

fusco-striatus 262

mexicanus 262

nemoralis 108, 265

nigropleuroides 109, 266

saltans 109,266

spartinse 109, 266

stictomerus 109, 265

strictus 109, 265

Conodon nobilis 404

Cornicularia communis 72, 74

directa 73.74

formosa ' 2

pallida 72

placida 72

Corythophanes cristatus 406

Crepidula adunca 479-485

nivea 479

Crypt eria 530

Crypt ocercus punctulatus 106, 121

Cryptoptilum antillarum 109. 28 1

squamosum 109. 286

trigonipalpum 109, -'s 1

C>Tiosoion jamaicensis 40 I

Cyrtophyllus elongatus

intermedins

perspicillatus 256, 257

Cvrtoxipha 300,301

Columbiana 110, 300, 306

gundlachi 300,301,306,307

Cyprinodon bovinus 429, 432

642

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Cyprinodon b. rubrofluviatilis 430

calif orniensis 432

elegans 432

eximius 429

gibbosus 429

macularius 432

mydrus 432

variegatus 429

v. riverendi 429

Delphinula 470

Delorrhipis monoceros 74

Dendrobates tinctorum 396, 400, 414

Dendryphantes capitatus 82

elegans 82

exiguus 82

flavipedes 82

fiavus 82

insignis 82

militaris 83

octavus 82, 83

ornatus 82

Desmoteuthis 48, 64

pellucida 64

tenera 64

Diapherornera femorata 106, 124

Dichromorpha viridis 106, 170

Dicranomyia badia 490

cinerea 514

Dicranoptycha germana 496

nigripes 497

sobrina 497

winnemana 497, 500

Dictyna cruciata 71

decorata 71

dubia 71

foliacea 71

foxii 71

frondea 71

maxima 71

minuta 71

volupis 71

Diodon hystrix 411

Diplectrum radiale 409

Diplocephalus crenatum 74

Diplostyla alboventris 76

pallida 75

Dissosteira Carolina 106, 1 84

Dolomedes scriptus 82

sexpunctatus 82

tenebrosus 82

Dormitator maculatus 405

Dorn aculeatum 105, 113

Drassus humilis 69

neglectus 69

saccatus 69

Drillia distans 459, 460

Drilluta 458

communis 458, 459

major 460

Elaps fulvius 408

Eledone verrucosa 48, 49

Elephantomya westwoodi 497

Eleutherodactylus bocourti 396

humeralis 394

nubilus 406

polyptychus 399

rhodopsis 408, 414

Ellipes minuta 109, 284

Elliptera alexanderi 518

Empedomorpha 507

empedoide's 508

Enyalioides heterolepis 406

Encoptolophus sordidus 106, 179

Enoploteuthidse 51

Enoploteuthis hoylei 58

Eotettix 212,213

hebardi 217

pusillus 107,208

signatus 107, 208, 209

Epeira cavatica 78

cinerea 78

foliata 78

gibberosa 78

gigas 78

ithaca 78

labyrinthea 78

marmorea 78

ocellata 78

parvula 78

patagiata 78

placida 78

prompta 78

sericata 78

solopetaria 78

stellata 78

strix 78

Epiblemum scenicum 83

Epiplatys sexfasciatus 426

Erigone longipalpis 75

percisa 73, 74

persimilis 75

Erioptera costalis 503

(Erioptera) laticeps 501

(Empeda) nyctops 503

(Mesocyphona) tantilla 502

Eris nervosus 83

octavus 83

Eritettix simplex 106, 159

Esox americanus 415

cypho 415

lucius 415

masquinongy 415

porosus 415

reticulatus 415

vermiculatus 415

Eublepharis dovii 400

Eucinostomus californiensis 410

harengulus 399,404

Eucleoteuthis 48, 60

luminosa 60, 61

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

643

Eucleoteuthia sp 16, I- , 60

Euconulus t'ulvus 338

Eupomacentrua fuscus 105

Eurycol is floridana 105, 1 L9

Euryglossa depressa Bparsa 363

Euryglossina flaviventris 362

bypochroma 362

perpusilla nana 3(53

Exechophysia plumalis 71

Falcicula 301,302

hebardi 110,302,304,305

Fontinus 1-1

Fundulinae 416

Fundulus 416,417,425

antillarum 418,420,421

aureus ( 25

balboae 423

bermudse l-'l

catenatus -422

ehrysotus 423

cubensis 421

diaphanus 421

d. menona 421

dovii 426

floripinnis 423

fonticola 421

goodei 425

grandis 417

heteroclitus 417, 418, 420

h. badius 417

h. macrdlepidotus 417

hispanieus 421

Incise 423

majalis 416

mudfish 417

nisorius 417

notatus 425

nottii 425

parvipennis 417

pulvereus 423

puni'talus 417

rhizophorse 421

sciadicus 123

seminolis 421,422

similis 416

stellifer 422

zebrinus 422

Fusus (Anomalofusus) substriatus, 461,

462

Galasaccus 416

Gambusiaaffinis 432, 437, 438

cana 435

cascajalensis l;i">

dariensis 435

dovii 435

gracilis 482, 43Z

holbrooki 432,433

latipunctata 435

mcnieli 433

Gambusia nicaraguensis 435

punctata 133

Garmanina paradoxa 412

( rayenna celer 70

( reranomyia canadensis . 186- l^s

certhia 492

cinereinota 490, I'M

costaricensis 494

distincta iss, is'.)

diversa 490

domingensis 490

enderleini 493

guatemalensis 187

ibis..... 493

insignia 494

intermedia 489

knabiana 4s7

lachrymalis 492

plumbeipleura 494, 496

r ostr at a -1 '• ' : >

rufescens 491

subinsignis 495

tibialis:... 491

vanduzeei 488

vireacens 493

Gerres peruvianua 4K)

olisthostomus 399

rhombeius 401

Girardinichthys innominatus 427

Girardinua metallicus 43S

pleurospilus 437

Glaridichthya uninotatus 438

Gnaphosa brumalia 69

conspersa 69

humilis 69

Gobiesox microspilus 412

papillifer 414

Gonatista grisea 106, 122

Gonatium rubens 72, 73

Gongylidium trilobatus 75

Gonomyia ",l|s

asqualis 513, 526

alexanderi 511, 513, 514

blanda 512,518

califomica 512, 519

cinerea 511, 514

eognatella 512, 522

filicauda 512, 523

flavibasis 512,521

florens 512,521

galactoptera 512, 523

helophila 513,514

inermis 517

manca 51 1, 511

mathesoni 511, 518

mexicana 513, 527

noveboracensis 512. 523

pleuralia 511, 516

puer 511, 517

sacandaga 511, 515

slosaonse 511, "'Is

644

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Gonomyia subcinerea 513, 524

sulphurella 519

unicolor 513, 527

virgata 513, 526

Goodia atripinnis 432

Grammonota ornata 72

venusta 72

Gryllodes clarazianus 291

gryllodes 311

sigillatus 295

Giyllotalpa americana 278

borealis 277,278

brevipennis 278

Columbia 278

hexadactyla 109, 277

longipennis 278

Grvllus arenaceus 294

assimilis 109, 293, 294

domesticus 109, 295

firmus 294

luct uosus 294

neglectus..... 293,294

pennsylvanicus 294

rubens • 294

scudderianus 293,294

Gymnoscirtetes pusillus 107, 207

Habrocestum csecatum 83

latens 83

peregrinum 83

splendens 83

Hadencecus puteanus 109, 269

Hsemulon flavolineatum 402

parra 402

plumieri 402

Hahnia agilis 70

bimaculata 70

Halictus brazieri 367

confusellus 374, 375

demissus 371, 374

dolichocerus 370,375

epiensis 369

forticornis 372, 375

hsematopus 375

imitans 372,375

lanariellus 373, 375

macrops 373, 374

mundulus 366,374

pachycephalia 369, 375

pulvitectus 375

seductus 372

semipolitus expulsus 372, 375

spenceri 368,375

subinclinans 374

supralucens 371, 375

t annaensis 368

urbanus 366,374

Hapithus agitator agitator, 110, 308,

309

a. quadratus 110, 309

brevipennis 110, 310

Haplochilus dovii 425

floripinnis J+23

macrostigma \26

melanops 432, 433

Hasarius hoyi 83

Helicocranchia fisheri 64

Helix idahoensis peripherics 330

Helophora insignis 76

Hepatus bahianus 405

cseruleus 405

crestonis 411

hepatus 405

Hesperotettix brevipennis brevi-
pennis 107,210,211

b. pratensis 107, 210

floridensis 107,209

speciosus 209

Heterandria affinis 432, 433

formosa 436

ocoidentalis 436

patruelis 433

pleurospilus 437

Hippiscus citrinus 182, 182

compactus 181, 182

immaculatus 182

rugosus 106, 181, 182

suturalis 182, 182

texanus 180, 181

tuberculatus 183

variegatus 181, 182

Hippocampoides 466, 467

serratus 466, 467

Holacanthus tricolor 405

Holocentrus adscensionis 401

siccifer 401

suborbitalis 409

Homorocoryphus hoplomachus 263

malivolans 108, 263

Hydrargira similis 416, 416

Hydrargyra zebra 422

Hydrotribulus 464

nodosus 464, 465

Hyla bocourti 394

eximia 394

moquardi 414

punctanola 399

Hylodes bocourti 396

Hyporhamphus unifasciatus 401

Hypsoblennius striatus 412

Icius albovittatus 82

elegans 83

formosus 82

fuligineus 83

harti 83

mitratus 82

mcestus 83

palmarum 82

Iguana tuberculata 407

Iridio bivittatus 405

Ischnoptera bolliana 105, 118

1016.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

645

[schnoptera borealis 105, 118

couloniana 105, 1 16

deropeltifonnis 105, 114

divisa 105, 115, 117

insolita L05, 1 L8

johnsoni 105, 115

nigricollis 105, 1 14

pensylvanica insequalis 115, 116
p. pensylvanica 105, 115, 116

uhleriana fulvescens L05, 1 17

ii. uhleriana 105, 117

Isopisthus harroweri 402

parvipinnis 404

Labia minor 105, 112

Labidura bidens 105, 112

Lampadiot eu t hidae 48,51

Lampadoteuthis 52, 57

megaleia 46-48,52,57

Lamprichthyinae 416

Lamprichthys 416

Larimus breviceps 399, 404

Lebias fasciatus 432

Lebistes reticularis 438

Leptodactylus caliginosus 407

Leptodeira polysticta 408

Lept orhaphis infans 437

Leptysma marginicollis 107, 195

Libellula americana 205

americanus 205

Limia cubensis 438

vittata 438

Limnobia intermedia 489

rostrata IfiS

Limnobiorhynchus canadensis 486

Limnophila edwardi 533

irrorata 531

s t repens 532

sylvia 534

Linyphia clathrata 75

communis 7.5

conferta 75

maculata 75

phrygiana var. annulipes 75

variabilis 75

Liotia 470

Littorina littorea 440, 441, 442

palliata 441,442

rudis 441, 442

Locusta camellifolia 257

Loligobanksii 50

bartramii 59

oualaniensis 60

Lophocarenum arvensis 74

castaneum 73

crenatoideum 74

crenatum 74

erigonoides 73, 74

exiguum 73

florens 73

formosum 73. 74

Lophocarenum miniature 7:;

montiferum 73

parvum 73

spiniferum :.;

tristis 73

unimaculatum 73

venustum 73

Lophomma cristata 73

Lucania goodei 125

parva 126

venusta 126

Lutianus apodus 402

Lycosa aspersa 81

avara 81

avida 80

communis sij

exitiosa 81

frondicola 80

helluo 80

humilis 81

nidicola 80

nigroventris 80

oblonga 81

polita 81

pratensis 80

rabida si

relucens 81

rufiventris 81

scutulata 81

similis 80

vulpina 81

Lycoteuthidae 51

Lycoteuthis 57

diadema 57

Lythrulon flaviguttatum 410

Macneillia obscura 160

Manomera brachypyga 125

orthostylus 125

t enuescens 106. 125

Maposoporator 405. 411

Marpissa binus 82

undata 83

Marptusa familiaris 83

rupicola s3

Mataxa 455

elegans 455, 456

Megalocranchia maxima ... 64

pardus 46,47,48,61. 64

Melanoplus amplectens, 231, 235, 235,

236

atlanis L07, 23<

attenuatus, 107, 212-214. 216-218,

23 1
australis, 107, 213, 214, 216. 217.

251 1

blatchleyi 285, 235,236

borealis 231

carnegiei K'7. '-_".<

celatus _ 228

clypeatus 107, 244

646

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Melanoplus cockerelli 231

confusus 107, 240, 241

deceptus 107,211,212

decoratus 107, 219, 220

deleter 241,244

decorus 107, 213-218, 250

devius 107,219,220

divergens 228

fasciatus 231, 236

femoratus 107, 246

femur-rubrum femur-rubrum, 107,
238-240, 244

f. propinquus 107, 239

franciscanus 231

furcatus 107,244

gracilis 211

hebardi 107, 212-214, 217

hnpiger 107,240

impudicus 107, 237

inconspicuus 231

inops 221, 222

islandicus 228, 229

iuvencus 212, 231

luridus keeleri 107, 241, 242

1. luridus 107,238, 241-243

mancus 228

minor 240

minis 107, 221, 224, 227, 228

morsei 219, 231

mutatus 241

nigrescens 107, 231-234

nubilus 107,213,214,217

obovatipennis 219, 231

puer 212,221,222,224,225

punctulatus arboreus, 108, 246,

247, 248

p. punctulatus 108, 246, 247

querneus 107,231-234

rotundipennis 107,221-229

saltator 231

scapularis 107, 221, 223, 224, 226

scudderi scudderi 107, 228-23 1

s. texensis 230, 231

similis 107,211

stegocercus, 107, 221, 223, 224,

227, 228

strumosus 107, 221, 224, 227, 228

sylvaticus 211

sylvestris 107, 222, 228, 229

tepidus 219,231

tribuloides 219

tribulus 107,219,220

viridipes 211, 212, 231

walshii 107, 231, 233-236

Mermiria alacris 106, 156

bivittata 106,156

intertexta 106, 156

vigilans 156, 157

Micaria formicoides 68

longipes 68

Microcentrum retinerve 108, 256

Microcentrum rhombifolium....l08, 256

Microgobius miraflorensis 412

Microneta complicata 77

distincta 77

flaveola 77

frontata £7

gigantea 77

latens ''

longitubus 76

luteola '1

minutissima 77

olivacea 76

palustris 77

quinquedentata 77

Microphysa ingersolli convexior 335

Mimetus epeiroides 71

interfector ' 1

Miogryllus verticalis 109, 295

Misumena foliata 79

georgiana

79

placida 80

rosea.

79

Misumessus asperatus 79, 80

Mogosoplistus slossoni 285

Mollienisia latipinna 437,438

sphenops 438

sphenops 393,406,438

s. tropica 392

Molophilus fultonensis 505

nova-csesariensis 506, 507

pubipennis 505

ursinus 507

Moschites challengeri 47, 48, 49

Mugil curema 401, 409

Mursena clepsydra 409

Myrmecophila pergandei 109, 284

Mytilus edulis 440, 441, 442, 445, 452

Naronaeximia J&*>

Nautilus macromphalus 47, 65

pompilius 47, 65

spirula ^2

Nematolampas 57

regalis 45,46,47,50,57

Nemobius ambitiosus 109, 288

bruneri 109,289

carolinus carolinus 109, 290

confusus 109,290

cubensis cubensis 109, 289

fasciatus fasciatus 109, 286, 288

f. socius 109,287

eriseus funeralis 109, 288

maculatus 109,287,288

palustris aurantius 109

p. palustris 109,290

Neoconocephalus caudellianus..l08, 262

exilis-canoris 108, 262

melanorhinus 262

mexicanus 261

retusus 108,262

robustus crepitans 108, 262

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

047

Neoconoccpliulus triops....l08, 261, 262
velox 108,262

Neotettixbolivari 135, 136, 141

bolteri, 106, 135-137, 139, 143-145

coarctatus 135, 136, 137, 144

femoratus 106, 138, 141

liancocki 135, 137, 144

bolivarilougipennis....l35, 136, 141

proavus 106, 13.x, 139

rotundifrons 135, 136, 141

variabilis 135-137, 141

Neoxabea bipunctata 110, 298

Nomotettix cristatus arcuatus, 106,
128, 129, 131, 133

c. atavus ISO, 131

c. borealis 128, L29

c. compressus, 106, 12S, 129, 130,

132
c. cristatus. .106, 128, 129, 131, 132

c. denticulatus 131, 132

c. floridanus 128, 129, 132

Norops auratus 408

Notropis bifrenatus 425

Ocyale undata 82

Odontofusus 463

Odontoxiphidium apterum 109, 266

CEcanthus angustipennis....l09, 295, 296

exclamationis 109, 295

latipennis 110,298

nigricornis 109, 297, 298

niveus 109, 295, 296

pini 110,298

quadripunctatus 109, 296, 298

Ogilbia cayorum 405

Oligonyx bollianus 123

scudderi 106, 122, 123

uhleri 122, 123

Onchidiopsis 376

corys 377

glacialis 378

gronlandica 376, 378

(Atlantolimax) hannai 3"6

pacifica 378

Onychoteuthis banksii 46, 47, 50

Opisthonema oglinum 397, 401

Orchelimum agile 108, 263

bradleyi 108,264

concinnum 108, 264

fidicinum 108,264

glaberrimum 108, 263

laticauda 108,264

militare 108,264

minor 108,264

superbum 108,264

vulgare 108,263

Oreohclix albofasciata 329

avalonensis 341 , 354

barbata 341-344,354

binneyi 329

bruncri 340, 354

Oreohclix carinifera 321, 322, 35 \

cbiricahuana 341, 344, 354

clappi 341,344,354

concentrata..341, 343, 31 1, 352, 354

c. huachucana 352

cooperi, 321, 326, 341-343, 348-
35(i. 352,353-357

c. stantoni 340

elrodi 343,354

t'crrissi 341,355

gouldi 329

hachctana 341, 355

haydeni, 322, 324, 343, 345, 346,

352, 354, 355

h. betheli 313,347,348

h. corrugata 337, 343, 317. 348

h. gabbiana 323, 335. 347, 349

h. hybrida 335, 347, 349

h. mixta 348

hcmphilli......321, 322, 344, 354, 355

h. eurekensis 321

hendersoni....343, 344, 346, 353, 355

idahoensis 344, 353, 355

metcalfei 341, 343, 344, 352, 354

oquirrhensis 322, 324

peripherica, 327, 329, 330, 330,

335, 343, 345, 349, 350, 353, 355

p. albofasciata 330

p. binneyi 330, 335

p. castaneus 330

p. multicostata 330, 335

p. newcombi 330, 343

pilsbryi 341, 343, 352, 354

pvgmsea 353

rugosa 334, 344, 350, 353, 355

socorroensis 341, 354

strigosa, 341, 343, 345, 350. 352,

353, 355, 356

s. buttoni 327, 346

s. carnea 345

s. depressa, 322, 325-327, 335,

338, 342, 344-347, 349, 350, 352

s. d. carnea 325

s. d. tooelensis 323

s. fragilis 336, 345, 346

s. imitaris 340

s. jugalis. 343,345

s. subcarinata 343

s. tooelensis 345, 346

tenuistriata 338,354

utahensis... 322,324

wasat chensis 330

yavapai 341, 343, 344, 354

y. extremitatis 351

Orestias agassizii 427

albus 429

bairdii 427

cuvieri 427

cypho 427

frontosus

neveni 420

648

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Orestias ortonii 427

pentlandii 427

Ornopsis -463

elevata 463,464

glenni 463,464

Orocharis gryllodes 311, 311, 312

saltator 110,311,312

saulcyi 311

Orphulella halophila 163, 165, 166

olivacea, 106, 163, 164, 165, 167,

169, 172

pelidna, 106, 161, 163, 164, 166,

166, 167, 170

pratorum 163

speciosa 106, 170

zapoteca 170

Orthopristis scapularis 402

Oxybelis acuminatus 397

Oxyptila americana 79

conspurcata 79

georgiana 79

Oxyzygonectes 425

Pachygnatha brevis 79

mccooki 79

xanthostoma 79

Pachyprosopis saturnina 362

Paludestrina longinqua 322, 334

Paludina vivipara ; 479

Paracolletes halictiformis 365

Paramecium 85, 86

Paratettix cucullatus 106, 146

rugosus 106, 146

texanus 146

Paratylotropidia beutenmuelleri, 107,

211

Pardalophora apiculata 188

haldemanii 181

phcenicoptera, 106, 180, 181, 183,

249

Pardosa albopatella 81

annulata 81

brunnea 81

canadensis 81

diffusa 81

distincta 81

emertoni 81

flavipes 81

glacialis 81

gracilis 81

lapidicina 81

nigropalpis 81

minima 81

modica 81

moesta 81

montana 81

obsoleta 81

pallida 81

venusta 81

xerampelina 81

Paroxya atlantica 215

Paroxya a. atlantica 108, 248

a. paroxyoides 249, 250

clavuliger 108, 251

floridana 251

hoosieri 251

scudderi 248,249

Patula castaneus 330

multicostata 830

peripherica 330

strigosa albofasciata 330

s. binneyi 330

s. buttonii 327

s. carnea 325

s. castaneus 330

s. fragilis 336

s. gabbiana 323

s. gouldi 330

s. hybrida 335

s. multicostata 330

s. newcombi 330

s. rugosa 33J+

Paxilla obesa 106, 147, 148

Pedanostethus pumilis 77

riparius 77

Pelamis bicolor 414

Pellenes borealis 83

decorus 83

falcata 83

Periplaneta americana 105, 119

australasise 105, 119

brunnea... . 106, 120

Pezotettix occidentalis 235

Phalloceros caudimaculatus 437

Phallostethinse 416

Phallostethus 416

Phidippus albomaculatus 82

audax 82

castrensis 82

electus 82

mccooki 82

mystaceus 82

putnami 82

rauterbergi 82

tripunctatus 82

Philseus militaris 82

princeps 82

Philodena roseola 85

Philodromus aureolus 80

bidentatus 80

brevis 80

exilis.. 80

expositus 80

gracilis 80

laticeps 80

maculatus 80

minusculus 80

minutus 80

ornatus 80

pernix 80

pictus 80

placidus 80

1916.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

G49

Philodromua praelustris SO

rufus 80

signifer 80

unicolor 80

vulgaris 80

Philypnus dormitor 405

Pholcomina hirsuta 71

Phos 462

Phrurolithus alarius 70

borealis 70

palustris 70

Phryniscus varius 397

Phylloscyrtus pulchellus 110, 307

Physa cooperi 334

distinguenda 334

Piabucina panamensis 4U7

Pirata agilis 81

aspirans 81

exigua 82

humicolus 81

minuta 81, 82

montana 81

montanoides 81

Pisidium huachucanum 334, 339

Planorbis trivolvis 334

Platypoecilus couchianus 438

niaculatus 438

tropicus 393

Plectromyia 541

Pcecilia olivacea 422

tenuis 393

vivipara 438

Pceciliinae 416

Poeciliopsis isthmensis 390

lutzi 436,437

maculifer 390

occidentalis 436

pleurospilus 437

presidionis 409

retropinna 407

Pcccilochroa bilineat a 69

Pollachius virens 441

Polydactylus virginicus 399, 404

Polymera geniculata 535

georgiae 535

obscura 535

Polypus kermadecensis 47, 49

oliveri 47, 49

sp 46,47,49

Pomacanthus arcuatus 405

zonipectus 411

Pomadasis ramosus 398, 402

Priapichthys annectens 390

Procatopinse 416

Procatopus llii

Prolabia unidentata 105, 113

Prosopis aralis 364

extensa . 364

Bcintilliformis 365

trimerops 365

vittatifrons 365

Prosthesima atra 68

blanda r,s

depressa 68

ecclesiast Lea 68

frigida 68

immaculata 68

minima c,\i

rufula r,s

Pseudoscarua perrico. . 410

Pseudoxiphophorus bimanilatus i:;r,

Psinidia fenestralis 107, iss

Pterochionea 529, 530

bradleyi 329, 530

Pterophylla camellifolia camelli-

folia 108,256,257

c. intcrmedea 108, 257, 258

elongatus 258

Papilla bigranata 329

bland! 322,336

hebes 329

muscorum 329

syngenes 329

Purpura 444

Pycnoscelus surinamensis 106, 1 20

Pyramidula cronkhitei anthonvi, 322,

327
Pyrgocorypha uncinata 10S, 261

Radinotatum brevipenne brevi-

penne 106, 153

Radio-centrum 341, 343, 355

Rana cseruleopunctata 396

Rapa 465

Rhabdomastix 528

caudata 528, 529

monticola , 528

Rhamdia montaguensis 407

Rhamphidia albitarsis 497

flavipes 497,498

longirostris 499

mainensis 497, 498

Rhaphidolabina 540

flaveola 541,542

Rhaphidolabis 540

cayuga 541, 542, 543

modesta 541, 542

neomexicana 541, 542

polymeroides 541, 542

rubescens 541, 542, 544

tenuipes 541. 542,543

Rhinobatos percellens 401

Rhomboplites aurorubens ln_>

Rivulus micropus . 426

Romalea marci 193

microptera 107, 193

Rupiscartes atlanticus 105

Rypticus arenatus 4n2

nigripinnis 410

Saitispulex 83

Sarcocystis colii 22, 379

muris 2-43, 379, 381-384

650

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Sarcocystis tenella 381, 382

Sardinella humeralis 397, 401

Sargana 468

Seapteriscus abbreviates.. .109, 279, 282

acletus.. 109,279

agassizii 278

didactylus 278,279

mexicanus 279

vicinus 109,278-281

Schistocerca alutacea 107, 197-203

americana 204

damnifica calidior 107, 206

d. damnifica 107, 205, 206

obscura 107, 197-199, 202

rubiginosa 197-203

serialis 107, 204

Schizobasis 468

depressa 468, 469

Schizogyna gracilis 81

Scirtetica marmorata marmorata. . . 188

m. picta 107, 188

Scomberomorus cavalla 398, 401

Scorpsena mystes 411

Scudderia cuneata 108, 254

curvicauda curvicauda 108, 254

c. laticauda 108, 254

f urcata f urcata 108, 254

texensis 108,254

Seserinus paru 402

Singa maculata 78

truncata 78

Sphserium pilsbryanum 335

Spharagemon bolli 107, 185

collare 187

c. scudderi 187

c. wyomingianum 107, 186, 187

crepitans 107, 184

cristatum 187

saxatile planum 192

Spheroides annulatus 411

testudineus 405

Sphyrsena barracuda 401

guachancho 401

Spiropalpus spiralis 72

Spirula spirula 47, 49

Stagmomant is Carolina 106, 121

Stauroteuthis meangensis 46, 48

Steatoda guttata 71

marmorata 71

triangulosa 71

Stemonyphantes bucculentus 75

Stenacris vitreipennis 107, 194

St henot euthis bartramii 46, 59

Stilpnochlora marginella 108, 254

Strongylocentrotus 444

Succinea avara 327, 336

Symmet ropleura modest a 108, 255

Symplectoteuthis luminosa 48, 60

oualaniensis 60, 60

Synogeles picata 83

Syrbula admirabilis 106, 156

Tachisurus steindachneri 408

Taonius 64

abyssicola 64

Tarpon atlanticus 401

Tautogolabrus adspersus 441

Tetragnatha pallida 78

Tectaplica 457

simplica 457

Tetragnatha caudata 78

pallescens 79

straminea 78

vermiformis 78

Tetrix polymorpha 149, 150

Tettigidea armata, 106, 148, 149, 151,

153

a. depressa 151, 152

brevipenne peninsulare 155

davisi 152, 153

lateralis lateralis.. 106, 148-151, 153

1. parvipennis 150

1. polymorpha 151

medialis 149, 151

parvipennis 149

p. pennata 150

prorsa 106, 147

p. elongata 147, 148

spicata 106, 148

Tettix femoratus.. 135-137, 145, 146

Teucholabis carolinensis 497

complexa 498

lucida '.... 498

Thais imbricata 446, 451, 452, 453

lapillus 440-454

Thargalia agilis 69

bivittata 69

crocata 69

fallax '. 69

perplexa 69

Thesprotia graminis 106, 124

Thysanophora ingersolli 327, 335

Tipula cayuga 545

Tmeticus bidentatum 75

brunneus 76, 77

debilis 75

distinctus 75

flaveolus 74

gnavus 75

humilis 74

luxuosus 74

maculatus 75

minutus 75

mcestus 75

obscurus 74

pallidus 74

palustris 75

plumosus 74

probatus 75

rusticus 74

tridentatus 72

unicorn 74

trilobatus 74

L916.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

651

Toxorrbina magna 198

muliebris ,,|s

Trachinotua argenteue 398

glaucus 398

Tricyphona 536

auripennis 531

calcar 536

byperborea "':1~

inconstans 536, 537

katahdin ... 537

paludicola •}:?^. 539

vernalis 53' . 539

Tridactylus apicalis 109, -*■}

fissipes 283

bistrio 284

histrionicus 284

illinoiensis 283

incertua 283

terminalis 283

tibialis 28! I

Trimerotropis acta 192

citrina 107,190-192

cyaneipennis 193

maritima 107, 190, 19 -J

saxatilis 017. 192

Trimicra empedoides 508, 508

Trochosa rubicunda 81

Truxalis brevicomis 106, 155

Tryxalis brevicornis 100. 1 55

Turbo cornut vis 468

Tylosurus scapularis 409

Umbra lima 415

pygmsea 416

Umbrina coroides 404

Upeneus grandisquamis 410

Urceolabrum •169

tuberculatum 469, 470

\ ; 1 1 1 < > 1 1 i .• i cyclophorella

gracilicosta :>:>s

Velutina 378

Verrilliteutbia 18,64

Vitrea indentata umbilicata 322

Vitrina alaskana 322, 327, 337, 338

Voluta canalifera 159

lativittata 159

Vomer setapinnis 398, 101, 109

Vostox brunneipennis 105, 112

Xenichthys xanti 110

Xenisma 122

stellifera 122,^0

Xiphophorua helleri 438

Xya mixta 283

Xyst Lcus brunneus 79

crudelis 79

dist inctus 79

feroculus 79

formosus 79

gulosus 79

lentus 79

limbatus 79

luctana 79

maculatus 79

nervosus 79

quadrilineal us 79

stomachosus 79

transversus 79

triguttatus 79

Zygonectes 421, 422, 425

brachypterus 432, 433

Zelotes blanda 69

rufula 68

Zonitoides arborea 322

43

652

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Dec,

GENERAL INDEX.
1916.

Additions to the Museum, 630

Alexander, Charles P. New or little-
known crane-flies from the United
States and C a n a d a : Tipulidse,
P t y c h o p t e r i d se , Diptera. Part 3
(Plates XXV-XXXI), 486, 609.

Attachees, 629.

Banks, Nathan. Revision of Cayuga
Lake spiders (Plates X, XI), 1, 68.

Barber, Edwin A., announcement of
death of.

Barringer, D. M. A possible partial
explanation of the visibility and brill-
iancy of comets, with addendum by
Elih'u Thomson, 472, 609. See Ma-
gie, W. P.,

Berry, S. Stillman. Cephalopoda of
the Kermadec Islands (Plates VI,
VII, VIII, IX), 45.

Biddle, Alexander W., M.D., announce-
ment of death of, 609.

Biological and Microscopical Section,
report of, 625.

Borden, Edward P., announcement of
death of, 610.

Botanical Section, report of, 626.

Boyer, Charles S. Report of Biological
and Microscopical Section, 625.

Brown, Alexander, announcement of
death of, 609.

Caziot, E. Third synonymic study
of the mollusks of the Department
of Alpes-Maritimes mentioned by
Antoine Risso, with notes on their
classification. Translated by Wil-
liam H. Dall, 610.

Chauncey, Charles, announcement of
death of, 85.

Cockerell, T. D. A. Some bees from
Australia, Tasmania, and New
Hebrides, 67, 360.

Colton, Harold S. On some varieties
of Thais lapillus in the Mount
Desert Region. A study of indi-
vidual ecology, 440, 609.

Conklin, Edwin G. A trip to New
Zealand and Australia (no abstract),
67.

Corresponding Secretary, report of,
613.

Council for 1917, 628.

Coxe, Eckley B., announcement of
death of, 609.

Crawley, Howard. The sexual evolu-
tion of Sarcocystis muris (Plates
I, II, III, IV), 2. The zoological
position of the Sarcosporidia, 379,
609.

Cresson, Ezra T., Jr. Report of Ento-
mological Section, 626.

Curators, report of, 618.

Dall. William H. A new species of
Onchidiopsis from Bering Sea, 67,
370. See Caziot, E.

Daniels, L. E. See Henderson, Junius.

Dixon, Samuel G. Report of Curators,
625.

Downs, Norton, announcement of
death of, 85.

Dunn, E. M. See Fowler, H. W.

Elections in 1916, 629.

Elliot, Daniel Giraud, announcement
of death of, 1.

Ely, Theodore N., announcement of
death of, 609.

Entomological Section, report of, 626.

Fowler, Henry W. Cold-blooded ver-
tebrates from Costa Rica and the
Canal Zone, 389, 609. Notes on
fishes of the order Haplomi and
Microcyprini, 415, 609.

Fowler, Henry W., and Emmett Reid
Dunn. Notes on salamanders, 610.

Guppy, R. J. L., announcement of
death of, 609.

Heath, Harold. The nervous system
of Crepidula adunca and its develop-
ment, 479, 609.

Hebard, Morgan. See Rehn, J. A. G.

Henderson, Junius, and L. E. Daniels.
Hunting Mollusca in Utah and
Idaho (Plates XV, XVI, XVII,
XVIII), 44, 315.

Hubbs, Carl L. The flounders of the
genus Hippoglossoides, 609.

Index to Genera, etc., 639.

1916.]

\ \ l URAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

653

Jacobs, Merkel II. Temperature and
the act ivil iea of animals, 85.

Keeley, F. .1. Reporl of ( lurator of
William S. Vaux Collections, 625.

Lauder-Brunton, Thomas, announce-
menl of death of, 609.

Librarian, reporl of, til I.

Lyman, Benj. Smith. Reporl of Min-
eralogical and Geological Section,
627.

Magie, William I'., ami Daniel Moreau
Barringer. Meteor ( 'rater of Arizona
(no abstracl ), 1.

Mearns, Edgar A.. U. S. A., announce-
ment of death of, 009.

Metschnikoff, Elias, announcemenl of

death of, 609.

Mineralogical and Geological Section,

reporl of, 627.
Moore, Clarence B. Some aboriginal

sites on Green River, Kentucky

ifot the Jotjrn \i.>. 609.

Moore, J.Percy. Report of < lorrespond-
ing Secretary, G13.

Nolan, Edward .1. Reportof Recording
Secretary, 611. Report of Libra-
rian, 614.

( Itiicers, Councillors, and Finance
i !ommil tee, 028.

Ornithological Section, reporl of, 627.

Physick, Emlen, announcement of
death of, So.

Pilsbry, Henry A. Notes on the
anatomy of Oreohelix, with catalogue
of species (Plates XIX, XX, XXI,
XXII), 11, 340. Report of
Curator-, 625.

Recording Secretary, report of, 611.

Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan
Bebard. Studies in the Dermaptera
and Orthoptera of the Coastal
Plains and Piedmont Region of the
southeastern United State- (Plates
XII, XIII, XIV i. 1, 87.

Reportof Biological and Microscopical

Section. 625.
Reporl of Botanical Section, 626.
Report of Corresponding

613.

Secretary,

Report of ( lurator of William S. Vaux

( Soiled ions, 625.
Reporl of ( 'orator-, 618
Reporl of Entomological Section, 626.
Reporl of Librarian, 61 I.
Reporl of Mineralogical and Geological

Sect loll, 627.

Reporl of Ornithological Section, (127.
Reporl of t he Recording Secretary, 01 1 .
Reports of Sect ion-, 625.
Rhoads, Joseph R., announcemenl of

death of, 11.

Sect ions, reports of, 625.
Shufeldt, P. W. Fossil birds' eggs, 1.
Skinner, Henry. A collecting tour in
eastern ( 'ulia 'no abstracl \, 610.

Smith, Benjamin II. Reporl of
Botanical Section, 626.

Smith, Edgar A., announcement of
death of, 609.

Sohneberg, Walter. Evidence of a
saturation point in evolution. 07.

Standing Committees, 1 « • ] 7" . 629

Stone, YVitmer. Western bird- and
their haunt- (no abstracl I. 1 1. Re-
port of Curators, 625. Report of
( >rnithological Section, 628.

Tannreuther, George W. The germ
layers of Bdellodrilus, 07.

Thomson. Elihu. See Barringer, D. M.

Thomson, John, announcement of
death of, 07.

Thomson, Joseph C. Contributions to
the anatomy of Python reticulatus
(Schneider), 85.

Tucker, Henry. Report of Curators,
625.

I'hle. Alexander, M.D., announcement
of death of, 609.

Viereck, Henry L. New species of
North American bees of the genus
Andrena from west of the 100th
meridian contained in the collections
of The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia! 5.30, 609.

Wade. Bruce. Xew genera and species
of Gastropoda from the Upper
taceous (Plates XXIII, XXIV),
155, 009.

William S. Vaux Collections, report on,
02.-,

\

-7

.7 1

• -•

■^

.:;:;::t;tr*::;* :..: it::;:

• — ■ -•

■■ ■

-• —

.-.-■,--

■::irnrr.xtnnz:

-.

!;-;*-;r;*.;i»*;i..;

t;:;i;*;;

:55S*:555

i;^*;*

-i

-•—■-•

ft- • 1
■ft -•-•

-•—*-•-
>-•-•>•«

• * ■ .

• — »-

• -•
'-• — 1

■ >■!■

• -•-■ -*>

■ «■>■!■

- - ft— *> — ■

• -ft- . — «
. . 1 -

t —•-•—*

1' >■■■! -
• -•—»—■• -

»■»■■ ■

* — •

— i
- » -

. - *

. - »

• - •

■ !■«■

• — •—■*

< i m—
t-« •*

• — •-*
-ft-* —

—•-•-• -• — «- *-
ft"-* -• -- — • —

— »— , — »- «>- »_•,_■-,.- ft-»~->— »--■—»-* —^-•'■•»

!!■■> ■> ■ -»— ^. — ft— *—■—•-*—•-•—•-*— *-»-•-

_».. _.^».._.- , -*_*-« t ...» .»■ »-♦■> ♦—

-» -

■ »■» »■

rrJtF

— •- »-i » — »■ -> H "J -1

•n

v~*

■*»■■

-,_•-*.-•.-•■.--- .-.-.— •

- •

I .4> O ■* ■ ■> 1 — ♦ .*»•-«-.

~rv

- «V • -ft

•—•»—»—•

~i55

■ ■ ■■>!

>->■■>■■■ > ■■)■» «j

»•-•••»•—•

-«« ■

* -•

• - •

-• -a- *•-

• ^- « -* -

■ ---«-

»— *

■— #— *

— ,-■-• — ,._»..,-■

>■» i » * » « — •-• -.

ft-* - ■

. *~

• -m -■-
■>■» 1

-* * -
• -• -•

ft-*- .-*-•—«—«

■ ■»■»' < -> !■!
-•-•>—♦ — •—•-*-

• -•-•> — • -• •-•

-•-• — a — t • •

—»—•-•-
»—*-•—•

•HH

•H:

• ■

• ■

:~^™z

......

»—•-•*

!—«-•)-

-•—•-•-*—•—•—•>—•—•

-* — •-• -.

-—» — •-»

ft -*-•-• -4 -*-•-•-

• » ■> «■■>-■ •-■

« *■ * ■»-■ *» >■■>■

• •ft.-*-*-*-*-**-

-»^«— «-•'»—•-• -ft

|i< i»H' ■ ' ■■«■■;

-•-• -.

rr:

•-« -ft-

»■ ■ ■ »"* '• **" »*

* -
- • -

• • •

-•-« — *

■ *-■>■->—« — » —
.-»-—--. -ft

■ •-* — «

• — * — • —

525

-V-Z-

•:;*;

■ ■>-■>-■ — •—•—•-•-
•—•—•—•—•-* — > -ft

■■■»■ i-»->^«- •-»-

•-*
- • -

;*;tr*-7t^

. :-t:»

•-•

i.;;

53

gg

:iz'zz;zz

".-.-^•*«.-

• *

• •

:i:

■»-*-«

:;:

Kri

iziztz

•:•

-i";"

• -•

— •-•
■ a ■■ ■

* - -

-<■■)■■*

» ■i»i>*

.;•;*;

; ZZZ°

-. '

«-••■

■

• » •

-» -•

i55

255

> • -* - •

-•> -«-•-•

. -■ - • ■ •

• * • -

£35

*— •— >